THE HISTORY OF THE NORMAN CONQUEST OF ENGLAND, ITS CAUSES AND ITS RESULTS.
BY
EDWARD A. FREEMAN, M.A.
LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE.
VOLUME III.
THE REIGN OF HAROLD AND THE INTERREGNUM.
Quum ingressus fueris terram quam Dominus Deus tuus dabit tibi et possederis
eam, habitaverisque in illâ, et dixeris; Constituam super me Regem, sicut
habent omnes per circuitum nationes; eum constitues quem Dominus Deus tuus
elegerit de numero fratrum tuorum. Non poteris alterius gentis hominem Regem
facere, qui non sit frater tuus.—Deut. xvii. 14, 15.
Oxford:
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS.
M.DCCC.LXIX.
[All Rights reserved.]
PREFACE.
v
The appearance of this volume has been delayed
for a considerable time in order to obtain for it
a special advantage, namely an accurate military
ground-plan of the battle-field of Senlac. For this
my best thanks are owing to Colonel Sir Henry
James, R.E. and to Captain Edward R. James, R.E.
I had, on June 2nd, the great advantage of a final
examination of the battle-ground in company with
Captain James and Mr. Bryce. My account of the
battle was then already printed, but I am glad to
say that our examination led only to one or two
small changes which I have made in the Additions
and Corrections. Captain James has had the kindness
to put my ideas of the battle, as drawn from
the original writers, into scientific military shape.
He is not responsible for my historical view of the
battle, neither am I responsible for such purely
vimilitary points as the extent and arrangement of
the palisade. The relative position of the different
divisions in the two armies seems beyond doubt,
but the extent of ground occupied by each division
must be matter of pure conjecture. The one absolutely
certain point is the position of the English
Standard and the fact that it was against that point
that the main attack under William himself was
made.
Besides my great obligations to Sir Henry James
and Captain James, I am no less indebted to His
Grace the Duke of Cleveland for the free and repeated
access which he has allowed me to all parts
of the battle-field, a large part of which lies within
his private grounds at Battle Abbey. Without this
kindness on his Grace’s part no satisfactory account
of the battle could have been written. I owe deep
thanks also to my two companions at Stamfordbridge,
Archdeacon Jones and Mr. J. R. Green, of
whom Mr. Green also accompanied me on one of my
visits to Senlac, as well as to many of the places
described in Normandy and Maine. I have also to
thank Mr. Dawkins for much valuable advice with
regard to the map of the Campaign of Hastings, and
M. Le Gost-Clerisse of Caen for his kind and valuable
guidance to the field of Varaville. Neither
viimust I forget the good-humoured readiness which
Mr. H. O. Coxe has so often shown in verifying
references in the Bodleian Library, and the benefit
of unrestrained resort on all questions to Professor
Stubbs may be taken for granted at every stage of
every undertaking of mine. And there are others
whose names cannot well appear in print to whom
I am also indebted for much ready and zealous help
in many ways.
The army joined by the men of Wessex, East-Anglia,
and Eastern Mercia; loyalty of the Earldom of Waltheof; special
position of the men of Kent and London
p. 6, l. 14. For “boy,” here and in one or two other places, it would be
safer to say “young.” On Eadgar’s probable age see p. 766.
p. 37, l. 14, for “among all the Kings whose tombs are gathered together”
read “among all the tombs of Kings which are gathered together.”
p. 52, p. 24, and p. 53, note 1. I see that, when I wrote this, I had not
fully seen my way to the true history of the two East-Anglian Ralphs. The
Staller died soon after Eadward’s death, and his son, the future Earl, was
banished. See Appendix LL.
p. 224, note 1. Guy had two children, Ivo, who was at Senlac (see p. 499,
note 4), and Agnes, wife of Robert of Belesme, who succeeded him. It should
be noticed that in the Tapestry, pl. 4, he rides on a mule.
p. 227, l. 12. I now feel very little doubt that Harold’s marriage happened
after his coronation, at the time of his journey to York.
p. 244, l. 5 from the bottom. I here meant William of Poitiers, who makes
no mention of the marriage in his direct account of the oath, though he afterwards
takes it for granted in an incidental allusion. See pp. 687, 701.
p. 247, side-note, for “into breach” read “into a breach.”
p. 264, note 1, put a sign of interrogation after “permittere.”
p. 266, l. 7 from bottom. The case of Ralph of Norfolk as a possible exception
is to be borne in mind.
p. 276, l. 7, for “looked upon as, wherever” read “looked upon, as
wherever.”
p. 312, l. 6 from bottom. On the relations between William and Eustace
see p. 748.
p. 343, l. 4, for “Northern King” read “a Northern King.”
p. 377, note 1. I ought here to have quoted Orderic’s fuller estimate of
William of Poitiers and of Guy of Amiens (503 D); “De cujus [Guillelmi
Regis] probitate, et eximiis moribus ac prosperis eventibus et strenuis admirandisque
actibus Guillelmus Pictavinus, Lexoviensis Archidiaconus, affluenter
tractavit, et librum polito sermone et magni sensûs profunditate præclarum
edidit. Ipse siquidem prædicti Regis Capellanus longo tempore exstitit, et ea
quæ oculis suis viderit et quibus interfuerit longo relatu vel copioso indubitanter
enucleare studuit, quamvis librum usque ad finem Regis adversis casibus
impeditus perducere nequiverit. Guido etiam Præsul Ambianensis metricum
carmen edidit, quo Maronem et Papinium gesta heroum pangentes imitatus
Senlacium bellum descripsit, Heraldum vituperans et condemnans, Guillermum
verò collaudans et magnificans.” This is at least as true of the Archdeacon
as it is of the Bishop.
p. 383, note 1. The charter of Roger of Montgomery is a grant to the
Trinity monastery at Rouen. Another grant of the same date to the same
monastery I have mentioned, as bearing on another point in the history, in
p. 717. In p. 451, on the same cartulary, we find the donation of a companion
of William, who seems to have been mortally wounded or worn out in the campaign;
“Eâ tempestate quâ Guillelmus, Dux Normannorum egregius, cum
classico apparatu ingentique exercitu Anglorum terram expetiit, quidam miles,
nomine Osmundus de Bodes, cum aliis illuc profectus, et languore correptus
atque ad extrema perductus, pro animæ suæ remedio, dedit Sanctæ Trinitati
omnem decimam terræ suæ in alodio,” &c.
p. 384, l. 8 from bottom. On William’s possible precautions with regard to
Maine, see p. 683.
p. 477, l. 14, read, “at the eastern corner of the hill, where the present road
from Hastings enters the town of Battle.”
p. 483, l. 1. Cf. the account of the danger of Severus at the battle of Lyons,
Dion. lxxv. 6; αὐτὸς τὸν ἵππον ἀποβαλὼν ἐκινδύνευσεν, ὡς δὲ εἶδε φεύγοντας
πάντας τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ, τὴν χλαμύδα περιῥῤηξάμενος καὶ τὸ ξίφος σπασάμενος, ἐς τοὺς
φεύγοντας εἰςεπήδησεν ὅπως ἢ αἰσχυνθέντες ὑποστρέψωσιν ἢ καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτοῖς
συναπόληται. So Ælius Spartianus, Severus, 11; “Ingens periculum equi casu
adiit, ita ut mortuus ictu plumbeæ crederetur.”
xxviip. 491, l. 2 from bottom, dele “with a slight inclination of the ground in
their favour.”
p. 511, note 1. I accept this implied statement of Florence that the son of
Harold and Ealdgyth was named Ulf, rather than the other statement in the
“Genealogia Regum West-Saxonum” (Thorpe, i. 276), which gives him the
name of his father; “Haroldus ... de Reginâ Aldgithâ, Comitis Ælfgari
filiâ, habuit filium Haroldum;” though this passage is a strong confirmation
of my conjecture in p. 764 that Harold’s other sons were children of Eadgyth
Swanneshals. I cannot help thinking that the statement of William of
Malmesbury (iv. 329) that Magnus of Norway in his expedition to Anglesey
was accompanied by a “Haroldus, filius Haroldi Regis quondam Angliæ,”
is a confusion, arising perhaps from the description in Florence of Magnus
himself, as a grandson of Harold Hardrada. No such person appears in the
account in Florence or Orderic (768), and the Chronicle simply calls the invaders
“utwikingas.”
p. 527, note 2. On the other hand the Legend of Siward (Chroniques
Anglo-Normandes, ii. 111) expressly denies that Waltheof was at Senlac;
“Comes Waldevus non interfuit conflictui quum Dux Willelmus Bastardus
Anglos oppressit et devicit.” The conflicting authorities are about equally
worthless.
p. 533, last line. On the physical changes along this coast, see Earle,
Parallel Chronicles, 315–317.
p. 539, note 1. This legend is doubtless the same as the legend of Birnam
Wood coming to Dunsinane.
p. 543, note 3. Another provision of the same kind for the Housecarls is
found at Dorchester in Dorsetshire, Domesday, 75.
p. 557, last line. Why did William have a new crown made? One would
have thought that he would have made a special point of being crowned with
the crown which had been worn by Eadward. Was it held to be desecrated
by the irregular coronation of Harold?
p. 607, l. 11 from bottom, for “thirteenth” read “twelfth.”
p. 620, l. 11 from bottom, after “takes its place,” add “Harold the First
seems to have been crowned at Oxford, Harthacnut at Canterbury; Eadward
was crowned at Winchester, perhaps at Canterbury also.”
p. 624, l. 20. See also Depping, Expeditions Maritimes des Normands,
i. 216; Pearson, Early and Middle Ages, i. 188. Depping’s speculations are
amusing enough, though he does not go quite so deep as Ménard.
p. 641, l. 15. To these German accounts add Annales Wirziburgenses
(Pertz, ii. 245), “A. 1066. Cometa videtur; et Anglia a Normannis subjicitur,”
and Annales Besuenses (ii. 249), “A. 1066. Stella cometes apparuit,
et eo anno Rex Anglorum Haroaldus occiditur.”
p. 684, l. 18. It is a charter to Westminster, quoted by Ellis, i. 312.
p. 685, l. 3 from bottom. For another oath taken “supra philacteria
reliquiarum,” see Dudo, 126 C.
xxviiip. 694, l. 11 from bottom. Yet compare the strange statement of the Encomiast
(see vol. i. p. 454) about the Æthelings Eadward and Ælfred being sent
into Normandy for education.
p. 709, l. 9. I ought not to have called “Ordericus Angligena” a “foreign
writer,” but he wrote in a foreign country, and from a foreign point of view.
For all these purposes he counts as a Norman writer.
p. 714, l. 19. “Ernulfus” or “Arnulfus de Hesding” occurs also as a large
landowner in Wiltshire, Domesday, 66, 69 b, and in other counties.
p. 730, l. 24. I know not whether I ought to have added to my list two
other Hampshire Thegns of small estate, Eadnoth and Eadwig, who appear in
the same page of Domesday; “Sudberie tenuerunt Ednod et Edui in alodius
de Rege E. et post mortem ejus ipsi quoque sunt mortui. Quidam vero
proximus eorum Cola redemit terram de Willelmo Comite.” This does not
positively show that Eadnoth and Eadwig died at Senlac, but the time of their
death and the apparent confiscation of their lands look like it.
p. 731, l. 23. Several curious personal details of Godric will be found in
Domesday, 57 b, 58, 149.
p. 745, l. 11. Sir Edward Creasy, in his lately published History of England
(i. 208), shows a better understanding of the ground than most modern
writers.
p. 748, l. 7 from bottom. One or other of these stories about Eustace, it is
hard to see which, seems to be darkly alluded to by William of Malmesbury
(iii. 244). After mentioning how William had three horses killed under him
(see p. 485, note 2), he adds, “Perstitit tamen magnanimi Ducis et corpus et
animus, quamvis familiari susurro a custodibus corporis revocaretur; perstitit,
inquam, donec victoriam plenam superveniens nox infunderet.”
p. 750, l. 3 from bottom. Thomas Wikes, in the opening of his history,
ingeniously rolls together several accounts, and makes altogether short work
of the battle. “In primo conflictu totum pondus prœlii conversum est in
Regem, qui coxâ prope nates pene præcisâ, letaliter vulneratus post modicum
tempus interiit. Compertâ Regis morte dilapsus est ejus exercitus, fere omnibus
qui fugere non poterant interfectis.” This reminds one of a passage of
William of Malmesbury, which I ought to have quoted elsewhere. After his
description of the battle, which he certainly makes out to have been hard
fought enough, he goes on to make his celebrated comparison between the
Normans and the English. After speaking of the English love of eating and
drinking, he adds (iii. 245), “Sequebantur vitia ebrietatis socia, quæ virorum
animos effœminant. Hinc factum est, ut magis temeritate et furore præcipiti
quam scientiâ militari Willelmo congressi, uno prœlio, et ipso perfacili,
servituti se patriamque pessumdederint.” I believe that some modern writers
have inferred from this that the English went drunk into the battle, and have
taken this as a text to preach the advantages of temperance.
p. 751, l. 2 from bottom, for “difference” read “differences.”
CHAPTER XI. THE ELECTION OF HAROLD. [1] January 5th–April 16th, 1066. — § 1. Sickness and Death of Eadward. December 28, 1065–January 5, 1066. — § 2. The Election and Coronation of Harold. January 5–6, 1066. — § 3. The First Days of Harold’s Reign. January 6–April 16, 1066.
3
Preeminent importance of the year 1066.
The central stage of our journey is now reached. We
are now on the threshold of the great year, of that
year whose effects on all later English, on all later European,
4history can never be wiped out. No one year in later
English history can for a moment compare, in lasting
importance, with the year which, with some small exaggeration,
we may call the year of the Norman Conquest.
|No later time in which one year and one day stand out in the same way.|
There have indeed been later periods in our history which
have been as memorable in their results as the invasion
of William itself. The events of the thirteenth, of
the sixteenth, of the seventeenth century, are all fully
entitled to be set side by side with the events of the
eleventh. But in all these cases we have to set the
work of a whole generation against the work of a single
year. One age is famous for the great struggle against
alien domination, and for the final establishment of English
freedom in its later form. Another age gave us all the
results, for good and for evil, of the great Reformation of
religion. A third age confirmed on a surer and more
lasting basis those political rights which the thirteenth
century had won back, but which the fifteenth and sixteenth
had once more brought into jeopardy. But, in all
these great periods of change, the work was gradual; there
is no single moment, no single year, on which we can
place our finger as the moment or the year when the work
was actually done. In the eleventh century the work was
gradual also. A long series of events prepared the way for
William’s enterprise, and, when he began his work, it needed
more than a single day or a single year to put him in full
possession of the Empire for which he had yearned so long.
Still in the eleventh century there is a single year and a
single day which stand forth in a way in which no single
day or year stands forth in the ages after them. There is
no later year to compare to the year in which the Crown
5of England was worn by the last King of the old sacred
and immemorial stock, by the first and last King who
reigned purely because he was the best and bravest among
his people, and by the first and last King who could boast
that he held his Kingdom purely of God and his own
sword. There is no one day in later times to compare to
that memorable morning when Northern and Southern
Europe, when England and Normandy, when Harold and
William, met face to face in the great wager of battle on
the day of Saint Calixtus. For days of equal moment in
our history we must go back to far earlier times, to times
which are still half shrouded in the mist of legend. For
a day like the day when England bowed to her first purely
foreign lord, we must go back to the day when the first
Englishman was baptized into the faith of Christ, to the
day when the first Englishman set foot on the shores of
Britain.
Eadward’s last sickness. December 1065–January 5, 1066.
We left Eadward on his death-bed. His work was over;
his newly built minster was hallowed, though he had been
himself shut out from taking any part in that great ceremony.
The Witan had been gathered, as usual, for the
Christmas festival; the special summons to the dedication
of Saint Peter’s, and, still more, the pressing urgency of the
national affairs, had, we may well believe, called together
a greater number than usual of the Thegns and Prelates
|National anxiety as to the succession.|
of the land. It was plain that the nation would soon be
called on to elect a King, and to elect a King under
circumstances of which no past age had ever seen the
like. Perhaps vague reports may already have found their
way into the land, warning men of the dangers which
were likely to threaten England alike from her own exiles
and from the foreign kinsman of the dying King. But,
6even if no thought of Tostig or of William crossed men’s
minds, there was enough to make those days of Eadward’s
last sickness days of the deepest anxiety to every patriotic
Englishman. From the beginning of Eadward’s sickness,
no hope of his recovery seems to have been entertained. The
question in every man’s mind must have been, who should
fill his place when he was taken from them. The choice of
the electors would be perfectly free. Things were not as
they had been when Swend and Cnut were in the land, claiming
the votes of the Witan at the point of the sword. But
|State of the royal line.|
things were as they had never been before since the line of
Cerdic had ruled over united England. The King who lay
at the point of death was, with the single exception of the
boy Eadgar and his sisters, the last of his race. The names
of Christina and Margaret were most likely never uttered;
England had never yet dreamed of giving herself a female
ruler. A sentimental interest might gather round Eadgar
as the last male of the kingly house, but a sentimental
interest was all that he could awaken. His age and, as
events proved, his character rendered him wholly unfit for
rule. And Eadgar, it should be borne in mind, did not
possess that constitutional claim to a preference which was
all that, before the actual election, would have belonged even
to a son of the dying King. At three earlier times had
the royal line been reduced so low as to number none but
members of an age too young for personal government.
Eadwig, Eadward the Martyr, Æthelred, had all been
chosen in their non-age. But the princes so chosen were
all of them true Æthelings, Englishmen born, sons of an
English King by an English mother. And, in those days,
as there was no better qualified candidate in the royal
house, so there was no man out of it marked out by the
hand of nature as a born King of Men. In those days the
greatest of living Englishmen was no Thegn or Ealdorman,
but the renowned Primate Dunstan. England had
7therefore, in all those cases, accepted a King in his boyhood
or even in his childhood. There was now no such need.
|No constitutional preference due to Eadgar.|
Eadgar, grandson of Ironside as he was, had no constitutional
claim upon the votes of the Witan beyond any
other male person in the realm. He was not born in the
land; he was not the son of a crowned King and his Lady.
|Position of Harold.|
And close beside the throne, just beyond the strict limits
of the royal house, stood the foremost man in England,
already, it may be, associated in some sort to the honours
of royalty, already an Under-King who received the oaths
and homage of vassal princes, as a sharer in the rule of the
Empire of Britain.[2] Whether he had been marked out by
any formal act or not, we cannot doubt that men had long
learned to look to Harold the son of Godwine as their
future King. And yet, when the day of choice drew near,
men might well stop and wonder at the step which they
were about to take. The Law justified the act; the needs
of the time commanded it; but it was a strange and unwonted
|Novelty of an election from beyond the royal house.|
act nevertheless. It was something new, something
which might well set the minds and tongues of men
at work, to be called on, freely and under no fear of the
Danish axe, to choose a King who had no royal forefathers,
a King who came not of the stock of Ecgberht, Cerdic, and
Woden. Men whose office or whose sagacity had taught
them to scan the chances of the time might ask how such
|Attitude of William and Tostig.|
a choice would be looked on by the exile at the court of
Baldwin, and by the prince who now, in the height of
success and glory, had made the Norman land the wonder
of continental Europe. Rumours might already be afloat
that the English Earl, soon about to become the English
King, had, in some strange and unknown way, already
|Possible attitude of Northumberland.|
become the man of the Norman Duke. And without going
so far afield, men might ask how the great land north of
the Humber would look on the choice which to Wessex
8and East-Anglia seemed the only choice possible. The
Thegns and Prelates of Northumberland might give their
votes with the other Witan, but would the fierce people of
that proud and distant province submit, without a blow or
a murmur, to the kingship of a West-Saxon, a son of Godwine,
a brother of Tostig? The days when thoughts like
these were working in men’s minds must have been days of
|Importance of Eadward’s dying recommendation.|
care and perplexity. There was one source from which light
and help might be looked for, light and help which might in
some sort seem to come directly from heaven. The words of a
dying man have been in all times looked on as solemn and
almost prophetic utterances. The words of a dying King
were, by the traditional feelings of Englishmen, clothed with
an authority second only to that of the Law itself. Eadward
was a dying man and a dying King. And he was yet more.
Strange as it seems to us, he was already beginning to be
looked on with somewhat of the reverence due to a Saint.
The will of Eadward had perhaps never been held to be of
such moment, his voice had perhaps never been so eagerly
listened for in the Councils of his Kingdom, as when he lay,
helpless and wellnigh speechless, on his bed at Westminster.
Men waited for the voice of the dying man, the dying
King, the dying Saint, to confirm once more with his last
breath the nomination of the successor on whom, amidst
all doubts and dangers, the heart of England still was fixed.
In choosing for the first time a King not of the blood of
Cerdic, it would be no small strength and comfort if they
knew that the step was taken with the full approval and
the full bidding of the last King of Cerdic’s house. The
King was sick unto death; the Witan were gathered round
his palace. The moment the breath was out of his body,
it would become their duty to choose his successor. It was
doubtless with no small anxiety, with somewhat even of
religious awe, that they awaited the last expression of the
will of Eadward as to who that successor should be.
The King’s illness. Wednesday, December 28, 1065.
9The West Minster was consecrated on Wednesday; the
news was brought to the King, who, as his legend says,
on hearing it laid his head on his pillow as if to say, It
is finished.[3] For five days his sickness increased, and
the public anxiety heightened at every stage of the disorder.[4]|He becomes speechless. Tuesday, January 3, 1066.|
On the sixth day from the consecration, his speech
began to fail him; his voice was so feeble that his words
could no longer be understood; for two days he lay worn
out by the extremity of his sickness.[5] It was no time to
trouble the weary sufferer with questions even as to the
|He recovers his speech. Thursday, January 5.|
welfare of his Kingdom. At last, on the following Thursday,
the eve of the Epiphany, his flagging powers rallied,
as the powers of dying men often do rally at the point of
death. He awoke from his sleep in the full possession of
|The group round his bed.|
his senses and of his speech. On either side of his bed stood
the two great chiefs of his realm, Harold the Earl and
Stigand the Archbishop.[6] At the bed’s head, in still more
immediate personal attendance on his master, stood the
Staller, Robert the son of Wymarc, a man of Norman birth,
but whom history does not charge with treason towards
10England. On the ground, close by the foot of the bed, sat
the Lady Eadgyth, the sister of the great Earl, cherishing
the feet of her royal husband in her bosom. Her thoughts
wandered perhaps to the brother beyond the sea, the brother
on whose behalf she had so deeply sinned, the brother who
had so lately held the place nearest to Eadward’s heart, but
who was now for ever cut off from all hopes of crowns or
earldoms. The tongue of Eadward was loosened, but his
first words were words of prayer.[7] In his long slumber he
had seen a vision; if that vision were truly from heaven,
he prayed that he might have strength to declare it; if it
were but the phantom of a disordered brain, he would that
his tongue should rather cleave to the roof of his mouth.
He sat up in his bed, supported in the arms of Robert.
But the message which he had to declare from heaven
called for a larger audience than the four favoured ones
who were gathered round him. A few more of his chosen
friends—their names are not recorded—were summoned to
|He declares his vision.|
the bedside of the dying King.[8] He then, fluently and
with energy,[9] poured forth the awful words of warning.
11“Long ago, when I was a youth in Normandy, I knew
two monks, most holy men and most dear to me.
Many long years have passed away since they were
taken away from the cares and sorrows of this world.
But now, in my trance, God hath sent them again to me
to speak to me in His holy name. ‘Know,’ said they to
me, ‘that they who hold the highest place in thy realm
of England, the Earls, the Bishops, the Abbots, the men
in holy orders of every rank, are not what they seem to be
in the eyes of men. In the eye of God they are but
|He foretells the sorrows of England.|
ministers of the fiend. Therefore hath God put a curse
upon thy land; therefore hath He given thy land over into
the hand of the enemy. Within a year and a day from
thy death, shall fiends stalk through thy whole land, and
shall harry it from one end to another with fire and sword
and the hand of plunder.’ Then said I to them, ‘Let me
then show these things to my people in the name of God.
Haply they will repent, and His loving-kindness will have
mercy upon them. For He had mercy on the men of
Nineveh, when they heard the voice of His threatening, and
repented them of their evil ways.’ But they answered me,
‘They will not repent, neither shall the mercy of God come
|Allegory of the green tree.|
nigh unto them.’ Then said I, ‘What shall be the time
or the way in which we may look for these your threatenings
to come to an end?’ ‘In that day,’ they answered,
‘when a green tree shall be cut away from the midst of its
trunk, when it shall be carried away for the space of three
furlongs from its root, when, without the help of man, it
shall join itself again to its trunk, and shall again put forth
leaves and bear fruit in its season. Then first shall be the
time when the woes of England shall come to an end.’”[10]
Alarm of the other hearers;
12The King ceased his words of prophecy. Harold, Eadgyth,
Robert, all who had been gathered to hear, were struck with
awe, and remained speechless. One heart alone, we are
|disbelief of Stigand.|
told, was hardened. Stigand leaned over the King’s bed,
and whispered in the ear of Earl Harold that all this prophetic
talk was but the babbling of an old man worn out
by sickness.[11] The Primate, stout-hearted Englishman as
we know him, was, we may well believe, a hard and worldly
man, and his experience of men of his own calling, his
familiarity with what others looked on as miracle and prophecy,
may well have made him less inclined to superstition
13than to unbelief. The lay heart was more easily touched;
the female heart most easily of all. Eadgyth, and others
who were devoutly given, knew well, we are told, the sins
of England. They shuddered as they thought how often the
warning voice of the Roman Pontiff, how often the voice
of Eadward and of Eadgyth herself, had spoken in vain to
the guilty nation.[12] The pious Lady perhaps deemed that
the uncanonical appointment of Stigand was more likely
to bring down the wrath of God than the murder of Gospatric.
At the last Christmas feast, she whose heart was
now so deeply stirred at the thought of ecclesiastical corruptions,
had in that very palace stretched forth her hand
to shed blood which no Law had bidden to be shed, blood
which, as far at least as she was concerned, was innocent.
The succession.
But there was other work to be done that day besides
hearkening to foretellings of evil, besides disputing as to
the degree of trust to be placed in the words of him who
foretold it. The moment was come when the all-important
question might be pressed on the mind of the dying King.
His friends stood and wept around him; the tears of the
14Lady as she sat at his feet fell faster and more thickly
still. He gave orders for his burial. He checked the grief
of his friends; he bade them rejoice at his coming deliverance,
and he craved the prayers of his people for his
soul.[13] He spoke of the constant love and devotion which
had been ever shown him by the wife whom he had once
driven away from his hearth and board. She had ever been
to him as a loving and dutiful daughter;[14] God would
reward her for her good deeds in this world and in the
next. At last Harold and Stigand—nor have we any
right to exclude Robert from their counsels—found means
of calling Eadward’s mind to the great subject which then
filled the whole heart of England. When all was over,
when his body was laid in his new minster, when his soul
had gone to its reward, who should fill the place which he
had so long filled on earth? Who, when he was gone,
should wear the royal crown of England, the Imperial
|Eadward names Harold as his successor.|
diadem of Britain? Eadward, at that last moment, was
not wanting to his last duty. He stretched forth his hand
towards the Earl of the West-Saxons, and spake the words,
“To thee, Harold my brother, I commit my Kingdom.”[15]
He then went on to declare his last wishes to his chosen
|Eadward’s last wishes.|
successor. For Eadward to give Harold instructions in the
art of government was certainly needless, and the dying
man doubtless felt it to be so. But there were a few personal
wishes which were near to his heart; there were a few
personal favourites whom he wished to commend to the
15|He commends to Harold’s care the Lady|
favourable care of his successor. First among these was
the Lady herself. I need not again enlarge on the mysterious
relations between Eadward and Eadgyth; but, in
these his last days at least, she is described as enjoying his
perfect confidence and affection. But a sister who certainly
abetted Tostig, who perhaps abetted William, against the
brother who was now called to reign,[16] might be thought
likely to meet with less consideration at the hands of
Harold than she had, latterly at least, met with at the
hands of Eadward. The King commended her who was so
soon to be his widow to the friendly care of his successor.
Let him show to her, as a Lady and a sister, all faithful
worship and service, and never, while she lived, let her lose
|and the Norman favourites.|
the honours which he had bestowed upon her.[17] He commended
also to Harold his Norman favourites, those whom,
in his simplicity, he spoke of as men who had left their
native land for love of him.[18] Those who were willing
to abide in the land as English subjects under Harold’s
allegiance he prayed him to keep and to protect. Those
who refused to become the men of the new King he
prayed him to dismiss under his safe-conduct to their own
land, taking with them all the goods which they had
acquired by his own favour.[19]
His directions for his burial.
The King had now done the last act of his kingly office.
With this last request to Harold all thought of earthly
things passed away from the mind of Eadward. But the
man and the saint had still friends to comfort; he had a
16soul for which to request their prayers; he had a body to
be committed to the ground with the solemn rites of the
Church. He craved that his body might be buried in the
minster which he had reared, in a special spot within the
hallowed walls which their inmates would point out to
|His death not to be concealed, lest he lose the prayers of his people.|
those who stood round him.[20] One faint thought of earth
perhaps came back to his mind, when he bade them not to
hide his death from his people. At such a moment it
might perhaps be convenient to let men believe that
Eadward still lived, till every arrangement could be made
for the quiet election and consecration of his successor.
But Eadward’s care for his own soul made him tremble at
such a prospect. “Let my death,” he earnestly prayed,
“be at once announced everywhere, that all the faithful
may at once call on the mercy of Almighty God for me
a sinner.”[21] Eadgyth meanwhile wept without ceasing.
Eadward comforted her with the allegorical words; “Fear
not; I shall not die, but by God’s grace, I shall soon arise
to better health.”[22] But the last moment was clearly
drawing near; the last comfort of the Church had to be
|He communicates and dies. Thursday, January 5, 1066.|
given. The dying saint received the Body of his Lord,
seemingly at the hands of Stigand; the irregularity of his
position as Primate was perhaps not held to affect acts done
by him as a simple priest.[23] Strengthened by this spiritual
17food; Eadward’s soul gently passed away, and the last King
of the House of Cerdic was no more. His body lay as in
sleep; his cheeks like the rose, his beard like the lily, his
white hands falling peacefully by his side; men saw written
on the face of the departed saint that he had gone to his
Creator.[24]
Eadward’s last act; his improvement since his earlier days.
The King was dead. The last day of his kingship had
been the worthiest. After all the errors and follies of his
reign, Eadward died, not only as a saint, but as an Englishman
and a patriot. For the last thirteen years of his life
Harold had been his guide and guardian; for the last nine
years he had been the expectant successor of the Crown.
And now the day had come and the word was spoken.
Those years of faithful guardianship had not been without
their fruit; Eadward, with Harold and Stigand at his side,
had become another man from Eadward who had once
listened to every lie which rose to the lips of Robert of
Jumièges.[25] The old wayward spirit had again burst forth
when revolt overthrew his last favourite;[26] but his last
favourite was at least an Englishman and a son of Godwine.
|English spirit of Eadward’s last requests.|
And the latest act of all had made up for all that
had gone before. Eadward showed on his death-bed that
he had at last learned that the Norman could never bear
sway in England with the good-will of the English people.
The dream of the Norman Duke as the heir of the English
Crown had passed away. The dream of England portioned
out among Norman Earls, Prelates, and Knights had
passed away with it. England was to have an English
King, the noblest man of the English people. No stranger
18was to be endured in the land, but such as would plight
their homage to the King of England’s choice. For others,
however dear to him, all that Eadward now craved was
that they might depart, unhurt and unplundered, from the
land. Visions of danger may have flitted across his mind,
and in the delirium of sickness, in the mere excitement of
pious fear, they may have shaped themselves into vague
foreshadowings of the wrath to come. But what the last
dying wishes of Eadward were we know beyond a doubt.
His last wishes, his last hopes, were the same as the wishes
and the hopes of every faithful Englishman. His last
earthly desire was that Harold should wear his Crown, that
Harold should reign over a land freed from the presence of
every man whose presence he might find inconsistent with
the welfare of England and her King.
Eadward’s native panegyric.
And he has had his reward. Far more precious than the
vulgar praises of Norman legend-makers, far more precious
even than the wrought up panegyric of the courtly chaplain
of his widow, is the song in Eadward’s honour preserved in
our national Chronicles from the hands of a gleeman of his
own time and of his own people.[27] The English poet sang
of Eadward’s early troubles, how he had to seek a foreign
land, when Cnut overcame the race of Æthelred, and when
Danes wielded the dear realm of England for eight and
twenty winters.[28] He sang of Eadward’s personal virtues;
how he was holy, clean, and mild, how the baleless King
was ever blithe of mood.[29] He sang of the glories of his
reign; how he guarded his land and people; how renowned
19warriors stood around his throne; how the son of Æthelred
ruled over Angles and Saxons, how Welsh and Scots and
Britons all obeyed the mighty sway of the noble Eadward.[30]
But before his song ceases, the minstrel has yet to tell of
one deed far above all, of one last act which made the name
of Eadward truly glorious. Bitter death snatched the
noble King from earth; angels bore his truthful soul to
|The poet dwells on the nomination of Harold.|
heaven. But a truer note of patriotic feeling rings forth
in the words which tell us how the wise King made fast
his realm to Harold the noble Earl, in the words which,
bursting from the poet’s heart, tell us how well the noble
Earl deserved the greatest of earthly gifts. He in all
time by words and deeds had truly obeyed his lord, and
had left nought undone which was needful for the ruler of
his people.[31]
Vacancy of the Throne.
The throne of England was now vacant, vacant under
circumstances such as England had never seen before. The
late King’s dying orders were obeyed, and, as soon as
Eadward’s breath was out of his body, the Witan of England
knew that their King was dead. But by the Law
of England in the eleventh century, the announcement
that the King was dead could not be answered by a cry
for the long life of the King who still was living.[32] The
20Witan, not yet departed from their Christmas gathering,
heard that the throne was vacant, and they knew that it
was for them alone to fill it. And, with the news that
they had no longer a King, came the news that the last
wish of the King who was gone had pointed out to them
whom he wished to fill his kingly seat after him. All
scruple was taken from every mind when men knew that
the son of Æthelred, the heir of Cerdic, had, as his last
act, named as his successor the son of Godwine, the grandson
|Meeting of the Witan. January 5, 1066.|
of Wulfnoth. It was no time for delay. Men came
together as speedily upon the death of Eadward as they
had come together to choose Eadward himself upon the
death of Harthacnut. The King lay dead in his palace,
while Earls and Prelates, Thegns and citizens, came together
to choose the King who should reign in his stead.
|Doubtful candidature of William and Eadgar.|
The choice was speedy and unanimous. Later writers speak
of voices being raised for Eadgar, even of voices being raised
for William.[33] And so it may have been. Here and there
sentimental feelings may have caused this or that voice to
utter the name of the royal boy, even in preference to the
noblest of a merely subject house. And, in our land of free
debate, some daring Norman may even have ventured to
breathe the thought that the King’s kinsman, who had
made Normandy so great and flourishing, might make
England no less great and flourishing also. But words
|No sign of local jealousies.|
like these told not on the spirit of the Assembly. Nor do
we hear of any expression of those local jealousies which
had divided England on more than one earlier vacancy.
We hear nothing of any rivalry of the House of Leofric
against the House of Godwine; we hear nothing of any
murmurs of the fierce Danes of the North against the
21inauguration of a new West-Saxon dynasty. If the sons
of Ælfgar dreamed, as they doubtless did, of a divided
Kingdom—of the Imperial Crown for one of themselves
they hardly could have dreamed—their hopes were doomed
to disappointment. Such thoughts, as we shall soon see,
still lived in men’s minds, but in that great Gemót of
London[34] they found no open spokesman. It was not only
London, ever foremost in every patriotic cause; it was not
only Wessex, proud of her illustrious son; it was not
only East-Anglia, cherishing the recollections of his earliest
rule; it was not only Hereford, rejoicing in her recovered
being, safe alike against British foes and Norman governors;
it was the Witan, not of this or that shire or ancient
|Harold chosen by all England.|
Kingdom, but of the whole realm of England, who chose
Harold the son of Godwine to fill the vacant throne.[35]
His reign had long been looked for, and now the dying
voice of Eadward had marked him out as the worthiest
object of their choice. The wise ruler, the unconquered
warrior, the bountiful founder,—the shield of the Kingdom,
the shelter of the oppressed, the judge of the fatherless
and the widow[36]—the Earl of the West-Saxons, the conqueror
of Gruffydd, the pacificator of Northumberland,
the founder of Waltham—stood forth before them as the
foremost man of England. He, and he alone, stood forth
above other men, sprung from no line of Kings, but the son
of a father greater than Kings, the man who in long years
of rule had shown that there was none like him worthy to
fill the throne of the heroes of old time, worthy, as none of
royal race were worthy, to wield the sword of Æthelstan
and sit upon the judgement-seat of Ælfred. The assembled
people of England, in the exercise of their ancient and
22undoubted right, chose with one voice Harold the son of
Godwine to be King of the English and Lord of the Isle
of Britain. On no day in their annals did the English
people win for themselves a higher or a purer fame.
The Crown formally offered to Harold.
The choice of the Assembly had now to be announced to
the King-elect. We know not whether that choice was
made in his presence. Possibly he may have deemed that
his most fitting place was still with his departed brother-in-law
and his widowed sister. But, in any case, two
members of the Assembly were sent, in the name of
all, to offer the Crown of England, as the gift of the
people of England, to the man whom they had chosen
as their King. Who discharged that office we know not.
None but men of the highest rank would be sent on such
an errand. In the pictured record of that day’s acts they
appear, not as Prelates but as lay chieftains. One bears the
official axe;[37] the other bears the Crown itself, and points
towards the chamber of the dead, whence the Crown had
doubtless been brought for the purpose of this symbolic
offering.[38] Who then were the men whom England thus
23trusted to speak such weighty words in her name? Were
they the two Northern Earls, perhaps already the brothers-in-law
of the elected King, stifling, as they best might,
their local and family jealousies, their hopes of a divided
kingdom? Or were they rather the two Earls of Eastern
England, sons worthy of Godwine, brothers worthy of
Harold, who were sent to bear the gift of England to the
chief of their own house? That day’s vote had placed that
house above the royalties of Gaul and Denmark; it had
placed the line of Godwine on a height lower by one step
only than the line whose youthful chief now sat on the
throne of Augustus. It was for Gyrth and Leofwine,
rather than for any other two men in England, to act on
|Position of Harold.|
that day as the spokesmen of their country. Harold stood,
axe in hand, to receive them. The day for which he had
looked so long had at last come. The path from which so
many obstacles had been so strangely cleared away had at
last brought him close to the great object of his life. He
had now, not in figure, but in very truth, only to stretch
forth his hand, and to grasp the Crown of England, the free
gift of the people of England. No surprise could have filled
his mind; for years he had been marked out, practically if
not by a formal vote, as the man to whom that gorgeous
gift must one day come. And yet that moment of realized
dreams must have been a moment of anxiety, and even of fear.
For him, no son of a kingly father, no scion of legendary
heroes and of Gods of the elder faith, to see with his own
eyes the diadem of Ecgberht and Cerdic ready for his grasp,
was of itself a strange and wondrous feeling, such as few
men but him in the world’s history can have felt. He was
not like others before and since, who by fraud or violence
have risen to royalty or more than royalty. Harold was
not a Dionysios, a Cæsar, a Cromwell, or a Buonaparte,
whose throne was reared upon the ruins of the freedom of
his country. He was not an Eastern Basileus, climbing to
24the seat from which a fortunate battle or a successful conspiracy
had hurled a murdered or blinded predecessor. He
was not a Pippin, whose elevation, however expedient and
rightful, could be brought about only by the displacement
of a lawful, though an incompetent, King. He was not
even a Rudolf, whose election, free and honourable as it
was, came when the royal office had long been discredited
in men’s eyes, and when traditional reverence no longer attached
to any one ancient royal house. Harold was freely
offered the Crown of England in all its glory and greatness,
a Crown which had never before been offered to any but
men of royal birth,[39] which had never before been freely
offered to any but men of the one Imperial House of Cerdic.
|Difficulties of his situation.|
He may well have paused as he looked at the glittering
gift, through the mere greatness and strangeness of the
position in which he stood. And other thoughts may well
have pressed upon his mind, before he spoke the word
which should change the Earl into a King. Harold knew
better than any man the dangers which threatened himself
|Double danger from Tostig and William.|
and which threatened England. He knew what she had to
fear from the vengeance of her own banished son, a vengeance
which would be kindled into a sevenfold flame if
Harold were King in a land where Tostig might not hold
even an Earldom. He knew also, as no man knew, how much
more she had to fear from the claims of the mighty and
|Effects of the oath to William.|
wily Duke beyond the sea. And heavy on his soul may
still have pressed the memory of that fatal day when he
had become the sworn man of that dangerous rival.[40] If he
had promised more than simple homage, casuistry and more
than casuistry, the instinctive feeling of every honest man,
25would declare that an extorted promise, unlawful and impossible
to fulfil, was perhaps a crime in him who had
plighted it, but could be no crime in him who should obey
a higher law by breaking it. But since that day, the heart
of Harold could never have beaten so high, his step could
never have been so light and joyous, as in the days when
his faith was wholly free, when even his enemies could not
impeach his truthfulness. And now the full weight of that
day’s act must have stared him in the face. Let him accept
the Crown now offered him by England, and Normandy
|Harold’s anxiety, as expressed in the Tapestry.|
would at once declare him a perjurer and a traitor. No
wonder then if, as the picture sets him before us, he looked
at the Crown at once wistfully and anxiously, and half
drew back the hand which was stretched forth to grasp the
glittering gift. And yet the risk had to be run. A path
of danger opened before him, and yet duty no less than
|Greater danger if he declined the Crown.|
ambition bade him to enter upon the thorny road. If he
declined the Crown, to whom should England offer it?
Would the risk be less if the boy Eadgar could win the
votes of the Witan, and if to the other dangers of England
were to be added all the dangers which beset the land whose
King is a child?[41] What if the young Ætheling failed, as
he doubtless would fail, to stand his ground at such a
|Danger of a division of the Kingdom.|
moment? Could the land hope to be united in any single
choice? Would Mercia and Northumberland submit to the
rule of some West-Saxon boasting neither the royal blood of
Eadgar nor the personal glory of Harold? Would Wessex
and East-Anglia, would mighty and growing London,
submit to Eadwine or Morkere or to the youthful son of
Siward? The dangers of accepting the Crown were great,
but the dangers of refusing it were greater. Whoever
reigned, Tostig and William would still try their chance,
and, if it were not Harold who reigned, they would try
their chance with far greater hope of success. The accession
26of Harold would indeed put fresh weapons into the hand
of William, but it was not likely that the Duke would
wholly cast aside his claims and his projects, simply because
he would have some other King, and not Harold, to strive
against. The fear indeed was that, if Harold shrank from
the burthen, William would find no one single King to resist
him. He would win an easy victory over a divided land,
a land split asunder as it had been in the days of Harthacnut
and the earlier Harold, a land, it might be, already
torn in pieces by civil war. Under Harold alone could there
be the faintest hope that England would offer an united
front to either of the invaders who were sure to attack her.
The danger then had to be faced. The call of patriotism
distinctly bade Harold not to shrink at the last moment
from the post to which he had so long looked forward, and
which had at last become his own. The first man in England,
first in every gift of war and peace, first in the love of
his countrymen, first in renown in other lands, was bound
to be first alike in honour and in danger. The gift now lay
before him. Ambition bade him seize it. Duty in no way
|The Crown accepted by Harold.|
held back his hand. The offered gift was accepted. The
eve of that great Epiphany, the day on which King
Eadward was alive and dead,[42] saw the Crown pass away
for ever from the male line of Cerdic, and the next day saw
it solemnly placed upon the brow of Harold. The evening
of Eadward’s death must have been spent in preparation for
the two great ceremonies of the morrow. On the morning
of that short winter’s day, the Earl of the West-Saxons had
kept his watch by the dying bed of his King and brother.
Before its last hour had passed, he had become, not yet
indeed a crowned and anointed King, but one called to
kingship by the unanimous voice of his country, a King-elect
27of the English, who on the morrow might claim the
sceptre and the diadem as his own.
Double ceremony of Friday January 6, 1066; the burial of Eadward and the coronation of Harold.
The morning of the Epiphany dawned. It was the
Feast of the Kings, a fitting day for an august rite within
the walls of that minster which was reared to be specially
the home of Kings alike in life and in death. On that
day began that long series of national ceremonies which
has gone on uninterruptedly to our own time, and which
has made the Abbey of Saint Peter the hearth and Prytaneion
of the English nation. The octave of the consecration-day
|Necessity for a speedy coronation,|
had barely passed, and there was already a
King to be buried and a King to be crowned. Earl
Harold was King-elect by the choice of the Witan of all
England; but he was not “full King” till he and his
people had exchanged their mutual promises, till he had
been arrayed with the outward badges of his kingly office,
till the blessing of the Church and the unction of her
highest minister had made the chosen of the people also
the Anointed of the Lord. Those were not days when
that crowning rite could be delayed for one needless moment.
England could not be safely left for a single day
without a King. The twofold right of the new Sovereign,
as King alike by the election of the people and by the
consecration of the Church, must be at once placed beyond
all reach of doubt or cavil. The Christmas feast was not
yet over, but it was the last day of the holy season; the
Witan were still assembled; to have waited for another
feast of the Church, for another gathering of the nation,
would have been simple madness.[43] The day of the coronation
of Harold must therefore follow at once on the day
|and therefore for a speedy burial.|
of his election. And the coronation of Harold involved the
previous burial of Eadward. England could not see two
Kings of the English above ground at the same moment.
28Before then the Crown could be set on the brow of the
King-elect, the hallowed soil of Saint Peter’s must close
over the King who was no more. The day of the burial
of Eadward must therefore follow at once on the day of
his death. And never, even in the long history of that
venerable Abbey, has there been such another day. Other
|Greatness of the occasion.|
Kings have been buried and crowned within its walls; but
there has been no day like that, which beheld the last of
one kingly line borne to his grave in the holy house of his
own building, and which beheld the first—could men deem
that he would be also the last?—of a newly-chosen race raised
to the vacant throne alike by the bequest of his predecessor
and by the will of his people. Of all the gorgeous rites
celebrated by Kings and Prelates beneath the vaults of the
West Minster, the twofold rite of that great Epiphany,
which haste and urgency may well have rendered the least
gorgeous of them all, is that around which the national
memory of Englishmen may well centre most fondly. The
first royal burial, the first royal consecration, within the
newly-hallowed temple, possess an historic interest and an
historic import beyond all those which have followed them.
The Burial of Eadward.
The body of Eadward had been prepared for burial almost
as soon as his soul had passed away. Decked in royal robes,
the crown on his head, the pilgrim’s ring, so legend said,
upon his hand, the saint lay ready for his last home.
Stigand, who had stood by him in his last moments, seems
to have stayed to help in paying this last tribute to his
departed master.[44] But the Primate, patriot in the eyes of
29Englishmen, schismatic in the eyes of Rome, was not to
|Position of Stigand.|
minister in either of the ceremonies of the morrow. As a
Prelate of doubtful right, he was deemed unfit to hear the
chief part in the consecration of Harold. As a simple
priest, he might perhaps have been allowed to officiate at
the funeral rites of Eadward. But it may well be that the
newly-won privileges of the house of Saint Peter gave to
the head of that house the ministration of all rites within
its walls which did not need the special powers of a consecrated
Bishop to give them sacramental efficacy. And Eadward
doubtless sought, above all things, the prayers which
the monks of the house which he himself had reared would
|Stigand did not officiate at the funeral.|
put up to Heaven for the soul of their founder. At all
events, the priest who holds the first place in Eadward’s
funeral procession is not set before us in our pictured record
as adorned with any badge of pontifical rank.[45] We may
perhaps be allowed to guess that the chief ministry in the
funeral rites of Eadward was assigned to his friend and
bedesman, Abbot Eadwine. Early on the winter’s morning,[46]
perhaps while the minster still needed torchlight within
the deep gloom of its massive walls and narrow windows,
|Funeral of Eadward.|
the King was carried to his grave. The body of Eadward,
his form shrouded from sight, was borne on the shoulders
of eight of his subjects, laymen all, and doubtless men of
high degree. There was no need, as in the case of some
later Kings, to assure his people, by the sight of his uncovered
body, that he had not come unfairly by his end.
Boys ringing bells walked on either side of the bier; behind
them followed a crowd of clergy, surrounding the two chief
ministers of the funeral ceremony, who walked bearing their
30office-books in their hands. In this guise the procession
moved from the palace to the western door of the newly-hallowed
minster. They swept along the nave, between
the long rows of tall and massive pillars still fresh from
the axe and hammer of the craftsman. They passed beneath
the mighty arches, which, in all the strength and solidity
of those early days of art, bore up the great central tower
like a vast canopy over the choir below. They bore their
burthen to the spot which Eadward had long before chosen
as his place of burial, and there, before the altar of the
saint whom he so deeply reverenced, the patron alike of
Westminster and of Rome,[47] the body of the last King of
|General sorrow for Eadward.|
the olden stock received its last kingly honours. We can
well believe that, not only the poor whom he had relieved,
the churchmen whom he had enriched, and the strangers
on whom he had lavished the wealth of England, but that
Englishmen of all ranks might well weep in awe and in
sorrow over the grave of the last son of Cerdic and Woden.
At such a moment, reversing the poet’s rule, the good that
men have done lives after them and the evil is interred
with their bones. There, by his grave in his own church,
men’s thoughts would dwell on the virtues rather than on
|Causes of sorrow and anxiety.|
the weaknesses of the King who was taken from them. His
faults as a King were great; but men would then think
rather of all that was worthy in him as a man, and they
might well deem that his last kingly act had covered a
multitude of errors. In the crowd which filled the church,
there could have been few whom Eadward had personally
wronged; there must have been many whom he had personally
benefitted. And, more than this, men must have
felt that the two great rites of that day placed a great gulf
31between them and a long and honoured past, while a future
rose before them, bright indeed with glorious hopes, but
around which two dark clouds were gathering in opposite
quarters of the heaven. No wonder then that by the grave
of Eadward men wept and trembled.[48] Psalms were sung,
masses were said, alms were scattered abroad with a
bounteous hand, needless offerings it might seem for a soul
which men deemed that angels had already borne to the
beatific vision.[49] For three hundred days, days which
stretch beyond the reign of Harold, the masses, the hymns,
|Miracles wrought at the tomb.|
the alms, continued to be daily offered.[50] And wonders
soon were wrought at the tomb of the royal saint. The
blind received their sight, the lame walked, the sick were
healed, the sorrowing received comfort.[51] So thought men
of his own day, men who had seen him in the flesh, and
who have not shrunk from handing down to us even the less
worthy actions of his life. If we deem such a belief and
such a worship to be, not only superstitious in itself, but to
have been thrown away on an unworthy object, we must
remember with how fond a memory men must, ere a year
had passed, have looked back to the happy days of the
baleless King. We must remember how easily men would
forget that the calm of those happy days was due, far less
to the crowned monk upon the throne, than to the man of
the stout heart and the strong arm who stood beside him.
And let us remember too that the canonizing voice of
32|Other causes of popular canonization.|
England was not always raised only to commemorate mere
monastic virtues like those of Eadward. Foreign Kings
and foreign Pontiffs might forbid, but a day came when
England looked with no less devout reverence on the true
heroes and martyrs of our land. If miracles adorned the
tomb of Eadward at Westminster, no less mighty works
were soon deemed to be wrought before Waltheof’s tomb
in the chapter-house of Crowland, and two ages later, the
sick were again healed and the blind again saw, before the
tomb where English hearts still revered the relics which
were all that the foeman’s sword had left of the mangled
form of the martyr of Evesham.[52]
Posthumous history of Eadward.
The funeral rites were over; but the history of Eadward,
as the history of a saint, is one which reaches beyond the
grave. A King at whose tomb wonders were daily wrought,
a King whom two hostile races could unite to look upon
with reverence, gradually filled a larger and a larger space
in men’s minds. Such a King, already canonized by the
popular voice, a King who had done more than any King
before him to bring the English Church into close connexion
with the Roman See, could not fail, ere long, to
obtain, by Papal authority, a formal admission into the
register of the saints. But the steps by which he won
his saint’s rank were gradual. Six-and-thirty years after
33|Examination of his body by Abbot Gilbert. 1102.|
Eadward’s death, a Bishop and an Abbot of Norman birth,
who had most likely never seen him in the flesh, were the
first whom pious curiosity led to disturb the rest of the
departed. It was already whispered that the body of
Eadward, the instrument of so many miracles, was itself
the subject of miracle. The holy King, men said, had
never seen corruption. Abbot Gilbert, one of the great
Norman line of Crispin, whom Lanfranc had put in charge
of the house of Westminster,[53] deemed it his duty to see
whether the tale that so often met his ears were true. In
company with Bishop Gundulf of Rochester, the Prelate
to whose skill we owe the White Tower of London and the
lowlier keep of Malling, and with other noble and pious
persons, he opened the grave of Eadward. A sweet savour
filled the minster; they unfolded the garments in which
Eadward had been wrapped under the eyes of Stigand; the
body lay as in sleep; the powers of nature had failed to do
their work; the skin was still white and rosy; the limbs
were still flexible; they might deem that he might again
arise from his trance and again denounce the sins of England.
The Bishop would fain have carried off one hair of
his snowy beard to keep as a relic more precious than all
the treasures of the earth.[54] But not a hair could be pulled
away from the face of the sleeping saint. The Abbot, with
a reverence to which those ages were commonly strangers,
checked the attempt; he restored the vestments and the
body to their place, and bade that the remains of the man
of God should rest in peace.
Attempt of Osbert to procure
Thirty-eight years later a vain attempt was made by
Osbert, Prior of Westminster, the special trumpeter of
34|Eadward’s canonization. 1140.|
Eadward’s renown,[55] to obtain formal canonization for him
from Innocent the Second. But a day came when the
House of William had passed away like the House of
Cerdic, a day when men had taught themselves to hail a
stranger from Anjou as the corner-stone which united Norman
|Eadward canonized by Alexander the Third. 1161.|
and English royalty. Then, at last, the influence of
a King who reigned from the Orkneys to the Pyrenees was
able to procure from Rome the decree which placed the predecessor
whom all his subjects agreed to reverence among
authorized objects of religious honour.[56] The green tree had
now returned to the trunk; it had brought forth its queenly
leaves and its kingly fruit, and the day was now come to
do special homage to the seer who had foretold that the
good time would at last come back again. As one Pope
Alexander had given the blessing of Rome to the enterprise
of the Norman invader, his next successor of the same
name might seem in some sort to undo the wrong by
making the last King of the old royal stock of England
|First Translation of Eadward. October 13, 1163.|
an object of worship to the Church Universal. In the
presence of the Angevin King, in whom men now saw the
heir of Eadward, in the presence of the Norman Primate
whom England learned to love as her champion and
martyr, the body of Eadward was translated from his royal
tomb to the shrine which was the fitting resting-place of the
35relics of a saint in glory. Things were not now as they
were in the days of Abbot Gilbert. Then the body,
entitled only to the reverence due to the remains of a
departed Christian, was allowed to return unhurt and unplundered
to the grave. But now that Eadward claimed
the worship due to a canonized saint, whatever had touched
the holy corpse became endowed with sanctity and miraculous
power. The ring, the subject of so many legends,
was drawn from his finger and was preserved as a wonder-working
relic. The royal robes in which the body had
been enfolded were borne away from the tomb and became
vestments for the holiest worship of the sanctuary.[57] And
the anniversary of that day still preserves the memory of
Eadward in the Kalendar of the English Church. It was
not without a certain fitness that the Feast of the Translation
of Saint Eadward should be kept, not on the eve of the
Epiphany, but on the eve of the day of Saint Calixtus.
It is well that two successive days should remind us of the
memory of Eadward and of the memory of him who fell on
the morrow of his festival.
Second Translation of Eadward. October 13, 1269.
Years rolled on, and the spot to which Eadward had
been moved on his first translation was now deemed unworthy
of a Saint who was already looked upon as the
patron of England. A King now sat on the throne of Eadward,
who was in many points a reproduction of Eadward
himself. The same fervent zeal for God, the same neglect
of duty towards man, the same vehemence in speech and
weakness in action, the same love for men of foreign lands,
the same spiritual bondage to a foreign yoke, the same
deep and lavish devotion to the holy house of Saint Peter,
appeared in Henry the Third which had already appeared
in the predecessor whom he reverenced and resembled. The
King who, like Eadward, aroused the feelings of the nation
36by his wasteful preference for strangers of every land,
chose as the special objects of his religious devotion two
royal saints of English birth. Before all other saints,
King Henry’s worship was paid to the East-Anglian
Eadmund and the West-Saxon Eadward. By his act
those kingly names again found their way into the royal
house, and the name of the saint himself became the most
glorious in the later history of England.[58] In honour of
|Rebuilding of the West Minster. 1245.|
Eadward the work of Eadward was destroyed.[59] The
church which he himself had reared was now deemed unworthy
to be the dwelling-place of so great a saint.[60] The
“massive arches, broad and round,”[61] of the church which
so long was the model for all England,[62] now gave way to
37those slender pillars and soaring arches which, alone
among English minsters, go some way to reproduce the
boundless height of Amiens and of Beauvais. There, alone
among English minsters of its own date,[63] did the tall apse
and its surrounding chapels crown the eastern end of what
was now the church of Saint Eadward. But that apse was
not reared, as at Amiens and at Le Mans, at Pershore and
at Tewkesbury, to form the most glorious of canopies for the
|The shrine of Eadward.|
altar of the Most High. Not in any subordinate chapel,
but in the noblest spot of all, in the spot which elsewhere
was reserved for the highest acts of Christian worship, was
the new shrine of Eadward reared. And the workmanship
of that gorgeous shrine was of a type fit for him who reared
it, and for him in whose honour it was reared. Among all
the Kings whose tombs are gathered together in that
solemn spot, two alone reveal in their style of art the work
of craftsmen from beyond the sea and even from beyond the
|Comparison of Eadward and Henry the Third.|
mountains. The resting-places of the two Kings in whose
heart beat no English feeling, the two Kings who loved to
be surrounded by men of any nation rather than their own,
the two Kings who, more than any other Kings in English
history, laid England, of their own act, prostrate at
the feet of Rome,[64] the shrine of Eadward, the tomb of
Henry, are fittingly adorned with forms which awake no
English associations, the work not of English but of
|The Translation. October 13, 1269.|
Italian hands. To that shrine, a hundred and three years
after its first translation, the body of the saint was borne
by a crowd of the noblest of the land.[65] Among them two
38Kings and two Kings’ sons bowed their shoulders beneath
the hallowed weight. The two highest of earthly rulers,
the continental and the insular Basileus, Richard of
Germany and Henry of England, were foremost to bear
the burthen to which it was deemed a holy work to stretch
forth a single finger.[66] With the one English Augustus
there joined in the task his nephew, the one Englishman
besides himself who ever bore the titles of foreign royalty,
Edmund of Lancaster, whose vain pretensions to the
Sicilian crown had been already transferred to the stronger
hand of the conqueror from Anjou. Fit bearers for the
foreign-hearted saint were an English King who hated
Englishmen, and English princes who wasted English
|Presence of Edward the First.|
treasure in seeking after the kingship of other lands. But
there was one who shared in their work who might seem
sent there expressly to remind us that the object of their
worship was, after all, an Englishman. Among those who
bent to bear Eadward’s body was the prince who was
named after his name, but whose life reproduced, not the
life of Eadward the Confessor, but the life of Eadward
the Unconquered.[67] Those who then pressed to win spiritual
blessings by touching the corpse of Eadward hardly deemed
that among themselves was one who was to make his name
more worthy of honour among Englishmen than the royal
saint could ever make it. It was then deemed an honour
and a privilege to draw near to the body of Eadward. Was
it not rather the highest of honours paid to Eadward
39himself, that Harold stood by his side at his first burial,
and that in the great rite of his translation a share was
borne by him who did in truth live to wield the sceptre of
the Isle of Albion, and in whom the Scot and the Briton
once more bowed to an Eadward of England as their father
and their lord?[68]
Eadward’s shrine becomes the centre of the royal tombs.
But the posthumous history of Eadward the Confessor
did not end even with this crowning triumph. His shrine
at Westminster became the centre of a group of royal
tombs such as gathered in earlier times in the more ancient
seats of royalty at Winchester and Sherborne. Or a closer
parallel still might be looked for in that renowned sanctuary
of the West, the resting-place of Eadward’s nobler brother,
where Briton and Englishman agreed to revere the name of
the legendary Arthur, as at Westminster Englishman and
Norman agreed to revere the name of the now well-nigh
|Burial of Eadgyth, 1074;|
legendary Eadward.[69] Eight years after the burial of Eadward,
his widow, the loving sister of Tostig, the loyal
subject of William, was laid by his side before the altar of
Saint Peter.[70] The zeal of King Henry thought of her also,
and her remains, translated to the chapel of her husband,
were laid as near to his side as the remains of an ordinary
sinful mortal might lie to those of a wonder-working saint.
|of Eadgyth-Matilda, 1118.|
To the other side of his shrine was moved the dust of
another Eadgyth, disguised in history by her Norman name
Matilda, her in whom the green tree first began to return
to the trunk, and in whose grandson Normandy and England
alike became parts of the dominions of the Angevin.[71]
No legend or effigy marks the graves of these royal Ladies,
but soon the choicest skill of the craftsman was lavished on
the tombs of Kings and princes which crowded round the
40shrine of their sainted predecessor. To the north King
|Henry the Third.|
Henry sleeps in his tomb of foreign work, beneath the
|Edward and Eleanor.|
shadow of the patron whom he had so deeply honoured.[72]
Worthier dust lies east and west of him. No graven figure
marks the resting-place of his immortal son, but the loveliest
work of all within that mighty charnel-house records
the love and grief of the great King for a consort worthy of
him. Succeeding ages surrounded the sacred spot with
the sculptured forms of succeeding generations of English
royalty. There sleeps the victor of Crecy and the victor of
|Richard the Second.|
Azincourt; there sleeps, beside his nobler Queen, the King
from whom the Parliament of England, in the exercise of its
|1399.|
ancient right, took away the Crown of which he had shown
himself unworthy. Thus around the shrine of Eadward
were gathered the successors who in life had sworn to keep
his fancied Laws, and who deemed it their highest honour to
wear his Crown and to sit upon his royal seat. At last a
King arose in whose eyes the wealth which earlier Kings
had lavished on that spot outweighed the reverence with
which so many ages had surrounded Eadward’s name. One
Henry had reared alike the shrine and the pile which held
it; the word of another Henry went forth to cast to the
owls and to the bats all that earlier ages had deemed holy.
|The body of Eadward removed under Henry the Eighth,|
And yet some remorse seems to have smitten the soul of
the destroyer before the shrine of the royal patron and lawgiver
of England. Elsewhere the shrines of more ancient
saints were levelled with the ground; elsewhere the dust of
Kings and heroes was scattered to the winds. The wealth
of Eadward’s shrine was indeed borne away to be sported
broadcast among the minions of Henry’s court, but the
empty casket still stood untouched, and the hallowed remains
found another, if a lowlier, resting-place within the
41minster-walls. And the days yet came when one translation
|and restored under Philip and Mary.|
more restored the corpse of Eadward to its place of
honour. And again it was from fitting hands that he
received this last act of veneration. The foreign-hearted
Eadward had been first placed in that shrine by the foreign-hearted
Henry, the King whose foreign marriage proved
the curse of England, and whose foreign tastes made England
the victim and the bondslave of Rome. Shorn of
his honours by a King who, with all his crimes, was at
least an Englishman, Eadward was brought back to his
shrine by a Queen whose work it was to bend the neck of
England beneath the spiritual yoke of the Roman See and
the temporal yoke of her Spanish husband.[73] Translated first
by the zeal of Henry and Eleanor, he was again restored to
his old honours by the zeal of Philip and Mary. And now,
while the dust of Eadmund and Harold is scattered to the
winds, Eadward still sleeps in his shrine, unworshipped
indeed but undisturbed; and the spot where an Englishman
would best love to stand and muse in awe and wonder has
become ground from which the votaries of devotion and art
and history are bidden to turn away.
The Coronation of Harold. January 6, 1066.
But we must come back to the doings of the great
Epiphany. The last King of the House of Cerdic was laid
in his grave; it was time for the first King of the House
of Godwine to be placed upon his throne. Short as the
interregnum had been, England could not go a moment
42longer without a crowned and anointed ruler. From the
burial of Eadward men turned at once to the coronation of
Harold. That great rite was performed with all solemnity,
no doubt according to those venerable forms whose substance
has been followed in the consecration of every
English King down to our own time.[74] The chief actor
in that august ceremony was one not wholly unworthy of
so high a function. The Primate of all England, while his
canonical right to his see was called in question at home
and abroad, could not be allowed to discharge the highest
duty belonging to his office. The hands of Stigand might
not minister an unction which was held to confer somewhat
|The ceremony performed by Ealdred.|
of sacramental grace and even of priestly sanctity.[75] In his
stead, the rite was performed by the Primate of Northumberland,
his marked adhesion to the new King being
perhaps taken as one pledge of the allegiance of his
distant province. No living Englishman had seen so
much of other lands, none had so often stood face to face
with the rulers of other nations, as he who was now called
upon to set the English Crown upon the brow of Harold.
Ealdred, alone of living English Prelates, had gone, at the
bidding of his King or at the call of his own devotion, to
the banks of the Rhine, the Tiber, and the Jordan. He
alone had stood, as the representative of England, before the
thrones of the spiritual and the temporal chiefs of Christendom.
He alone had gone, with such worship as none had
gone before him,[76] far beyond the threshold of the Apostles,
to the city where the Infidel bore sway over the very spot of
43man’s redemption. He had tarried in the court of Cæsar,
he had knelt at the tomb of Christ; but in all his wanderings
he had never seen such a day or such a scene as when
the Witan of all England came together to choose their
Father and their Lord, and the diadem of Ecgberht rested
on the lordly brow of the King chosen from his brethren.
Could he have deemed that, at the next Christmas Feast,
he should be called upon again to repeat that solemn rite
on the same spot, under circumstances yet more new and
wonderful? In the whole range of history, it is hard
to point to a stranger fate than that of him to whose lot it
fell to receive, within a single year, the coronation-oath of
Harold and the coronation-oath of William.
The King-elect led to the high altar.
The rite began. Earl Harold, the King-elect, was led by
two Bishops, with hymns and processions, up to the high
altar of the minster. Later usage assigned that honourable
function to the Prelates of Durham and of Wells.[77] It may
then well be that Gisa, the supposed victim and enemy of
Harold, really discharged one of the chief parts in his
admission to his kingly office. The hymn sung by the
choir in that great procession prayed that the hand of
Harold might be strengthened and exalted, that justice and
judgement might be the preparation of his seat, that mercy
and truth might go before his face.[78] Before the high altar
the Earl of the West-Saxons bowed himself to the ground,
and while he lay grovelling, the song of Ambrose, the song
of faith and of victory, was sung over one whose sin at
Porlock, whose atonement at Waltham, might well make
him seem another Theodosius.[79] The Earl then rose from
44the pavement, and for the last time he looked on the crowd
|The Ecclesiastical Election.|
around him, the Prelates and Thegns and the whole people
of England, as still one of their own number. Their
voice had already named him as their King, but a still more
solemn election before the altar of God was needed before
the Church admitted him to the sacramental unction. Once
more the voice of Ealdred demanded of the English people,
in ancient form, whether they would that Earl Harold
should be crowned as their Lord and King. A loud shout
|The Coronation oath.|
of assent rang through the minster. Chosen thus by Prelates
and people,[80] the King-elect swore with a loud voice
his threefold oath to God and to all his folk. Kings swore
in after days that they would observe all the rights and
liberties which the glorious Eadward had granted to his
clergy and his people. The oath of the prince who had so
lately renewed the Laws of Cnut was of a simpler form.
Earl Harold swore to preserve peace to the Church of God
and to all Christian people. He swore to forbid wrong and
robbery to men of every rank within his realm. He swore
to enforce justice and mercy in all his judgements, as he
would that God should have mercy upon him. And all the
people said Amen. The Bishops then prayed for the ruler
whom they had chosen, for his guidance by the Spirit of
wisdom in the government of his realm, for peace to his
Church and people, for his welfare in this world and in the
next.[81] Then a yet more solemn prayer from the lips of
Ealdred followed. In that ancient English form, which
other nations have been fain to borrow of us,[82] the God who
had wrought His mighty works by the hands of Abraham
and Moses and Joshua and David and Solomon was implored
to shower down all the gifts and graces of those famous
worthies upon him who was that day chosen to be King of
the Angles and Saxons. Ealdred prayed that Harold,
45faithful as Abraham, gentle as Moses, brave as Joshua,
humble as David, wise as Solomon, might teach and rule
and guard the Church and realm of the Angles and Saxons[83]
against all visible and invisible foes. With feelings too deep
for words must that prayer have risen from the hearts of all
who could already see the gathering storm, which was still
but like a little cloud out of the sea. The Primate prayed
that their chosen King might never fail the throne and
sceptre of the Angles and Saxons, that for long years of life
he might reign over a faithful people, in peace and concord,
and, if need be, in victory. Christ Himself was prayed to
raise him to the throne of His kingdom, and to pour down
upon him the unction of the Holy One.
The Unction.
“The oaths were said, the prayers were prayed.”[84] And
now came the sacramental rite itself which changed an Earl
into a King, and which gave him, so men then deemed,
grace from on high to discharge the duties which were laid
upon him. The holy oil was poured by Ealdred upon the
head of Earl Harold.[85] And while the symbolic act was in
doing, the choir raised their voices in that glorious strain
to which the noblest music of later times has given a still
higher majesty. The walls of the West Minster echoed to
the anthem which told how Zadok the Priest and Nathan
the Prophet anointed Solomon King, and which added the
prayer of England that Harold might live for ever.[86] Again
the Primate prayed that, as of old Kings and Priests and
Prophets were anointed with oil, so now the oil poured on
46the head of God’s servant might be a true sign of the inner
unction of the heart, a means of grace for His glory and the
|The Investiture.|
welfare of His people.[87] And now King Harold, the Lord’s
Anointed, the chosen of the people, the consecrated of the
Church, vested in the robes of royalty and priesthood,[88]
received in due order the insignia of his kingly office. The
sword was placed in his hand, with the prayer that he might
therewith defend his realm, and smite his enemies and the
|The Crowning.|
enemies of the Church of God.[89] The King then bowed his
head, and the Imperial diadem of Britain was placed by the
hand of Ealdred on the head of the King of the Angles and
Saxons, the Emperor of the Isle of Albion.[90] God was again
implored to crown His Anointed with glory and justice and
might, and to give him a yet brighter Crown in a more
enduring Kingdom. Then the sceptre crowned with the
cross, and the rod crowned with the holy dove, were placed,
one after the other, in the royal hands. Prayer was again
made that the sceptre of Harold’s Kingdom might be a
sceptre of righteousness and strength, that he who had been
anointed with the oil of gladness above his fellows might
through all his days be a lover of righteousness and a hater
of iniquity.[91] Further prayers, further blessings, followed;
the prayers and merits of all the saints, of the Virgin
Mother of God, of the Prince of the Apostles, and of his
successor the special Apostle of the English nation,[92] were
47|“Hic residet Harold Rex Anglorum.”|
implored on behalf of the crowned and anointed King. And
now King Harold of England sat on his royal throne, the
crown upon his brow, in his right hand the sceptre, in his
left the orb of Empire,[93] the proud badge which belonged
of right to the Cæsar of another world. Two chiefs,
perhaps his faithful brothers, bore the sword at his side;
his people stood and gazed upon him with wonder and
|Import of the ceremony.|
delight.[94] The day at last had come for which Harold and
England had looked so long. The reward of thirteen years
of loyal service had been given by the nation to her noblest
son. And the die too had been cast; the danger was now
to be faced in common; King and people were pledged to
stand by one another in the struggle which was to come.
And King and people did stand by one another, and, if
they both fell, they both fell gloriously. The rite of that
great day gave Harold, instead of the long and peaceful
reign prayed for by his consecrator, a reign of nine months
of little stillness.[95] Then England was given over to bondage,
and the name of Harold was given over to the voice of slander.
But in the eye of truth, those nine months of little stillness,
spent in the cause of England, were better than long years
of inglorious ease and luxury, better than long years of
hardly less inglorious sloth and superstition. As the
momentary glory of Eadmund follows on the weary years
of Æthelred, so the momentary glory of Harold followed on
those years of Eadward which Harold alone had saved from
being as weary as those of his father. And, in the eye of
authentic history, never was crown more lawfully won,
more worthily worn, than that which Ealdred placed that
day on the head of him whom calumny marked so long as
Harold the Usurper. If there ever was a lawful ruler in
this world, such of a truth was Harold, King of the
48English and Lord of the Isle of Britain—King, not by
the mouldering titles of a worn-out dynasty, not by the
gold of the trafficker or the steel of the invader, but by the
noblest title by which one man can claim to rule over his
fellows, the free choice of a free people.
Was Ealdgyth crowned?
The rite was over. Earl Harold was now King; but we
cannot help asking whether he stood alone in the great
ceremony which had made him so. Did the Lady Ealdgyth,
once again the wife of a King, share in the consecration of
her husband? Her coronation is nowhere distinctly spoken
of, but our ancient ritual provides a form for the anointing
of the King’s consort, and for her investiture with the ring
and crown.[96] There is no reason to suppose that the wife of
Harold, the grand-daughter of Leofric, would be debarred
from any honour befitting the wife of a King, the mother
of future Æthelings. But, in the absence of direct testimony,
I do not venture to affirm the fact. Indeed I must
confess that I feel less certain than I did when writing my
last chapter, whether the marriage of Harold and Ealdgyth
may not have followed his election to the Crown.[97] Whether
then the new King had a consort to share in his honours is
a point which I must leave uncertain. But, according to
all precedent, on the coronation followed the mass, with
prayers and collects appropriate for the great solemnity.[98]
At that mass the King partook of the holiest rite of
Christian worship. On the mass followed the banquet, and
there, on the last day of the Christmas Festival, we cannot
doubt that King Harold, in all the glory of his new dignity,
wore his Crown with all kingly state in what was now
his Palace of Westminster. The old dynasty had passed
away; the new dynasty had taken possession; but not
many days had gone before voices of warning came which
49showed that King Harold of England would soon have to
do battle for his Crown.
No new Earl of the West-Saxons appointed.
Within the bounds of his former Earldom the rule of
Harold, King of the English, was simply a continuation of
the rule of Harold, Earl of the West-Saxons. It is plain
that no other Earl of the great southern Earldom was appointed
in his place. In any view of general policy this
might be looked on as a backward step. It might be
looked on as again uprearing a throne which should be
West-Saxon rather than English. It might be looked on
as again reducing Mercia and Northumberland from integral
parts of the realm into dependent provinces.[99] But
under the circumstances of the moment, it would seem to
have been the wiser course. England was threatened by
two enemies in different quarters, and even the energy of
Harold could not personally provide for the safety of the
|Necessity of confidence in Eadwine and Morkere.|
land against both. It was absolutely necessary, in Harold’s
position, to treat the Earls of the Northumbrians and the
Mercians, perhaps already his brothers-in-law, with a degree
of confidence which they certainly did not deserve. It was
something that they had allowed his election and coronation
to take place without any open opposition. It was something
that he had received the votes of the Northumbrian
Witan, and had been crowned and anointed by the hands
of the Northumbrian Primate. Harold could not do otherwise
than at least affect to treat Eadwine and Morkere as
|Division of labour between them and the King.|
loyal subjects or even as loving brothers. He was obliged
to trust to them for the defence of Northern England. And,
if they could be trusted for anything, they might surely,
it would seem, be trusted to keep their personal enemy
50Tostig out of their own Earldoms. While they guarded
the North against the English exile, it was Harold’s own
work to guard the South against the foreign pretender. In
the eastern shires, from the Wash to the Straits of Dover,
he had the trustiest of lieutenants in his brothers Gyrth and
Leofwine. It was clearly his own business, while not abdicating
his duty of general care over the whole Kingdom, to
undertake as his special work the defence of the lands which
had formed his own Earldom. No one could do that work
|No available candidate for the West-Saxon Earldom.|
so well as himself. We can hardly see whom Harold, had
he been so inclined, could have invested with the West-Saxon
Earldom. Every man who could lay claim to so
high a dignity on the score either of birth or of merit was
already provided for. The King’s remaining brother Wulfnoth
was probably a hostage in Normandy; his own sons,
his nephew Hakon, were all young and untried. The representatives
of the two Northumbrian families, Waltheof
and Oswulf, were equally untried, and they were already
invested with the government of districts with which they
had an ancestral connexion. Nor can we point to the name
of any West-Saxon of special personal eminence beyond the
|Military policy of keeping Wessex in the King’s own hands.|
limits of the great houses. It was clearly the policy of the
moment, a moment when military considerations must have
been supreme above all others, for the King to keep the immediate
administration of the South in his own hands, availing
himself only of the co-operation of his brothers the two
Eastern Earls. And, after all, though Northumberland and
Mercia again became in a sense dependencies on the West-Saxon
Crown, the arrangement might very well suit the
purposes of Eadwine and Morkere. They might deem that
a step was thereby taken towards the division of the Kingdom,
when its administration was practically divided between
the House of Leofric and the House of Godwine, and when
the King took his own share along with his brothers and
brothers-in-law. A King who had his own portion of the
51Kingdom in his own hands might seem to be less painfully
exalted over their heads, he might seem to remain more
nearly on their own level, than a King who acted simply as
a central power, equally controlling every portion of the
realm. Harold therefore kept the West-Saxon Earldom in
his own hands. But it is clear that he kept a watchful
eye over his whole Kingdom, and that he was ready to act
at a moment’s notice in any part of his Kingdom where his
presence might be needed.
Character of Harold’s government.
On the character of Harold’s government as King there
is no need to enlarge. His government as King was, as I
have just before said, simply a continuation of his government
as Earl. Whatever was the character of the one was
|Norman calumnies.|
the character of the other. The Norman writers describe
his government as stained by frightful crimes. As usual,
stories grow and become more definite as they are further
removed from the time. The slanderers of Harold’s own age
veiled their charges in the most general terms; but the
slanderers of the thirteenth century were ready with long
stories of rapine and sacrilege and evil doings of every
kind, and the slanderers of a still later age knew perfectly
well how cruelly Harold enforced the forest laws, and how
the husband of Ealdgyth remained without a wife, that he
might the more easily carry off the wives and daughters
|Asserted general expulsion of Normans.|
of the “Barons” of the realm.[100] A charge which better
deserves serious examination is that Harold drove out of
the land all the Normans who were settled in it, doubtless
confiscating their lands.[101] Now the dying charge of Eadward
himself suggested the banishment, though not the
52spoliation, of any Normans who might refuse to become
the men of the new King.[102] The fact that the charge is
brought against Harold may lead us to think that some
such cases actually occurred, and that Eadward’s rule was
|Some Normans at least remained in England.|
put in force with regard to them. But it is quite impossible
to believe that all the Frenchmen who were
naturalized in England[103] were now driven out. Some
record of such a process would certainly have found its
way into Domesday. And we know for certain that some
|Bishop William and Robert the son of Wymarc not molested.|
Normans of high rank were not driven out. William of
London retained his Bishoprick. His name does not actually
occur in the history of Harold’s reign, but it is quite
certain that, if he had been meddled with, some Norman
writer or other would have taken care to record the fact.
The wrongs of the living Bishop of London would have
made an excellent sequel to the wrongs of the dead Archbishop
of Canterbury. And we know distinctly, from the
testimony of Norman writers,[104] that Robert the son of
Wymarc was living quietly in England, as a man of
wealth and importance, at the time of William’s landing.
He clearly retained his lands; there is no evidence whether
|Other Stallers.|
he did or did not retain his office of Staller. Nor have we
any direct evidence as to the position retained in Harold’s
reign by Robert’s fellow-Staller Ralph,[105] or by any other
of Eadward’s Norman favourites. We cannot say whether
Hugolin the Treasurer and Reginbald the Chancellor[106] retained
their offices in the Court of the English King. We
can only say that, among the English Stallers employed by
53Eadward, three at least, Bondig,[107] Esegar, and Eadnoth,
retained their offices. Esegar and Bondig play not unimportant
|Eadnoth.|
parts in the great struggles of the year.[108] Eadnoth,
who held large possessions in the western shires, was
probably a man who had risen by the favour of Harold
during his government of Wessex as Earl. We shall hear
|1067.|
of him again as acting against the son of his benefactor.
English descriptions of Harold’s good government.
In opposition to the slanders of his enemies, Harold
appears in the national writers as the model of a patriot
King. In the words of the splendid panegyric which
became almost a set form among all true Englishmen,
“he began to abolish unrighteous laws, to establish
righteous ones, to be the patron of churches and monasteries,
to reverence Bishops, Abbots, monks, and churchmen
of every sort, to show himself pious, lowly, and
affable to all good men, and to be the enemy of all evil
doers.”[109] We are told how he bade his Earls, Sheriffs, and
magistrates of every kind, and generally all his Thegns, to
seize all thieves, robbers, and disturbers of the public peace,
while he himself laboured for the defence of the country by
sea and land.[110] That is to say, his government as King was
a continuation of his government as Earl. We must not
infer from the opening words of the description that
Harold appeared at all as a lawgiver. Those few months
54of little stillness were not likely to be largely devoted
either to the repeal of old laws or to the enactment of new
ones. By good and bad law is meant, as usual,[111] good and
bad government. What we are to understand is that
Harold’s rule continued to be as just and as vigorous as
it had ever been. It would in truth be more vigorous, now
that he could act freely for himself, and had no longer
to take the pleasure of the wayward Eadward upon any
matter. His strictness against all breaches of the peace is
simply his old virtue as Earl;[112] only we see, what of course
naturally follows from the state of things at the time, that
this duty was now, more than it had been before, thrown
upon the King’s officers and representatives, while the
King himself was mainly occupied with his military
|His military preparations began early in his reign.|
preparations. We see also that those preparations began
from the very beginning of his reign, that there is no
ground to believe that Harold despised either of his
enemies, or that he failed from the first to make ready for
anything that might happen. His great difficulty must
have been to make others feel the importance of the crisis as
he felt it himself, and at the same time to avoid anything
which could dishearten men’s minds or chill the warmth of
the hopes kindled by a new reign and a new dynasty.
The spirit of Harold’s rule is impressed in a striking, and
even touching, way on the few material monuments of his
|His coinage.|
short reign. The new King found time for a new coinage,
and the device on Harold’s coin well spoke the longings
of a King whose heart yearned for peace, though he knew
that peace could be had only through war. On the one
side is the simple legend, PAX, on the other side the
King wears the Imperial Diadem.[113] All that man could
do for his realm and people King Harold did. The evil
55was that, according to the old Greek saying, even Hêraklês
could not struggle with two foes at once.[114]
Good position of Harold towards the National Church.
As for Harold’s devotion to the Church, which is so
strongly insisted on by his panegyrist, we can see that he
had every motive at this time to make friends of all classes
of men, and to make friends of the clergy more than of
any other class. He must have known that something
like a holy war was likely to be proclaimed against him.
He must have felt that he had, wittingly or unwittingly,
done an act which ran counter to the religious feelings of
the time. If Harold had really done despite to the bones
of the Norman Saints, it was the more needful for him to
show to other lands that he enjoyed the confidence of the
national Church, and to show to the national Church that
he was a King who did not belie the oil of his consecration.
|His relations to the monks.|
It is quite possible, and it may be implied in the words of
the panegyric, that the founder of Waltham, the great
patron of the seculars, now found it expedient to extend
more of his countenance than before to the religious
foundations of his Kingdom. It is certain that the few
notices that we have of the reign of Harold show that more
of his attention was given to ecclesiastical matters than
might have been looked for in a reign so short and so
|His further gifts to Waltham.|
stormy. He continued his care and bounty to his own
foundation at Waltham; what the Earl had loved, the
|His writ to Gisa.|
King could not love less.[115] If Bishop Gisa had any fears,
they were quieted by a writ securing him in all the rights
and possessions of his see.[116] The construction which we
56put upon this act must depend upon the view which we
take of the relations between Harold and Gisa at this
moment. We have seen that, according to Gisa’s own
account, the King promised to restore the disputed lands,
and was hindered only by his death.[117] At any rate, Harold
showed either that he was unconscious of wrong, or that,
if he was conscious, he was anxious to make atonement.
|His friendship with the Abbots Leofric and Æthelwig;|
Among the monastic Prelates, the history will show that
he could count on the loyal service, not only of his
uncle at the New Minster of Winchester,[118] but of the
member of the rival house who ruled over the Golden
Borough.[119] Peterborough, it should be remembered, is the
only monastic foundation of which Harold is distinctly
recorded as a benefactor.[120] The intercourse between Harold
and Abbot Leofric was plainly one of mutual confidence and
mutual good offices. Æthelwig also, the prudent Abbot of
Evesham, stood high in the new King’s favour. The soul
of the saintly Mannig had passed away at the same hour
as the soul of the saintly Eadward,[121] and the church of
Evesham was now under the sole rule of the Prelate whose
wisdom had already commended him to Ealdred and was
afterwards still more specially to commend him to William.
With Harold the influence of Æthelwig was great; the
Abbot, we are told, obtained from the King whatever he
asked.[122] One would like to know more clearly the nature
of the requests made by such a Prelate to such a King.
|and with Saint Wulfstan.|
But among the ranks of monks and Bishops there was one
greater than Gisa or Leofric or Æthelwig, one whose prayers
and whose counsels Harold had long learned to value. The
holy Wulfstan had for years been his tried friend, and it
was on the tried friendship of that true man of God that
57Harold chose to lean in the first of the many trials of his
short reign.
Formal concurrence of Northumberland in Harold’s election.
There can be no doubt that the Witan of Northumberland,
no less than the Witan of the rest of England, had
concurred in the election of Harold. The expressions of
our best authorities declare that the chief men of all England
concurred in the choice;[123] the Primate of the Northumbrians
had filled the first place in the work of Harold’s
formal admission to his Kingdom, and there is nothing to
show that the Earl of the Northumbrians openly dissented.
But a little thought will show that the real feelings of
Northumberland could not be so easily tested in an Assembly
held in London as the real feelings of Wessex and
East-Anglia. We cannot suppose that the North was represented
in such an Assembly in anything like the same
proportion as the districts nearer to the place of meeting.
|Working of the Witenagemót as a Primary Assembly.|
This is always one of the weak points of a Primary, as
distinguished from a Representative, Assembly. In a
Representative Assembly, if members are fairly apportioned
to districts, a part of the country far away from the place
of meeting may be as well represented as one that is close
to it. In a Primary Assembly the different parts of the
country cannot be put on an equality except by taking the
votes, not by heads, but by tribes, cities, or cantons.[124]
Northumberland might, by this means, have had an equal
voice with Wessex in the national Councils, though the
West-Saxons present might have been counted by hundreds
or thousands, and the Northumbrians only by tens or units.
But this political subtlety does not seem to have been
thought of in the primitive parliamentary system of our
forefathers. It follows then that, wherever a Gemót was
held, some part of the country was placed at a disadvantage.
58East-Anglia was placed at a disadvantage when the Gemót
was held at Gloucester; Western Mercia was placed at
a disadvantage when the Gemót was held in London.
|Northumberland never fairly represented.|
And as no regular Gemót seems to have been held in Eadward’s
time at any place north of Gloucester,[125] Northumberland
was always placed at a disadvantage. We may
conceive that, in the Gemót which elected Harold, that
is, the Gemót assembled for the consecration of the West
Minster, Wessex, East-Anglia, and south-eastern Mercia
were largely represented. The citizens of London were
ready on the spot. But it is not likely that the Northumbrians
present would be more than a mere handful.
The Archbishop, the Earls, the Bishop of Durham, and
a few of the leading Thegns would doubtless obey the
royal summons. But it is not likely that many besides
these would undertake such a journey in the middle of
winter. We can therefore fully understand that the mass
of the Northumbrian people might feel that an election
had been made to which they had not consented. The
election had been made in all due constitutional form.
Still a most important step, a step affecting the whole
Kingdom, a step likely to be in many ways repugnant
to Northumbrian feeling, a step to which Northumberland
had practically not been a consenting party,
had been taken by a part of England in the name of the
whole. By that step the mass of the Northumbrian people
refused to be bound.[126]
Harold’s election naturally repugnant to Northumbrian feelings.
That the old provincial jealousy should break out again
at this moment was not wonderful. It was something
strange and new even for West-Saxons to set over them
a King of their own blood, who was not of the royal
house. But it was something stranger and newer still
for Northumbrians to be called on to acknowledge a King,
59who was neither of their own blood nor of the blood of their
old West-Saxon conquerors, but who sprang from a West-Saxon
house which, two generations back, had been undistinguished,
perhaps ignoble. This feeling on the part of the
Northumbrian people was short-sighted and ungenerous,
but it was perfectly natural. The question is, how far the
sons of Ælfgar, who had not dared to oppose Harold’s
election in open Gemót, now stirred up, or took advantage
of, the natural feeling of the Northumbrian people.
Our evidence is very slight, but the conduct of Eadwine
and Morkere a few months later makes it almost impossible
to doubt that they saw, in the unwillingness of
Northumberland to acknowledge the newly-chosen King,
an admirable means towards carrying out their schemes
for the division of the Kingdom. We have no distinct
details of what actually happened in Northumberland at
this moment. The one writer who tells the story wraps
|The Northumbrians refuse to acknowledge Harold.|
up the minuter facts in a cloud of rhetoric.[127] It is plain
however that the Northumbrians did, in some shape or
other, refuse to acknowledge Harold as their King. There
is nothing to show that there was any armed resistance,
or that any Northumbrian Gemót took upon itself to elect
another King. The resistance to Harold’s authority was
probably passive, but resistance of some kind there was.
|Similar position of Harold in January and of William in December.|
Harold, in short, found himself in January in very nearly
the same position with regard to the northern part of
his Kingdom in which William found himself in December.
Each alike had been elected and crowned; each had received
the allegiance of the Northumbrian Earl, and had
been hallowed as King by the Northumbrian Primate.
But Harold and William alike found that the submission
of Morkere and the benediction of Ealdred did not necessarily
carry with them any practical authority over the
old Northumbrian realm. And we cannot doubt that
60|Probable agency of Eadwine and Morkere.|
the heart of Morkere went forth as little in his oath to
Harold as it went forth in his oath to William. We
cannot doubt that Morkere, and Eadwine also, took advantage,
in the former case as in the latter, of the
natural disposition of the Northumbrian people. The
momentary hopes which were roused by the unwillingness
of the Danish and Anglian North to acknowledge the
West-Saxon King overcame the fear lest Tostig should
come to recover his Earldom by force. Weighed against
such hopes, the tie of allegiance, the tie of gratitude, the
tie of affinity, was not likely to be strong. The claims of
a King, a benefactor, perhaps a brother, would seem small
compared with a chance of personal exaltation. The duty of
keeping England united in the face of her foes would seem
as nothing compared with the chance of gratifying a paltry
provincial jealousy. I may seem to be passing a harsh
judgement on the sons of Ælfgar in a matter in which
their names are not directly mentioned. But I am simply
supposing that their conduct now was of a piece with their
conduct a few months before and a few months after. And
it is hard to see what form could be taken by even a passive
resistance to Harold’s authority, unless that resistance was
fostered by the connivance, to say the least, of the reigning
Earl.
Harold’s way of recovering the disaffected.
Harold then found himself in January, as William found
himself in December, King of a realm of which Northumberland
constitutionally formed a part, but a King to
whom Northumberland presented a front of at least passive
resistance. But Harold’s way of bringing in the proud
Danes of the North to his obedience was not exactly the
same as William’s way. Harold knew how to win back
the revolted province without shedding a drop of blood
and without harrying a single acre of ground. It is
small blame to William, granting his position in England
at all, that no such peaceful means were open to him as
61were open to Harold. But, if Harold’s way of recovering
rebels differed widely from William’s, it differed no less
widely from that of Harthacnut, of Tostig, or of Eadward
himself. Three months before, the saintly King had been
eager to carry fire and sword into a province which,
though it despised his authority, does not seem to have
disputed his title. His good genius, in the shape of
Harold, had then kept him back from a bootless war
against his own people.[128] That same province was now
in revolt against Harold himself; but it was soon shown
that the policy of Harold the King was in no way
changed from the policy of Harold the Earl. The conqueror
of Gruffydd was less eager for war and bloodshed
than the King who had never grasped axe or sword
except in a peaceful pageant. King Harold showed that
the motto on his coin was one which he was ready
fully to carry out in practice. He at least knew that,
at such a moment, civil war, civil dissension, between
|He determines to visit Northumberland in person.|
Englishmen, was simple madness. With that noble and
generous daring which is sometimes the highest prudence,
Harold determined to trust himself in the hands of the
people who refused to acknowledge him. Those his
enemies who would not that he should reign over
them, instead of being brought and slain before him,
were to be won over by the magic of his personal presence
in their own land. We know not whether Harold had
ever before set foot on Northumbrian ground. His vast
possessions indeed extended beyond the Humber. The
lordship of Coningsburgh, more famous in romance than
in history, together with a large surrounding territory,
owned Harold as its lord.[129] A house of Harold’s probably
marked the height which is now crowned by the renowned
castle of later times; but we know not whether the great
Earl ever found leisure to visit a possession so far removed
62both from the scenes of his labours at Gloucester, Winchester,
and London, and from the scenes of his pleasure
and devotion in his own woods and by his own minster
at Waltham. But one thing is certain, that years had
|1031. Rarity of royal visits to the North.|
passed since Northumberland had seen a King. Thirty-five
years earlier Cnut had passed through the land on
his victorious march against the Scots.[130] Whether the
first Harold, whose capital seems to have been Oxford,
ever found his way to York is uncertain. But there is
nothing to lead us to suppose that Harthacnut or Eadward
had ever seen any part of their dominions north of Shrewsbury,
perhaps not even north of Gloucester.[131] Thus the
mere presence of a King in the North of England would
be something strange and exciting, and the mere presence
of a King can, as we all know, often work wonders.
Harold then set off for Northumberland, to win over the
disaffected province, not by arms, but by the power of
speech and the magic of royal courtesy. But he went
|He takes Bishop Wulfstan with him.|
not alone. The companion whom he chose seems to show
how important a part of Harold’s policy it was at this
moment to show himself as the choice and the friend of
the national Church. With the King went the best and
holiest Prelate in England, his old and tried friend, the
saintly Bishop of Worcester. On the example and the
eloquence of Wulfstan Harold relied to win over those
in whose ears he might himself charm in vain.
Harold and Wulfstan then set forth on their journey
northward. They would probably take with them Housecarls
enough for their own personal protection, but it is plain
that they took with them no force capable of controlling or
overawing the country. The power of speech and of reason,
63the example and the influence of the brightest light of the
national priesthood, were the arms to which Harold trusted.
|Harold and Wulfstan persuade the Northumbrians to submit.|
Our narrative tells us only the result and not the process.
The proud Danes, unconquerable by steel,[132] bowed their
necks to the gentle yoke of Harold and Wulfstan, and the
authority of the new King was acknowledged throughout
Northumberland. One could well wish to know more of
the details. The biographer of Wulfstan attributes the
happy result wholly to the reverence with which the Saint
inspired the fierce spirits of the North. From the merits
and the honour of Wulfstan, a true Saint and the chosen
friend of Harold, I should be sorry to derogate one jot or
one tittle. But I cannot but think that the presence, the
arguments, the eloquence, of the hero-King himself must
have had some share in winning over his people to his
|Harold in the Gemót at York.|
allegiance. In the Gemót at York, which was evidently
summoned for the purpose,[133] he might appeal to every
feeling of patriotism, and conjure them, as Englishmen,
not, at such a moment, to separate the cause of one Earldom
from the common cause of England. If England were
torn by civil war, even if England were peacefully divided,
what assurance was there that Wessex alone could withstand
the attacks of William, that Northumberland alone
could withstand the attacks of Tostig? But if England
were united—and under none but Harold could she be
united—she might be able to hold up against both enemies
at once. He might appeal to every feeling of personal
gratitude; he might remind the Northumbrian people how
lately he had sacrificed his brother to their will, how lately
he had saved them from a civil war, when King Eadward
was eager to march his armies against them. The personal
64pleadings of a King, even when they are far weaker in
themselves, are seldom heard in vain; and the voice of
reason and prudence, speaking from the lips of such a
King as Harold, was still less likely to be without fruit.
The Northumbrian Danes had received from Harold a mark
of consideration and confidence such as they had hardly
|Harold acknowledged in Northumberland.|
received from any King since the days of Eadgar.[134] It is
no wonder then that the mission of the King and his
saintly companion was successful for the moment. Harold
was received as King by Northumberland, as he had already
been received as King by the rest of England. Perhaps
none of his exploits was more glorious than thus to win
for himself a great province, an ancient Kingdom, by the
mere force of reason and justice. And there is nothing to
show that the Northumbrian people fell away from their
loyalty, or showed themselves unworthy of the trust which
|Continued dangers from Eadwine and Morkere.|
their King had placed in them. But the root of evil was
left behind. On the decisive step of removing the sons of
Ælfgar from their Earldoms Harold could not venture. He
was obliged to leave a portion of the Kingdom stretching
at least from the Welland to the Tweed in the hands of
rulers who could not be trusted. The very ease with which
Harold had won the hearts of the Northumbrian people
would be of itself a root of bitterness in the hearts of
Eadwine and Morkere. They were now further than ever
from any hopes of peaceful kingship. They must either be
loyal lieutenants of their brother-in-law[135] or else open or
secret rebels against him. We shall see what was the
fate of Northumberland and of England, when so vast a
power had to be left in such unworthy hands.
Harold King
But for the moment King Harold was indeed King over
the whole realm. He had won the hearts of the whole
65|over all England.|
English people from Wight to Lindisfarne, as perhaps no
other King had won them since England had acknowledged
a single King. It may be that the holy man whom he had
chosen as his guide and partner chose that moment of his
highest exaltation to set before him a picture of the sins
of England, and to exhort him to devote himself to their
reformation.[136] Or it may be that the warnings of Wulfstan
to Harold, like the warnings of Solon to Crœsus, are merely
part of a grand dramatic picture, showing how the shadow
of the wrath to come was already spreading over the land.
But, for the moment, all was brighter than at any other
moment of the year. King Harold, full King over all
England, came back in peace to his palace at Westminster.
Harold keeps Easter at Westminster. April 16.
It was there that he kept the Easter Festival, and held
his Easter Gemót, the one recorded Festival and the one
recorded Gemót of his short reign.[137] But the reign of
Harold, short as it was, marks an important stage in the
|Increased importance of London under Harold.|
gradual process by which London became the capital of
England. Eadward and Harold were both, by widely
different motives, drawn to Westminster as their chief
dwelling-place. Eadward loved to dwell under the shadow
of the church which he was rearing. Harold saw that
London was the fittest spot for the ordinary abode of a
King who might at any moment be called to the defence
|Advantages of the position of London.|
of any part of his Kingdom. Less suited than Oxford to be
the gathering-place of assemblies from North and South,
the great inland haven of the Thames, the city guarded
alike by its Roman walls and by the strong hearts of its
citizens, was the best centre for operations which might
66have to be carried on by land or by sea, eastward, northward,
or southward. Wales was subdued; Ireland was
seemingly friendly; at any rate the danger from both those
quarters was comparatively trifling, and the western shore
and the western frontier might be left to take care of themselves.
But the whole southern and eastern coast of England
was exposed to the double enemy, and for the defence
of the southern and eastern coast London was obviously
the best centre. For that part of England which was under
the immediate rule of the new royal house, for Harold’s
own Wessex, for the Earldoms of Gyrth and Leofwine,
the city was almost geographically central. London then
became, under Harold, a more constant royal dwelling-place
|Four successive festivals at Westminster. Christmas 1065–1066; Easter 1066; Pentecost 1066; Christmas 1066–1067.|
than it had ever been before. It had perhaps never
before happened that four successive festivals of the Church
were kept by an English King on the same spot. But
such must have been the case at Westminster during this
year of wonders. Gloucester had been forsaken for that
great Midwinter Feast at Westminster, in which the Crown
was worn by Eadward on the day of the Nativity and by
Harold on the day of the Epiphany. Winchester was now
forsaken for Harold’s one Paschal festival. For Pentecost
Westminster was now the usual place, and if King Harold
found time to hold a Whitsun Feast at all, it was doubtless
at Westminster that he held it. At the next Midwinter
Feast Westminster again beheld another master, and her
church and palace became the scene of other crowning
rites. Thick and fast indeed came the events which caused
the creation of Eadward to become, from its very birth,
the hearth and home of the English nation.
Did Harold avoid Winchester?
It is possible that Harold may have had another, a
secondary, motive, which led him to hold his Festival in
some other place than the capital of his former Earldom,
the resting-place of his father and of his murdered cousin.
Harold had faithfully carried out all the dying wishes of
67Eadward. Those of Eadward’s Norman friends who were
willing to dwell peaceably in the land were not disturbed.
Every day of Harold’s reign saw masses and prayers go up
from the altars of the West Minster on behalf of the soul
of its founder. And Eadward’s other request, that his
widow might keep her royal rank and honours, was carried
|Eadgyth at Winchester.|
out no less faithfully. Eadgyth, now, in Old-English
phrase, the Old Lady, withdrew to that royal dwelling-place
at Winchester which seems, in this age, to have been
specially reserved for the widows of Kings. There Emma
had spent the last days of her life,[138] and there now Eadgyth
|Her apparent disaffection.|
dwelt with all the honours of her rank, but in all probability
as no faithful subject of her royal brother. Her
sisterly affection was set upon Tostig, and it would even
seem that, after Tostig’s overthrow, her sympathies were
transferred from the brother who had overthrown him to
the invader who might be looked on as his avenger.[139] It is
possible that Harold might feel inclined to avoid a city
whose chief inhabitant was a sister in such a frame of
mind. But it may simply be that he found London the
best centre for his councils and operations. And we may
add that the mere fact of Winchester being assigned as the
place of dowry to the widows of Cnut and Eadward shows
of itself that the old West-Saxon capital was fast yielding
the first place among the cities of England to the great
military and commercial post on the Thames.
Easter Gemót at Westminster. April 16–23.
At Westminster then King Harold held his one Easter
Feast, and there doubtless he wore his Crown in the same
kingly state as the Kings who had gone before him. The
Feast implies the Gemót, and of the main subjects of debate
in a Gemót at such a moment we can have little
doubt. It would be the King’s business to obtain from
the assembled nation every help that was needed for the
defence of the country. It would be his business to
68warn his people alike against unworthy fear, against unreasonable
confidence, and against that mere slowness of
movement, that shrinking from prolonged and wearying
service, which were the besetting sins of Englishmen. It
was in short the part of Harold to inspire his people, as
far as might be, with that unconquerable energy which was
the distinguishing feature of his own character. But of
the acts of that Assembly we have no record. All that we
can say is that it must have been at that Easter gathering
that the two recorded ecclesiastical appointments of Harold’s
reign were made. At the time of Eadward’s death the
great Abbey of Ely was without an Abbot, and Harold had
been only a few weeks on the throne when a vacancy also
occurred in the Abbey of Abingdon. To this last house
the Earl of the West-Saxons had more than once acted a
friendly part, sanctioning and suggesting the benefactions
of others, even if he did not directly appear as a benefactor
|Death of Ordric, Abbot of Abingdon. January 22.|
himself.[140] Seventeen days after the death of Eadward Abbot
Ordric of Abingdon died.[141] The appointment of his successor,
Ealdred, a monk of the house, must have taken place
at the Easter Gemót. Of the new Prelate we shall hear
again during the troubles of the next reign.[142]
Wulfric Abbot of Ely. 1044–1065?
The appointment to Ely is of more moment, as it plainly
sets forth Harold in the character of an ecclesiastical reformer.
The last Abbot Wulfric, who is spoken of as
|The Abbey held in plurality by Stigand.|
a kinsman of King Eadward, had lately died. On his
death the Abbey was given to Archbishop Stigand, as
an addition to his already large stock of preferment.
69Neither Wulfric nor Stigand is spoken of as a good
husband of his church’s worldly wealth. Wulfric had
secretly conveyed some of the lands of the Abbey to
his brother Guthmund, and he is described as dying
of grief and shame for this sin. Stigand now, we are
told, suggested to Harold the appointment of an Abbot.
But, with Florence’s panegyric before us, we may be inclined
to believe that Harold, now at least become the
patron of monks and monasteries, was anxious that his
reign should be an æra of ecclesiastical reform. It would
be a good beginning to put a stop to the scandal of
the Archbishop of Canterbury holding the Abbey of Ely
in plurality. Possibly the exhortations of Saint Wulfstan
may have dwelt upon this evil, as upon so many
others. We may therefore be inclined to believe that it
was Harold who suggested to Stigand, rather than Stigand
who suggested to Harold, the appointment of an independent
|Thurstan appointed Abbot. 1066–1076.|
Abbot. At any rate an appointment was made
by the royal authority, and we cannot doubt that it was
duly made by King Harold and his Witan at this Easter
Gemót. The new Prelate, Thurstan, whose name proclaims
his Danish descent, bears a good character in the local
history; he had been brought up in the house from his
childhood, and had been well instructed in the learning of
|He is blessed by Stigand.|
the times. By the King’s order, he received the abbatial
benediction from the Archbishop who had made way for him.
Stigand had before been deemed fit to bless an Abbot,
though not to consecrate a King or a Bishop.[143] The new
Abbot’s reign was a busy and a troubled one. We shall hear
again of him and of his house in the course of the great
struggle against the Conqueror. At present he had to deal
|Lands of Ely detained by Stigand and Guthmund.|
with adversaries on a smaller scale. Stigand, like many
other Prelates on resigning one preferment for another, and
especially on resigning one held in plurality, continued, so
70the local writers tell us, to keep a large share of the lands
of Ely in his own hands. He made up however in some
measure for this fault by the most splendid gifts to the
church of Ely in the way of vessels and ornaments.[144] With
Stigand perhaps it might not have been prudent for the
new Abbot to meddle, but he did his best to recover the
lands which Wulfric had conveyed to his brother. Guthmund
was brought to a compromise not unusual in such
cases, by which the lands were to revert to the Abbey at
his death. But the coming overthrow of England carried
the stolen possessions away alike from Guthmund and from
Saint Æthelthryth. In the storms which soon fell upon
the monastery of Ely, the lands of which Abbot Wulfric
had defrauded his brotherhood came into the hands of the
Norman Hugh of Montfort.[145]
The Crown challenged by William. [January 15?]
Signs of those no longer distant days were already beginning
to show themselves in the heaven above and in the
earth beneath. Perhaps at that very Easter Feast, perhaps
at some yet earlier moment of Harold’s reign,[146] came the
message which told him to his face, what he had all along
known in his heart, that his reign over England would not
be undisputed. Harold was King, acknowledged as King
by every Earldom and every shire in England. He was
King, alike by the will of his predecessor, by the choice of
his people, by the consecration of the Church, by the homage
of the Thegns and Prelates of England. But now a
71voice came proclaiming aloud to Harold, to England, and
to Europe, that another claimed the Crown he wore, and
claimed it by an earlier bequest of Eadward, by an earlier
homage of Harold himself. The great enemy had at last
openly thrown down the gauntlet. Duke William of Normandy
had proclaimed himself to all the world as the true
heir of Eadward, as the lawful King of the English. The
benediction of Thurstan of Ely was the last peaceful event
of Harold’s reign. Wars and rumours of wars, challenges
and answers between leaders of armies, fill up the six
months which still divide us from the last act of the great
tragedy.
Appearance of the Comet. April 24–30.
And, if those days were on earth days of distress of nations
and perplexity, days when men’s hearts were failing them
for fear, they were days too in which the men of those times
were led to deem that the very powers of heaven were
shaken. Strange and awful signs, mighty storms, a horror
of great darkness at noon-day, are recorded in the chronicles
of distant lands among the portents of this memorable year.[147]
But there was one sign above all which struck the hearts of
all mankind with awe. Men looked to the sky, and there
they saw such a token in the heavens as no man had ever
seen before.[148] Not only over all England, but, as men deemed,
over the whole world,[149] the sky was ablaze with a mighty
mass of flame, which no man doubted was sent to kindle a
fire upon the earth. The octave of the Easter Feast had
barely passed, when, on the evening of the ninth day, the
72hairy star, the comet as some had learned to call it,[150] shone
over the land with a fearful glare. For seven—some say
for thirty—nights,[151]
from sunset to dawn,[152] its bright orb
blazed with rays like the noon-tide sun, while the vast
train of light streaming behind it seemed to set the whole
|Effect of its appearance on men’s minds.|
southern quarter of the heavens on fire. Men gazed and
wondered in every land. The appearance of that great
star is recorded in chronicles written too far from our
shores for the fate of Harold or of England to be deemed of
any moment. But no man in any land ventured to deem
that such a token came without its mission. As of old the
stars in their courses fought against Sisera, so now that
wondrous star was doubtless sent to fight against some one
among the great ones of the earth. And in England, where
men’s minds must already have been wrought up to the
highest pitch, where a new native dynasty had just arisen,
where two foreign invaders were already threatening, the
wonder and anxiety must have been even greater than in
other lands. The vulgar gazed in silence, lifting up their
hands in wonder. The more learned or the more daring
took on them to expound the prodigy to their fellows. One
such interpreter of the future bore the news of the token to
King Harold on his throne.[153] Holy men, prophets of evil,
spoke openly, in the spirit of Kalchas, of Micaiah, or of
Eadward himself, of the woes which were coming upon the
land. Far away in his cell at Malmesbury, an aged monk,
Æthelmær by name, a dabbler in arts and sciences beyond
his age,[154] broke forth into a flood of vague and terrible prediction.
73The star had come to bring tears to many mothers;
he had beheld the same sign in former days, but now it had
come to bring a far more fearful overthrow upon his native
|Comet of 975;|
land.[155] The sign was indeed one of awe and warning. Ninety
years before, such another sign had been seen in the heavens,
and fast on its appearance had followed the troubles of the
reign of the martyred Eadward.[156] Famines, earthquakes,
civil commotions, had followed hard upon the track of the
|of 989.|
blazing beacon. Only a few years later, so the reckonings
of astronomers tell us, the very comet on which men were
now gazing must have come to herald in the great renewal
|[991–994.]|
of the Scandinavian invasions, the terrible invasions of Olaf
and Swend, the fight of Maldon and the general ravaging
of England.[157] Still the message of warning was not necessarily
a message of despair. Another such token had—not
|of 1017.|
ushered in but closed—the horrors of the year of
strife between Cnut and Eadmund;[158] it had come as it were
to shine over the grave of the English hero, to shine as a
beacon lighting the path of glory which opened before the
Danish conqueror. So now, some great event was doubtless
portended; some mighty ruler was soon to meet with his
overthrow; but who could say whether the fiery sword which
hung over the world was drawn on behalf of Harold or on
behalf of William? But from that day forth no man
doubted that the sword of the Lord was drawn; no man
74doubted that that sword could not be quiet, and that it
would not return to its scabbard till it had drunk its fill.
Summary.
We must now turn from that great Easter Feast at
Westminster, and from the portent which must have
served to light the Witan of England to their homes. We
leave King Harold on his throne, the acknowledged chief
of his own people, but with his right challenged by the one
man among living princes who could stand forth and defy
the chosen of England as an equal and worthy rival. The
details and the substance of that challenge form the
beginning of another portion of my tale. I reserve them
therefore till we have traced out the later actions, the wars
and the intrigues, of the great enemy beyond the sea.
I have now to sketch the events of years neither few nor
unimportant in the history of William, and therein to
bring to light one page which I would gladly blot out in
the history of Harold. I have now to take up the thread
of my Norman history, from the day when William, the
guest of Eadward, went back to his own land, already
deeming himself the heir of England, to the day when, as
the open rival of Harold, he put forth before heaven and
earth his claim to the Crown which the choice of England
had given to another.
CHAPTER XII. THE LATER REIGN OF WILLIAM IN NORMANDY. [159] 1051–1066. — § 1. The Marriage of William and Matilda. 1049–1060. — § 2. William’s Wars with France. 1053–1060. — § 3. The War of Maine. 1060–1064. — § 4. The Visit of Harold and the Breton War. 1064?
75
Recapitulation of the history of Normandy.
We left the Duchy of Normandy in the enjoyment of a
short season of unusual peace, after the energy of its great
Duke had for a moment quelled all enemies at home and
|1051.|
abroad. We saw the Duke himself received as a cherished
guest at the Court of England, during those gloomy
months when England, in the absence of her defenders,
seemed to have already become a Norman land. We saw
him return to his home, clothed, there can be little doubt,
in his own eyes, with the character of the lawful heir of
the English Crown. We have now to trace out his history
and that of his Duchy from the time of his return from
his first English sojourn till he again steps upon the field
of English history as an avowed claimant of the Kingdom
of England. The intervening time fills a space of fifteen
76|Character of the period in Norman history.|
years, years crowded with stirring and memorable events
in the history of Normandy. But they are events which,
till quite the end of the period, have no direct connexion
with the history of England. It is only in the last stage
of the present Chapter that the two streams of our narrative
must again converge, at the moment when the two
great figures of our drama meet face to face in the memorable
and fatal visit of Earl Harold to the Norman court.
The earlier years of the period are wholly occupied with the
affairs of William and his Duchy, his marriage, his ecclesiastical
reforms and foundations, his wars against rebellious
kinsmen within his Duchy and with French and
Angevin enemies beyond its bounds. But these things all
form part of our story. No part of the life of the great
Conqueror is foreign to the history of the Conquest of
England. Every blow dealt by William against his restless
neighbours or against his jealous overlord formed part of his
military schooling for the greatest day of his military life.
Every exercise of that political craft in which he surpassed
all men made his hand more skilful for the weaving of that
masterpiece of subtlety by which, even more than by his
lance and bow, he knew how to make England his own.
Divisions of the period.
The period will fall naturally into four divisions. First
|William’s marriage.|
comes William’s marriage with Matilda of Flanders, a
step which was, in itself, of no small moment in William’s
career, and which, as I have already hinted,[160] supplies some
|His French wars. 1050–1058.|
most characteristic illustrations of William’s temper. Next
come the wars of William with the King of the French
and his allies, those allies being not only the ceaseless
enemy of Normandy, the Count of Anjou, but also enemies
of William’s within his own Duchy and within his own
|His war for Maine. 1061–1063.|
ducal house. Thirdly comes the later stage of the Angevin
war, when it became almost wholly resolved into a struggle
for the possession of Maine. Lastly, we come to William’s
77|The Breton War and the oath of Harold.|
Breton campaigns, which, in our point of view, necessarily
become a mere adjunct to the great question of the visit
and the oath of Harold. I have purposely reserved that
question for this stage of my history. As the date is uncertain,
and as the event is recorded by no contemporary
English writer, I could find no fitting place for it in the
|The oath a Norman rather than an English question.|
course of my purely English narrative. Recorded only by
Norman writers, it seems essentially a piece of Norman history,
and the question of right or wrong is essentially a Norman
question.[161] It has no bearing on the events narrated
and discussed in my last Chapter; it has the closest bearing
on the events which will be narrated in later Chapters.
|Its bearing on the history.|
Any personal obligations towards William, which Harold
had contracted or which Harold had broken, formed
altogether a personal question between William and
Harold. It was a question with which the English nation
had in strictness nothing to do.[162] They might take it into
consideration as a matter of prudence; they had nothing
to do with it as a matter of right. If any wrong was done
to William, it was done, not by England, but by Harold
personally. It might be a crime in Harold to accept the
Crown to which he was chosen, but that in no way affected
the right of the English people to choose him. The question
then, up to this point, is a Norman question; it
became an English question only when William claimed
the English Crown, and put forth the alleged perjury of
Harold as one of the grounds of his claim. I have therefore
reserved the consideration of the whole story for the
present Chapter. It comes in here as a part of the Norman
history, which has no direct bearing on the purely English
78events which have gone before, but which has the most
direct and important bearing on the combined Norman
and English events which are to follow.
Position of William.
William, at the time of his visit to Eadward, had reached
the age of about twenty-four years. The negotiations for
|1049.|
his marriage had already begun at least two years before.[163]
A marriage into some princely house was an object of no
small moment for one in William’s position. The Bastard,
the Tanner’s grandson, had now abundantly made good his
position within his own Duchy, and he had shown to his
neighbours that he was one whose borders could not be
insulted with impunity. The victor of Val-ès-dunes, the
avenger of Alençon, the man to whom the impregnable
steep of Domfront had yielded in sheer dread of his wrath,[164]
already held no small place among the princes of Gaul
and of Europe. The rulers of the lands nearest to his
own had had abundant means of judging of his prowess.
His royal overlord at Paris had witnessed what William
could do as an ally, and his restless rival at Angers had felt
yet more keenly what he could do as an enemy. Alike in
warfare and in internal government, he had shown himself
in every way the peer of Kings and of long-descended
Dukes and Counts. It remained now to be seen whether
|A princely marriage desirable for him.|
the rulers of other European states were ready to receive
him as their social peer, and to allow their blood to mingle
with the blood of the son of Herleva. His own panegyrist
has indeed no doubt on the point. The Duke of the
Normans had only to choose his wife at his will from the
79houses of whichever of the neighbouring princes he thought
good. Nay, distant Kings would have vied with one
another in offering their daughters to such a bridegroom.[165]
Notwithstanding this rhetoric, we may be allowed to suspect
that, when the chief men of Normandy urged on
their sovereign the prudence of an early marriage, they
thought somewhat of the advantage of fixing the position
of William in the eyes of the world as well as of the necessity
of securing the Norman succession.[166] This last object
|Importance of direct heirs to William.|
indeed was a matter of paramount importance. Nothing
but the life of the reigning Duke stood between his Duchy
and the repetition of such anarchy as his own early years
had witnessed. A bastard could, in strict law, have no heirs
but heirs of his own body; and, even setting aside William’s
bastardy, it was as hard now as it had been at the death of
Robert to say who was the lawful presumptive heir to the
Norman Duchy. It was before all things necessary that
William should, with all speed, raise up sons of his own to
|Domestic purity of William’s life.|
sit on his ducal chair. And it is to the eternal honour of
the young Duke that there was no fear of the rights of
William’s lawful sons being interfered with by the claims
of any elder but unlawful issue. There was no fear of
William’s bride, whoever she might be, having to share
her place in his house or in his heart with any unlawful
or irregular consort. Alone of all his race, William set an
example to all the princes of his time of a domestic life of
unsullied purity. He had marked, it may well be, the shame,
the sorrow, the anarchy, which had been brought upon
80himself and his country by the youthful error of his own
parents, or rather—it might be fairer to say—by the
neglect of his father to redeem that youthful error by a later
marriage. He was determined that no such evils should
ever arise from any such error on his own part. No mistress,
no Danish wife, appeared in William’s days in the
palace of Rouen; and this virtue, so unusual in one surrounded
by all the temptations of youth and power, seems
to have become the subject of foolish and brutal jests among
the profligate scoffers of his Court.[167] The private life of
William is a bright feature among the varied traits of his
strangely mingled character. In this respect the noblest
of women would have been no more than an help meet for
him. And such an one he found in the wife whom he
sought with such characteristic pertinacity, and who, in the
end, shared his cares and his glories for more than thirty
years.
His counsellors recommend a marriage with Matilda of Flanders.
The counsels of the wise men of Normandy both
pressed William to marry, and further suggested the
expediency of selecting for his bride the daughter of some
neighbouring prince.[168] The weighty matter was long and
anxiously discussed, but at last either the counsels of his
advisers or his own inclination disposed William in favour
of the daughter of the reigning Count of Flanders. It
may be that, if the English Court had been adorned with
a princess, he would have sought, by a marriage with a
81daughter of Eadward, to strengthen the hopes which he may
have already begun to cherish in the direction of Eadward’s
Crown. But no such help was to be looked for in the
house of his childless cousin; still, as I have already hinted,
it is possible that one of the merits in his eyes of the wife
whom he did choose was that she sprang by direct, if only
by female descent, from the blood of Ælfred.[169] It is possible
that other princesses might have been found who had the
same amount of connexion with English royalty,[170] but it
would have been hard to find one who united a descent of
this kind with the great European position which attached
to a daughter of Baldwin. The laureate of William taxes
his powers to the uttermost to set forth the greatness of
the prince who was thought worthy to become the father-in-law
|Descent of the Counts of Flanders.|
of his hero. No line was so exalted as that of the
Count of Flanders, or as, in contempt of the geography of
his own time, he wishes rather to call him, the Satrap of
the Morini.[171]
The lowly origin of Lyderic the Forester[172] was
forgotten among the splendours of a house which, by
successive intermarriages, could boast of a descent from the
Kings of Wessex, Italy, and Burgundy, and from the
Imperial stock of the Great Charles.[173] The Flemish Count
82was in name a vassal of the Roman Emperor; in truth he
was the stay and glory of his counsels. Rarely did he condescend
to visit the Imperial Court; when he stooped so
far, Counts, Marquesses, Dukes, the mighty Primates of
the German Church, even Kings themselves, looked on him
|Their power and dignity.|
with wonder and admiration.[174] Without accepting all this
rhetoric, it is certain that, next to a marriage into the house
of an anointed King, no connexion could have been found
more exalted than that which William sought to form with
the prince whom his contemporaries spoke of as the mighty
|Importance of their border position.|
Marquess.[175] No description could be more apt. It was
to their position as Marquesses in the strict sense of the
word, as princes holding a border land between France and
Germany,[176] as vassals of both Crowns, but no very humble
subjects of either, that the Counts of Flanders owed their
special greatness among European princes. Their land,
with its sea-board and its rivers, was marked out by nature
as the land where commerce and civic greatness were to
take a firmer hold than in any other land north of the Alps.[177]83And its hardy, sharp-witted, and industrious inhabitants,
|Character of the people.|
near kinsmen of our own Nether-Dutch stock, were no less
renowned in warfare than they were in the peaceful arts of
commerce and manufacture. And we must not forget that,
in those days, the Flemish dominion, and, with it, the
Low-Dutch speech, reached far to the south of the narrow
frontier which is all that successive French aggressions have
left to the modern Kingdom of Belgium. The Marquess
of Flanders was a near neighbour of the Duke of the
Normans. Between them lay only the small Counties of
Ponthieu and Boulogne, the representatives of the old
disputed land of Herlwin of Montreuil.[178] On every political
ground, no alliance could be more desirable for the young
Duke than one which brought him into close and friendly
connexion with this mighty house.
Baldwin the Fifth. 1036–1067.
Of the reigning Count, Baldwin the Fifth, Baldwin of
Lisle or Yssel,[179] Baldwin the Debonnaire, we have often
heard in other parts of our history. We first heard of him
as a rebel against his own father, and as being brought to
reason by the potent influence of Duke Robert.[180] We next
heard of his constant reception of English and other exiles,
and of his wars with the Empire, in which England bore a
part against him.[181] In those wars his Norman panegyrist
represents him as invariably successful.[182] We have seen
how far this description departs from the truth of history;
|Baldwin’s second rebellion and reconciliation. 1054–1056.|
but in after times, when the might of Rome and Germany
was represented by a woman and a child, it is said that
Baldwin gained concessions which he was not likely to
gain at the hands of Henry the Third.[183] With his other
84overlord, the Parisian King, he had formed the closest tie
of affinity; his wife was Adela, the daughter of King
|His Regency in France. 1061.|
Robert and sister of the reigning King Henry.[184] In after
times, on the death of Henry, Count Baldwin was called
on to act as Regent or Protector over the realm of his
wife’s young nephew Philip.[185] His marriage with Adela
gave him two sons, Baldwin and Robert, both of whom
afterwards reigned over Flanders.[186] Judith, who a few
|1051.|
years later became the wife of Tostig the son of Godwine,
is often spoken of as his daughter, but she was in truth his
sister, the child of his father’s old age,[187] and probably in
years the contemporary of his own children. But, if the
sister of Baldwin shared the viceregal seat of Northumberland,
his daughter was fated to yet higher honour within
|His daughter Matilda.|
our island. Matilda, the child of Baldwin and Adela, in
after days to be crowned at Westminster as Lady of the
English, was the princess whom the advice of William’s
wisest counsellors selected as the fittest bride for their
young Duke.
William seeks her in marriage.
One might be curious to know how far this choice was
at all prompted in the beginning by personal inclination on
William’s part. It is certain that Matilda won and retained
William’s deepest affection, that he had to struggle
hard to obtain her hand, and that he made her a faithful and
loving husband throughout their joint lives. But modern
researches have shown that there was a mystery about
the marriage which no one would have guessed from the
fluent narratives of the Norman writers. They enlarge on
85Matilda’s beauty, on her accomplishments and her virtues.[188]
But, just as the Encomiast of Emma keeps out of sight the
fact that his heroine was a widow and a mother at the
time of her marriage with Cnut,[189] so the panegyrists of
William keep out of sight the fact, revealed to us by a comparison
of several documents and incidental statements, that
|Matilda’s former marriage and children.|
Matilda was the mother of a son and a daughter of whom
William was not the father.[190] Some of them further conceal,
what others have the honesty to allow, that the marriage of
the Duke was objected to on canonical grounds, and that
an interval of some years took place between the first proposal
of marriage and the actual celebration of the rite.
The language of William’s laureate would lead us to believe
that Count Baldwin brought his daughter across the Norman
frontier almost as soon as William’s ambassadors had
reached his court with William’s proposal.[191] A more minute
examination reveals the fact that the marriage was first
|1049–1053.|
thought of before the murder of Beorn, but that the lovers
were not joined together by the Church till the year of the
death of Godwine.
Legend of Brihtric.
The scandal of a later age told the tale how one Brihtric,
a Thegn of Gloucestershire, was sent as an ambassador from
86the King of the English to the court of Bruges, how the
daughter of the Count cast an eye of love on the tall
stalwart Englishman, how she offered herself to him in
marriage, how he refused her advances, and how in later
times Matilda, the Lady of the English, found means of
ample revenge for the slight which he had offered to
Matilda, the Flemish princess. William, we are told, not
considering, it would seem, that such hatred might be
deemed to savour of love, easily granted his wife’s prayer
for the imprisonment of Brihtric and for the transfer of
his lands to herself.[192] The tale is evidently mythical, but
it preserves the kernel of truth that William was not the
|Gerbod, first husband of Matilda.|
first love, or indeed the first husband, of Matilda. She
had been already married to Gerbod, a man of distinction
in Flanders, whose title was taken from his hereditary
office as Advocate of the great Abbey of Saint Bertin at
|Her children, Gerbod and Gundrada.|
Saint Omer. To him she had borne two children, a son
who bore his father’s name, and who, in after times, when
his step-father filled the English throne, held and resigned
the great Earldom of Chester, the special home of the
house of Leofric.[193] The other child of Gerbod and Matilda
was a daughter, Gundrada by name, who became the wife
of William of Warren, and whose tomb and its inscription
have long been among the favourite objects of antiquarian
research.[194] That tomb was placed in a minster of her own
rearing, which has now vanished from the earth, in that
great Priory of Saint Pancras at Lewes, whose walls
|1264.|
sheltered the King and the enemies of England in the
next great struggle for her freedom. For a long while
87Gundrada was looked on as a daughter of William himself,[195]
but there is no doubt that both she and her brother
Gerbod were the children of Matilda by her first husband.
The question now arises, which I shall discuss elsewhere,[196]
whether the elder Gerbod was dead at the time of William’s
first courtship, or whether the delays and difficulties which
beset the marriage of William and Matilda were not, partly
at least, caused by the necessity of procuring a divorce between
the Flemish princess and her first husband. The
|Matilda probably a widow.|
balance of evidence and of probability seems to me to be
decidedly in favour of the belief that Matilda was now a
widow. But at any rate it is certain, though no one would
have guessed it from any of the writers who record the
marriage, that the bride of William was already the mother
of two children by another man. The whole story forcibly
reminds us of the marriage of Cnut and Emma, except
that, while Emma was clearly many years older than Cnut,
Matilda, married no doubt to Gerbod when very young,
must have been about William’s own age.[197] Another point
is plain that, even if the marriage was first thought of as
a matter of policy, William’s affections were soon firmly
fixed upon the woman whose hand he was seeking. No
otherwise can we explain the desperate pertinacity with
which he pursued his object in defiance of difficulties to
which a merely political suitor would soon have yielded.
Beginning of William’s courtship. 1048–1049.
The scheme of the marriage must have been first broached
soon after the war of Domfront and Alençon. For in the
year following that war the marriage met with the most
formidable of all obstacles. It was forbidden by an express
88command of the common Father of Christendom, speaking
at the head of an Assembly which had a real claim
to command no small share of the reverence of Western
|The Council of Rheims. 1049.|
Europe. The good Pope Leo had gathered together at
Rheims that famous Council of some of whose acts I have
had occasion to speak earlier in my history.[198] For one of
those moments which come few and far between in the
annals of nations and Churches, the two lights of the
Christian firmament shone in friendship side by side;
the two swords no longer clashed against each other,
but were drawn at the same bidding to chastise the same
offenders. At the summons of a Pope and an Emperor
each alike worthy of his throne, clerks and laymen had
assembled from distant lands, among which England had
not been slow to send her representatives.[199] The abbatial
minster of Saint Remigius had been hallowed by the Pope
himself; and a number of Princes and Prelates were next
called to account by the assembled Fathers for various
breaches of the law, canonical and moral. There, as we
have seen, a Norman Bishop, a member of the mightiest
house in Normandy, had to defend himself on a charge
of sacrilegious destruction of his own cathedral.[200] There
a Prelate of the Ducal Burgundy, Hugh of Langres, was
deposed from his episcopal office for various acts of cruelty
and adultery.[201] But Pope Leo did not shrink from smiting
offenders yet more exalted, and among them he struck the
most grievous of personal blows at the Duke of the Normans
|Enforcement of the ecclesiastical laws of marriage.|
himself. One special object of the Council was the
stricter enforcement of the Church’s law of marriage, a
point on which the princes and great nobles of Gaul
would seem just then to have been specially lax. Among
the canons of the Council, two are aimed specially at
89offences of this kind, and the Pope and the assembled
Fathers at once proceeded to launch the censures of the
Church against offenders of every degree. A whole train
of princes were summoned before the Synod, and some
of them were actually excommunicated. Among them
|Censures pronounced on various French Princes.|
were the two princes who held the border lands between
Flanders and Normandy, two princes of one of whom we
have already heard but too much in our history, and of
both of whom we shall hear again. Eustace of Boulogne,
the brother-in-law of King Eadward, and Ingelram, seemingly
the son of the reigning Count of Ponthieu, were
both smitten with excommunication on charges of incest
the evidence for which seems to be no longer forthcoming.
Theobald of Chartres, the son of Odo the old enemy of
Normandy, was also called to account on a charge of
putting away his lawful wife without cause.[202] And it
was now that an order went forth which touched the
|Baldwin forbidden to give his daughter to William.|
two mightier neighbours of all these princes. Count
Baldwin of Flanders was forbidden to give his daughter
in marriage to William the Norman, and he, William,
was forbidden to receive her. Such is the only description
vouchsafed to the great Duke. The other princes
receive their usual titles of honour, but it would almost
seem that any such respectful mention was still looked
on as not due of right to the grandson of the Tanner.
90At the date then of the Council of Rheims, the marriage
had not yet been celebrated, though William’s first proposals
must have been already made to Baldwin, and must
have been favourably listened to by him. The Papal prohibition
seemingly stopped the marriage for four years.
|Alleged consanguinity of William and Matilda.|
The ground of objection was, according to all the evidence
which we have on the subject, the usual ground of nearness
of kin. Yet it is by no means easy, either to trace up the
pedigree of William and Matilda to a common ancestor, or
to see any reasonable ground for the prohibition on any of
the usual ecclesiastical theories of affinity. But it certainly
seems more reasonable to suppose the existence of some
unrecorded hindrance of this kind than to believe that
William sought the hand of Matilda, and that her father
favoured his suit, at a time when she was actually the
|The marriage delayed.|
wife of another man.[203] At all events, the marriage was
delayed, and the moment when it was actually celebrated
|Coincidence of its celebration with the captivity of Pope Leo.|
coincides so remarkably with one of the most memorable
exploits of William’s countrymen in another part of Europe
that it is hard to believe that the one event had not some
influence on the other. The Normans were now pressing
their conquests in the South of Italy, and Pope Leo did
|1053–1054.|
not deem it inconsistent with his duty to endeavour to
check their progress even by force of arms.[204] His own
prowess, tried in earlier warfare, the lofty stature and
heavy swords of his German auxiliaries, availed him not.[205]91|Leo’s wars with the Normans of Apulia. His defeat and imprisonment.|
The Pontiff became a captive in the hands of enemies who
knew as well how to make the most of an advantage as
if William himself had been their leader. And in truth
there was one in their ranks with a head well nigh as
cunning to devise, and an arm well nigh as strong to
execute, as the head and the arm of William himself. For
the Norman host was commanded by the sons of Tancred
|Policy of Robert Wiscard.|
of Hauteville, and among them, as yet the least renowned
among his brethren, stood the man before whom Cæsars as
well as Pontiffs were to quail.[206] There stood the founder of
the Apulian Duchy, the remote founder of the Sicilian
Kingdom, the man who did less only than William himself
to make the Norman name famous and terrible throughout
the world. The true spirit of Robert Wiscard appears in
the demeanour of conquerors who bowed in the lowliest
reverence to their holy captive, and who at the same time
knew how to win from him what might pass as a lawful investiture
|Origin of the Sicilian Kingdom.|
of all their conquests. Such were the beginnings
of that Norman Kingdom of the South whose fate forms so
striking a contrast to that of their northern conquest.
Thus arose that Sicilian realm, whose Crown shone the
brightest among the Pleiads which decked the brow of
92the Wonder of the World,[207] and which, in its lowest depth
of degradation, we have seen merged in a realm of happier
|1860.|
omen at the mere approach of the wonder-worker of our
own day.
The marriage at last celebrated; Baldwin brings his daughter to Eu. 1053.
It was while Leo was thus kept in the power of the
Normans of the South that William seems to have thought
that the hour was at last come when he might venture to
trample under foot the prohibition of the Council of Rheims.
It may be that the reverential gaolers of the Pope had contrived
to wring from him some concession to the prince
whom, if they did not look on as their sovereign, they must
at least have honoured as the most renowned of all who bore
the Norman name. Or it may be that William and Baldwin
deemed that, during such a collapse of the Papal authority,
any breach of ecclesiastical discipline might safely be dared,
in the hope that an absolution after the fact might be won
from some successor less austere than the saintly Leo. At
all events the marriage was celebrated while Leo was still in
durance. Count Baldwin himself led his daughter through
Ponthieu to the Norman frontier. She was there met by
the bridegroom who had so long and so patiently waited for
her. The marriage ceremony was performed, by what daring
priest or Prelate we know not, in the church of the ducal
town which stood nearest to the Flemish border. At Eu,
under the shadow of the old fortress of Rolf, in the minster
which had been lately reared by the bounty of Count William
and his half-canonized wife,[208] Duke William received
the hand of the bride whose possession had been forbidden
to him by the judgement of Pope and Council. From the
border castle the new Duchess was led in all fitting state
|Matilda’s reception at Rouen.|
to her husband’s capital. The metropolitan city received
the Lady of Normandy with every expression of joy.
Any doubts as to the canonical validity of the marriage
93were likely to give way before the charm of Matilda’s
presence, before the mere novelty of seeing the Court
of Rouen, after an interval of perhaps thirty years,[209]
once more adorned by the grace and dignity of a reigning
Duchess.
Opposition to the marriage within the Duchy.
But, in an age and country where the religious spirit was
so actively at work as it was in Normandy in the days of
William, it was not likely that any breach of canonical law,
even on the part of the sovereign, should pass unchallenged.
Men were found who feared not, perhaps in the spirit of
the Baptist, to rebuke the prince who had dared so direct
a breach of the orders of so revered an assembly as the
Council of Rheims. And the opposition was led by one
from whom, according to all the accounts of his character
which have been handed down to us, we should not have
looked for any special zeal either for ecclesiastical discipline
|Censure pronounced by Archbishop Malger.|
or for Christian morality. At the head of the Norman
Church now stood William’s uncle Malger, a man who, as
I have already said,[210] is described to us only in the darkest
colours. Yet almost the only act recorded of him is one
which, in the life of a saint, would undoubtedly have been
set down as one of the most striking proofs of his sanctity.
The Primate of Normandy did not shrink from reproving his
prince, and that prince the Great William, for the breach
of canonical law which he had committed in marrying his
kinswoman. He at least threatened, if he did not actually
publish, a sentence of excommunication against the princely
|His probable motives.|
offender.[211] Was his motive in so doing simply disloyalty?
94Was he, as one account seems to imply, in league with his
brother the Count of Arques, to overthrow William’s
throne?[212] Or are we to suppose that Malger was really
stirred up by a holy zeal to denounce a breach of ecclesiastical
law, however exalted the offenders? Such is the
equally distinct statement of another of our authorities, less
open than those who are hardest upon Malger to the influences
|Nature of the charges against Malger.|
of flattery or prejudice.[213] After all, if we come to
distinguish the crimes alleged against Malger from the
declamation which is used about them, they are not crimes
of any enormous dye. They are the follies and vices which
could hardly fail to be expected from a young prince thrust
into a great ecclesiastical office to which he clearly had no
real call. He is allowed not to have been deficient in the
learning of the time.[214] But he was fonder of hunting
than became an Archbishop, a charge which seems a little
hard in an age when an extravagant devotion to brutal
sports was not deemed inconsistent with the highest saintliness.[215]
He kept too splendid a table,[216] and wasted the
wealth, and even the ornaments, of his church in reckless
largesses.[217] All this is likely enough, and the existence of
95his son Michael shows that he was no strict observer of
ecclesiastical rule on other points.[218] And we can well
believe that Duke William, most of whose own faults were
of a kind exactly opposite to those of his uncle, was diligent
in rebuking one who certainly departed widely from his
ideal of a Prelate.[219] But when these intelligible and probable
charges are mixed up with vague stories of robbery
and other unnamed crimes,[220] we begin to have our doubts.
|His lack of the Pallium.|
We are told also that successive Pontiffs had refused him
the pallium, as being unworthy of his office,[221] so that Rouen
was now in much the same case as Canterbury. He also
neglected to attend more than one Council at Rome to which
he was summoned.[222] All Rouen and all Normandy, we are
told, were utterly weary of their Primate and his doings.[223]
Malger’s opposition probably honest.
All this may well have been so; yet the excommunication,
or threatened excommunication, of the Duke, more
especially when we remember that the fact is left out by
those who draw the worst picture of Malger, suggests
that there may have been another side to the story.
96The excommunication does not read like the act of one
who was utterly dead to the duties and decencies of his
office. It reads more like the act of one who, conscious
that he had greatly neglected those duties and
decencies, was anxious to make amends for past offences
by an act of saintly zeal and boldness. It is the sort of
act which may well have been meant as the first step
|William’s indignation at him.|
in an amended career. And there is strong ground for
believing that it was this over zealous discharge of ecclesiastical
duty, quite as much as any of his ecclesiastical
or moral offences, which finally brought down on Malger
the wrath of his nephew and sovereign. It would be
altogether of a piece with William’s conduct in greater
matters still, if his personal indignation, and the complaints
and entreaties of Matilda, were mixed up with a real
|Malger deposed at Council of Lisieux. 1055.|
feeling of the unfitness of Malger for his office.[224] At all
events, two years after William’s marriage, long before
that marriage was recognized at Rome, Malger was
formally deposed from his see by a joint exercise of the
ducal and the pontifical authority. Ermenfrid, Bishop of
Sitten, a Prelate who seems to have been specially employed
to represent the Roman See beyond the Alps, was
|1062, 1070.|
now sent into Normandy, as he was in after years twice
sent into England. William gathered a Council at
Lisieux, in which all the Bishops of Normandy, under
the presidency of the Papal Legate, sat in judgement on
their erring metropolitan. Malger was unanimously condemned,
and the Duke decreed his deposition from his
see.[225] He was banished to the Isles of the Côtentin, so
97|His banishment and death.|
familiar to us as the Channel Islands.[226] His life there is
said to have still given scandal;[227] if Malger’s ebullition
of zeal against William was really the beginning of his
own reformation, nothing was more likely to throw him
back in the work of amendment than the consequences
which his over diligence had brought upon him. One of
the charges against him was that of dealing with a familiar
spirit,[228] a charge which has been ingeniously explained by
the supposition that the learning of Malger took in
mathematics and astronomy, and that, as in the ease of
Gerbert and many others, the reputation of practising
magic was the penalty of knowledge beyond his age.[229] It
was his custom to sail about among the islands, and sometimes
to visit the mainland of the Côtentin. One day, on
98entering the vessel, his supernatural power enabled him to
prophesy that one of the company would die that day. He
knew not however who was the doomed person, nor by what
means he would perish. His prediction was fulfilled in himself:
he fell overboard and was drowned. His body was
afterwards found among the rocks, and he was buried at
Cherbourg.[230]
Malger succeeded by Maurilius.
A Prelate of a very different stamp from Malger succeeded
him on the metropolitan throne of Rouen. William
|His life and character.|
had now fully learned that the high places of the Church
could not be rightly turned into mere provisions for the
younger members of sovereign houses. He determined
to give the Norman Church a thoroughly worthy chief
pastor, and in his choice he overlooked all prejudices of
family and even of nation. This willingness to recognize
the claims of merit in strangers from every land has
been already spoken of as one of the marked features of
the Norman national character.[231] The new Primate, Maurilius,
was a man of foreign birth, one who had seen much
of various parts of the world, and who seems to have
made choice of Normandy as his adopted country. His
|His birth near Rheims, and studies at Lüttich.|
career in many respects reminds us of that of Lanfranc,
with this difference, that the earlier years of Lanfranc
were spent in a character wholly lay, while Maurilius
had first entered the ecclesiastical calling as a secular
priest. He was a Frenchman by birth, born of a noble
house in the neighbourhood of Rheims.[232] But his higher
99education was Teutonic. He first studied at home at
Rheims, then at Lüttich, and lastly, as the reward of his
proficiency in learning, he was raised to the dignity of
|He becomes “Scholasticus” at Halberstadt.|
“Scholasticus,” Chancellor or Lecturer, in the cathedral
church of Halberstadt, one of the richest secular foundations
in the Saxon Church.[233] But the zeal of Maurilius soon
aspired to a straiter life than that of a secular canon. He
|He becomes a monk at Fécamp. 1001–1031.|
left his stall at Halberstadt, he betook himself into Normandy,
and there became a monk in the Abbey of Fécamp.[234]
That great house, the favourite foundation of Richard the
Fearless, and one of the objects of the misapplied bounty of
our own Eadward, was now flourishing in all the odour of
|Secular Canons at Fécamp. 990.|
youthful sanctity.[235] The secular canons, who had been its
first inmates, had, under the rule of Richard the Good, the
patron and father of monks, made way for regulars of
|Benedictine Monks. 1001.|
the Benedictine order, under the rule of their first Abbot,
the renowned and holy William, a native of Italy, and of
illustrious birth. He it was who received the Chancellor of
|Maurilius leaves Fécamp, and|
Halberstadt as one of his spiritual household,[236] till, like
Lanfranc,[237] the neophyte sought for a still more complete
100|becomes a hermit in Italy.|
isolation from the world, and, with the leave of his Abbot,
Maurilius left Fécamp for some undescribed part of Italy,
where he led a hermit’s life, supporting himself by the
work of his own hands.[238] His sanctity at last drew on him
|He is made Abbot of Saint Mary’s at Florence by the Marquess Boniface. [1027–1052.]|
the attention of the famous Boniface, Marquess of Tuscany,
the father of the more famous Countess Matilda.
This prince constrained him, much against his will, to
undertake the government and the reform of the great
monastery of Saint Mary in the city of Florence. He
laboured there for some years, and brought his monks
into some degree of order and good living. But the elder
members of the brotherhood, accustomed to the lax government
of former Abbots, proved too much for his powers
|He returns to Fécamp.|
of reformation.[239] He resigned his dignity and returned to
Fécamp, where he lived for some years as a private monk,
|Abbot John. 1031–1080.|
under the new Abbot John. This Prelate was another
Italian, high in favour alike with the Duke of the Normans
and with the King of the English, who, like so many
others of his order, found it to his advantage to cross the
|Maurilius Archbishop of Rouen. 1055–1069.|
sea and visit the saintly Eadward face to face.[240] Under his
rule the ex-Abbot of Florence lived in peace, till he was
called by Duke William to the highest place in the Norman
Church. He held more than one Council of his Province.[241]
He also finished the rebuilding of the metropolitan
101Church, which had been begun by his predecessor Robert,
and had been possibly interrupted during the unthrifty
reign of Malger. The church of Maurilius, which has
|He completes and consecrates Rouen Cathedral. 1063.|
wholly made way for the works of later architects, was
consecrated three years before the invasion of England,
in the presence of all the Bishops of his Province, and
of Duke William himself.[242] He survived this great ceremony
six years, and died in the full odour of sanctity,
having seen his sovereign and benefactor for three years
on the throne of England.
The marriage of William and Matilda censured by Lanfranc.
The deposition of Malger, the succession of Maurilius,
and the men to whom the career of the new Primate
introduces us, serve well to illustrate that great religious
movement which was now going on in Normandy,[243] and
which was beyond doubt greatly fostered by the wise
appointments which William had now learned to make
to the great ecclesiastical offices in his gift. But the
unlucky Archbishop was not the only churchman who
felt that it was dangerous to administer rebuke to one
of William’s temper. A greater than Malger or Maurilius
also took upon him the function of Micaiah, and,
strangely enough, he found, through a temporary disgrace,
a path to a higher place in the favour of his
|His present favour with William.|
prince. Lanfranc, now Prior of Bec, already high in
the Duke’s favour and a sharer in his inmost counsels,[244]
perhaps took upon him personally to rebuke his sovereign
102for his uncanonical marriage; at all events he was known
to have spoken his mind freely and openly on the subject.[245]|Papal Interdict on Normandy?|
The writer whom we have to follow for the share taken
by Lanfranc in the affair adds that all Normandy was
laid under an interdict by Papal authority as a punishment
for the sin of its prince.[246] The contemporary writers
so evidently avoid the whole subject that their silence counts
for less than it otherwise would; but it would certainly
be strange if so memorable an exercise of Papal authority
as the interdiction of divine offices throughout the Duchy
found no one to record it except the local chronicler of
Bec. But, however this may be, we need not doubt that
Lanfranc spoke out on the subject in a way which was
far from agreeable to the Duke and probably still less
agreeable to the Duchess. The darker side of William’s
character now stands forth. He was already stark beyond
|William’s incapacity to bear personal insult.|
measure to the men who withstood his will.[247] With all
his great qualities, he could not endure anything which
savoured of personal insult, least of all when that insult
touched his wife as well as himself. The stern executor
of justice, the reformer of the Norman Church, is forgotten
for a while in the man who mutilated his prisoners
at Alençon,[248] and who, years after, burned Mantes to
punish a silly jest of its sovereign. Lanfranc had also
enemies at hand, who did not fail to stir up the mind of
the Duke against him.[249] The vengeance taken by William
103was cruel, one might almost add, cowardly. For the fault
or virtue of one member he punished the whole society,
and, as commonly happened in such cases, the punishment
fell more heavily on the dependants of the society than
|He orders the banishment of Lanfranc, and burns the “Park” of the Abbey.|
on the society itself.[250] William ordered that Lanfranc
should at once be dismissed from the monastery and
banished from Normandy. But he also ordered the
ravaging and burning of part of the possessions of the
Abbey.[251] He was obeyed in both orders. Lanfranc set
forth from Bec, to seek his fortune once more, and he set
forth in a guise almost as lowly as that in which he first
appeared in the presence of Herlwin. But his journey
|Reconciliation of Lanfranc and the Duke.|
was not a long one. By chance or by design, he met
William on the way;[252] the visible change in his fortunes,
aided by his own ready wit, procured him an audience of
the Duke, and in that audience terms of reconciliation
were readily agreed on. Lanfranc was again admitted to
William’s full favour, confirmed by the kiss of peace.[253]104The damage done to the estates of the House of Bec was
more than made good.[254] But Lanfranc was required in
return to withdraw his opposition to the Duke’s marriage,
|Lanfranc becomes the champion of the marriage.|
and even to make himself the champion of his cause. A
man of scrupulous honour, according to modern ideas of
honour, would not have accepted such an office. But
modern ideas of honour differ widely from monastic ideas
of conscience. There was nothing in the terms agreed to
by Lanfranc at which the most tender and the most formal
conscience could be offended.[255] Lanfranc had denounced
the marriage as sinful, and he was not called on to withdraw
that denunciation. He might still look upon the
act as sinful, but he pledged himself to do his best to
procure that the sin should be forgiven. The marriage
was at most a breach of a canonical restriction, and it was
not beyond the power of the Apostolic See to heal such a
breach even after the fact. Lanfranc then was to go to
105Rome, and to use all the power of his learning and
eloquence to obtain from the Pontiff a dispensation which
would make good the marriage which had been irregularly
contracted.[256]
Negotiations with the Roman Court. 1054?-1059.
If these transactions between William and Lanfranc
took place soon after the celebration of the marriage, the
negotiations with the Roman Court must have been prolonged
indeed. William’s anxiety to keep his wife would
seem to have proved as fertile a source for canonical disputations
as the anxiety of Henry the Eighth to get rid
of his. It is at least certain that the matter was not
finally settled till the Pontificate of Nicolas the Second,
the Pontiff who yielded so readily to the threats of the
English Earl Tostig,[257] and who found it equally expedient
to yield to the milder persuasions of the orator of Pavia.
|Succession of Popes. [Victor the Second. 1055–1057. Stephen the Ninth. 1057–1058. Benedict the Tenth. 1058–1059. Nicolas the Second. 1059–1061.]|
But Nicolas did not ascend the Papal throne till six
years after the marriage ceremony at Eu. It is quite
possible that stern and resolute Popes like Victor the
Second and Stephen the Ninth refused to grant any
concession, and it is probable that the scruples of Lanfranc,
perhaps those of William himself, would forbid any
application to the usurper Benedict.[258] But, in any case,
Nicolas granted the required dispensation. Lanfranc
visited Rome, both on the Duke’s errand and on his own.
The theological dispute with Berengar of Tours[259] was still
|Second Lateran Council. April 13, 1059.|
going on, and in the second Lateran Council, held under
the presidency of Nicolas, the heretic publicly retracted
his errors.[260] Lanfranc was again present as the champion
|Lanfranc again opposes Berengar;|
of orthodoxy,[261] and his performances in this way may well
have inclined Pope and Council to listen favourably to his
petitions on other subjects. He pleaded the cause of his
106|and pleads for William and Matilda.|
sovereign firmly and effectually, and he seems to have
used language nearly as plain-spoken as Tostig did two
years later. William, he argued, was determined not to
give up his wife;[262] the Pope would therefore do well to
yield, for ecclesiastical censures—the interdict is clearly
intended—would fall quite as heavily on the innocent as on
the guilty.[263] Another argument is also put into Lanfranc’s
mouth, that the pride of Count Baldwin would not endure
to have his daughter returned on his hands—he might
have added with a second brood of children, and those
too of doubtful legitimacy. War would certainly break
out between Normandy and Flanders, and it was the duty
of the common Father of Christendom to hinder, as far
|Nicholas grants the dispensation. Lanfranc returns to Normandy. 1059–1060.|
as in him lay, the shedding of Christian blood. To these
various arguments the mind of Pope Nicolas yielded. Lanfranc
at last returned with the wished-for dispensation which
at last ratified by the highest ecclesiastical authority the
marriage which had been, in ecclesiastical eyes, rashly and
irregularly entered into six years before.[264]
Condition of the dispensation. Foundation of the two Abbeys at Caen.
So great a favour however was not to be granted,
except on condition that the sinners should atone for
their fault by worthy works of penance. The Duke and
the Duchess were each to rear and endow a monastery
for religious persons of their respective sexes.[265] Another
107account adds that four foundations of still more direct
usefulness, hospitals namely for the sick, blind, and aged,
were also to be established in four of the chief towns of
Normandy, at Rouen, Bayeux, Caen, and Cherbourg.[266]
The discharge of the former part of the Papal command
caused the creation of two of the noblest architectural
monuments of the Duchy. The two stately Abbeys of
Caen arose as at once the monument and the atonement
of the irregular marriage of William and Matilda. Each
|Character of the buildings.|
of those noble piles retains to this day large portions of
the original work of its founder, and each exhibits a
character of its own, a sort of personality received from
|Matilda’s church of the Holy Trinity.|
its founder’s hand. The church of Matilda, the Abbey of
the Holy Trinity, the first to be begun, the last to be
brought to perfection, bears witness, we may say, to the
feminine impatience of the Duchess, to her anxiety not
108to delay the work of atonement for her fault. Her church
|Its consecration. June 18, 1066.|
was so far completed as to be ready for consecration in the
year of the great crisis of her husband’s life, and its solemn
hallowing forms an incident which will again claim our
attention even in the midst of William’s preparations for
the invasion of our island.[267] But the church then hallowed
seems to have been a mere fragment, simply so much as
was necessary for the devotions of the sisterhood; the
greater portion of the present fabric belongs to a somewhat
later age. But enough remains of Matilda’s own work
to show that the building was carried on in the full spirit
of her original design. No contrast between two buildings
so nearly alike in plan and style can be more striking
than the contrast between the minster of William and the
|William’s church of Saint Stephen, begun 1064?|
minster of Matilda. William was no more inclined to
hurry in this undertaking than in any other undertaking
of his life. His wife hastened to consecrate a fragment;
but William knew how to bide his time as much in a work
|consecrated 1077.|
of architecture as in a work of war or politics. Eleven years
later,[268] William and Lanfranc, now promoted to be the
109Cæsar and the Pontiff of another world,[269] were present at
the consecration of the great Abbey of Saint Stephen,
perfect from east to west, save only that the addition of
|1086.|
the western towers was a later work, and was probably
|Character of the Conqueror impressed on his building.|
celebrated with a second feast of dedication. And that
mighty pile, perhaps the noblest and most perfect work
of its own date, shows us the spirit of the Conqueror
impressed on every stone. The choir has given way to
a later creation; but the nave of William and Lanfranc
is still there,[270] precisely such a nave as we should expect
to arise at the bidding of William the Great. Erected
at the moment when the Romanesque of Normandy had
cast aside the earlier leaven of Bernay and Jumièges, and
had not yet begun to develope into the more florid style
of Bayeux and Saint Gabriel, the church of William, vast
in scale, bold and simple in its design, disdaining ornament,
but never sinking into rudeness, is indeed a church
worthy of its founder. The minster of Matilda, far richer,
even in its earliest parts, smaller in size, more delicate in
workmanship, has nothing of that simplicity and grandeur
of proportion which marks the work of her husband. The
one is the expression in stone of the imperial will of the
conquering Duke; the other breathes the true spirit of
his loving and faithful Duchess.
Beginning of the foundation of Saint Stephen’s. 1064?
But, though the completion of William’s minster was
delayed till a much later date, yet, according to the custom
of the founders of monasteries,[271] the society itself, furnished
no doubt with a temporary church and other temporary
buildings, was established as soon as possible after the
110receipt of the Papal rescript. The monks of Saint Stephen
already dwelt in their suburb beyond the walls of Caen,
and the care of their founder had already given them the
most famous man in his dominions for their ruler. In the
same year in which the sister church was dedicated, in the
same year in which England was invaded, the house was fit
for at least the temporary accommodation of its new ruler.
|Lanfranc first Abbot. June 15, 1066.|
Lanfranc, the Prior of Bec, was called to the office of Abbot
of the rising house. It was fitting that the man who had
wrought the reconciliation between the Duke and the Holy
See should receive the dignity which came into being as
the fruit and seal of that reconciliation. Lanfranc long
resisted;[272] he had no wish to encumber himself with the
cares and responsibilities of a post which was designed to
hold a high place among the Norman Prelacy. His learned
retirement at Bec was far more to his taste. But the will
of Duke William was not to be withstood, either by those
to whom he would give or by those from whom he would
take away. Lanfranc became the first Abbot of the great
|Anselm, born 1033; Monk of Bec 1060; Prior 1066? Abbot of Bec 1078; Archbishop of Canterbury 1093–1109.|
house of Saint Stephen. In the office which he vacated at
Bec he was succeeded by one no less renowned than himself.
A few years before the foundation of Saint Stephen’s,
another wanderer from the South had found his way to the
holy shelter of Bec, and had become one of the spiritual
household of Abbot Herlwin. Anselm of Aosta, the profoundest
of metaphysicians and divines, the father of all
Christian theology since his time, had heard of the fame of
Lanfranc, and he had left his home and his heritage to
sit at his feet as his scholar. He soon, by the counsel of
Lanfranc himself and of Archbishop Maurilius, became
not only his scholar, but his brother in the monastic profession.
He now succeeded him in his office of Prior;[273] he
111lived to succeed their common father Herlwin in the abbatial
chair of Bec, and at last to succeed Lanfranc himself on the
|Excellence of William’s ecclesiastical appointments.|
throne of Augustine. We have now reached quite another
æra in the history of the Norman Church from that when
Robert and Malger and Odo were thrust into the highest
ranks of the priesthood. Lanfranc, Anselm, Maurilius, the
worthiest men of every land—such were now the chief
pastors to whom William, in this at least a true nursing
father, entrusted the care of the spiritual welfare of his
people.
Happiness of William’s marriage.
William had thus, after so many troubles and difficulties,
won, or rather wrested, the highest ecclesiastical sanction
for the marriage which he had so dearly at heart. That
marriage proved happy and fruitful. The abiding affection
of William and Matilda endured no shock till, in their later
days, a subject of difference between them was stirred up
by the misconduct of their eldest son.[274] That son was the
first-born of a house as numerous, as flourishing, and well
|His sons.|
nigh as ill-fated as the House of Godwine himself. Four
sons were born to William and Matilda. Two of them seem
to have been born before the Papal confirmation of their
parents’ marriage,[275] but we do not read that any objection
|Robert, b. 1056? d. 1135.|
to their legitimacy was raised on that ground. Of these
two, Robert, the eldest, twice failed of the Crown of England,
and ruled Normandy to his shame and sorrow. Still
the bold Crusader, the generous brother, the chosen friend
of the last male of the House of Cerdic, the only one of his
own house who had not the opportunity, perhaps had not
the will, to be a tyrant over England, may perhaps claim
some small sympathy at English hands. The second brother,
112|Richard, b. 1058? d. after 1066. William, b. 1060? d. 1100. Henry, b. 1068, d. 1135.|
Richard, was cut off in his youth by that mysterious doom
which made the woods of Hampshire fatal to William’s
house. The third, William the Red, a man of natural powers
perhaps hardly inferior to those of his father, lived to leave
behind him a name more detested than any other name in
the dark catalogue of royal oppressors. The fourth was the
mighty Henry, the Lion of Justice, an Englishman so far
as birth on English soil could make him one, the one son
of their Conqueror whom Englishmen recognized as a true
Ætheling, the child of a crowned King and a crowned
Lady. In him we see once more, if not the personal virtues,
yet at least the vigorous government, the far-seeing policy,
which became a son of William the Great. Deeply as he
was stained with crimes and vices, it is not without a certain
reverence that we look back to the King in whom the
green tree began at last to return to its place, to him of
whom our own Chronicler could say that “a good man
was he and mickle awe was there of him,” and who won
for himself a praise like that of Godwine, of Harold, and of
William, the praise that “no man durst hurt other in his
days.”[276]
William’s daughters.
Such were the sons of the Conqueror. The names and
number of his daughters are given with such strange
variation that I must examine the different statements more
|Adela, wife of Stephen of Blois.|
minutely elsewhere.[277] But among them we see clearly the
noble Adela, through whom the once hostile land of Chartres
and Blois became a land friendly to Normandy, a land
|Cecily, Abbess of Caen.|
which gave a King to England. Clearly too we see Cecily,
a virgin consecrated to God from her childhood, dedicated at
the altar which her mother had reared, and where she was
herself so long to bear rule over her holy sisterhood. More
|Other daughters, Adeliza, &c.|
dimly pass before our eyes the forms of daughters wedded
or betrothed to a Duke in neighbouring Britanny and to
a King in distant Spain. And one there was to whom
113a higher honour than all was for a moment offered, the
betrothed for a day of the one man who could bear himself
as the born peer of her mighty father, the bride whose sad
betrothal directly led to all the woes which the warfare of
those two master spirits was to bring upon the land for
which they strove.
The many points which are suggested by William’s
marriage have led us some years away from our strict
|Character of the period.|
chronological order. But the years which were occupied
by these discussions and delays were important and busy
years in many ways. William, still young, was now in
the full maturity of mind and body, and the renown of his
exploits was spreading far beyond the bounds of his own
Duchy. But he had still to struggle for its possession
|Rebellions within Normandy supported by Anjou and France.|
against foes both within and without its borders. Faithless
vassals and jealous kinsmen were still constantly
rising up against him, nor did they ever fail to find
neighbouring potentates ready to abet them against their
sovereign. The restless enmity of the Angevin never
slept, and now King Henry himself relapsed into that
same position of constantly recurring hostility which
had marked the earlier days of William’s reign. Henry
had acted as a good and faithful overlord at Val-ès-dunes;
but William had paid the debt in full by no less
good and faithful service against the King’s enemies. It
was indeed in the King’s cause that he had drawn upon
himself the abiding enmity of the Count of Anjou. But
now we see France and Anjou leagued together against
Normandy. Every Norman rebel is aided in his revolt
and sheltered in his exile. Once at least, King and
114Count pass the Norman frontier together, but only
to feel both the strength of the Norman arm and the
subtlety of the Norman brain. Henry in short plays the
part which he played in the days before Val-ès-dunes, and
|France and Normandy naturally hostile.|
he now has the power of Anjou to help him. The relapse
on the King’s part is not wonderful; the real wonder is
that he ever left his course of obvious, though crooked,
policy, in order to act for once as a generous and honourable
neighbour and suzerain. It was only natural that
every advance which was made by the lord of Rouen,
whether in the way of external greatness or of internal
prosperity, should be felt by the lord of Paris as
|Greatness of Normandy even in later times.|
a blow dealt against himself and his kingdom. We may
perhaps better understand the greatness of Normandy in
the days of its independence, if we look at some of the
signs of the greatness which it retained after two centuries
and a half of subjection, after having long served as the
chief battle-ground between England and France. In the
days of Lewis the Eleventh, Normandy, far from being
a third part in extent, was in wealth and importance a
third part of the kingdom into which it had been merged,
and it furnished a third part of the revenue of the Parisian
Crown. The great object of every enemy of the Parisian
Kingdom was to wrest Normandy from its grasp. No
blow could be so great as to give even a qualified independence
to the great province which cut off the city
which was the cradle and kernel of the Kingdom from
|Its importance in the English and Burgundian Wars.|
all communication with the English seas. There was no
object on which the enemies of France, English and
Burgundian, were more strongly bent, than on the separation
of Normandy from the French Crown. There was no
sacrifice which a French King would not make rather than
surrender the noblest province of his Kingdom. The last
|1421.|
dying injunction of the great English conqueror of France
was, at all risks, at all sacrifices, to keep Normandy in full
115|1465.|
possession.[278] One main object of the great Burgundian
rival of France was to give Normandy a Duke of her
own,[279] even though that Duke was himself a member of
|Spirit of Norman independence still remaining in the fifteenth century.|
the royal house of France. And, whatever we say of the
wish of the Englishman, the wish of the Burgundian was
certainly met by a strong vein of local feeling in Normandy
itself. Even in those times, Norman patriotism still held
that Normandy was too great for simple incorporation with
France, and that so great a Duchy ought not to be without
its Duke.[280] On the other hand, there was no sacrifice from
which French policy so instinctively shrank. Lewis the
Eleventh, who at least knew his own interests, was willing to
surrender anything rather than make that one great sacrifice.
He would give up Champagne, even Aquitaine, far greater
in extent than Normandy, anything rather than the
|Independent Normandy threatening to France.|
precious dominion itself.[281] And, if the extended France
of the fifteenth century could so little afford to see Normandy
separated from its body, even though it was to
form an appanage of one of its own princes, how far more
threatening must a practically independent, and often hostile,
Normandy have been to the infant France of the
eleventh century, when Champagne and Anjou were the fiefs
116of princes well nigh as powerful as their overlord, when
Aquitaine was, in all save a nominal homage, a foreign
land? Independent Normandy, flourishing under its
illustrious Duke, was as sharp an eye-sore to Paris as
ever Aigina was to Peiraieus.[282] As he who held Dêmêtrias,
Chalkis, and Akrokorinthos was said to hold the fetters of
Greece,[283] so he who held Eu, Cherbourg, Honfleur, and
Rouen, might truly be said to hold the fetters of royal
France.
Norman rebels constantly supported by France and Anjou.
The King of the French then, throughout this period, is
the arch-disturber, powerfully helped on occasion by his now
loyal vassal the Count of Anjou. We shall see both of
them advance, step by step, from giving shelter and
comfort to Norman rebels to giving them active help in
their warfare, and from giving them active help in their
warfare to formal invasions of the Norman land at the
head of their own armies.
Revolt of William Busac. 1048–1053?
The first revolt against William after the war of
Domfront and Alençon is wrapped up in great obscurity.
One ancient writer alone records it; among modern writers,
some pass it by unnoticed, while others recount it with a
singular amount of confusion.[284] But there seems reason
to believe that, at the beginning of this period, at some
time after the affair of William of Mortain,[285] the Duke
was disturbed by a revolt of another kinsman of his
|The Counts of Eu.|
own name at the other end of his Duchy. Duke Richard
the Good had granted to his half-brother William the
castle and county of Eu, the old border-fortress of Rolf.[286]|Castle of Eu.|
That famous spot, known in modern times as the last
home of lawful royalty in France, was marked by a castle,
117every trace of which has given way to a palace of the
sixteenth century, but which was long the chief guard
of Normandy towards the frontier of Ponthieu. It was no
hill-fort, like Domfront or, in another way, like Falaise.
|The earlier Norman sites on the coast.|
It was a fortress of the older Norman type, a stronghold
of the days when the Normans had not yet cast off the
feelings of the old Wikings, when to command the sea
was their main object, and when princes placed their
dwelling-places on points close to the sea or to some
navigable river. Placed on comparatively low ground,
with hills overlooking town and castle on every side,
the fortress of Eu no doubt had its value in the days of
Hasting and Rolf. It immediately commands the flats,
in those days no doubt not fully reclaimed from the
sea, which lie skirted by the hills which end in the
cliffs of Tréport. Count William and his wife Lescelina
were among the most lavish benefactors of the Church
|Church of Eu founded for secular Canons, 1002; changed to regulars, 1177.|
among the princes and nobles of Normandy. The church
of Eu was built and endowed by Count William as
a foundation of secular canons, which, like so many
other foundations of the same kind, like Waltham in
the very same year, was afterwards changed into an
establishment of regulars.[287] Small, if any, are the traces
which remain of the church where the Great William
received his bride;[288] it is to the monastic occupants of
Eu that we owe that stately and soaring pile which
needs only fitting towers to rank among the noblest
|Other ecclesiastical foundations of the family.|
minsters of Normandy. Lescelina, the Count’s wife, who
herself in her widowhood took the monastic habit, lives
in Norman ecclesiastical history as the foundress of the
Abbey of Saint Peter on the Dive,[289] whose noble tower
forms the most striking object on the way from the
birthplace of the Great William to the place of his
118|Sons of William and Lescelina; Robert Count of Eu;|
burial. Two of their sons, the eldest and the youngest,
walked in the steps of their parents. Robert succeeded
his father in the County of Eu; he lived a loyal and
honoured subject of Duke William, one of his chosen
counsellors and valiant soldiers, whose name will often
occur in this history alike among the defenders of
Normandy and the invaders of England. He too was
bountiful to ecclesiastical foundations, and at his bidding
the Abbey of Tréport[290] arose on the rocks which bound the
view from the now forsaken walks which surround his
|Hugh, Bishop of Lisieux. 1050–1077.|
dwelling-place. His younger brother, Hugh, mounted
the episcopal throne of Lisieux. In that office he is
described as showing himself a model of ecclesiastical
|His virtues.|
perfection of every kind.[291] Among his other good deeds,
his panegyrist records that, when the synod was held
in his own church for the trial of his kinsman and
metropolitan Malger, he preferred the cause of God to
the ties of blood, and was foremost to give his voice
against the son of his uncle.[292] There is no need to doubt
the purity of Hugh’s motives; yet an historian who judged
Norman Bishops by a rule as uncharitable as that by
which his panegyrist judges English Earls might doubt
whether it was necessarily a disinterested act when the
Bishop of Lisieux pleaded for the condemnation of the
Archbishop of Rouen. The eldest and the third son of
William and Lescelina were thus memorable and honoured
|William Busac.|
in their several walks. Their second son, William, called
Busac, has left behind him a less worthy name. He is
119|His rebellion.|
known in Norman history only for his rebellion, a rebellion
of which the exact cause and the exact date are
alike uncertain. But it is plain that he asserted a right
to the Duchy.[293] This claim must have been made on much
more frivolous grounds than those which had been put
forth by some other pretenders; for, to say nothing of his
having an elder brother living, the birth of his father was
as distinctly illegitimate as the birth of the reigning Duke.
William Busac seems to have been at this time, by what
means does not appear, in possession of his brother’s
fortress of Eu, which he made the centre of his revolt.
|Duke William takes Eu.|
But he had provoked a foe stronger than himself. Duke
William gathered a force, and besieged and took the
fortress of his great ancestor.[294] He acted with the same
politic lenity which, at this time of his life, he always
showed, except when his passions were specially aroused
|William Busac banished. He takes refuge in France, and receives the County of Soissons. 1058.|
in the way that they had been at Alençon. He merely
required his rebellious kinsman to go into banishment.
The castle of Eu was restored to its lawful owner Count
Robert. As for William Busac, he distinctly gained by
his exile. A younger son in Normandy, he became the
founder of a great house in a foreign land. He took
shelter in France, where King Henry received him with
all honour, and after a while promoted him to a splendid
marriage and a great fief. He bestowed on the exile the
hand of Adelaide, heiress of Reginald Count of Soissons,
sprung from a younger branch of that house of Vermandois
which traced its descent from the direct and legitimate
male line of Charles the Great.[295] But the direct line
120of the banished rebel did not flourish. Two sons succeeded
Count William in the possession of Soissons, and the
heritage then passed away into the hands of descendants
in the female line.[296]
Revolt of William Count of Arques. 1053.
The next revolt against which the Duke had to struggle
was of a much more formidable kind. Of no man could it
be more truly said than of William that his foes were they
of his own household. The rebel was again a kinsman, and
the scene of the rebellion was again laid in those lands beyond
Seine which had remained loyal during the revolt
which ended at Val-ès-dunes.[297] William, in short, was
destined to fight for his crown with every branch of
his family, and with the men of every part of his dominions.
The kinsman who now revolted was an uncle,
another William, a son of Richard the Good by Papia, a
brother therefore of Archbishop Malger. The legitimacy of
his own birth was perhaps not absolutely beyond doubt,[298]
yet we are told that he, like Guy of Burgundy and others,[299]
as the son of a lawful wife,[300] despised the Bastard of Herleva,
|Wide-spread movement|
and asserted his own better right to the Duchy. In this
movement against Duke William many conspirators, both
121|against the Duke;|
in and out of Normandy, had a share. And at their head
stood one, the highest of all in rank, and now again the
|share taken by King Henry;|
foremost in hatred against the prince by whose side he
once had fought, Henry, King of the French. It is also
|perhaps by Archbishop Malger.|
quite possible that the Primate of Normandy himself had
a share in his brother’s intrigues. Acts of distinct treason
may thus have been among the causes which led to his
deposition, as well as either neglect of ecclesiastical rule in
his own person or an intemperate zeal for its observance in
|The Duke suspects William of Arques.|
the persons of others.[301] At all events, the Primate’s brother
was now strongly, most likely deservedly, suspected by the
|His earlier conduct;|
Duke. We are told that he had been engaged in secret
plots ever since William’s childhood;[302] but it is certain that
|his desertion at Domfront. 1048–1049.|
his name has not openly appeared in any of the conspiracies
and revolts which we have thus far had to record. We are
told also that, at the siege of Domfront, he acted something
like the part of a deserter, leaving his post without any
|Duke William occupies the castle of Arques.|
leave from his sovereign and general.[303] On these and on
other grounds it was that Duke William, as a matter
of precaution, without as yet interfering with any other of
the rights and possessions of his uncle, took possession of
and garrisoned his castle of Arques.[304]
Description of Arques: its earlier and later history.
122Arques, the small capital of the district of Talou,[305] plays
a part in warfare both earlier and later than the days with
which we are concerned. Its name is now best known
through the victory which was won in its neighbourhood
by Henry of Navarre over the forces of the League.
|1589.|
But Arques had become famous in far earlier times. In
the troubled minority of Richard the Fearless, when King
|944.|
Lewis of Laôn and Count Arnulf of Flanders invaded
the Duchy, the Flemish Count, in marching along the
Norman coast, had been checked by the resistance of the
Norman garrison which defended Arques.[306] The position
then contended for was probably the town of Arques, now
sunk to a village, but which was in those days a place of
some importance. As an important position according to
earlier Norman ideas,[307] it became an occasional dwelling-place
of the Dukes, and it was in its neighbourhood that
Duke Richard first made the acquaintance of the famous
Gunnor.[308] Arques had also given its name to a line of
Viscounts, themselves descended from another daughter of
the lucky forester, and whose names will be found enrolled
|Duke William grants the County to his Uncle.|
among the conquerors of England.[309] But the County of
Arques or Talou had been granted, seemingly by William
himself in the early part of his reign,[310] to his uncle the
son of Papia. Count William now proceeded, after the
123|Count William builds the Castle of Arques.|
manner of that time, to secure himself by the erection of
a fortress on a new site, a fortress which is undoubtedly
one of the earliest and most important in the history of
Norman military architecture. The castle of Arques,
the work of William’s rebellious uncle and namesake,[311]
is one of the few examples still remaining of the castles
which were raised by the turbulent Norman barons in
|The later Norman castles on heights.|
the stormy days of William’s minority.[312] In the stage
of the military art which now opens, the lower ground
is forsaken, and the square donjon is almost always
found placed on a height. Such a position at once added
to the strength of the castle in case of attack, and enabled
it to command the surrounding country like an eagle’s nest
perched on a rock. Still, in days before the introduction
of artillery, it was no objection to a site, otherwise
convenient, that it was commanded by ground higher
still. It was not till the days of the English wars
that William’s own Falaise had been commanded by the
rock on the opposite side of his maternal beck.[313] An insular
or peninsular site was specially preferred; and this is very
|Position of Arques.|
conspicuously seen in the site of the Castle of Arques. At a
distance of about three miles from the haven whose name
of Dieppe is but a slight corruption of the old Teutonic
deeps, near the point of junction of the river of the same
name with the Eaulne and with the northern Varenne, a
124narrow tongue of land immediately commands the low, and
in old times marshy, flats which lie between the high
ground and the sea. The range of hills which ends in the
cliffs of Dieppe rises close to the left; to the right, at a
greater distance, lie the heights covered by the Forest of
Arques. These heights are separated from the peninsular
hill by the town of Arques, with its rich and picturesque
church of the latest mediæval work, and by the battle-ground
which made Arques famous in later days. In fact
both Williams, the founder and the Conqueror alike, seem
to be eclipsed even in local memory by the fame of the
more modern hero.[314] It was on the end of this tongue of land
that Count William fixed his castle, the outer wall fencing
in the greater part of the peninsula, while the donjon itself
|Strength of the castle.|
was placed on the neck of the isthmus. At Arques no artificial
mound was needed; the sides of the hill are naturally
of no slight steepness; but, even on such a site as this, a
Norman castle-builder was not satisfied with trusting to
natural defences only. Between the wall and the slope of
the hill Count William dug a fosse of enormous depth,
such a fosse as may be seen in our own land at Old
Sarum. An enemy who scaled the sides of the hill thus
found himself, not under the castle wall, but on a narrow
ledge of ground, a mere pathway in short, with a deep
and wide ditch between himself and the fortress. This
gigantic work still remains; so does the donjon itself,
but, stripped as it is of all its smooth stone and of
every fragment of architectural detail, it appears to the
ordinary eye little more than a shapeless mass. The
inner gate and part of the outer wall are perhaps also
of the original work; but the castle received large additions
and alterations in very late times, some of
125which did not even spare the donjon itself.[315] Still the
site remains untouched, and the huge stern mass of the
donjon is still there, at least more fortunate in its decay
than Falaise in its “restoration.” There is no spot in
Normandy on which the true Norman spirit is more
thoroughly impressed.
Such a fortress as this Duke William could not afford to
|Duke William puts a garrison in the castle.|
leave in the hands of a suspected enemy. He therefore, as
I have just said, placed a garrison in the castle of Arques,
seemingly thinking that, in so doing, he had done enough
to provide for the safety of that quarter of the Duchy. At
all events he did not think that his personal presence was
|Duke William at Valognes.|
needed; for we find him once more in the distant Côtentin,
once more, as before the day of Val-ès-dunes, to be summoned
from his quarters at Valognes[316] by the news of a
rebellion in the land. This time it was not his personal
safety that was threatened, but everything was in jeopardy
for which William could deem it worth while to reign or to
|The Duke’s garrison at Arques betrays the castle to Count William.|
live. The garrison which he had placed on the steep of
Arques had proved faithless. Count William had appeared
before the gate of the fortress which he had himself raised;
threats, gifts, promises, solicitations of every kind, had won
over the minds of its unsteady defenders.[317] The Lord of
|Count William openly revolts.|
Arques once more stood as master within his own castle, and
now, in reliance on the support of their common overlord,
he openly defied his nephew and immediate sovereign.[318]
126The anarchy which had overspread all Normandy in the
days of Duke William’s childhood, now broke forth again,
|Ravages of the rebels.|
no less terrible in kind if greatly narrowed in extent. But
it was at least spread over as wide a range as could be commanded
from the Castle of Arques. The hill-fortress became
a mere nest of robbers, by whom every sort of damage
was ceaselessly inflicted on the country around. As ever
happened in these wretched conflicts, the blow fell heaviest
on those who were least able to bear it. The goods of the
churches, the crops and cattle of the peasant, the wares of
the travelling merchant, became the prey of Count William
and his soldiers. This kind of excess it was ever the great
Duke’s boast, as it was his highest glory, to put down with
all the weight of his hand. We may well believe his panegyrist
when he tells us that it was in answer to the cry of
his suffering people, no less than to avenge the insult done
to his own authority,[319] that William set forth in all haste
|Duke William’s march from Valognes.|
from Valognes. He set forth on a march only less speedy
than the headlong ride which had once borne him across
the estuary of the Vire and by the minster and the mount
of the faithful Hubert.[320] No longer alone, he again made
his way across the ford which he had passed on that memorable
night, but now he had no need to slink in by-paths or
to fear to present himself before the gates of any city in his
dominions. He pressed on by now loyal Bayeux, safe
under the episcopal care of his brother, or rather of those
who ruled under the name of the youthful Prelate.[321] He
127passed by Caen, where the anathema had been spoken against
evil-doors such as those whom he was hastening to chastise.[322]
There he made a feint of going on towards his capital; but
he turned his steps to Pontaudemer, he crossed the Seine
at Caudebec, one of the spots where the ancient speech of
the Northman still lives in the local name;[323] he hastened
on by Baons-le-Comte, till he found himself, at the head of
|He reaches Arques with a small company,|
six followers only, at the foot of the hill of Arques.[324] All
the rest of the company at whose head he had set forth
from Valognes had broken down on the way beneath the
|and meets a reinforcement from Rouen.|
haste and weariness of that terrible ride. But a reinforcement
was already waiting for him. Some of the Duke’s
chiefest and most trusty vassals had deemed that, in such a
moment of peril, there was no need to wait for formal orders
to do the duty of every loyal subject. They had set forth
from Rouen at the head of a troop numbering three hundred
knights, meaning to keep the revolters in check and to
hinder the carrying of any kind of provisions into the rebellious
fortress.[325] But they found the forces gathered in the
castle to be so numerous, and they found the loyalty of some
of their own men to be so doubtful, that, on the second day
of their adventure, they made up their minds to turn home
again before the dawn of the next day. Hard by the castle
|William exhorted to delay.|
they found the Duke with his small company. They told
him the state of affairs; the disaffection was greater than
he thought; nearly the whole neighbourhood—that is,
we may suppose, the noble portion of its inhabitants—was
hostile; it was dangerous to go on further with so small a
force. But the victor of Val-ès-dunes and Domfront had
learned something like confidence in his star. “The rebels,”
128said the Duke, “if once they see me face to face, will
|He hastens on; his successful skirmish before the gates.|
never dare to withstand me.”[326] At once, we are told, he
spurred on his horse at full speed. His rebel uncle and his
followers, a greater company than his own, were to be seen
on the steep, returning, it would seem, from a plundering
excursion. They were therefore no doubt disordered and encumbered
with booty. The Duke determined on an instant
attack. He followed them up to the only accessible point
of the hill, by the path leading straight to the gate of the
castle. A skirmish followed before the gateway, on the
ground now covered by the later defences of the castle.
The defenders of the fortress gave way before the impetuous
charge of the Duke, and it was only, we are told, through
their suddenly shutting the gates that the quarrel failed to
be decided on the very day in which William had come in
sight of the rebel stronghold.
The castle of Arques might possibly have been taken
by such a sudden blow as the Duke had done his best to
deal; but he knew well that to attempt to carry his
uncle’s fortress by storm while its defenders were on their
guard was an undertaking which surpassed even his
prowess. Horse and foot could only have pressed up
the sides of the peninsula, probably to fall headlong into
the deep chasm which yawned between them and the
outer walls of the castle.[327] Duke William was too wary
a warrior to waste his strength on such attempts as this;
moreover, at this time of his life at least, he had no mind
for wanton slaughter, and he wished for the honour of
recovering the castle and subduing the rebellion without
the shedding of Norman blood.[328] A blockade was therefore
129|William blockades the castle.|
the only course open to him; Arques was to be another
Brionne.[329] The Duke had now been joined by a large
following, counting among them some of the best knights of
Normandy.[330] He could therefore afford to divide his forces.
One party was left to continue the blockade of the castle.
|Walter Giffard commands the blockading party.|
Its command was entrusted to Walter Giffard, a loyal
knight of the neighbourhood. He was a kinsman of William
of Arques, that is, not of the rebel Count, but of the
faithful Viscount, and a more distant kinsman of the Duke
himself, both owning a common ancestor in the forester of
Equiqueville, the father of Gunnor and her sisters.[331] The
chief who now commanded below the steep of Arques lived
to refuse to bear the banner of Normandy below the steep
of Senlac. He lived to make up for a forced inaction
against rebels in his own land, by dealing blows with all
the remaining strength of his aged arm against men who
were fighting for their homes against an unprovoked
invasion. He lived to have his name written in the
great record of the Conquest, and to found, like so many
others among the baronage of Normandy, a short-lived
Earldom in the land which he helped to conquer. The force
under Walter now remained to guard the works which the
130Duke raised for the blockade of the castle. A ditch and
palisade at the foot of the hill protected a wooden tower,[332]
which was raised, as usual, in order to cut off the besieged
from all communication with the neighbourhood. With
the other party William himself departed, to keep in
check some of the more powerful allies by whom it was
likely that supplies or reinforcements would be furnished
to the besieged.[333]
King Henry abets the rebels.
At the head of these was King Henry. It would seem
that a scruple of feudal honour made William shrink from
meeting his lord face to face in battle, even though his
lord was in the act of committing a breach of every feudal
tie towards a vassal who had fully discharged every feudal
|William’s feudal scruple against meeting the King in arms.|
duty. One reason, we are told, for the Duke’s entrusting
the blockade to others was that the King was known to
be marching to the relief of the castle. Rather than do
aught against his oath of homage, William would run all
the risk involved in carrying his own arms elsewhere, while
he left others to head the resistance against the most dangerous
131of his foes.[334] And so it happened. The King
came and went unhurt in person, but he was far from
|Ambush of the Normans at Saint Aubin.|
being successful in his enterprise. The besiegers laid
an ambush in the way of the French army, near the
dwelling of one of the few men in the County of Talou
who remained loyal. The scene of this stratagem was the
castle of Saint Aubin, a point on the Dieppe at a short
|Loyalty of Richard of Hugleville.|
distance above Arques. There dwelt a valiant knight of
princely descent, Richard of Hugleville, a son of Papia, a
daughter of Richard the Good. She had married beyond the
limits of Normandy. Her husband was Gulbert, Advocate of
Saint Valery in Ponthieu, a name soon to become so famous
in Norman history. The Ponthevin dignity continued in
the elder branch of the family; but Richard, the second
son of Gulbert and Papia, had received an establishment in
the land of Talou, and he now stood firmly by his cousin the
Duke, while nearly the whole of the surrounding country
was hostile.[335] With him no doubt stood his son, the younger
132|His son Gulbert.|
Gulbert, a man whose name we shall again greet with honour,
one whom Englishmen at least may look on as the noblest
among the chivalry of Normandy.[336] With Richard too
stood his son-in-law Geoffrey, the husband of his daughter
Ada, and Geoffrey’s brother Hugh, the sons of Thurcytel
who held the lordship of Neufmarché by the famous forest
of Lions. Of these, Hugh had already fallen in an earlier
|Richard’s son-in-law Geoffrey and his son Bernard of Newmarch.|
skirmish with the rebels of Arques.[337] Geoffrey lived to be
father of one who made himself a name in a remote
corner of our own island. Bernard of Newmarch, the
son of Ada the daughter of Richard of Hugleville, became
as terrible an enemy to the central land of the
Cymry, as the son of Hamon Dentatus showed himself
to the Cymry of the southern coasts.[338] His fame still
|His priory and castle at Brecknock.|
lives, far away from the forest of Lions and the hill of
Arques, where the minster and the castle of Brecknock
look forth on the vale of the Welsh Axe, and on the
mountain rampart which, when Arques was beleaguered
and defended, still guarded the realm of Gruffydd the
son of Rhydderch.[339]
The French halt at Saint Aubin.
The King of the French and his comrades must have
been strangely ignorant of the state of the country, when
they chose a spot for their halting-place so near to the
home of such tried and loyal warriors as these. They had
brought with them a good stock of provisions of corn and
of wine, for the relief of the besieged of Arques. At Saint
Aubin they began to make ready a train of sumpter-horses
with a military convoy, to carry these good things to their
suffering friends, just as if they had been in a country where
133no danger was to be looked for.[340] But, no doubt by the
help of the loyal lord of Saint Aubin,[341] the besiegers of
Arques, in their wooden castle,[342] soon learned the careless
|Success of the Norman ambush.|
approach of the French. A plan was speedily devised; an
ambush was laid; a smaller party was sent forth to practise
that stratagem of pretended flight which Norman craft
was to display thirteen years later on a greater scale.[343] The
Normans turned; the French pursued; presently the liers-in-wait
were upon them, and the noblest and bravest of the
invading host were slaughtered or taken prisoners before
|Capture of Hugh Bardulf.|
the eyes of their King.[344] One Norman traitor at least was
taken. “Hugh Bardulf himself, that great man,”[345] was
among the captives. The exact nature and measure of
Hugh’s greatness does not appear; but his capture is
134spoken of as one of the most important events of the fight.
I know of no record of his earlier exploits or of his later
fate; but the name of Bardulf occurs repeatedly in the later
records both of the Norman and of the English Exchequer,
and one at least of his descendants seems to have been as
|Death of Count Ingelram of Ponthieu.|
little amenable to lawful authority as his ancestor.[346] By the
side of the captive Bardulf died a sovereign prince, a neighbour
of Normandy, bound by ties of the closest affinity
|The Counts of Ponthieu.|
alike to William the Duke and to William the rebel. The
house of the Counts of Ponthieu is one whose name will
meet us more than once again in the course of the present
volume. Sprung of the blood of Herlwin of Montreuil,
a name so familiar to us in Norman history a hundred years
before,[347] they held, as he had done, the border land between
Normandy and Flanders. But they had held it by various
|Hugh the First, Advocate of Saint Riquier.|
tenures and under various titles. Hugh, the great-grandfather
of the present ruler, a prince, if we may so call him,
high in the favour of his namesake the Parisian King, had
borne no title but that of Advocate of Saint Riquier.[348] He
was, as the chronicles of the Abbey take care to tell us,
enriched at the expense of the great monastery of which he
was bound to be the defender.[349] The house of Saint Riquier
was the work of the bounty of the great Charles; it was
135the house where a saintly Abbot and an Emperor’s daughter
so strangely became the parents of that famous Nithard, who
figures alike as Count and as Abbot, and who is yet more
renowned as a lay historian in whose steps neither Æthelweard
|Ingelram the First, Count of Ponthieu or Abbeville.|
nor Fulk knew how to walk.[350] The son of Hugh,
Ingelram or Enguerrand[351] the First, was the first to bear the
title of Count of Ponthieu, a title sometimes exchanged for
that of Count of Abbeville.[352] The grange stolen away
from the house of Saint Riquier grew into the capital of
a principality, and the town was in after days adorned with
that unfinished minster, which, as it is looked at from the
west or from the east, may be called the noblest or the
meanest in France. This elder Ingelram has already appeared
in our history as a foe of Count Gilbert of Brionne, his antagonist
on the field where Herlwin, not yet of Bec, taught
the contending chiefs how a Christian soldier had learned to
|Hugh the Second. 1046–1052.|
return good for evil.[353] From him the County passed to
a second Hugh, and from him, only a year before, it had
|Ingelram the Second. 1052–1053.|
passed to a second Ingelram. This prince now, whether led
by border enmity, by loyalty to his suzerain, or by preference
to one domestic tie over another, had joined the call of King
|His affinity with both Williams.|
Henry to an invasion of the Norman Duchy. The Count
of Ponthieu went forth to help the husband of his sister
against the brother of his wife. Count Hugh had given
136his daughter in marriage to William of Arques,[354] but his son
was also the husband of a full sister of Duke William.[355]
As such, he was himself the son-in-law of the Tanner’s
daughter, and he had therefore no right to join the Lord of
Arques in his sneers at the Bastard of Falaise. He now
felt the strength of the Norman steel, even in the absence of
the Prince against whom he came. He fell in the ambush
|Guy, 1053–1100.|
of Saint Aubin;[356] his County passed to his brother Guy,
soon again to appear in our story;[357] but his daughters,
|Daughters of Ingelram.|
the nieces of Duke William, were treated as members of
the ducal family, and one of them, Judith the wife of
Waltheof, lived to leave behind her an evil renown in the
history of our own land.[358]
King Henry retires.
The Count of Ponthieu was thus slain fighting valiantly.[359]
His overlord King Henry escaped the ambush, and pressed
on towards the hill of Arques, in the hope of relieving the
besieged. But he found Duke William’s wooden castle
too strong, and the courage of its defenders too determined,
for his attacks upon it to prevail.[360] He accordingly
137returned home, having done nothing towards the immediate
object of his journey, the relief of the besieged Count
of Arques.[361] He had however gained some partizans in
Normandy, and one Norman fortress at least was betrayed
into his hands. Its position shows that the rebellion must
have spread far beyond the immediate neighbourhood of
|Moulins betrayed to the King by Wimund.|
Arques. One Wimund, who commanded the fortress of
Moulins, surrendered it to the King.[362] The fortress thus
gained by Henry lay on the other side of the Seine, in the
County of Hiesmes and Diocese of Seez, on the very
frontier of the debateable land of the House of Belesme.[363]|It is garrisoned under Guy of Poitiers or Gascony.|
The post was therefore an important one. It received a
French garrison, and its command was entrusted to a man
of princely rank from a distant quarter of Gaul, whose
presence in the royal host is not the least perplexing thing
about the story. This was Guy-Geoffrey, Count of Gascony,[364]
son of that William of Aquitaine who bore the
title of the Great. He was therefore brother of the prince
who had suffered so hardly at the hands of Geoffrey of
Anjou; he was brother of the reigning Duke, who, from
138Peter, had changed his name to William,[365] and brother too
of Agnes, the wife of the reigning Emperor, whose name
was soon to become famous during the minority of her son.[366]
Guy-Geoffrey himself, on his accession to his brother’s dominions
a few years later, also changed his baptismal name
|1058–1087.|
for that so familiar to his family, and reigned as William
|Return of Duke William.|
the Eighth of Aquitaine and Sixth of Poitiers.[367] By this
time Duke William had returned to the siege; he had no
longer to fear the commission of any feudal offence by
|The besieged hard pressed.|
fighting personally against his lord. The defenders of
Arques were now sorely pressed by hunger. They contrived
to send messages to King Henry; but all was in
vain; no help came from their royal ally.[368] At last the
sure but slow means to which the Duke had trusted had
|The castle surrenders; wretched state of the besieged.|
thoroughly done its work; Count William and his garrison
surrendered, on the sole condition that the horrors of
Alençon were not to be repeated. Safety for life and limb
was promised; the gates were opened, and a company
came forth in whose sad condition the Norman panegyrist
sees at least as much matter for scorn as for pity. Knights
of renown throughout France and Normandy came forth
with marks of hunger on their faces, and with their necks
bowed down alike by hunger and by shame. Some rode
on famished horses, whose feeble feet could hardly raise
the dust or give forth an audible sound as they crept
139along. Others came forth on foot, booted and spurred,
bearing saddles on their backs, seemingly ready for that
last symbolical rite of humiliation in which the vanquished
offered himself for the victor to mount upon his back.[369]
And, if the proud gentlemen of France and Normandy
were brought so low as this, it is not wonderful if the
aspect of their more lowly followers, the light-armed troops
|Guy of Poitiers surrenders Moulins.|
of the garrison, was equally sad.[370] The news soon reached
the fortress of Moulins, which was still held by the French
troops under Guy of Aquitaine. The Poitevin prince, the
brother-in-law of Cæsar, had no mind to tempt the strength
of the Norman. He and his garrison, and the garrisons of
such other posts as had been occupied by the royal forces, fled
|The Duke’s clemency to his uncle.|
out of the land without waiting to be attacked.[371] Towards
his own subjects the Duke more than kept the terms of his
capitulation. Count William was not even required to
leave Normandy. He was offered licence to remain in the
land and to retain possession of a considerable estate, of
which however it need hardly be said that his own famous
hill-fortress was not to form a part.[372] But life in his native
|Count William of Arques retires to Boulogne.|
country had no longer any charms for him. The dispossessed
Count and his wife, the sister of the slain Count
of Ponthieu, retired to the court of Count Eustace of
140Boulogne.[373] The fall of one William of Arques led the way
to the advancement of the other. The Viscount had had
no share in the treasons of the Count. He was not indeed
raised to fill a place which the Duke had learned to be
|The castle intrusted to William the Viscount.|
too dangerous an elevation for any subject. The County of
Talou was abolished; the castle of Arques became a ducal
possession; but the care of the fortress reared by the William
of Arques who figures in Norman history was entrusted
to that other William of Arques whose name is
written in Domesday.[374]
Marriage of Duke William. 1053.
Duke William was now allowed a few months of peace,
and, having brought one troublesome matter to a happy
end, he seems to have thought it a fitting time to bring
another matter of no less moment in his eyes to an end no
less happy. It was in this year, therefore probably in the
short interval between the French invasion which we have
thus far followed and the second invasion which followed it
in the next year, that William at last won his long-wished-for
bride. Count Baldwin now brought his daughter to the
frontier castle of Eu, and William led her thence to his
palace at Rouen.[375] I have already discussed the puzzling
circumstances of this marriage; I have already spoken of
the indignation which it called forth among men so unlike
one another as Malger and Lanfranc.[376] Malger, it must not
be forgotten, was a brother of the fallen Count of Arques;
he may have been concerned in his treason; his deposition
may have been his punishment. But the clemency which
William showed towards the uncle who had been actually
in arms may make us doubt whether he would have taken
this kind of revenge on a kinsman who was at least not
more guilty.[377]
141King Henry had failed to give any help to the defenders
of Arques in their last extremity; but hatred towards
Normandy was far from being lulled to rest in the breasts
|Hatred of the French towards Normandy.|
either of the French King or of the French people. We
seem to be carried back a hundred years, to the wars waged
by Lewis and Hugh and Arnulf against the defenceless
childhood of William Longsword. Through the whole
extent of the King’s domains, and through the domains of
his chief vassals, the feeling of jealousy against Normandy
was bitter indeed. The King complained that Normandy,
a land which had been part of the immediate
possessions of his forefathers, even before they wore a
Crown,[378]
had now itself become almost a Kingdom.[379] He,
a crowned King, the overlord of so many Princes, the
ally of the Roman Emperor himself,[380] looked with an evil
eye on the one corner of his realm whose master paid him
no obedience.[381] We may doubt whether the vassalage of
Flanders or Aquitaine, to say nothing of Barcelona, involved
more of practical submission than the vassalage of
Normandy; but, as I have explained more than once, there
was no other among the great vassals of the Crown whose
greatness seemed so directly stolen from that of the Crown
itself, no other whose fief, by its very position, seemed
|Jealousy of the other Princes against William.|
so literally to hold its royal overlord in fetters.[382] And
jealousy of William and his Duchy was by no means confined
to the King and his immediate subjects; nearly all
142the Princes of Gaul seem to have been for once ready to
abet their suzerain against one whom they all equally
|Geoffrey Martel;|
dreaded and envied. That the Hammer of Anjou was
eagerly waiting for the fitting moment to deal another
|Theobald of Blois and Champagne;|
blow need hardly be said. And the old hereditary grudge
may have rankled in the breast of Theobald of Blois, now
rejoicing in the higher dignity of Count of Champagne.
He had won that County by driving out his nephew Odo,[383]
and the favourable reception which the dispossessed prince
found at the court of William, his marriage with a near
kinswoman of the Duke,[384] may have been either the cause or
|William [Peter] of Aquitaine.|
the result of his uncle’s enmity. But it is hard to see how
the power of Normandy could be threatening to a prince so
distant as the Count of Poitiers and Duke of Aquitaine.
Nor had William given his southern namesake any offence,
unless indeed the Duke of Aquitaine thought it his duty to
avenge the ignominious escape of his brother from the
dominions of the Duke of the Normans. Yet all these
princes, we are told, were eager, in an unusual fit of
loyalty, to avenge the wrongs of the King whom they all
so faithfully served, but to whom the upstart Bastard at
Rouen refused all obedience.[385] And all, King and Princes,
were specially stirred up by certain members of the royal
family, whom it is not easy to identify, but who are said to
have thought that Normandy, or some part of it, might
143form convenient appanages for themselves.[386] A joint expedition
against Normandy, on a scale which should surpass
all former expeditions, was agreed upon.
The panegyrist of William lavishes all his rhetoric
and all his powers of classical allusion to set forth the
greatness of the danger by which Normandy was now
|Danger of Normandy.|
threatened. Cæsar himself, the conqueror of the Gauls,
or a general greater than Cæsar, if Rome herself had produced
a greater, might have felt fear at the approach of such
a host as was now poured from every region of Gaul upon
the devoted Duchy.[387] The whole land was stirred even to
its remotest corners. The movement reached to the Ducal
Burgundy, the most eastern fief of the Parisian Crown.
It aroused the Gascon at the foot of the Pyrenees, and the
men who dwelt among the volcanic peaks of less distant
Auvergne. All these drew the sword; but France and
Britanny, as the nearest of all to the Norman land, were
the most eager for its destruction.[388] Through all Normandy,
the men of peaceful callings, the priest, the peasant,
the burgher, all trembled for their wives, their children,
their goods, their very lives. But they thought what
a champion they had in their mighty Duke, and their
hearts were comforted. Laying aside flourishes like these,
and confessing the extreme difficulty of seeing the warriors
of Gascony and Auvergne, or even those of Burgundy, there
144is no doubt that a great and unusual effort was made, both
by the King and by those of his great vassals who were
|Union of several Princes against Normandy.|
most immediately open to his influence. An invasion of
Normandy was decreed, which really was planned on a
greater scale, and carried out in a more systematic way,
than any that had ever gone before it. The whole forces of
the royal domain—of France, in the language of the time—together
|Guy of Ponthieu and Theobald.|
with the forces of Count Theobald and of Count
Guy of Ponthieu, were assembled for a combined attack
|Seeming absence of Geoffrey of Anjou.|
on the Duchy. Guy came, naturally enough, to avenge
the death of his brother;[389] what is most to be remarked is
the seeming absence of the Prince whom we should have
expected to find first at the muster, the restless Hammer
of Anjou. Some of his subjects seem indeed to have
shared in the expedition, but there is no certain account
of Geoffrey himself till the campaign was over.[390] His
absence is not easily to be accounted for. The chronicles
of his own country do not supply us with any records of
other undertakings which might explain his failure to
share in an enterprise which one would have thought
would have had every charm for him. But, even in his
|Double invasion of Normandy. 1054.|
absence, the muster was a great one. The forces of the
King and his vassals were divided into two armies for the
invasion of Normandy at two distinct points. Our Latin
authorities, glad as ever to fall back on the geography of a
past age, tell us how the forces both of Celtic and of
145Belgic Gaul were gathered together in two divisions. The
Celtic host was to march under the command of the King
in person, the forces of the Belgian lands under that of
his brother Odo. With Odo was joined in command the
King’s special favourite, Reginald of Clermont, not the
more famous Clermont in the distant land of Auvergne,
but the lowlier Clermont in the nearer land of Beauvais.
With them marched two other leaders of the rank of
Count, Ralph of Montdidier and he of whom we have
already heard, Guy of Ponthieu.[391] The vernacular poet
more kindly helps us to the real names of the districts
which are veiled under the obsolete titles delighted in by
the Latin writers. Normandy was to be invaded on each
side of the Seine, and the Seine was taken as the limit
alike of the lands to be invaded and of the hosts which
|Forces of “Belgic Gaul” under Odo.|
were severally to invade them.[392] The Northern, the Belgic,
host was to enter the elder Normandy, the first home of
Rolf, the French-speaking land of Rouen. They were to
enter by way of Beauvais, to advance and ravage the land
of Caux, the coast-land to the right of the Seine, the land
around the minster of Fécamp and the castle of Lillebonne.
They were to harry the whole district and diocese of
Rouen, and to carry their ravages up to the metropolis
146itself.[393] To the muster of Odo came the men of primatial
Rheims; the men too of Soissons, once the home
of Merovingian royalty, and so soon to become the guerdon
of a Norman traitor.[394] There also were the men of Laôn,
where the line of the Teutonic Emperor had so long
lingered, and the men of Noyons, the city which had
beheld the permanent inauguration of the Parisian Kingdom.[395]
There marched the forces of Vermandois, whose
Carolingian Lord appeared as the loyal homager of the
upstart dynasty.[396] The promise of Norman spoil drew the
men of Amiens, soon to become the flock of the Prelate
whose verse was to hand down to us the minutest contemporary
record of Norman victory.[397] Himself, not yet
a father of the Church, may well have followed, among
the men of his native Ponthieu, to avenge a slaughtered
nephew and a self-banished niece.[398] Thither men came
from Meulan on the Seine and from Beaumont on the Oise,[399]
from the corn-fields of Brie and from the rose-gardens[400] of
147Provins. By twenties, by hundreds, by thousands, the
force of all the lands right of the Seine gathered under
the banners of Guy and Odo, to carry slaughter and
devastation through those parts of Normandy which lay
on their own side of the great Norman river.
|Forces of “Celtic Gaul” under the King.|
The other muster gathered round the standard of the
King himself. Thither came the men of those ancient
cities of central Gaul, which, now no less than then, which
then no less than in the days of Cæsar and in the old time
before him, still sit, each one as a lady for ever,[401] by the
banks of their ancient rivers or on the proud crests of
their everlasting hills. If their peaceful calling did not
keep them by their thrones and altars, the crosses of
three Metropolitans might have been borne to the camp of
Henry. The men of Bourges and Berry[402] came from around
the steep of old Avaricum, whence Ambigatus had sent
forth his swarming colonists to more southern lands,[403] and
where Vercingetorix had bid defiance to the mightiest of
southern invaders.[404] Thither too came the men of Sens,
the countrymen of Brennus and his host, the city whose
sons had encamped upon the Roman forum and had wound
their way round the steep of the Roman capitol.[405] And
from the banks of the rushing Loire, from around the
towers of Saint Martin and Saint Gatian, came the men
148of Tours, the fellow-citizens of so many saints, whose land,
now crushed beneath the Hammer of Anjou, had once seen
|732.|
the Hammer of Christendom break in pieces the hosts of
the False Prophet. Thither too came the contingents of
the other cities by the great boundary stream, the men
of Count Theobald’s Blois and of King Henry’s Orleans.
There were the men of the border-land of Perche, and of the
King’s own towns of Etampes and Montlhery, towns whose
fame, such as it is, was reserved for later days. Thither
came the men of the bocage and the men of the plain,[406]
the men of the vast cornland which surrounds the hill of
Chartres, the hill where Druids had once held their orgies,
but where the rites of the heathen had now given way to
the learning and holiness of Prelates like Fulbert and like
Ivo. Full no doubt of faith in that revered relic before
which Rolf and his pirate-host had quailed,[407] the land of
the old enemy of Richard the Fearless[408] sent forth its
forces to wreak a tardy vengeance on the successor alike of
Rolf and of Richard.
The King’s division assembles at Mantes.
The host of Celtic Gaul held its trysting-place at a spot
doomed to be memorable and fatal above all other spots in
the history of the Conqueror. King Henry’s standard was
pitched in the border town of Mantes, the town ruled by
a grandson of Æthelred, a nephew of Eadward,[409] a prince
whose death was to bring undeserved reproach upon the
Conqueror’s name and whose city was to behold the last
|Description of the town.|
and the least worthy of his exploits. Mantes, the frontier
post of France against Normandy, was a spot whose
position had made it a favourite haunt of William’s Wiking
149fathers in the days when Rouen was still a post to be won,
and when Paris was still a post to be threatened. No
other spot lay as a more convenient centre between the
two great cities of the Seine. On the left bank, the higher
ground on which the town itself stands slopes gently to
the river. A range of loftier hills, as all along this part of
the course of the Seine, bounds the valley on the other side.
But at this point the stream divides, and two large islands,
resorts such as the pirates of the North so dearly loved, at
once divide and unite by bridges, old and new, the town
itself and its suburb of Limay. The islands of the Seine,
like the islands of the Loire, had ofttimes seen Rolf and
Hasting moor their barks and tell over their plunder; and
now it was around those islands that the host assembled
which was at last to take vengeance for those old wrongs,
and to bring the sons of the Pirates to an utter, if a tardy,
submission. The host that gathered at Mantes, the host
under the command of the King himself, was to enter and
harry the land of Evreux and the land of Rouen; the
King of the French would ride by Lisieux to the sea
from which the hated intruders could no longer keep him;
he would return by Auge, lord of all those lands within
the Norman border where the tongue and life of France
had taken root, and whose inhabitants had been his
brothers-in-arms on the day of Val-ès-dunes.[410] The
Bastard might perhaps still be allowed to reign over his
old enemies; the rough Northern blood of Bayeux and
Coutances might have him, if they would, for their ruler;
but the old grant, wrung in the days of weakness from
King Charles and Duke Robert, should be recovered by
a prince who united the claims of Laôn and of Paris, and
150who had made up his mind to be no longer kept out of his
own Rouen and cut off from the mouth of his own Seine.
Preparations of William.
The preparations of Duke William were equal to the
|He gathers two armies.|
great emergency in which he found himself. He called
out the whole force of his Duchy. To meet the twofold
invasion he gathered a twofold army, each division of
which was to defend one side of the Seine against the
|His own division is opposed to the King.|
approaching enemy. For his own share he took the
defence of the lands on the left bank of the river, the
lands threatened by the King in person. Had he cast
|Question of the feudal scruple.|
away the feudal scruple which we have seen acting upon
his mind during the siege of Arques? Did he now deem
that so many injuries had at last absolved him from every
duty of a vassal, and that he might now, without a stain
on his honour or his conscience, go forth, and, if need be,
meet his lord in battle face to face? Or did he foresee
that, as the event proved, no such meeting would be
needful? Did he know that the surest way to avoid
meeting his lord face to face was to go forth in person to
meet him? However this may be, William now took on
himself the immediate duty of protecting the lands against
which King Henry was marching, the lands between the
|William’s muster from Western Normandy.|
Seine and the Dive.[411] For their defence he gathered the
forces of the neighbouring districts. The warriors of the
hilly land of Auge, where the mouth of the Dive was then
a famous haven, came to meet the King who had specially
marked out their district as one object of his attack. The
men of Falaise and of the whole County of Hiesmes
pressed as ever to the standard of the sovereign who was
151more specially their own. Ralph of Tesson, no longer
doubtful, no longer hesitating between his loyalty and
his plighted oath, came once more to yield that help
which had been found so effectual on an earlier day of
battle.[412] All these were men who had fought on William’s
side when the French monarch had passed as a deliverer
through the lands which he now entered as an enemy.
|Loyalty of the Bessin and the Côtentin.|
But others came on that day to William’s muster who, at
Henry’s former coming, had fought against King and
Duke alike. The men of the Bessin were there to atone
for the error of the day when they had met their prince in
arms. Hamon Dentatus slept in his honoured tomb at
Esquay;[413] Grimbald lay with his fettered limbs in some
lowlier grave;[414] and, since they were gone, no traitor had
disturbed the fidelity of the Saxon land. And it is with
a special thrill of pride that the island poet tells us how
the Barons of the Côtentin[415] were there too, ready as before
to break a lance with the French invader,[416] but this time
to break it not as the rebels but as the loyal subjects of
their own prince. And from still more distant corners
of his Duchy men pressed to William’s standard. The
brother whom he had advanced, Robert the son of
Herleva and Herlwin, led the men of his county to
|Contingent from Mortain,|
the ducal muster. He came from the fortress of which
the Duke had deprived, perhaps defrauded, his cousin and
namesake, now a wanderer and an adventurer in the most
distant field of Norman valour.[417] The Lord of Mortain
had fixed his home in perhaps the most picturesque of all
the picturesque sites in which the Norman chiefs seem to
have delighted. His castle on the rock has been wantonly
destroyed to make way for one of the barbarous official
152buildings of modern France. But the land from which
Robert brought his warriors still retains its charm; the
cliffs, the winding dells, and, rarest sight of all, the waterfalls,
great and small, bounding from one rocky stage to
another, are there still; the grand and simple church, of
a somewhat later age, still remains, and, yet above town
and castle, rise still loftier heights, from which the eye
may range as far as the Mount of the Archangel. And,
|and Avranches.|
more distant still[418] than the men of Mortain, came the men
of the march against the Breton, the men of Avranches,
viscounty and city, where the proudest steep in all the
Norman land, crowned, alas, no longer by its vanished
minster, takes in the Archangel’s Mount as but one point
in a landscape where half Normandy and Britanny seem to
lie at the beholder’s feet. From the Coesnon to the Dive,
from Seez to Cherbourg, all were there, stout of heart and
ready of hand, to guard their country and their sovereign
against the attacks of their faithless overlord.
William’s plan of defence.
The plan of the Duke was to stand wholly on the
defensive. All provisions of every kind were to be moved
out of the King’s line of march; the cattle were to be
driven to the woods, and the peasants to be sent to take
care of them there.[419] He would himself with his division
follow the King’s steps; he would encamp near him, and
be sure to cut off every man who strayed from the royal
camp for forage or plunder.[420] The like policy was enjoined
153|The leaders beyond the Seine.|
on the defenders of the lands beyond the Seine.
The men of Caux and of the other districts in that quarter
were placed under four of the chief men of their own
district. Old Hugh of Gournay, at the head of the men
of Braye, came from his frontier town by the minster of
Saint Hildebert, the town whose name he was to transfer to
more than one spot in conquered England.[421] Count Robert
of Eu came from the other frontier town so lately honoured
by the marriage rites of his sovereign. William Crespin
came from the less famous Bec of the land of Caux,[422]
whose name is eclipsed by that more honoured namesake
which was then the light of Normandy. And Walter
Giffard, who had so well kept the wooden castle below
the steep of Arques,[423] was now to take his share in warfare
of a freer and a wilder kind. Till the whole force of the
land could be got together, the Barons of Eastern Normandy
were bidden to watch the foe, to skulk in the
woods, and to give the invaders no opportunity for an
attack.[424]
Ravages of the French.
The right division of the French army, the division of
Belgic Gaul, seems to have entered Normandy somewhere
near the frontier town of Aumale. They passed on, committing
every sort of ravage as they went. Saracens, we are
told, could not have done worse.[425] Houses great and small
were burned, so were churches and monasteries, moveable
154goods were carried off, among which, as in old Greek
warfare, human prey seems to have been thought not the
least valuable. The peasants whom they fell in with were
seized and carried off;[426] women were everywhere ravished;
children and old men seem to have been dispatched at
|They reach Mortemer.|
once.[427] In this way they marched on till they reached
Mortemer, not Mortemer by the forest of Lions, but a
more northern Mortemer, which draws its whole claim
to remembrance from the events of this campaign. The
country through which they passed may be called hilly;
but the hills have no specially marked or picturesque
character. The town of Aumale stands on a comparative
height, which slopes away by a gradual descent to
the west. A bottom, in no way specially marked by
nature, divides this hill from another of the same kind,
the road over which leads the traveller to the town of
Drincourt on the Dieppe, now known as Neufchâtel-in-Braye.
From the neighbourhood of this point the river
Eaulne flows down to meet the Dieppe and the Varenne
|Description of the place.|
by the castle of Arques. In the space between the two
hills, a little way from the road, and almost hidden by
trees, lie the shell of a round tower on its mound, a church
of but small attractions, and a few scattered houses and
gardens, so far from forming a town that they are hardly
|The town destroyed and not rebuilt.|
worthy to be called a village. That spot is Mortemer;
and the absence of anything remarkable in the Mortemer
of the present day is the best witness of the event which
made Mortemer famous in the days of William. In those
days Mortemer was evidently a town of some size, according
to the standard of the eleventh century. There is no
sign that the town was fortified; the tower which still
155remains has doubtless supplanted a donjon of the earlier
type; but it was the mere private fortress of the lord
and not the defence of the town itself. The change in
the condition of the place must have been great. Mortemer
could now hardly supply entertainment to a passing
traveller; but we are told that the French army took up
their head-quarters there, on account of the good and
plentiful accommodation which the town afforded.[428] Mortemer
became a centre of systematic plunder. The French
devoted the day to pillage; the neighbourhood was harried
with fire and sword; stores of cattle and wine were brought
in to Mortemer; and the night was given to feasting,
drinking, and every sort of excess.[429]
The French at Mortemer surprised by the Normans.
The Norman leaders had been well served by spies, and
they had now found exactly the opportunity for which they
had been waiting. One vigorous blow might crush one
division of the invaders altogether, and the force of all
Normandy might then turn against the other. The four
leaders, with Hugh of Montfort, and Roger of Mortemer,
the lord of the town in which the enemy had fixed themselves,
at the head of the whole levies of the country,
made a night march upon the unexpecting invaders. The
Norman force reached Mortemer at day-break. They
found no preparations for defence; most of the French
were still asleep. With the true Norman instinct, fire
was the first means of attack resorted to. The Frenchmen
were awakened by the burning of the houses in
which they were quartered. The confusion was frightful;
156men had to arm themselves in the midst of the flames and
with the enemy pressing around them. One man would
fain mount his horse, but he could not find his bridle;
another, still less lucky, could not find the door of the
house in which he was lodged.[430] The most part strove
to cut their way out of the burning town, but they found
the head of each street guarded by Norman soldiers.[431] Yet,
according to every account, the French, though taken at
such a disadvantage, resisted manfully, and kept up the
struggle for several hours, from the dawn of a winter’s day,
|Utter discomfiture of the French.|
till three hours after noon.[432] The great mass of the French
were cut to pieces; a few escaped to skulk in the woods,
but the greater number were cut down either in the town
itself or in the attempt to escape. The burned and charred
ruins, the dunghills, the fields and paths around the town,
were covered with dead and wounded men. Only those
were spared who were worth sparing for the sake of their
ransom. Many a Norman soldier, down to the meanest
serving-man in the ranks, carried off his French prisoner;
many an one carried off his two or three goodly steeds
with their rich harness. In all Normandy there was not
157a prison that was not full of Frenchmen.[433] As for the leaders
|Fate of the leaders. Escape of Odo and Reginald.|
of the expedition, Odo the King’s brother was among the
first to escape; Reginald of Clermont was equally lucky.[434]
But the princes of Ponthieu were less fortunate. Waleran,
|Death of Waleran of Ponthieu.|
the Count’s brother, was slain, fighting valiantly.[435] Count
|Imprisonment of Count Guy.|
Guy himself was taken prisoner, and was kept as the
Duke’s captive at Bayeux for two years. He was at last
|He is released on doing homage to William.|
released, but only on doing homage and binding himself to
the Duke of the Normans for the yearly service of a hundred
knights whenever called upon.[436] Ralph of Montdidier fell
into the hands of Roger of Mortemer, whose castle, perhaps
|Roger of Mortemer releases Ralph of Montdidier through a feudal scruple.|
the only stone building in the town, remained standing
among the flames. By one of those strange feudal complications
which we so often meet with in those times, the
Lord of Mortemer had become the man of the Count of
Montdidier.[437] Roger remembered his duty to his lord, even
when that lord appeared in the guise of an enemy. He
tended him friendly in his castle for three days, and then
took him to his own house in peace.[438] But this discharge
of feudal duty was held by Duke William to be inconsistent
158with his duty as the vassal and the subject of a greater
master. All Roger’s services could not plead against this
|Roger banished by the Duke, and his castle confiscated,|
ill-timed tenderness to a foe. He was banished from
Normandy, and, though after a while he was allowed to
return and to receive again the rest of his lands, the castle
from which he drew his name was withheld from him.
|and bestowed on William of Warren.|
That castle the Duke granted to a brave and rising knight,
William of Warren,[439] who took his name from a fortress by
the northern Varenne which has since exchanged its name for
that of Bellencombre.[440] He, like his predecessor Roger, and
so many others, was the Duke’s kinsman through the forester
of Caux;[441] he lived to become the husband of the Duke’s
stepdaughter,[442] to win for himself an Earldom in England,
and to be the forefather of one who, two hundred years
later, could appeal, like the Bastard himself, to his own
sword as the surest tenure by which he held it.[443]
The news brought to William.
The joyful news, we are told, was carried the same
night[444] to the Duke in his quarters on the other side of
the Seine. His first impulse was thankfulness to God,
who had given him so great a success without any loss, at
any rate without any considerable loss, of his own men.[445]159His next thought was how to improve the occasion so as
to get rid of the other division of the invading army with
|His stratagem and message to the King.|
even less trouble. He would himself send the news to his
royal overlord. We are not told exactly where the two
armies were encamped, but it was doubtless somewhere
between the Seine and the Dive, and one description
places the French army by the side of a river with overhanging
cliffs.[446] The camp of the Duke was not far off. A
messenger was at once sent off, to announce in a startling
way the loss which had fallen on the royal army on the
|Ralph of Toesny.|
other side of the Seine. Some make the messenger chosen
for his task a man of lofty and famous lineage. He was,
we are told, Ralph of Toesny or of Conches, the grandson
of the famous Roger, the proud descendant of Malahulc,
the man who had sought for a kingdom in Spain, and
had been one of the scourges of Normandy in the days of
William’s childhood.[447] Of Ralph we shall hear again at
Senlac, how he refused, like Walter Giffard, to discharge
any function, however honourable, which kept him back
from dealing his blows against the English.[448] Thus high
of birth and of spirit, he and his were connected by
marriage with other houses of equal fame. His own wife
was of the line of Montfort;[449] his sister was the wife
of the famous William Fitz-Osbern,[450] and his son, in after
160years, when his house was transferred from Normandy
to England, became the husband of one of the daughters
|Delivery of the message at midnight.|
of our martyred Waltheof.[451] Ralph of Toesny then, or
it may be some lowlier messenger, rode to the French
camp; he climbed, some say a tree, some say a lofty rock,
which overlooked the tent of the King.[452] The stillness of
the night was broken, the slumbers of the King were
disturbed, by a voice, which might seem to come from
another world, shouting aloud, “Frenchmen, awake, ye
are sleeping too long; go forth and bury your friends
who lie dead at Mortemer.” The King and his friends
talked together and wondered. But the tidings thus
strangely brought to them were soon spread abroad.
Some make the Norman Baron reveal himself, and tell
in his own person how Odo had fled, how Guy was in
bonds, how Waleran was slain.[453] Others seem to make
the news come from some other source, from some fugitive
escaped from Mortemer, or from that mere mysterious
power of rumour which seems to travel faster than any
161|Panic and retreat of the French army.|
post.[454] At all events we are told that a panic fell on King
Henry and his host. Before the sun had well dawned, all
was ready for a retreat. Horsemen were mounted, sumpter-horses
were loaded, the tents and huts which had formed
the royal camp were all burning. All faces were now
turned, not towards Rouen or Lisieux, but towards Paris
or more distant cities. The retreat was a hasty one; men
were glad to get as fast as they could out of so dangerous
a land. Their march, or rather their flight, was undisturbed
by William; King Henry reached his capital in
safety, and his Barons and other followers, the mighty
armament of all Celtic Gaul, were scattered every man
to his own home.[455]
The story illustrative of Norman craft.
There is something half romantic, half grotesque, about
the details of this campaign. Yet the substance of the
tale comes from contemporary writers, and the whole story
is eminently characteristic of William, and indeed of his
people. No people of warriors were ever more ready than
the Normans to exchange, whenever need called for the exchange,
the skin of the lion for that of the fox.[456] Assuredly
neither William the Bastard nor Robert Wiscard was at all
lacking in any form of courage; but it was, after all, their
162craft rather than their courage which set them so high
|Illustration of William’s character.|
above the rest of the world. It is quite possible that
seven years may have abated somewhat of that impetuous
energy of early youth with which William spurred across
the plain of Val-ès-dunes to smite the rebel of Bayeux
|His policy.|
with his own hand.[457] He may have learned—perhaps
from the teaching of King Henry himself[458]—that it is not
always the duty of a general to thrust himself forward
wherever danger happens to be keenest. But it is certain
that, twelve years later, William was as ready as he had
ever been for deeds of the highest personal prowess, whenever
personal prowess was the surest way to success. The
difference between William and most men of his age was
that he had now learned that it was no mark of wisdom
or of courage to run risks which might be avoided, or to
jeopard his own life and the lives of his followers, when the
same object might be gained by easier means. He had, by
this time at least, learned to rise above the follies of mere
chivalry, above the mere senseless love of giving and taking
blows without an object. Nor had he a spark of that impetuous
patriotism which led the nobler soul of Harold to
deem no shame so great as the shame of leaving a rood of
English ground to be harried by the stranger. We may acquit
William of all wanton oppression; we may fully believe
that the sufferings of his people roused his indignation.[459]
But he could stifle that indignation; he could stand calmly
by and behold their sufferings, if he thought that he could
gain his object better by biding his time and letting the
|Vein of pleasantry in the Norman character.|
enemy for a while work his wicked will. And, mingled
with all this, there is a certain element of grim merriment,
a delight in a joke spoken or acted, which runs through the
whole career of the Conqueror. It needed a ready wit to
send Roger of Toesny, or any other man, to the top of a tree
or of a rock to announce in the dead of the night that the
163French had been cut to pieces at Mortemer. Here again
William is only a representative of his people. A touch
of pleasantry, however rough, runs through most Norman
sayings and doings. We may be sure that the messenger,
whoever he was, thoroughly enjoyed his errand and entered
into its spirit. And the policy of William in this campaign,
whatever we think of it in any other light, had
at least, as his policy commonly had, the merit of success.
Most princes of his time would have sought eagerly for
a pitched battle. Most of the few princes who might have
shrunk from a pitched battle would have been unable to form
any intelligible military plan of any other kind. William,
evidently seconded by men who understood him, knew how
to win victories without fighting. His dominions were invaded
by two powerful armies at once. He laid his plans;
he bode his time. One army was cut to pieces with hardly
the loss of a Norman life. The other was hurried out
of the land without so much as striking a blow.
William fortifies Breteuil as a check on Tillières.
King Henry seems by this time to have had enough of
Norman warfare for a while. We hear vaguely of hostilities
still going on,[460] but there is only one act on either side of
which we meet with any distinct mention. This is the
fortification by the Duke of a post which was intended to
check for the future such incursions as his southern march
had just undergone. The time had not yet come for
William again to demand that fortress of Tillières of
which Henry had so unfairly dispossessed him in the
early days of his reign.[461] But he now raised a counter-fortress
within his own dominions, which was expressly
designed to act as a check on Tillières itself.[462] This was
164at Breteuil on the Iton, a tributary of the Eure, near the
wood of its own name, in the Diocese of Evreux, not far
|It is entrusted to William Fitz-Osbern.|
from Ralph of Toesny’s castle and abbey of Conches. The
castle was built, and was committed to the trusty care of
William Fitz-Osbern.[463]
Peace concluded. 1055.
At last the King sought for peace. His main object
was to bring about the redemption of the many French
captives who were still lingering in Norman prison-houses.
The knights were at last set free on paying their ransoms,
but their harness remained as the prey of the victors.[464]|William authorized to make conquests at the expense of Anjou.|
A more remarkable article of the peace was that by which
the King engaged not to interfere with any conquests which
William had made, or might make, at the expense of the
Count of Anjou. Henry indeed seems to have done more,
and to have promised William the regular feudal investiture
of any such possible conquests.[465] This agreement
seems to amount almost to proof positive that Geoffrey
had not had any share in the late invasion of Normandy.
It was seemingly as a punishment for his defection that
his possessions were now openly offered to the Norman.
Before long we shall again find Henry and Geoffrey allied
against William, but just at this moment we must look
upon King and Duke as once more allies against the
Angevin Count.
Extension of William’s frontier southwards. 1048–1063.
It was in William’s earlier days of good service to his
overlord that he had first carried his arms, and extended
165his dominion, beyond the range of hills which seems to
form the natural southern frontier of Western Normandy.
In his first campaign against the Angevin he had added
or restored to his Duchy the Cenomannian fortress of
|Domfront.|
Domfront,[466] a prize which was no unworthy instalment of
the nobler and more distant prize in the same region
which was, before many years, to fall into his hands.
That first campaign, William’s first deed of prowess beyond
the bounds of his own Duchy, had made him
master of a fortress which men deemed impregnable, and
of a district which, as his earliest conquest, he no doubt
looked on with special affection. That part of the ancient
Cenomannian Diocese and County which surrounds the
hill of Domfront has remained to this day an integral
portion of the Norman land. The southern bulwark of
William’s Duchy was now the proud fortress by the
Varenne, the town which, still largely girded by its
ancient walls, abides to this day perched on its ancient
eyrie, and has not, like so many greater cities, descended
into the plain below. The shattered donjon,[467] reared, like
that of his own Falaise, on wild and craggy rocks, looks
forth on the wilder and heath-crowned rocks of a rival
height, whose distorted strata bear witness to the struggles
and revolutions of days before man had yet appeared on
earth. The fortress won by the terror of his name, once
an outpost threatening the Norman border, was now the
surest guard of the Norman heights to the north, the
most threatening menace to that boundless plain, broken
by gentler hills, which stretched away over the disputed
land of Maine towards the home of the hostile Angevin.
Around the hill lay the thickly wooded land, rich in the
silvan sports so dear to William’s heart, the land which
166the Hammer of Anjou had yielded without a stroke to
the youthful lord of Normandy. Lower down the stream
stood what was now his furthest outpost, his own creation
|Ambrières.|
of Ambrières, another donjon on a height, hard by the point
where the Varenne joins the greater stream of the Mayenne.
The shattered walls of that donjon still bear the impress
of William’s age, though the district in which it stands is
no longer entitled to the honours of the Norman name.
Domfront then had passed irrevocably into William’s
hands, but Ambrières was still, in some way or other, a
|Its former occupation by William, [1049];|
subject of contention. There seems no doubt that William
had occupied and fortified the post in the earlier campaign.[468]
Possibly it had been since that time taken and dismantled
by Geoffrey; possibly the post was to be made stronger and
more extensive, with a view to further conquests in the
same direction. At all events, works of some kind at
|its present rebuilding or strengthening.|
Ambrières, whether works of mere strengthening or of
construction from the ground, were just now an object
on which William’s mind was eagerly set. His first act
after the conclusion of the peace with France, at the very
meeting—was it a meeting with the King in person?—at
which the peace was signed, was to summon all the chief
military tenants of Normandy to appear within forty days
to help in carrying on the needful works at Ambrières.[469]
A message to the same effect was sent to Count Geoffrey.
|William’s challenge to Geoffrey Martel.|
The Duke of the Normans would, on the fortieth day,
appear at Ambrières with his force and take possession of
his fortress.[470] The prospect of so terrible a neighbour
167struck dread into the heart of the nearest vassal of Anjou,
|Geoffrey of Mayenne;|
Geoffrey, Lord of Mayenne, a town on the lower course
of the river from which it takes its name, and which was,
a few years later, to be the scene of one of William’s
|his counsel to Geoffrey Martel.|
boldest exploits.[471] The Lord of Mayenne poured his forebodings
into the ears of his own lord at Angers. If the
Normans were allowed to take possession of Ambrières,
nothing but ravage and utter destruction would be the
fate of the Angevin lands. The heart of Count Geoffrey
was lifted up, and he bade his namesake of Mayenne
cast him aside as a base and shameful lord, if he
allowed the threats of the Norman to be carried
|William at Ambrières.|
out in act.[472] The appointed day came; the Duke
appeared at Ambrières; the works, of whatever nature,
were begun.[473] News came that Geoffrey Martel was
|Geoffrey’s delay.|
on his march. William waited a while, but the enemy
came not, and provisions began to fail. Great and small
began to complain of the lack of food; and no doubt, in
Normandy as well as in England, men were much more
ready to fight than to remain under arms without fighting.[474]|William garrisons the castle, and goes away.|
The Duke therefore left a garrison in Ambrières, and
retired with the remainder of his army, bidding them
hold themselves in readiness to assemble again at a
moment’s notice.[475] It would have been foolhardiness indeed
168to have shut himself up without any adequate cause
|Geoffrey and his allies come to Ambrières.|
within the walls of a border fortress. But, if the Norman
historian is to be believed, the Norman Duke’s back was
no sooner turned[476] than the Angevin Count and his allies
came hastening to the siege of the stronghold of Ambrières.
|William of Aquitaine.|
With Count Geoffrey came his lord, as he is called[477]—at all
events his step-son—Peter, now William, Count of Poitou
and Duke of Aquitaine.[478] He came perhaps to avenge the
ignominious flight of his brother from Moulins;[479] but with
him came another chief in whose heart many an old enmity
must have been choked, many a bitter remembrance
must have been handed over to forgetfulness, before he
could consent to take service in the same host as Geoffrey.
|Odo of Britanny.|
Yet so it was; a Breton prince, Odo, the uncle of the reigning
Count Conan,[480] came to fight under the Angevin banner
|They besiege Ambrières.|
against the common enemy at Rouen. The three princes
attacked the castle of Ambrières with all the resources
known to the military art of the time. An attempt at a
storm was beaten back by the defenders. The archers shot
their arrows, the petraria hurled its stones, the ram was
dashed against the wall, but all was in vain.[481] Meanwhile
the news of the siege, and of the gallant resistance of the
|Return of William.|
garrison, was borne to Duke William. He collected his
troops with all speed, and hastened, with such haste as he
knew how to use when haste was needed,[482] to the relief of
169|Flight of the besiegers.|
Ambrières. At his mere approach, we are told, the three
allied Counts took to flight.[483] The Lord of Mayenne was
less lucky; he was carried off as a prisoner into the
|Homage of Geoffrey of Mayenne.|
furthest parts of Normandy, and he was not released till
he had acknowledged himself the man of Duke William.[484]
Increase of William’s power.
The fame of William was no doubt widely spread by
this series of successful exploits and stratagems, and his
direct influence was distinctly increased by his receiving
the homage of the Count of Ponthieu in one direction and
|Extension of his frontier towards Anjou.|
of the Lord of Mayenne in another. It would seem also
that this was the time when William made, in conformity
with the licence granted him by King Henry,[485] a further
acquisition of Cenomannian territory at the cost of the
Count of Anjou. It was not unimportant to him to
extend his power as far as might be in the district through
|1049.|
which he had, six years before, made his famous night-march
from Domfront to Alençon.[486] At a short distance
west of Alençon, and south-west of the episcopal town of
Seez, the Sarthon, a small tributary of the Sarthe, was the
boundary between Normandy and Maine. The Duke now
took possession of a point beyond the frontier stream;
a castle and town arose, which were entrusted to the care
of Roger of Montgomery. It lay in the near neighbourhood
of the hereditary possessions of his wife, and from her the
new bulwark of Normandy was honoured or disgraced by
the name of the Rock of Mabel.[487]
Three years’ peace. 1055–1058.
170The strength of William’s enemies seems to have been
nearly exhausted by their late efforts, or else their courage
was chilled by the ill success of their arms. For three
years Normandy saw neither rebellion nor foreign war.
William thus had time to devote himself either to the prosecution
of his vengeance, or to the vindication of ecclesiastical
discipline, in the deposition of his uncle the
|1055.|
Primate Malger.[488] This took place in the same year as the
campaign of Ambrières. After that date, besides the
Duke’s quarrel and reconciliation with Lanfranc,[489] there is
nothing to recount till, three years later, we come to
another, and the last, invasion of Normandy by the combined
|Last French and Angevin invasion. August, 1058.|
forces of France and Anjou. Geoffrey, the old
enemy, was, we are told, ever ready to strike a blow
at Normandy,[490] and no doubt the memory of his late
losses rankled in his mind. Another great expedition
was planned and carried out. In August, when the corn
was on the ground,[491] the King and the Count entered
Normandy in the quarter most convenient for a junction
of French and Angevin forces, in William’s own County
of Hiesmes.[492] Their design was a systematic plundering
expedition through all Normandy west of the Seine. They
were to pass through the district of Hiesmes into the land
of Bayeux and Caen; then they were to cross the Dive and,
after harrying Auge and the district of Lisieux, to return
171home with their plunder.[493] Above all things, they were to
reach the sea in the districts both west and east of the Dive,
and to show that the upstart Duke of the Pirates could no
|William’s scheme of defence. He waits at Falaise till the enemy reach the Dive.|
longer keep his liege lord barred up in an inland prison.
The scheme was laid, and one half of it was carried out.
William determined not to attack the invaders on their
entrance into his Duchy. His plan was to wait for a favourable
moment when he might smite them on their return,
gorged with the plunder of his subjects, and no doubt
with their discipline and their energy not a little relaxed.
He gathered his knights, not indeed for immediate action;
he gave orders for the strengthening of castles and the
cleansing of their fosses; and then, leaving the open
country exposed to the ravages of the enemy, he waited
in his own stronghold of Falaise for the moment which
|Advance and ravages of the French.|
he knew would not fail soon to come.[494] The French and
Angevin host entered Normandy, and passed through the
land burning and plundering in the usual fashion. They
took the town of Hiesmes, which gave its name to the
County. They then marched on to Saint Peter on the
Dive; they occupied the whole town, and the King was
lodged at the great Abbey, then in all the freshness of its
new foundation by the pious Lescelina of Eu.[495] They then
struck westward, ravaging the whole Bessin; but the city
itself, as well as the various castles of the district, seems
to have remained untouched. The sea-coast especially, the
172land of William’s faithful Hubert, was harried as far as
the mouth of the Seule. The enemy then marched in a
|Caen as yet unfortified.|
south-easterly direction to Caen. That town was growing
in importance, but as yet it neither contained anything
which could withstand the attacks of an enemy nor anything
which was likely to remain to later days as a memorial
of his visit. Caen was as yet undefended by walls or castle;[496]
the foundations of the two great Abbeys which are its
chief glory were as yet not laid. Whatever Caen then
consisted of, it was certainly sacked, most likely burned.
King Henry and Count Geoffrey had now successfully
carried out one half of their scheme of ravage. They had
now to cross the Dive, and to carry fire and sword into the
other half of the doomed region.
The moment for which William had so long been waiting
had at last come. His policy had been in some sort a cruel
policy for his Duchy; but it now enabled him to strike
a vigorous and decisive blow at the retreating enemy.
French warfare in Normandy was destined to be successful
only when the banners of King and Duke floated side by
side. King Henry had shared in the triumph of Val-ès-dunes;
his men had been smitten by William’s men in the
ambush of Saint Aubin and in the surprise of Mortemer;
he had now himself to feel the might of William’s own
|They reach the Dive at Varaville.|
hand in the second surprise of Varaville. In their march
eastward the French had reached the village of that name,
the point which had been chosen for their passage across the
Dive into the land of Auge. Varaville, now, and probably
then, only a small village, lies north-east of Caen, a little
way from the left bank of the old frontier stream. It was an
old battle-ground of France and Normandy. On that spot,
or at least in that neighbourhood, it was that King Harold
173of Denmark and King Lewis of France had met face to face;
|945.|
it was there that the Karling had found his master in the
valiant heathen who came to defend the last planted outpost
of his race.[497] And now another King of the French, of another
line, of another speech, and another royal city, came to
undergo an overthrow yet more ignominious at the hands of
a Norman Duke who could now hold his own independently
alike of French and of Danish help. Varaville was seemingly
an usual point for crossing into the lands on the right bank
|Description of the spot.|
of the river. The contrast between the two sides of the Dive
is here very striking. On the left, the side of Varaville,
the land is flat, and it was in those days doubtless a
mere marsh. A causeway, which still exists, and which is
maintained as a modern road, leads from the village to a
point where the stream has for many ages been crossed by
a bridge, but which, in the eleventh century, seems to
have been known only as a ford.[498] Here the French army
was to pass over to the opposite side, the land of Auge.
There, within the original settlement of Rolf, the country
is of quite a different character. The right bank of the
Dive is backed at a short distance by a range of hills
of height considerable enough to form a very marked
174object in any country not strictly mountainous. They
form in fact a bold and picturesque range, stretching
right away to the seashore. Over these hills the army
had to make its way into the rich land of Lisieux.
|The French vanguard crosses the river.|
The vanguard, under the command of the King, had
already begun to climb the heights, when unexpected
sounds from the rearward smote on their ears. From the
high ground of Bastebourg,[499] commanding a view of the
whole valley, King Henry turned round only to behold the
|William’s march.|
utter discomfiture of his host. The Duke of the Normans
had laid his plan with all the subtlety of his wily brain,
and he was now carrying it out with all the might of his
irresistible arm. He had watched the spot, he had watched
the hour, which the enemy seem not to have watched, and
he came upon them at the very moment when he was able
to strike a deadly blow with most effect, and at the same
time once more to avoid the necessity of meeting his lord
face to face in battle. William knew every movement of
the enemy; when the right time was come, he marched
forth from Falaise with such troops as he had kept around
him, and summoned all the peasantry of the district to join
them. They came, armed as they were able to arm themselves,
with clubs, darts, anything; no sort of warrior, no
sort of weapon, was unfit to bear a part in the enterprise
|Battle of Varaville. August, 1058.|
which William now designed. He marched in stealth up
the valley by Bavent, and reached Varaville in the very
nick of time.[500] The King and his vanguard were, as we
175have seen, far ahead; the long baggage train, rich with
Norman spoil, and the whole rear-guard of the army, were
still on the left bank. The tide was flowing in, and it soon
became impossible to cross. The French stood in perplexity,
one half of the army finding itself utterly cut off from the
other half.[501] In a moment Duke William was upon them.
Every weapon known to Norman warfare was at once in
its fullest activity; the lance and the sword of the knight
on his destrier, the club and dart of the peasant on foot,
|First mention of the Norman archers.|
were all alike plied against the unlucky Frenchmen. And
along with these older arms, we now hear for the first
time of another weapon, destined to be, above all others,
terrible and deadly upon a more awful field. For the first
time in our story, the thunder-shower of the Norman
arrows[502] is heard of as carrying dismay and slaughter
among the ranks of the enemy. And no enemy could well
be more helpless than those on whom knights, archers,
clubmen, were now called on to display their prowess.
Encumbered as they were with their baggage train, huddled
together on the long, narrow, neglected[503] causeway, resistance
|The French rear-guard cut to pieces.|
was almost impossible. A desperate effort carried
the foremost among them to the banks of the river; but,
except to skilful swimmers, the ford was impassable
because of the tide. Multitudes fell into the water and
were drowned; the surface of the Dive was soon covered
176with floating bodies and harness.[504] Others strove to escape
how they might among the ditches and paths of the
marshy shore. They cast away their weapons, and blundered
on hopelessly through the unknown and treacherous
country. The Normans, knowing the ground, followed,
and cut them down without mercy. Of the whole rear-guard
of the French army not a man is said to have
escaped. All were slain, or taken captive, or swept away
by the waters.
King Henry sees the slaughter from the hills.
It must not be forgotten that all this went on under
the eye of the King of the French—and doubtless of his
Angevin ally also—who was looking down from the high
ground which the vanguard had already reached. Beneath
him in full view lay the plain, the causeway, the stream,
the marshes, where the work of death was going on. Like
Xerxes, Henry beheld his subjects cut in pieces before his
eyes; but unlike Xerxes, he was at least eager to go to
their help. The Norman poet tells us how the King saw
his men speared and shot down, some struggling in the
waters, some bound and borne off as captives.[505] His limbs
trembled, his face was hot with rage, he was eager and yet
unable to strike a blow or take any step for the rescue of
his unfortunate soldiers. In a moment of desperation he
proposed to descend the hill, and to seek for some other
177spot where he might cross the river, and do something
at least to avenge, if not to rescue, his rear-guard.[506] But
he had men around him who knew the hopelessness of
|His retreat.|
such an attempt. Their counsels persuaded him to submit
to a fate which he could not resist, and to march with all
speed out of the Norman land with the half of his army
which was still left to him.
Peace with France; Tillières restored to Normandy.
The battle, or rather massacre, of Varaville was the last
act of the wars between William and Henry. The King
was now growing old, and he might well think that he had
had enough of Norman warfare. He presently brought
himself to ask for peace, and to offer as its price the
restoration of the famous fortress of which he had deprived
William in his childhood. The terms were accepted; peace
was made, and Tillières, so long lost to Normandy, became
|Death of Henry. 1060.|
once more a bulwark of the Norman frontier.[507] Henry did
not long survive this happy ending of this long struggle.
Two years afterwards he died. His death was attributed
to poison, seemingly accidentally administered.[508] He left his
Crown to an heir still under age. The mother of the new
|His Russian marriage.|
King had been brought from a distant land. Henry saw
the difficulty of finding any wife among the princely houses
of Western Europe who was not related to him within the
forbidden degrees; he was specially warned by the troubles
178which his father had undergone through his first uncanonical
marriage.[509] He therefore sought for a bride in a
land among whose princes there was little fear of any
kindred or affinity with a King of the French. He married
Anne, the daughter of the Russian Duke Yaroslaf.[510]
The princes of Russia boasted of a connexion with the
Emperors of the East;[511] and the happy ambiguity of the
Macedonian name[512] had led the great dynasty which was
founded by a Slavonian groom to identify itself with
the ancient Kings of Pella and Edessa. The Russian
princess brought with her into France the ancient Macedonian
name of Philip, and her son became the first of a
long line of Kings, princes, and nobles, through whom a
name hitherto unknown to Western Europe became one of
|Coronation and accession of Philip the First. 1059–60.|
the most renowned in French history. In the last year of
his father’s lifetime, the young Philip was, according to
several precedents, crowned at Rheims, and the ceremony
was attended by most of the great vassals of his Kingdom.[513]
We do not however hear whether the Duke of the
Normans so far honoured his youthful overlord as to make
one of the illustrious assemblage. But the ties between
Normandy and France were now for a time drawn much
more closely than before. Henry had chosen the nearest
ally of William as the guardian of his son and as the
179|Baldwin of Flanders Regent of France.|
Regent of his Kingdom. During the minority of the young
King, the government of the royal domain was placed in
the hands of William’s father-in-law, the “mighty Marquess”[514]
of Flanders. Baldwin honourably fulfilled his trust
towards France, and we need not say that he kept the
peace towards Normandy.[515]
The same year which beheld the death of King Henry
beheld also the death of the most inveterate enemy of
Normandy among his great vassals. The Angevin chroniclers
significantly cut short the Norman warfare of
Geoffrey Martel, a sure sign that, however much Norman
vanity may have exaggerated in detail, the general result
of the struggle cannot have been greatly misrepresented.
|Last days and death of Geoffrey Martel. 1060.|
Geoffrey’s last days seem to have been clouded over by ill-success
in other quarters. He indeed recovered the city of
Nantes from Hoel of Britanny.[516] But we also read of his
180being besieged by his step-son, Peter or William of Poitiers,
in the castle of Saumur, on the steep which looks down,
not on the Varenne or on the Mayenne, but on the mighty
Loire itself.[517] The siege was raised through the sudden
death of the Aquitanian prince,[518] and we hear of no further
|His dominions divided between his nephews, Geoffrey and Fulk Rechin.|
exploit on the part of Geoffrey of the Hammer. On the day
before his death he assumed the monastic habit,[519] and, as he
left no sons, he divided his dominions between the two
sons of his sister Hermengarde, the wife of Alberic, Count
of the Gatinois. To his namesake Geoffrey, surnamed the
Bearded, he left Anjou and Saintogne, while Fulk Rechin,
already known to us as one of our authorities for Angevin
history, received the city and county of Tours.[520] Normandy
was thus delivered from both her enemies. In her next
warfare we shall find her seeking, not merely to defend her
borders, but to extend them.
Coincidence of the Battle of Varaville with Harold’s journey. 1058.
It may be worth notice that the great invasion of Normandy
which ended, so disastrously for the French, in the
rout of Varaville, happened in the very year in which
there is every reason to believe that Earl Harold made his
remarkable journey to examine into the political state of
Gaul.[521] His inquiries might perhaps lead him to different
conclusions, according as his visit happened before or after
the utter discomfiture of Henry and Geoffrey. Yet the
181campaign of Varaville could do little more than add one
more to the many proofs that William was a foe whom no
|Harold’s possible negotiations.|
enemy could afford to neglect. I have already hinted that
the mysterious words of Eadward’s Biographer[522] might
perhaps be taken as implying that Harold sought the
friendship, if not the actual alliance, of the King or of
some of his great vassals, as a support in case of any
hostile movements on the part of Normandy. If this be
so, we may see in the almost contemporary deaths of so
many French princes a reason why such negotiations bore
|Changes in the aspect of Gaul by the deaths of Geoffrey Martel and King Henry.|
no fruit. King Henry, Geoffrey Martel, William of Aquitaine,
all died within two years after Harold’s journey. By
their deaths the political state of Gaul was altogether
changed, and changed in a direction altogether favourable
to William of Normandy. William of Aquitaine was the
only one of the three who had a successor at all likely to
act as a check upon any designs of his Norman namesake.
Guy, Geoffrey, or William, whichever we are to call the prince
who made so hasty a flight from Moulins,[523] was not likely to
cherish much love for William of Normandy, but he seems
to have been mainly occupied by wars with Anjou, and by
an expedition into Spain, in which last, by some means or
other, he was followed by Norman warriors.[524] In any case
his solitary help could be of little service. If Harold hoped
to meet any attack on England on the part of William by
a diversion in his rear in the form of a joint attack of his
continental neighbours, the chance of organizing such a
confederacy died with King Henry and Geoffrey Martel.
Under the Regency of Baldwin the Court of Paris became
the closest ally of Normandy, and the new Count of Anjou
182seems to have been fully occupied at home. We hear of
him chiefly as engaged in asserting certain novel claims
over the Abbey of Marmoutiers,[525] and as having, at the
very crisis of the fate of England, to defend his dominions
against his brother Fulk.[526] He was therefore by no means
likely to bear a part in any schemes of policy which reached
|England’s lack of continental allies.|
as far as Britain.[527] The death of the Emperor Henry a few
years earlier had deprived England of another friend. She
had in short no continental ally left except Swend of Denmark.
I merely throw out these remarks as vague hints on
a very obscure subject; but it certainly is striking that the
intentionally mystified language of the Biographer should
admit of an interpretation which falls in so well with the
state of things at the particular moment of Harold’s journey.
The main interest of this period of William’s reign
gathers round his great conquest of the Cenomannian
County and City. But before we enter on the narrative
of that campaign, a few events in the internal history
of his Duchy may be usefully cleared out of the way.
William was already beginning to show himself, in the
words of the English Chronicler, beyond measure stark
to all who withstood his will.[528] The unrestrained exercise
183|Banishment of various Norman nobles.|
of power seems to have wrought its usual bad effect. We
now begin to find a prince who had hitherto been distinguished
for clemency to rebellious enemies meting out,
to say the least, somewhat hasty sentences against some of
the chief men of his dominions. We presently find him
giving ground for suspicions, unfounded as they doubtless
were, that he had learned to stoop to the base trade of the
poisoner.[529] Several of his nobles were banished about this
time, and every account seems to describe them as banished
without just cause, through the false accusations of envious
persons. Among these false accusers Roger of Montgomery
and his wicked wife Mabel stand pre-eminent.[530]
The first recorded victim was Ralph of Toesny, whom we
have seen as, according to one account, the bearer of the
news of the defeat of Mortemer to the French King.[531] He
was banished; but he must have returned within a few
years, and he had his share in the Conquest of England.
We may say the same of Hugh of Grantmesnil, one of
the joint founders of Saint Evroul.[532] The banishment of
Arnold of Escalfoy is not wonderful, as both he and his
uncle Robert seem to have ventured on open rebellion.
They seem even to have taken the Angevin side against
their country, either in the wars which have been already
described, or in some of the border skirmishes which no
doubt still continued. Robert defended his castle against
184|Mysterious death of Robert the son of Geroy. 1060.|
the Duke, and he died by a strange and suspicious death in
the year which carried off King Henry and Count Geoffrey.
He sat one day in a merry mood by his winter fire with
his wife Adelaide, a kinswoman of the Duke. She had four
apples in her hand; he snatched two from her in jest; he
|Adventures and death of Arnold of Escalfoy. 1063.|
ate of them and died.[533] His nephew Arnold succeeded him,
and for three years he carried on a devastating warfare in
the neighbourhood of Lisieux.[534] He then made peace with
the Duke, on condition of going to the wars in Apulia.[535]
After a while he returned, but only to die by poison administered
to him through the plots of the ruthless
daughter of William Talvas.[536]
Banishment of Abbot Robert of Saint Evroul. 1063.
Another person who now fell under the Duke’s displeasure
was Robert of Grantmesnil, brother of Hugh, and
co-founder, and now himself Abbot, of Saint Evroul. He
was now deposed and banished by William. I forbear to
enter on the interminable details of the negotiations for
his restoration, from which I shrank at an earlier stage
of my Norman history.[537] But two points are of importance.
It is made a distinct charge against William that he
ventured to depose a churchman without the sentence of
185any ecclesiastical Synod, and seemingly without any form
of trial at all.[538] One account also distinctly says that the
Duke’s motive was hostility to Robert’s family.[539] It is
hard to judge on such slight evidence; but it is to be
noticed, on the one hand, that William’s special panegyrist
is silent on the whole subject of these banishments, and on
the other that William’s ecclesiastical government is the
part of his character in which we should least readily look
for an unworthy motive.
Synod of Caen. 1061. Ordinance of the Curfew.
The fortunes of an Abbot bring us once more within
the ecclesiastical circle. In the year after King Henry’s
death, in a Synod held at Caen by the Duke’s authority,
and attended by Bishops, Abbots, and Barons, it
was ordered that a bell should be rung every evening,
at hearing of which prayer should be offered, and all
people should get within their houses and shut their
doors.[540] This odd mixture of piety and police seems to
be the origin of the famous and misrepresented curfew.
Whatever was its object, it was at least not ordained as
any special hardship on William’s English subjects.
The Conquest of Maine. 1063.
We now come to that great acquisition of William’s
arms and policy which ranks in the annals of his reign
next to the Conquest of England itself. The various
fortunes, the takings and the retakings, of the city of
Le Mans and its County, form a constantly recurring
subject throughout the remaining history of William and
186of his sons. And the object struggled for was worthy of the
|Old Norman claims over Maine.|
struggle. The land and city over which William was now
about to extend his long dormant claims was a prize which
became one of the proudest jewels in his continental
coronet. The Duke of the Normans, even the King of
the English, thought it no scorn to add to those loftier
titles a third which dated from this earlier conquest.
|Beginning of Norman aggrandizement on the Continent.|
As Prince or Count of the Cenomannians, William began
the first of those stages of continental aggrandizement,
which, before another century had passed, extended the
sway of the sovereign of England and Normandy from the
Orkneys to the Pyrenees, and made him master of the
mouths of the Loire and the Garonne no less than of those
of the Seine and the Thames. The work had been begun by
the conquest of Domfront and Ambrières; it was now to
be extended over the whole of the land which lies between
|History of Maine.|
Normandy and Anjou. A long history, princely, municipal,
and episcopal, forms the annals of the Cenomannian
|The ancient Cenomanni in Gaul and Italy.|
state and city. The Cenomannian tribe[541] was illustrious in
the earliest legendary history of Gaul; it shares with the
Senones the credit of that ancient colonization in Italy
which brought Rome so near to her downfall.[542] But it had
no part in the actual beleaguering of Rome by the Senonian
|Their close connexion with Rome.|
Brennus. The Cenomanni beyond the Alps were ever found
among the faithful allies of Rome, just as their mother
state remains to this day proud of the relics of Roman
dominion. Even during the storm of the Hannibalian
War, the Cenomanni remained faithful to the Republic.[543]
Their metropolis is perhaps less prominent in the pages
of Cæsar than we might have looked for; still the name
187|The Cenomanni of Gaul support Vercingetorix.|
of the tribe occurs among those who sent their contingents
to the host of Vercingetorix.[544] Under the Roman domination,
we are told that Cenomannia was among the first
parts of Gaul to receive the Christian faith, and the local
|Early preaching of Christianity.|
legend traces that line of Bishops which became so
famous in after days up to the very days of the Apostles.
|Succession of Bishops of Le Mans.|
In the days of Nerva and Trajan the Cenomannian Church
was founded by Saint Julian, whose name still lives as the
patron of the cathedral of Le Mans. Unlike most of his
|Legend of Saint Julian.|
apostolic brethren, the crown of martyrdom was not destined
for him. He died in peace, having fully organized
the local Church, and having been aided in all things by
his convert the local Prince Defensor.[545] In this last mythical
personage we of course see a personification of the
Defensores Civitatis, the local Tribunes, under the later
|Special ecclesiastical and popular elements in the history of Maine.|
Roman and early Frankish rulers.[546] This early friendship
between the Bishop and the local magistrate not inaptly
prefigures a state of things with which William himself
had to contend. The vast power of the local Church sometimes
combined with the popular element of the city to
188|Maine under the Frankish Kings; a march against Bretons and Northmen.|
withstand the more distant sovereign.[547] I pass lightly
over the days of the Merwings and the early Karlings.
In those times the name of Cenomannia, city and district,
appears over and over again, as a post of importance, an
outpost against Breton enemies and afterwards against
Scandinavian invaders.[548] It was not uncommonly placed
in the hands of members of the royal house.[549] But these
intermediate times do less to illustrate the events with
which we are immediately concerned than the history or
legends of the earliest days. These last, mythical as they
may be, are at least happily invented to adorn the beginnings
of a state which so long remained at once so
intensely Roman and so intensely ecclesiastical.
Maine in the tenth century.
The history of Maine and Le Mans with which we are immediately
concerned begins in the tenth century. We have
|Alleged grants to Rolf, 924; to Hugh the Great, 924; and to Geoffrey Grisegonelle, 978?|
seen[550] that the Norman Dukes put forward some shadow of
a claim to Maine by virtue of a grant in the days of King
Rudolf, at the same time that Rolf obtained his second
grant, that of the district of Bayeux.[551] But the chronicler
who records this fact records also a grant of earlier date,
but within the same year, to Hugh the Great of Paris.[552] A
grant to Geoffrey Grisegonelle of Anjou is also, on no less
189authority than that of Count Fulk Nerra himself, attributed,
by some strange confusion of chronology, to King
|Maine part of the Duchy of France.|
Robert.[553] On the whole, there can be little doubt that
Maine formed a part of the great Duchy of France, and
there is still less doubt as to the rivalry and hatred which
reigned between the Angevin Counts and the dynasty
which we find established in Maine towards the end of
|Rivalry of the Counts and Bishops.|
the tenth century. There is as little doubt as to the
position of the local Bishops, always at variance, sometimes
at war, with the local Counts, but keeping up
a close connexion both with the King and with the
|Count David. 922–970?|
Counts of Anjou. I do not presume to decide whether
the Hugh, the David, and the Hugh-David, whom we
|955–1015?|
hear of as reigning in Maine in the course of the tenth
century, and as claiming a descent from Charles the
Great, were really one prince, or two, or three.[554] But there
is no doubt that a Hugh, whether surnamed after the
Hebrew King or not, was reigning late in the tenth and
early in the eleventh century, and that he was the father of
|Sainfred Bishop of Le Mans. 960–994.|
the better known Count Herbert. He had great disputes
with Bishop Sainfred of the house of Belesme, a Prelate
190of whom the chronicler of the Cenomanniam Bishops draws
|Fulk Nerra overruns Maine. 987–994?|
no favourable picture.[555] He is charged with wasting the
revenues of his see in grants to Fulk of Anjou and to
Burchard Count of Vendôme, in order to gain their help
against the nearer enemy.[556] It was perhaps through the
instigation of the Prelate that Fulk invaded Maine, and
brought the land and its ruler into vassalage, if not into
|Hugh escapes from Tillières. 996–1015.|
actual subjection.[557] Hugh appears also as an enemy of
Normandy, as an ally of Odo of Chartres in an attempt
on Tillières, and as escaping only by a mean disguise from
the pursuit of its valiant defenders.[558] This must have been
towards the end of his days, as the foundation of Tillières
|Herbert Wake-Dog Count 1015–1036.|
comes within the reign of Richard the Good. The enmity
between the temporal and spiritual chiefs of Maine went
on during the reign of Hugh’s famous son Herbert, and
|Avesgaud Bishop 994–1036.|
during the long episcopate of Avesgaud, the nephew and
successor of Sainfred, and like him a member of the border
|Herbert wars with the House of Belesme.|
house of Belesme.[559] With that house, a house loyal to
neither of its lords and terrible to all its neighbours,
Count Herbert had much warfare, and we have come
across more than one incidental mention of those wars,
191as affording scope for the valour and faithfulness of the
house of Geroy.[560] The impression given by these stories
is that the mighty Lords Marchers found the Cenomannian
|He disputes with Bishop Avesgaud.|
Count at least their match. The ecclesiastical historian
implies that this warfare began by William of Belesme
coming to the help of his brother the Bishop. It is
certain that Avesgaud had constantly to contend against
Count Herbert both by temporal and by spiritual arms,
and that he called in against him the help both of spiritual
and of temporal allies. At one time we find him defending
the stronghold of La Fertè Bernard[561] against the Count,
who could dislodge him only by the help of a Breton
|Fulbert of Chartres excommunicates Herbert.|
force obtained from Count Alan.[562] At another time he
called in the help of the holy Bishop Fulbert of Chartres,
the great letter-writer of the age, who, on what principle
of ecclesiastical law it is not easy to see, addressed an
epistle of excommunication to the Count of Maine, which
brought about a temporary peace.[563] But Herbert was not
afraid to measure himself against a much more dangerous
enemy. It was in warfare against Fulk of Anjou, whose
authority he cast aside, that he won his surname of
192|His name of Wake-Dog, from his nightly raids against Anjou.|Wake-Dog.[564] So constant were the nightly raids of Count Herbert
that, not only in the open country, in the flat land of
Anjou, but in the fortified towns of the province, nay
in the city itself, in Black Angers on its steep by the
Mayenne, men and dogs were ever on the alert, and
ventured not to slumber.[565] These exploits must belong
to the later years of his reign; for, at its beginning,
|His share in the battle of Pontlevois. 1016.|
we find him acting as an ally or vassal of Anjou at the
battle of Pontlevois against Odo of Chartres.[566] Indeed the
Angevin writers allow that the victory on their side was
in a great measure owing to the courage and conduct of
|Fulk imprisons Herbert at Saintes. 1026–1028.|
Herbert and his followers.[567] Ten years later, we find
Fulk, according to the approved custom of his house,
dealing with Herbert much as his son dealt with Theobald
of Chartres and with William of Aquitaine.[568] He
beguiled him into a visit at Saintes, and there kept him
in ward two years till he agreed to the hard conditions on
which liberty was offered.[569] After an active reign of twenty-one
193years, Herbert died. His daughter Biota became the
wife of Walter of Mantes, the elder son of Drogo and
|Hugh. (1035–1051).|
Godgifu, and nephew of King Eadward of England.[570] His
young son Hugh succeeded him in the County of Maine,
|Regency of Herbert Bacco.|
seemingly under the guardianship of a great uncle, Herbert
Bacco.[571] Bishop Avesgaud died on a pilgrimage to Jerusalem,
and was succeeded in the almost hereditary Bishoprick
|Gervase Bishop. 1036–1058.|
by his nephew Gervase.[572] This Prelate was the godfather
of the young Count, and he is described as his
defender against his faithless uncle as well as the defender
|He commends the Bishoprick to Geoffrey of Anjou.|
of the rights of his own see.[573] He took one step however
than which none could be more fatal, and one which illustrates
the peculiar position of the Bishoprick. It would
seem that, after all the grants that had been made of the
temporal sovereignty of Maine, the royal rights over the
Church of Le Mans were still in the hands of the King.
Whether he held them strictly as King, or as Duke of the
French, was now no longer a practical question.[574] In either
case the Bishop still held, not of the local Count but of his
overlord at Paris. In short, throughout the territories which
194had formed part of the Duchy of France, the surrender of the
royal rights, especially in ecclesiastical matters, was by no
means so complete as it was in the great Duchies north and
south of the royal dominions.[575] The Count of Anjou or of
Maine did not, after all, possess the same undivided and
uninterrupted sovereignty within his own states which
belonged to the Duke of the Normans. Bishop Gervase,
a vassal of the King, unable to defend himself against his
neighbour the Count or the Count’s guardian, receiving no
help from his own lord, petitioned the King to grant the
royal rights over the see, the rights of advocacy and
|Herbert Bacco driven out and Hugh restored.|
patronage, to the Count of Anjou for life.[576] The grant
was made; greater strife than before arose between the
Bishop and the guardian uncle; a popular movement,
headed by the Prelate, expelled Herbert Bacco, and
restored the young Count Hugh to his lawful rights.[577]
The Prelate’s next business was to seek, like Jehoiada of
old, a wife for the prince whom he had taken under his
|Marriage of Hugh.|
guardianship. He found one in the sister of Count
Theobald,[578] the widow of that Count Alan of Britanny
whom we have seen die of poison while besieging a
Norman castle.[579] The marriage was supposed to be in
195some way dangerous to the interests of the Count of Anjou,
and Martel now poured forth his whole wrath upon the
|Bishop Gervase imprisoned by Geoffrey Martel. 1044–1051.|
Bishop who had advised it. By some of his usual tricks,
he gained possession of the Bishop’s person, and kept him
in prison for seven years. As was usual with the prisoners
of an Angevin Count, he had the option of obtaining his
liberty by the surrender of some part of his possessions.
The ransom demanded by Geoffrey was the surrender
of a strong castle which was valiantly defended by the
|His liberation demanded by the Council of Rheims. 1049.|
Bishop’s soldiers.[580] A demand of the Council of Rheims
for the liberation of the Prelate had no effect on the
obdurate mind of Geoffrey.[581] Gervase seems all this while
to have looked forward to deliverance through his godson,
we can hardly say his sovereign, the Count of
Maine. But at last he heard that Hugh was dead,
|Geoffrey Martel occupies Le Mans. 1051–1061.|
that Geoffrey had taken possession of Le Mans, that
the citizens had received him joyfully, and had driven
out the widow and children of Hugh.[582] Gervase now
thought it was time to yield; he gave up his castle,
|Release of Gervase; he takes refuge in Normandy. 1061.|
but even now he only obtained his freedom on condition
of never setting foot in his own city during Geoffrey’s
life-time.[583] Banished in this way, he sought for shelter at
the court of the Duke of the Normans.[584] It does not seem
196that William actively interfered on his behalf, but he gave
him an honourable reception, and retained him as his guest,
till a prospect was opened to the homeless Prelate of
obtaining at once a higher and a more peaceful position
|Gervase Archbishop of Rheims.|
among the Prelates of Gaul. While Gervase tarried in
Normandy, the primatial see of Rheims became vacant
by the death of its Archbishop Guy. Gervase now obtained
the first place among the Prelates and Princes of the
Parisian Kingdom, and it fell to his lot to pour the oil
of Remigius and Hlodwig on the head of the youthful
Philip.[585]
Death of Geoffrey. 1060. Herbert’s hopes revive.
The affairs of Normandy and Maine have now become
directly connected, and the connexion between the two
countries becomes closer at every moment. The death of
Geoffrey seemed to open to Herbert a chance of recovering
the dominions which he had never possessed.[586] The years
during which Le Mans was occupied by Geoffrey had been
spent by the widow and children of Hugh in some part of
|Herbert’s three sisters.|
Germany.[587] Besides Herbert, Hugh had three daughters,
whose marriages and betrothals are of no small moment in
the history. One, Gersendis, was first married to Theobald
of Chartres.[588] By him she was divorced, and this divorce
197|Gersendis, married, 1st, to Theobald of Chartres; 2nd, to Azo of Liguria.|
was one of the many irregularities in that way which
called down the censures of Pope Leo and the Fathers
of Rheims.[589] She then made a more splendid alliance
beyond the Alps. She became the second wife of the
famous Azo, Marquess of Este and Liguria, renowned
in his own day for his wealth, his good fortune, and for
attaining, though not till long after the marriage and the
death of Gersendis, the age of a hundred years.[590] By his
first wife Cunegund he became the ancestor of the House
of Brunswick, and the children of Gersendis of Maine
produced the long line of Lords, Marquesses, and Dukes
of Ferrara and Modena. How this marriage affected the
history of Maine, of Normandy, and of England, we shall
Another sister mother of Helias of La Flèche.
|Another sister mother of Helias of La Flèche.|
see at a later stage. Another sister married John of La
Flèche, and by him became the mother of three sons. One
of them bore the familiar Teutonic name of Gilbert; the
two others were honoured with the patriarchal appellations
of Enoch and Elijah, and the bearer of the last name, under
the modified form of Helias or Helie, plays an important
|Margaret.|
part in the history of the next generation.[591] Margaret, the
other daughter, who must have been many years younger
than Gersendis, and of whose beauty and virtues we read
rapturous descriptions, was still unmarried.[592] Herbert now
198|Herbert applies to Duke William. 1061.|
addressed himself to the Duke of the Normans. William’s
own days of trial and persecution were now over; he had
come forth honourably out of all his difficulties; he had
smitten all his enemies at home and abroad; he was now
well fitted to appear either as a protector or as a conqueror.
Moreover he was actually in possession of part of the
Cenomannian County; all his conquests up to this time,
Domfront, Ambrières, and the Rock of Mabel,[593] had been
made at what might be called the expense of Herbert
himself. There was no great chance of recovering them
from the prince who had so vigorously clutched the straw
at the moment of his birth,[594] and who in his later days as
firmly refused to take off his clothes before he went to bed.
But, at any rate, more might be gained by way of submission
|He commends himself to William.|
than by way of aggression. Herbert therefore commended[595]
himself to William; he became his man; he engaged to
hold Maine as a fief of Normandy, according to the ancient
grant which Rolf had received from King Rudolf.[596] Special
terms, all favourable to the lord, were attached to the
|Terms of the homage;
William to have Maine, if Herbert died childless,
and Margaret to marry Robert.|
homage. If Herbert died childless, Duke William’s lordship
was to be converted into immediate sovereignty;
the Duke of the Normans was to become the Count of
199the Cenomannians.[597]
But, in order that the principality
might still remain to the descendants of its ancient lords,
Herbert’s sister Margaret was to be given in marriage to
William’s young son Robert.[598] William himself would
thus be the only interloper; Robert would reign in right
of his wife, and in the next generation, a descendant, if
only in the female line, of Herbert Wake-Dog would
again rule upon the steep of Le Mans.[599]
Whether Herbert ever obtained actual possession of his
new fief does not certainly appear. If he did, his enjoyment
|Herbert dies childless. 1063.|
of it was very short. Within two years he died,
and died childless. By the terms of the treaty, Maine
now passed to William. According to Norman accounts,
Herbert’s last breath was spent in asserting the rights of
the Norman Duke, and in exhorting his friends and subjects
to seek for no other as their lord. Almost forestalling
the words of the English Chronicler, he warned them that
the yoke of William would be light to those who accepted
|Unwillingness of Maine to submit to William.|
it willingly, but heavy indeed to those who dared to withstand
him.[600] But the mass of the people of city and
county were of another mind. They doubted the lightness
of the Norman yoke in any case.[601] And the treaty between
200Herbert and William had sacrificed the rights of several
members of Herbert’s family. Herbert had, as he hoped,
secured the succession to the descendants of one of his
sisters. But no such descendants were in being; Robert and
Margaret were not married, nor seemingly even betrothed,
at the time of his death. There was therefore no sort of
security that, if William were once admitted, the County
would ever return to the descendants of its ancient lords.
Then again, though Herbert had left no male heir, he had
kinsfolk in the female line whose rights were as good as
those of the unborn posterity of Margaret. We read of
no movements at this time on behalf either of the Marquess
of Liguria or of the Lord of La Flèche, the claims of both
|The patriotic party assert the rights of Walter and Biota.|
of whom were pressed in after times. But a strong party,
the patriotic party, as it would seem, throughout the
province, asserted the rights of Herbert’s aunt Biota
and of her husband Walter of Mantes, the nephew of
Eadward of England. The city was held for them by
several of the chief lords of the country, among whom
we hear specially of Hubert of Saint-Susanna, and of
Geoffrey of Mayenne, of whom we have already heard in
the wars between Anjou and Normandy.[602] The citizens
seem to have been on the same side. Of the Bishop, for
once in Cenomannian history, we hear nothing. The line
of Bishops of the fierce house of Belesme had come to an
end, and the line of eminent Prelates appointed under
|Bishop Vulgrin. 1058–1059.|
Norman rule had not yet begun. The reigning Bishop
Vulgrin was a good, prudent, and peaceful monk, whose
monastic virtues had been proved by his reform of the
201Abbey of Saint Sergius without the walls of Angers,[603] and
whose chief object at Le Mans was to rebuild the church of
Saint Julian on a greater scale.[604] In this revolution then
the ecclesiastical power seems to have been neutral, while
nobles and citizens were united for Count Walter and
against the Norman.
William’s preparations for war.
A struggle therefore could not be avoided. William
was the least likely of all men tamely to give up either
a real or a fancied right, or even to pass by a decent
pretext for extending his power. Maine was to be conquered.
But William was no more disposed to hurry in
|His measures at home.|
the business of conquest than in any other business. He
began by healing a few wounds at home. It was now
that he called back from banishment Hugh of Grantmesnil
and Ralph of Toesny,[605] men whose offences were very
doubtful, and whose services in the war were likely to be
useful. It was now also that he made that agreement
with Arnold of Escalfoy, by which that turbulent spirit
|His plans for the campaign.|
was sent off to the wars in Apulia.[606] The plan of the
campaign was thoroughly characteristic. William saw
202that the prize must be his in the long run. Maine alone
could not resist Normandy, and Walter’s chance of finding
allies was just now not great. William’s panegyrist tells
us—and we have no reason to doubt the fact—that he was
anxious to win his conquest with the least possible amount
of bloodshed.[607] It was a policy still more obvious to forbear
to destroy or damage a noble city which he designed to
be one of the chief jewels of his coronet. And it was
only reasonable military foresight to avoid the risk of a
rash attack on a strong fortress which might be won in
|He determines to harry the country and to keep the attack on the city for the last.|
another way.[608] The city was the main object; we see
throughout that the capital was in a special manner the
head of the province, that Le Mans was Maine in a sense
in which Rouen certainly was not Normandy.[609] The city
then was reserved by William to be the last object of
attack. But the city was strongly defended by Geoffrey
of Mayenne, whom Walter had made his chief adviser, and
who seems to have been equally in the confidence of the
citizens.[610] A hasty attack might have seriously jeoparded
the success of William’s plans. His course therefore was
to impoverish, and at the same time to frighten, the
besiegers by a systematic harrying of the whole country.
203Vineyards, fields, detached houses, were everywhere
|The country gradually subdued.|
ravaged; the smaller fortified posts of the province were
taken one by one; garrisons were left wherever they
were called for by the scheme of the campaign;[611] the
capital was left to be devoured the last. This mode of
warfare gradually wore out the patience, as it weakened
the resources, of the defenders of the city. At last, when
well nigh every other fortress of Maine had come into
|The city reduced to surrender.|
William’s hands,[612] the citizens were reduced to submit to
a surrender, and William found himself in a position to
enter the city at whose possession he had been so long
aiming, as a conquest won without a battle or a siege.
Position and history of Le Mans.
The city into which William had now to make his
triumphal entry was one which might have added fresh
lustre even to an Imperial diadem. In his day it was a
possession which could hardly be overvalued as a strong
military post, as the centre of a rich and flourishing province,
as a city itself rich and flourishing, according to the
standard of those times. To us it is mainly attractive as
a spot on which the history of a long series of ages, before
and after the days of William, is still legibly written.
Le Mans is one of a type of cities which is spread over a
great part of Gaul, but to which England, and even
Normandy, can present but feeble approaches. A steep
hill rises abruptly above the river Sarthe to the west, and
somewhat less abruptly above the lower ground to the
east. The ground also falls away in the like sort to the
south, while the hill is continued in the higher ground
to the north, of which it forms the natural termination.
The height, therefore, though washed by the river on one
side only, does in effect assume a sort of peninsular shape.
Like most elevated sites of towns, the rise of the ground
204is such as would not be remarkable in a hill whose sides
were covered with verdure or forest, but it is quite enough
to make the post strongly defensible, and to make the
streets of the still existing city steep and hard of ascent.
|Growth of the Gaulish hill-fort into the Roman, the mediæval, and the modern city.|
This point, like so many points of the same kind, had, in
unrecorded days, become the site of a Gaulish hill-fort, and
the Gaulish hill-fort had, as usual, grown into a Roman
city. The name of the universal conquerors still dwells
there, and the most ancient quarter of the city is still
traditionally known as La vieille Rome. The original
Gaulish rampart was, in the later days of the Empire,
exchanged, at the bidding of the great Constantine, for a
wall of Roman masonry, large portions of which still
remain. They show how small a part of the existing
town was covered by the famous city of old. The Roman
wall still fences in only the higher ground; the fortifications
were not brought down to the river till Cenomannia had,
in the thirteenth century, been constrained to bow to
Paris. Two great monasteries lay, as usual, without
the walls. They were placed at the foot of the hill on
either side, one of them even lay beyond the river. The
growth of the modern city has embraced both, leaving the
ancient fortified circuit as a venerable acropolis, retaining
its place even now as the ecclesiastical and municipal hearth
of the city. To the west the city still presents a stately
front to the river. Walls and houses, the dwellings of priests
and citizens, still showing, in their rich and early work, the
importance of both classes in the Cenomannian state, still
rise, stage above stage, up to the highest ridge crowned
|The Palace of the Counts.|
by the two dominant buildings of the city. To the south-east,
on the Roman wall itself, incorporating within itself
the very fortifications of the elder Empire, stood, and
still stands, the palace of the ancient rulers, the Hughs
|The Cathedral.|
and the Herberts of Cenomannia. In the north-east
corner of the original city, rose the Minster of Saint
205Julian, the cathedral church of that famous Bishoprick.
That soaring apse, which the glories even of Beauvais
and Amiens can hardly surpass, had not as yet demanded
the sacrifice of that portion of the ancient rampart which
hindered the full developement of the mighty temple.
Even the stately nave, so strangely attached to the later
and loftier choir, itself one of the works in which the
builders of the twelfth century aimed most successfully
at reproducing the gorgeous foliage of Rome and Corinth,
had not as yet assumed its present shape. But the earlier
temple out of which it was as it were hewn, whose masonry
bespeaks, not the deliberate imitation, but the immemorial
retention of Roman forms, was a work of William’s age,
and its earliest portions were probably slowly rising at the
|William’s “Joyeuse Entrée” at Le Mans.|
time of William’s conquest.[613] The stern and massive portal
which still forms its principal approach, may well have been
the one through which the procession swept, which went
forth singing hymns and swinging censers, to welcome
the prince who had won the city without shedding
the blood of friend or foe.[614] With equal joy, real or pretended,
206men of all ranks in the city went forth to greet
the conqueror; shouts of applause met the ear of William
as he entered; men knelt as he drew near, and hailed the
Duke of the Normans as the lawful lord of Le Mans.
|Walter consents to the surrender.|
Walter, putting the best face upon the matter, agreed to
the surrender with apparent willingness. William had
neither motive nor temptation to further harshness. He
took peaceful possession of his conquest, but he took care
to guard it after the ordinary fashion of a Norman conqueror.
|William builds a castle near the cathedral.|
In the north-western angle of the city, near the
point where William, advancing from his own Duchy,
had doubtless made his triumphal entry, a Norman
donjon now rose in dangerous neighbourhood to the
minster and to the dwelling of its Prelate. So near
were the two buildings that, in later days, the towers
which, as at Exeter and Geneva, formed the finish of the
transepts were deemed to be a standing menace to the royal
fortress. Of these towers the reign of William’s immediate
successor has a strange tale to tell.[615] They have
however left more speaking traces behind them than the
fortress which was now the outward trophy of William’s
victory. While Le Mans can still boast such splendid
remains of the works both of earlier and of later days, the
politic devastation of the seventeenth century has left only
a few shapeless fragments of wall to bear witness to the
former being of the castle with which the Conqueror
sought to curb the lofty spirit of the city which was as
yet his noblest conquest.[616]
Submission of Walter.
207Le Mans then was won, and with Le Mans the whole
Cenomannian land formally passed into the hand of the
conqueror.[617] The rival pretender to the County had given
up his claims, for fear, we are told, lest in seeking what was
another’s he should lose his own. While the harrying of
Maine had been going on, other Norman bands had crossed
another part of the frontier, and had carried havoc through
Walter’s original possessions of Mantes and Chaumont.[618]|Death of Walter and Biota.|
He and his wife soon disappear from the scene. We have
no trustworthy details of their death, but rumour affirmed
|William charged with poisoning them.|
that both of them died by poison. In the mouths of William’s
enemies, rumour further added that the poison was
administered to them by William’s order, when they were
his guests in his own castle at Falaise. This is one of those
occasions on which the remark must be again repeated that
the charge of secret poisoning is one which it is easy to
bring and hard to disprove. In this case the charge is
certainly not brought home to William by any direct evidence.
It seems indeed to rest on nothing better than the
wild assertions of William’s enemies at a drunken revel.[619]208To stoop to a crime of this kind, which admitted of no
defence, and which could be cloked by no self-delusion,
seems to me to be quite inconsistent with a character like
William’s, in which, among all its darker features, a certain
regard to the first principles of morality, a distinct element
of the fear of God, was never wholly wanting. I venture
therefore to dismiss the tale as simply part of that stock of
uncertified scandal of which William’s age was so fruitful.
Geoffrey of Mayenne still holds out.
One enemy had however still to be brought into subjection
before William could boast that he was undisputed
master of the whole Cenomannian land. Geoffrey of
Mayenne, the brave defender of Le Mans, seems to have
refused to have any share in the surrender of the city; he
had withdrawn so as not to be a witness of William’s
triumphal entry; he had been often summoned, but he
had neglected every summons, to appear and do a vassal’s
duty to his new sovereign.[620] Such an enemy was one of
whom it was manifestly fitting to make an example. Call
him rebel or patriot as we will, Geoffrey of Mayenne was the
sort of man with whom it did not suit William’s purposes
to put up with for a moment. If the Duke knew when to
209delay, he also knew when to hasten. He had won Le
Mans without a blow; he had gained his point more easily
by bringing a gradual process of terror and distress to bear
on the minds of its defenders. No such process would
answer with a single determined enemy. It was for the
new Lord of Maine to show, once for all, that no man in his
|William besieges Mayenne. 1063.|
new dominion could resist him with impunity. The Duke
therefore led his forces at once against Geoffrey’s town and
fortress of Mayenne.[621] The castle was strong, and men
deemed an assault to be an hazardous undertaking.[622] But
the prince to whom Domfront and Alençon and Arques
had yielded, who had himself carried the bulwarks of his
own Falaise by sheer strength of onslaught,[623] was not to be
baffled by works which were at least not stronger than
|Description of the place.|
those of so many famous fortresses. The position of the
castle of Mayenne is one which bears more likeness to that
of Alençon[624] than to that of Falaise or Domfront. It is no
Gaulish hill-fortress which has grown by degrees into a
Roman and into a modern city. The town of Mayenne
stands on both sides of the river from which it takes its
name, a river of far greater width than the maternal beck
at Falaise or even than the Varenne at Domfront. It may
well be that the light craft of the Northmen, who so long
harassed the shores and islands of the Loire and its tributaries,
may have made their way even to this inland post.
At all events, the main point in the fortification of
Mayenne was to secure the river. The town covers the
steep slopes on either side, and the right[625] bank of the
210stream still washes the walls of the castle. No buildings now
remain which can have witnessed the wars of William and
Geoffrey, but the later castle evidently occupies the ancient
site. A noble range of bastions rising above the stream, a
miniature as it were of the mighty pile of dark and frowning
Angers, contrasts well with the steep and narrow
streets of the town itself, with the varied and eccentric
outline of the great church of Our Lady, and with the
thick woods which still overshadow the river close up to
the buildings of the town. The greater part of the modern
town lies on the right bank, and in William’s time, when
Mayenne was less a town than a military post, it was
doubtless this part alone, as in the elder Angers, that was
encompassed by a wall.[626] But the date of the church of
Saint Martin beyond the river shows that, as at Angers,
the opposite shore must, at this time, or soon after, have
become the site of a populous suburb. To a modern and
non-military eye, the site of Mayenne, which could easily
be commanded from the higher ground above, does not
seem so formidable as that of other places which had
yielded to William’s arms; but it must be remembered
that, before the invention of cannon, a fortress did not
suffer as it now does by being open to the missiles of the
enemy. No more striking instance of this difference can
be found than in the long resistance which William himself
met with before the river fortress of Brionne.[627] At all
events, Mayenne is spoken of as a post well defended by the
river on one side and by both nature and art on the other,
and which was looked on as almost hopeless to carry by
211|Difficulties of the siege.|
assault. Horse and foot, lances, swords, and arrows, the
ram and the catapult themselves, were all, we are told,
deemed useless.[628] Famine alone could be looked to for the
reduction of the impregnable fortress.[629] One only hope of
|The Normans fire the town.|
immediate success presented itself. Fire at least was at
hand, and fire was a weapon with which the Normans were
always ready. By the Duke’s order, flaming materials of
some sort were hurled over the walls of the town.[630] As ever
happened among the wooden houses of those times, the
flames spread fast, and did their work fully as well as the
sword.[631] The defenders of the town walls and town gates
left their posts to rescue, as far as might be, their own houses
and goods. The Normans rushed in with a loud and joyful
shout. The spoils were abundant; horses, arms, household
stuff of every kind, were found in plenty. And all was, by
|The castle surrenders. Probable absence of Geoffrey.|
the liberality of the Duke, given up to his soldiers.[632] The
town was thus taken, and the next day the castle surrendered.[633]
This speedy surrender, as well as some other
expressions of our historian, might lead us to think that
212Geoffrey himself was not present in person.[634] Of his
|His later history. 1073–1098.|
immediate fate we hear nothing; but, thirty years later,
either himself, or perhaps a son of the same name, again
played an important part in Cenomannian history.[635] The
town was restored by William;[636] a garrison was left in the
castle; the Duke and his army went home rejoicing,[637] and
the few who still ventured to hold up their heads against
him within his new dominions soon submitted.[638]
Succession of deaths in the House of Maine.
The fate of one person has still to be spoken of. The
house of the Counts of Maine might seem to have lain
under a ban of fate. Herbert, Walter, Biota, had all
been swept away.[639] It may strengthen the belief that
William had no hand in their removal when we find that
they were soon followed to the grave by a member of the
same house whom William had no possible motive to destroy,
but rather every possible motive to keep alive. Herbert
213had died before the marriage of his sister with the Duke’s
|Margaret brought from Germany.|
son could be carried out. William now sent for her from
her German shelter, meaning to bring her up in his own
land as the bride of its future sovereign. On account of
her youth, the actual marriage was put off for a while, and
the fair and pious Margaret was entrusted to the care of
discreet persons of both sexes.[640] Before the time for the
|Her death.|
marriage came, the bride was no more.[641] The tale is told
of her, as it is told of one of William’s own daughters, that
she shrank from the prospect of an earthly bridegroom,
and prayed to be released from so hard a necessity.[642] After
her death, as in the case of so many saints, a hair-shirt
was found on her, with which, young as she was, she had
already learned to bring the flesh into subjection.[643] The
body thus early inured to austerity found its last home in
the minster of Fécamp, which, along with other churches
of her adopted country, she had already learned to love and
honour.[644]
Importance of the conquest of Maine; its connexion with the conquest of England.
The conquest of Maine is one of the most important
events in the life of William. It stands second only to
the Conquest of England. It was in truth William’s first
great appearance in the character of the Conqueror, it was
a sort of prelude to the still greater work which he had to
do beyond the sea. The two events indeed have a direct
connexion. William’s rival for the possession of Maine
214was, if not an English Ætheling, yet the grandson of an
English King, a possible, though not a likely, competitor
for the English Crown.[645] But the conquest of Maine
connects itself with the conquest of England in a more
instructive way than through the fact that Walter of
Mantes was the son of a daughter of Æthelred. The
|Analogies between the two.|
circumstances of the two conquests are strangely alike,
and the earlier and lesser success may well have served
both as a happy omen and as an actual school for the later
and greater enterprise. In each case, William took possession
of a land, at once against the will of its inhabitants,
and to the prejudice of members of the reigning family.
In each case, William trampled alike on hereditary right
and on popular election. But in neither ease was it the
mere brute force of the sword which he opposed to them.
Those wonderful arts by which he deceived others, by
which he most likely deceived even himself, in the matter
of England, were practised with almost equal skill, though
in a narrower field, in the matter of Maine. In the case
of Maine, as in the case of England, William contrived to
give his claims an aspect of strict legality. In both cases
he could allege a bequest of a reigning sovereign; in both
cases he could allege an act of homage done by a rival: in
both cases a marriage, which in neither case ever took
effect, was designed to connect William’s house with the
house of the rival who thus became his vassal. The circumstances
indeed differed in the two stories; the parts in the
two dramas were differently arranged. In the Cenomannian
version, the bequest of Eadward and the homage of
Harold are both united in the person of Herbert. The
part of Harold is therefore divided between Herbert and
Walter, or rather between Herbert and the valiant Geoffrey
of Mayenne. Such differences will always occur, for no
events in history exactly reproduce one another. But in
215each story we see the bequest, the commendation, the
intended marriage. In each the conquest is made to take
the shape of a legal claim, which is unavoidably backed by
force. In each the conqueror contrives to be received with
at least the outward consent of the conquered. The two
stories are so like one another that we may be sure that
the likeness was present to the keen and busy mind of the
hero of both. While winning Maine, William was, beyond
all doubt, planning how he might win England. He was
feeling his way; he was learning his trade; he was
practising his prentice hand in the great arts of diplomacy
and invasion. It is therefore not only the mere probable
chronological sequence, but a close connexion in the
subjects themselves, which leads us directly from William’s
Cenomannian conquest to the subject of the last section of
the Chapter, to the visit of Earl Harold to the Norman
Court, and to the memorable oath, whatever was its exact
nature, which he is alleged to have plighted to the Norman
Duke.
Position of William and Harold.
The time was now come for the two born leaders of
men around whose career our whole history gathers to
meet face to face. As yet, for a little while, their meeting
was to be friendly; but in that friendly meeting the
seeds were sown of their last meeting on the battle-field.
The Duke of the Normans and the Earl of the West-Saxons
were now each of them at the height of his
glory. The most famous exploits of each had happened
within a single year. About the time that William had
been receiving the submission of Le Mans and Mayenne,
Harold had been waging his great campaign against the
216Welsh, and, if he had not been winning crowns for
himself, he had been disposing of crowns to others and
|William and Harold at the moment the two first men in Western Europe.|
receiving the homage of their wearers.[646] It is not too
much to say that, at that moment, William and Harold
were the two foremost men of Western Europe. The
great Emperor was gone; the great Pope had not yet
risen on the world, though Hildebrand the Archdeacon
had already begun to guide the policy of the Court of
which he was before long to be the avowed as well as
the virtual ruler. Among Western crowns, those of France
and Germany were worn by children; on what brow the
Crown of England rested I need not again set forth.
Kings of greater renown than Eadward or Philip reigned
in Northern Europe; but the persevering prudence of
Swend, the knight-errantry of Harold Hardrada, can
hardly be put on a level with the union of every kingly
gift alike in the great Englishman and in the great
Norman. Few words are needed to show how far, in
Gaul and in Britain respectively, the great Duke and
the great Earl outshone the sovereigns to whom the accident
of birth had given the right to claim the vassal’s
homage from the one and the subject’s duty from the other.
Among princes not bearing the royal title, Baldwin, Count
of Flanders and Regent of France, could alone be compared
with them in power. But no one would bring
his personal character and personal exploits into rivalry
with those of the renowned rulers of Normandy and
Wessex. Harold and William then were the first men
in Western Christendom, the one the first in continental
lands, the other the first within the Island Empire.
|The rivalry between them as yet not avowed.|
Nothing had as yet happened to make either the avowed
enemy of the other, and two such men must have looked
admiringly on each other’s great deeds. Yet each must
217have looked on the other as a lion in his path; both were
already aiming at the same prize, and each must have
known that that prize was not likely to be won without
|Their meeting. Question whether it was their first meeting.|
a struggle with a worthy rival. It is a striking episode
in our story when these two mighty men, so soon to be
the deadliest of enemies, could meet yet once, as host
and guest, in peace and friendship. Whether they had
before seen each other is uncertain. They had not met
on English ground, for at the time of William’s visit to
Eadward, Harold, I need not say, was a banished man
in Ireland. Whether they met on Norman ground in
the course of Harold’s earlier continental journey we have
no certain evidence. If they had met at any earlier
moment, their earlier meeting no doubt taught each of
them what manner of man he had to deal with in the
other. But in no case had that earlier meeting any such
direct results on the events of our history as those which
sprang out of the strange accident which now for a while
made Earl Harold the guest, the friend, the companion in
arms, of the Norman Duke.
Contradictory nature of the different stories.
I have said a strange accident, because, among all the
various statements which are handed down to us as to
the occasion of Harold’s visit to Normandy and his alleged
oath to William, I am inclined to prefer that version which
represents his presence in Normandy as being wholly the
result of chance. I need hardly say that there is no portion
of our history, perhaps no portion of any history, which is
more entangled in the mazes of contradictory, and often
impossible, statements than that on which we are now
entering. I have already touched incidentally on the
|Probable groundwork of truth.|
subject in an earlier Chapter.[647] I there said that, with
regard both to the alleged bequest of Eadward to William
and to the alleged oath of Harold to William, I could not
218but hold that there is some groundwork of truth in both
stories. I held that the absolute silence of the contemporary
English writers told, under the circumstances, in
favour of a bequest of some kind and an oath of some
kind. But the details, as I there said, are told with such
an amount of contradiction, many of the statements are
so manifestly impossible, it is so hard to fix the date of
the event or to piece it on in any way to the undoubted
facts of the history, that we can hardly admit anything
as certain beyond these bare facts of a bequest of some
kind and an oath of some kind. As for the bequest,
I trust that I have shown[648] that the groundwork of
William’s claim as testamentary successor to Eadward
was, in all probability, a promise of the succession, or at
least a promise of a royal recommendation to the Witan,
|1051.|
made by Eadward to William at the time of the Duke’s
visit to England. I trust that I have also shown that
that promise was set aside by later arrangements in favour,
first of the Ætheling Eadward, and then of Earl Harold.[649]|Connexion between the bequest of Eadward and the oath of Harold.|
With regard to the oath, it is, in the Norman accounts,
inextricably mixed up with the bequest. In one version
Harold is actually represented as being sent into Normandy
to announce the devise of the Crown in favour of William.
In all the received versions the intentions of Eadward in
favour of his Norman kinsman are taken for granted as
the ground on which the oath is demanded. The two
questions then must be discussed together. As usual,
I shall discuss them at large in another part of this
volume.[650] I shall here do little more than tell the tale
itself, in that shape in which it seems to me to have least
of improbability about it. But, as I before said, I can
look upon nothing in the whole story as absolutely certain,
except that Harold made some engagement or other, which
219was capable of being construed as an admission of William’s
claim to the Crown, and which made his own later acceptance
of the Crown capable of being represented as an act
of perjury.
Three different versions; 1. Harold sent by Eadward to announce the devise of the Crown in favour of William.
There are three chief statements as to the causes which
took Harold into Normandy. According to a version
which I have already mentioned, Eadward, perhaps after
the death of the Ætheling, determined to make William
his heir. He therefore sent Harold over to announce his
intention to the Norman Duke, and to confirm the appointment
by an oath in his own person. This account I believe
to be absolutely fabulous. According to another
|2. Harold goes to reclaim the hostages given by Godwine in 1052.|
account, Godwine, on his reconciliation with Eadward,
gave hostages to the King for his good behaviour, in the
persons of his youngest son Wulfnoth and his grandson
Hakon the son of Swegen. These hostages were given by
the King to the safe keeping of the Duke of the Normans.
Now that years had rolled by, now that Godwine was
dead, now that Eadward was, as this version of the story
implies, on perfectly good and confidential terms with
Godwine’s successor Harold, there no longer seemed any
reason why a brother and a nephew of the first man in
England should linger any longer in foreign banishment.
Harold therefore asks the King’s leave to go to the Court
of William and ask for their release. The King warns his
brother-in-law against so perilous an adventure; he knew
William well, and some harm was sure to happen to
Harold, if he trusted himself in his power. The impetuous
spirit of the Earl refuses to hearken to the warnings of
the Saint. He wrings an unwilling permission from the
King, and goes on his errand. He is entrapped into an
oath binding him in the fullest way to support William’s
claims. He returns to England to receive much more of
sorrowful reproof and warning from the King who had
220foreseen the future so much more clearly than himself.[651]
The first story a mere invention; the second contains a certain groundwork of fact. Both stories assume Harold’s loyalty to Eadward.
This tale I do not believe any more than the other, but
it apparently differs from it as not being pure invention,
but as being grounded on a certain basis of fact. Both
stories, it will be observed, assume the loyalty of Harold
and the confidence placed in him by Eadward, and they
thereby at once contradict those other Norman statements
which describe Harold as acting with insolence to Eadward,
and Eadward as being afraid of Harold’s power.[652] The
former story indeed, by representing Harold as sent to
announce and confirm Eadward’s choice, implies that
Harold had himself no designs on the Crown, or, at all
events, that Eadward had no suspicion that he had any.
But the second story distinctly implies that, at the time
of the journey, Eadward had no intentions in favour of
William, perhaps that he had intentions in favour of
Harold. This version therefore comes nearer to the true state
of the case than the other. With regard to the hostages,
I do not believe the tale, but I still suspect that some
small amount of truth lurks under it. No English account
of the restoration of Godwine mentions that he gave
hostages to the King, still less that any such hostages
were entrusted to the keeping of Duke William. Such
|Improbability of the story of the hostages; its origin.|
a story is most improbable in itself, and it distinctly contradicts
the real facts of the case. Hostages were given
and exchanged many times in the course of the banishment
and return of Godwine, once indeed so late as the day
of his return, the day before the famous Mickle Gemót.[653]
But this was because matters were still under debate, and,
when hostages were given, they were given on both sides.
When the controversy was over, when Godwine was fully
restored to his old honours, there was no longer any need
221or any room for hostages. At such a moment as that, when
Godwine’s family and the whole patriotic party were in the
full swing of triumph, when decrees were being passed for
their restoration to all their honours, when other decrees
were pronouncing banishment against the leaders of the
Norman faction, when every road was thronged with Norman
knights and priests fleeing for their lives,—at such
a moment as this, it is utterly inconceivable that two
members of the House of Godwine, a son and a grandson
of the great Earl, should have been sent off into what would
be in truth captivity, however honourable captivity, at the
Norman Court. Nothing short of the express authority
of the English Chronicles could make us accept a statement
so utterly incredible. And instead of being supported
by their authority, it is implicitly contradicted by
it. The banishment of Wulfnoth and Hakon is manifestly
inconsistent with the statement that all the members of
Godwine’s family were restored to what they had before
held.[654] I therefore altogether disbelieve in the story of the
hostages. But I think that it may not be difficult to trace
its origin, which I shall accordingly attempt to do elsewhere.[655]|Third story; Harold’s presence in Normandy accidental, through stress of weather.|
I accept then the third version, according to
which Harold’s presence in Normandy was purely accidental.
According to this account, he was not going to
William’s court, either on the King’s errand or on his
own. He was sailing elsewhere, to Wales or to Flanders, or
simply taking his pleasure in the Channel. I am inclined
to think that this last was really the case, and I further
suspect that he was accompanied on his pleasure-trip by
|Possible presence of other members of his family.|
some of the younger members of his family, by his brother
Wulfnoth, his nephew Hakon, and possibly his sister
Ælfgifu.[656] At all events, the Earl set forth at the head
of a considerable company, enough to fill three of the
222vessels of the time,[657] and he went accompanied by dogs and
hawks, ready to enjoy the sports of the field at any points
|They set sail at Bosham.|
at which they might land.[658] The place of embarcation was
close by the favourite South-Saxon abode of Godwine and
Harold, the land-locked haven of Bosham.[659] The contemporary
record sets them before our eyes as first paying
their devotions in that venerable church which still remains
as one of the living witnesses of their age,[660] and then
as feasting in the Earl’s hall, before their temporary farewell
to their native land.[661] As for their voyage, nearly all
accounts agree that, whatever was their original destination,
|They are driven by a storm to the coast of Ponthieu.|
Harold’s ships were driven by stress of weather to the coast
of Ponthieu. They were there in the dominions of Count Guy,
who, since the slaughter of Mortemer, had become, first the
prisoner, and then the vassal, of William.[662] Guy, like the
|The right of Wreck. Barbarous treatment of shipwrecked persons.|
princes and inhabitants of various parts of Gaul, exercised
the right of wreck in all its fulness. Their barbarous and
unchristian practice on this head is strongly and justly
denounced by the panegyrist of William.[663] The shipwrecked
man, instead of being looked on as an object
of humanity and Christian charity, was looked on as a
wretch forsaken of God and man, who became the lawful
223spoil of the lord into whose hands he was thrown. Indeed
the words used might almost be taken as meaning that
they were not even satisfied with those unfortunates whom
accident threw in their way. Fraud of some kind, false
lights or the like, would seem to have been used to entrap the
unwary.[664] And woeful indeed was the doom of the unlucky
wretch who fell into their hands. Imprisonment was his
usual fate, and to imprisonment torture was often added.
The higher and more illustrious the victim, the harder was
his doom, as from such captives more might be wrung
in the way of ransom than could be gained from meaner men.
Such was now the fate which threatened the foremost man
|Harold betrayed to Guy of Ponthieu and seized by him.|
of England, the brother-in-law of its King. A fisherman,
we are told, who frequented the English coast, knew the
person of the Earl of the West-Saxons. He hastened to
Count Guy; for twenty pounds he would show him a
captive who would gladly pay a hundred pounds for his
ransom.[665] The Count rode in person to the coast, and the
|He is imprisoned at Beaurain.|
English Earl was seized in his presence.[666] Harold was now
kept in prison, perhaps actually in fetters,[667] not, as has been
sometimes thought, on the sea-shore at Saint Valery, but
in the inland fortress of Beaurain near Hesdin.[668] Some
224|He sends a message to William.|
however of the party contrived to escape; an Englishman,
charged with a message from Earl Harold, made his way
to the palace of Rouen and to the presence of William.
The messenger knelt before the Duke, and told him the
tale of wrong, how the great English Earl, without any
offence on his part, had been seized by a vassal of Normandy,
and was at that moment held in bonds at Beaurain.[669]
We can well understand the mingled feelings of
William on hearing such a piece of news. The nobler
elements of his nature would sincerely abhor the base
act of Guy; but his crafty policy would at once discern
how great and manifold were the advantages which he
|William’s interest in the matter.|
might draw out of the crime of his vassal.[670] His rival,
not yet his open enemy, was thrown into his hands by
an accident which made generosity at once the surest
policy. No greater good fortune could befall William
225than that which made him the benefactor, the liberator, of
Harold. He might disarm him by benefits; he might win
him over by cajolery; he might entrap him into some
engagement, which might be craftily represented as
binding the English Earl to something which he had
himself perhaps never dreamed of. He could, in any
case, establish a claim upon his gratitude; he might
perhaps establish a claim upon his honour. Whatever
course events might take, some gain, greater or smaller,
could hardly fail to accrue to William. His course
therefore was clear; Harold was to be set free at any cost.
|He sends to Guy and demands Harold’s enlargement.|
Messengers were sent, bidden to hasten to Beaurain with
the full speed of Norman horsemanship.[671] They were to
ask in the Duke’s name for the enlargement of the illustrious
captive; they were, if it proved needful, to demand
it with threats.[672] Guy, himself for two years the captive
of William, had no mind to bring on himself the wrath
|Guy brings Harold to William at Eu.|
of his new overlord a second time. He put the best face
on the matter;[673] the Earl was at once released from prison,
and Guy and Harold rode together, hawk on hand, to meet
Duke William. The Duke had by this time reached the
border fortress of Eu, the castle of the brave and loyal
226Count Robert.[674] Instead of being the prisoner of Guy,
|William’s rewards to Guy.|
Harold was now the guest of William. The prompt
obedience of the Count of Ponthieu to the bidding of the
Duke was rewarded with fitting thanks, with money—no
doubt to the amount of Harold’s ransom—and moreover
with a large and goodly grant of lands by the banks
of the Eaulne.[675] The price was a heavy one, but it was a
price which William could well afford to pay for the great
advantage which a freak of fortune had thus unexpectedly
thrown into his hands.
Harold’s splendid reception at Rouen.
Harold was now the honoured guest of William. The
Duke of the English, as he appeared in Norman eyes,[676]
accompanied his Norman brother to his palace at Rouen.[677]
There he was entertained with martial exercises;[678] he received
every mark of respect which was due to so illustrious
a visitor; he was admitted to the closest intimacy with the
Duke and his family. One writer, whose minute knowledge
227of the subject is a little startling, tells us that
William used always to go to bed early, and to leave
|Blandishments of Matilda.|
Harold conversing with Matilda to a later hour.[679] The
winning graces of the Duchess are said to have had no
small share in gaining the consent of the English Earl
to one part of the engagement which was to be presently
|Doubtful date of the events, but before Harold’s marriage with Ealdgyth.|
required of him. The date of these events, I need not say,
is one of the most puzzling features of the whole story, and
it is impossible to do more than approach it by conjecture.[680]
But, if there be any truth at all in the tale, it must have
taken place before Harold’s marriage with Ealdgyth, itself
|Harold engages to marry a daughter of William.|
an event whose date is not a little doubtful.[681] One feature
in Harold’s engagement, one which is insisted on in every
account save one,[682] and one which in many accounts is made
the most prominent of all, is his promise to marry a
daughter of William. The daughters of William and
Matilda were still quite children, while Harold was older
than their father;[683] yet we are told that the renown and
lofty bearing of the English Earl made so deep an impression
on the heart of one of them, that, when she found
herself forsaken by Harold, she shrank from the thought
of another, even a royal, bridegroom.[684] Whatever we may
228think of this tale, it can hardly be doubted that Harold
allowed himself to be entangled into some engagement of
the kind. Such engagements were often lightly entered
into, without much serious thought of their accomplishment.
And, in the case of an engagement between Harold
and a daughter of William, mere difference of age would
|Harold’s sister [Ælfgifu?] to be married to a Norman.|
make the chances rather against its fulfilment. At the same
time, we are told, it was arranged that Harold’s sister—that
is, doubtless, Ælfgifu, who was perhaps then present at
Rouen—should be given in marriage to a Norman noble.[685]
Harold, in short, seems to have been for a while altogether
fascinated by the splendid reception which he had met
|Harold receives knighthood from William, and joins in an expedition against Britanny.|
with at the Norman court. He even agreed, like Jehoshaphat
on his visit to Ahab, to accompany William in an
expedition which he was preparing against the Bretons,
and, either before setting forth or after his return, he
allowed himself to receive knighthood after the Norman
fashion from the Duke’s hand.[686] It is not hard to understand
how Harold may have been beguiled into these
certainly unwise compliances. He may well have been
dazzled by finding himself an object of the highest honour
at the court of the most renowned sovereign in Europe.
And he undoubtedly owed William a debt of solid gratitude
|Influences brought to bear on Harold’s mind.|
for his deliverance from Guy’s dungeon at Beaurain. We
can understand too the arts by which William might entrap
the conqueror of Gruffydd into taking a share in warfare
against an enemy of the same race. An expedition against
229the continental Briton might be pressed in the most
flattering and attractive shapes upon the man who had
been the first to show how the insular Briton might be
effectually subdued. Gratitude, curiosity, love of adventure,
personal and national ambition, a half laudable desire
to display the might of Harold and of England in the eyes
of Norman comrades,[687] would all work upon his mind. All
these motives would unite to lead him to waste time among
the fascinations, peaceful and warlike, offered him by his
Norman sojourn, time which would undoubtedly have been
more wisely spent within his own island and his own Earldom.
A speedy return to England was Harold’s wisest
policy. But a speedy return would have been uncourteous,
|Harold practically a prisoner.|
perhaps impossible. Harold was, after all, in William’s power.
The palace of Rouen differed in every external aspect from
the dungeon of Beaurain. But Harold was perhaps hardly
more of a free agent in the hands of William than he had
been in the hands of Guy. His fetters were gilded, but he
was still in fetters. The guest of William was practically
his prisoner; nay, unless Harold walked warily on such
dangerous ground, he might, like the guests of Geoffrey of
Anjou, exchange the hall of the ducal palace for its prison-house.
The Breton war; uncertainty of our accounts.
Of the Breton war in which Harold was thus induced
to take a share, it is very hard to make out anything at
all clearly. I can find nothing to throw any light upon
it in the Breton or Angevin chronicles, and the Norman
accounts are anything but satisfactory or coherent.[688] The
230|Conan Count of the Bretons. 1040–1066.|
reigning Count Conan, son of that Alan who had acted
so faithfully as William’s guardian,[689] was a kinsman of the
Duke’s, each of them owning a common ancestor in Richard
the Fearless.[690] It will be remembered that, in the days of
William’s childhood, Alan had been looked upon as a
possible competitor for the succession of Duke Robert;[691] but
we have hardly heard of him during the later years of
|His relations to his uncle Odo.|
William. We have seen his uncle and guardian Odo
acting against William in the campaign which followed
the rout of Mortemer.[692] But Odo had been, since that
|1056.|
time, seized and imprisoned by his nephew Conan,[693] and a
war had since gone on between the Count and Odo’s son,
Hoel Count of Nantes. That war however seems to have
come to an end before the time which seems the least
|1062.|
improbable date for the joint expedition of William and
Harold.[694] The Norman account represents Conan as rising
in rebellion against William, whose somewhat antiquated
suzerain rights are set forth in the strongest language.[695]231|A Breton party said to be favourable to Normandy.|
But it also implies that some at least of the Breton chieftains
took the Norman side against Conan. Conan is further
described as being aided by Geoffrey of Anjou, no longer
of course the famous Martel, but his less terrible nephew,
|Alleged alliance between Britanny and Anjou.|
Geoffrey the Bearded.[696] Here again I am unable to confirm
the Norman account by any statement to the same effect
elsewhere. In fact, the narrative of this campaign, which
one would have thought there was no temptation to falsify,
is every whit as puzzling as those parts of the story which
one may conceive as being misrepresented to the prejudice
of Harold.
Norman accounts of Breton manners.
The panegyrist of William takes this opportunity of
setting forth in strong terms the formidable nature of a
Breton war, as well as the barbarism and wickedness of the
Breton people. Of this subject we have heard something
already from other sources.[697] The land was populous, a fact
which is oddly attributed to the polygamous habits of the
people. One man had, like the ancient Moors, ten wives
or more, and became the father of fifty children.[698] That
such an arrangement must have doomed nine men or more
to celibacy, and could therefore be hardly looked on as on
232the whole conducive to population, does not seem to have
occurred to the Norman Archdeacon. The land, we are
told, was fertile in pasture; it produced vast herds of cattle
of all kinds; but tillage was hardly known. Milk—and, one
may presume, flesh also—was the chief diet of the people;
bread was a rarity.[699] Delighting in warfare, the Bretons
were no mean adversaries, even for Normans; terrible in
the attack, they were used to conquer, and with difficulty
brought themselves to retreat.[700] Their intervals of peace
were spent in plunder and slaughter of one another.[701] The
whole picture is one deeply coloured by national hatred.
But the Breton prince must at least have had the spirit—not
to say the follies—of chivalry in him in full measure.
|Conan’s challenge to William.|
Like William himself, in his warfare with Anjou,[702] Conan,
we are told, sent word to William on what day he purposed
to cross the Norman frontier.[703] To meet this threatened
invasion, the Duke of the Normans set forth at the head of
his host, with the Duke of the English as his comrade.
The Castle of Saint James founded by William.
The object of Conan’s attack was most likely the castle
of Saint James, a border fortress which had been lately
raised by William himself some way south of Avranches,
in the south-western corner of his dominions.[704] William
however forestalled his assailant, and met him within the
233Breton territory on the day appointed for the invasion of
|Dol held for William by Rhiwallon.|
Normandy.[705] William’s immediate object was to relieve one
of those Breton chiefs who held for him against their immediate
lord. The famous but most unfortunate city of Dol
was now held in William’s interest by a leader bearing, it
seems, the genuine Celtic name of Rhiwallon.[706] This, it will
be remembered, was the name of one of the brothers to whom
Harold had committed the under-kingship of the insular Britons.[707]|Former history of Dol; ravages of the Northmen. 944. 1013.|
No town of Gaul or Britain had suffered more in the
days of Scandinavian invasion than the once metropolitan
city of Armorica. Once in the days of Richard the Fearless,[708]
once in the days of Richard the Good,[709] had Dol been seized,
plundered, or burned by Northern pirates. It was now,
|Dol besieged by Conan; William comes to raise the siege.|
by another turn of fortune, besieged by its own sovereign;[710]
and the Norman Duke, accompanied by his English ally,
drew near with the purpose of raising the siege.
Character of eastern Britanny; the language now no longer Celtic.
It would be an interesting question to determine how
far the Celtic language has gone back, and how far the
Romance language has advanced, along the frontier which
now became the seat of war. The country through which
William and Harold passed is now wholly French in
speech, and in outward appearance it offers hardly any
strictly Breton peculiarities.[711] Into what is still the true
Britanny further to the west the line of their campaign
|March of William and Harold.|
did not reach. Their march led them only through
those border-lands of Normandy and Britanny, where the
234trees, the hedges, the rich pastures, the orchards loaded
with their autumnal wealth,[712] might have made the English
Earl still deem himself within the fairest regions
|Avranches.|
of his own Wessex. Their course must have passed by
Avranches, the city so lately enlightened by the learning,
and made illustrious by the fame, of Lanfranc. From the
height where the now vanished minster once crowned the
city, the eye of Harold would rest for the first time on that
other and far more wondrous minster which crowns the
island rock in the distance, the minster which Æthelred in
his wrath and pride had feared to injure,[713] the guardian
|Saint Michael’s Mount.|
Mount of the Archangel, Saint Michael in Peril of the
Sea. That princely Abbey is marked as one of the halting-places
of the host, and the rude art of the times still preserves
the pictured representation of the Duke and his
host passing below the sea-girt sanctuary.[714] Beneath its
walls the army crossed over that vast expanse of sand,
where the frontier stream of the Norman and the Breton,
|Passage of the Coesnon;|
the deep and rushing Coesnon, then no doubt unfettered
by dykes and fences, pours its flood into the bay at the foot
of the consecrated Mount. In that dangerous passage the
|Harold saves the drowning soldiers.|
careless traveller might easily be engulfed. Even soldiers
of the Norman army were sinking in the sands or were being
carried away by the stream, when the strong arm of the
English Earl was stretched forth to save them. This feat
of Harold’s bodily prowess, the ease with which his single
strength raised up the sinking men, made an impression on
the minds of his companions which still lives in the
truest record of the one campaign in which Harold and
235William fought side by side.[715] The stream was crossed, and
the Norman Duke and his English guest were now landed
on Breton ground, where Harold was ready, perhaps eager,
to display the same prowess which he had already shown
in his own island in warfare against a kindred enemy.
|They reach Dol; description of the city.|
A short march from the frontier stream brought them to
the first important post of eastern Britanny, the city which
they came to rescue. The ancient ill luck of Dol has pursued
it in all ages, and warfare later than the days of
Harold has swept away nearly every trace of the city on
which he could have gazed. Its cathedral church, small as
compared with the gigantic piles of Amiens and Ely, yields
to none in true stateliness and vigour of design, and it
draws only greater solemnity from its rugged material, the
granite of the neighbouring rock. But that church, even
now unfinished, is a work of the thirteenth century, and it
owes its origin to a calamity which fell upon the city in
the wars of John Lackland. And now Dol has wholly
sunk from its old ecclesiastical rank; the church which
once aspired to metropolitan honours has lost even its
diocesan Bishop; the cathedral has sunk to a parish church;
the parish church, the only building which can date from
the days of William and Harold, is put to profane uses.
The city itself hardly ranks above a village, though, in the
varied and curious architecture of its long street, its houses
ranging from the twelfth century onwards, we see abundant
traces of the greatness which has passed away. Still
Dol has features wrought by the hand of nature, and by the
hand of man in earlier days, which remain now as they
were when Harold and William rode forth to the war
|Primæval remains in the neighbourhood.|
against Conan. At no great distance to the south of the
city stands one of the hugest of those huge stones, which
were as mysterious in the days of Harold as they are in
236our own. There it still abides, reared, it may well be, by
the hands of men by whose side the Briton himself might
stand abashed as a modern intruder. On that rude pillar
the zeal of later days has reared the triumphant cross, to
crown the vast work of heathen times, the monument, it
may well be, of heathen worship. And to the north of the
city lies the great natural feature of the district, the Mount
|Mount Dol.|
of Dol. The elevation of the city itself is small; its walls
indeed crown what passes for a height in that vast plain, a
height great enough to give the minster yet further stateliness
in the view from the lower ground. But Dol is no
hill-fortress, like Le Mans, Angers, and Domfront. The
spot where one would have almost looked to find the city
is the mount itself, which still rises, a huge stern mass of
granite, well nigh as wild and untilled as in the days of
its first inhabitants. But the presence of man and the
dominion of the Christian faith are witnessed by the
village, with its rude and ancient church, nestling at the
base, by the small chapel and the vast statue of Our Lady
which crown the height itself. From that height the eye
ranges far and wide over that noble bay, over the shores of
Britanny and of the Constantine peninsula, over islands
dotted here and there, the proud Mount of the Archangel
rising in the foreground as if alike to guard and to sanctify
the landscape. From that height the trembling watchers of
Dol had gazed in fear, when in earlier days the sails of the
heathen pirates were seen in the far horizon. They had
gazed, perhaps in hope, when the fleet of Æthelred drew
near to ravage the Norman shore. They had gazed again
in fear, when Duke Robert, when his hopes of English
conquest were dashed to the ground, turned his wrath on
neighbours who were at least guiltless of the death of
Ælfred or of the banishment of Eadward.[716] And now from
that height, not indeed the men of Dol, but the spies of
237the besieging host of Conan, doubtless looked forth as the
Duke of the Normans and his renowned English guest
|Union of Normans and English against the Celts on both sides of the Channel.|
drew nigh. The men of Britanny might well quake with
greater fear than ever as the two mightiest warriors of
their age marched against them side by side. The presence
of William and Harold in the same host might seem to
show that the old strifes of Angle and Saxon and Dane
and Frank and Roman were lulled to rest, that the powers
of North and South were joined together in one great
effort to crush the persecuted Briton in each of his two
last homes on either side of his own sea.
Flight of Conan.
The besieging host, we are told, did not dare to meet
in the field the enemy whose presence their prince had so
unwisely challenged. At the approach of William the
Breton Count fled, laying himself open to the jeers and
mockeries of his rebellious subject within the besieged
city.[717] Nothing could check his flight, which seems not
to have stopped till he found himself safe in his own
|Rhiwallon complains of the damage done by the Normans.|
capital at Rennes.[718] Dol was saved; but its commander
found his deliverers almost as destructive as his enemies.
The Norman host, encamped round the city, was fast eating
up the fruits of the ground. Rhiwallon represented to his
Norman ally that it mattered little to him and to his neighbours
whether it was by Norman or by Breton destroyers
that their goods were lost to them.[719] The flight of Conan,
however glorious to William, had as yet done no good to
the men of Dol.[720] In the narrative of the expedition, a
238|William’s return.|
narrative by no means easy to follow, we are told that
these considerations of prudence or humanity were enough
to induce William to withdraw his troops at the end of a
month’s campaign.[721] This retreat however has a strange
sound, when we go on to hear that an Angevin host was
said to have suddenly appeared in support of Conan.[722]
Probability that Harold accompanied William in more than one expedition.
On the whole it seems most probable that Harold accompanied
William in more than one expedition against
Britanny.[723] It was most likely in another raid, though in
one, we may be sure, which followed pretty soon after the
earlier one, that William and his English guest made
their way somewhat further into the Breton territory,
though still without reaching the districts most strongly
marked with Breton characteristics. In a campaign of
which we have no further account, Conan was driven to
take shelter in what was doubtless one of the most important
|Siege of Dinan.|
strongholds of his dominions. His last stand was
made at Dinan, the fortress by the Rance, than which
no town in all Gaul better preserves the character, expressed
perhaps in its Celtic name, of the old Gaulish
|Description of the town.|
hill-fort. No remains of castle or minster are there which
can have witnessed the approach of the Norman Conqueror
and the English hero. The chief church, a building which
seems more like the work of Aquitanian than of Breton
hands, dates only from the next age, and the noble mass
of the castle, the almost perfect circuit of the town-walls,
are the work of still later times. The heroic associations
of Dinan gather round the name of Bertrand Du Guesclin
rather than round those of Conan, William, or Harold.
239Yet, save the heights crowned by the donjons of Domfront
and Falaise, few of the spots which figure in our history
more thoroughly preserve the general aspect which they
must have borne in the eleventh century. The peninsular
height looking down on the Rance, the hills, the rocks,
the woods, remain doubtless unchanged. The neighbouring
group of buildings at Lehon, the monastery in the vale,
the castle on the height, though their existing buildings
all belong to later times, speak to us of the tastes alike of
the monks and of the warriors of William’s day. They
tell of times when the armed chief reared his eagle’s nest
on the height, and when the peaceful brotherhood below
sought for a spot where wood and water would never fail
them.[724] And the town itself, still almost wholly contained
within its ancient walls, crowns the main hill exactly as
it must have done in the days of William. Unmarked as
it is by the soaring spires of Angers, by the spreading apse
of Le Mans, or by the twin towers of Exeter and Geneva, no
town better sets before us that distinctive feature of early
times, the city set on an hill which cannot be hid. The
ancient bridge remains, now guarded only by a mere
village suburb; it is only the modern viaduct, a work
worthy of old Roman days, which speaks at all forcibly
of the changes which have passed over the world since
William and Harold encamped beneath the height. They
crossed the stream, they compassed the town, and doubtless
made their attack on the western side, where the fall
is gentler, where the later fortifications are stronger, and
where the comparatively modern castle no doubt occupies
the site of the donjon of Conan.
William attacks the town—employment of fire.
We have no details of the siege. It must be in a great
degree a fancy picture which represents the Norman horsemen
as charging with lifted lances against the defenders
of the fortress.[725] But the same representation implies a
240vigorous defence on the part of the besieged, and it shows
that the post was at last won by the familiar Norman
means, the application of fire.[726] This seems, as at Mayenne,
to have broken the spirits of the defenders, and,
|Conan surrenders the town.|
in our one representation of the siege, Conan is shown,
according to the custom of the time, surrendering the
keys of his fortress by offering them on the point of a
spear to his conqueror. It is in the like fashion that the
conqueror receives his submission.[727] This is all that we
hear of the expedition in which Harold took a part. Whatever
may have been its real nature and results, it at least
did not lead to any permanent Norman occupation of the
country which had been the seat of war. Dol and Dinan
both remained Breton. And, at a later period of William’s
life, when he could command the whole force of England
and not only an occasional English volunteer, we shall
|1076.|
find him again in arms before Dol, but this time as the
besieger of the doomed city, not as its deliverer.[728]
According to one account, according to that account on
which I look with less of distrust than on the others,[729]|Knighthood of Harold.|
Harold’s knighthood and Harold’s oath did not go before,
but followed, the Breton campaign, and the knighthood
seems to be set forth as taking place within or under the
walls of Dinan, immediately after the capture of the town.
Such a ceremony, possibly amounting to a tie of sworn
brotherhood[730] between the two companions-in-arms, may
very well have followed the capture of a town won by
the joint prowess of the Norman Duke and the English
|Question of Harold’s oath.|
Earl. But the more famous oath, the oath on which so
much of the history turns, wherever and whenever it was
241|Contradiction as to time and place. Probably at Bayeux after the Breton War.|
taken, was, at any rate, taken on Norman ground. One
version, as we have seen, places it before the Breton expedition;
the account which I am inclined to follow places
it immediately after. From Dinan William returned to
Bayeux, and at Bayeux it was that Harold took the fatal
engagement upon his soul.[731] Other accounts place it at
Bonneville; others at Rouen, either in the palace, or under
|Contradiction as to the nature of the Oath.|
an oak near the city. The nature of the oath, is as little
certain as its time or place. As I have already said,[732]
nearly every account represents it as containing an engagement
to marry one of William’s daughters; some
accounts seem to make that engagement and its breach
the whole ground of quarrel between the two Princes.
Others add that Harold further engaged to give his
|Statements as to its terms.|
sister in marriage to an unnamed Norman noble. Most
accounts add also far more important political stipulations.
Harold is to become the man of William; he
is to receive him, on Eadward’s death, as his successor
on the throne of England; meanwhile he is to be the
guardian of William’s interests in England, and to act
in some sort as his lieutenant. He is at once to give up
the castle of Dover, with its well, to the Duke, and to
receive a Norman garrison in it; he is to build other
castles at other points of English ground, where the Duke
may think good, and there also he is to receive and maintain
Norman garrisons. The highest place in William’s favour,
when he shall have attained the English Crown, honours,
grants, even to the half of the Kingdom, are of course
promised to Harold as the reward of faithfully carrying out
all these promises.
Form of the oath, said to be on the relics of the saints.
To all this, or to some part of all this, we are told that
Harold swore. He swore, it is said, after some form of
more than usual solemnity, something beyond the ordinary
oath of homage. He swore upon the relics of the
242|Trick played by William about the relics.|
saints.[733] And one famous version of the tale represents
this more solemn form of oath as something into which
Harold was unwittingly entrapped by a base trick on
the part of William. It is not an English apologist of
Harold, but a Norman admirer of William,[734] who tells us
how the Duke filled a chest with all the holiest relics of
the saints of Normandy; how Harold swore on the chest,
not knowing on what he swore; how William then drew
away the covering with which the holy things had been
hidden, and bade Harold see how fearful was the oath
which he had taken, and how awful was the vengeance
which would light on him who failed to keep it. His hand
trembled and his flesh quivered[735] when he laid his hand
on the chest, while still unknowing of all that was in it;
how much more frightened was he when he knew by how
awful a sanction he had unwittingly bound his soul.[736] This
may be history or it may be legend; at any rate it is the
honour of the Norman rather than that of the Englishman
which is staked on its truth or falsehood.
Harold returns to England, perhaps leaving Wulfnoth as a hostage.
The oath then, whatever was its nature, being sworn,
Harold left, or was allowed to leave, the Norman Court.
He returned to England in full outward friendship with
the Norman Duke, as his sworn man, his future son-in-law.
With Hakon, and with his sister, if she had accompanied
him, he sailed back to England. Wulfnoth, it would seem,
was left with the Duke as a hostage for his brother’s
fidelity.[737]
Impossibility of fixing the details, but some groundwork of truth in the story.
243I have told this famous tale in that one of the many
shapes which it has taken which seems least widely removed
from the probabilities of the case. It is at least
not impossible, which is more than can be said of some
of the other shapes. But I would not be understood as
pledging myself to the accuracy of a single detail. The
charge of perjury against Harold is a charge in which
there is no statement for the defence, while the witnesses
|Negative evidence of the English writers.|
for the prosecution contradict one another. To my own
mind, as I have before said,[738] the strongest argument against
Harold is that there is no statement for the defence. Had
there been a single distinct English contradiction of the
story, direct or implied, I should have cast away the whole
tale as pure invention. But, while we have such contradictions
on almost every other point, on this point we have
none. It was clearly a weak point in Harold’s case; it
was a subject on which his friends shrank from entering.
This to my mind proves a great deal; but we must beware
of dealing with it as if it proved more than it really does.
It proves that there was something wrong, something about
which Harold’s friends could not speak freely. It proves
that there was some groundwork for the Norman story;
it proves that Harold took some engagement the breach
of which could easily be represented as perjury. But it
proves no more. The different forms of the Norman story
remain as contradictory to one another, as lacking in all
corroborative evidence, as they were before. Harold swore.
|No certainty as to the time,|
But when? All kinds of dates are given; our only means
of choosing one date rather than another is by choosing the
most vacant year in the English annals. We know that it
must have been before Harold’s marriage with Ealdgyth;
but the date of that marriage is itself matter of conjecture.[739]
Again, we could fix the date, if we had any
244independent accounts of the campaigns of Dol and Dinan.
But no Breton writer mentions those campaigns at all; no
Norman writer mentions them except in connexion with
the visit and oath of Harold. I have myself placed the
event at the point of time which on the whole seemed
least unlikely; but I confess to have had all along a
lurking feeling that the whole story may have arisen out
of something which happened in that earlier French journey
of Harold’s, of which we have no details.[740] Harold then,
I admit, swore, but when he swore must remain matter
of conjecture.
the place,
And, if we are thus left to conjecture as to the time
when Harold swore, we are equally left to conjecture as
to the place. The scene of such an event might have been
expected to be well known. We are told that the oath
was taken in the presence of a full assembly of the Norman
nobles;[741] but even contemporary authorities do not agree
as to the spot where this great council was gathered
together. We have to choose at our pleasure between
Bonneville, Bayeux, and Rouen. These glaring contradictions
do not indeed affect the belief that there is some
groundwork of fact for the story, but they are quite enough
to hinder us from putting implicit faith in a single uncorroborated
detail.
or the nature, of the oath.
Still more important than the questions when and where
Harold swore, is the question what he swore. Even here
the witness of his accusers does not agree together. The
engagement to marry William’s daughter, so prominent
in most of the accounts, is passed by in one which ought
to be the most trustworthy of any. There is an utter
uncertainty as to which of William’s many daughters it
was that Harold engaged to marry. According to one
version, this part at least of the oath, if not kept, was
245at least not broken; one statement, and that put into
Harold’s own mouth,[742] affirms, with whatever truth, that
the daughter of William to whom he had plighted himself
died before his accession to the Crown. Even the most important
engagement of all, the promise to secure William’s
succession, or at least to do all that one man could do
to secure it, appears in different shapes in the different
|Impossibility of some of its alleged terms.|
accounts. In most of them it is accompanied by lesser
engagements which carry their own confutation with
them. Harold is made to promise to do various things
on William’s behalf forthwith. The engagements to receive
a Norman garrison in Dover Castle, to build other castles
elsewhere, and to receive and maintain Norman garrisons
in them—these were engagements the fulfilment of which
was not to wait till the death of Eadward. They were
engagements to be fulfilled at once, as pledges of Harold’s
faith, and as means of paving the way for William’s succession
when the day should come. But it is certain that
these lesser engagements never were fulfilled; it is nowhere
stated that any complaint was made during Eadward’s life
as to their non-fulfilment. We hear nothing of any complaint,
of any message, on the part of William, until after
Harold’s election and coronation. They were in truth
stipulations the fulfilment of which was simply impossible,
and a prince so clear-sighted as William must have
seen that it was impossible. Harold might indeed do
all that was in one man’s power to secure the election
of William whenever the throne should become vacant;
but it would have been beyond the power of any man,
even of an Earl of the West-Saxons, to surrender English
fortresses to William while Eadward still lived. When
Eadward was dead, the Witan might of course, if they
would, choose William as his successor. But, while
246William was not yet King, it would have been simple
treason in an English Earl to surrender to him a fortress
which the King and people of England had entrusted to
his keeping. It is highly probable that William himself
knew the English Constitution much better than the historians
who write as his advocates and flatterers. But
it called for no special knowledge of the English Constitution,
it was little more than a matter of common sense,
to see that no subject, however exalted, either could, or
ought to, hand over English fortresses to a foreign prince,
even though that foreign prince was the destined successor
to the English Crown.
The oath, if the terms were as is alleged, must have been taken under compulsion.
Harold then, as I hold, swore, but what he swore is as
uncertain as it is when and where he swore it. We are left
as completely to conjecture as to the matter of his oath as
we are left as to its time and its place. We know only that
it was something which gave William a great advantage,
something which enabled him, without much difficulty,
to represent his rival as guilty of a signal perjury. But
we can say no more. If Harold really promised to accept
William as King after the death of Eadward, and to use
every means in his power to bring about his acceptance
by the rest of the nation, such an oath could have been
taken only under compulsion. If Harold took such an oath,
it could only have been because he felt that his position
in the Norman Court, however honourable in appearance,
was practically the position of a prisoner. For such an oath
was one which he certainly had no intention of keeping.
And, however reckless Harold may have been with regard
to oaths,[743] this was an oath which neither Harold nor any
other man in his senses would have willingly taken, unless
he had meant to keep it. To take such an oath, and then
to break it, was to give the enemy the greatest possible
advantage. We may therefore feel sure that, if Harold
247did swear to all which the Norman accounts represent
him as swearing to, he must have sworn simply because
he felt himself in bonds, because he saw no other way of
escaping from Normandy and returning to England.[744]
William’s apparent motives—to entrap Harold into breach of his oath.
On the other hand, if William required such an oath,
he could have required it only because he knew that it
would not be kept. It is quite impossible to believe that,
at the time when Harold’s visit is commonly placed, William
did not know perfectly well that Harold had designs
on the English Crown, even if Harold were not in some
sort already recognized as Eadward’s destined successor.
William could not be so blind as to think that an extorted
oath on the part of Harold would really hinder the English
people from electing Harold King, or would even hinder
Harold from accepting the election of the English people.
A formal oath to receive William as King could have been
required with no other object than that of gaining, on
some future day, the advantage of representing Harold as
a perjured man. Harold, in short, was called on to take
an oath, simply in the hope that he might break it. Great
as William’s character was in many ways, I fear that this
sort of trick to entrap a rival would have seemed to him
simply a praiseworthy stratagem. We may be sure that
William’s religious feelings, to speak of no other motive,
would have kept him back from a wilfully false oath in
his own person. But the formal religion of those times
would perhaps not have kept him back from throwing an
occasion of sin in the way of another, provided his own
hands were kept formally clean from all share in it. A
more enlightened morality will pronounce that, if William
really did thus purposely entrap Harold into the crime of
248perjury, the guilt of William was far blacker than the
guilt of Harold.
Probable real nature of the oath.
But perhaps it is not necessary to suppose that Harold
really did swear to William’s succession in the full and
formal way which the Norman writers assert. It is
remarkable how prominent a place is filled in nearly every
account by Harold’s promise to marry William’s daughter.
And it is further remarkable that this promise is the only
part of the story which seems to have reached some writers
|An engagement to marry William’s daughter,|
in other lands.[745] I am inclined to suspect that we have
here before us the germ of the whole matter. Harold may
have promised, promised, as we are told his manner was,
too hastily, to marry one of William’s daughters. He may
easily have been thus far cajoled by the blandishments
of Matilda, and even, as some accounts suggest, by the
expressed preference of the princess herself. When once
out of the snare, he may have forgotten or laughed at his
promise to so youthful a bride, and love, or policy, or both,
may have attracted him to the widow of Gruffydd. We
must remember how very lightly matrimonial engagements
of this sort were both entered into and cancelled.
The whole history of the middle ages is full of stories of
princesses whose marriage engagements were lightly made
and lightly broken, sometimes through the inconstancy of
suitors, sometimes through that of fathers. The diplomacy
of days a little later than those of Harold and William
shows us many a treaty of marriage which became a dead
letter almost as soon as it was signed. In the morality of
those times, Harold’s breach of his promise to marry
Adeliza or Agatha, or whatever the maiden’s name was,
would certainly not be set down as a very deadly sin. But,
deadly or not deadly, it was manifestly a sin out of which
William could reap no small advantage, one which could
easily be employed to discredit the cause of his adversary.
249|combined with an act of formal homage.|
The case would be still stronger if we could suppose, what
is really not unlikely, that either Harold’s knighthood or
his engagement to marry William’s daughter was accompanied
by some formal act of homage done by Harold to
William.[746] We must remember that Harold owed William
a real and deep debt of gratitude for his deliverance from
Guy’s dungeon. He consented to serve in William’s army
in a quarrel which concerned neither himself nor his
country; and, though older than William, he did not
scruple to enter into what was in some sort a filial relation
|Probability of such homage on Harold’s part.|
towards him. It would really not be wonderful if, under
this combination of circumstances, Harold consented to
become William’s man. We must again bear in mind
how lightly engagements of this kind were entered into,
|Complications of the feudal relation.|
and how perplexing and clashing were the endless complications
of feudalism. Men did homage on all kinds of
grounds, on the receipt of almost any kind of benefit, and
they were often bound by the tie of homage to several
lords at the same time. William himself was the man of
King Henry; but he seems also to have looked on himself
as the man of King Eadward;[747] it is within the compass of
possibility that he did homage to Eadward as his chosen
successor at the time of his visit to England. Herbert of
Maine might have been claimed as the man of the King of
the French, of the Duke of the Normans, and of the Count
of Anjou, all at once. Roger of Mortemer was undoubtedly
the man of Duke William; but he was also the man of so
small a lord as Ralph of Montdidier; and we have seen the
difficulties into which he was brought through this divided
allegiance.[748] King Malcolm was the man of Eadward and
the sworn brother of Tostig; yet neither of these obligations
kept him back from ravaging Northumberland.[749] In
250short the instances are endless. Most public men of the
eleventh century must have been like the English statesman
of the seventeenth, who had taken a great many oaths,
|Effect of homage done by Harold to William.|
and was afraid that he had not kept them all.[750] In such
a state of things it would be nothing amazing if Harold
became the man of his benefactor, his future father-in-law,
his military commander in the Breton war. Such an act
of homage would undoubtedly not bind him, either in its
terms or in its spirit, to receive William as Eadward’s
|The advantage given by it to William.|
successor on the throne of England. But it would give
William a great advantage nevertheless. Nothing would
be more easy than for William to construe the oath of
homage in one way and for Harold to construe it in
another. When the man assumed a crown to which the
lord laid claim, such conduct might easily be represented
as a breach of the man’s duty to his lord. The man
had promised to do his lord faithful service, and he had
failed to do that faithful service in the matter which, of
all others, was nearest the lord’s heart. Here was quite
material enough for the craft of William to take advantage
of, and to turn to the discredit of his rival. The relations
of lord and vassal in those days were in a state somewhat
like that in which other relations of life have been at other
|Fluctuating public opinion as to the obligations of homage.|
times. There must have been few princes or nobles in
western Europe who had not, at some time or other, been
guilty of some breach of the strict duty of a man to his
lord. The fault thus lightly committed was often as
lightly pardoned. Yet, as special acts of fidelity called
for special admiration, so it was not hard, whenever it was
convenient, to insist on and to aggravate the offence of the
faithless vassal.[751] The offence was one which could, almost
251at pleasure, be either passed by as altogether trivial or held
up to execration as a sin of the most heinous dye. The
latter course, I need not say, was that which would be
followed with unrelenting eagerness, when the breach of
duty to be held up for scorn and vengeance was one
committed by Harold and against William.
Case of an oath on relics.
And, in the ideas of those days, it would be held as
further strengthening the case of William, as further
aggravating the crime of Harold, if the oath taken and
broken was not merely the common oath of a man to his
lord, but an oath of unusual sanctity, an oath taken upon
the relics of the saints. We must look at the matter with
|General case with regard to oaths.|
the feelings of those times. In any enlightened view of
morality, one promise is as binding as another; the word
of an honest man is as sacred as a thousand oaths. But
the fact that oaths are required among all nations and
under all religions shows that this is a morality so high
that the mass of mankind do not practically act upon it.
Every oath is in truth a curse, a religious threat, a calling
down of the vengeance of an unseen power on the man who
shall break it. A man, under different forms of religion,
swears by such a god or by such a saint. If he breaks his
oath, he offers a personal insult to the god or the saint by
|Personal enmity of the saints incurred by a false oath on their relics.|
whom he swears. The power whom he thus offends
becomes his personal enemy, and may be expected to mark
him out as an object for personal vengeance. If therefore
the story of the relics be true, William’s object was to work
on Harold’s mind by dint of the extreme of superstitious
dread, by pointing to all the saints of Normandy as about
to become his personal enemies in case he should break his
oath. The strange thing to our minds is that it does not
252seem to have struck any one that the real sinner against
|True moral aspect of the case. William more guilty than Harold.|
the saints was not Harold but William. If the saints in
glory are conceived as being still capable of personal human
passions, one would have expected that they would look on
no insult as so great, so direct, so unpardonable, as that of
profaning their holy relics to a purpose of deliberate fraud.
Harold is made to swear; then, after he has sworn, he is
told that he has sworn on these awful and wonder-working
relics, whose vengeance, in case of breach of faith, will
track him like that of the Erinnyes. Strange to say, the
author of so base a deception is looked on as a pious worshipper,
deserving the highest favour of every holy person
of whom a bone or a fragment of clothing lay within the
chest. It is the unwitting victim of fraud whom the saints
mark out for what, in the intercourse of mortals upon earth,
would be looked on as a somewhat unjust vengeance. The
reader must judge for himself as to the probability of the
tale. The strongest argument in its favour is that Harold’s
alleged perjury seems to have aroused greater general
indignation than could have been aroused by a mere breach
of the common oath of homage. At any rate, the question
whether such a tale be true or false is certainly one which
comes much more nearly home to the apologist of William
than to the apologist of Harold.
Harold’s sin lay not in breaking the oath, but in taking it.
As to the bearing of the transaction on Harold’s character,
the morality of the question is easily summed up.
Whatever was the engagement which Harold broke,
whether it was a promise to betray England to the
stranger or simply to contract a marriage of absurd
disparity in point of years, his sin lay wholly in taking
the oath, not in breaking it. He yielded to threats or to
blandishments, to a vague sense of danger, to a vague impulse
of gratitude or to a momentary inclination, when in
strict morality he ought to have stood firm against every
temptation and every threat. Through one or other of these
253motives he allowed himself to be cajoled into making a
promise which he had no serious intention of fulfilling.
He incurred whatever amount of guilt is incurred by thus
trifling with what ought to be solemn engagements. No
one, I suppose, will argue that he would at all have
mended matters, had he fulfilled his promise by any
act of treason towards his country. This of course goes
on the supposition that his promise really involved any
such acts of treason. But it is just as likely that Harold
really broke no promise of greater moment than that of
marrying, at some unfixed time, a child whose father was
younger than himself.
Utter obscurity of the whole matter.
I found the question involved in darkness, and I must
leave it in the darkness in which I found it. I have offered
some conjectures, but it is simply as conjectures that I
have offered them. The tale is so beset with contradictions
that it is impossible to attain to anything like certainty on
|The oath in no case affected the English people.|
any single point of detail. One thing at least is certain.
However deeply Harold may have sinned against William,
England sinned not at all. No promise or oath of Harold
could bind the people of England, or could give William
any right over them which he did not possess before. If
Harold sinned, his guilt was on his own head. The people of
England were guiltless, and William’s invasion of England
was none the less an unprovoked attack on a people who
had never wronged him. And, if we accept the most
famous and most striking part of the story, it is clear
that the guilt of the deceiver was far heavier than the
guilt of the deceived. The question is therefore a Norman
rather than an English question, and as a Norman question
I have dealt with it in one of the Norman chapters of my
history.
Summary.
I may seem, in the course of this long chapter, to have
wandered far away from Harold and from England. But
254the whole career of the Conqueror is an essential part of
my subject. Every step in that career is a step towards
the great enterprise of his life. Every event which
illustrates his character belongs alike to the history of
both the lands over which he ruled. We have now seen
him completely establish himself within his own Duchy;
we have seen him successful alike against domestic and
against foreign enemies; we have seen him extend his
dominions by a continental conquest which seemed almost
designed as a forestalling of his coming conquest beyond
the sea. We again entered on the direct stream of English
history, when we reached that obscure and mysterious
event, which, in some way or another, placed the hero of
England in his power. Our long episode is therefore
over. We return to the point where we left the affairs of
England. Harold, in Norman eyes the faithless vassal of
William, is chosen and consecrated to the Crown which
William claimed as his own. We have now to see what
steps William took, when the news reached him of what he
deemed, or professed to deem, so great a wrong. A few
bootless attempts at negotiation alone separate us from
actual wars and rumours of wars. A few more pages, and
we shall have fairly entered on the central scene of the
great tragedy. We shall soon have to look on the last
warfare of Teutonic England under the King of her
own choice. We shall soon have to behold the twofold
invasion, the twofold struggle, the last and greatest victory
of Harold, his first and his last defeat.
CHAPTER XIII. THE NEGOTIATIONS OF DUKE WILLIAM. [752] January–August, 1066. — § 1. The Negotiations between William and Harold. — § 2. Claims and Arguments of William. — § 3. The Norman Council and the Assembly of Lillebonne. — § 4. William’s Alliance with Tostig. — § 5. William’s Negotiations with Foreign Powers.
255
Position of William at the death of Eadward.
The people of England had made their choice. They
had placed the Crown of England upon the head of the
foremost man of their own race. Harold, the son of Godwine,
the son of Wulfnoth, sat in the kingly seat which
had never before received an occupant of other than kingly
birth. The news was not slow in reaching the ears of that
mighty rival beyond the sea, who had long marked that
kingly seat as his own heritage, and who could now complain
to the world that his heritage had been torn from
him by his own sworn vassal. We cannot doubt that
William had long been watching every breeze which could
bring tidings from England. The failing health of Eadward
was known at Rouen as well as at Westminster,[753]
and William was doubtless ready to put in his claim at the
first moment that the throne should be actually vacant.
Even after the homage done by Harold, even if we
enlarge that homage to the full extent which it assumes
in the statements of William’s own laureate, the Duke
could hardly have looked forward with any confidence to
a peaceful succession to the English Crown. He might
well doubt how far he had really bound Harold, and, if
he had bound Harold, he had at least not bound England.
256|Effect on his scheme of the sudden election of Harold.|
But William was doubtless ready for every occasion, ready,
whatever might happen, with a plausible case to set before
the world on his own behalf. His claim was not likely to
meet with any acknowledgement in England, but it would
at least be a gain for him to be able to say that it had been
formally put forth at the right moment. And yet the course
which events really took was perhaps, after all, still more
to the wily Duke’s advantage. The death, the burial, the
coronation, followed so fast upon one another that William
had no opportunity of pressing his claim till after the choice
of England had been irrevocably made. He might now, if
he would, call on the reigning King to descend from an
usurped throne; he could not call on the English nation
to elect himself to a vacant throne. But he gained thereby
an advantage of which the writers in his interest have not
been slow to make use, the advantage of being able to
represent the reigning King as an intruder. He could
speak of him as one placed on the throne by some hasty
and irregular act, as one reigning in any case in opposition
to William’s own earlier right, perhaps even as reigning
without the full and free consent of the English people.
It is not to be forgotten that one count which Norman
partizans bring against England is that the English people
failed in gratitude to the deliverer who came to set them free
from a tyrannical usurper.[754]
The news brought from England to Normandy.
Events had happened so fast at Westminster, on the eve
of the Epiphany and on the festival itself, that the Duke
of the Normans heard the whole story in a single message.[755]257An English ship carried the news to Normandy; whether it
was sent specially by any of William’s friends in England,
or whether it went simply in the ordinary course of communication
between two friendly countries, we are not distinctly
told. But, as a special messenger brought the news
to the Duke, we may conceive that some of the strangers
whom Harold’s clemency had allowed to remain in the
land[756] took the earliest opportunity of sending the news
|Reception of the news by William.|
to their native sovereign.[757] A graphic description is given
of the reception of the news by the Duke.[758] He was in his
park of Quevilly near Rouen,[759] with many knights and
esquires[760] around him, going forth to the chase. He had
in his hand his bow—the bow which, like that of Odysseus,
no other man could bend[761]—strung and bent and ready for
the arrow. He was in the act of giving it to a page to
bear after him, when there came to the gate a messenger,
a man-at-arms from England. The new comer went
straight to the Duke; he greeted him, he took him aside,
and told him the news privily and briefly. “King Eadward
258has ended his days and Earl Harold is raised to the
Kingdom.”[762] The message at least acted as a respite for
the destined victims of William’s bow, for the Duke had
now other matters than hunting to think about. He
turned aside from the craft of the woods; he was as a man
in anger; ofttimes he laced and ofttimes he unlaced his
mantle; he spake to no man and no man dared to speak
to him.[763] He crossed the Seine in a boat; he went to his
hall, and entered therein; he sat down on a bench and
turned from one side to another. His head rested against
a pillar,[764] and his face was covered with his mantle. Long
time he thus sat in thought, no man daring to speak to
him, though many asked one another what ailed him.
|Dialogue between the Duke and William Fitz-Osbern.|
At last one drew near whom long and intimate friendship
allowed to deal more freely with his sovereign. The famous
Seneschal, William Fitz-Osbern,[765] of whom we have so often
heard, now rode back from the park and entered the hall,
humming a tune[766] as he walked. He passed straight by
259the Duke, and many asked him what the news was which
so ailed their sovereign. The Duke, hearing what passed
between the Seneschal and the others, looked up. William
Fitz-Osbern then told him that it was in vain for him
to try to hide the news which he had heard, for that it was
already blazed abroad through all the streets of Rouen.
Every man in the city knew that Eadward was dead, and
that Harold held the Kingdom of England. The Duke
answered that that news was indeed the thing which grieved
him. No news could grieve him more; he sorrowed alike
for the death of Eadward and for the wrong done to
him by Harold. Was he simply proving his friend? or
were even his stout heart and wily brain cowed and perplexed
for a moment by the suddenness of the tidings?
At all events it is in the mouth of William Fitz-Osbern—the
bold of heart[767]—that the first exhortation to action is
placed in our story. He bids the Duke not mourn, but
arise and be doing. Let him begin, let him carry through
what he begins; let him, in a word, cross the sea and wrest
the Kingdom from the usurper.
William’s Embassy to Harold.
The result of William’s deliberations with this trusty
counsellor was the sending of an embassy to the King
|Contradictory accounts of the nature of William’s message.|
of the English. The nature of the message is as diversely
told as the rest of the story of which it forms the sequel.
Again the contemporary English writers are silent; they
make no mention of Norman affairs till later in the year,
till the very eve of the Norman invasion. And of the
other writers, each naturally throws the message into such
a shape as suits his own version of that oath of which the
message was necessarily the counterpart. Whatever Harold
had sworn, whatever it suited William to give out that
Harold had sworn, that of course William now called on
260Harold to perform. But that demand ranges in different
versions from a summons to Harold to resign his Kingdom
to a simple summons to marry William’s daughter.[768] We
hear of more messages than one, and in one account the
tone of the second message is wonderfully lowered from the
tone of the first. If Harold will not resign the Kingdom,
nor give up the castle of Dover, nor do any of the other
things which he has promised, let him at least marry the
Duke’s daughter. If he declines to do even that, the Duke
will certainly come against him in arms to support his
rights. The date of the embassy, and the place of its reception
by Harold, are as uncertain as the exact nature of
the message or of the oath. It was a matter on which
William was not likely to delay, and the number of events
and negotiations which were crowded into a few months
|Date of the Embassy uncertain.|
show that he did not delay. But our only statement as to
time is the assertion of a very untrustworthy writer that
the message was either sent or received on the tenth day
|[January 15, 1066?]|
after Eadward’s death.[769] One would like on many grounds
to know whether it was received before or after Harold had
set forth on his mission to win the hearts of the malecontents
of Northumberland. One would like to know
whether Harold received the message of William when
surrounded by his own West-Saxons, or whether it reached
him, as an earlier embassy from Gaul had reached Glorious
Æthelstan,[770] while he was engaged in arranging the affairs
of the most distant and most troublesome portion of his
|Possible bearing of the message on the discontents of Northumberland.|
Kingdom. The point is interesting, as it is just possible
that the Northumbrian opposition to Harold may have been
in some degree connected with the challenge brought to
him from Normandy. The succession of William was indeed
not likely to be looked on with a whit more of favour in
Northumberland than it was looked on in Wessex. But
261crafty spirits were at work, who might easily turn the
claims of the Norman to their own ends. Such, it might
be argued, were the results of the hasty election of Harold;
such were the results of binding the free sons of the North
by the voices of Wessex and East-Anglia. It would be
better for the North again to choose its own King, a King
who had never become the man of the stranger, a King
whose right could not be challenged by any rival beyond
the sea. Such arguments as these seem quite in character
with the position of parties at the time, but we can neither
affirm nor deny that they were actually used. The exact
time of Harold’s northern journey, the exact time, place,
and substance of the message which Harold received from
the Norman Duke, are among those details of our story
which must remain unknown to us.
Object of William in the negotiation; the embassy intended to be fruitless.
Whatever was the exact purport of the embassy, there
can be no doubt as to its object. It was sent simply in
order that William might add another count to his indictment
against the English King. It was sent in order that
William might be able to say, not only that Harold had
neglected to perform his engagements, whatever they were,
but that he had formally refused to perform them when
formally called upon. Whatever William demanded, we
may be sure that he demanded it only in the expectation,
and even in the hope, that Harold would refuse it. He
could not seriously expect that Harold would, at his
bidding, either come down from his throne or consent to
hold his Crown in vassalage. William knew the temper
both of England and of her King a great deal too well for
this. Even the summons to marry William’s daughter
could hardly have been seriously meant; if Harold were
already married, it could only have been sent in mockery.[771]262At all events, the one object of the embassy was to put
Harold, according to William’s view of the case, still
further in the wrong. Its object was to supply William
with fresh topics for argument and for rhetoric in the
appeal which he was about to make to Normandy, to Gaul,
and to Christendom.
Different forms given to Harold’s answer.
The answer of Harold to the message is of course differently
conceived, according as the message is differently
conceived. The answer depends on the message, just as
the message depends on the oath. But all accounts agree
|His answer in any case a distinct refusal.|
in describing the answer as a complete refusal. Whatever
William summoned Harold to do, Harold refused to do it.
And, according to some versions, if mockery was intended by
the Norman, it was answered with mockery in return. The
English King is called upon to fulfil his promise of giving
his sister in marriage to a Norman noble. Harold answers
that his sister is dead, and he asks whether the Duke wishes
her corpse to be sent to him for the purpose.[772] When called
on himself to marry the Duke’s daughter, he answers,
according to one version, that the daughter whom he promised
|Constitutional language attributed to Harold. He cannot marry a foreign wife without the consent of the Witan.|
to marry is already dead.[773] According to another
account, he takes a high constitutional ground. A King
of the English cannot marry a foreign wife without the
consent of the Witan of England. Such an act could not
be done without doing great damage to his Kingdom.[774]
This answer, whether ever really made or not, is not likely
to point to any formal enactment on the subject of royal
263|English feeling with regard to foreign marriages.|
marriages. But it expresses the universal feeling of the
nation that none but Englishwomen were fit to be wives
and mothers of English Kings. England had seen one
Norman Lady, and one King who was Norman on his
mother’s side. There was no wish among the English
people to see such another Lady or such another King.
The marriage of Emma, and the Norman connexion which
followed it, had well nigh been the undoing of England.
That they had not been wholly her undoing was due to
the reigning King and his father. Their dynasty at least,
the Kings of the House of Godwine, should be for ever
kept free from all foreign elements. Harold’s own Danish
mother, the kinswoman or ally of the great Cnut, could
hardly be looked on as a stranger. Tostig and his foreign
wife were in banishment, and England had no wish for
their return. The whole nation was no doubt fully purposed
that the next brood of Æthelings whom England
saw should be no half-caste offspring of Norman or even
of German or Flemish mothers, but Englishmen of purely
English blood. Against such a feeling as this Harold, even
if he had wished, could not have dared to struggle. The
answer put into his mouth, whether historically genuine
or not, well expresses uncorrupted English feeling on this
important point. It well expresses too the necessity under
which a King of the English lay, not only to obey the
written Law, but to consult in all things the wishes and
feelings of the English people.
Argument attributed to Harold as to the validity of his oath.
Another form of the answer put into Harold’s mouth
breathes an equally sound and constitutional spirit. William
demands the Kingdom of England, which Harold, he alleges,
had sworn to make over to him. The English King
|The oath null without the consent of the Witan.|
answers that such an oath was in itself void; to break it
were a less evil than to keep it. The oath was one by
which Harold bound himself to transfer to Duke William
an heritage which was neither Harold’s nor William’s,
264but which only the voice of the English people could
bestow on any man.[775] The oath or vow which a maiden
in her father’s house made without her parents’ knowledge
was void by the laws of God and man.[776] Much more then
was the oath void which he, when still a subject, without the
knowledge of King or people, had sworn under the pressure
of a momentary constraint, on a matter touching the whole
realm.[777] It was not reasonable to ask him to give up a
Crown which had been placed on his head by the common
voice of his countrymen, and of which their voice alone
could lawfully deprive him.[778] Such is the doctrine which
is put into Harold’s mouth by a writer whose divided
|Constitutional importance of the answer.|
sympathies lean decidedly to the Norman side. It is a
doctrine most wholesome and necessary for a constitutional
King, a doctrine which the historian himself allows to be
true or at least highly plausible.[779] Valuable, if it be a
genuine record of what Harold said, this speech becomes
almost more valuable if we look on it as the speech
which a writer a generation later deemed most in keeping
with Harold’s character and position. The argument, for
its own purpose, as an answer to William, is perfect. The
265accession of Harold was not the act of Harold only; it was
equally the act of the English people. However guilty
Harold might be towards William, the English people
were free from all guilt towards William and towards all
mankind. And, whatever might be the guilt of Harold,
it was a guilt which, as his own argument assumes, lay
wholly in taking the oath, not at all in breaking it.
The Embassy fruitless in form, but William’s real point gained.
The errand then of the Norman ambassadors was a
bootless one. No doubt it was the intention of him who
sent them that it should be bootless. Whatever were their
demands, whether they came once only or oftener, whether
they raised their demands or lowered them, whether they
dealt in persuasion only or in threats as well as persuasion,[780]
Harold, evidently speaking the voice of the English people,
refused all that was demanded of him. No other course
indeed was possible. The point hardly needs to be argued.
Harold could not, without the consent of the Witan,
either resign the Crown to William or hold it of him in
vassalage. And the consent of the Witan would certainly
not have been given for any such purpose. The whole
question in short was frivolous. The dispute had reached a
stage which was past negotiation, and Harold and William
alike knew that all negotiation was vain. What William
gained by his embassy was again to entangle Harold in the
meshes of his subtle craft. Harold could only refuse every
demand of William; but Harold’s refusal of William’s demands
made another point on William’s side, of which he
was not slow to take advantage.
266
William’s only hope lay in war.
William had now no chance—in truth there had never
been a time when he really had a chance—of winning the
English Crown except by the sword. But, before he made
that last appeal, he had many minds to work upon and to
win over to his cause. An enterprise such as he designed
was one such as no Norman Duke had ever before attempted.
It was one which might seem altogether beyond the power
of Normandy to achieve. William’s own father had indeed
|1028–1035.|
contemplated an English war, and he had actually gathered
together a fleet for the invasion of England.[781] But the
enterprise of Robert was undertaken to restore the banished
heir of England, driven from his native realm by a foreign
invader. Such at least was the colour which Robert
would put upon his schemes, and in carrying out such
schemes he doubtless reckoned on a certain measure of
English support. It was not really likely that Englishmen
would have joined a Norman army to drive out Cnut
in favour of the sons of Æthelred. But dreams of this
kind are ever the food of exiles,[782] and of princes who take
up the cause of exiles. But in William’s case there was
|No English party in favor of William.|
no room for any delusions of this kind. William had no
rights but his own to assert, and those rights, he must
have known very well, were not acknowledged by a single
native partizan. He might gain somewhat by sowing dissensions
within the island, by abetting any schemes on the
part of Eadgar or Tostig or the sons of Ælfgar. But his
only gain in this way would be the gain of dividing and
weakening England. Any English party which was dissatisfied
with the election of Harold would assert the claims,
not of William but of some English competitor. For direct
267|Difficulties of his enterprise.|
help in England William could look only to the Norman
settlers whom Harold had allowed to remain in the country.
He had, in short, to win the English Crown, if he won it
at all, by no means but that of open war. And he had to
wage his warfare at a time when England was ruled by a
King who was his own peer in the art of war, when the
land was defended by an army in the highest state of
efficiency, an army which had never known defeat, and
which was flushed with the remembrance of hard-won
victories. William had in short to make good his rights
in the absence of the least hope of native help, and withal
in the teeth of King Harold and his Housecarls.
Comparison of the Norman exploits in Apulia.
Such an enterprise as this might well seem to be
beyond the powers of a Duke of the Normans and of his
Duchy. The successes of the Normans in Apulia might
indeed make it seem as if no enterprise could be impossible
to Norman valour. If private adventurers could thus carve
out principalities for themselves, what conquests might not
be made by the Duke himself at the head of the whole force
of the Duchy? And no doubt the example of the conquests
made by his countrymen in the South of Europe
was ever present to the mind of William in planning his
|Differences between the two cases.|
great undertaking in the North. But the mere fact that
the warfare was in the one case waged in the South and
in the other in the North, was an important element of
difference between the Apulian and the English enterprise.
The actors indeed in the one case were private
adventurers, while in the other it would be a sovereign
at the head of his subjects and vassals. Duke William
could no doubt command a far greater force than the sons
of Tancred of Hauteville, but then he was also obliged to
|Greater difficulty of the English enterprise.|
wage a wholly different kind of warfare. The Duke of the
Normans could not afford to sit down in some corner of
England, and to win his way step by step, ever and anon
gaining this or that skirmish or taking this or that castle.
268And again, without joining in any ignorant depreciation
of Byzantine military prowess, we may doubt whether the
sons of Tancred had ever joined battle with enemies who
could be at all compared with the enemies with whom Duke
William would have to join battle in England. If they
had ever met with really equal foes, it was when they
|1053.|
encountered Pope Leo’s German auxiliaries,[783] and, by that
time, they had risen somewhat above the condition of
private adventurers. They had waged a desultory warfare
against a town here and a castle there, towns and castles
defended for the most part by the mercenaries of a distant
Emperor. They had never faced, what William would
have to face in England, a native King at the head at
once of an armed nation and of a native standing army.
|William’s daring the highest prudence.|
All ordinary prudence would naturally shrink from such a
risk. It is only minds like that of William which can
rise above all ordinary prudence, which know their own
power as none but themselves can know it, which feel
instinctively that undertakings which would be madness in
|Necessity of winning public favour for his enterprise.|
others are in their hands certain of success. But William
himself could not hope for success, unless he could win
over others far and near to look with favour upon his
schemes, and unless he could inspire them with that confidence
in themselves and in their leader without which
|First in his own Duchy.|
such an undertaking would be simply hopeless. He had
first to deal with the chiefs and people of his own Duchy.
Without their consent, without their thorough good-will,
he could do nothing. To cross the sea to conquer England
was quite another matter from putting down Norman
rebels, from driving out French and Angevin invaders,
or even from annexing neighbouring towns and provinces,
like Domfront and Le Mans. William’s men were bound
by their feudal tenure to follow his standard on the field of
Val-ès-dunes and beneath the walls of Alençon. But it
269might well be doubted whether their feudal tenure bound
them to follow his standard beyond the sea in an enterprise
in which Normandy had no interest. At all events
they were not likely to muster with the like zeal for the
more hazardous undertaking. The Cenomannian war had
been a war of aggression no less than the English war
would be, and the spoils of conquered England would
doubtless be far richer than the spoils of conquered Maine.
But men would not be so ready to trust themselves in
hope of spoil in the unknown land beyond the sea as
they were to go on a foray in an adjoining province, from
which it was an easy matter to make their way back to their
|The Normans to be persuaded, not compelled, to the undertaking.|
own homes. To attempt, by any mere stretches of the
ducal authority, to carry men across the seas to win crowns
for William’s own personal behoof would have been simply
hopeless. William knew better than to risk his popularity
and his authority by any attempt of the kind. His object
was to carry the feelings of his people with him, and to
conquer England by the swords of Norman volunteers.
Various feelings to which William appealed.
But the feeling to which William was about to appeal was
something more than the mere desire of spoil, or even than
the higher sentiment of feudal loyalty. Nor did he design
to make his appeal to his own Normandy only. It suited
William’s purpose and disposition to give his enterprise a
|Religious character of the age; specially religious character of William.|
far higher character and a far wider range. The age was
a religious age; Normandy was an eminently religious
country; William professed, and in many respects honestly
practised, a devotion to religion beyond that of other men.
It is not without real propriety that the panegyrist of
William stops at this stage of his narrative to tell us
of the flourishing state of Normandy and the Norman
Church under a prince equally valiant, just, and devout.
William laboured to preserve the peace of his Duchy by
keeping down all its disturbers with the strong hand; the
Truce of God was nowhere so strictly kept as in the Norman
270land.[784] William in his own person heard and judged
the cause of the poor, the fatherless, and the widow; his
justice kept back his courtiers and favourites from deeds of
wrong; in his days the mighty man durst not remove the
landmark of his poorer neighbour.[785] An orthodox believer,
a diligent student of scripture, a devout worshipper and
communicant,[786] a father careful for the education of his
children,[787] William from his youth up, layman and prince
as he was, set a model to priests and prelates. He chose the
good among them for his friends and counsellors, and he
visited the unjust and neglectful with his severest displeasure.
A zealous reformer, he constantly attended in
person at ecclesiastical synods,[788] and he kept a watchful
eye over the administration of the episcopal and archidiaconal
courts.[789] Under his government churches rose,
271monasteries were restored to the purity of their rule,
Abbots, Bishops, all ranks of the clergy, became models
|Influence of Lanfranc on William’s counsels.|
of the due discharge of their several duties. Nor is it
without reason that, immediately on this panegyric, our
author adds his first mention of the great man whom
William had now chosen as his special counsellor in all
matters touching the Church and religion. The Prior of
Bec, the renowned Lanfranc, was now, not indeed in rank
but in influence, the first man in the Norman Church.[790]
And it is impossible not to trace the hand of Lanfranc in
the course which William now followed. The minds of
the Duke and the Prior, exercised as they had been in such
different pursuits, had still much in common. In both we
see the same wide grasp, the same subtlety, the same
daring. In many things Lanfranc would be the teacher,
but he would ever find in William a pupil worthy of his
teaching. The cosmopolitan traveller, who had migrated
from Pavia to Bec—the scholar who had turned from the
study of the laws of Cæsar[791] to the study of the laws of
God—the theologian who had refuted the heretic face to
face—the diplomatist who had won the consent of the
|The religious character of the enterprise|
Roman Court to his sovereign’s marriage—he it was, we
cannot doubt, who put into William’s hands the surest
weapon for his conquest. He it was who taught him to
272|probably due to Lanfranc.|
lay his claim, not only before Normandy, but before all
Christendom, and to cloke a wrongful aggression under
the guise of a Holy War. He it was who taught him to
gather round his standard crusaders from well nigh every
Western land, and in the end to set foot on English
ground, not as an adventurer avenging his private quarrel,
but as the champion of the Church, marching forth with
the approval and the blessing of the temporal and the
spiritual chiefs of Christendom.
Nature of William’s claim to the English Crown.
Let us then see what was the case against Harold and
against England which William thus brought to be judged,
as we may say, by the public conscience of Europe. The
pleading of William and his advocates, not only in his own
Norman Parliament, but at the bar of the Pope, the Emperor,
and the whole world, is one of the most memorable
instances of human subtlety. It was a wonderful example
of the way in which wily men, men like William and
Lanfranc, can persuade others, and most likely persuade
|No valid claim, either by hereditary right, by bequest, or by election.|
themselves also, that the worse cause is the better. I have
more than once incidentally shown that William had no
valid claim of any kind to the English Crown. He had
no claim by hereditary right; for the Crown of England
was not hereditary, and, if it had been hereditary, no
conceivable theory of succession could make William the
heir. He had no claim by bequest; for a King of the
English could not bequeath his Kingdom like a private
estate, and such power of recommendation as the King
did possess had been exercised in favour of another.
He had no claim by election; for the people of England,
in full Gemót assembled, had chosen another as their
|Harold’s oath irrelevant to the question.|
King. He had indeed suffered a wrong, whatever was
its nature and degree, at the hands of the King whom
England had chosen. Harold had sworn to do something,
and he had not done what he had sworn to do. That was
273literally all, and, as a claim on the Crown of England, it
was nothing. If Harold were to resign the Crown, if
Harold were killed in battle or in single combat, William
would not thereby gain any right to the Crown which he
had not before. Harold had no power, any more than
Eadward had, to make over the Crown to another; his
resignation or death would simply create a vacancy, which
the people of England might fill as they would. The
utmost that could be said on William’s side was that
Harold’s injury gave William a casus belli, and that a
victory over Harold would give William, by right of
conquest, all that Harold possessed, the English Crown
included. But so odious a straining of the Law of Nations
was too clearly unjust for William to venture publicly upon
|The right of conquest not put forward. William’s appeal to public opinion a mark of advancing civilization,|
it. The right of conquest was a right which he took care
never to put prominently forward. He always claimed as
a lawful heir defrauded of a lawful possession. And it
marks a stage in the growth of European civilization,
when William saw that his cause would be strengthened
by making his claim, formally and solemnly, in the eyes
of all men. The age of mere brute force was clearly past,
when a prince claiming a foreign Crown took such infinite
pains to win the public opinion of Europe, when he employed
so many pens and so many voices on his side.
Unjust and delusive as were his claims, it marks a great
step in human progress that any man’s claims should
be put forward in so solemn a way. It was a distinct
|and of the growing power of the Papacy.|
tribute to the power of law and right and opinion. But
it was a tribute no less distinct to the growing power of
the Papacy. The Bishop of Rome was invited, if not to
dispose of the Crown of England, at least to determine
who was its lawful possessor. Herein, if Lanfranc the
Churchman triumphed, William the statesman undoubtedly
erred. He did not indeed err as regarded his own
personal interests. No crown that William held or won
274could ever be at the disposal of any other mortal. But
he erred as regarded the common interest of Kings and
|Effect of William’s application to Rome.|
of all independent governments. He invited the alliance
and interference of a power which he himself knew how
to manage, but which proved too strong for smaller men.
The blast of the Roman trumpet which declared Harold a
perjured usurper, and William the lawful heir of England,
was but the forerunner of a still mightier blast which
pealed forth ten years later. The power which William
now invoked to bless and hallow the schemes of his ambition
learned, from the precedent set by William himself,
to venture on that crowning act of daring which declared
|1076.|
how King Henry, the son of Henry the Emperor, stood
deprived of the Crowns of Italy and of the Teutonic
Kingdom.[792]
Fair colouring put by William and Lanfranc on a bad cause.
The case then which William laid before Normandy,
before Rome, and before all Western Christendom, was, in
itself, a pretence utterly weak and fallacious. He claimed
a crown which the solemn act of those who alone could
dispose of it had, freely and lawfully, given to another.
But the craft of William—we must doubtless add, the
craft of his monastic ally—knew well how to put a fair
colouring on their cause. The Law of England utterly
rejected William’s claim; but the Law of England was
likely to be known to few beyond the bounds of the
island realm. Worthless as were William’s claims, they
had a side which to many minds would be more attractive
than that great principle of English Law that no man
could reign in England save by the will of the English
|Mixture of various irrelevant considerations.|
people. It was easy to put William’s claims into a taking
and rhetorical shape; it was easy to mix them up with
275a whole crowd of considerations, which had no real
bearing on the case, but which were admirably fitted to
enlist the sympathies of different classes of men. It was
easy, by skilful management, to insist now on one point,
now on another, with little care as to their logical consistency,
provided one point gained one class of supporters
and another point gained another.[793] In a large part of
Europe, wherever the ideas of feudalism and chivalry
had taken firm hold, the doctrine that the people alone
had a right to choose their prince was fast passing
|The hereditary principle was gaining strength on the Continent.|
out of memory. The doctrine of hereditary right was
daily spreading. It was daily taking firmer and firmer
root, with regard both to the Crown of France and
to the great fiefs which were held of that Crown. The
doctrine that the King never dies had indeed not yet
arisen; but the Parisian Kings had learned how to
avoid the inconveniences of the interregnum and election
by having their sons crowned in their own life-time.[794]
That the Empire was other than elective no man had
dared to affirm; no man then, or seven hundred years
later, would have ventured to deny that the highest place
on earth was in theory open to every baptized man.
But the moment with which we are dealing was precisely
the moment when the Empire was showing the strongest
tendency to become practically hereditary. In the Teutonic
Kingdom, no less than in Latin France,[795] the reigning
King was at this moment a boy crowned as his father’s
successor while his father still lived.[796] The great fiefs of
276both crowns were fast changing, from great magistracies
like English Earldoms, into hereditary principalities. In
France indeed they had passed the stage of change; they
had been for some time, to all intents and purposes,
sovereignties which passed as a matter of course to the
heir of the last possessor. Kingdoms, Duchies, Counties,
were now looked upon as, wherever strict feudal notions
prevail, they cannot fail to be looked upon, as possessions
in which the princes invested with them had a personal
|Different position of England from other countries.|
right. In England, almost alone, an Earldom still kept
its character as a great office, for the good administration
of which the magistrate entrusted with it was answerable to
the power which appointed him, the King and the general
Assembly of the Nation. In short, the political constitution,
once common to every Teutonic people, still flourished
in England, while it had greatly decayed in Germany and
|Harold’s claim strange in continental eyes.|
had quite died out in France. It follows that, to most
continental hearers, the claim of Harold, a man not of
kingly blood, to reign solely by the will of the people
would already sound something strange and unnatural.
The claim of William, a prince, would, simply because he
was a prince, be looked on with more favourable eyes. A
reigning prince, a kinsman of the late King, would seem
far better fitted to reign than a mere subject, possibly the
grandson of a churl.[797] Nor would the repugnance of the
English to a King not of their own blood and speech be
thoroughly intelligible on the Continent. England had
never, except under constraint, chosen a foreign King,
and Cnut the Dane was, after all, hardly a foreigner in
the eyes of half the Kingdom. But on the Continent, at
any rate among the nations of the various Romance tongues,
277princes had freely passed from one kingdom to another,
as they could win them by conquest or by inheritance.
Hugh of Provence had reigned in Italy;[798] Odo of Chartres
had sought, not without a fair chance of success, for a
kingdom in Burgundy;[799] and, the greatest instance of all,
the Crowns of Burgundy and Italy, the Imperial Crown of
Rome itself, were now, by the public Law of Europe, held to
pass of right to the King of the Teutonic Kingdom. For
the Duke of the Normans to grow into the King of the
English would therefore seem a change far less strange in
|No fixed law of succession anywhere.|
continental than it seemed in insular eyes. And again, it
was for William’s advantage that, though the doctrine
of hereditary right was fast growing, the laws of hereditary
succession had not yet been strictly fixed in any
country. No one doubted that a son ought to succeed to
his father, but it was by no means clear who ought to
succeed to a prince who left no son. In fact this point
has not to this day been settled by the common consent of
Europe; it has followed in each kingdom the local law
of that kingdom, and, I need not say, it is a point on
which the Law of France and the Law of England have
differed for ages. In truth it was only in an age when
the law of hereditary succession was still very unsettled,
that William the Bastard could have succeeded to anything,
|No hereditary right in William.|
whether in Normandy or in England. With regard
to England, his claims would be at once set aside by a
modern lawyer. He and Eadward had indeed a common
ancestor in Richard the Fearless, but Richard the Fearless
never was sovereign of England, nor was he in any line of
succession which could have made him, under any circumstances,
sovereign of England. Such a common ancestry
|Doctrine of nearness of kin.|
could give William no claim on the English Crown. But,
till the law is very distinctly settled, the notion of nearness
278of kin is really more intelligible, and awakens more of
sympathy, than the technical doctrine of representation.
|Mixed nature of William’s claim.|
William could therefore easily work on men’s minds by
enlarging on his nearness of kin to Eadward, especially
when that claim was mingled up with the claim founded
on the alleged bequest of Eadward.[800] He could talk of
the kindred by blood between himself and the English
King; he could talk of their mutual affection and mutual
good offices; he could tell of the promise of the succession
made to him by his childless cousin. All this could easily
be wrought up into a claim which, in the eyes of men
ignorant of the Law of England and knowing no very
strict law of succession of their own, might easily seem
stronger than the claims of Harold, which rested solely on
the election of the English people. As for Eadgar, nearer of
kin to Eadward than William was, and born withal of the
true kingly stock of England, it best suited William’s purpose
to say nothing about him. Out of England his existence
was most likely hardly known. Nay, in the unsettled state
of men’s minds, William might, if the objection was ever
started, argue that Eadward might rightly pass by an
incompetent minor, and bequeath his Crown to a kinsman
almost as near in blood and so much better fitted
to rule.[801]
William’s claim adapted to
We thus see that William’s claim to the Crown, a claim
artfully made up of bequest and hereditary right, was one
279|continental opinion at the time.|
by no means ill suited to commend itself to many minds
at the time. But it was not merely his claim as heir or
legatee of Eadward that William now put forth to the
world. There never was a more memorable example of
the way in which one utterly fallacious argument can
sometimes be made to bolster up another argument equally
|The wrong done by Harold mixed up with William’s original claim.|
fallacious. With William’s supposed original right by
kindred or bequest the wrong done to him by Harold was
cunningly mixed up. I have already argued that that
wrong, whatever was its nature, could not really give
William any right which he did not possess already.
|Ingenuity and fallaciousness of this argument.|
Neither Harold’s oath nor Harold’s breaking of his oath
could, in law or morals, make William’s claim to the
Crown one jot better or worse. But no tale could be
better fitted further to inflame the minds of those who
were already disposed to look on the Norman Duke as an
injured man. It would indeed be a spirit-stirring tale in
which William, and those who pleaded in William’s name,
would set forth the wrong-doings of the faithless Englishman.
|Aspect of the tale as told by William.|
Harold, the sworn man of William, had turned
against his lord; he had trodden under foot every duty of
a vassal; rescued from the dungeon of Beaurain by William’s
bounty, honoured with William’s personal friendship,
admitted to the ranks of Norman chivalry by William’s
hand, bound to William and his house by the promise of
a daughter of Normandy to his wife—he had despised so
many and so great favours; he had lifted up his heel
against his lord and benefactor; the Kingdom which he
had sworn to make over to William he had traitorously
seized as his own; he had added, it might be, to his crime
the further guilt of abusing the confidence of his own
dying sovereign, and of wringing from him in his last
moments an unwilling assent to the usurpation which he
plotted. This was the light in which the tale of the
election of Harold, a tale which seems so glorious in
280English eyes, would look in the eyes of those before whom
William pleaded, of those on whom he called on to help
him to assert his right and to chastise the wrong-doer.
|Appeal to religious feelings.|
Nor was this all; William had that to add which would
speak at once to the deep religious feelings of his age and
|Harold’s perjury no ordinary breach of feudal obligation, but a direct insult to the Norman Saints.|
people. This was no common case of a vassal forgetting
his duty to his lord. Who in that age could boast that
he had always faithfully discharged all the duties arising
out of the intricate, and often contradictory, relations of
feudalism? On such mere backslidings as these William
had never been unduly harsh. He had over and over
again forgiven the men who had rebelled against him,
and in the moment of victory he had ever kept his hands
clean from bloodshed. But here was a wrong which he
never could forgive, because a higher duty called on him
to avenge it. He might pass by wrongs done against himself;
but he would be himself a partaker in the guilt, if
he passed by the wrongs done against a mightier power.
Normandy had this time been wronged, not only in the
person of her mortal sovereign but in the persons of her
immortal guardians. Harold had done despite to all the
saints of the Norman land; he had arrayed against him
the wrath of every patron of every holy place from the
stream of Eu to the Mount of the Archangel. The powers
of Heaven were ready to fight against their blasphemer, and
to bless the arms of him who stood forth as their earthly
|The Crusades forestalled in William’s expedition.|
avenger. Forestalling the enthusiasm with which, thirty
years later, men pressed to wipe out their sins by a Crusade
against the Infidel, William now called on all who would
to win the favour of Heaven by going forth with him to
avenge the insult offered to the saints of Normandy.
William, in self-delusion, let us hope, rather than in conscious
hypocrisy, called on all who would to aid him in
the attack on an independent nation which he cloked
under the name of a Holy War.
General character of William’s case.
281Such was in truth the claim by virtue of which William
threw down his challenge to England and to the King
whom England had chosen. In the eye either of logic
or of sound morals, his fabric was but as a house of cards;
each fallacy rested on another fallacy as weak as itself,
and when one frail support gave way, the fall of the
whole must follow. But men are in general but little
under the rule either of logic or of morals; they are apt
to be guided by impulse rather than by judgement; they
find it much less fatiguing to echo some easily repeated
formula than to go into the facts or the reason of anything.
A case then like William’s, artfully put together,
and in which each fallacy fitted ingeniously into another,
really told with more effect than the few plain facts which
formed the defence of Harold and of England. Instead
of being a house of cards, William’s fabric of fallacies,
each resting on the other, did, as a matter of practical
policy, win for itself the strength of the firmest arch.
|Various incentives appealed unto.|
And artfully mixed up with his formal claims were incentives
of all kinds, adapted to the character and passions
of the various kinds of men with whom he had to deal.
|The plunder of England promised.|
To all, of whatever nation, who would flock to his standard
he offered a share in the spoils of England. He would
lead them to a land abounding in all manner of good
things, a land fruitful in meat and drink and rich in gold
and silver.[802] The wealth of that goodly land should be
the guerdon of all who had a share in its conquest. In
that spirit of confident boasting which, in men like him,
is often the highest wisdom, he promised beforehand all
that was Harold’s, while Harold, he said, had not strength
282of mind to promise a single thing that was his.[803] William
here lighted on the true difference between his own position
and that of his rival. Harold, content with his own, planning
no aggression against William or against any other
man, was not likely to promise rewards in Normandy to
his Thegns or his Housecarls. And, with his own people,
William could appeal to feelings which were at least
|Appeal to Norman patriotism.|
higher than the mere love of plunder. It was possible
to appeal to a certain vein of Norman patriotism, and to
represent, not only the English King, but the English
|Norman grudges against England.|
nation, as laden with a heavy weight of offences against
the Norman Duchy. The English invasion in Æthelred’s
time[804] was perhaps forgotten—some critics may perhaps
say that it never happened—at any rate it does not seem
to have been prominently put forward. But William
took care to announce himself as the true successor of
his father in the expedition which his father undertook
against England to support the rights of his cousins,
|The murder of Ælfred.|
the banished Æthelings.[805] He, the chosen heir of Eadward,
went forth, among other high and righteous purposes,
to avenge the blood of Ælfred, shed by the father
of the reigning King, who was himself—so it was given
out—art and part in his father’s deed.[806] The blood of a
prince, partly Norman by birth, and endeared to Normandy
283by long residence in childhood and youth, might
well call for vengeance at the hands of loyal Normans.
|Expulsion of the Normans in 1052.|
Then there was the wrong done, fourteen years back, to so
many Normans, friends and guests of the late venerated
King. Norman Knights and Prelates had had to flee for
their lives before a lawless crowd of English rebels, hounded
on against their own sovereign by the traitor Harold and
|Special case of Archbishop Robert.|
his traitor father. Chief among the victims was one whose
wrongs, wrongs done against the Church and all godliness,
were but the fit forerunners of the fouler wrong which had
since been done directly against the saints in glory. The
blasphemer of the Norman saints had been the despoiler
of the Norman Primate. Robert of Jumièges, driven
from the throne of Augustine, had come back to spend
the remnant of his days in his own land, and to lay his
bones beneath the slender towers and massive arches of
the mighty minster which he himself had reared.[807] That
the murder of Ælfred was a crime in which Harold could
have had no share, that the flight of Robert was his
own act, that his deprivation was a righteous process of
English Law, that, even had Harold been the murderer
of Ælfred and the unrighteous despoiler of Robert, neither
count could in any way strengthen William’s claim to
the English Crown—all these were points on which few
minds in Normandy were likely to dwell. All these
irrelevant matters could easily be made use of to stir up
the mind of Normandy against Harold and against England.
And, if this was done, no matter how logically
weak were the arguments by which it was done, the aim
of William was gained.
General appeal against England.
But William, in the course of this great argument,
showed himself emphatically all things to all men. There
were other minds than those of his own Normans to be
persuaded, there were ears in which another line of argument
284|The invasion represented as a missionary enterprise.|
would sound more convincing. No diplomacy short
of that of William and Lanfranc could have contrived to
represent the invasion of England as an undertaking
designed for the spiritual welfare of England. No brains
less subtle than theirs could have converted William and
his host into armed missionaries, eager to reform at the
sword’s point the evil lives and the ecclesiastical abuses of
|Charges brought against the English Church.|
the ungodly islanders.[808] A land which had not lost its
ancient character of the Isle of Saints—a land which had
so lately boasted of a King like Eadward and an Earl like
Leofric—a land which was still illustrated by the virtues of
the holy Wulfstan—a land where so many minsters were
rising in increased stateliness, and where the wealth of the
Church was daily added to—a land whose Earls and Bishops
and sons of every degree pressed, year after year, to worship
and to offer at the tombs of the Apostles—a land like this
was branded as a land which needed to be again gathered
|The Crusade preached against England.|
in to the true fold, and the Crusade which had not yet been
preached against Turks or Prussians or Albigenses was
prematurely preached against the people of England. It
was indeed easy to gather together, in England or in any
other land, tales which showed that the Church had fallen
from her first love. It was easy to tell of breaches of
discipline and breaches of morals, to tell of the vast
pluralities of Stigand and of the deeds of sacrilege wrought
at Berkeley and Leominster. The orators of William may
well have set forth tales like these before the Roman Court,
alongside of the tale of the perjury of Harold and of the
wrong done to their own master. But these were not the
|Real crime of England its independence of Rome.|
real crimes of England. Her crime in the eyes of Rome,
the crime to punish which the Crusade of William was
approved and blessed, was the independence still retained
285by the island Church and nation. A land where the
Church and the nation were but different names for the
same community, a land where Priests and Prelates were
subject to the Law like other men, a land where the King
and his Witan gave and took away the staff of the Bishop,
was a land which in the eyes of Rome was more dangerous
than a land of Jews or Saracens. Rome, ever watchful,
ever mindful, had not forgotten the note of insular defiance
when the heart of England spoke by the mouth of Tostig,
and threatened the Pontiff on his throne.[809] Even under
Eadward, England had been no unresisting bond-slave, and
her independence, so boldly asserted by one son of Godwine,
was likely to be as boldly maintained by another. The
opportunity which Rome had doubtless long looked for now
offered itself. A sword was put into her hand by which
the rebellious islanders might be brought under her full
obedience. It was a policy worthy of William to send to
the threshold of the Apostles to crave their blessing on his
|William outwitted by Hildebrand.|
intended work of reducing the rebellious land. And it was
a policy worthy of one greater than William himself to
make even William, for once in his life, the instrument of
purposes yet more daring, yet more far-sighted, than his
own. On the steps of the Papal chair, and there alone,
had William and Lanfranc to cope with an intellect loftier
and more subtle than even theirs. The counsellor of so
many Pontiffs, so soon to be himself the most renowned of
Pontiffs, knew with whom he had to deal, and knew how
to bide his time as well as William himself. William was
sent on an errand which none but William could perform,
but of which William himself knew not the full bearing.
Under his rule no man could doubt that England would be
subject to none but him. With William for her King, she
was as little likely to be the unresisting slave of Rome as if
Harold himself should continue to guard her. But a seed
286was sown which was to bear fruit in other times and under
weaker rulers. When Rome once took upon her to adjudge
the Crown of England, the path was opened for that day of
|1213.|
shame and sorrow when a descendant of William stooped
to receive the Crown of England as a fief of Rome.
Various negotiations carried on by William.
The case of William had thus to be brought to bear on the
minds of his own people, on the minds of the neighbouring
countries whence he invited and looked for volunteers, on
the minds of the foreign princes whose help or at least whose
neutrality he asked for, and, above all, on the minds of the
Roman Pontiff and his advisers. The order of these various
negotiations is not very clear,[810] and in all probability all
|He first consults a select Council of his own Duchy.|
were being carried on at once. But there is little doubt that
William’s first step, on receiving the refusal of Harold to
surrender his Crown—or whatever else was the exact purport
of the English King’s answer—was to lay the matter before
a select body of his most trusty counsellors. The names
of most of the men whom William thus honoured with his
special confidence are already familiar to us. They were
the men of his own blood, the friends of his youth, the
faithful vassals who had fought at his side against French
|Names and characters of the men assembled by William.|
invaders and Norman rebels. There was his brother, Robert
Count of Mortain, the lord of the castle by the waterfalls,[811]
the spoil of the banished Warling.[812] And there was one
closer than a brother, the proud William the son of Osbern,
the son of the faithful guardian of his childhood.[813] There,
perhaps the only priest in that gathering of warriors, was
his other brother, Odo of Bayeux, soon to prove himself a
warrior as stout of heart and as strong of arm as any of his
287race.[814] There too, not otherwise renowned, was Iwun-al-Chapel,
the husband of the sister of William, Robert,
and Odo.[815] There was a kinsman, nearer in legitimate
succession to the stock of Rolf than William himself,
Richard of Evreux, the son of Robert the Archbishop, the
grandson of Richard the Fearless.[816] There was the true
kinsman and vassal who guarded the frontier fortress of
Eu,[817] the brother of the traitor Busac and of the holy
Prelate of Lisieux.[818] There was Roger of Beaumont, who
rid the world of Roger of Toesny,[819] and Ralph, the worthier
grandson of that old foe of Normandy and mankind.[820] There
was Ralph’s companion in banishment, Hugh of Grantmesnil,[821]
and Roger of Montgomery, the loyal son-in-law
of him who cursed the Bastard in his cradle.[822] There too
were the other worthies of the day of Mortemer, Walter
Giffard[823] and Hugh of Montfort,[824]
and William of Warren,
the valiant youth who had received the chiefest guerdon of
that memorable ambush.[825] These men, chiefs of the great
houses of Normandy, founders, some of them, of greater
houses in England, were gathered together at their sovereign’s
bidding. They were to be the first to share his
counsels in the enterprise which he was planning, an enterprise
planned against the land which, with so many in
that assembly, was to become a second home, a home
perhaps all the more cherished that it was won by the
might of their own right hands.
William consults the Council.
To this select Council the Duke made his first appeal.
He told them, what some of them at least knew well
already, of the wrongs which he had suffered from Harold
288of England.[826] It was his purpose to cross the sea, in order
to assert his rights and to chastise the wrong-doer. With
the help of God and with the loyal service of his faithful
Normans, he doubted not his power to do what he purposed.[827]
He had gathered them together to know their
minds upon the matter. Did they approve of his purpose?
Did they deem the enterprise within his power? Were
they ready themselves to help him to the uttermost to
|Answer of the Council.|
recover his right? The answer of the Norman leaders,
the personal kinsmen and friends of their sovereign, was
wise and constitutional. They approved his purpose; they
deemed that the enterprise was not beyond the power of
Normandy to accomplish. The valour of the Norman
knighthood, the wealth of the Norman Church,[828] was fully
enough to put their Duke in possession of all that he
|They pledge their own service, but recommend the calling of a larger assembly.|
claimed. Their own personal service they pledged at once;
they would follow him to the war; they would pledge,
they would sell, their lands to cover the costs of the expedition.
But they would not answer for others. Where all
were to share in the work, all ought to share in the
counsel.[829] Those whom the Duke had gathered together
289were not the whole baronage of Normandy. There were
other wise and brave men in the Duchy, whose arms were
as strong, and whose counsel would be as sage, as those of
the chosen party to whom he spoke. Let the Duke call
a larger meeting of all the Barons of his Duchy, and lay
his designs before them.
The Assembly of Lillebonne.
The Duke hearkened to this advice, and he at once sent
forth a summons for the gathering of a larger Assembly.
This is the only time when we come across any details of
|Difference between Norman and English Assemblies.|
the proceedings of a Norman Parliament. And we at once
see how widely the political condition of Normandy differed
from that of England. We see how much further England
had advanced, or, more truly, how much further Normandy
had gone back, in the path of political freedom. The Norman
Assembly which assembled to discuss the war against
England was a widely different body from the Great
Gemót which had voted for the restoration of Godwine.
Godwine had made his speech before the King and all the
people of the land.[830] That people had met under the
canopy of heaven, beneath the walls of the greatest city of
|No Clergy or Commons in the Norman Assembly.|
the realm. But in William’s Assembly we hear of none
but Barons. The old Teutonic constitution had wholly
died away from the memories of the descendants of the men
who followed Rolf and Harold Blaatand. The immemorial
democracy had passed away, and the later constitution of
the mediæval States had not yet arisen. There was no
Third Estate, because the personal right of every freeman
to attend had altogether vanished, while the idea of the
representation of particular privileged towns had not yet
been heard of. And, if the Third Order was wanting, the
First Order was at least less prominent than it was in
other lands. The wealth of the Church had been already
pointed out as an important element in the Duke’s ways
and means, and both the wealth and the personal prowess
290of the Norman Clergy were, when the day came, freely
placed at William’s disposal. The peculiar tradition of
Norman Assemblies,[831] which shut out the Clergy from all
share in the national deliberations, seems now to have been
relaxed. It is implied, rather than asserted,[832] that the
Bishops of Normandy were present in the Assembly which
now met; but it is clear that the main stress of the debates
fell on the lay Barons, and that the spirit of the Assembly
was a spirit which was especially theirs.
Place of Meeting.
And, if the constitution of the Assembly differed widely
from that of an English Gemót, the place of its meeting
differed no less characteristically from the places of meeting
most familiar to Englishmen. The law or custom of
Eadward’s reign had chosen three of the chief cities of England
to be, each in turn, the place of meeting for English
national assemblies. The Norman Assembly met in a ducal
dwelling far away from any of the great cities of the
Duchy. It was gathered on a spot which had been a post
of strength in far earlier times, and which, after ages of
neglect, had been once more called into importance by
|Juliobona or Lillebonne; its Roman remains.|
William himself. The old Roman town of Juliobona stood
at no great distance from the right bank of the Seine, and
its representative, the modern Lillebonne, is familiar to
travellers and students as one of the spots in Northern
Gaul which are most rich in antiquities of Roman date.[833]
Within the present century a Roman theatre has been
brought to light, where the main arrangements of the
building are still perfectly preserved. Its solid arches and
vast masses of walls still attest that matchless skill of
291the ancient conquerors in the constructive art of the
builder which has made their works survive those of so
many later ages. So it has been at Lillebonne; the works
of the Roman Cæsars have proved more permanent than
|Decay of the place.|
the works of the Norman Dukes. Juliobona seems to have
sunk into insignificance during the later days of Roman
sway. It seems that, before the Imperial dominion had
fully ceased, while the land was wasted alike by the
Teutonic invasions and by the disputes of contending Emperors
or Tyrants, the ancient buildings of the city had
been largely destroyed of set purpose, in order to employ
their materials in the construction of defences to shelter
what was allowed to remain. Juliobona dwindled away, and
the town makes no figure in history, until William called
it again into being, as if expressly to become the scene of
|The castle built by William.|
this memorable meeting.[834] On a slight elevation alike above
the modern town and above the old Roman relic, William
had reared a fortress which has now given way, partly to
the military reconstructions of later ages, partly to the
sheer barbarism of times which are almost our own. The
site was a noble one. The theatre below, if it was not
already hidden, might have seemed but a feeble reproduction
by the hand of man of the glorious amphitheatre in
which Lillebonne has been placed by the hand of nature.
|Present state of Lillebonne.|
From the top of a lofty tower of later days the eye looks
down on the theatre on one side, on the other side on the
modern town, with the graceful spire of its church, a work
of the latest days of mediæval art. But the eye may
almost pass by both to gaze on the wooded hills which, save
at one point alone, shut in the view on every side. At that
point, immediately above the Roman ruin, the hills, like the
292walls of the theatre, leave a gap which opens a view of the
Seine glistening in the distance, and of the higher hills of
the land between the Seine and the Dive which form the
distant horizon. But no portion of the work of the great
Duke now remains on that noble site. His donjon has
given way to a grand round tower of later times, and to a
taller one of octagonal shape, whose shattered walls still
rise as the loftiest point of town or fortress. These changes
were doubtless due to the fair requirements of the military
art of later ages. But William’s noblest work has yielded
to baser agents of destruction. Within his fortress, immediately
above the theatre, as if to put the skill of his
own age in direct competition with that of the old masters
|William’s hall; its destruction.|
of the world, William had built a noble hall, every stone of
which has been destroyed in utter wantonness, but of whose
general aspect a sufficient record has been preserved.[835] Like
most halls of that and of the two immediately succeeding
ages—like that noble episcopal hall at Angers which we
may take as the best representative of the ducal hall at
Lillebonne—a vaulted undercroft supported the hall itself.
A lower range of doorways, above them a range of the
small coupled windows of the age, marked the two stages,
and produced the effect, at once rich and solid, so characteristic
of the best works of Norman skill. Within that
stately hall, divided, no doubt, by ranges of pillars and
arches which were then fresh from the hand of the craftsman,
William now, as on more than one other occasion,[836] gathered
together the wisdom and valour of his Duchy, to hear and
to ponder the mighty scheme on which his heart was bent.
Genuine parliamentary spirit of the Assembly.
Narrow as was the constitution of the Assembly, it
showed, when it met, no lack either of political foresight
or of parliamentary boldness. In a society so aristocratically
293constituted as that of Normandy was, the nobles are in truth,
in a political sense, the people, and we must expect to find
in any gathering of nobles both the virtues and the vices of
a real popular assembly.[837] William had already consulted
his Senate; he had now to bring his resolution, fortified
by their approval, before the body which came as near as
any body in Normandy could come to the character of an
Assembly of the Norman People. The valiant gentlemen
of Normandy, as wary as they were valiant, proved good
guardians of the public purse, trusty keepers of what one
knows not whether to call the rights of the nation or the
|William’s opening speech; he assumes the willingness of the Assembly, and asks only what amount they will contribute.|
privileges of their order. The Duke laid his case before
them. He told once more the tale of his own rights and of
the wrong which Harold had done him. He said that his
own mind was to assert his rights by force of arms. He
would fain enter England in the course of the year on
which they had entered.[838] But without their help he could
do nothing. Of his own he had neither ships enough nor
men enough for such an enterprise. He would not ask
whether they would help him in such a cause. He took
their zeal and loyalty for granted; he asked only how
many ships, how many men, each of his hearers would
bring as a free-will offering.[839]
The Assembly asks time to consider.
A Norman Assembly was not a body to be surprised
into a hasty assent, even when the craft and the eloquence
294|Mingled feelings of the Assembly.|
of William was brought to bear upon it. The Barons asked
for time to consider of their answer. They would debate
among themselves, and they would let him know the conclusion
to which they came.[840] William was obliged to consent
to this delay, and the Assembly broke up into knots, greater
or smaller, each eagerly discussing the great question.
Parties of fifteen, twenty, thirty, forty, sixty, a hundred,
gathered round this or that energetic speaker.[841] Some
professed their readiness to follow the Duke; others were
in debt, and were too poor to venture on such hazards.[842]|Strong opposition to the enterprise.|
Other speakers set forth the dangers and difficulties of the
enterprise. Normandy could not conquer England; their
fair and flourishing land would be ruined by the attempt.[843]
The conquest of England was an undertaking beyond the
power of a Roman Emperor.[844] Harold and his land were
rich; they had wealth to take foreign Kings and Dukes
into their service;[845] their own forces were in mere numbers
such as Normandy could not hope to strive against.[846]
They had abundance of tried soldiers, and, above all, they
had a mighty fleet, with crews skilled beyond other men
295in all that pertained to the warfare of the sea.[847] How could
a fleet be raised, how could the sailors be gathered together,
how could they be taught, within a year’s space, to cope
with such an enemy?[848] The feeling of the Assembly was
distinctly against so desperate an enterprise as the invasion
of England. It seemed as if the hopes and schemes of
William were about to be shattered in their beginning
through the opposition of his own subjects.
Attempt of William Fitz-Osbern to cajole the Assembly.
A daring, though cunning, attempt was now made by
William Fitz-Osbern, the Duke’s nearest personal friend,
to cajole the Assembly into an assent to his master’s will.
He appealed to their sense of feudal honour; they owed
the Duke service for their fiefs; let them come forward
and do with a good heart all, and more than all, that
their tenure of their fiefs bound them to. Let not their
sovereign be driven to implore the services of his subjects.
|He points out the danger of opposition.|
Let them rather forestal his will; let them win his favour
by ready offerings even beyond their power to fulfil.[849] He
enlarged on the character of the lord with whom they
had to deal. William’s jealous temper would not brook
disappointment at their hands. It would be the worse
for them in the end, if the Duke should ever have to say
that he had failed in his enterprise because they had failed
in readiness to support him.[850]
He is commissioned to speak in
The language of William Fitz-Osbern seems to have
startled and perplexed even the stout hearts with whom
296|the name of the Assembly.|
he had to deal. The Barons prayed him to be their spokesman
with the Duke. He knew their minds and could speak
for them all, and they would be bound by what he said.[851]
But they gave him no direct commission to bind them
to any consent to the Duke’s demand. Their words indeed
tended ominously the other way; they feared the sea—so
changed was the race which had once manned the ships
of Rolf and Harold Blaatand—and they were not bound
to serve beyond it.[852]
His speech to the Duke;
A point seemed to have been gained by the seeming
licence given by the Assembly to the Duke’s most intimate
friend to speak as he would in the name of the whole
baronage. William Fitz-Osbern now spoke to the Duke.
He began with an exordium of almost cringing loyalty,
setting forth how great was the zeal and affection of the
Normans for their prince, and how there was no danger
which they would not willingly undergo in his service.[853]|his large offers|
But the orator soon overshot his mark. He promised, in
the name of the whole Assembly, that every man would not
only cross the sea with the Duke, but would bring with
him double the contingent to which his holding bound
him. The lord of twenty knights’ fees would serve with
forty knights, and the lord of a hundred with two
hundred.[854] He himself, of his love and zeal, would furnish
297sixty ships, well equipped, and filled with fighting
men.[855]
disowned by the Barons.
The Barons now felt themselves taken in a snare. They
were in nearly the same case as the King against whom
they were called on to march. They had indeed promised;
they had commissioned William Fitz-Osbern to speak in
their names. But their commission had been stretched
beyond all reasonable construction; their spokesman had
pledged them to engagements which had never entered
into their minds.[856] Loud shouts of dissent rose through
the hall. The mention of serving with double the regular
|Fears and confusion of the Assembly.|
contingent awakened special indignation. With a true parliamentary
instinct, the Norman Barons feared lest a consent
to this demand should be drawn into a precedent, and
lest their fiefs should be for ever burthened with this double
service.[857] The shouts grew louder; the whole hall was in
confusion; no speaker could be heard; no man would
hearken to reason or render a reason for himself.[858]
No common vote passed, but the Barons severally
The rash speech of William Fitz-Osbern had thus destroyed
all hope of a regular parliamentary consent on
the part of the Assembly. But it is possible that the
Duke gained in the end by the hazardous experiment of
298|won over by the Duke.|
his Seneschal. It is even possible that the manœuvre
may have been concerted beforehand between him and
his master. It was not likely that any persuasion could
have brought the Assembly as a body to agree to the
lavish offer of volunteer service which was put into its
mouth by William Fitz-Osbern. There was no hope of
carrying any such vote on a formal division. But the
confusion which followed the speech of the Seneschal
hindered any formal division from being taken. The
Assembly, in short, as an assembly, was broken up. The
fagot was unloosed, and the sticks could now be broken
one by one. The baronage of Normandy had lost all the
strength of union; they were brought, one by one, within
the reach of the personal fascinations of their sovereign.
William conferred with each man apart;[859] he employed
all his arts on minds which, when no longer strengthened
by the sympathy of a crowd, could not refuse anything
that he asked. He pledged himself that the doubling of
their services should not become a precedent; no man’s
fief should be burthened with any charge beyond what it
had borne from time immemorial.[860] Men thus personally
appealed to, brought in this way within the magic sphere
of princely influence, were no longer slack to promise, and
having once promised, they were not slack to fulfil. William
had more than gained his point. If he had not
gained the formal sanction of the Norman baronage to
his expedition, he had won over each individual Norman
Baron to serve him as a volunteer. And, wary as ever,
William took heed that no man who had promised should
299draw back from his promise. His scribes and clerks were
at hand, and the number of ships and soldiers promised by
each Baron was at once set down in a book.[861] A Domesday
of the conquerors was in short drawn up in the ducal hall
at Lillebonne, a forerunner of the greater Domesday of the
conquered, which, twenty years later, was brought to King
William of England in his royal palace at Winchester.
William’s chances of support in England
William had thus, by a characteristic effort of his craft,
won over his own Duchy to support him in his enterprise.
He had now to seek for allies beyond his own borders. And,
first and foremost, it concerned him to know whether he
could look for any support in the land to whose dominion
he aspired. There is not a shadow of evidence to show
that William had a single native partizan within the four
|confined to the Normans settled there.|
seas of Britain.[862]He may have carried on intrigues
with the Normans whom Harold had allowed to remain
in England. But even on this head we have no distinct
evidence. A single notice some months later seems
to show that, even at the time of William’s landing, the
Normans in England, however eagerly they may have
wished for his success, looked on his enterprise as hopeless.[863]
But it is certain that one, perhaps two,[864] native Englishmen
300|William’s cause embraced by the banished Tostig.|
were zealous on William’s behalf. At what stage of
his negotiations we know not, but seemingly early in the
year, one Englishman at least came to William’s court, to
excite him to war against England and to offer his own
services for the cause. But that Englishman was no discontented
noble at Harold’s court, no leader of a powerful
faction within his realm. He was an exile, buoyed up by
an exile’s proverbially desperate hopes. The first foreign
volunteer who answered to William’s summons was Tostig
the son of Godwine.[865]
Position and schemes of Tostig.
In the banished brother of the English King, William
found an ally willing to help him in all his schemes, an
ally far more impetuous than himself, far more eager to
strike a blow at once and at all hazards. The fallen Earl
of the Northumbrians had sunk from bad to worse. He
had now thrown off every feeling of an Englishman and
a brother of the English King. He had once perhaps
dreamed of the Kingdom for himself; he now found himself
shut out from all hopes of his Earldom, or indeed of
restoration in any shape. Harold, as Earl, at the Northampton
conference, had done all that he could do for his
brother; but he had agreed to the sentence of outlawry
which the national voice had called for, and he had not as
King done anything to recall Tostig to his country. In
fact the restoration of Tostig was in every way impossible.
|His hopelessness of restoration.|
He had shown his thorough unfitness to rule, and it is
absurd to suppose that he would have been satisfied to sit
down and live peaceably in England as a private man.
Harold could have had neither the will nor the power to
break the Oxford compact, to dispossess Morkere of the
Earldom which had been so solemnly confirmed to him,
and to set his brother to rule once more over the unwilling
people of Northumberland. Nor could he be asked to
depose in favour of a pardoned outlaw either of his two
301loyal brothers who ruled in Kent and in East-Anglia. Nor
could Tostig reasonably hope that Harold would put him
in a still closer relation to himself by restoring the West-Saxon
Earldom in his favour. In short, no banished man
ever seemed doomed to a more hopeless banishment. It is
not wonderful then that the heart of Tostig was turned to
an exceeding bitterness against the country which had cast
him out, and against the brother who had refused to sacrifice
the public weal to his interests. If he still retained
the consciousness of originally right intentions, such a
consciousness would only add fuel to the fire. It is quite
possible that the murderer of Gamel and Ulf may have
looked on himself as a martyr to the cause of good order
among the barbarous Northumbrians. At all events, he
looked on himself as absolved from all ties either to his
|He determines on a restoration by force.|
brother or to his country. An attempt at an armed return
on the part of Tostig was no more than was to be expected.
It was what any banished man of that age was sure to
attempt, if he could only collect the needful force in any
quarter. Osgod Clapa, Godwine, Ælfgar, Harold himself,
had all set him the example. The practice was so common
that it could hardly be looked upon as specially blameworthy.
If we blame Harold severely for the slaughter
at Porlock, it is really because he pays the penalty
of his greatness, because we cannot help judging him by
a severer standard than that by which we judge smaller
|Difference between the case of Tostig and the cases of other returning exiles.|
men.[866] But there are very marked degrees in a course
which, however usual at the time, must be set down as being
in every case contrary to ideal loyalty and patriotism. The
case of Godwine needs no defence; it is covered by the
general right of insurrection against mis-government. If
Godwine came to restore himself, he came also to deliver
England. Harold, like Osgod Clapa, tried to effect his
return by the help of mercenaries hired in a foreign land.
302But he did not ally himself with any enemies of the King
or Kingdom. Ælfgar, on his first banishment, went a step
further by leaguing himself with a rebellious vassal, if not
within the Kingdom of England, at least within the
Empire of Britain.[867] On the occasion of his second banishment,
he did not scruple to employ the help of a fleet of
Wikings, who must have been cruising on the shores of
England with no friendly intent.[868] All these are steps in
a descending scale. But neither Osgod nor Harold nor
Ælfgar sank to the wickedness of roaming over the world in
search of any foreign potentate who would restore him by
force, even at the expense of the utter subjugation of
England. Tostig alone did not scruple at this depth of
treason. He stands before us as acting more distinctly as
the enemy of his country than any Englishman whom we
have come across since the days of Ælfric and Eadric.
Tostig goes from Flanders to Normandy.
Tostig, we have seen, on his banishment from England,
took refuge with his brother-in-law Count Baldwin,
and spent the winter at his court.[869] But, early in the next
year, perhaps not very long after the election of Harold,
most likely as soon as the news of the messages which
passed between William and Harold had found its way to
Bruges, Tostig was at the Court of William, urging him to
the invasion of England. He eagerly asked the Duke how
he could suffer the perjurer to reign,[870] and promised his own
|Relations between William and Tostig.|
vigorous help in promoting all his plans.[871] It would seem
that he reached Normandy before the Assembly at Lillebonne,
and it is even implied that the exhortations of Tostig
303were among the inducements which led William to summon
that Assembly.[872] But Tostig’s exhortations could have
been only a very secondary inducement, serving at most
to strengthen and hasten a resolution which William had
already formed. It would be an insult to William to suppose
that he really needed Tostig as a counsellor. The relations
between the two men are perfectly easy to understand;
the small man was likely to be useful as a momentary tool
in the hands of the great man. Though Tostig left his
wife at the court of her brother, the family connexion
between Judith and Matilda would secure him a brotherly
reception at the Court of Rouen; indeed we are told that,
on the strength of that connexion, Tostig and William
had long been intimate friends.[873] And now each of the
two friends was in a position to be useful to the other.
Tostig, driven from England, was in search of foreign
help, and the Court of Normandy was the natural place
for him to seek for it in the first instance. As soon as
he knew of William’s designs on the English Crown, he
would hail in him the very man for his purpose. And
the prince who already contemplated the invasion of England
would rejoice at an alliance with the banished and
hostile brother of the English King. Tostig had doubtless,
after the manner of exiles, persuaded himself that
all England was ready to welcome, not only himself, but
any stranger who might appear under the pretext of restoring
him. William was too wise to believe tales of
this kind, but he might well look on Tostig as likely to
prove an useful tool, as one whose incursions might serve
to harass the King of the English, and to distract his attention
from the main danger. Tostig’s impetuous temper
would naturally call for earlier and more effective support
304than the prudence of William would be inclined to give,
or indeed than, at that early stage of his preparations,
he was able to give. It was undesirable utterly to thwart
Tostig, or to make an enemy of him; it was perhaps becoming
|Tostig attacks England with William’s sanction. May, 1066.|
desirable to get rid of him. He was therefore
allowed to make an incursion on the English coasts. At
his own risk, but with the Duke’s sanction, he set sail
from the Côtentin at the head of such a naval force as he
could get together. This force would doubtless consist
of Flemish and Norman mercenaries and volunteers. The
Norman account tells us that King Harold’s fleet was
so vigorously on the alert that Tostig was unable to land
in England, while contrary winds hindered his return to
Normandy.[874] We know however that he did land in England,
and that he committed considerable ravages. [875] But,
from this point, the career of Tostig and that of William
become altogether distinct, and the story of Tostig’s later
doings will join itself to another thread of my narrative.
Tostig probably chafed under the restraints of William’s
prudence; perhaps he thought himself forsaken, or even
betrayed, by an ally whose support was so slowly and
grudgingly given. It is certain that he soon threw
up his alliance with the Norman Duke, and sought for
more ready aid elsewhere.
305
William invites volunteers from all parts.
The alliance with Tostig was a mere episode. The banished
Earl could only be useful so far as he was likely to make
a diversion of which William might take advantage. The
Duke’s serious business lay on the continent. He invited
soldiers from every quarter; the spoils of England were
promised as their reward, and that promise brought abundance
of volunteers from all parts of Gaul, from the royal
domains, from Britanny, from Poitou and Aquitaine, and
from the more distant land of Burgundy.[876] Some accounts
even bring men to William’s muster from the Norman
colonies in Southern Italy.[877] The presence of large bodies
of these mercenaries or volunteers from all parts of Romance-speaking
Europe is an undoubted fact, and it is
|The Conquest not a national Norman enterprise.|
one which it is most important to bear in mind. There
can be no greater mistake than to look on William’s invasion
as a national Norman undertaking, or on his army
as consisting wholly of native Normans. We have just
seen that it was only as volunteers that William’s own
subjects followed him, and as volunteers men of any
nation who chose to join him followed him equally. But
it is a speaking witness, alike to William’s personal capacity
for rule and to the inherent superiority of the
Norman national character, that all this mixed multitude
306should have received a thoroughly Norman impress. The
|Norman character impressed on the whole.|
spoils of England were offered to all who would come,
and from a large part of Europe men flocked eagerly to
share them. But the head and the heart of the whole
enterprise was Norman. The leaders of the enterprise,
the Duke himself and most of the chief commanders,
|Few foreign princes served; the mass of the foreign troops mere adventurers.|
were Norman. A few princes or men of princely houses,
like Eustace of Boulogne and Alan of Britanny, commanded
their contingents in person. But the mass of the
foreigners were mere adventurers, and we shall find that,
when the day of battle came, they served under a Norman
commander. We are indeed told that men came from
all lands, not only for the sake of plunder, but to maintain
the righteous cause of William.[878] It is likely enough
that, when the Papal approval was once given to the
enterprise, men pressed, as they did in after years to the
Crusade, to atone for past acts of robbery and slaughter
by renewing them with the Church’s blessing. But all
that redeemed William’s enterprise from being an enterprise
of mere brigandage came from the presence of his own
subjects. The instinct of mankind is right, after all, in
looking on the Conquest as a Norman Conquest. It was
the native Normans who were really foremost in the
strife, and it was the native Normans who took the firmest
root in the conquered land. William’s true strength
lay, after all, in the gallant men who could at least boast
of the comparatively ennobling motive that they were supporting
their native sovereign in the pursuit of his fancied
rights.
William’s embassies to foreign powers.
The share then, numerically a very important share,
taken in the expedition by foreign adventurers is beyond
all doubt. But the negotiations between William and the
307neighbouring potentates are involved in no small obscurity
and contradiction.[879] It was William’s manifest interest to
obtain, if not the active alliance, at any rate the neutrality
of all his neighbours. It was necessary for his purpose to
feel as secure as he could make himself that no French or
Angevin or Breton invasion of Normandy would take place
during his absence. It was also an important subsidiary object
to obtain from the neighbouring princes full licence for
their subjects to take a share in the enterprise. For these
|His embassy to King Henry. Condition of Germany and the Empire. 1056–1066.|
objects he sent embassies as far as Germany and Denmark.
The great Emperor Henry the Third had been, as I need
hardly repeat, the constant ally of England. But he had
now been dead ten years, and the childhood and youth of
his son, the young King Henry, was a time of distress
and confusion for the Teutonic Kingdom. The minority
|Comparison between the minorities of William and of Henry the Fourth.|
of Henry had been, in many points, a repetition of the
minority of William. But there was one marked difference
between the German and the Norman period of chaos.
William had been constantly exposed to the attacks of
traitors, and of foreign enemies who sought to deprive him
of his coronet and his life. Henry had not as yet had to fear
either foreign invaders or home-bred rebels; he was simply
passed to and fro between the hands of several ambitious men
who sought to reign in his name. And it is an instructive
mark of the difference between the political systems of
Germany and Normandy that the men who sought to rule
in Henry’s name were almost wholly the great spiritual
Princes of the Empire. While still a child, he had been, by
|1062.|
a mixture of craft and violence, transferred from the care
of his mother to that of Hanno Archbishop of Köln,[880] and
|1063.|
from the hands of Hanno he had passed into those of
another princely churchman, the famous Adalbert of
308Bremen.[881] The young King was now perhaps just
beginning in some degree to exercise a will of his own.
|1065.|
He had, in the course of the last year, been girded with
|1066.|
the sword of knighthood;[882] and this very year had witnessed
the fall of Adalbert and the partial restoration of the power
|No mention of the Norman embassy in German writers.|
of Hanno.[883] But, full as the German writers are as to the
reign of Henry the Third and the minority of Henry the
Fourth, they tell us absolutely nothing as to any relations
between the Empire and Normandy.[884] William is not
spoken of by them till after he had obtained the Crown of
England.[885] From Norman sources we seem to hear both of
an alliance with the great Emperor himself and of a later
alliance entered into during his son’s minority.[886] Such an
alliance in the Emperor’s life-time, ten years or more back,
need not have been in any way directed against England.
309|Possible influence of the Empress Agnes in favour of Normandy.|
And an alliance with Normandy during the earliest years
of King Henry, while he was still under his mother’s
guardianship, might seem no unlikely object of his
mother’s policy. The Empress Agnes, it must be remembered,
was a member of that house of Poitiers
which had suffered so deeply at the hands of Geoffrey
of Anjou,[887] and she might very naturally seek to maintain
or to renew a connexion with a power which was
the strongest enemy of the enemy of her own family.
But, at the time which we have now reached, the power
of Agnes had wholly passed away; alliance with Normandy
moreover now meant hostility to England; and it
is utterly impossible to see what interest either the young
King or his successive archiepiscopal advisers could have
in supporting the claims of William against the claims of
|German help said to be promised to William.|
Harold. Our Norman informant however describes Henry
as, in high-sounding but somewhat vague terms, committing
his Kingdom to an active support to the Norman
side.[888] This again, strange as it sounds, can hardly be
sheer invention, though we instinctively suspect exaggeration
|Probable state of the case.|
in no small degree. It may be enough if we suppose
that Henry or his counsellors agreed to put no hindrance
in the way of such subjects of the Empire as might choose
to join the Norman standard as volunteers.
Negotiations with Swend of Denmark; his alleged promises and faithlessness.
The negotiations with Swend of Denmark again rest
wholly on Norman authority. We are told that the
Danish King promised help to William, which promise
he was so far from keeping that he sent a large body of
troops to the support of Harold.[889] With this latter statement
310I shall deal in its proper place. As for negotiations
between William and Swend, they are perfectly possible.
|Position and interests of Swend.|
But it is hard to see what interest Swend could have had
in supporting William. Swend was the cousin of Harold,
and, though Godwine had resisted his claims on the English
Crown, alliance with him as King of the Danes had
always formed part of the Earl’s policy.[890] If Swend at
this time cherished any hopes of the English Crown, the
succession of William stood far more directly in the way of
those hopes than the succession of Harold. Nothing could
be a more complete hindrance to any schemes of the kind
than the transfer of the Crown to a wholly alien invader. On
the other hand, Swend’s chances were distinctly bettered by
the transfer of the Crown to a dynasty of which he might
almost count as a member. If then Swend had really determined
to interfere in English affairs, we may be sure that his
intervention would have been on the side of Harold and not
on the side of William. But it is far more probable that the
wariest prince in Europe promised neutrality and kept it.
Negotiations with King Philip. Difficulty as to the relations between Philip and Baldwin.
Even the negotiations of William with princes much
nearer home are wrapped up in no small obscurity. One
manifest object was to insure the safety of his frontier in
the direction of Paris. William’s close connexion with
Baldwin of Flanders, and the guardianship exercised by
Baldwin over the young King Philip, might seem enough
to make matters tolerably safe on that side. If Baldwin’s
affinity with William did not absolutely secure the
co-operation both of France and Flanders, it would at
any rate, it might be thought, secure Normandy against
all fear of attack from either quarter while her sovereign
was engaged in his great enterprise. But, in the only
account that we have, Baldwin is not introduced as acting
311at all in his character of guardian. William goes as
|Interview between Philip and William.|
his own ambassador to King Philip. The two princes
meet at the great Abbey of Saint Germer in the district
of Beauvais, a spot within the royal dominions, but only
a few miles from the border Norman town of Gournay.[891]|William offers to hold England as a fief of the French Crown.|
William asks for his overlord’s help in his enterprise, and
offers, in return for such help, to hold England, no less
than Normandy, as a fief of the French Crown.[892] Philip consults
his nobles, who argue, naturally enough, that nothing
can be more dangerous to the French Kingdom than any
increase of the strength of the Norman Duchy. The offer
to hold England in fief does not blind them; William’s
vassalage for England will be still more nominal than his
|Philip hostile to the enterprise.|
vassalage for Normandy.[893] The answer given is therefore unfavourable;
and William leaves the presence of his suzerain
with very high words on his lips. Whether this story be
literally true or not, it shows how familiar to men’s minds the
notion of Commendation, even on the greatest scale,[894] still was.
It shows how little of indignity attached to the vassal’s
position, and of how little practical value was the oath of
homage. We are presently told that Philip in no way promoted
William’s object, but that he rather did all that he
312|Negotiations with Baldwin of Flanders.|
could to hinder it.[895] Instead of any distinct account of William’s
negotiations with his father-in-law, we get only an
unintelligible romance.[896] But the practical issue of both the
French and the Flemish negotiations seems plain. Neither
Philip nor Baldwin, in their character as sovereigns, gave
William any help. It is even probable that Philip, so far
as he either had a will of his own or was guided by French
counsellors, discouraged William’s enterprise rather than
|French and Flemish volunteers in William’s army.|
promoted it. But abundance of volunteers from both France
and Flanders took service in William’s army. The Flemings,
above all, the countrymen of Matilda, pressed eagerly
to his standard, and they formed an important element in
the Conquest and in the settlement which followed it.
Matilda’s son Gerbod,[897]
Gilbert of Ghent,[898] and Walter of
Flanders,[899] are all names which occur among the conquerors
of England, and those of Gerbod and Gilbert will again
appear in our history.
Eustace of Boulogne a zealous ally of William.
In the region intermediate between Normandy and
Flanders, the cause of William was eagerly taken up by
Count Eustace of Boulogne, the brother-in-law of King
Eadward. He had, of all men, wrongs, as he would deem
them, to avenge on Harold and on England. The chastisement
which Godwine had refused to work on the insolent
burghers of Dover[900] might now at last be wrought on them
313and on their whole race, with the usurping son of the old
traitor at their head. Eustace probably needed no invitation
to take his share in the enterprise. He came himself,
and he induced others to follow the same course. An incidental
notice of one of his followers throws some light on
the class of men who flocked to William’s banners, and on
|Story of Arnold of Ardres.|
the rewards which they received. One Geoffrey, an officer
of the Abbey of Saint Bertin at Saint Omer, who had the
charge of its possessions in the County of Guisnes, sent his
sons Arnold and Geoffrey to the war. A daily pay and
various gifts from the Duke were their immediate reward,
and in the end they received an establishment of lands
both in Essex and in the border shires of Mercia and
East-Anglia, under the superiority of their patron Count
Eustace.[901]
Great number of auxiliaries from Britanny.
But the country from which, next to his own Duchy,
William drew most support in his enterprise, was undoubtedly
the neighbouring, the nominally vassal, land of
Britanny. When we remember the internal dissensions of
|State of the country; war against England probably popular in Britanny.|
that country, and the way in which a party among the Bretons
had supported William against their own sovereign,[902]
this is in no way wonderful. And, though loyalty to a
Norman overlord is not likely to have counted for much,
another motive may well have worked to fill the Norman
host with Breton recruits. The Celtic race has a long
memory, and the prospect of waging war in the insular
Britain against the Saxon intruder may not have been without
charms for the descendants of the Armorican exiles.
|Services of Alan Fergant.|
Certain it is that the Breton auxiliaries, under Alan
Fergant, a cousin of the reigning Count Conan, one of
the many sons of his uncle Odo,[903] played an important
314part in the conquest of England. Even Dinan, so lately
besieged by William, now sent its lord to swell William’s
muster.[904] Helpers came also from more southern regions;
Hamon, Viscount of Thouars in the land of Poitou, came
at the head of his force, and, as we shall hereafter see,
|Volunteers from Anjou, Touraine, &c.; Geoffrey of Chaumont.|
was admitted to William’s most intimate counsels.[905] Angevin
auxiliaries we should have been less inclined to look
for; but they too are mentioned in our lists.[906] We find also
a warrior from the marchland of Tours and Blois, Geoffrey
of Chaumont, a homager of Count Stephen of Chartres. He,
as we read in the annals of his house, gave up all his fiefs
to Sulpicius of Amboise the husband of his niece, and
himself went forth to win new fortunes in England.[907]|State of Anjou.|
Yet one would have thought that the condition of that
part of Gaul would just now have afforded scope enough
|War between Geoffrey and Fulk Rechin.|
for the energies of the most warlike. The two successors
of Geoffrey Martel, Geoffrey the Bearded and our
historian Fulk Rechin, were now engaged in a war of
brother against brother.[908] It was in this very year that
315the city of Angers was betrayed[909] to Fulk, and that Count
|Geoffrey betrayed to Fulk. 1066.|
Geoffrey was led away as a captive to Chinon,[910] the fortress
overhanging the Vienne, the fortress so famous in the
days when Counts of Anjou were also Kings of England,
and so famous again when Capetian royalty, banished from
its own Paris, found shelter in the lands which had once
|Conan of Britanny; his war against Anjou and death. 1066.|
been Angevin. In this same year too Conan of Britanny
met with his death, and met it, as some said, by the
machinations of William.[911] Strange to say, this suspicion
reaches us only from the Norman side. Other authorities,
Breton and Angevin, speak only of a war which Conan
waged against Anjou, and in which, by whatever means,
|Legend of Conan’s death.|
he lost his life. It is a Norman writer[912] who tells us how,
when William was preparing for the invasion of England,
Conan sent to wish him good luck in his enterprise, but
at the same time to demand the cession of Normandy to
himself. He, Conan, was the lawful heir of the Duchy;
the Bastard could have no right; the Bastard too, with
his accomplices, had poisoned Conan’s father Alan, and
had, up to that day, usurped the possession of a land
which should have been his. If Normandy was not at
once surrendered to its lawful prince, Conan would at
once assert his rights with his whole force. William, we
are told, was somewhat frightened, but God delivered
him out of his danger. There was a Breton noble,
a chamberlain of Conan, who had sworn fealty to William
and to Conan alike, and who had borne the message
to William as Conan’s ambassador. He undertook—at
316whose bidding or from what motive we are not told—to
rid the world of his Breton master. He anointed the
gloves, the bridle, and the hunting-horn of Conan with
poison. The Count was engaged in his Angevin campaign,
and was besieging the fortress of Château-Gontier,
not far from the Cenomannian border. The defenders
had capitulated, and Conan seems to have been in the
very act of making his triumphal entry into the town.
The Count put on his gloves, he grasped the bridle, and
unwittingly raised his hand to his mouth. The poison
took effect, and before long Conan was a corpse. The
murderer left the Breton army, and brought the news to
William. The Duke was now at leisure to give his whole
mind to the expedition against England.
William charged with the death of Conan; probabilities of the case.
If such a tale as this was current, it is not wonderful
that rumour went on to charge William with having
instigated a crime by which he so greatly profited. As
to the probabilities of the case, I might almost repeat
what I have already said when the same charge was
brought against William in the matter of Walter and
Biota.[913] The whole tale, from the threat of Conan onwards,
reads like a romance. Did we find it in a hostile
Breton or Angevin writer, we should at once set it down
as an invention of hostile spite. And does the romance
really gain any further authority, because it has found
its way into a Norman chronicle? The silence of the
hostile writers surely tells more on the other side. Conan,
it seems plain, died suddenly during his Angevin expedition;
it was easy to attribute the deed to William; it
was no less easy to deck out the story with romantic
details. That William was a secret poisoner I, for one,
do not believe; but an English writer can hardly avoid the
remembrance that, while the deaths of Walter and Conan
were attributed to William, perhaps in the eleventh, certainly
317in the twelfth century, it was reserved for the
nineteenth century to attribute the death of the Ætheling
Eadward to Harold.[914]
Negotiations with the Pope.
The exact order of all these proceedings it is hopeless
to try to fix, and it is equally hopeless to try to fix their
relations to the great embassy of all. Negotiations with
Counts and Kings were, in the age which was just opening,
of less moment than negotiations with the Apostolic
throne. And indeed it marks a distinct epoch in the
history of European politics, when, for the first time, the
occupant of the Apostolic throne was called on to adjudge
|Alexander the Second. 1061–1073.|
a disputed diadem.[915] The reigning Pontiff was Anselm of
Lucca, who, under the title of Alexander the Second, had
succeeded Nicolas; and, after a violent struggle with the
|1064.|
Anti-pope Cadalous of Parma, he was now in full possession
|Influence of Hildebrand.|
of the Holy See.[916] But the ruling genius of the
Papacy was already the Archdeacon Hildebrand. He it
was who discerned how much the Roman Church might
|William’s embassy.|
gain by identifying itself with the cause of William. The
ambassador of William, Gilbert, Archdeacon of Lisieux,[917]318came and pleaded his master’s cause. He told the tale
which had been so often told before, the rights of William,
the usurpation and perjury of Harold, the despite done
|He asks the Papal approval of his enterprise.|
by him to the holy relics. William craved the blessing
of the Holy See upon his righteous cause; he offered, we
are told, but in vague and ambiguous language, to hold
of God and of the Apostle the Kingdom which he hoped
|Debate in the Conclave. No advocate sent by Harold.|
to win.[918] The cause was debated in the Conclave, but
it was debated after the hearing of one side only. No
advocate of England appeared at the bar of Alexander to
defend the right of Harold to the Crown which England
had given him. It is needless to seek for the English
King’s reasons for not appearing to answer the accusation
|A defence on Harold’s side would have compromised the rights of his Crown.|
of William.[919] It is enough that, however ready
Harold, as a loyal son of the Church, might be to seek
spiritual benefits at the threshold of the Apostles, he
could not, as a King of the English, allow that any
power to give or take away the English Crown was
vested anywhere save in the Assembly of the English
people. To plead before Alexander would have been
to recognize his jurisdiction; it would have been to acknowledge
that the Emperor of Britain had a superior
|No summons probably sent to Harold.|
upon earth. But, before we ask why Harold did not
appear, we might perhaps ask whether he was ever summoned
to appear, and whether the Roman judgement
was not pronounced without so much as an opportunity
for defence being allowed to the accused. No writer speaks
of any summons as being addressed to the English King;
one writer alone hints at the possibility of any hearing
319|William’s cause opposed by many of the Cardinals.|
of the defence.[920] But the cause of justice did not lack
advocates even in the Roman Conclave. When Hildebrand
dwelt on the benefits which the Church would
gain by accepting the jurisdiction thus laid at its feet,
many of the Cardinals rejected his arguments with horror.
It was not for the Church to become a partaker in deeds
of blood, and to sanction claims which could only be
enforced by the slaughter of so many men.[921] But in the
end the worse reason prevailed. Even in ordinary times, it
would have been no more than sound policy to welcome, as
far as might be, the advances of a prince like William,
who, pious as he might be, had not always shown himself
the obedient servant of Rome. His uncanonical marriage,[922]
and one or two other exercises of independence on William’s
part,[923] would not be forgotten. But, far above all these
320|Policy of Hildebrand.|
lesser questions, Rome was already beginning to practise
her characteristic arts under their greatest master.
Slaughter, robbery, devastation, all the horrors of an unprovoked
war against an unoffending nation, were to be
held as nothing when the interest of the Roman See was
in the other scale. Never before had such an opportunity
been offered to the successor of the Fisherman. It was
not merely to win greater authority over a single island.
The appeal of William to the Papal Court created a precedent
by which the Papal Court might claim the disposal
of all the Crowns in Christendom. The voice of
|Alexander issues a Bull in favour of William.|
Hildebrand conquered. The decree went forth which
declared Harold to be an usurper and William to be the
lawful claimant of the English Crown. It would even
seem that it declared the English King and all his
followers to be cut off from the communion of the faithful.[924]
William was sent forth as an avenger, to chastise
the wrong and perjury of his faithless vassal. But he
was also sent forth as a missionary, to guide the erring
English into the true path, to teach them due obedience
to Christ’s Vicar, and to secure a more punctual payment
of the temporal dues of his Apostle.[925] The cause of the
invasion was blessed, and precious gifts were sent as the
|His gifts to William.|
visible exponents of the blessing. A costly ring was sent
containing a relic holier, it may be, than any on which
321Harold had sworn, a hair of the Prince of the Apostles.[926]|The consecrated banner.|
And with the ring came a consecrated banner, to hallow
the cause of fraud and usurpation.[927] Every help that the
|Perversion of the religious sentiment against England.|
religious arts of the age could give was bestowed on the
man who craved a blessing on the removal of his neighbour’s
landmark. Every terror that those religious arts
kept in store for the blasphemer and the heretic was
hurled against the King whose axe was lifted only to
defend his own rights and the rights of his people. The
|A Crusade preached against England.|
name had not yet been heard; but in truth it was now
that the first Crusade was preached, and it was preached
by the voice of Rome against the liberties of England.
Complete success of William’s diplomacy.
The diplomacy of William and Lanfranc had thus completely
triumphed. The great fabric of deception by which
their subtle wits had cheated both themselves and others
was now brought to perfection. The cause of William
was accepted by the voice of his own Duchy; it was
accepted by the public voice of Europe; it was hallowed
by the judgement of the common Father of Christendom.
At whatever stage in William’s negotiations the
final answer from Alexander came, there can be no doubt
that, from that moment, his own preparations were more
vigorously pressed on, and that recruits pressed more
eagerly to his standard. His own hopes and the hopes of
his followers now rose higher. It was now not only booty
322and lands and lordships, English Earldoms for Norman
knights and English Bishopricks for Norman priests, that
William could offer to those who followed him. To every
man, from whatever quarter of the earth, who came to
serve under the consecrated banner he could now offer the
blessing of the Roman Pontiff and every spiritual gift
that the Pontiff’s hand could bestow. Never surely did
the world see a more perfect triumph of unrighteous craft
than when the invasion of England was undertaken in the
name of religion.
Summary.
The first part then of William’s work was done. We
must now return to our own island, threatened as she was
by the Norman Duke from the South, threatened, as we
shall presently see her, by an enemy hardly less terrible
from the quarter whence her older enemies had come. It
was the fate of England in this memorable year to be
exposed to two invasions at the same moment, and against
two invasions at the same moment the heart and arm of
Harold himself could not prevail.
CHAPTER XIV. THE NORWEGIAN INVASION AND THE CAMPAIGN OF STAMFORDBRIDGE. [928] — § 1. The First Expedition of Tostig. May, 1066. — § 2. Tostig’s applications to Swend and Harold Hardrada. — § 3. The Invasion of Harold Hardrada. September, 1066. — § 4. The March of Harold and the Battle of Stamfordbridge.
323
Course of events before the actual invasion of William.
The clouds were thus gathering in the direction of
Normandy, but it was not from Normandy that the first
storm was to break upon England. Or rather it was Normandy
which sent forth those first few drops which were
the forerunners of the tempest to come. The first drop
of English blood that was shed, the first rood of English
ground that was harried, during this memorable year, was
the work of men, not indeed fighting under William’s
banner, but acting at least with William’s connivance,
perhaps under his direct commission. But that first scene
of the drama was the mere prelude to two acts as stirring
and wonderful as any to be found in the whole range of
history. Of the two enemies of England, the first was last
and the last was first, and the more haste was emphatically
not the better speed. The fortune of William changed a
mighty rival into an useful pioneer, and changed an invasion
which might have destroyed him into a mere
324diversion in his favour. While the wary Norman was, as
ever, biding his time, another more impetuous enemy was
to make his venture and to fail in it. Before we come to
the fall of Harold of England, we have yet to see him
raised to the highest pitch of his glory. Before we tell
of the voyage of William and of the campaign of Hastings,
we have to tell of the voyage of Harold Hardrada and of
the campaign of Stamfordbridge.
Harold of England in full possession of his Kingdom. Easter, 1066.
We left King Harold of England undisputed master of
his whole Kingdom. He had won over the malecontents
of Northumberland; he had held his Easter Feast and
Gemót at Westminster; and the hearts of England and
of the world had been stirred and affrighted by the awful
token which shone over them in the heavens. It was
about the beginning of May, perhaps before the warning
star had ceased blazing, that the misfortunes of this terrible
|May, 1066.|
year began. The first blow came from the traitor Tostig.
|Tostig lands in Wight.|
He came from beyond sea—that is, as we have seen, from
Normandy with the licence of William—and, at the head
of his ships manned with Flemish or Norman adventurers,
he sailed first to the Isle of Wight. The inhabitants, willingly
or unwillingly—far more probably the latter—supplied
him with money and provisions.[929] He then sailed along the
325|His ravages in Sussex and Kent.|
South Saxon and Kentish coast, the coast along which,
fourteen years before, he had sailed with his father in his
glorious return. He thus passed on as far as Sandwich,
marking his course, wherever he went, by ceaseless and
wanton ravage; he did harm everywhere where he might.[930]|Great preparations of Harold. May–September.|
But King Harold was now making ready for the great
struggle. No view of his position can be more false than
that which describes him as making light of the danger
from Normandy, and as making no preparation for defence
except with a view to the expected invasion from Norway.[931]
The truth is exactly opposite. The King was busily engaged
in preparations for the defence of his Kingdom against the
Norman before there was any reason to look forward to any
sort of danger from the Northman. To Harold at least
his great rival’s purpose was known from the beginning.
He was already, as his panegyrist tells us, labouring by
land and by sea for the defence of his country.[932] He was
gathering such a land-force and such a sea-force as no King
|He hastens from London to Sandwich.|
had ever before gathered in this land.[933] He was still in
London[934]—that is probably at Westminster—when he heard
326the news of his brother’s appearance at Sandwich. He
therefore hastened his preparations, and leaving London,
probably under the command of Leofwine, as Earl of the
neighbouring shires, he himself hastened to Sandwich.
|Tostig sails from Sandwich,|
But before the King reached Sandwich, Tostig had sailed
from thence, taking with him a body of the sailors of that
haven, some by their own consent and some by force.[935] It
is only among professional sailors, who might be tempted
by promises of pay and plunder, that the rebel Earl seems
to have found any English followers. The cruise of Tostig
along these shores must have struck him as a sad contrast
to those days of hope when the whole population of the
maritime shires came flocking to the coast ready to live and
die with Earl Godwine.[936] With his force thus increased to
|and ravages Lindesey.|
sixty ships, Tostig sailed northwards; he then entered the
Humber and ravaged the coast of Lindesey in the Earldom of
his enemy Eadwine.[937] Here he acted like Swend himself, or
like the earlier destroyers of the days of Ælfred. He burned
|He is driven from Lindesey by Eadwine and Morkere,|
towns and slew many good men. The two Northern Earls
were not wanting to their duty on this occasion. Indeed
their interest and their duty too exactly coincided to allow
of any remissness. They had no chance of finding their
own profit in treason, like the traitors of an earlier time.
Eadwine and Morkere hastened to the suffering districts
with the levies of the country, and drove away Tostig
and his plunderers.[938] The sailors who had followed him,
327willingly and unwillingly, from Sandwich, now forsook him.[939]
The one class saw no further chance of pay or plunder; the
others were doubtless glad of the opportunity to escape
|and takes refuge in Scotland.|
from a service which they disliked. Tostig, with twelve
small vessels,[940] now sailed for Scotland and sought shelter
with his sworn brother King Malcolm. The tie of brotherhood
had not preserved Northumberland from ravage while
Tostig was still discharging his duty as an English Earl;[941]
but his position of hostility to his country now earned him
a hearty welcome at the Scottish court. Malcolm received
his brother, and supplied his force with provisions; and
Tostig remained under his protection during the whole
summer.
Saga of Harold Hardrada.
We have now reached a most fascinating, and at the
same time a most difficult, part of our story. We are
landed in the famous and magnificent Saga of Harold
Hardrada. The tale, as it appears in Norwegian legendary
history, is so complete, and it is told with such
thoroughly poetic spirit, that it goes deeply against the
grain to have to suggest that nearly every detail must be
mythical. It is painful to have to turn from the glowing
strains of the Norwegian prose epic to the meagre entries
of our own Chronicles, and to pronounce that all that is
not distinctly confirmed by English testimony is, to say the
least, untrustworthy. A void is left which history cannot
fill, and which it is forbidden to the historian to fill up from
328the resources of his own imagination. My only course
will be to follow the story in the Saga, so far as it is
recommended either by intrinsic probability or by its conformity
to our own annals, and at the same time to point
out those particulars in which authentic evidence shows
that the details must be fabulous.
War between Harold and Swend.
The renowned Norwegian King was just now enjoying,
or, what to his mind it more likely seemed, suffering under,
an unusual state of quiet. The greater part of his reign had
been spent in a constant struggle with Swend of Denmark.
The details of their warfare do not concern English history.
Yet an English historian must feel a certain satisfaction
in recording the gallantry and perseverance with
which a man so closely connected with England as Swend
was had, for a long series of years, withstood, and at last
|Peace between them. 1064.|
successfully withstood, so formidable an enemy. Two years
earlier than the time which we have now reached, a peace
had been concluded between the two Kings on perfectly
equal terms.[942] Now the war had been wholly defensive on
the part of Swend, while Harold had been seeking to annex
Denmark to his own dominions. It was therefore a distinct
triumph on the part of the prudent Danish King,
when Harold acknowledged his title and engaged to cease
from all further attacks on his Kingdom. Harold thus had
his hands free; disputes with his own subjects, arising out
of the harshness of his government, were constantly occurring,[943]
but they did not seriously weaken his power. The
whole force of Norway, under the most valiant and adventurous
of her Kings, a force practised rather than weakened
by the long war with Denmark, stood ready for some new
enterprise, and such an enterprise was before long suggested
by the banished English Earl.
Contradictions between the English, Norman, and Norwegian accounts.
329That Harold Hardrada invaded England in partnership
with Tostig is certain; but the circumstances of their
agreement are involved in much difficulty and contradiction.
The authentic English narrative says nothing of
any personal application to Harold on the part of Tostig
before they met on the Scottish coast. And it is by
no means easy to make the alleged voyages of Tostig to
Denmark and Norway fit in with the English chronology.
Indeed the English account might rather suggest that
Harold Hardrada had planned his invasion of England
quite independently of Tostig, and that the junction of
their forces happened quite incidentally, after the Norwegian
King had already set sail. On the other hand, the
voyage of Tostig to Norway is asserted in the Norman
version, and it is the very soul of the Norwegian Saga.
I shall discuss the details of these different versions elsewhere.[944]
It is perhaps not absolutely impossible to reconcile
Tostig’s voyage with the English narrative, but it can be
done only by wholly giving up the chronology, and perhaps
some other details, of the Saga. The English account
at least shows that, if Tostig made any application to
Harold at all, it must have been made after he had taken
shelter in Scotland, and it would suggest that it was made
by messengers rather than personally. With these cautions,
I tell the tale as I find it in the Saga, warning the reader
that I do not pledge myself to a single detail.
Norwegian account. Tostig asks help of Swend of Denmark, which is refused.
The Norwegian story makes Tostig, on his banishment,
which, it must be remembered, is placed after his brother’s
election to the Kingdom,[945] take the course so familiar to
banished Englishmen a few years earlier.[946] He goes first
to Flanders, and thence to Denmark, by way of Friesland.[947]
His object was to get help from his cousin King Swend to
330enable him to recover his Earldom. The prudent King
offered him an Earldom in Denmark instead. For this
Tostig had no mind; he wished to recover Northumberland
at all hazards. If Swend would not give him forces
for that purpose, he was ready to go a step further. He
proposed to Swend to revive his old claim to the Crown of
England, and to undertake the conquest of the country.
He, Tostig, would help him in such an enterprise with all
the force that he could command. Swend could not fail
to succeed in an attempt which had been so successfully
accomplished by his uncle Cnut. But the Danish King
had learned to distrust his own power for such an achievement,
and he had seen enough of the world to put little
faith in an exile’s estimate of his own influence in the
country from which he has been driven. Cnut was a great
man and a lucky man; he, Swend, laid no claim to either
the greatness or the good luck of his uncle. Cnut had
inherited Denmark;[948] he had won Norway without striking
a blow; but in order to win England he had to strike
many blows and to put his life in great jeopardy. Swend,
on the other hand, found it a hard matter to keep Denmark
safe from the attacks of the Norwegian King. He would
therefore stay at home and would not run any desperate
risks. Tostig left him with an expression of contempt for
his lack of enterprise and his neglect of the interests of
a kinsman. Swend might have answered that Harold of
England was a kinsman no less than his brother, and that
the gratitude which he himself undoubtedly owed to the
memory of Godwine passed much more naturally to the
head of the family than to one engaged in treason against
his house and country.
Tostig goes on to Norway, and asks help of Harold Hardrada.
331From Denmark Tostig, so the story says, went on to
Norway to seek help from its King Harold Hardrada. He
found him in Viken, the south-eastern corner of the Norwegian
Kingdom. He opened his errand to Harold in the
|His first proposal: Help to recover his Earldom.|
same order in which he had opened it to Swend. That is
to say, he at first simply asked for help to recover his Earldom.
|Harold’s refusal.|
This proposal found as little favour from Harold as
it had found from Swend. The Northmen, so said their
King, would have no mind for a war in England under an
English leader; common report said that the English were
not men in whom it was safe to put much trust.[949] The
massacre of Saint Brice, the deposition of Harthacnut, the
refusal to hearken to the claims which Magnus had founded
on his agreement with Harthacnut, may all have passed
across the mind of Harold Hardrada. He had little mind
for an undertaking which promised so much danger, and
|Tostig’s second proposal; Harold to be King over all England, and Tostig Under-king over Northumberland.|
so little profit in case of success. Tostig had therefore to
tempt him by the same bait which he had before offered to
Swend. Let the King of the Northmen enter England,
not merely to restore an English Earl, but to place the
Imperial Crown of Britain upon his own head. Let Harold
be King over the whole land; Tostig would ask only to be
Under-king of half England, no doubt of its northern half.
He would become King Harold’s man, and would serve
him faithfully all the days of his life.[950] He then set himself
to answer the objections to the enterprise which had
been raised by the Norwegian King. Tostig seems really
to have believed that, after all that happened, he still reigned
in the hearts of his faithful Thegns in Northumberland.
332|Arguments of Tostig.|
The expedition, he argued, would be one of a widely different
nature from the expedition of Magnus against England
or the expeditions of Harold himself against Denmark.
The main obstacle to success in those undertakings
would not be present in that which Tostig now counselled.
Why was the agreement between Harthacnut and Magnus
set aside? Why did not Magnus venture to make good his
claims on England against Eadward? Why had Magnus
overcome Denmark with ease, while Harold himself had
failed in the same attempt? Success or failure in such
attempts depended wholly on the disposition of the chiefs
and the people of the invaded land. Magnus had succeeded
in Denmark, because the chief men of Denmark were on
his side: Harold had failed, because the whole Danish
nation had been against him.[951] So Magnus had shrunk
from asserting his claims against Eadward, because Eadward
was the King whom the whole people of England
had chosen to reign over them. But now the state of
things was changed. He, Tostig, deemed himself the
equal of his brother in all but his kingly title. He would
support the cause of Harold of Norway, and his support—so
the exile said, and perhaps thought—would bring with
it the allegiance of all the chief men of the land. Harold
Hardrada, so all men allowed, was the first warrior of
333northern lands; he had spent fifteen years in an attempt
to seize on Denmark; would he refuse to seize on England,
now that England lay ready for him, only waiting for him
to take possession?
Harold determines to invade England.
The arguments of Tostig, we are told, gradually carried
conviction to the mind of Harold. The proposed expedition
was novel and distant; it bade fair to be successful, and, if
successful, it would bring unbounded glory. As such, it
had every attraction for a prince, who now, at the age of
fifty, had lost nothing of the spirit of his Wiking youth.
The expedition was determined on, and it was ordered to
|No mention of the consultation of any Thing by Harold Hardrada.|
take place in the course of the summer. It may be merely
the omission of our Saga-maker, but it is worth noting
that we hear nothing of the consultation of any Thing or
other Assembly by Harold Hardrada. In England it came
within the constitutional functions of the Witan to approve
or to forbid any interference in the concerns of another
country. Twice had it been proposed in an English Gemót
to take a part in the wars of Swend and Magnus, and
twice had the majority of the Assembly rejected the proposal.[952]
Even in Normandy, whether as a matter of constitutional
right or of personal prudence, William had
thought it needful to consult an Assembly of his Duchy
before he determined on the invasion of England.[953] But
in Norway we find no mention of any power which had
to decide upon such questions, except the arbitrary will of
King Harold himself. There can be no doubt that Harold
reigned in Norway as the despot which his surname
implies, and the utmost that his panegyrist can say for
him is that his heavy hand pressed equally upon all.[954] But
334the proposed scheme was at least freely discussed by the
|Different opinions in Norway: estimate of the English Housecarls.|
public opinion of Norway. Some deemed that the valour and
good luck of Harold the son of Sigurd must be successful
in every land and over every enemy. Others shrank from
an encounter with Harold the son of Godwine and with the
resources of the land over which he reigned. England was
a land perilous to attack; it was a land fertile in warriors;
there, above all, were the Thingmen, the Housecarls, men
ever strong in battle, men ever ready of heart and hand,
men any one of whom was a match for two of the choicest
warriors of Norway.[955] This is indeed a speaking witness to
the efficiency of the force which had been called into being
by the wisdom of Cnut, and which had lost nothing in
strength or in reputation under the government of Harold.
The fame of the conqueror of Gruffydd had no doubt been
sounded throughout the North, and men shrank from the
prospect of meeting a chief and an army so ready to adapt
themselves to every requirement which the accidents of war
might suggest. Whether the details of the story are true
or false, this traditional estimate of the English Housecarls
must at least be genuine. Nothing however is described as
taking place to hinder the expedition, or to cause any relaxation
in the levies and preparations of Harold Hardrada.
Tostig, it is added, sailed in the spring to Flanders, to
collect forces both from that country and from England.
We here at once see the confusion of the Norwegian chronology.
If we can suppose these visits of Tostig to Swend
and Harold to be true in their main outlines, they are at least
altogether moved from their right place.
335
Great preparations of Harold of England. May–September.
It is not clear how far the danger which threatened him
from the North was known to King Harold of England.
It is certain that the appearance of the Norwegian fleet
was unlooked for at the actual moment of its coming.[956]
But this need not imply that no hint whatever of the
great preparations of Harold of Norway had reached England.
It is certain that the attention of the King of the
English was at that moment altogether concentrated on
his preparations to withstand a nearer and really more
formidable enemy. The fleet, the news of whose approach
had driven away Tostig from Sandwich, was part of a
vast system of preparation for the defence of southern
England. The probability is that, when England was thus
threatened by two enemies at once, the King, together with
his brothers, undertook the immediate defence of Wessex and
|The North probably left to its own Earls.|
East-Anglia, and that he entrusted the defence of the North
to its own Earls. Harold himself could not be everywhere
at once; if he had to choose between one part of his
Kingdom and another, his first duty clearly was to that
part which was more specially his own, more immediately
under his personal government. It might surely seem safe
to leave Northumberland and Mercia to the defence of
their own Earls, the men who, of all men in the island,
were the most concerned to keep Tostig out of it. Eadwine
might pass in Mercia almost for an hereditary prince; Morkere
was the special choice of the Northumbrian people.
To trust them to fight for their own was surely no mark
of neglect on the King’s part, but rather a sign of the
confidence which he placed in his loyal and affectionate
336|The King’s measures for the defence of southern England.|
brothers-in-law. At all events, King Harold was doing
all that mortal man could do for the defence of southern
England. For he knew well that William Bastard, King
Eadward’s kinsman, sought to come and win this land.[957]
And he knew better than any other man in England with
what a foe he had to deal in him, and how the strongest
efforts of every man in the land were needed to keep the
|Difficulty of the defence, arising from the nature of the Fyrd.|
land from being won by the Norman. No story better
illustrates the difficulties which in those days attended the
general who had not merely to fight a battle, but to plan
a campaign, and a defensive campaign above all. Harold
had no standing army except the Housecarls; still, as
having the Housecarls, he was so far better off than Æthelred,
who had no standing army at all. But the efficiency
of the Housecarls was almost wholly confined to the day
of battle. Face to face with an enemy, each of them
might be equal to two other men; but neither the numbers
nor the nature of the force made them at all fit to
guard the whole coast of Wessex and East-Anglia. For
that purpose Harold had of course to trust to the landfyrd,
the militia of the shires. What the nature of this force
was we have often seen before. Harold, or Eadmund, or any
other chief in whom men had confidence, could easily raise
an army of this kind, an army patriotic and brave after
its own fashion, an army perfectly ready to fight a battle,
but which, after either winning or losing a battle, insisted on
going home again. We have seen that, after all the battles
of Eadmund, with one exception,[958] his army disbanded, and
he had to gather a fresh army to fight the next battle.
Harold had a still more difficult task before him. He had
to gather his militia, and to keep them under arms for an
indefinite time, without fighting any battle, and when the
main object of their being in arms was to hinder any battle
337from being fought. We do not read of any earlier King
even attempting such a scheme of general defence. Harold
got together such a fleet and army[959] as no King had ever
got together before, and he kept them together during
four months of inaction. The fleet cruised in the Channel;
the land-force was placed at various fitting posts along
|Harold in the Isle of Wight.|
the coast. The King first sailed to the Isle of Wight,
and then spent the summer in simply waiting for the
approach of William. No kind of service could have been
so irksome for an unprofessional, and seemingly unpaid,
force. There was absolutely nothing to do but to watch;
the excitement of battle, the attraction of plunder, all
the usual motives for which men left their homes and
families and private affairs, were denied to men who had
simply to guard the shores of their own island. Then
they were to be fed, not, as in a hostile country, at the
expense of the neighbourhood in which each division was
quartered, but by some means which to the imperfect
finance and imperfect commissariat of that age must have
been difficult indeed. It is no small proof of Harold’s
skill and forethought, and of the influence which he must
have had over the nation generally, that he was able to
keep and feed a greater army for a greater time than any
King had ever done before him. There is certainly no other
record of such a host being kept so long under arms without
either fighting or plundering. At last, at the end of
338|The army disbanded. September 8.|
four months, the strain was too great to be any longer
borne. Food for so great a multitude was no longer forthcoming.
If the crop was early, it may have already suffered
from the absence of so many of those who were accustomed
to gather it in. If the crop was late, men were probably
eagerly clamouring to go home and reap each man
his own field. At all events, early in September, it was
found impossible to keep them together any longer.[960] The
authority and influence of Harold broke down before the
|Harold returns to London with the fleet.|
stronger force of necessity. The army was disbanded; the
King rode back to London, for which haven the fleet also
was ordered to make. Many of the ships were unluckily
lost or damaged on the voyage.[961] The English account
would seem to imply that they returned without having
|Question of naval operations against the Normans.|
seen any actual service at all. But some expressions of
the Chronicles, and some remarkable entries in the Norman
Survey, might be taken to imply that some naval engagement
between English and Norman ships did take place
at some stage or other of this wonderful year. If so, it is
hard to find any later stage of the war to which such an
event will so well fit in as to the days when Harold’s fleet
was cruising in the Channel.[962]
No vexation can be conceived greater than Harold’s
must have been at seeing his whole labour thus thrown
away. He must have turned away from the coast with a
heavy heart, with a feeling that the land now lay open to
the stranger. The King had most assuredly not failed his
339people, and we cannot fairly say that the people had failed
their King. The force of circumstances had been too strong
for King and people alike. A few weeks more of endurance,
and the Norman fleet might have never reached the
English shore. But those few weeks more of endurance
were seemingly too much to ask of human nature. The
south coast of England was left undefended. It does not
indeed follow that every fort and every watch-tower was
left absolutely without guardians. We shall find that such
was not the case. But there was no longer any force by
land or by sea which could offer any effectual resistance to
the landing of the Norman invader.
Harold in London.
Harold had ridden to London, a fact which again marks
the growing importance of the city. I have already[963] pointed
out how marked was the influence of the events of Harold’s
reign on the process which gradually made London, what we
may now almost begin to call it, the capital of the Kingdom.
So far as Harold, during his reign of little stillness, could be
said to have any special dwelling-place, that special dwelling-place
seems to have been Westminster. But it was hardly
in search of repose that he now came thither. Threatened
as he was by two enemies, London was a central point
from which he could march northwards or southwards, as
his presence might be called for in either quarter. The
wealth and loyalty of its citizens made the city an excellent
point for the collecting and provisioning of armies. And, as
a port lying far inland, it was a point no less suited to be
the centre of operations which were to take in land and sea
alike. But Harold’s sojourn in London now was not a
|Harold Hardrada sets sail.|
long one. Before he had left the southern coast, his namesake
of Norway was afloat. Whether his voyage took
place at the instigation of Tostig or not, there is no doubt
either as to the fact of the voyage or as to the greatness of
340the preparations which had been made for it. Harold
Hardrada is said to have called out a levy of half the
fighting men of his Kingdom.[964] His fleet is variously
reckoned at two hundred, three hundred, five hundred, and
even a thousand ships,[965] and the numbers of the host were
increased at almost every point where the fleet touched.
He set sail from the Solen Isles at the mouth of Sogne
|He designs to reign in England.|
Fiord, near Bergen on the west coast of Norway. It
would seem that he had resolved to transfer the seat of
his government to the land which he looked forward to
conquer.[966] His expedition bore the character, if not of
a national, at least of a domestic migration. Harold
Hardrada, like the Merwings in Gaul,[967] allowed himself
a kind of open polygamy, which he may possibly have
learned in the Mussulman lands which he had visited as
|His wives and children.|
a warrior and as a pilgrim. Besides his Queen, the
Russian princess Elizabeth, who was neither dead nor
divorced, one Thora, the daughter of Thorberg, is also
spoken of as his wife.[968] Elizabeth was the mother of his
daughters Mary and Ingigerd; Thora was the mother of
his sons Magnus and Olaf. Thora was left in Norway
with her son Magnus, who received the title of King.[969]341|Comparison with Cnut.|
In this Harold might seem to follow the precedent set by
Cnut with regard to Ælfgifu of Northampton and her son
Swend.[970] Norway was again to be ruled by an Under-king
subordinate to a Northern Emperor reigning in
England. The rest of his family, Queen Elizabeth and
her daughters, and Olaf the son of Thora, accompanied
Harold in the fleet, no doubt to receive establishments in
|Harold’s treasures.|
the realm which was to be won. Among other treasures,
he is said to have brought with him a vast mass of solid
gold, part of the plunder or the reward of his campaigns
in the Imperial service. This huge ingot, which twelve
strong youths could hardly carry, passed from one conqueror
to another till it formed part of the boundless
wealth of William the Bastard.[971]
Greatness of the expedition.
Such a fleet had not for years gone forth from any
Scandinavian haven. Cnut had kept the Northern world
in comparative peace beneath his Imperial sceptre. Since
his death, the strength of the Scandinavian powers had
been frittered away in the endless bickerings between
Denmark and Norway. But now, as in the days of Swend
and Olaf, a royal fleet, manned with the whole strength of
a kingdom, sailed forth once more to bring the Isle of
Britain into subjection to a Northern master. The fleet
was commanded by a warrior whose fame was spread from
Africa to Iceland. It sailed forth to attack a realm which
was no longer under the rule of an Æthelred, but under that
of a King whose renown in arms, within his own narrower
|Chances of the two invaders.|
sphere, sounded as high as that of Hardrada himself. And
in the far distance, beyond the defender of the land, lay its
342other assailant. We can hardly believe either that the
preparations of the King of the Northmen were utterly
unknown at Rouen,[972] or that the preparations of the Duke
of the Normans were utterly unknown at Trondhjem.
William must have set sail, hardly knowing which of the
two Harolds he would meet on the South-Saxon hills, and
Harold Hardrada must have set sail, hardly knowing
whether he would find the shores of Northumberland
guarded by the axes of England or the lances of Normandy.
|The expedition of Harold the last Scandinavian attack on England.|
It was the last and greatest of those great enterprises
of the Scandinavian powers under which England had
suffered for so many ages. The Raven of Denmark was yet
to float more than once over the stream of Humber, and the
|1069–1071.|
Land-waster itself was to float over the shores of Anglesey.[973]|1098.|
But the ensign once so terrible to Englishmen had then
become an ensign of promised deliverance; under the yoke
of utter strangers the old foe was felt to be a brother. But
now the Land-waster of Norway came, for the last time,
purely and avowedly on its old errand of devastation and
conquest.
King Harold of Norway set forth for England to reign
there, but he came to reign without the good-will of a
single native partizan, save one traitor whom the land had
cast forth for his evil deeds. The last of his class, the last
royal Wiking, who knew no home so dear as the wave,
no enjoyment so keen as the delights of battle by sea and
land, he came to stake his crown and life on the most
terrible of chances. The legends of his nation set him
343and his followers before us as setting forth on their great
venture in no joyous or hopeful mood. The shadow
of its doom seemed already to spread itself over the
mightiest fleet that Northern King had ever gathered in
|Omens on the voyage.|
a Northern haven. Dreams and omens of no cheering
kind weighed upon the mind both of the King and of his
followers. The sway of Saint Olaf and of Cnut had not
wiped out all traces of old heathendom, and strange beliefs
in weird and superhuman powers still lingered, then and
long after, among the Scandinavian people. Men told in
after days of the dream that came to Gyrd,[974] the King’s
comrade, as he lay in the King’s ship; how he stood in the
ship and saw on an island a woman of dæmon birth,[975] vast
and fearful; how ravens and ernes sat on the stern of every
ship, and how the woman sang gloomy songs of the King
who was lured to the west, to leave many bones behind
him to glut the ravenous fowls. They told how Thord saw
the host of England marching to the shore; how another
dæmon-woman rode before them on a wolf, how she fed her
strange steed with the bleeding carcases of men, and how,
as fast as his dripping jaws swallowed one body, she had
ever another ready to throw into his open mouth. And,
clearer warning than all, King Harold himself saw in a
dream his martyred brother, who told him that his doom was
near, and that he too would become the food of the steed
that bore the fearful witch-wife. Tales like these are
no doubt, in their details at least, the creation of after
times; but they show well the spirit, at once bold and
gloomy, enterprising and meditative, of the race with
which England was now for the last time to struggle for
her being.
Harold Hardrada lands in Shetland and Orkney &c. 1014–1064.
344The first part of the British Islands where the Norwegian
fleet landed was the Isles of Shetland and Orkney.
These, it must be remembered, together with the northern
districts of the mainland, now formed a powerful Scandinavian
|Thorfinn Earl of Orkney, &c. 1014–1064.|
state. Its Earl, Thorfinn, had, in a reign of
fifty years, greatly extended the power of his Earldom.[976]
Succeeding, like William, in his childhood, he and his state
had grown up as it were together. He had withstood
various attacks from the Scottish Kings; he had, some
say served, some say warred, in England;[977] he had won
the friendship, perhaps submitted to the superiority, of
Magnus and Harold of Norway; he had made the pilgrimage
to Rome, and had founded the great church of Orkney,
which in after times received the name of the martyred
Earl Magnus. This prince had died about two years
before this time, leaving two young sons, Paul[978] and Erling,
in possession of the Earldom. Their mother, Ingebiorg,
had remarried with Malcolm of Scotland. The Celtic and
the Scandinavian portions of Northern Britain were thus
just now on unusually good terms, and Scotland and
Orkney alike combined to swell the fleet of Harold Hardrada.
Paul and Erling accompanied the prince who,
both as King of the Northmen and as future Emperor of
Britain, doubtless looked on himself as doubly their overlord.[979]
Harold left his wife and daughters in Orkney, and
345|Harold Hardrada in the Tyne. September.|
sailed southward to the mouth of the Tyne. There, it would
seem, was made the second great muster of his fleet. There
he was joined by his one partizan among the natives of
|He is joined by Tostig, and by contingents from Orkney, Scotland, and Ireland.|
the realm which he hoped to conquer. Thither came the
traitor Tostig, whether Harold had indeed set forth at his
bidding, or whether Tostig now for the first time in his
Scottish shelter heard of his approach, and hastened to join
himself to any enemy of England. With him came whatever
force he had either before brought from Flanders or had since
collected in Scotland. There he did homage to the invader
whom he was leading against his brother and his country,
and he sailed on with the Norwegian King as his man.[980]|Policy of Malcolm of Scotland.|
Whether Malcolm of Scotland joined the force of Harold
in person does not appear for certain, but of the presence
of a Scottish contingent in the fleet, whether distinct from
the followers of Tostig or not, there seems to be no doubt.[981]
The sworn brotherhood of Malcolm and Tostig was now
fully acknowledged, but it is hard to see what motive of
sound policy could have led Malcolm to give help to Harold
the son of Sigurd against Harold the son of Godwine. Whoever
might prove successful among the three princes who
were contending for the English Crown, the victorious candidate
was sure to claim the Empire of Æthelstan and Eadgar
in all its fulness. A foreign conqueror too was far more likely
346than a native Englishman to press his rights as Father and
Lord in a strict and perhaps exaggerated shape. But the
pleasure of fishing in troubled waters, the hope of gaining
some momentary advantage at the expense of England,
seems to have been enough. Malcolm, the King who owed
his crown to English help, appeared for the second time as an
enemy of England. An Irish potentate, no doubt of Danish
descent, also joined the muster;[982] Iceland too, the great
Norwegian colony, sent help to the mother country; the
presence of Godred the son of Harold, a chief of that
island, and the future conqueror of Man and Dublin,[983] shows
that the remotest North sent forth what was doubtless
far from the least formidable contingent of the host of
Hardrada. That host was thus swelled by reinforcements
from the whole north-west of Europe. Norway, Scotland,
Orkney, Ireland, Iceland, all sent forth their sons to the
great enterprise of the last and greatest of the Wikings.
No such mingled host had threatened the shores of England
since wolves and ernes and ravens held their mighty
banquet on the day of Brunanburh.
The fleet sails along the Yorkshire coast.
The fleet now again sailed southward. Its course was
swift,[984] but not so swift as to forbid the work of plunder
on the way. The coast was utterly defenceless. A land
under the guardianship of Eadwine and Morkere was in
a very different case from a land under the guardianship
of Harold of England. The fleet had entered the Tyne
unawares, and the shores of Yorkshire were not lined with
warriors, as the shores of Wessex had been but a month
before. The invaders landed and harried where they listed.
347|Cleveland ravaged.|
The coast of Cleveland was ravaged, and the district submitted
without resistance.[985] At Scarborough a better spirit
was shown; some valiant man was doubtless in local command.[986]|Resistance of Scarborough, and burning of the town.|
When the Northmen landed, the men of the town,
neglected by their Earl, dared, in the spirit of Brihtnoth or
Ulfcytel, to meet the invaders in arms. But Harold, according
to the legend, easily found means of bringing them to submission
and to destruction. The elder town of Scarborough
lies on the slope of heights which lead gradually up to a
bold peninsular cliff, dashed on three sides by the waves
of the German Ocean. Above the town rises the mutilated
minster. Above the minster again, the peninsula itself
is crowned by the defences of an ancient castle, whose
shattered Norman keep remains as a relic of the age next
following that with which we are now dealing. On these
heights the Northmen raised a vast pile of wood, and set
fire to it. They then hurled the burning timbers down
upon the town; house after house caught fire; the town
now surrendered, but it was none the less given up to
|Resistance of Holderness.|
slaughter and plunder. The whole coast now submitted;
the men of Holderness, like the men of Scarborough,
ventured, bravely but unsuccessfully, on local resistance.
Of naval operations on the English side we hear nothing.
Somewhat later in our narrative we shall find that northern
|The Northumbrian fleet retreats into the Wharf.|
England was not wholly unprovided with ships; but when
we hear of them, it is, strange as it appears, in the inland
waters of the Wharf.[987] The naval force of Northumberland
was probably quite inadequate to contend with so fearful
an enemy; the fleet had most likely retired before the invaders
348as they doubled Ravenspur and entered the great
|The Norwegian fleet sails up the Humber.|
estuary of the Humber. Unopposed, it would seem, either
by land or by water, Harold and his host directed their
course straight upon the capital of Northumberland. They
passed by the desolate flat where the genius of the great
Edward was one day to call into being the great haven of
Kingston-upon-Hull. They passed by the pathless forest
where the bounty of the next invader of England was to
|They disembark at Riccall.|
lay the foundations of the great minster of Selby. At
last they cast anchor at a spot on the left bank of the
Ouse, not far from the village of Riccall.[988] They were
now at a distance by land of about nine miles from York,
but the windings of the river make the distance by water
considerably greater. This may have been among the
motives which led them to choose their halting-place at
this particular point. Another obvious motive was to
watch the entrance to the Wharf, the stream in which
the English fleet had sought shelter, and which empties
itself into the Ouse a little way above Riccall. It is not
easy to judge of the exact condition of the landing-place
at the time. There can be no doubt that the bed of the
river, and its whole aspect, has been greatly changed since
it has been affected by locks, dykes, and the drainage of
the land on its banks. But it is clear that Riccall was a
good central position. A fleet moored there could at once
bar the ascent of the Ouse and the descent of its tributary;
and it was at the same time near enough to give help,
if help were needed, in the main operations against the
capital. At Riccall, then, the vast fleet of the Northmen
was left. Filling up the river, as it must have done, for a
long distance, it formed an unwonted and terrible object
in waters where no invading fleet had been seen for fifty
years. A detachment, under the command of Olaf the son
of the Norwegian King, of the two Earls of Orkney, and
349|Harold and Tostig march on York.|
of the Bishop of those islands, was left to guard the ships,
while the main body, under Harold and Tostig, prepared
for their decisive march on York.
The two Earls were at last roused from their inaction,
when the great city of Northern England was thus directly
placed in jeopardy.[989] Even Æthelred had thought it
needful to do something when a Danish host came too
|Eadwine and Morkere march to meet them.|
near to his Imperial resting-place at Winchester.[990] So
|Eadwine and Morkere, who had left Cleveland and Scarborough|
and Holderness to their fate, deemed themselves
at last called upon to strike a blow in defence of York.
They had by this time collected a large army, consisting,
it would seem, mainly of the general levy or militia of the
district. Among these a large body of priests had not
scrupled to obey the summons to arms.[991] It may be
doubted whether this is simply a sign of the warlike
habits of the Northumbrian people in general, or whether
it points to a special feeling of the special exigency of the
case. At the head of this force, the two English Earls set
forth from York, while the Norwegian army advanced
to meet them from the point where they had left their
ships at Riccall. The course of both armies led them
350along the slight ridge which forms the line of communication
between York and Selby, a narrow path
between the river and its marshy banks on one side, and
the flat, and still to some extent marshy, ground on the
|Battle of Fulford. Wednesday, September 20.|
other. On the spot known as Gate Fulford,[992] about two
miles from the city, the armies met. Harold Hardrada,
pressing on no doubt with all the vehemence of his nature,
had reached the place from Riccall before the English had accomplished
the shorter march from York. He was therefore
able to make ready his line of battle before they drew near
to attack.[993] The present village stands on a low elevation,
sloping gently to the river on the left hand and to the marshy
flat to the right. This doubtless was the site occupied by the
|Arrangements of the Norwegian army.|
invading army. The royal post was by the river; there the
line of the shield-wall was thickest; there was pitched the
Land-waster, the significant name of Harold’s royal standard.
And there stood the King himself, his giant form towering
alike over friends and enemies. The right wing stretched
across the rising ground as far as a ditch, beyond which lay
the marsh, which is described as broad and deep.[994] Here
the line was weakest, and here, whether by accident or by
design, the English made their first attack. The fight was
a hard one; the Angles and Danes of Northumberland
351were no contemptible enemies for any man, and reckless,
and even traitorous, as was the whole conduct of the
brother Earls, they showed no lack of the courage of
|Vigorous charge of the English on the Norwegian right.|
the mere soldier. The charge of the Northumbrians
on the Norwegian right was vigorous and, for a while,
successful. The enemy gave way, and the banner of
Earl Morkere pressed on valiantly.[995] But it was only
where the line was least strong that the English could
make any impression; and the chances of war presently
|Decisive charge of the Norwegian right under Harold.|
changed. For now King Harold of Norway caused the
charge to be sounded, and he himself led on the left wing,
with the Land-waster borne beside him. He charged at
once on the troops which were already beginning to boast
of their victory; before his two-handed sword all went
|Defeat and flight of the English.|
down; the Northmen pressed on around their King; the
English gave way before their onslaught. They still for
a while resisted, but presently they turned and fled. The
slaughter was fearful, but the Norwegian sword was not
the only enemy. In that wild flight and wild pursuit,
men were hurled into the river, the ditch, and the marsh;
here corpses were borne down the stream; there the ditch
was so filled with the slain that the pursuers, so their poets
say, could march as on solid ground over their carcases.[996]
The Norwegians had possession of the place of slaughter,
352and the remnant of the English were driven to find shelter
within the walls of York.[997]
Surrender of York. Sunday, September 24.
The battle of Fulford was fought on Wednesday. Its
immediate result was the surrender of York. On Sunday,
it would seem, the city capitulated.[998] A local Gemót or
|Harold Hardrada received as King, and the Northumbrians agree to follow him against southern England.|
Thing was held, in which it was agreed to make peace with
Harold of Norway, and to receive him as King of the
English, or at least as King of the Northumbrians. His
new subjects even agreed to join him, as their fathers had
agreed to join Swend, in his further warfare against the
south of England.[999] Provisions were supplied to the army;
hostages were given to the Norwegian King, and, what
|Hostages exchanged.|
would hardly have been expected, we read, on trustworthy
authority, that Harold in return gave an equal number of
hostages to the men of York.[1000] What follows will show that
this treasonable engagement by no means represented the
real wishes of the Northumbrian people; there is still less
reason to think that it represented the real wishes of Eadwine
and Morkere. But it surely implies a lack of zeal and
courage for a great city to surrender on the fourth day,
especially as we read nothing of any actual assault on the
walls. Such was at least not the conduct of the citizens
of London and Exeter sixty years before. No doubt
both the city and the surrounding country were greatly
353weakened by the slaughter at Fulford; still, with stout
hearts and strong walls, it might surely have been possible
to prolong resistance beyond the space of four days.
On the other hand, the conduct of Harold Hardrada seems
milder and more politic than might have been looked for
from the character either of himself or of his English
companion. But we may be sure that, in this mild treatment
of York, we see the counsel of Harold and not of
Tostig. The banished Earl was seeking revenge; the invading
King was seeking a Crown; and he must have
known the policy of winning subjects by fair means rather
than by force whenever fair means would avail for the
purpose.
The hostages, one hundred and fifty in number, which
were now given to the Norwegian King were to secure
|Hostages from the shire to be delivered at Stamfordbridge.|
the fidelity of the city of York only. Hostages from the
whole shire were to be given at some future day, and the
place for their delivery was appointed to be at Stamfordbridge.[1001]
The spot which bears this name, a name which
|Notice of Stamfordbridge and Aldby.|
the events of those few days were to make illustrious,
lies about eight miles north-east of the city. As its name
implies, the main feature of the place is the bridge over
the Derwent, a tributary of the Ouse, which joins the
main stream at a considerable distance below Riccall.
The site has been conjectured to be the Roman Derventio,
but it is perhaps a more lucky guess which places
that site, a site so hallowed in the early religious history
of Northumberland, within the modern park of Aldby.
354There stood a royal house of the Northumbrian Kings,
the apparent site of which, or of some of its outposts, a
mound surrounded by a fosse, still looks down on a picturesque
point of the course of the river. There it was
that the faithful Lilla gave his life for the Northumbrian
Bretwalda, and there Eanfled, the Bretwalda’s first-born,
was the first of Northumbrian race to be received into the
fold of Christ.[1002] This spot lies at a distance of less than
three miles above Stamfordbridge, on the right bank of
the river, at a point where another bridge now at least
|Cause of the movement from York.|
spans the stream. If Aldby, the ancient dwelling-place
of the Northumbrian Kings, remained, as is highly probable,
a dwelling-place of the Northumbrian Earls, some
light is perhaps thrown on what otherwise seems the incomprehensible
movement of the Northmen from York to
Stamfordbridge.[1003] We instinctively ask why such a comparatively
distant spot, one especially which removed the
army still further from their naval station at Riccall,
should have been chosen for the delivery of the hostages.
Why should Harold leave York so far out of his immediate
grasp, when one would have thought that the hostages
might just as easily have been delivered in York itself?
The probable cause is to be found in the necessity of
finding new quarters and a new place of subsistence for
the army. The Northmen had doubtless by this time consumed
355all that was supplied by the hanks of the Ouse;
they were not to be indulged with the sack of York; the
provisions furnished by the city could hardly maintain
them till the coming of the hostages, whose collection
from all parts of the shire would necessarily be a work
of time. But if there was a royal house in the neighbourhood
of Stamfordbridge, we at once see a motive to direct
the choice of the invaders to that neighbourhood. Such a
position would afford manifest advantages in the way of
quarters and provisions. Its occupation would also present
a sentimental attraction. The first-fruits of victory would
already seem to be enjoyed by Tostig as he sat again as
master in the halls of his brother. And Harold Hardrada
might feel himself already Lord of the Isle of Britain, as
he placed himself in the seat of the King who seemed to
have left his Kingdom open to his arms.
Description of the site.
The spot which, by reason of this almost accidental
movement, became the scene of one of the great events of
our history, though not one of those spots which nature
seems to have marked out as the almost necessary place of
some memorable deed, is one which is far from being void
of interest. The great tale of which it became the theatre
|Origin of the name.|
is legibly written on its natural features. The name of
the place is a history in itself.[1004] The stones are still
to be seen from which the spot drew its first name of
Stamford. That name is shared with it by not a few other
places, a name which reminds us of days when the primitive
stepping-stones, supplied either by art or by nature,
supplied the earliest means of crossing a deep or rapid river.
Those stones, at a later day, became the supports of the
wooden bridge which one deed of that memorable week
356was to make immortal. The wooden bridge has, in modern
times, given way to a successor of stone, and other changes
have greatly modified the condition of the stream and the
general aspect of the place. But the main features are
still there, as when the Norwegian host pitched their camp
upon its banks. The modern bridge stands on a different
site from the early structure of wood, but the position of
the true Stamfordbridge is still to be seen. Its memory is
preserved at once by local tradition and by the clearer evidence
of the course of the roads converging on either side.
The ground on each side of the Derwent forms at this point
a nearly flat plain, but a plain placed at some elevation
above the stream. In the distance the bold outline of the
Yorkshire Wolds forms a prominent object, but the country
nearer to the river is not marked in any special way. The
Derwent itself, a reedy and somewhat sluggish stream,
winds between the higher levels on each side, its immediate
banks forming those alluvial flats which are locally known
as ings. But at Stamfordbridge itself the higher ground
slopes gently to the river on both sides. This higher
ground, on the left bank of the stream, bears the historical
name of the Battle Flats. On the other side, the ground,
in an approach from York, is nearly flat, with a slight rise,
as far as Gate Helmsley, a village a mile or more west of
the river. From this point the road gradually descends to
Stamfordbridge. An army therefore advancing from York
would be able to make the greater part of its march unperceived
by the enemy. An army encamped on the lower
ground immediately on each side of the Derwent might
easily, if somewhat careless guard were kept, remain unconscious
of the enemy’s approach till they had begun the
descent from Helmsley.[1005]
The events which followed lead us to believe that the
357|Arrangement of the Norwegian army.|
Northmen, in the full consciousness and pride of victory,
were encamped on both sides of the stream, probably in
no very certain order or discipline. If a neighbouring
royal dwelling-place at Aldby formed one of the motives
for the choice of the position, it is possible that the
head-quarters of the Norwegian King were placed at
that point. At any rate, the bridge itself and the ground
immediately right of the river were kept by an advanced
detachment. It would seem that the whole of the army
which had received the submission of York, and which was
expecting the submission of all Northumberland, retired
from the banks of the Ouse to the banks of the Derwent.
The ships still remained in the larger river,
seemingly at their original landing-place at Riccall, still
guarded by Olaf and the Earls of Orkney. Meanwhile
Harold himself, with Tostig and the main strength of the
army, awaited the coming of the hostages at Stamfordbridge.
The news of the Norwegian landing brought to Harold of England.
They waited for what they were never to receive. One day
more of endurance, and York might have been saved from
the humiliation of her ignominious treaty with the invader.
The news of the approach of the Northern fleet had been
carried with all speed to King Harold of England.[1006] Placed
between two enemies, the King’s position was indeed a
difficult one. His preparations for the defence of the
South had been brought to nothing by events over which
he had no control. To march to the defence of the North
was to leave the South unguarded. But it was impossible
for him to leave the North to a guardianship which was
plainly inadequate. Eadwine and Morkere had failed to save
Cleveland; they had failed to support the gallant local
resistance of Scarborough and Holderness. The huge host
of Hardrada, gathered from so many lands, was one with
358which the force of Northumberland alone could never
grapple. The occasion called for the presence of the King
|He determines on an instant march to the North.|
and for the whole force of the Kingdom. The more immediate
danger dictated the more immediate duty. Duke
William had not yet landed; he had not even sailed;
a thousand accidents might hinder him from ever landing
or ever sailing. But King Harold of Norway was already
in the land; he was ravaging and burning at pleasure;
whole districts of Northumberland, deserted by their immediate
rulers, were submitting to him. The call northwards
was at the moment the stronger; a swift march, a speedy
victory, and Harold of England might again be in London
or in Sussex before the southern invader could have crossed
the sea. The King chose his plan, and the plan that he
chose he carried out with all the tremendous energy of his
character. He gave orders for an immediate march to the
|Legend of Harold’s sickness and recovery through the prayers of Eadward.|
North. According to a legend which probably contains
some groundwork of truth, the King was at this moment
suffering from severe bodily sickness.[1007] But his strong heart
rose above the weaknesses of the flesh, and he hid his sufferings
from all men. By day he in no way relaxed in the labours
imposed by the duty of gathering together and marshalling
his army.[1008] The sleepless night was spent in prayers and
sighs, as Harold implored the help of the relic whose
sworn votary he was, the Holy Rood of his own Waltham.[1009]359His endurance in the cause of his country was rewarded, so
the story runs, by supernatural help and comfort. The
deceased King, the holy Eadward, did not, in his now
happier state, forget the Kingdom which had been his
in his mortal days, nor yet the King to whom he had made
fast his Kingdom. In the visions of the night he appeared
to the Abbot Æthelsige,[1010] and bade him bear his message
to King Harold. Let Harold, he said, be strong and of
a good courage, and go forth to battle with the enemies of
England. He himself by his prayers would guide and
defend his people, and would direct their righteous warfare
to certain victory. If the King should doubt of his mission,
let him know that he, Eadward, knew well by how great an
effort he had that day gathered up his strength for the
duties of his calling. The holy man delayed not to discharge
the errand of his departed master. He sought the
King; he told him the message of his predecessor; and
Harold, recovered from his sickness,[1011] and made more hopeful
by the cheering words of Eadward, applied himself with
redoubled energy to the work that was before him.
Value of the legend as illustrating English estimate of Eadward and Harold.
This tale, legendary as it is, is worth recording; for it is
evidently of genuine English growth, and it shows how the
English people contrived to unite reverence for the deceased
saint with admiration for the living hero. The men who
believed that a saint, and above all that Eadward, interfered
on behalf of Harold clearly did not hold Harold for
an usurper or a perjurer, or for a man who had failed in his
360duty to Eadward when living. Harold was under the ban
of Rome, but Englishmen did not therefore hold him to be
unworthy of the divine favour, just as in after times the
same ban availed not to hinder Simon of Montfort from receiving
worship or from working miracles. As for the historical
value of the tale, Harold may possibly have been
delayed by illness at this critical moment, but he hardly
needed visions and prodigies to urge him to the discharge of
|Harold begins his march.|
his kingly duties. With all the speed that human energy
could supply, he set forth upon that great northern march
which must rank among the greatest exploits of its kind
that history records. Not a moment was to be lost, if
Northumberland and England were to be saved. Those
whose memories could go back for fifty years might deem
that the spirit of Ironside himself was once more leading
the hosts of England to battle. At the head of his
Housecarls, those terrible Thingmen whose name carried
awe beyond the sea, the King of the English set forth from
his southern capital. A subordinate command was held by
Bondig the Staller, and we cannot doubt that Gyrth and
Leofwine were found now, as a few weeks later, side by
|Gathering in recruits from various districts.|
side with their royal brother.[1012] On their march they pressed
into their service the forces of the districts through which
they passed.[1013] Volunteers, even from distant shires, hastened
to join the muster. But, save its chiefs, two men alone in
the host are known to us in their personal being, and even
of them we cannot record the names. A Thegn of Essex,
361a benefactor of King Eadward’s church at Westminster, is
recorded in the Norman Survey as having gone to the
battle at York with Harold.[1014] Another aged Thegn of Worcestershire,
a tenant of the church of Evesham and uncle of
its Abbot Ælfwine, is also handed down to us, in the dry
formulæ of the Survey, as having followed his King on the
great march and as having given his life for Harold and for
England.[1015] Such men doubtless did not stand alone; the
whole strength of southern and central England took part
in that great campaign, and we may be sure that Harold
entered Northumberland at the head of a force equal or
superior to that of the Northern invader. The English
army, ranged in seven divisions,[1016] marched on along the
great Roman road from London to York. The still abiding
traces of the ancient conquerors of the land made, it would
seem, communication between distant parts of the island
easier and speedier then than they became in somewhat
later times.[1017] News of the rout of Fulford and of the
danger of York would doubtless still further quicken the
speed of the march. In the doubtless proverbial, but
marked and emphatic, language of the Chroniclers, King
Harold and his army rested not day or night.[1018] They
362passed the Northumbrian frontier; the King had no time
to diverge or tarry at his own lordship of Coningsburgh,
where the famous castle of a later age has usurped the site
once occupied by the house of Harold.[1019] They marched on
through the great province which was now the seat of war;
and on the Sunday evening, on the very day of the capitulation
of York, the English army reached the last stage of
the ordinary route between the two great cities of southern
|The English reach Tadcaster. Sunday, September 24.|
and northern England. This was at Tadcaster, the Roman
Calcaria, a town on the Wharf, best known from its neighbourhood
to the later battle-field of Towton. It was in the
Wharf, it will be remembered, that the English ships had
sought shelter when the Northern armada sailed up the
Ouse. It is a broad and rapid stream, still navigable as high
as Tadcaster for the small craft of the river, whose local
name of keels suggests the memory of the first vessels which
landed our fathers in the Isle of Britain.[1020] We can hardly
doubt that it was equally accessible to such light war-ships
as an Earl of the Northumbrians would be likely to keep in
his service. At Tadcaster then King Harold found and
reviewed the English fleet,[1021] doubtless with an eye to possible
future operations against the ships at Riccall, which
the events of the morrow rendered needless. The army
|Harold passes through York. Monday, September 25.|
then marched on by the last stage of the Roman way,
locally known as the High Street. At last, on Monday
morning, King Harold of England entered his northern
capital, the city which, only the day before, had bowed in
363ignominious homage to Harold of Norway. He was received
with joy; provincial jealousies were lulled for a
moment in the actual presence of the enemy, and the Danes
and Angles of York pressed eagerly to welcome the West-Saxon
deliverer.[1022] But the King had other work before
him than either to repose after that terrible march or to
enjoy the congratulations of a rescued people. He had to
make sure that they were rescued; while an enemy was in
the land, Harold knew but one duty, to press on to the
place where the enemy might be found. He had to save
the land from further desolation; he had to smite before
the expected hostages could be gathered together; he had
to smite, once and for ever, the enemy who lay before him,
that he might turn and meet the yet more fearful enemy
to whom his southern shores lay open. He pressed on
through[1023] the rejoicing city, he pressed on to the Norwegian
camp; and he reaped the reward of his energy and his
labours in the glorious fight of Stamfordbridge.
BATTLE of STAMFORDBRIDGE. Monday, September 25, 1066.
Of the details of that awful day we have no authentic
|The Norwegian Saga.|
record. We have indeed a glorious description, conceived
in the highest spirit of the warlike poetry of the North,
but it is a description which, when critically examined,
proves to be hardly more worthy of belief than a battle-piece
in the Iliad.[1024] The tale is one of the most familiar
in our early history. We have all heard how the Northmen,
rejoicing in their supposed victory, were going forth,
light-hearted and careless, unprotected by defensive harness,
364to take full possession of their conquest. That very morning
King Harold of Norway was to hold his court, and
to assemble his new subjects, within the walls of York.
He was there formally to assume the government, to dispose
of offices, and to proclaim laws for his new realm.
|Approach of the English army.|
On his march a cloud of dust is seen in the distance; presently
shields and arms glistening like ice[1025] are to be seen
beneath it. It is the host of King Harold of England.
The heart of Tostig fails him; let them hasten back to
their ships, let them gather their comrades, and put on
their coats of mail. Not so the hero of Norway. Messengers
on swift horses are sent to summon the party who
are left by the ships, and meanwhile Harold Hardrada
marshals his army for the fight. The shield-wall is formed
in the shape of a complete circle, with the Land-waster
waving in its centre. A dense wood of spears bristles in
front of the circle, to receive the charge of the English
horsemen. King Harold of Norway rides round his host;
his black horse stumbles, and he falls; but his ready wit
wards off the evil omen; a fall is lucky for a traveller.
But the eye of his rival is upon him; King Harold of
England sees his fall. “Who,” he asks, “is the tall man
who fell from his horse, the man with the blue kirtle and
the goodly helm?” “It is King Harold of Norway.”
“A tall man and a goodly is he, but methinks his luck
|Meeting of the two Harolds.|
has left him.” Then follows the yet more striking scene
where the two Kings, alike in name and in might, meet
face to face before the battle. Twenty of the Thingmen,
clothed horse and man in armour, ride forth to the host
of the Northmen. One of them bears to Earl Tostig the
greeting and message of his brother King Harold. Let
him return to his allegiance, and he shall again have the
365Earldom of Northumberland; nay he shall have a third
of the Kingdom to rule together with the King. “What
then,” asks Tostig, “shall be given to King Harold of
Norway?” “Seven feet of ground,” is the famous
answer, “or as much more as he is taller than other men.”[1026]
“Go then,” says Tostig, “and tell King Harold of England
to make him ready for the battle. Never shall men
say in Norway that Earl Tostig brought King Harold
Sigurdsson hither to England, and then went over to his
foes.” The horsemen ride back to the host of England,
and Harold Hardrada asks who is the man who spoke so
well. Tostig answers that it was King Harold of England.
“Why then,” asks Hardrada, “was it not told
me? he should never have gone back to tell of our men’s
slaughter.” Tostig, with some traces still left in his soul
of the days when he went forth with an honest heart to
curb the freebooters of Northumberland, answers that he
could never be the murderer of the brother who came to
offer him friendship and dominion. “If one of us must
die, let him slay me rather than that I should slay him.”
To this sentiment the Norwegian King vouchsafes no
answer, but he turns to his comrades with the remark that
“the King of the English was but a small man, but that
he stood well in his stirrups.”
Mythical character of the story.
If this famous dialogue is plainly mythical, the glowing
narrative of the fight itself is so still more plainly.
366|Misconception of the details of the battle.|
The main strength of the English is conceived to lie in
their horsemen; they charge in vain against the Norwegian
circle, the dense shield-wall and the bristling spears.
One assault after another is beaten off; at last the Northmen,
proud of their resistance, become eager for more
active success. They break the line to pursue the English;
as soon as the shield-wall is broken, the English horsemen
turn and overwhelm them with javelins and arrows.
King Harold of Norway stands at first by his standard;
the inspiration of the scald comes upon him; he sings of
the fight to be won by the hand and the sword of the
warrior, though his breast be unguarded by the corslet.
When the shield-wall is broken, the Berserker rage seizes
him, and he leaves, like Eadmund, his post by the
standard; with his huge two-handed sword he bursts upon
the ranks of the English; helmet and coat of mail give
way before that terrible weapon; the English are well
nigh driven to flight by his single arm; but an arrow
pierces his throat; the mighty form falls to the ground,
and his chosen comrades die around him. The battle
pauses awhile; each side alike rests, as it were, to do
honour to the fall of one so mighty. Tostig takes the royal
post by the Land-waster; Harold of England again employs
the momentary lull once more to offer peace to his
brother and quarter to the surviving Northmen. A fierce
cry from the Norwegian ranks is the answer; as one man
they will die rather than receive quarter from the English.
The war-shout is raised, the fight begins again, and the
second act is closed by the fall of Tostig.[1027] The reinforcement
now arrives from the ships. They come in full
harness; their chief is Eystein Orre, the personal favourite
367of the King and the promised husband of his daughter
Mary. He is the hero of the third act of the fight, the
Storm of Orre, as it was called in Northern song. He
and his men come up wearied with the swift march from
the ships; still they begin the third struggle, the most
terrible of all. Eystein takes the post by the Land-waster,
which had been held by Harold and Tostig; the
fight is waged more fiercely than ever; the English are
well nigh driven to flight. At last the Berserker rage
seizes on the Northmen; they throw away their coats of
mail; some are slain by the English, some fall of sheer
weariness and die without a wound. Still the fight is
kept up till night-fall; by that time the chief men of
Norway have fallen, and the remnant of the host escapes
under the cover of the darkness.
Meagreness of the genuine accounts.
Such is the magnificent legend which has been commonly
accepted as the history of this famous battle. I shall elsewhere
examine the whole story in detail; it is enough to say
here that the geography of the campaign is, in the Saga,
wholly misconceived, and that a story which represents
horsemen as the chief strength of an English army in the
eleventh century is at once shown to be a tale of later date.
And it is disappointing that, for so detailed and glowing
a tale, we have so little of authentic history to substitute.
Still, from such accounts as we have, combined with our
knowledge of what an English army of that age really
was, we can form a fair general idea of the day which
beheld the last triumph of Harold the son of Godwine,
the last triumph of pure and unmixed Teutonic
England.
Sudden advance of the English.
King Harold then marched through York, and found
a portion at least of the Norwegian host on the right
bank of the Derwent, wholly unprepared for his attack.
368It is quite possible that they may have been, as the story
represents them, going to a peaceful meeting at York.
Anyhow, the invaders, rejoicing in the victory of Fulford,
in the capitulation of York, in the promised submission
of all Northumberland, had no idea of the suddenness of
|Loyalty of the country.|
the blow which was coming upon them. The speed and
secrecy with which Harold was able to accomplish this
memorable march not only bears witness to his own skill
and energy, but also speaks well for the discipline of his
army and for the general loyalty of the country. Fast as
Harold may have pressed on, individual spies or deserters,
had there been any such, could always have outstripped
him, and could have borne the news of his approach to the
enemy. But no such treason marred his well-conceived
and well-executed scheme. He came on the Northmen
unawares;[1028] the men who deemed that all Northumberland,
perhaps that all England, was their own, suddenly
found themselves in the thick of a new Brunanburh,
a happier Assandun. A leader, the peer of Æthelstan
and Eadmund, commanded a band of tried and chosen
warriors such as Æthelstan and Eadmund never knew.
Eadwine and Morkere, with their hurried levies, had
doubtless done their best; but the invaders had now to
deal with a very different enemy. King Harold of England
was upon them; they were face to face with his
personal following, with those terrible Thingmen, each
one of whom, men said, was a match for any other two.
But Harold Hardrada and his varied host showed no
lack of gallantry; the victory was won only by the
hard fighting of a whole day.[1029] The English, invisible,
369|The battle begins on the right side of the Derwent.|
it would seem, till they reached the low brow of Helmsley,
came at once upon that portion of the Norwegian army,
utterly unprepared and seemingly not fully armed,[1030] which
found itself on the right, the York side, of the Derwent.
They were of course unable to bear up successfully against
so sudden and terrible an attack. But the resistance which
they made no doubt gave time for their comrades on the
other bank, with their King at their head, to form in the
full array of the shield-wall. This division, on account
of the slight slope down to the river, would even have
a certain advantage of ground over the English. The
fight then began by the sudden attack of the English on
the detachment to the right of the river. Yielding, but
not flying,[1031] the unprepared and half-armed Northmen
were driven across the stream. English minstrels, fragments
of whose songs crop out in the narrative of colder
annalists, again told how the living crossed the river over
the bodies of their slain comrades which choked its stream.[1032]
The bridge defended by a single Northman.
|And now an act of daring devotion placed a nameless Northman.|
whose deed is recorded not by his countrymen but by
his enemies, on a level with Horatius on the bridge of Rome
and with Wulfstan on the bridge of Maldon.[1033] Alone for
370a while he kept the pass against the whole English army;
forty men fell beneath his axe;[1034] an arrow was shot at him
in vain;[1035] at last an Englishman found means to creep
under the bridge and pierced him through beneath his
|The English cross the bridge, and the main fight begins.|
corselet.[1036] The hindrance offered by this valiant enemy
being removed, the English host, their King at their
head, passed the bridge, and now the fiercest fighting of
the day began. Details are lacking, but it needs no special
flight of the imagination to see the slight slope above
the present village, where a newly-built church has lately
risen, covered by the bristling ring of the Northmen,
the fortress of shields, so often sung of alike in English
and in Scandinavian minstrelsy. We may picture to
ourselves how the axes of England rang on that firm array
371of bucklers; how step by step, inch by inch, up the slopes,
on to the Battle-flats, the Housecarls of King Harold
|Obstinacy of the fighting on both sides.|
clave their way. We may see how, step by step, inch by
inch, dealing blow for blow even in falling back, Northman
and Scot and Fleming[1037] gave way before the irresistible
charge of the renowned Thingmen. We may see
the golden Dragon, the ensign of Cuthred and Ælfred,
glitter on high over this its latest field of triumph. We
may hear the shouts of “Holy Rood” and “God Almighty”
sound for the last time as an English host pressed on to
victory. We may see two kingly forms towering high
over either host; we may, if we will, bring the two
Harolds face to face, and hear the two-handed axe of
England clashing against the two-handed sword of Norway.
We may see the banished Englishman defiant to
the last, striking the last blow against the land which
had reared him and the brother who had striven to save
|Complete victory of the English.|
him from his doom. We may call up before our eyes the
final moment of triumph, when for the last time Englishmen
on their own soil had possession of the place of
slaughter,[1038] and when the Land-waster of Norway was
lowered before the victorious Standard of the Fighting
Man. At least we know that the long struggle of that
day was crowned by complete victory on the side of
England. The leaders of the invading host lay each
man ready for all that England had to give him, his
|Death of Harold Hardrada,|
seven feet of English ground. There Harold of Norway,
the last of the ancient Sea-Kings, yielded up that fiery
soul which had braved death in so many forms and in so
many lands. The warrior of Africa, the pilgrim of
Jerusalem, had at last met his fate in an obscure corner
372of Britain, whose name but for him might have been
|of Tostig,|
unknown to history. There Tostig the son of Godwine,
an exile and a traitor, ended in crime and sorrow a life
which had begun with promises not less bright than that
|of the Irish King.|
of his royal brother. There died the nameless prince whom
the excitement of battle or the hope of plunder had led
from the land which had once sheltered the English King
in his days of exile. The whole strength of the Northern
army was broken; a few only escaped by flight, and found
|Escape of Godred.|
means to reach the ships at Riccall.[1039] Among these was
the Wiking who had come from the remotest North to win
his share in the plunder of conquered England. Godred
survived when Harold and Tostig fell; but he returned
not to his Iceland home; he found a nearer shelter with
his namesake the son of Sihtric. He fled to the Isle where
he was himself to reign as a conqueror, and to make his
Kingdom of Man the centre of victorious warfare against
|Utter destruction of the Norwegian army.|
Dublin and all Leinster.[1040] But the great mass of the vast
host of Hardrada lay dead on the banks of the Derwent.[1041]
Beside those who fell beneath the English axes, many
were drowned in the river; others died, we know not how,
by fire.[1042] Only a few of that great host could have found
even that small allowance of English earth which was to
be granted to their leader. We need not believe the tale
373which told how the heads of Tostig and Harold of Norway
were brought, as savage trophies of victory, into the presence
|The body of Tostig found and buried at York.|
of the English King.[1043] We know on better authority
that the body of his fallen brother was sought for and
found among the slain by a distinctive mark of his body.[1044]
The wounds dealt by the Danish axe were deep and ghastly;
a head cloven to the chin with the full strength of the
two arms of an English Housecarl would show but few
features by which Gytha or Judith could have recognized
the slain. The giant form of Hardrada doubtless needed
no mark to distinguish him from lesser men. We know
not where he found his promised allotment;[1045] but the tie
of kindred pleaded for Tostig, and the body of the banished
Earl of the Northumbrians found a grave within the walls,
no doubt within the primatial minster, of the city where
he had ruled so sternly.[1046] But no funeral rites fell to the
lot of the meaner dead of the invading army. The bones
of the slain remained on the ground for many years,[1047]
bearing witness, in the days of England’s bondage, how
hard fought had been the last victorious fight of her last
|Heavy loss of the English.|
native King. For in truth the vanquished invaders had
sold their lives dearly. The English host was far from
coming forth scatheless from that awful struggle. Many
374a faithful Housecarl, many a noble Thegn,[1048] had given his
life for England and for her chosen King. But the victory
was a victory as decisive as any to be found in the whole
history of human warfare. Harold had swept from the
earth an enemy compared with whom Ælfgar and
Gruffydd might seem but as the puppets of a moment.
He stood victorious after a day of slaughter, compared
with which the hardest struggles of his Welsh campaigns
might seem but as the mimic warfare which men wage
against the stag and the wild boar.[1049]
Harold’s mild dealings with Olaf and the remnant of the Northmen.
But the conqueror of Stamfordbridge, during the few
days of life and kingship which still were his, had to show
himself in a light yet nobler than that of a conqueror.
That mild and conciliatory spirit, which was as marked
in the character of Harold as his valour and energy, was
now, as ever, extended to enemies who could no longer
resist. He had shown forbearance to domestic traitors;
375he had shown it to rebellious vassals; he had now to show
it to men who had borne their share in an unprovoked invasion.
The Norwegian ships still lay in the Ouse. After
the utter defeat of the land army, naval operations were
hardly needed against them; the fleet which had been
arrayed at Tadcaster was not called into action, but the
King of the English sent to Olaf and the Orkney Earls,
and offered them peace.[1050]
“They came up to our King,”[1051]
seemingly to his court at York; they gave hostages and
swore oaths that they would for ever keep peace and friendship
with this land. In four and twenty ships, the
remnant of the host of Hardrada sailed away from the
shores of Northumberland. Since the day of Stamfordbridge
the kindred nations of Scandinavia, bound to us by
so many ties, have never appeared on English ground in
any guise but that of friends and deliverers.[1052]
Harold at York.
This negotiation may have occupied the two or three
days immediately following the battle. Urgently as
Harold’s presence was needed in the southern part of his
Kingdom, he could not refuse a few days for the needful
rest of himself and his host. His presence too was
needed for the settlement of the troubled affairs of Northumberland,
and even for the mere celebration of his
triumph. His victory was saddened by the fate of his
brother; it was purchased by the blood of many of his
valiant comrades; his mind must have been weighed down
by the thoughts of the toils and dangers which were yet in
376|The Feast of Victory.|
store for him elsewhere. Still the victor could not shrink
from the accustomed celebration of so great a victory. The
|News brought of the landing of William. [Thursday, September 28.] October 1?|
King was at the banquet,[1053] when a messenger appeared, who
had sped, with a pace fleeter even than that of his own
march, from the distant coast of Sussex.[1054] One blow had
been warded off, but another blow still more terrible
had fallen. Three days after the fight of Stamfordbridge,
William Duke of the Normans, once the peaceful guest
of Eadward, had once again, but in quite another guise,
made good his landing on the shores of England.
CHAPTER XV. THE NORMAN INVASION AND THE CAMPAIGN OF HASTINGS. [1055] — § 1. The Building of the Fleet. — § 2. The Embarcation and Voyage of William. August–September, 1066. — § 3. The Southern March of Harold. October 1–13, 1066. — § 4. The Battle. October 14, 1066. — § 5. The Burial of Harold. October–December, 1066.
377
Success of all William’s negotiations.
We left the Duke of the Normans successful in every
negotiation which concerned his enterprise, both with his
own subjects and with strangers. We saw his cause, after
378some hesitation, zealously taken up by his own people,
while volunteers flocked eagerly to his muster from the
territories of all the neighbouring princes. We have seen
his undertaking receive the highest of religious sanctions
in the blessing of the Roman Pontiff. Had the enterprise
been one against Anjou or France, warfare would have
begun long before the period of the year which we have
now reached. But William’s present warfare was aimed at
a realm whose insular position shielded it at least for a
season. England could be reached only by sea, and the
Normandy of those days had ceased to be a naval power.
The army destined to undertake the conquest of England
had to be carried across the Channel. A vast fleet was
therefore needed, and a fleet had to be created for the
|Formation of the Norman fleet. Summer, 1066.|
purpose. The creation of that fleet was the work of the
summer of the great year, while King Harold of England
was so carefully guarding his southern coasts.[1056] As soon
as the undertaking was finally determined on, the woods of
Normandy began to be felled,[1057] and the havens of Normandy
resounded with the axes and hammers of carpenters and
ship-builders.[1058] A large proportion of the ships were the
379|Contributions of ships.|
offerings of the great Barons and Prelates of the land.[1059]
William Fitz-Osbern, who had been the first man in
Normandy to pledge himself to the enterprise, now redeemed
his pledge by the gift of sixty ships. The same
large number was contributed by Roger of Montgomery
and by Roger of Beaumont, and also by Hugh of
Avranches, the future Earl of Chester. Fifty ships, with
sixty knights, formed the contingent of Hugh of Montfort.
Two less famous men, Fulk the Lame and Gerald the
Seneschal,[1060] contributed forty each. The gift of Walter
Giffard was thirty ships with a hundred knights. The
same number of ships, with their crews, were supplied by
Vulgrin, the pious and peaceful Bishop of Le Mans. He,
we are told, was specially zealous in the Duke’s cause,[1061]
looking on him doubtless as the champion of Rome and of
Christendom. But greater even than these great contingents
were the gifts of the Duke’s own kinsfolk, of the
members of the ducal house no less than of those sons of
his mother whom his bounty had so lavishly enriched. A
hundred and twenty ships, the largest offering in the whole
list, were the contribution of the Count of Mortain. A
gift second only to that of his brother, a gift of a hundred
380ships,[1062] was the contribution of the Bishop of Bayeux.
William of Evreux gave eighty, Robert of Eu sixty. The
monk Nicolas, the son of Duke Richard the Third, now
Abbot of the great house of Saint Ouen, gave twenty ships
with a hundred knights. Others of less degree gave one
ship or more, according to their means.[1063] And among these
was another monk, of less lofty birth, but of higher
personal renown, than the princely Abbot of Saint Ouen’s.
|Remigius of Fécamp, first Bishop of Lincoln. 1067–1092.|
A single ship with twenty knights was the offering of
Remigius, then almoner of the house of Fécamp,[1064] but who
was in aftertimes to be the last Prelate of the ancient see
of Dorchester, the first who placed his throne on the lordly
steep of more famous Lincoln. But one gift, though the
gift of a single ship only, had a value beyond all others in
the eyes of the Duke. The ship which was destined for his
own use, the ship which was to bear William and his
fortune,[1065] was the offering of the conjugal love of the
|William’s ship the “Mora,” the gift of Matilda.|
Duchess Matilda. This chosen vessel bore the name of
the Mora, a name not very easy to explain. Either at its
prow or at its stern it bore the likeness of a boy wrought
in gold blowing an ivory horn pointing towards England.[1066]
Number of the ships variously stated.
381The whole number of the fleet thus collected is variously
stated. The lowest reckoning gives the exact number as six
hundred and ninety-six; the largest of those accounts which
are at all credible raises it to an indefinite number above
three thousand.[1067] Exaggeration is always to be looked for
in such accounts; but so great a difference can hardly be
accounted for wholly by exaggeration. It is evident that
our different accounts follow different ways of reckoning;
that some, for instance, counted only the ships strictly
so called, while others reckoned also the small craft of
|Character of the ships.|
every kind. The ships, after all, were only large open
boats with a single mast and sail, and with a smaller
boat attached. It is plain that they were designed almost
wholly for transport, and they do not seem to have in any
way equalled those mighty horses of the sea[1068] which had
borne Swend and Cnut to the conquest of England.
William’s attention to ecclesiastical affairs.
But while William was thus busily pressing his warlike
preparations, he was, no less characteristically, largely
occupied with ecclesiastical affairs. Indeed the chosen
champion of the saints and of their honour, the armed
missionary who was setting forth to convert the stiff-necked
382islanders from the error of their ways, was bound,
more than ever, to show himself a faithful nursing-father
|Council at Bonneville, June 15.|
to the Church at home. In a court or council which the
Duke held at Bonneville in the month of June two important
ecclesiastical appointments were made. Two great
Abbeys needed chiefs. The chair of Saint Evroul was
void by the death of Abbot Osbern, and the new monastery
of Saint Stephen was now far enough advanced
towards perfection for the brotherhood to be regularly
|Appointment of Mainer at Saint Evroul,|
organized under an Abbot. The monks of Saint Evroul
petitioned the Duke for the appointment of a new head of
their body. William, after consulting with the Diocesan
Hugh of Lisieux, placed the pastoral staff in the hand of
the Prior Mainer, who presently received the abbatial
benediction from the Bishop.[1069] But a greater than Mainer
was on this same day advanced from the second to the
|and of Lanfranc at Saint Stephen’s.|
highest rank in monastic dignity. It was at this court
at Bonneville that the renowned Prior of Bec, the future
Primate of Canterbury, the man whose acute and busy spirit
made him well nigh the soul of his master’s enterprise, became
the first chief of his master’s great foundation. The
scruples of the great scholar and diplomatist had at last been
overcome, and in the same hour in which Mainer received
the staff of Saint Evroul, Lanfranc also received the staff
|Motives to special devotion at this time.|
of the still more famous house of Saint Stephen.[1070] The
policy of pushing on the two great expiatory foundations
at this particular moment is obvious. The champions of
383the Church must, as far as might be, wipe out all memory
of their former sin. William must set out on his holy
enterprise with perfectly clean hands, and Matilda must be
able to lift up hands no less clean as she prayed for his
safety and victory before the altars which she had reared.
Indeed, even without this overwhelming motive, the eve
of so great and hazardous an undertaking was a moment
which specially called for works of devotion of every kind,
and we have seen that it was so felt by others in Normandy
besides the Duke and Duchess.[1071] At this time therefore,
|Consecration of the Holy Trinity at Caen. June 18.|
besides the organization of William’s foundation under its
first and greatest Abbot, the material fabric of Matilda’s
foundation was so eagerly pressed on that the unfinished
minster was hallowed three days after the appointment of
|Dedication of the Duke’s daughter Cecily.|
the two Abbots.[1072] As part of that great ceremony, the
ducal pair offered on the altar of God an offering more
costly than lands or buildings or jewelled ornaments. In
a milder sense than that in which the words were used by
the ancient prophet, they gave their first-born for their
transgression, the fruit of their bodies for the sin of their
souls. The Duke’s eldest daughter Cecily, now a child,
but in after days to become a renowned Abbess of her
mother’s foundation, was dedicated by her parents as a
virgin set apart for God’s service.[1073] It was not however
till nine years later that her lips pronounced the
irrevocable vows.[1074]
These ecclesiastical ceremonies are the last Norman events
384of a peaceful kind which I have to record during this
year of wonders. They answer to the ecclesiastical events
which happened in England at a time a little earlier. The
establishment of Lanfranc at Saint Stephen’s, the consecration
of the minster of the Trinity, answer to King
Harold’s renewed gifts to Waltham, to his labours for
ecclesiastical reformation at Ely.[1075] On each side of the
Channel the rival princes and their subjects were striving
to win the favour of Heaven by acts of special devotion.
We have now to turn away from ecclesiastical, and from
all other peaceful affairs, to that great struggle between
the two contending chiefs, on the last act of which we
are now fairly entered.
The fleet at the mouth of the Dive. August 12?
At last, in the course of the month of August,[1076] the
Norman fleet was ready to set sail on its great enterprise.
William was now to be occupied with war, and
with war alone. He entrusted the government of the
Duchy to Matilda, with the help of a council of wise
men, at whose head stood the famous Roger of Beaumont.
The age of Roger made him fitter for counsel
than for action; so he tarried at home, while his son
went to the war.[1077] The Duke himself hastened to the
spot which had been chosen for the embarcation. This
spot lay close to the scene of one of the most memorable
385of William’s exploits. The mouth of the Dive, where the
fleet of Normandy was now gathered for the unprovoked
invasion of England, lies only a few miles below that ford
of Varaville where the Norman Duke had once, in a more
righteous cause, dealt so heavy a blow against the French
|Description of the place.|
invaders of his Duchy. The river there pours itself into
the sea, under the shelter of heights which are a close
continuation of the hills from which King Henry had
looked down to see the massacre of his rear-guard.[1078] The
course of the stream has no doubt greatly changed; the
harbour, largely blocked up by sand, has lost much of
its importance as a harbour, though it is now awaking
to a kind of renewed life in the form of a modern watering-place.
A large and singular church, retaining its
massive central arches of Norman work, is the only
piece of antiquity which remains in the original small
town of Dive. A modern column and inscription on the
height above shows that the historical interest of the spot
is not forgotten, and the name of the great Duke is still
attached to the humble hostelry. In this harbour then
the ships were gathered; the host lay encamped on the
hills, waiting for the south wind which was to bear
them across to the land of promise. The view from
those hills is a noble one. To the west the eye ranges
over the whole low country and over the gentler heights
which bound it in the extreme distance. At the foot of the
heights the Dive rolls along its winding course, then no
doubt pouring itself into the sea with a wider and more
open flood than it can now boast of. Beyond it glistens
the Orne, the stream which flowed by the rising minsters
of Caen, the stream whose flood, like Kishon of old,[1079] had
wrought such help for William’s cause on the day when
he won his spurs at Val-ès-dunes.[1080] To the north-east
386stand forth the rocks which guard the entrance to a yet
greater stream, the rocks by which William’s Wiking forefathers
had so often sailed to threaten the great cities on
the Seine, and which now, under Norman guardianship,
served as it were to keep the Lord of Paris imprisoned
within the narrow limits of his inland realm.
The south wind for which William so eagerly waited
was as slow in coming as the east wind which was so
eagerly looked for, when a later William was waiting to
set forth for the shores of England on a widely different
|Delay at the Dive.|
errand.[1081] The fleet was detained for a whole month at
the mouth of the Dive,[1082] and the panegyrist of William
|Good order maintained in William’s army.|
grows eloquent on the wonderful good order and peaceable
demeanour of the host which was, no doubt most
unwillingly, subjected to this untoward delay. The excellence
of the Duke’s commissariat is set forth in such
glowing colours that we cannot help longing to know the
details of his arrangements. The whole army, we are
told, received regular pay and regular provisions during
the month which was thus condemned to inactivity.[1083] All
plunder was forbidden, and we are told that William’s orders
to this effect were carried out with a degree of success
which seems incredible. The inhabitants of the surrounding
country learned to pass without fear among the motley
host, a host made up not only of their own countrymen
but of adventurers from every province of Gaul.[1084] The
387flocks and herds fed undisturbed in their pastures; the
ripening corn remained alike uncut and untrampled by
the dangerous visitors.[1085] In all this there is doubtless
much of the exaggeration of a professed panegyrist. But
we can well believe that the strong will of the Great
William was really able to preserve a degree of good order
among the mixed multitude which he commanded which
a lesser man might have found it hopeless to preserve
even among an army of his own subjects.
Numbers of William’s army.
The numbers of the host which William had now
assembled are as variously stated as the number of the ships
which were to carry them. The sum total is commonly
given at sixty thousand, or even more; but there are
authorities which bring it as low as fourteen thousand.[1086]
Here, as in the case of the ships, while we must allow for
error and exaggeration, we must also allow for different
systems of reckoning. The higher amount may be meant
to take in all the armed men of every class, while the
lower may give only the number of knights—what in the
military language of a later age would have been called
the number of lances. In the history of all ages nothing
is so little trustworthy as the figures which profess to set
before us the numbers of armies. And I fear that the
exact number, or even any near approximation to the exact
388number, either of the Norman invaders or of the English
defenders, is one of the things which the historian must,
however unwillingly, leave uncertain.
Spies sent by Harold.
It was while the Norman fleet was still at the mouth
of the Dive, while the whole southern coast of England
was so strongly guarded by the watchful care of Harold,[1087]
that an incident is said to have happened, which, though
it has been mixed up with events not belonging to it in
date, is most likely not without some foundation in fact.
The King of the English, among his precautions for the
defence of the country,[1088] did not forget to get what knowledge
he could as to the condition and numbers of the
enemy. He sent spies across to the mouth of the Dive.
|One is brought before William, who sends him back with a threatening message to Harold.|
One of them was seized and led before the Duke. We are
not told whether William followed the magnanimous or
ostentatious example of Xerxes[1089] in showing the Englishman
the whole strength and numbers of the Norman host;
but he at least sent him home unhurt, though charged
with a threatening message to his sovereign. When the
spy strove to hide his errand under some of the usual
subterfuges,[1090] William showed him at once that no disguises
could avail with him. Harold might forbear to
waste his gold and silver in paying spies to search out
William’s resources; sooner than Harold looked for, he
389would himself come as his own messenger, and would teach
him on his own soil what the power of Normandy was.[1091]|William’s comparison between himself and Harold.|
And it was now, we are told, that the Duke made that most
singular comparison between himself and his rival of which
I have already spoken. He had promised away all the goods
of Harold beforehand, while Harold had not the strength
of mind to promise anything of his.[1092] He goes on to say
that Harold would fight only to retain what he had wrongfully
seized, while he would fight to obtain possession of
the gift of his departed friend which he had earned by his
services towards him.[1093] Success was certain; the fleet was
of such a number as to be fully enough for any purpose
that was needed, while he was not cumbered with any
useless multitude of ships. And, as for the army, the
fate of campaigns was decided, not by the number of
armies, but by their valour.[1094]
William resolves to change his position.
A month was thus lost at the Dive,[1095] and yet the south
wind came not. The Duke at last resolved to change his
position and his place of embarcation. He had many good
reasons for doing so. Had he stayed much longer in his
first quarters, his supplies would probably have failed him,
390and he would no longer have been able to keep back his
troops, especially the foreign mercenaries, from plunder.
Meanwhile the same failure of provisions which William
merely dreaded had actually defeated all the schemes of the
|Influence of the disbanding of Harold’s fleet and army. September 8.|
English King. While William lay at the mouth of the
Dive, Harold’s great fleet and army, which had so long
guarded the English coast, was finally disbanded, and the
mass of the ships went back to London.[1096] It had in fact
been a sort of involuntary struggle between the two rivals,
which could keep an army for a longer time on foot in a state
of inaction. In this struggle William had succeeded. The
host with which Harold had lined the whole West-Saxon
coast was doubtless far larger than the host which William
had gathered at a single haven of Normandy. But William’s
host, gathered from all parts of Gaul, consisted far more
largely of professional soldiers than Harold’s, and in a far
smaller degree of the general levies of the country, eager to
return to their homes and harvests. It is no wonder that
the endurance of William’s army outlasted the endurance of
the army of Harold. But William had doubtless by this
time exhausted the supplies afforded by the lands near the
Dive, and he found it expedient to remove to quarters
whose resources were still untouched. And the disbanding
of Harold’s fleet and army supplied another motive equally
strong. Now that the shores of England were left comparatively
defenceless, now that the English fleet no longer
rode triumphantly in the Channel, it became a matter of
importance with William to be nearer to the English shores,
ready to sweep down on any unguarded spot at any favourable
moment. William therefore took advantage of a west
wind[1097] to hasten from the Dive to a point which far more
391|William sails to Saint Valery. September 12.|
closely threatened the southern shores of England. He
passed by the mouth of the Seine and by the whole coast
of Upper Normandy, and took up his position at a spot
beyond the limits of his own immediate dominion, within
the territories of his now faithful vassal Guy of Ponthieu.[1098]|History of the Abbey of Saint Walaric or Valery.|
Near the mouth of the broad estuary of the Somme, on
a low height overhanging the water,[1099] stood a minster, commemorating
the good deeds of Walaric, a saint of Merovingian
times, who had done much to evangelize the still
heathen lands of Northern Gaul.[1100] Like so many other
foundations originally secular, it had seen its canons give
way to monks, and the monastery now ranked high among
foundations of its own class. Near its gate a small town
had arisen, bearing, like the abbey itself, the name of its
ancient patron, but in a form which French pronunciation
had moulded into a likeness to the great Valerian house
of Rome. The Abbey of Saint Valery, like many other
monasteries, had suffered through its own renown; the
relics of its founder had been carried off by the pious
cupidity of a Count of Flanders, and had been restored by
the pious intercession of a Duke of the French.[1101] Like
many other monasteries, the duty of its defence had given
392|The Advocates of Saint Valery.|
a title to a line of temporal nobles. The Advocates of
Saint Valery were powerful lords; one of them, as we have
seen, had married a daughter of Normandy, and a younger
branch of his race filled a high and honourable place among
|Description of the place.|
the great houses of the Norman land.[1102] Of this famous
abbey the vast encircling wall still remains, but the remains
of the church are small, and of a date somewhat
later than the days with which we are concerned. But the
ancient town, rising, with its parish church, above the
modern port which has arisen rather higher up the river,
still retains its walls and gateways and general mediæval
look in singular perfection. Below, immediately on the
coast, stands a ruined tower of rude work, to which an
inaccurate or misunderstood legend has attached the name
of Harold of England.[1103] The spot, even apart from its
historical associations, is in every way striking. The
broad estuary, the wooded heights above it, the ancient
and the modern town, unite to form a singularly varied
|Gathering of the fleet; its losses.|
landscape. It was here, on the wide expanse of water
into which the mouth of the great Picard river spreads
itself, that the fleet of William rode, still waiting for the
long-expected south wind which should at once transport
him and his host to the shores of Sussex. Its numbers
seem to have been somewhat lessened from the numbers,
whatever those numbers were, of the fleet which had been
gathered at the mouth of the Dive. We hear of losses
from shipwreck, and of losses from desertion;[1104] and, as we
393have seen, it is not impossible that we ought to add losses
from at least partial actions with English ships.[1105] At any
rate, from what cause soever, a good many men were
missing from William’s muster; and we are told that he
imitated the well-known stratagem of Xerxes,[1106] by causing
the recovered bodies of the drowned men to be buried
as secretly as might be, lest the knowledge of their losses
|Further delay at Saint Valery. September 12–27.|
might serve to dishearten his followers.[1107] Still the wind
was not favourable; the west wind had brought the fleet
to Saint Valery, but the south wind was not yet willing to
bring it to any English haven. All the time then that
Harold was engaged in his great Northern march and in
his victory at Stamfordbridge, William was still lying
inactive in his second naval quarters at the mouth of the
Somme.
The army inspirited by exhortations and religious ceremonies.
But with William time was never idle; he had ever at
his command the resources of both worlds to occupy any
season of constrained inaction. It was even more incumbent
upon him to respect the property of his allies and
vassals than to respect that of his own subjects. He occupied
himself as diligently in care for his commissariat at
Saint Valery as he had done at the Dive.[1108] By constant
exhortations he kept up the spirits of those of his men who
were already beginning to shrink from the enterprise.[1109]
And the champion of the Church, the pious leader of the
great expedition for the second conversion of the erring
English, was not likely to be sparing at such a moment in
those means of spiritual excitement of which he so well
knew the efficacy. Prayers and sacred rites of every
394kind were resorted to, in order to move Heaven to send the
looked-for wind which should waft its servants to do its
bidding beyond the sea. The Duke himself was unwearied
in his devotions within the minster of Saint Valery, nor
did he pay less regard to the outside of the temple than to
the inside. His eyes were ever watching the weathercock
on the minster tower; when he saw it pointing to the south,
his heart was downcast and his eyes were filled with tears,
but the least turn in the opposite direction again kindled
his hopes. Still the wind came not; the sky was cloudy;
the weather was cold and rainy; for fifteen days all the
powers of the air seemed steadily bent against the enterprise.[1110]|Procession of the body of Saint Valery.|
At last recourse was had to a ceremony of special
solemnity, one which, it was thought, could not fail to wring
the long-wished-for boon from the saints and from their
Creator. At the request of the Duke and his army, the
Abbot and monks of Saint Valery came forth from their
church in solemn procession, bearing the shrine which
contained the wonder-working body of their glorified
patron. A carpet was spread on the ground, and the
shrine was exposed to the gaze of the army, awaiting their
devotions and their offerings. The Duke and all his host
395knelt in prayer for the withdrawal of the adverse breeze
and the sending of one more favourable. Nor was their
bounty less than their faith; the shrine of Saint Valery
was hidden by the pieces of money showered down as
offerings by his worshippers.[1111]
The south wind blows. Wednesday, Sept. 27.
The devotion and the pious liberality of the Norman
host did not pass unrewarded. The prayers and the gifts
of William and his followers did their work. The costly
offerings at Caen, the crowning act of devotion at Saint
Valery, at last availed to release the new Agamemnôn from
his unwilling sojourn at another Aulis.[1112] In the milder
belief of William’s age the virginity of Cecily was an
offering more acceptable to Heaven than the bloody sacrifice
of Iphigeneia. And at last so many prayers were
heard. On Wednesday the twenty-seventh of September,
two days after Harold’s victory at Stamfordbridge, the
south wind blew.[1113]
The embarcation.
396The camp was in a tumult of joy and thankfulness. The
wished-for hour was at last come. England and its spoils
seemed to lie before them, ready to be grasped by the
hands of the champions of the Church and of the Norman
saints. Men were seen everywhere lifting up their hands
to heaven, exhorting and rejoicing with one another that
the hours of weariness were over, that the moment of
action at last had come.[1114] In the midst of the general joy
came the Duke’s orders for immediate embarcation. William,
as eager by temper as he was cautions by reflexion,
was foremost in urging his followers to hasten on board
their vessels, and to lose no time in making for the promised
land.[1115] But his troops needed little urging; the
dread of the unknown sea and of the unknown land, the
dread of the wealth of England and of the might of her
defenders,[1116] had all passed away. The Norman warriors
were so clearly the favourites of Heaven, the sign which
they had just received so clearly showed that their cause
was the cause of righteousness, that doubt and fear no
longer lingered in the mind of any man. Men rushed to
the shore;[1117] one man exhorted his followers, another his
comrades; each was eager to be first on board, to be foremost
in the holy work. The captain outstripped his
soldiers; the soldier outstripped his companions; men left
behind them their goods and their necessary stores, having
397one fear only before their eyes, lest by any mishap they
should themselves be left behind.[1118] Some bore on their
shoulders the swords, the spears, the coats of mail, which
would be needed on the other side of the water. Some
yoked themselves to waggons loaded with spears, and
loaded also with casks of wine. This last was the only
kind of provision of which any great quantity seems to
have been thought needful; conquered England was to find
the rest.[1119] Some were busy in setting up the masts, some
in unfurling the sails;[1120] the especial work of the horsemen
was the difficult task of bringing their horses on board the
vessels.[1121] The ships resounded with music; the pipe, the
zittern, the drum, the cymbals, all were heard, and the
voice of the trumpet sounded proudly over all.[1122] Meanwhile
the Duke once more made his way to the minster of
Saint Valery, and offered his last prayers and gifts on
Gaulish ground before he went forth to the conquest of
the island realm.[1123] Before he reached his ship, evening
had set in. The moon was hidden and the heavens were
clouded over. The Duke therefore ordered every ship to
398bear a light,[1124] while on the top of the mast of his own
Mora a huge lantern blazed to be the guiding star of the
|William sets sail.|
whole navy. William now went on board; the trumpet
sounded, and the voice of the herald announced the Duke’s
last orders before setting sail. The ships were to keep as
near together as might be, and to follow closely after the
beacon-light of his own ship. When they were well out
to sea, they were to rest a while in the dead hour of the
night, till the signals speaking alike to the eye and the ear
had again issued the ducal commands from the ducal
vessel.[1125] The fleet set sail; the vessels halted and rested
as the Duke had ordered. But before day-break the
trumpet again sounded from the Mora, and the lantern
|Details of his voyage.|
again blazed at her mast. The ships again set sail; but
the ship which carried William and his fortunes far outstripped
all her followers.[1126] We are told that the speed of
399the vessel, like that of the divine barks of Scheria,[1127] adapted
itself to the eagerness of her master;[1128] but it is plain that
one reason for the special fleetness attained by William’s
ship was that she was one of the few vessels in the fleet
which were unencumbered by horses.[1129] The day was now
dawning, and the ducal ship was alone. At the Duke’s
bidding a sailor climbed the mast to see whether any of
the other vessels were in sight. But the morning light
as yet showed him nothing on all sides but the sea and
the sky.[1130] The Duke ordered a halt; the anchor was cast,
and William, as if in his own house, ordered a plentiful
breakfast to be served up. The rich contents of one of
the casks of wine were not forgotten; and William in
cheerful mood bade his men be of good heart and assured
them that their comrades would soon overtake them; God,
in whose cause they were setting forth, would watch over
the safety of all the host.[1131] The sailor was again sent to the
mast-head, and he now announced that four ships were in
sight. Presently he saw such a multitude that their masts
looked like a forest upon the waves.[1132] The heart of William
400was lifted up in thankfulness.[1133] The south wind still
blew; in the morning light the lantern was no longer
needed; the chequered colours of the sails of the Mora
were now the beacon on which every eye in the whole
|William lands at Pevensey. Thursday, September 28.|
fleet was fixed.[1134] England was soon in sight, and by
nine in the morning of Thursday the twenty-eighth of
September, the Norman claimant of her Crown had already
set foot upon her shores.[1135]
He landed at a spot so memorable in the earliest English
history that, to one who muses there, the landing even of
William himself seems but of secondary interest.[1136] William
came, as it might seem, to pour a new Latin and
Celtic infusion into Teutonic England. He brought
his Romanized Northmen and the Welsh of the Lesser
Britain to bear rule over Saxons, Angles, and Danes who
|Description and historical associations of the place.|
had never fallen away from their Teutonic heritage. He
came to begin his work on a spot where the Saxon of
old had dealt one of the heaviest of all his blows against
the Roman and the Briton. He came to subdue England
on one of the spots which had seen most done to turn
401Britain into England. A north-west course from Saint
Valery had brought the invading fleet to a point in that
eastern part of the South-Saxon coast which, trending to
the north-east, is cut off in a marked way by the promontory
of Beechy Head from that long and nearly
straight line of coast which reaches westward to Selsey
Bill. At Beechy Head to the west, and again near
Hastings to the east, the high ground comes down to
the sea. Between these points lies a long flat shore, where
the waves now break on a vast mass of shingle, which,
at some points, stretches a long way inland, forming a
wilderness of pebbles, slightly relieved by small patches of
gorse and thin herbage. Between the coast and the hills—the
hills which form a part of the great Andredes-weald—there
lies a wide level, but here and there slight and
low projections, feeble offshoots from the high ground,
|Pevensey the ancient Anderida.|
straggle down towards the coast. One such post, commanding
alike the sea and the inland country, had been
chosen as the site of a Roman city, and Anderida, the
Andredes-ceaster of our forefathers, became, in the later
days of Roman occupation, one of the chief of the fortresses
which guarded the Saxon Shore.[1137] In those days, and in
the days of William also, Anderida was a haven of the
sea. The vast expanse of shingle is owing to the later
siltings which have choked up so many harbours along
this coast; in the fifth and in the eleventh century the sea
still washed the foot of the slight eminence occupied by
the city, and ships could ride at anchor beneath the Roman
|Remains of the Roman city.|
walls.[1138] Of those walls and of their massive towers large
portions still remain; but not a single human dwelling-place
402survives within their circuit. In the south-eastern
corner of the Roman city, the mediæval castle of Pevensey,
a foundation of William’s brother Robert,[1139] has arisen and
has fallen into decay. And just without the ancient walls,
the villages of Pevensey and West Ham, each with its
Old-English name and its mediæval church, seem to show
by their position that the first Teutonic settlers in Britain
avoided, from whatever reason, the occupation of the old
Roman sites. Few groups are more striking in themselves
than this assemblage of antiquities of various dates and
kinds, Roman and mediæval, ecclesiastical and military.
But the true attraction of the spot comes from the memory
that there was dealt one of the most awful of those awful
blows which made our race dominant in this our island.
|Landing of Ælle in Chichester harbour. 477.|
Second among the Teutonic settlements, first among the
strictly Saxon settlements, the followers of Ælle and Cissa
had for fourteen years been fighting their way onwards
from their first landing-place on British soil. The foundations
of the South-Saxon Kingdom had been laid at
Cymenes-óra, in the haven which in after days was to be
called after the city to which the younger conqueror gave
his name.[1140] Since that day, the Saxons had been gradually
spreading eastward towards the frontiers of their
|Taking of Anderida. 491.|
Jutish kinsfolk in Kent. At last, as we read in our
Chronicles, “Ælle and Cissa beset Andredes-ceaster, and
slew all that were therein, nor was there a Briton left there
any more.”[1141] So it was that our fathers did their work;
403but so it was that England became England. The fall of
Anderida put the finishing stroke to the Teutonic conquest
of south-eastern Britain. The long extent of coast, once
part of the Saxon Shore in the elder sense, now became
far more truly a Saxon shore under the rule of our first
Bretwalda.[1142] The walls which were stormed by Ælle and
Cissa have, from that day to this, remained as the mighty
monument of a fallen power, the sepulchre of the races which
our fathers swept away. In the days of William, as now,
those walls had already long ceased to surround the
dwelling-places of men.[1143] The forsaken city could at most
have served as an occasional place of shelter for the people
of the two English settlements which had arisen at either
end of it. Beneath those awful ruins, among the memorials
of ancient English victory, the Norman Duke now landed.
He came, as it might seem to a superficial eye, to undo
the work of Ælle and Cissa, to subject the sons of the
destroyers of the Briton and the Roman to men speaking
the tongue of Rome, and in the veins of many of whom
still flowed the blood of the British exiles of Armorica. In
truth the errand on which he came was the exact opposite.
He came, a chief of Danes and Saxons who had fallen
from their first love, who had cast away the laws and the
speech of their forefathers, but who now came to the
Teutonic island to be won back into the Teutonic fold,
to be washed clean from the traces of their sojourn in
Roman lands, and to win for themselves, among the
404brethren whom they were to meet as momentary enemies,
a right to an equal share in the name, the laws, and the
glories of Teutonic England.
Defenceless state of the coast at the time of William’s landing.
Pevensey then, the English name which had supplanted
the ancient Anderida, was the place of William’s landing.
The town is mentioned among those ports on the southern
coast which Harold had taken special care to supply with
garrisons.[1144] But at the moment of William’s landing the
post was either wholly undefended, or defended by a force
which found it hopeless to offer resistance. It will be
remembered that the Housecarls had gone northward
with the King, and that the irregular levies which had
guarded the coast only three weeks before were now
scattered every man to his own home.[1145] Any force then
which occupied Pevensey, or any other point of the South-Saxon
coast, is likely to have been intended as a mere outpost
to watch and to give the alarm, rather than to have
been placed there with any hope of seriously withstanding
the invaders. Harold had doubtless hoped that the winds
which had delayed William so long would still work in the
cause of England. He trusted that the enemy’s passage
would be delayed till he could himself return to the
southern coast at the head of the victors of Stamfordbridge.
|Lucky moment of William’s voyage.|
But the fortune of William bore him to the English shore
at the very moment which suited his purpose. A little
earlier or a little later, he would have met with a vigorous
and, in all probability, a successful resistance. On that
St. Michael’s Eve he met with no resistance whatever.
There were neither ships to hinder him from drawing near
405to the shore,[1146] nor soldiers to withstand him in the act of
|He lands without resistance.|
landing. The whole Norman fleet disembarked without a
blow being struck against them.[1147] But the array in which
they disembarked seems plainly to show that they had at
|Details of the landing; close order of the ships.|
least reckoned on meeting with armed resistance. The
fleet was not allowed to be scattered; the ships all steered
for the same point, and cast anchor as near together as
might be in the one haven of Pevensey.[1148] The wide expanse
of shore at this point would render such a course especially
easy. As soon as the anchors were cast, the ships were
run ashore, the masts were lowered, the shields and saddles
were unladen, the horses were released from their unfamiliar
prisons.[1149] The fighting men then landed as nearly
as might be in battle array. The first armed man who set
|William slips; his ready use of the omen.|
foot on English ground was Duke William himself. As he
descended from his ship, his foot slipped and he fell with
both his hands upon the ground. A loud cry of grief was
raised at the evil omen. But the ready wit of William
failed him not. “By the splendour of God,” he cried, “I
have taken seizin of my Kingdom, the earth of England
406is in my two hands.”[1150] It is added that a soldier, of
kindred spirit with his leader, ran forward, and plucking a
handful of thatch from a cottage, placed it in the Duke’s
hand as seizin, not only of England, but of all that England
held within it.[1151] “I accept it,” answered the Duke;
“and may God be with us.”
Order of the landing.
The whole army now landed in order. First came the
archers, ready for action, with bended bows and quivers
slung at their sides. They scoured the whole of the
neighbouring shore, but they nowhere found an armed
enemy to resist them.[1152] Next came the knights, all in
their helmets and harness. They at once mounted their
horses, and formed in the plain as if to call forth the
hidden defenders of England to battle.[1153] But not a blow
was struck; Pevensey was occupied as the first-fruits of
the invasion; a garrison was left to secure William’s first
407possession on English ground, and the words of one of our
informants might almost imply that some portion of the
Roman ruins was once more turned, in the rough and
hurried way which was all that the time allowed, to
purposes of defence. One object of this fortification and
garrison was to guard the ships, which had been drawn
on shore and which were now to be left behind.[1154] For
the stay of the Norman host at Pevensey was not a long
one. No great amount of provisions had been brought
with them, nor could the town of Pevensey and its neighbourhood
supply food for so great a multitude.[1155] It was
needful to move to some wealthier and more convenient
post, which would afford better head-quarters for the army,
and which might serve as a central point for a systematic
|The army marches to Hastings. Friday, Sept. 29.|
harrying of the country. Only one day therefore was spent
at Pevensey; on the next day, the feast of the Archangel so
deeply reverenced by Norman devotion, the army marched
on eastward, probably along the line of a Roman road, and
came to the town which William chose as his base of operations
for this memorable campaign. That campaign can be
408called by no name so fitting as the Campaign of Hastings;
for Hastings was the head-quarters of William, the centre
of the whole operations of the campaign. But in speaking
of the great battle itself, the name of Hastings simply leads
to geographical confusions. I speak therefore of the Campaign
of Hastings, while to the battle itself I restore its
true ancient name of Senlac.[1156]
Description and early history of Hastings.
The town and port of Hastings[1157] is one which has been
more than once mentioned in the earlier stages of our
history.[1158] Its name has been made memorable by the
zeal and energy displayed by its seamen in their pursuit
|1049.|
of the pirate-ships of Swegen after the murder of Beorn.[1159]
Like Pevensey, it had been garrisoned by Harold.[1160] And
yet the town seems to have surrendered to William without
striking a blow. Hastings, like most other English
towns, had most likely no fortifications which could resist
Norman arts of attack, and the prowess of the seamen,
whose force would at any time have been weak against
the vast fleet of William, was utterly useless now that
the invaders had actually landed. The town is placed
on a part of the coast where the hills come close down
upon the sea, forming a striking contrast to the wide
open flats which the Normans had just left behind them
at Pevensey. Two gorges between hills open immediately
upon the water; the eastern opening is occupied by the
elder, the western by the more modern, town of Hastings.
The hill which divides the two is crowned by the ruins
of the castle which probably marks the site of William’s
|Importance of the position.|
head-quarters. The position was an important one; it
commanded the great roads east and west, and also the
409north road leading directly between London and the coast.
|William makes an entrenched camp on the hill.|
William therefore chose Hastings as a permanent camp.[1161]
After consultation with his brothers, Bishop Odo and
Count Robert, he gave orders for the construction of one
of those wooden fortresses which were so constantly run
up for sudden emergencies in Norman warfare, and which
often proved the forerunners of more lasting buildings of
stone. The time at William’s command allowed only of
the digging of a trench, the casting up of a mound, and
the fortification of its summit with a castle of wood.[1162]
But it was doubtless this temporary structure which formed
the germ of the stately castle which in after days crowned
the height of Hastings, and within whose walls arose a
church and college, whose chief stall, less than a hundred
years after this time, formed one of the countless preferments
of the worldly Archdeacon who was so soon to be
transformed into the champion and martyr of the Church.[1163]
It is not clear whether it was at Pevensey or at
410|Slight loss of the fleet on the voyage.|
Hastings that the Duke reviewed his troops, and found,
so we are told in one account, that two only of his ships
had been lost on the passage.[1164] But one rather remarkable
|Fate of the soothsayer.|
life had been lost with them. A clerk, who pretended to
the power of soothsaying, had assured the Duke, not only
that his voyage would be prosperous, but that he should
win England without a blow. Harold would of his own
accord again bow to him and become his man. Half the
prophecy was already fulfilled; it remained to see what
would be the fate of the other half. But the prophet himself
came not to the muster. He had embarked in one of
the missing ships and was returned as drowned.[1165] “A poor
diviner must he have been,” said William, “who could
not divine the way and time of his own death. Foolish
would he be who should put faith in the words of such a
|Was this the time of the affair of Romney?|
soothsayer as this.”[1166] One hardly knows whether these
dark allusions to lost ships and lost men are to be taken
in connexion with the fact that, at some stage of the
campaign before the great battle, certain stragglers from
the Norman fleet or army had made their way eastward as
far as Romney, and had there fallen in a skirmish with the
townsmen.[1167] The words of our accounts leave it uncertain
whether a portion of the fleet lost its way on the passage,
411or whether a detachment of the army wandered thither
from Hastings. In any case, this and some other indications
which we have already seen[1168] all tend to show that
the fight on Senlac was not absolutely the first time that
Normans and Englishmen met with arms in their hands
during this memorable year.
William systematically ravages the country.
William, it will be remembered, while encamped in his
own territory and in that of his vassal of Ponthieu, had
carefully maintained his troops at his own cost, and had
at least done his best to hinder all plunder of the surrounding
country. But England, though a realm which
William claimed as his own by inheritance, was not to
be dealt with so tenderly.[1169] A poet in the Norman interest
tells us that whatever damage the English suffered was
only the fitting punishment for their stubbornness in not
at once admitting the manifest rights of their lawful
|Object of these ravages; to tempt Harold to fight.|
King.[1170] However this may be, there can be little doubt
that William’s ravages were not only done systematically,
but were done with a fixed and politic purpose. It was
William’s object to fight a battle as soon as might be.
But it was not his object to advance for this purpose far
into the country, to seek for Harold wherever he might
be found. So to do would have been to cut himself off
from his own powerful base of operations and from his only
hope of retreat in case of defeat. It was William’s object to
bring Harold down to the sea-coast, to tempt him to an
attack on the Norman camp, or to a battle on the level
412ground. In either of these cases the Norman tactics would
have a distinct advantage over the English. It is impossible
to doubt that the systematic harrying of the
whole country round Hastings was done with the deliberate
purpose of provoking the English King, and of
|Lasting effects of William’s harrying.|
bringing him in all haste to defend his subjects. The
work was done with a completeness which shows that it
was something more than the mere passing damage wrought
by an army in need of food. The traces of the ravages
done at this time are recorded in the great Survey twenty
years later. The Tapestry not only vividly sets before us
the way in which provisions of all sorts were brought in
for the use of the camp;[1171] it also represents an incident
which at once goes to the heart. A house is being set
on fire; the inmates, a woman and a child, are coming
forth from their burning dwelling.[1172] This is doubtless one
instance among thousands of the cruel destruction which
was fast spread over the country, as far as William’s
plunderers could reach. Men fled everywhere with such
of their goods and cattle as they could save, and sought
for shelter in the churches and churchyards.[1173] It would
doubtless be the policy of the pious Duke to keep his
followers back, as far as might be, from all damage towards
those who thus put themselves under the direct protection
of religion. Elsewhere all was havock. It was to save
his people from the horrors of war in their most barbarous
form that King Harold jeoparded his life and
Kingdom.[1174]
Result of the Northern campaign doubtful at the time of William’s landing.
413At the moment of William’s landing, and even at the
moment of his occupation of Hastings, he must have been
quite uncertain as to the fortunes of his rival in the North.
It was perfectly possible that he might never have to
contend with Harold of England at all. The result of the
Northumbrian campaign could hardly have been known
in Sussex two days after the fight of Stamfordbridge, and
it was one of the possible chances of war that William
might have to fight for the Crown of England against
the victorious host of Tostig and Harold Hardrada. But
the two great rivals were not long kept in ignorance of
|Robert the son of Wymarc brings news. His position and estimate of his conduct.|
each other’s movements and purposes. The news was
brought to William by a message from an English landowner
of Norman birth, in whom it is easy to recognize
the Staller Robert the son of Wymarc, him who had
stood at the bed’s head of the dying Eadward.[1175] We
know not whether he had retained his Stallership, or
any other office, under Harold. But it is plain that he
had become the man of the new King, for he was
living in England under the King’s peace and in full
possession of his lands.[1176] There is nothing in his present
conduct which sets him before us as a traitor to his new
allegiance. It is scarcely ground enough for such a
charge to say that he could hardly have been with Harold
414at Stamfordbridge.[1177] His conduct in fact seems to have
been that which was really right and honourable under
the circumstances in which he stood. He had to reconcile
his good will and his duty towards his adopted country
with his earlier good will and earlier duty towards his
natural sovereign. He sent a messenger to Hastings,[1178]
with a message designed to persuade the Duke, in the
interest of all parties, to give up his enterprise, and to
|He counsels William to go home.|
go quietly back to his own dominions. He, Robert,
counselled him as a friend and kinsman;[1179] he would be
deeply sorry if any harm befel him or his army, and, if
he remained in England, he and his army would meet
with certain destruction. It was hopeless for William to
think of contending with the forces of England. King
Harold had just defeated the Norwegian invader with a
slaughter of twenty thousand men;[1180] Tostig and Harold
Hardrada were slain; the King of the English was coming
southwards with a countless host, a host, men said, of an
hundred thousand.[1181] Against the English King and the
English army, flushed with their victory over the greatest
warrior in the whole world,[1182] it would be madness to risk
415a battle. Neither in number nor in strength were the
Normans fit to do battle against King Harold and the
English. Against them, in short, William’s army would
count for no more than so many barking curs.[1183] The Duke
was a prudent man, and had hitherto always acted prudently.[1184]
Let him act prudently now; let him go home;
let him at all events keep within his entrenchments and
not risk a battle.[1185] If he did go forth to fight, his rashness
would certainly bring about his utter overthrow.
Such counsel as this, addressed to William the Conqueror,
speaks muck more highly for the good intentions
of Robert than for his knowledge of mankind, above all
for his knowledge of the man with whom he was dealing.[1186]
William had not crossed the sea for nothing; he was not
like the King in the Gospel, who had to stop on his march
to consider whether he were able with his ten thousand to
meet him who came against him with twenty thousand.[1187]|William’s answer; He will fight in any case.|
It was perhaps not without a reference to that parable
that William answered that, had he only ten thousand
men, such as those of whom he had sixty thousand, he
would not draw back; he would not cross the sea again
without avenging himself of his enemy. He would not
even keep himself within his entrenchments; whatever
were the numbers on either side, he would go forth and
416meet Harold face to face.[1188] He condescended to thank
Robert for the kindly interest which he took in his
welfare, though he hinted that the words in which he had
contrasted Norman and English prowess would better have
been spared.[1189] The Duke had no need of such counsels
as those which were pressed upon him by his cousin’s
favourite. He had come into England to win his Crown,
and his Crown he would win at all hazards.
The news brought to Harold at York. October 1?
I have already told how the news of William’s landing
was brought to King Harold at the feast of victory at
York.[1190] That feast must have been saddened by the thought
of the many brave men who had fallen at a moment
when England needed the help of all her sons, by the
thought that England had been saved only by the death
of a brother of her King, by the thought that, while King
and people were rejoicing at the victory which had just
been gained over one enemy, another enemy, certainly not
less terrible, was daily threatening the defenceless southern
coast. And in the very moment of triumph the news
came that the blow had actually fallen. Men now heard
that, while Harold was letting the remnants of the Norwegian
army depart in peace, the Duke of the Normans
had actually landed, that he was ravaging English ground
far and wide, that a portion of English ground was already
entrenched and palisaded, and changed into a Norman
417|The news brought by a South-Saxon Thegn who saw the landing.|
fortress.[1191] The Norman poet gives us a graphic description
of the way in which the news was brought to the
English King. A Thegn of the country heard the cries
of grief and dismay with which the South-Saxon churls
beheld the approach of the Norman fleet.[1192] He went forth;
he hid himself in a convenient lurking-place, and beheld
in safety the whole process of the landing of the Norman
army.[1193] He saw first the archers and then the knights disembark.
He saw the shields and armour brought out of
the ships; he saw the carpenters come out with their axes;
he saw the fosse dug, and the palisade thrown up.[1194] The
418|He hastens to York.|
sight was enough; the heart of the English Thegn was
troubled; he took his weapons, his sword and his javelin;[1195]
he mounted his horse, and rode straight to bear the news
to his Lord King Harold. He hastened on with all speed
night and day; he rested late and rose early,[1196] till he found
the victor of Stamfordbridge in the banquetting-hall at
York. Here he at once told his errand. The countless
host from all Gaul, the host of horsemen and archers and
slingers who had gathered under the banner of Duke
William,[1197] had landed at Pevensey. They had already
built a fort and had fenced it with a palisade.[1198] Presently
another messenger, a churl, came from Hastings itself.[1199]
He had more news to tell, more details of the cruel harrying
of the South-Saxon land. The host of Normans,
Frenchmen, and Bretons, a host that no man could number,
a host like the stars of heaven or the fishes of the sea, was
419ravaging far and wide.[1200] Men were being slain, their widows,
their sons, their daughters, their flocks and their herds,
were becoming the prey of the stranger.[1201] Each message
enforced the same truth; the King must march at once
to the defence of his southern coasts, or the whole land
|Answer of Harold.|
would be wrested from him. Harold is reported by
the Norman poet to have said that it would have been
better to have given Tostig all that he asked,[1202] so that he
might have been himself in the south to hinder the landing
of the French invaders. Such a speech cannot have
been uttered by Harold, as it misconceives all the relations
between him and his brother. The situation is better conceived
when the King is made to say that, had he been on
the South-Saxon shore, the strangers would never have
made good their landing. Either they would have been
driven back into the sea, or they would have escaped its
dangers only to perish on English ground. “But,” he
added, “the mischance was the will of the King of Heaven,
and I could not be everywhere at the same moment.”[1203]
Position of Harold between the two invaders.
420And so of a truth it was. The event of this great campaign,
the overthrow of Harold and of England, turned
wholly, setting aside the mere accidents of battle, on the
inability of Harold himself to contend against two invasions,
or to be at the two ends of his Kingdom at the
same time. Of the two invasions, the Norwegian and the
Norman, each rendered the other possible. Or even had
the south wind blown sooner at the mouth of the Dive, the
southern coast of England would have been found guarded
against any attack, and Harold would probably have gone
to meet his namesake of Norway flushed with victory over
William and his host. As it was, the fate of England, as
ever in that age, rested on one man, and that one man
could not be at once in Sussex and in Northumberland.
Harold, too late to hinder the landing of the Normans, had
now before him the far harder task of dislodging them when
they were already in the land. It was a hard lot to have to
hasten at once on such an errand, after hardly a moment’s
rest from the toils and the glories of Stamfordbridge. One
terrible campaign was hardly over, when another yet more
terrible had to be begun. But the heart of Harold failed
him not, and the heart of England beat in unison with the
|Harold begins his march to London.|
heart of her King. As soon as the news came, King
Harold held a Council of the leaders of Stamfordbridge,[1204]
perhaps rather an armed Gemót, such as we have already
heard of more than once.[1205] He told them of the landing of
the enemy; he set before them the horrors which would
come upon the land if the invader succeeded in his enterprise.[1206]
A loud shout of unanimous assent rose from the
421Assembly. Every man pledged his faith rather to die
in arms than to acknowledge any King but Harold.[1207] The
King thanked his loyal followers, and at once ordered an
immediate march to the south, an immediate muster of
the forces of his Kingdom. London again was the trysting-place.[1208]
With speed and energy equal to that which had
carried him to his northern capital, he now set out on the
return march. He himself pressed on at once, at the
head of such of his Housecarls and other immediate following
as had survived the fight of Stamfordbridge. Eadwine
and Morkere were bidden to follow with the whole force of
|Merlswegen in command of the North.|
their Earldoms. Meanwhile the command of the North was
committed to the Sheriff Merlswegen.[1209] We shall hear of
him again among the patriots of a time a few years later,
and we cannot doubt that this great command was put into
his hands because he was known to be one more worthy of
the trust than the King’s own brothers-in-law. And so it
|Eadwine and Morkere keep back from the war.|
proved. Even the great salvation of Stamfordbridge, the
deliverance of Northumberland from the very jaws of her
enemy, could not bind the sons of Ælfgar to gratitude or
fidelity to the West-Saxon King. In their eyes, no doubt,
the landing of William only offered another chance of
bringing about their darling scheme of a divided Kingdom.
422William had a quarrel with Harold; he had none with
Eadwine or Morkere. They had not forsworn themselves
to their lord or done despite to any holy relics. The invader
might well be content with the immediate territories
of his enemy and his house. William might rule over
Wessex and East-Anglia, and might leave Mercia and
Northumberland to the House of Leofric. It was probably
with some such designs as these that the Northern Earls
held themselves and their forces back from the struggle.
But, whatever were their motives, the fact that they did
hold themselves back is certain.[1210] The main forces of
Northumberland and north-western Mercia came not to
King Harold’s muster.[1211]
General zeal of the nation.
But elsewhere another spirit reigned.[1212] Men well knew
what was at stake. They went forth, as loyal subjects, as
true men to their lord, to fight for the King whom they
had chosen. But they went forth also on a higher errand
still, to save the land of their birth from the grasp of the
invader, an invader of wholly alien speech and feeling, an
invader who could never be as Cnut or even as Harold of
Norway. The presence of the Frenchmen in the land
awoke a spirit in every English heart which has never
|Charge of parsimony against Harold.|
died out to this day. We hear indeed vague stories how
Harold lost favour with the victors of Stamfordbridge by
refusing to divide among them the rich plunder of the
Norwegian host.[1213] We hear how he left the plunder untouched
423under the care of Archbishop Ealdred,[1214] instead of
scattering it with a bounteous hand among the men whose
toils and whose blood had won it. These stories rest on
but poor authority; still they may have some groundwork
of truth.[1215] The time was not a time for waste of treasure;
the armaments of the year must have been costly in the
extreme; Harold needed wealth to oppose to the wealth
of William, and, considering the doubtful fidelity of the
Northern Earls, he could not afford to throw away the
sinews of civil war. A prudent economy on the part of
Harold may have called forth a certain measure of discontent;
but it is certain that such discontent had no serious
effect on the campaign. The discontented in such a case
must have been mainly the King’s own Housecarls, and those
who bring this charge against Harold tell us also that it was
the King’s own Housecarls who formed the strength of the
host that fought at Senlac.[1216] It is far more certain that, as
King Harold set forth on his southern march, fresh from the
triumph of Stamfordbridge and with the fate of England
resting once more upon him, the men of the greater part
of England flocked eagerly to the Standard of their glorious
|The shires which sent men. Wessex, East Anglia, Eastern Mercia.|
King. They gathered round him from all the shires
through which the Dragon and the Fighting Man passed
once more on their southern journey. They gathered round
him from all the shires under his own immediate rule, and
under the rule of his faithful brothers.[1217] North-western
424|The North and Northwest kept away by their Earls.|
Mercia stood aloof under Eadwine. Northumberland, under
the rule of Morkere, sent none but such as joined the
King’s own Standard on his march. Not so the lands which
were still under the House of Siward. Whether the young
|Loyalty of the Earldom of Waltheof.|
Waltheof came himself we know not; but there is no
doubt that the men of Northampton and Huntingdon
came loyally to King Harold’s muster. And from all the
east and south, from the lands which had passed from the
rule of Godwine to the rule of Harold, from the lands
where Gyrth still kept up the memory of Harold’s earlier
government, from all the lands between the Tamar and
the German Ocean, men came to fight for Harold and for
|The men of Kent and London.|
England. And, foremost and honoured among all, ranking,
it would seem, every man among the King’s personal
following, came the men of Kent, whose right it was to
deal the first blow in the battle, and the men of the great
city itself, whose high privilege it was to guard the King
himself and his Standard.[1218] At the head of the men of
London stood the Sheriff of the Middle-Saxons, the Staller
Esegar,[1219] the son of Æthelstan, the son of Tofig, none the
425|Esegar commands the Londoners.|
less loyal to his King because the minster of the Holy
Rood had risen on soil which had once been the dwelling-place
of his fathers.[1220] Of his fellow-Staller Eadnoth we
hear nothing; Bondig would almost seem to have tarried
in the North, or, from whatever cause or accident, not to
|Few names of Englishmen preserved.|
have appeared at the muster.[1221] We see then that England,
as a whole, failed not of her duty; but few indeed, compared
with the long roll-call of the invaders, are the men
whom we know by name as having joined in the great
march and fought in the great battle. Still there are a
few names which have come down to us, names to be
cherished wherever the tongue of England is spoken, names
which should sound like the call of the trumpet in the
|Entries in Domesday.|
ears of every man of English birth. In the dry entries of
the Norman Survey a few records still live of the men
who fought and died for England. Two nameless freemen
of Hampshire, owners of a small allodial holding, come first
|Ælfric of Huntingdonshire.|
on the patriotic bead-roll. One degree clearer in personality
stands forth Ælfric of Gelling, a Thegn of Huntingdonshire,
and tenant of the Church of Ramsey, who came
from Waltheof’s Earldom, whether in the following of his
Earl or at the bidding of his own loyalty to his King.
|Breme of East-Anglia.|
From East-Anglia we find recorded a nameless tenant of
the House of Saint Eadmund, and Breme a freeman of
King Eadward’s, who came no doubt in the following of
Earl Gyrth. With a clearer consciousness of their personal
being, we can honour the names of two noble
tenants of the Church of Abingdon, men high in rank in
the old West-Saxon Earldom, who fought and fell by the
side of Harold. Their names set them before us as representatives
426of the two great Teutonic races of the land,
each alike armed to defend their common blood and speech
|Godric and Thurkill of Berkshire.|
against the Southern invader. Thither came Godric the
Sheriff, Lord of Fifhide, whose name witnesses to his
English descent, and thither too came the Danish Thurkill,
Lord of the neighbouring lordship of Kingston. He had,
at Earl Harold’s counsel, commended himself and his lands
to Saint Mary of Abingdon, and he came no doubt with as
fervent a trust in the Black Cross of that ancient house
as the King himself reposed in the more famous relic of
his own newly hallowed minster. And it was not only the
tenants of religious houses who went forth to battle for the
excommunicated King against the invader who boasted himself
as the special champion of the Church and of religion.
Two English Prelates at least, and several churchmen of
lower rank, personally braved the curse of Rome in the
|Ælfwig Abbot of New Minster.|
cause of England. The New Minster of Winchester, King
Ælfred’s great bequest to his royal city, was still ruled by
Ælfwig, the brother of the great Earl Godwine, the uncle of
King Harold himself.[1222] Like Ealhstan and like Eadnoth in
earlier times, he and twelve of his monks marched to the
field, not merely to pray for England, but to wield their
weapons among the foremost of her champions. With their
coats of mail over their monastic garb, they took their
place in the ranks, and fought and died alongside of
Thurkill and Godric and the other valiant men whose
names no chronicler has recorded.[1223] Ælfwig came to the
fight at the bidding of kindred no less than at the bidding
|Leofric Abbot of Peterborough. His death, Nov. 1.|
of loyalty. Another Prelate, of equal ecclesiastical rank,
and of greater personal fame, Leofric, the renowned Abbot
of Peterborough,[1224] preferred the cause of his country to the
cause of his own house. Eadwine and Morkere kept aloof
from the great struggle; their worthier cousin, the Abbot
427of five monasteries, followed Harold to the fight, and,
unlike his brother of Winchester, returned to his home
sick and wounded.[1225] And one lowlier churchman must not
|Eadric the Deacon.|
be passed by. The Norman record itself seems to assume a
kind of pathos, as we read how Eadric the Deacon, a freeman
of Harold’s, followed his lord from the East-Anglian
land of his earlier government, and died with him in the
battle.[1226] Volunteers like these doubtless took their places
among the King’s personal following. But we cannot
doubt that the main strength of the army consisted of
Harold’s own picked troops, his veteran Housecarls, the
conquerors of Gruffydd, the victors of Stamfordbridge.
Still it is clear that the levies of all southern and eastern
England answered readily to Harold’s summons. They
flocked to his muster in London in as great numbers, and
with as great speed, as the swift march of events at this
fearful crisis allowed them.
Harold reaches London. October 5?
The march of Harold from York to London was as
memorable an instance of the indomitable energy of his
character as his march, so short a time before, from London
to York. He seems to have reached London about ten
days after the fight at Stamfordbridge, about a week after
William’s landing at Pevensey.[1227] He came at the head
of his own following, and of such of the general levies
of the central shires as had joined him on the road. In
the great city, which had been appointed as the general
trysting-place, he waited, impatiently as it would seem,
while men flocked in from his own Wessex and from the
lands of the three faithful Earls. He waited also for the
428further succours which were never to arrive, for the forces
which the Earls of the North were keeping back from
|He goes to pray at Waltham.|
the muster. At such a moment of suspense the heart of
Harold, no less than the heart of William, looked for
help and guidance from on high. His home was now in
the royal hall of Westminster, beneath the shadow of the
minster of the Apostle, the minster where prayers and
masses were daily going up for the soul of his revered
predecessor.[1228] It was the minster too where he himself had
gone through the most solemn act of his life, where he
had received his royal unction and his Imperial Crown.
But it was not before the tomb of Eadward, or before the
altar of Saint Peter, that Harold sought for heavenly
strength and counsel in the great crisis of his life. His
heart went back to the home of his earlier days, to the
lowlier church of his own rearing, to the relic which
had ever been the especial object of his devotion, the
Holy Cross which gave England her war-cry. One at
least of the few days of the King’s short stay in London
was devoted to a last pilgrimage to his own Waltham.[1229]|His last gifts to the minster.|
Early in the morning of one of those October days King
Harold made his way to the minster of the Holy Cross,
bearing with him the last gifts that he was to offer there.
Those gifts were a further supply of relics, the treasures
of his own chapel,[1230] gathered together no doubt by the
lavish piety of Eadward, but which now formed Harold’s
last oblation upon the high altar of his own minster. Before
429|Harold’s vow.|
that altar the King and Founder knelt in prayer. He
vowed that, if God gave him victory in the strife to which
he was then marching forth, he would yet further endow the
church of the Holy Rood with gifts and lands, and would
yet further increase the number of those who served God
within its walls. Nay more, he would look upon himself as
God’s ransomed servant, and would devote himself to his
special service for ever.[1231] We need not take these striking
words to mean that Harold dreamed, like Ceadwalla or Ine,
of laying aside his Crown and of becoming God’s special
servant as monk or priest. We hear in them simply
the voice of deep penitence for the few sins and errors
which stained that noble life, the voice of earnest prayer
for deliverance from the meshes in which the craft of his
adversary had entangled him. We hear in them the
voice of high and humble resolution to live from henceforth,
as man and as King, a life such as became a faithful
servant of God, such as became a King sitting on the throne
of the righteous Ælfred, and whose first days of government
had been passed in the old realm of the martyred
Eadmund. When his offerings had been made and his
prayers had been uttered, the King turned him to depart.
The Canons and all the members of the Church of Waltham
formed in procession before their sovereign and Founder.
They swept westward along that stately nave, between
the two rows of its massive columns, till they reached the
great western portal, over which was placed the wonder-working
relic, the Holy Rood of Montacute and Waltham.[1232]430Before the great object of his life’s reverence, King Harold
bowed himself low, and lay for a while flat on his face
|Miracle of the Holy Rood.|
on the consecrated pavement. Then, as men said at
Waltham in after days, the holy image, whose head had
hitherto stood erect, bowed itself towards the King who
lay prostrate beneath it. One eye alone, that of the sacrist
Thurkill, was privileged to behold the actual working of
the divine wonder. But many there were who had seen the
image in former days, and who bare witness how its head
had been from that day bowed towards the ground, as if to
say “It is finished,” as if to say that all was over with
the hopes and the career of him who had so devoutly
honoured it.[1233]
Messages between William and Harold.
It was perhaps on his return from Waltham, it was
certainly during his short sojourn in London, that Harold
received another message from his rival. Here again we
come to one of those stages of our narrative where all is
confusion and contradiction. The English writers, in their
short accounts of events which they loved not to dwell
upon, are silent as to any attempts at peaceful negotiations
taking place, at the last moment, between the two armed
princes. The witness of the Norman writers is full indeed,
but their witness does not agree together.[1234] The different
versions agree in no circumstance of time, place, or order
of events. Yet we cannot doubt that some messages
passed between Harold and William, and we can almost
as little doubt that it was William who sent the first
messenger to Harold, and not Harold who sent the first
431messenger to William. It was perfectly in character that
an invader who assumed the character of a legal claimant,
nay more, an invader who professed to come as an armed
missionary of the Roman See, should play out his part by
offering the perjurer and usurper one more chance of
repentance. Harold, on the other hand, a national King,
simply defending his own Crown and the freedom of his
people, had no need thus ostentatiously to put himself in
|Mission of Hugh Margot to Harold;|
the right. We may then believe that the first message
which passed between the Norman Duke and the English
King, after William landed on English ground, was
when Hugh Margot, a monk of Fécamp, came to King
Harold in London. He found him seated, as we may
imagine him, on his throne in his Palace of Westminster,
|he calls on him to give up the Crown.|
and called on him, in the name of the Duke of the Normans,
to come down from his throne, and to lay aside his
crown and sceptre. The messenger once more set forth
the rights of William, his claim on the Crown by the
bequest of Eadward, his personal claim on Harold as his
sworn man. The Duke was ready to have his claims fairly
discussed, according to the law either of England or of
Normandy. If either Norman or English judges held that
Harold’s right was good, William would let him enjoy that
right in peace. Otherwise let him quietly yield up what he
had usurped, and spare the bloodshed and misery on either
side of which he would be guilty if he attempted to retain it.
Indignation of Harold restrained by Gyrth.
A message like this might have provoked the meekest of
men. It is not wonderful that we read in one account[1235]
that Harold’s wrath was highly kindled, nay that he was
with some difficulty kept back from a breach of the rights
of ambassadors in the person of the insolent monk. The
influence which thus restrained the King from violence is
said to have been that of Earl Gyrth, who, in the Norman
432|Harold’s counter-message to William; his clear statement of his rights.|
accounts, appears throughout as the good genius of his
royal brother. However this may be, we elsewhere find[1236]
a message addressed by Harold to William, which is
evidently an answer to the monk of Fécamp, and which
contains a calm and clear statement of Harold’s right. He
does not deny the fact of his oath to William, but he maintains
that it was an extorted oath and therefore of no force.
He does not deny the fact of Eadward’s earlier promise to
William, but he maintains that that promise has been
cancelled by a later bequest. Ever since the blessed
Augustine first preached the Gospel to Englishmen, it
had always been the law of England that a testament
was of no strength at all while the testator lived. Up
to the moment of his death, a man might revoke any
earlier disposition of his goods, which could not take effect
till the breath was out of his body. Eadward had indeed
once made a promise of the succession in favour of William,
but that promise had become void and of none effect by his
later and dying nomination of the reigning King. How
far the words of any message of Harold’s have been truly
reported to us by our Norman informants it is impossible
to say, but it is clear that the answer thus put into
Harold’s mouth, though far from exhaustive, is thoroughly
to the purpose as far as it goes. Harold’s best claim to
his Crown, his election by the English people, is not
insisted on. But the answer to the two points insisted
|Harold challenges William to fight on Saturday.|
on by William seems hardly to admit of a rejoinder. We
are told in other accounts that Harold offered William his
friendship and rich gifts if he would depart quietly out of
the land, but added that if he were bent on warfare, he
would meet him in battle on the coming Saturday.[1237] The
Duke, we are told, accepted the challenge; he dismissed
the messenger with the honourable gifts of a horse and
433arms; and Harold, it is added, when he saw him thus
return, repented him that he had done despite to the
messenger whom Duke William had sent to him.
Harold as well as William eager for battle.
The challenge had now passed. There can be no doubt
that the irritating message of William, and the reports
which must have reached London of the cruel harrying
of the South-Saxon lands, had wrought the effect which
they were doubtless meant to work on the mind of Harold.
It was, as we have seen, the policy of William to draw
Harold down to a battle, in which William should have
the vantage-ground of his intrenched camp at Hastings.
And Harold was now as eager for battle as William
himself could be. He was eager to avenge his own wrongs
and the wrongs of his people. He was eager to strike the
decisive blow before the French host could be strengthened
by reinforcements from beyond sea.[1238] His personal wrath
was kindled against the man who had insulted and mocked
him by a challenge the most galling that had ever been
addressed to a crowned King upon his throne. And a
higher feeling of duty would bid him to go forth and put
a stop as soon as might be to the pitiless ravages which
were laying waste his land and bringing his people to
beggary.[1239] The purpose of the King was to go forth at
once and to meet the invader face to face, according to the
challenge which he had himself given for the coming
|Proposal of Gyrth.|
Saturday. But the tale goes on to tell how Gyrth, the
special hero of the Norman writers, again strove to turn
his brother from his purpose.[1240] His counsel was that the
434King should remain, seemingly as the defender of London,
while he himself should go forth to battle with the
Norman. The King was wearied with his labours in
the Northumbrian campaign; the troops which had as
yet come together in London were not numerous enough
to justify the King in attempting to strike a decisive blow
|Gyrth’s scruples about the oath.|
at their head. Moreover, whether the oath was binding
or not, Harold could not deny that he had sworn an oath
to William as his lord, and it was not well that a man
should go forth to fight face to face against the lord to
whom he had done homage.[1241] But he, Gyrth, was under
no such restraint; he need feel no such scruples. He
had never sworn ought to Duke William; he could go
forth with a clear conscience and fight against him face
|Gyrth proposes that he should march against William, while Harold remains and harries the country.|
to face for his native land.[1242] Let the King too think on
the risk to himself and to his Kingdom if he jeoparded
his own life and all that depended on his own life, the
noble heritage of English freedom,[1243] on the chances of
a single battle. Let Gyrth fight against William. If
Gyrth overcame the invader, the gain to England would
435be as great as if Harold himself overcame him. But if
William overcame Gyrth, the loss to England would be
far less than if William overcame Harold. If Gyrth were
slain or in bonds, Harold could still gather another army,
and could strike another blow to rescue or to avenge his
brother.[1244] Let then the Earl of the East-Angles go forth
with the troops which were already assembled in London,
and let the King himself wait till a greater force had
answered to his summons. Let him meanwhile harry the
whole land between London and the coast, even as the
Normans themselves were harrying it. Let him burn
houses, cut down trees, lay waste corn-fields. Let him in
short put a wilderness between himself and his enemy.
William then, whether successful or unsuccessful in the
battle with Gyrth, would presently be starved into favourable
terms. He would soon find it impossible to maintain
his host in the wasted land, and he would be driven to
withdraw peacefully to his own dominions.[1245]
Estimate of Gyrth’s advice.
A hero was speaking to a hero; we may add, a general
was speaking to a general. Our hearts are moved at the
generous self-devotion of the brave Earl, who recked so
little of himself as compared with the safety of his brother
and his country. And in the wise, though cruel, policy
which he enforced upon his brother, we can discern a
436subtlety of intellect fitted to grapple with that of William
himself. Gyrth, as painted by hostile historians, stands
forth as one who, had he outlived that one fatal day, would
never have allowed England to fall without striking another
blow. But how were the counsels of that lofty spirit received
by the no less lofty spirit to whom they were addressed?
|Norman calumnies.|
We may cast aside the mere inventions of
Norman calumny. They represent Harold as thrusting
away his brother with insult, as even spurning his aged
mother from his feet, when, still sad at the fate of Tostig,[1246]
she implored him not to jeopard the lives of all the sons
who were left to her.[1247] Such tales as these come from the
same mint of falsehood as the tales which describe William
as striking his wife with his spur or as beating her to
|Answer of Harold; he refuses to ravage his land or do harm to his people.|
death with his bridle.[1248] Another Norman writer, who at
least better understood the characters of the two noble
brothers, puts into the mouth of Harold words which,
after eight hundred years, still send a thrill to the hearts
of Englishmen. All who heard the counsel of Gyrth
cried out that it was good, and prayed the King to
follow it.[1249] But Harold answered that he would never
play the coward’s part, that he would never let his friends
go forth to face danger on his behalf, while he himself,
437from whatever cause, drew back from facing it.[1250] And he
added words which show how the wise and experienced
ruler, the chosen and anointed King, had cast aside whatever
needed to be cast aside in the fiery exile who had
once harried the coast at Porlock.[1251] “Never,” said Harold,
“will I burn an English village or an English house;
never will I harm the lands or the goods of any Englishman.
How can I do hurt to the folk who are put under
me to govern? How can I plunder and harass those whom
I would fain see thrive under my rule?”[1252] Truly, when
we read words like these, we feel that it is something to
be of the blood and of the speech of the men who chose
Harold for their King and who died around his Standard.
Harold marches from London. Thursday, October 12.
Six days had now been passed in the trysting-place of
London.[1253] Daring the whole of that time men had been
flocking in, but the forces of the North under the sons
of Ælfgar had not yet appeared. Harold now determined
to delay no longer. He set out from London, seemingly
on Thursday, exactly one week after his arrival in the
great city, in order to redeem his challenge of giving
battle to the invaders on Saturday. He marched forth
438at the head of his own following and of such troops as
had come in to the London muster. These would no
doubt be largely reinforced by the levies of Kent and
Sussex pressing to his Standard on the march. At
|Numbers of his army; exaggeration on both sides.|
the numbers of the army which he thus collected it is
impossible to do more than guess. The Norman and
the English writers both indulge in manifest exaggerations
in opposite directions. The Normans employ every
rhetorical art to set before us the prodigious numbers
of the English. They were a host that no man could
number, a host like the host of Xerxes, which drank up
the rivers as it passed. Nothing but the special favour
of God could have given his servants a victory over their
|Harold unjustly censured.|
enemies which was truly miraculous. On the other hand,
the English writers yielded from the very beginning to
the obvious temptation of laying the blame of the national
overthrow on the rashness of the King. Harold refused to
wait till a sufficient force had come together; he ventured
a battle with numbers altogether inadequate, and he paid
the penalty of his own over-daring. Such are the comments
even of the writers who are warmest in their admiration
of Harold, and who pour forth the most bitter regrets
over his fall.[1254] Yet we must remember that nothing is
easier than to blame a defeated commander, nothing easier
than to throw on his shoulders either the faults of others
or the mere caprices of fortune. And we should remember
too that, deeply as we reverence our national writers, implicitly
as we accept their statements of facts, warmly as
we sympathize with their patriotic feelings, their criticisms
on such a point as this are simply the criticisms of monks
on the conduct of a consummate general. We may fairly
assume that whatever captains like William and Harold
did was the right thing to do in the circumstances under
which they found themselves. The consummate generalship
439|His generalship; he fights on ground of his own choice.|
of Harold is nowhere more conspicuously shown than
in this memorable campaign. He formed his plan, and
he carried it out. He determined to give battle, but he
determined to give battle on his own ground and after his
|No attack on the Norman camp intended.|
own fashion. All probability goes against the belief that
Harold designed anything so foolhardy as an attack, by
night or by day, on the Norman camp. No doubt the
expectation of such an attack was prevalent in the Norman
camp.[1255] But our evidence proves only the existence of such
an expectation among the Normans; it in no way proves
the existence of any such design on the part of the English
King. The nature of the post which he chose distinctly
shows the contrary; it distinctly shows what Harold’s real
plan was. It was to occupy a post where the Normans would
have to attack him at a great disadvantage, and where he
could defend himself at a great advantage. This he effectually
did, and it was no small effort of true generalship to
440|Harold probably judged rightly as to numbers.|
do so. And for the post which he chose, and for the mode
warfare which he contemplated, overwhelming numbers
were in no way desirable. A moderate force, if thoroughly
compact and thoroughly trustworthy, would really do the
work better. If then Harold marched against the invader at
the head of a force which, to critics of his own day, seemed
inadequate for his purpose, the chances are that Harold
knew well what he was doing and that his critics did not
understand his plans. Harold was defeated; he has therefore
paid the usual penalty of defeat in ignorant censure of
his actions. But it is quite certain that his defeat was not
owing to mere lack of numbers, and we may fairly conclude
that the force with which he set out was one which
he judged to be sufficient for carrying out the plan which
he had formed.
Military importance of the campaign; skill of both generals.
The great campaign of Hastings was thus in truth a
trial of skill between the two greatest of living captains.
Each of them, it may fairly be said, to some extent compassed
his purpose against the other. William constrained
Harold to fight; but Harold, in his turn, constrained
William to fight on ground of Harold’s own choosing.
He constrained him to fight on ground than which none
could be better suited for the purposes of the English
defence, none worse suited for the purposes of the Norman
attack. This march of Harold from London into Sussex
was a march as speedy and as well executed as his march
from London to York so short a time before. But it was
a march conceived with somewhat different objects. Both
marches were made to meet an invader, to deliver the land
from the desolation caused by the presence of an invader.
But the march into Northumberland was strictly a march
to surprize an invader, while the march into Sussex was a
march to meet an invader against whom altogether different
|Harold’s tactics defensive.|
tactics had to be employed. It was Harold’s policy to make
the enemy the assailant in the actual battle as well as
441in the general campaign. One cannot doubt that the
whole march was designed with reference to this special
object. From the moment when Harold fixed a day for
the battle, he no doubt also fixed a place. He must have
known Sussex well, and he had clearly, from the very
beginning, chosen in his own mind the spot on which he
would give battle. His march was strictly a march to the
|He marches through Kent and Sussex,|
actual spot on which the battle was to be fought. His
course lay along the line of the great road from London to
the south coast. He halted on a spot which commanded
that road, and which also commanded the great road eastward
from William’s present position. He hastened on
through those Kentish and South-Saxon lands which had
been the cradle of his house, and which contained so large
|and encamps on SENLAC. Friday, October 13.|
a portion of his own vast estates. He halted at a point
distant about seven miles from the head-quarters of the
invaders, and pitched his camp upon the ever-memorable
heights of Senlac.[1256]
Nature of the site.
The spot on which the destinies of England were fixed
was indeed one chosen with the eye of a great general.
Harold has, in this respect, had somewhat scanty justice
done to him by those of his own countrymen who seem
inclined to throw on him the blame of the national defeat.
But it is in the Norman accounts, which alone supply
details, that the history of the great battle must be
studied; and it cannot be denied that, in every military
respect, they do full justice both to the English King and
to the English army. Their conventional rhetoric of abuse
never fails them; but what Harold and his followers really
were we see from the facts as stated by the Normans
themselves, and from the expressions of unwilling, of half-unconscious,
admiration which those facts wring from them.[1257]
Harold might be a perjurer and an usurper, but the language
of his enemies at least shows that they found him
442|The post perfectly suited to Harold’s object.|
an equal and terrible adversary in the day of battle. And
nowhere is Harold’s military greatness so distinctly felt as
when, with the Norman narratives in our hand, we tread
the battle-field of his own choice, and see how thoroughly
the post was suited for the purposes of him who chose
it. It was the policy of Harold not to attack. The mode
of fighting of an English army in that age made it
absolutely invincible as long as it could hold its ground.
|His arrangements purely defensive.|
But neither the close array of the battle-axe men, nor the
swarms of darters and other half-armed irregular levies,
were suited to take the offensive against the horsemen who
formed the strength of the Norman army. It needed only
a developement of the usual tactics of the shield-wall to
turn the battle as far as possible into the likeness of a siege.
This was what Harold now did. He occupied, and fortified
as thoroughly as the time and the means at his command
would allow, a post of great natural strength, which he made
into what is distinctly spoken of as a castle.[1258] It was a post
which it was quite impossible that William could pass by
without attacking. But it was also a post which it in no
way suited William’s purposes to occupy with his own forces.
By so doing he might have forced Harold to decline fighting;
he could not have compelled him to fight on other
ground. Harold was therefore enabled to occupy the post
of his own choice, the natural bulwark of London and of the
|Description of the hill of Senlac or Battle.|
inland parts of England generally. The hill of Senlac,[1259] now
occupied by the Abbey and town of Battle, commemorates
in its later name the great event of which it was the
scene. It is the last spur of the downs covered by the great
Andredes-weald, and it completely commands the broken
ground, alternating with hill and marsh, which lies between
itself and the sea. It stands in fact right in the teeth of
443an enemy marching northwards from Hastings. The hill
itself is of a peninsular shape, stretching from the east to the
south-west, and it is united by a narrow isthmus to the great
mass of the high ground to the north.[1260] The height is low,
compared with the mountains and lofty hills of the western
parts of our island, but its slopes, greatly varying in their
degrees of steepness, would, even where the ascent is most
gentle, afford a formidable obstacle to an enemy who relied
mainly on his cavalry. The spot was then quite unoccupied
and untilled; nothing in any of the narratives implies
the existence of any village or settlement; our own
Chronicles only describe the site as by “the hoar apple-tree,”[1261]
some relic, we may well believe, of the days when
streams and trees were still under the guardianship of their
protecting, perhaps indwelling deities. At present the
eastern part of the hill is covered by the buildings of the
Abbey, and by part of the town which has gathered round
it, including the parish church. The town also stretches
to the north-west, away from the main battle-ground,
along what I have spoken of as the isthmus. But the
hill reaches to a considerable distance south-west of the
isthmus, westward from the buildings of the Abbey, and
this part of the ground, we shall see, really played the
most decisive part in the great event of the place. A sort
of ravine, watered by two small streams which join together
at the base of the hill, cuts off the south-western end of the
battle-ground from the isthmus and the ground connected
with it. The steepness of the ground here is considerable.
At the extreme south-east end, the present approach to the
town from Hastings, the ascent is gentler. Turning the
444eastern end of the hill, which here takes a slightly forked
shape, the ground on the north side, near the present
parish church, is exceedingly steep, almost precipitous.
Along the south front of the hill, that most directly in the
teeth of the invaders, the degree of height and steepness
varies a good deal. The highest and steepest is the central
point occupied by the buildings of the Abbey. Some way
westward from the Abbey is the point where the slope is
gentlest of all, where the access to the natural citadel is
|The detached hill.|
least difficult. But here a low, detached, broken hill, a
sort of small island in advance of the larger peninsula,
stands out as an outpost in front of the main mass of high
ground, and, as we shall see, it played a most important
part in the battle.
Advantage of the site.
Such a post as this, strong by nature and standing
directly in the face of the enemy, exactly suited Harold’s
objects. And the approach to it was equally unsuited
to the objects of William. Seven miles of hill and dale
form the present road from Hastings to Battle. But the
Norman army, in its advance from Hastings, would have
to spread itself over the whole country, a country where
marsh and wood doubtless alternated, except so far as their
own ravages had done something to clear their path. The
ground immediately around Senlac is specially broken and
rolling, and the lower land close at the foot of the hill, which
must in many parts have been utterly trackless, was doubtless,
in an October of those days, a mere quagmire. It is
only where the present road enters the town of Battle that
a sort of low isthmus of somewhat higher and firmer ground
forms a slight connexion between Senlac and the opposite
hills to the south. Through all this difficult country the
Normans had to make their way to the foot of the English
position. And there they would find, not only a post of
great natural strength, but something which was not without
reason called a fortress. Harold entrenched himself
445|Harold fortifies the hill. Defences of the English camp.|
behind defences, not indeed equal to those of Arques[1262] or Old
Sarum, but perhaps nearly equal to those of William’s own
camp at Hastings. He occupied the hill; he surrounded
it on all its accessible sides by a threefold palisade, with
a triple gate of entrance, and defended it to the south by
an artificial ditch.[1263] The name of the Watch-Oak is still
borne by a tree on the isthmus. In that quarter no attack
was to be feared, and the defences were there probably
less diligently cared for. The royal Standard was planted
just where the ground begins to slope to the south-east,
the point most directly in the teeth of the advancing enemy.
Within the fortress thus formed, the King of the English
and his army awaited the approach of the invaders.
Of the numbers of the host gathered within this narrow
compass we have, as we have seen, no certain account.
While the English writers naturally diminish, the Norman
|Stories of desertions; their probable origin.|
writers as naturally magnify their numbers.[1264] The English
writers further tell us that, on account of the straitness of
the post, many of the English deserted.[1265] It may be so;
but it should be again remembered that, with the tactics
which Harold had chosen, overwhelming numbers were
not desirable. Enough of good troops to hold the hill
against the enemy were better than a vast host of tumultuary
levies. We can well believe that the population of
the neighbouring country flocked to the Standard in far
greater numbers than at all suited the King’s purpose. The
446services of some volunteers may have been rejected; some
may have turned away when they saw the peculiar nature
of the service required of them, a kind of service which
we can well conceive to have been neither attractive nor
intelligible to raw levies. But it is certain that, whatever
was the number of the troops who remained or who were
retained, little could be said against their quality. We
shall see that the Housecarls, the main core of the army,
retained their old reputation to the last, and the fault even
of the irregular levies was certainly not that of a lack of
mere courage.[1266]
Stories of further messages, spies, &c.
It does not appear that any long time passed between
Harold’s occupation of his hill fortress and the battle itself.
The spot was not one in which a large body of men could
remain for any length of time; on the other hand the invaders
could not remain altogether inactive, neither could
they pass by the English position without attacking it.
And that position, after all, was not a regular castle to
be reduced by a regular siege. Immediate battle was
absolutely inevitable on both sides. Everything in our
narratives leads us to believe that the battle followed
almost immediately on the arrival of Harold at Senlac.
The hill seems to have been occupied on the Friday, and
|Report of the English spy, who takes the shaven Normans for priests.|
the fight we know began the next morning. Spies were
sent out on both sides,[1267] and there is nothing impossible in
the well-known tale that the English spy, struck by the
unusual aspect of the closely-shaven Normans, reported to
his sovereign that the French host contained more priests
than soldiers. Harold, we are told, answered with a laugh
447that the French priests would be found to be valiant warriors
|Tale of a dispute between Harold and Gyrth.|
indeed.[1268] But much less faith is due to the legend
that Harold and Gyrth themselves rode forth to spy out
the invading army, that Harold proposed to fall back on
London, that Gyrth dissuaded him from such a course,
that the two brothers quarrelled and nearly fought, but
that they came back to the camp without letting any sign
of their dispute appear to any one else.[1269] Nothing can
be less trustworthy than these Norman reports of things
which are said to have taken place within the English
camp. No power short of divination could have revealed to
any Norman witness a private conversation and a private
|William’s last message.|
quarrel between the English King and his brother. A
somewhat greater degree of attention is due to the story
that William, even at the last moment, after the English
camp was actually pitched on Senlac, still made one last attempt
at negotiation.[1270] If such an attempt was made, it was
of course made with no hope and no thought on William’s
part of its leading to any peaceful arrangement between
himself and his rival. William’s object must have been to
keep up to the last the character of one making a legal
and righteous claim, a claim which nothing but a necessity
beyond his control drove him into asserting by force. And,
by the peculiar form of message which is said to have been
sent, he might well have hoped to spread fear and disunion
through the English army. He is said to have first invited
448Harold to a personal interview at some point between
Hastings and Senlac, with a few followers only on either
side. Gyrth is said to have answered for his brother,
refusing any personal conference, and bidding William
send to the camp whatever message he thought good.
|Three choices offered to Harold.|
The message came. It offered a choice of three things. Let
Harold resign the Kingdom according to his oath. Let
Harold and his house hold the Kingdom under William,
Harold as Under-king of the Northumbrians, Gyrth as
|Challenge to single combat.|
Earl of the West-Saxons.[1271] Failing either of these offers,
let Harold come forth and meet William in single combat.
The Crown of England should be the prize of the victor,
and the followers of both combatants should depart unhurt.
|William’s object in the message.||The policy of all these proposals is manifest. Their object|
was to make the strife appear a mere personal quarrel
between Harold and William, instead of an attack made
by the Duke of the Normans on the land and people of
England. And the proposal that the two princes should
spare the blood of their armies, and decide their difference
in their own persons, had a specious look of humanity.
|Harold refuses the challenge; his grounds of refusal.|
But Harold and Gyrth had seen far too much of the world
to be taken in in this way. Harold could not separate
himself from his people. His cause was theirs and their
cause was his. When the Duke of the Normans attacked
the King whom the English nation had chosen, he attacked
the nation itself. The Crown was Harold’s by their
gift; but it was not Harold’s in any such sense that he
could stake it on the result of a single combat, any more
than he could stake it on a throw of the dice. A single
combat between Harold and William would of course
involve the death of one or other of the combatants.
Neither King nor Duke was a man likely to cry craven.
What then if William slew Harold? His right to the
449English Crown would be no better than it was before.
Englishmen, with arms in their hands, were not likely to
submit to the judgement of such an ordeal. William would
still have had to fight;—he would no doubt have been able
to fight at a great advantage, but he would still have had to
fight—against Gyrth, Eadgar, Eadwine, Waltheof, any one
whom the English people chose to place at their head. If,
on the other hand, Harold slew William, it was, if possible,
even less likely that the mingled host which came from
all the lands beyond the sea for spiritual and temporal
gains would at once quietly go back to the various homes
from which they had come. The challenge was simply a
blind, and Harold did only his duty in refusing to be bound
by such a false issue, and in saying that God alone must
judge between him and his foe.
Further doubtful details of the messages.
Our accounts of these messages are so confused and
contradictory that it is impossible to feel thorough confidence
whether any messages were really sent at this stage of the
story or not. We are told that, either now or at some
earlier time, William offered Harold the option of a legal
judgement on the points at issue between them. Let their
quarrel be decided either by the laws of Normandy or by
the laws of England, or by the Pope and his clergy at Rome.[1272]
Here again we see the same sort of fallacy at work as in the
challenge to single combat. The Crown of England could
not be adjudged according to any rules of Norman Law or by
the award of any Norman tribunal. As for English Law, the
Assembly which alone had power to deal with the question,
had dealt with it nine months before. Those who had then
given their votes for Harold were now there present to
enforce those votes axe in hand. The appeal to the Roman
450See was a still more transparent fallacy. William and his
host knew well, and Harold and his host no doubt also
knew well, that the sentence of Rome had already gone
forth against England, and that the consecrated banner of
the Apostle was at that moment in the Norman camp. In
another version we hear, not of a proposed appeal to the
Apostolic throne, but of a solemn warning that Harold and
all his followers were already excommunicated by the Apostolic
sentence. Dismay, we are told, was spread through the
English host, and men began to shrink from the coming
battle. Gyrth once more steps forth as the good genius
of his brother and of his country. His voice and his
arguments again bring back the courage and the hopes of
the English army.[1273] We may give to these tales such
amount of belief as we may think good. But we may
be sure that the day before the battle was spent on both
sides in diligent preparation for the work that was to come
on the morrow.
The night before the battle. Friday, October 13.
And now the night came on, the night of Friday the
thirteenth of October, the night which was to usher in
the ever-memorable morn of Saint Calixtus. Very different,
according to our Norman informants, was the way in which
that night was spent by the two armies. The English
spent the night in drinking and singing,[1274] the Normans in
451|Devotion of the Normans.|
prayer and confession of their sins.[1275] Among the crowds of
clergy in William’s host were two Prelates of all but the
highest rank in the Norman Church.[1276] One was Geoffrey,
Bishop of Coutances, who in his temporal character was
soon to have so large a share of the spoils of England.[1277]
The other was the Duke’s own half-brother, the famous
Odo, who, to his Bishop’s seat at Bayeux, was soon
to add the temporal cares of the Kentish Earldom.[1278]
Under the pious care of the two Bishops and of the
other clergy, the Norman host seems to have been wrought
up to a sort of paroxysm of devotion. Odo extracted
from every man a special vow, that those who survived the
struggle of the coming Saturday would never again eat
flesh on any Saturday that was to come.[1279] Tales like these
are the standing accusations which the victors always
|The night said to be spent by the English in drinking and singing.|
bring against the vanquished. The reproach which is
cast on the English host on the night before the fight of
Senlac is also cast on the French host on the night before
the fight of Azincourt.[1280] And yet there may well be some
452groundwork of truth in these stories. The English were
not, like the Normans, fighting under the influence of that
strange spiritual excitement which had persuaded men that
an unprovoked aggression on an unoffending nation was
in truth a war of religion, a Crusade for the good of the
souls of Normans and English alike. It may therefore
well be that there was more of ceremonial devotion in the
camp of William than in the camp of Harold. And yet
even a Norman legend gives us a picture of the English
King bending before the Body of his Lord,[1281] and Englishmen
may deem that the prayers and blessings of Ælfwig and
Leofric were at least as holy and as acceptable as the prayers
and blessings of Geoffrey and Odo. And we must not
forget that the devotions of William and his followers are
recorded by William’s own chaplain and flatterer, while no
narrative of that night’s doings survives from the pen of
any canon of Waltham or any monk of the New Minster.
And we shall hardly deem the worse of our countrymen, if
that evening’s supper by the camp-fires was enlivened by
the spirit-stirring strains of old Teutonic minstrelsy. Never
again were those ancient songs to be uttered by the mouth
of English warriors in the air of a free and pure Teutonic
England. They sang, we well may deem, the song
of Brunanburh and the song of Maldon; they sang how
Æthelstan conquered and how Brihtnoth fell; and they
sang, it well may be, in still louder notes, the new song
453which the last English gleeman had put into their
mouths,
And thoughts and words like these may have been as good
a preparation for the day of battle as all the pious oratory
with which the warlike Prelate of Bayeux could hound on
the spoilers on their prey.
BATTLE of SENLAC. Saturday, October 14.
The morning of the decisive day at last had come. The
Duke of the Normans heard mass, and received the communion
in both kinds,[1283] and drew forth his troops for their
|William’s speech to his army.|
march against the English post. As usual, an exhortation
from the general went before any military action. The topics
for a speech made by William to his army were obvious.[1284]
He came to maintain his just right to the English
Crown; he came to punish the perjury of Harold and the
454older crime of Godwine against his kinsman Ælfred. The
safety of his soldiers and the honour of their country were
in their own hands; defeated, they had no hope and no
retreat; conquerors, the glory of victory and the spoils of
England lay before them. But of victory there could be
no doubt; God would fight for those who fought for the
righteous cause, and what people could ever withstand the
Normans in war? They were the descendants of the men
who had won Neustria from the Frank, and who had
reduced Frankish Kings to submit to the most humiliating
of treaties.[1285] He, their Duke, and they his subjects, had
themselves conquered at Mortemer and at Varaville.[1286]
Were they to yield to the felon[1287] English, never renowned
in war, whose country had been over and over again harried
and subdued by the invading Dane? Let them lift up
their banners and march on; let them spare no man in the
hostile ranks; they were marching on to certain victory,
and the fame of their exploits would resound from one end
of heaven to the other.[1288]
455The faithful William Fitz-Osbern now rode up to the
mound on which his sovereign stood,[1289] and warned him that
|The army marches to Telham.|
there was no time to tarry.[1290] Kindled by the exhortations
of their leader, the host marched on. They made their
way, perhaps in no very certain order, till, from the hill of
Telham or Heathland, they first came in sight of the
|The knights arm.|
English encamped on the opposite height of Senlac.[1291] The
knights, who had ridden from Hastings in a lighter garb,
and probably on lighter horses, now put on their full
armour, and mounted their war-steeds. The Duke now
|Incident of the reversed hauberk.|
called for his harness. His coat of mail was brought forth;
but in putting it on, by some accident, the fore part was
turned hindmost. Many a man would have been embarrassed
456at the evil omen, and in truth the hearts of many
of William’s followers sank.[1292] But his own ready wit
never failed him; he was as able to turn the accident to
his advantage as when he first took seizin of the soil of
Sussex.[1293] The omen, he said, was in truth a good one;
as the hauberk had been turned about, so he who bore
|William in full harness.|
it would be turned from a Duke into a King.[1294] Now
fully armed, he called for his war-horse. His noble
Spanish steed, the gift of his ally King Alfonso,[1295] was
brought forth. The horse was led by the aged Walter
Giffard, the Lord of Longueville, the hero of Arques and
of Mortemer. He had made the pilgrimage to the shrine
of Saint James of Compostella, and he had brought the
gallant beast as a worthy offering for a prince who was the
mirror of knighthood.[1296] William now sprang on his horse’s
back, and, now ready for battle, he paused for a moment at
the head of his host. His gallant equipment and bearing
called forth the admiration of all around him, and a spokesman
for their thoughts was found in Hamon, the Viscount
457of the distant Thouars.[1297] He spoke no doubt the words
of all, when he said that never had such a knight been seen
under heaven, and that the noble Count would become a
nobler King.[1298]
And now the Duke, fully armed, looked forth upon the
|Vital brings the news of the English army.|
English encampment. At that moment Vital, a follower
of his brother the Bishop, one whose name is written in
Domesday, rode up to his sovereign. He had been one
of those who were sent forth to spy out the English host;
and William now asked him what he had seen and where
the English usurper was to be found. Vital told him that
Harold stood among the thick ranks which crowned the
summit of the hill, for there, so he deemed, he had seen the
|William vows to build a monastery on Senlac, if victorious.|
royal Standard.[1299] Then the Duke vowed his vow, that if
God would give him victory over his perjured foe, he would,
on the spot where that Standard stood, raise a mighty
minster to his honour.[1300] Among those who heard him
458|William Faber prays that it may be in honour of Saint Martin.|
was a monk, William by name, who had come from the
house of Marmoutiers, nestled far away beneath its cliffs by
the banks of the rushing Loire. Men called him Faber,
the wright or smith, because in other days, before he had
put the cowl upon him, he had shown his skill in forging
arrows for the service of the craft of the woods.[1301] He now
stepped forward, and craved that the holy house which
the Duke would ere long raise on yonder height should be
raised in honour of the renowned Saint Martin, the great
Apostle of the Gauls.[1302] The Prince of the Cenomannians
owed spiritual allegiance to the metropolitan throne of
Tours; he said that it should be as his monastic namesake
craved, and in after days the height of Senlac was crowned
with the Abbey of Saint Martin of the Place of Battle.
Threefold division of the army.
The vow was spoken, and William and his host now
marched on in full battle array. The army was ranged
in three divisions, corresponding, whether by accident or by
design, with the geographical position of each contingent in
its own land.[1303] To the left were the Bretons, the Poitevins,
the men of Maine, under the command of Alan of
459|The left, Bretons, &c., under Alan.|
Britanny.[1304] He and his might deem that, in following the
banner of their own Norman conquerors, they were avenging
a far earlier wrong, that they were coming to wreak
on the Teutonic occupants of the greater Britain a tardy
vengeance for the conquest which had driven their own
forefathers to the shores of the lesser. Yet Alan might
have paused to remember how his own ancestor and namesake
had found in an English King his truest champion
against the Norman enemy,[1305] and he might have hesitated
before striking a blow to bring both Britains into one
common bondage. And with Alan rode a man of mingled
birth, whose name will again meet us in our history, but
as one branded with the twofold infamy of a man false alike
|Ralph of Norfolk.|
to his native country and to its foreign King. There, the
only English traitor in that motley host, rode Ralph of
Norfolk, Ralph of Wader, son of an English father and
a Breton mother, who now came among the forces of his
maternal country to win back the lands which some unrecorded
|The right wing; the French and other mercenaries under Roger of Montgomery.|
treason had lost him.[1306] Far to the right rode
a more honourable foe. There was the post of Roger of
Montgomery, whose name has already so often met us in
our Norman story, who now came to be the founder of
a mighty house in the conquered island, to be honoured
with English Earldoms, and to leave the name of his
460Lexovian hill and manor as the name of a borough and
a shire among the twice conquered Cymry.[1307] Under him
marched the mercenary French, the men of Boulogne and
Poix, and all who, from that region, followed Duke
William for hire or for hope of plunder.[1308] With Roger
was joined in command one who bore a name soon to
be as renowned in England and in Flanders as it already
was in Normandy, but a name which, after all its bearer’s
exploits, has utterly passed away, while that of his colleague
|William Fitz-Osbern.|
has been so marvellously abiding. For with Roger rode
William Fitz-Osbern, the Duke’s earliest and dearest
friend, the son of the man who had saved his life in
childhood,[1309] the man who had himself been the first to
cheer on his master to his great enterprise, and to exhort
the nobles of Normandy to follow their lord beyond the
|Eustace of Boulogne.|
sea.[1310] And there too, among the mingled bands on the
right wing, rode one whom England might well curse
more bitterly than any other man in the invading host.
There rode one who had been honoured with the hand of
a daughter of England, who had been enriched with the
wealth of England in the days of his royal kinsman, and
who now came to seek for a richer and more lasting share
of her plunder in the wake of her open enemy. Eustace of
Boulogne, the man whose crime had led to the banishment
of England’s noblest sons, the man who had murdered
unarmed Englishmen on their own hearthstones,[1311] now
461came to feel what was the might of Englishmen harnessed
for the battle, and to show himself the one man in either
|The Normans in the centre.|
host whose heart was accessible to craven fear. And in
the centre, between Breton and Picard, just as Normandy
lies between Britanny and Picardy, marched the flower of
|The men of Coutances|
the host, the native Normans.[1312] Furthest to the left, next
in order to their Breton neighbours, marched the only band
who had an ancestral grudge against England, the only
men in William’s host who came to revenge the devastation
of their own land by English hands. The valiant men of
the Constantine peninsula, the descendants of the Danes of
Harold Blaatand, were there under the command of Neal
of Saint Saviour.[1313] The rebel of Val-ès-Dunes now followed
his lord in his great enterprise; the namesake and descendant
of him who had beaten off the host of Æthelred
now came to wreak a tardy vengeance on Englishmen in
|and Bayeux.|
their own land. Next to the forces of the Côtentin came a
band whom the men of Wessex and East-Anglia might well
nigh claim as countrymen, the Saxons and Danes of the
land of Bayeux, among whom, even then, some relics of
Teutonic speech and even of heathen worship may perchance
have lingered. They came ready and eager to deal hand-strokes
|The archers of Evreux.|
with the bravest of the English, while the men of
Louviers and Evreux came with their unerring bows, and
their arrows destined to pierce many an English eye.[1314] The
462|Armour and weapons of the Normans.|
archers were all but universally on foot; the Parthian horse-bowman
was not absolutely unknown to Norman tactics,
but such an union of characters did not extend to any
considerable portion of the army.[1315] For the most part the
archers were without defensive harness; they were clad in
mere jerkins, with caps on their heads, but a few wore the
defences common to the horse and foot of both armies.
These were the close-fitting coat of mail reaching to the
knees and elbows, and the conical helmet without crest or
other ornament, and with no protection for the face except
the nose-piece. The horses had, unlike the practice of after
times, no artificial defence of any kind.[1316] Their riders, in
helmets and coats of mail, bore the kite-shaped shield, and
were armed with long lances, not laid in the rest as in the
equipment of the later chivalry, but lifted high in air over
the bearer’s shoulder. For close combat they had the heavy
straight sword; the battle-axe is not shown on the Norman
side, and two men only in the host are represented as
wielding the terrible mace. Those two men formed the
|The Papal banner and the group round it.|
innermost centre of the advancing host. There, in the
midst of all, the guiding star of the whole army, floated the
consecrated banner, the gift of Rome and of Hildebrand,
the ensign by whose presence wrong was to be hallowed
into right. And close beneath its folds rode the two
master-spirits of the whole enterprise, kindred alike in
|The Duke himself.|
blood, in valour, and in crime. There rode the chief of all,
the immediate leader of that choicest and central division,
the mighty Duke himself. And we may be sure that it
was not only by the voice of flattery, but in the words of
truth and soberness, that there, amid the choicest chivalry
of Europe, the Bastard of Falaise was hailed as bearing the
463stoutest heart and the strongest arm among them all.
Mounted on his stately horse, the gift of the Spanish
King, he rode beneath the banner of the Apostle, the
leader and the moving spirit of the whole host. No
man could bend his bow,[1317] but on that day he bore
|His mace.|
a weapon fitted only for the closest and most deadly
conflict;
The most authentic record of that day’s fight arms him
neither with sword nor spear, but sets before us the iron
mace of the Bastard as the one weapon fit to meet, man to
man, and prince to prince, with the two-handed axe of
Harold.[1319] Round his neck, we are told, were hung, as a
hallowed talisman, the choicest of the relics on which the
King of the English was said to have sworn his fatal oath.[1320]|Bishop Odo.|
Close at his side, and armed with the same fearful weapon,
rode one whose name was soon to be joined with his own
in the mouths of Englishmen, and who was to win a far
deeper share of English hatred than the mighty Conqueror
himself. Odo, the warrior-Prelate of Bayeux, rode in full
464armour by the side of his brother and sovereign, as eager
and ready as William himself to plunge wherever in the
fight danger should press most nearly. To shed blood by
sword or spear was a sin against the Church’s canons, but
to crush head-piece and head with the war-club was, in
Odo’s eyes, no breach of the duties of a minister of peace.
The two mighty brethren, Duke and Bishop, formed the
|Robert of Mortain.|
central figures of the group. And hard by them[1321] rode a
third brother of less renown, a third son of the Tanner’s
daughter, Robert of Mortain, the lord of the castle by
the waterfalls,[1322] he who was soon to have a larger share
than any other man of the spoils of England,[1323] and to add
to his Earldom by the Breton march the more famous
|The Standard borne by Toustain of Bec.|
Earldom of the kindred land of Cornwall. Fast by the
three brethren the consecrated banner was borne by Toustain
the White, the son of Rou, a knight of the less
|Refusal of Ralph of Toesny and Walter Giffard to carry it.|
famous Bec in the land of Caux.[1324] Two men of higher
rank and of greater age had already declined that honourable
office. Ralph of Conches or of Toesny, the heir of the
proud line of Malahulc,[1325] the man who had perhaps borne
to King Henry the news of the night of Mortemer,[1326] held,
among his other dignities, the hereditary right to bear the
465banner of his lord in the day of battle.[1327] But on that day
that honour was something from which men shrank as
keeping them back from the more active duties of the
fight. Ralph of Toesny would not encumber his hands
with anything, not even with the banner of the Apostle,
if it were to stay his sword from smiting the foe without
mercy.[1328] So too spake the famous Walter Giffard of
Longueville.[1329] Even in the days of Arques and Mortemer
he was an aged man, and now he was old indeed; his hair
was white, his arm was failing.[1330] He would deal blows on
that day with such strength as his years had left him, but
the long labour of carrying the standard could be borne
|The Norman chivalry.|
only by a younger man. Thick around Toustain and the
chiefs beside whom he rode, were gathered the chivalry of
Normandy, the future nobility of England, the men who
made their way into our land by wrong and robbery, but
whose children our land won to her own heart, and changed
the descendants of the foemen of Pevensey and Senlac into
the men who won the Great Charter and dictated the Provisions
of Oxford. Time would fail to tell of all; but a few
|William Patry.|
names must not be passed by.[1331] There was William Patry
466of La Lande, who in old time had received Earl Harold as
a guest, and who now rode by William’s side, swearing that
he would meet his lord’s rival face to face, and would deal
to him the reward of his perjury.[1332] And there too rode
|Roger the Bigod.|
men of nobler and of more lasting name. There rode Roger
the Bigod, son of the poor serving-knight of William of
Mortain, whose presence in the hostile ranks we can
well forgive, as we hail in him the forefather of that great
house whose noblest son defied the greatest of England’s
later Kings in the cause of the liberties of England.[1333]|William Malet.|
And one there was in that host, well nigh the only Norman
on whom Englishmen can look with personal sympathy
and honour, William Malet,[1334] a man perchance born of an
English mother, one connected at all events by some tie
of spiritual or temporal kindred with England and with
Harold, and one who on that day knew how to reconcile
his duty as a Norman subject with respect and honour
towards the prince and towards the land to which that
duty made him a foe.[1335] The names and the rewards of
467these men and of countless others are written in the great
record of Domesday. The heroes who fought against them
for hearth and home are nameless.
Three kinds of troops in each division;
The invading army was thus arranged in a threefold
division according to the place of origin of each contingent.
Each division again was ranged in a threefold order according
to the nature of the troops which each contingent contained.
|archers; heavy-armed foot; horsemen.|
First in each division marched the archers, slingers, and cross-bow
men, then the more heavily armed infantry, lastly the
horsemen.[1336] The reason of this arrangement is obvious.
|The order of the attack.|
The light-armed were to do what they could with their
missiles to annoy the English, and, if possible, to disorder
their close array. On them followed the heavy infantry;
they were to strive to break down the palisades of the
English camp, and so to prepare the way for the charge
of the horse. For William’s knights to charge up the
slope of Senlac was in any case a hard task, but to
charge up the slope, right in the teeth of Harold’s axes,
with the shield-wall and the triple palisade still unbroken,
would have been absolute madness. Because therefore
William exposed his infantry to the first and most terrible
danger, we are not justified in charging him with that
brutal carelessness as to soldiers beneath the degree of
knighthood or gentry, which was so often displayed by
French commanders of later times. The two great captains
who were that day matched together both knew their
trade. The foresight of Harold had rendered William’s
choicest troops absolutely useless, until after a struggle
468which could not fail to be attended with a frightful
slaughter of his warriors of lower degree.
The two armies in sight.
The English host now looked down from the height of
Senlac upon the advancing enemy. Like the Normans,
they had risen early; they were now fully armed, and they
stood ready and eager for battle.[1337] The King rode round his
lines, and addressed to his men the speech expected from a
|Harold’s speech.|
general before action.[1338] The topics of Harold’s exhortation
were as obvious as those of William’s. The English had
simply to stand firm, and they were invincible; if they
broke their ranks, they were lost. They fought for their
country, their warfare was purely defensive, while Duke
William had come from a foreign land to seek to conquer
them. It was therefore for William to attack, for Harold
simply to defend; he had therefore chosen a post where the
whole work to be done was to defend it. The Normans
were good and valiant horsemen; let them once pierce the
English barrier, and it would be hard to drive them out
again. But if the English kept their ranks, the Normans
never could pierce the barrier. Their long lances would be
of little avail in a combat on such ground as he had chosen
for the fight. The English javelins would disorder their
ranks as they advanced, and the axes would cleave them to
the earth if they ventured on a hand to hand fight at the
barricades.[1339] And now, as Vital had brought his news to
|The English spy brings news.|
William, so also an English spy brought to Harold the
469latest tidings of the array and the approach of the enemy.
The King was still on his horse, his javelin in his hand,
when the news was brought to him beneath the shadow of a
tree—perhaps the hoar apple-tree which marked the place
|He dismounts at the royal post.|
of battle.[1340] When he had heard the tidings of his messenger,
when he had surveyed and exhorted his whole
army, the King rode to the royal post; he there dismounted,
he took his place on foot, and prayed to God for help.[1341]
Thus far we have a natural and credible picture of the
preparations of Harold and his host for the work of that
awful day. But such a day was not likely to pass without
|Tales of Harold and Gyrth.|
its full accompaniment of legend and romance.[1342] Norman
writers, strangely in the confidence of the English King,
now tell us of dialogues between Harold and Gyrth; how,
when the first division appeared on the crest of the hill,
the King’s heart was lifted up as he looked at his own vast
numbers, and how he despised the seemingly small band that
470came against him.[1343] But Gyrth, ever wise, bids him think
of the valour and good array, the horses and the harness of
the enemy, and to remember how large a part of his own
army are but unarmed churls. Presently, as division after
division appears on Telham and passes down into the lower
ground, the King’s heart begins to quake. The Earl, an
easy prophet after the fact, reproaches him with not having
followed his counsel, with having refused to remain in London,
and with having rashly staked everything on a single
battle. Harold answers that it is Saturday, his lucky day,
the day on which he was born, and the day which he had
therefore chosen for his challenge.[1344] The calm intellect of
Gyrth, like that of William, mocks at luck, and he reminds
his brother that, if Saturday was the day of his birth,
Saturday may also prove to be the day of his death. At
last the whole ground between the heights is filled with the
invading host; the banner of Saint Peter is seen floating
over the central division. Then the King’s heart utterly
fails him; he can hardly speak for fear and surprise; he
can only mutter charges against Baldwin of Flanders for
deceiving him by false statements, of which no mention is
found elsewhere, as to the force which William would be
likely to muster.[1345]
471The credibility of a story of this kind is of the very
lowest. Harold and Gyrth both died in the battle; they
would at any rate keep their fears to themselves, and it is
hard to see how their private talk could have come to the
knowledge of the Norman poet. Besides this, Harold must,
by this time at least, have known perfectly well the nature
and number of the force that was coming against him. The
very account in which we find all these stories tells us how
well both sides had been served by spies and messengers.[1346]
Each prince must have been thoroughly aware with what
sort of an enemy he had to deal. There was enough indeed
to make the stoutest heart in either army anxious; but of
any feeling unworthy of a King or a soldier Harold and
William were alike incapable. The proud horsemen and
archers of Normandy might indeed, like the Medes of old,
wonder at the tactics which opposed them without the help
|The English on Senlac.|
of bow or steed;[1347] but they could hardly, like their forerunners,
impute madness to the immoveable wedge of men
which, as if fixed to the ground by nature, covered every
|Their defences and close array.|
inch of the opposite hill. The whole height was alive with
warriors; the slopes, strong in themselves, were still
further strengthened by the firm barricades of ash and
other timber, wattled in so close together that not a crevice
could be seen. Up the slopes, through the barricades, the
enemy had to make their way in the teeth of ranks of men,
ranged so closely together in the thick array of the shield-wall,
that while they simply kept their ground, the success
of an assailant was hopeless.[1348] Every man, from the King
472|The whole army on foot.|
downwards, was on foot. Those who rode to the field put
their horses aside when the moment for actual fighting
came.[1349] An English King was bound to expose his subjects
to no danger from which he himself shrank, and, where
the King fought, no man might dream of flight.[1350] This
ancient national custom, adopted in earlier fights from
choice and habit, was, in the post which Harold had
chosen, a matter of absolute necessity. The work of that
day was to defend a fortress, to stand firm, and to strike
down at once any man who strove to make his way within
|The light-armed to the left.|
its wooden walls. To the south-west of the hill, beyond the
isthmus, seem to have been placed the less trustworthy portions
of the army, the sudden levies of the southern shires.
These, like the Norman archers, had, for the most part, no
|English armour and weapons.|
defensive armour. Their weapons were of various kinds;
the bow was the rarest of all;[1351] a few only were armed with
473swords or axes. Most of them had javelins or clubs, some
had only such rustic weapons as forks and sharp stakes.
Others seem to have retained some of the rudest arms of
primitive days, and to have gone to battle with the stone
hatchets or stone hammers which we commonly look on as
belonging only to earlier and lower races than our own.[1352]
But even such rude weapons as these would be of use in
thrusting back the less efficient portion of the invaders, as
they strove to climb the height or to break down the
barricade. But it was not in troops or arms like these that
Harold placed his main trust. The flower of the English
army consisted of the King’s personal following, his picked
men, who had been his comrades in all his wars, together
with the chosen warriors of Kent, Essex, and London.
These wore helmets and coats of mail hardly differing
from those of the enemy. Their shields too were mostly
of the same kite-shaped form, but a few of them vary from
this type; some especially are round, with a boldly projecting
boss, more like the shields of classical warfare.
They carried, like the Romans, javelins to hurl at the beginning
of the action, and heavier weapons for close combat.
Some still retained the ancient broadsword, the weapon
of Brunanburh, of Maldon, and of Assandun, but most of
474|The English axes.|
them bore a weapon more terrible still, the long-handled axe
wielded with both hands. The introduction of this arm was
an innovation of the last fifty years. Its introduction was
doubtless due to Cnut, but the axe was probably brought
into more general use, and made more distinctly the national
weapon, by Harold himself. The Norman writers
seem almost to shudder at the remembrance of this fearful
weapon, which, wielded by the arm of Harold, struck down
horse and man at a single blow.[1353] It was in truth the
perfection of a weapon of mere strength; no blow could be
so crushing if the blow reached its aim; but swung in the
air, as it was, with both hands, it left its wielder singularly
exposed to missile weapons while in the act of striking the
|The two ensigns;|
blow.[1354] On the very crown of the hill, on the point where
the ground begins to slope to the south-east, the point
475directly in the teeth of the advancing army, on the spot
marked to after ages by the high altar of the abbey church
of Battle, were planted the two-fold ensigns of England.[1355]|the Dragon;|
There, high above the host, flashed the Dragon of Wessex,
the sign which had led Englishmen to victory at Ethandun
and at Brunanburh, at Penselwood and at Brentford, and
which had sunk without dishonour in the last fight beneath
the heights of Assandun.[1356] And now it came all glorious
from the overthrow of the mightiest warrior of the
North, to try the fortune of England against the subtler
|the Standard of the Fighting Man.|
arts of Gaul and Rome. There too was pitched the
Standard, the personal ensign of the King, a glorious
gonfanon, blazing with gems, and displaying, wrought
in the purest gold, the old device of Eteoklos,[1357] the
|The group round the Standard.|
armed warrior advancing to the battle.[1358] Around this
special post of honour and of danger were ranged the
choicest warriors of England, the personal following of
Harold and his house, their Thegns and their Housecarls,
the men who had stormed the mountain-holds of Gruffydd
and whose axes had cloven the shield-wall of Hardrada.[1359]476And there, between the Dragon and the Standard, stood
|The King and his kinsfolk.|
the rising hopes of England’s newly-chosen dynasty. There,
as the inner circle of the host, were ranged the fated
warriors of the house of Godwine. Three generations of
that great line were gathered beneath the Standard of its
chief. There stood the aged Ælfwig, with his monk’s
cowl beneath his helmet. There stood young Hakon the
son of Swegen, atoning for his father’s crimes. And, closer
still than all, the innermost centre of that glorious ring,
stood the kingly three, brothers in life and death. There,
in their stainless truth, stood Gyrth the counsellor and
Leofwine the fellow-exile.[1360] And there, with his foot
firm on his native earth, sharing the toils and dangers
of his meanest soldier, with the kingly helm upon his
brow and the two-handed axe upon his shoulder,[1361] stood
Harold, King of the English.
The French army was now crossing the lower, but not
level, ground which lies between Telham and Senlac. It is
not strictly a plain, but rather a rolling country, with the
ground rising and falling. Swampy as it still is in many
places, to cross it, and that in the full harness of battle,
477must have added somewhat to the toils and difficulties of
a march which had already led them from Hastings to
Telham. Still all three divisions pressed vigorously on to
|Points of attack of the three divisions.|
the foot of the heights. Alan and his Bretons on the left,
the division of William’s army which was most likely the
least esteemed, had to make their attack on the least trustworthy
portion of the English army. They had to make
their way up the ground lying to the west of the present
buildings of the abbey. There the ascent is easiest in
itself, but it is defended by the small detached hill already
spoken of,[1362] which was doubtless occupied as an English
outpost. On the other hand, at the extreme right, Roger of
Montgomery with his Frenchmen had to attack at the
eastern and north-eastern points of the hill, perhaps over
the ground ranging from the present road from Hastings
nearly to the parish church of Battle. William himself
and his native Normans took on them the heaviest task of
|William himself against the Standard.|
all. They were the centre, and their duty was to cut their
way up the hill right to the Standard, in the teeth of King
Harold himself and the picked men of the English host.
Beginning of the battle.
And now the fight began. It was one of the sacred
hours of the Church, it was at the hour of prime, three
|9 A.M.|
hours before noon-day,[1363] that the first blows were exchanged
between the invaders and the defenders of England. The
Normans had crossed the English fosse,[1364] and were now at
the foot of the hill, with the palisades and the axes right
478before them. The trumpet sounded, and a flight of arrows
from the archers in all the three divisions[1365] of William’s army
was the prelude to the onslaught of the heavy-armed foot.
|Exploits of Taillefer.|
But, before the two armies met hand to hand, a juggler or
minstrel, known as Taillefer, the Cleaver of Iron,[1366] rode forth
from the Norman ranks as if to defy the whole force of England
in his single person. He craved and obtained the Duke’s
leave to strike the first blow; he rode forth, singing songs
of Roland and of Charlemagne[1367]—so soon had the name and
exploits of the great German become the spoil of the enemy.
He threw his sword into the air and caught it again;[1368] but
he presently showed that he could use warlike weapons for
other purposes than for jugglers’ tricks of this kind; he
pierced one Englishman with his lance, he struck down another
with his sword, and then himself fell beneath the blows
of their comrades. A bravado of this kind might serve as
an omen, it might stir up the spirits of men on either side;
but it could in no other way affect the fate of the battle.
479William was too wary a general to trust much to such
|First attack.|
knight-errantry as this. After the first discharge of
arrows, the heavier foot followed to the attack, and the
real struggle now began. The French infantry had to toil
up the hill, and to break down the palisade, while a shower
of stones and javelins disordered their approach,[1369] and while
club, sword, and axe greeted all who came within the
reach of hand-strokes. The native Normans had to do this
in the face of the fiercest resistance, in the teeth of the
heaviest axes, wielded by the hands of men with whom
to fight had ever been to vanquish, the kinsmen and
Thegns and Housecarls of King Harold. Their own
missiles, hurled from below, could do comparatively
little damage. Both sides fought with unyielding valour;
|The war-cries.|
the war-cries rose loud on either side;[1370] the Normans
shouted “God help us;” the English, from behind their
barricades, mocked with cries of “Out, out” every foe
who entered or strove to enter.[1371] But our fathers also
mingled piety with valour; they too called on holy names
to help them in that day’s struggle.[1372] They raised their
480national war-cry of “God Almighty,”[1373] and in remembrance
of the relic which their King so well loved to
|The “Holy Cross” of Waltham.|
honour, they called on the “Holy Cross,” the Holy Cross
of Waltham, little knowing perhaps of the awful warning
which that venerated rood had given to their King and
to his people.[1374] The Norman infantry had now done its
|Attack of the Norman horsemen.|
best, but that best had been in vain. The choicest chivalry
of Europe now pressed on to the attack.[1375] The knights of
Normandy, and of all the lands from which men had flocked
to William’s standard, now pressed on, striving to make
what impression they could with the whole strength of
themselves and their horses on the impenetrable fortress
of timber, shields, and living warriors. But the advantage
of ground enjoyed by the English, their greater physical
strength and stature,[1376] the terrible weapons which they
wielded, all joined to baffle every effort of Breton,
Picard, Norman, and of the mighty Duke himself.
481Javelin and arrow had been tried in vain; every Norman
missile had found an English missile to answer it.[1377] The
lifted lances had been found wanting; the broad sword
had clashed in vain against the two-handed axe;[1378] the
maces of the Duke and of the Bishop had done their
best. But few who came within the unerring sweep of
|Success of Harold’s tactics; the attack beaten back.|
an English axe ever lived to strike another blow. Rank
after rank of the best chivalry of France and Normandy
pressed on to the unavailing task. All was in vain; the
old Teutonic tactics, carried on that day to perfection by
the master-skill of Harold, proved too strong for the arts
and the valour of Gaul and Roman. Not a man had
swerved; not an inch of ground was lost; the shield-wall
was still unbroken, and the Dragon of Wessex still
soared unconquered over the hill of Senlac.
The English had thus far stood their ground well and
wisely. The tactics of Harold had thus far completely
answered. Not only had every attack failed, but the great
|Flight of the Bretons on the left; the light-armed English pursue.|
mass of the French army altogether lost heart. The Bretons
and the other auxiliaries on the left were the first to give
way. Horse and foot alike, they turned and fled. A body
of English troops was now rash enough, in direct defiance
of the King’s orders, to leave its post and pursue. These
were of course some of the defenders of the English
right. They may have been, as is perhaps suggested
482by a later turn of the battle, the detachment which
guarded the small outlying hill. Or they may have
been the men posted at the point just behind the outlying
hill, where the slope is easiest, and where the main
Breton attack would most likely be made. They had succeeded
in beating back their assailants, and the temptation
to chase the flying enemy must have been almost irresistible.
And it may even be that old differences of race
added keenness to the encounter, and that Englishmen felt
a special delight in cutting down Bret-wealas even from
|Panic of all William’s army.|
beyond sea. At any rate, the whole of William’s left wing
was thrown into utter confusion. The central division
could hardly have seen the cause of that confusion; the
press of the fugitives disordered their ranks, and soon
the whole of the assailing host was falling back; even the
Normans themselves, as their historian is driven unwillingly
to confess, were at last carried away by the contagion.[1379]
For the moment the day seemed lost; men
might well deem that the Bastard had no hope of being
changed into the Conqueror, the Duke of the Normans
|William and Odo recall the fugitives.|
into the King of the English. But the strong heart of
William failed him not, and by his single prowess and
presence of mind he recalled his flying troops. Like
Brihtnoth at Maldon,[1380]
like Eadmund at Sherstone,[1381] he
was himself deemed to have fallen or to have fled.[1382]483He tore his helmet from his head,[1383] and with his look
and his voice[1384] he called back his men to the attack.
“Madmen,” he cried, “behold me. Why flee ye? Death
is behind you, victory is before you. I live, and by
God’s grace I will conquer.”[1385] With a spear, snatched,
it may be, from some comrade, he met or pursued the
fugitives, driving them back by main force to the work.[1386]
Yet one version tells us that at this very moment a
counsellor of flight was at his side. One Norman poet
has sung how Eustace of Boulogne bade William turn
his rein, and not rush on upon certain death.[1387] If such
counsels were ever given, they were cast aside with
scorn; the bold words and gestures of the Duke restored
the spirits of his men, and his knights once more pressed
on, sword in hand,[1388] round him. His brother the Bishop
meanwhile rode, mace in hand, to another quarter, and
called back to their duty another party of fugitives.[1389]484|The Bretons turn on their pursuers.|
Encouraged by this turn in the fight, the Breton infantry
themselves, chased as they were across the field by the
over-daring English, now turned and cut their pursuers in
pieces.[1390] Order was soon again established throughout the
whole line of the assailants, and William and Odo, with
all their host, pressed on to a second and more terrible
attack.
Second great attack; personal exploits of William.
A new act in the awful drama of that day has now
begun. The Duke himself, at the head of his own Normans,
again pressed towards the Standard. Now came
what was perhaps the fiercest exchange of handstrokes in
the whole battle. As in the old Roman legend,[1391] the
main stress of the fight fell on three valiant brethren on
either side. William, Odo, and Robert pressed on to the
attack, while Harold, Gyrth, and Leofwine stood ready to
|William seeks out Harold;|
defend. The Duke himself, his relics round his neck,
spurred on right in the teeth of the English King. A
few moments more, and the mighty rivals might have
met face to face, and the war-club of the Bastard might
have clashed against the lifted axe of the Emperor of
Britain. That Harold shrank from such an encounter we
|but is unhorsed by the spear of Gyrth.|
may not deem for a moment. But a heart, if it might be,
even loftier than his own beat high to save him from
such a risk. In the same heroic spirit in which he had
already offered to lead the host on what seemed a desperate
485enterprise,[1392] the Earl of the East-Angles pressed forward to
give, if need be, his own life for his King and brother.
Before William could come to handstrokes with Harold,
perhaps before he could even reach the barricade, a spear,
hurled by the hand of Gyrth, checked his progress. The
weapon so far missed its aim that the Duke was himself
unhurt. But his noble Spanish horse, the first of three
that died under him that day, fell to the ground.[1393] But
Duke William could fight on foot as well as on horseback.[1394]
Indeed on foot he had a certain advantage. He could press
closer to the barricade, and could deal a nearer and surer
|Hand to hand fight at the barricades; William kills Gyrth with his own hand.|
blow. And a near and sure blow he did deal. William
rose to his feet; he pressed straight to seek the man who
had so nearly slain him. Duke and Earl met face to face,
and the English hero fell crushed beneath the stroke of
the Duke’s mace.[1395] The day might seem to be turning
against England, when a son of Godwine had fallen; nor
did the blow come singly. Gyrth had fallen by a fate
worthy of such a spirit, a fate than which none could be
more glorious; he had died in the noblest of causes and by
the hand of the mightiest of enemies. Nor did he fall
alone; close at his side, and almost at the same moment,
486|Death of Leofwine.|
Leofwine, fighting sword in hand, was smitten to the earth
by an unnamed assailant, perhaps by the mace of the
Prelate of Bayeux or by the lance of the Count of Mortain.[1396]
A dark cloud indeed seemed to have gathered over the
destinies of the great West-Saxon house. Of the valiant
band of sons who had surrounded Godwine on the great
day of his return, Harold now stood alone. By a fate of
special bitterness, he had seen with his own eyes the fall
of those nearest and dearest to him. The deed of Metaurus
had been, as it were, wrought beneath the eyes of Hannibal;[1397]
Achilleus had looked on and seen the doom of his
Patroklos and his Antilochos. The fate of England now
rested on the single heart and the single arm of her
King.
But the fortune of the day was still far from being determined.
The two Earls had fallen, but the fight at the
barricades went on as fiercely as before. The men of the
Earldoms of the two fallen chiefs relaxed not because of
the loss of their captains. The warriors of Kent and Essex
|William takes a horse from a knight of Maine.|
fought manfully to avenge their leader.[1398] As for the Duke,
we left him on foot, an enemy as dangerous on foot as
when mounted on his destrier. But Norman and horse
could not long be severed. William called to a knight of
Maine to give up his charger to his sovereign. Was it
cowardice, was it disloyalty to the usurper of the rights
of the old Cenomannian house, which made the knight of
487Maine refuse to dismount at William’s bidding?[1399] But a
blow from the Duke’s hand brought the disobedient rider
to the ground,[1400] and William, again mounted, was soon
again dealing wounds and death among the defenders of
England.[1401] But the deed and the fate of Gyrth were soon
repeated. The spear of another Englishman brought William’s
second horse to the ground, and he too, like the
East-Anglian Earl, paid the penalty of his exploit by death
at the Duke’s own hand.[1402] Count Eustace had by this time
better learned how to win the favour of his great ally.
His horse was freely offered to the Duke; a knight of
his own following did him the same good service, and
Duke and Count pressed vigorously on against the English
lines.[1403] The struggle was hard; but the advantage
|Partial success of the Frenchmen on the right;|
still remained with the English. The second attack had
indeed to some extent prevailed. Not only had the English
suffered a personal loss than which one loss only could
have been greater, but the barricade was now in some
488places broken down.[1404] The French on the right had been
specially active and successful in this work. And specially
distinguished among them was a party under the command
of a youthful Norman warrior, Robert the son of
the old Roger of Beaumont.[1405] They had perhaps met with
a less vigorous resistance, while the main hopes and fears
of every Englishman must have gathered round the great
personal struggle which was going on beneath the Standard.
Still those who were most successful had as yet triumphed
only over timber, and not over men. The shield-wall
still stood behind the palisade, and every Frenchman
who had pressed within the English enclosure had paid
|but the general attack repulsed.|
for his daring with his life.[1406] The English lines were as
unyielding as ever; and though the second attack had
been less completely unsuccessful than the first, it was
still plain that to scale the hill by any direct attack of
the Norman horsemen was a hopeless undertaking.
William’s stratagem of the feigned flight.
But the generalship of William, his ready eye, his quick
thought, his dauntless courage, never failed him. In the
Norman character the fox and the lion were mingled in
nearly equal proportions;[1407] strength and daring had failed,
but the object might perhaps still be gained by stratagem.[1408]489William had marked with pleasure that the late flight
of his troops had beguiled a portion of the English to
forsake their firm array and their strong position.[1409] He
had marked with equal pleasure that some impression
had at last been made on the English defences. If by
any means any large portion of the English army could
be drawn down from the heights, an entrance might be
made at the points where the barricade was already weakened.
He therefore ventured on a daring stratagem. If
his army, or a portion of it, pretended flight, the English
would be tempted to pursue; the pretended fugitives would
turn upon their pursuers, and meanwhile another division
might reach the summit through the gap thus left open.
He gave his orders accordingly, and they were faithfully
and skilfully obeyed. A portion of the army, seemingly the
left wing[1410] which had so lately fled in earnest, now again
|The English on the right come down and pursue.|
turned in apparent flight.[1411] Undismayed by the fate of
their comrades who had before broken their lines, the
English on the right wing, mainly, as we have seen, the
irregular levies, rushed down and pursued them with shouts
of delight.[1412] But the men of Britanny, Poitou, and Maine
490|The Bretons turn.|
had now better learned their lesson. They turned on the
pursuing English; the parts of the combatants were at
once reversed, and the pursuers now themselves fled in
earnest.[1413] Yet, undisciplined and foolhardy as their conduct
had been, they must have had some wary leaders
among them, for they found the means to take a special
revenge for the fraud which had been played off upon them.
|Stand of the English at the detached hill.|
The importance of the small outlying hill now came into
full play. Either its defenders had never left it, or a
party of the fugitives contrived to rally and occupy it.
At all events it was occupied and gallantly defended by
a body of light-armed English.[1414] With a shower of darts
and stones they overwhelmed a body of French who attacked
|Great slaughter of the French in the western ravine.|
them; not a man of the party was left. Another
party of English, evidently consisting of the levies of the
neighbourhood, had the skill to use their knowledge of
the country to the best advantage. They made their way
to the difficult ground to the west of the hill, to the steep
and thickly-wooded banks of the small ravine. Here the
light-armed English turned and made a stand; the French
horsemen, recklessly pursuing, came tumbling head over
heels into the chasm, where they were slaughtered in such
491numbers that the ground is said to have been made level
by their corpses.[1415]
Fatal error of the pursuit.
The men who had committed the great error of pursuing
the apparent fugitives had thus, as far as they themselves
were concerned, retrieved their error skilfully and manfully.
But the error was none the less fatal to England.
The Duke’s great object was now gained; the main end of
Harold’s skilful tactics had been frustrated by the inconsiderate
ardour of the least valuable portion of his troops.
Through the rash descent of the light-armed on the
right, the whole English army lost its vantage-ground.
The pursuing English had left the most easily accessible
portion of the hill open to the approach of the enemy.[1416]
While French and English were scattered over the lower
ground, fighting in no certain order and with varied
|The Normans ride up the hill to the west. 3 P.M.?|
success, the main body of the Normans made their way on
to the hill, no doubt by the gentle slope at the point west
of the present buildings.[1417] The great advantage of the
ground was now lost; the Normans were at last on the
hill. Instead of having to cut their way up the slope and
through the palisades, they could now charge to the east,
with a slight inclination of the ground in their favour,
directly against the defenders of the Standard. Still the
492|The battle now on the hill.|
battle was far from being over. The site had still some
advantages for the English. The hill, narrow and in some
places with steep sides, was by no means suited for the
evolutions of cavalry, and, though the English palisade
was gone, the English shield-wall was still a formidable
hindrance in the way of the assailants. In short the
position which the keen eye of Harold had chosen stood
him in good stead to the last. Our Norman informants
still speak with admiration of the firm stand made by the
|Close combat of the Normans against the English shield-wall.|
English. It was still the hardest of tasks to surround their
bristling lines. It was a strange warfare, where the one
side dealt in assaults and movements, while the other, as
if fixed in the ground, withstood them. The array of the
English was so close that they moved only when they were
dead, they stirred not at all while they were alive. The
slightly wounded could not escape, but were crushed to
death by the thick ranks of their comrades.[1418] That is to
say, the array of the shield-wall was still kept, though now
without the help of the barricades or the full advantage of
the ground. The day had now turned decidedly in favour
of the invaders; but the fight was still far from being over.
It was by no means clear that some new chance of warfare
might not again turn the balance in favour of England.[1419]
The English array relaxed.
It is hard to tell the exact point of time at which the
Normans gained this great advantage. But it was probably
493about three in the afternoon, the hour of vespers.[1420]
If so, the fight had already been raging for six hours,
and as yet its result was far from certain. But the last
stage of the battle was now drawing near. The English,
though no longer entrenched, had still the fortress of
shields to trust to, but gradually the line became less
firmly kept, and the battle seems almost to have changed
|Personal exploits.|
into a series of single combats. It is probably at this
stage that we should place most of the many personal
exploits recorded of various warriors on both sides.[1421] The
names of the Normans are preserved, while the English,
though full justice is done to their valour, remain nameless.
|Valour and conduct of Harold.|
Of Harold himself, strange to say, we hear nothing
personally, beyond the highest general eulogies of his
courage and conduct. His axe was the weightiest; his
blows were the most terrible of all. The horse and his
rider gave way before him, cloven to the ground by a
single stroke.[1422] He played the part alike of a general and
of a private soldier. This is a praise which must have
been common to every commander of those times; still it
is given in a marked way both to William and to Harold.[1423]|Personal exploits of William;|
But the two rivals never actually met. William, we are
told, sought earnestly to meet his enemy face to face, but
he never succeeded.[1424] He found however adversaries hardly
494less terrible. Like Gyrth earlier in the fight, another
Englishman, whose axe had been dealing death around
him, now met the Duke in single combat. William
spurred on his horse, and aimed a blow at him with his
mace; the Englishman swerved, he avoided the stroke,
and lifted his own axe against William. The Duke bent
himself; the axe fell, it beat in his helmet and nearly
struck him from his horse. But William kept his seat; he
aimed another blow at the Englishman, who now took
shelter among his comrades. A party of the Normans
pressed on, singled him out, and pierced him through and
through with their lances.[1425] Another Englishman smote at
the Duke with his spear, but William was beforehand with
him; before the blow could be dealt, a stroke of the war-club
had smitten him to the ground.[1426] Personal encounters
of this sort were going on all over the hill. One gigantic
Englishman, captain, we are told, of a hundred men,[1427] did
special execution among the enemy. Beneath his blows,
as beneath those of the King, horse and rider fell to the
ground; the Normans stood aghast before him, till a
|of Roger of Montgomery.|
thrust from the lance of Roger of Montgomery left him
stretched on the earth. Two other Englishmen, sworn
brothers in arms, fought side by side, and many horses and
men had fallen beneath their axes. A French knight met
them face to face; for a moment his heart failed him and
he thought of flight; but his courage returned; he raised
his shield to save his head from the axes; he pierced one
Englishman through with his lance; as the Englishman
fell, the lance broke in his body; the Frenchman then
495seized a mace which hung at his saddle-bow, and smote
down the comrade of the slain man, crushing head-piece
|Death of Robert Fitz-Erneis.|
and head with a single blow.[1428] One gallant Norman,
Robert Fitz-Erneis, a near kinsman of Ralph of Tesson,
died in a more daring exploit than all. He galloped,
sword in hand, right towards the Standard itself. He
sought for the honour of beating down the proud ensign
beneath which the King of the English still kept his post.
More than one Englishman died beneath his sword, but he
was soon surrounded, and he fell beneath the axes of their
comrades. On the morrow his body was found stretched
in death at the foot of the Standard.[1429]
Other tales of the same sort, characteristic at least,
whether verbally true or not, abound in the pages of the
Norman poet. All bear witness to the enduring valour displayed
on both sides, and to the fearful execution which was
|The English resistance slackens.|
wrought by the national English weapon. But at last the
effects of this sort of warfare began to tell on the English
ranks. There could have been no greater trial than thus
to bear up, hour after hour, in a struggle which was purely
defensive. The strain, and the consequent weariness, must
have been incomparably greater on their side than on that
496of their assailants. It may well have been in sheer relief
from physical exhaustion that we read, now that there was
no artificial defence between them and their enemies, of
Englishmen rushing forward from their ranks, bounding
like a stag, and thus finding opportunity for the personal
encounters which I have been describing.[1430] Gradually, after
so many brave warriors had fallen, resistance grew fainter;[1431]
but still even now the fate of the battle seemed doubtful.
Many of the best and bravest of England had died, but
not a man had fled; the Standard still waved as proudly
|The battle undecided while Harold lived.|
as ever; the King still fought beneath it.[1432] While Harold
lived, while the horse and his rider still fell beneath his
axe, the heart of England failed not, the hope of England
had not wholly passed away. Around the two-fold ensigns
the war was still fiercely raging, and to that point every
eye and every arm in the Norman host was directed. The
battle had raged ever since nine in the morning, and
497evening-was now drawing in.[1433] New efforts, new devices,
were needed to overcome the resistance of the English,
diminished as were their numbers, and wearied as they were
|The archers shoot in the air.|
with the livelong toil of that awful day. The Duke
ordered his archers to shoot up in the air, that their arrows
might, as it were, fall straight from heaven.[1434] The effect
was immediate and fearful. No other device of the wily
Duke that day did such frightful execution. Helmets were
pierced; eyes were put out; men strove to guard their
heads with their shields,[1435] and, in so doing, they were of
course less able to wield their axes. And now the supreme
moment drew near. There was one point of the hill at
which the Norman bowmen were bidden specially to aim
with their truest skill. As twilight was coming on, a
mighty shower of arrows[1436] was launched on its deadly errand
against the defenders of the Standard. There Harold
still fought;[1437] his shield bristled with Norman shafts;
498but he was still unwounded and unwearied. At last another
arrow, more charged with destiny than its fellows, went still
|Harold wounded in the eye and disabled. 6 P.M.|
more truly to its mark. Falling like a bolt from heaven,
it pierced the King’s right eye; he clutched convulsively
at the weapon, he broke off the shaft, his axe dropped
from his hand, and he sank in agony at the foot of the
Standard.[1438] The King was thus disabled, and the fate
|Fight round the Standard.|
of the day was no longer doubtful. Twenty knights
now bound themselves to lower or to bear off the ensigns
which still rose as proudly as ever while Harold lay dying
beneath them. But his comrades still fought; most of
the twenty paid for their venture with their lives, but
|The Dragon borne off and the Standard beaten down.|
the survivors succeeded in their attempt. Harold’s own
Standard of the Fighting Man was beaten to the earth;
the golden Dragon, the ensign of Cuthred and Ælfred,
was carried off in triumph.[1439] But Harold, though disabled,
499still breathed; four knights rushed upon him and
|Harold despatched by Eustace and three others.|
despatched him with various wounds.[1440] The Latin poet
of the battle describes this inglorious exploit with great
glee. One of the four was Eustace; in such a cowardly
deed of butchery he might deem that he was repeating
his old exploit at Dover. Nor are we amazed to find the
son of Guy of Ponthieu foremost in doing despite to the
man who had once been his father’s prisoner. But one
blushes to see men bearing the lofty names of Giffard and
Montfort, names soon to be as familiar to English as to
Norman ears, taking a share in such low-minded vengeance
on a fallen foe.[1441] The deeds of the four are enumerated,
but we know not how to apportion them among the actors.
One thrust pierced through the shield of the dying King
and stabbed him in the breast; another assailant finished
the work by striking off his head with his sword. But even
|Insults offered to his dead body.|
this vengeance was not enough. A third pierced the dead
body and scattered about the entrails;[1442] the fourth, coming,
it would seem, too late for any more efficient share in the
500deed, cut off the King’s leg as he lay dead.[1443] Such was the
measure which the boasted chivalry of Normandy meted
out to a prince who had never dealt harshly or cruelly
by either a domestic or a foreign foe. But we must add,
in justice to the Conqueror, that he pronounced the last
and most brutal insult to be a base and cowardly act, and
he expelled the perpetrator from his army.[1444]
The Thegns and Housecarls still resist.
The blow had gone truly to its mark; but still all was
not over. Harold had fallen, as his valiant brothers had
fallen before him. The event too truly showed that England
had fallen with the sons of Godwine; that, as ever
in this age, everything turned on the life of one man,
and that the one man who could have guarded and saved
England was taken from her. The men who fought upon
the hill of Senlac may have been too deeply occupied with
the duty of the moment to look forward to the future
chances of their country. But they knew at least that
with their King’s death that day’s battle was lost. Yet
even when Harold had fallen, resistance did not at once
cease. As long as there was a ray of light in the heaven,
as long as an English arm had strength to lift axe or javelin,
the personal following of King Harold continued the unequal
501|Utter slaughter of the King’s personal following.|
strife.[1445] Worn out by the strain of a long resistance,
while the Normans, as assailants, seemed to draw
fresh vigour from the conflict,[1446] they, the highest nobility,
the most valiant soldiery of England, were slaughtered to
a man.[1447]
Quarter was neither given nor asked;[1448] not a man
of the comitatus fled; not a man was taken captive. There,
around the fallen Standard, we may call up before our eyes
the valiant deaths of those few warriors of Senlac whose
names we know. There fell Thurkill and Godric beside their
friend and former Earl. There Ælfwig died by his royal
nephew, leaving an inheritance of sorrow to the house over
which he ruled. And there the East-Anglian deacon lay in
death by the side of the lord whom, from his early days, he
|Leofric and Esegar escape wounded.|
had served so faithfully.[1449] Those alone escaped, who, smitten
down by wounds, were on the morrow thrown aside as
dead,[1450] but who still breathed, and who in time recovered
strength to seek their homes and still to serve their
|Leofric dies. November 1.|
country. Abbot Leofric, sick and weary, made his way
home to die in his own Golden Borough;[1451] and Esegar,
the valiant Staller, was borne back to London, his body
502disabled by honourable wounds, but his heart still stout
and his wit still keen to keep up resistance to the last.[1452]
Few however could those have been who escaped by
accidents like these. As a rule, no man of Harold’s
following who marched to Senlac found his way back
from that fatal hill. The nobility, the warlike flower,
of southern and eastern England were utterly cut off.
But we cannot blame men of meaner birth and fame for
not showing the same desperate valour. Night was now
|Flight of the light-armed.|
coming on, and, under cover of the darkness,[1453] the light-armed
took to flight.[1454] Some fled on foot, some, like the
two traitors at Maldon,[1455] on the horses which had carried
|Pursuit of the Normans; great slaughter of the pursuers in Malfosse.|
the fallen leaders to the battle.[1456] The Normans pursued,
and, as in an earlier stage of the day, the fleeing English
found means to take their revenge upon their conquerors.
On the north side of the hill the descent is steep, almost
precipitous, the ground is irregular and marshy. No place
could be less suited for horsemen, unaccustomed to the
country, to pursue, even by daylight, light-armed foot,
to many of whom every step of ground was familiar.
In the darkness or imperfect light of the evening, their
case was still more hopeless than in the similar case
503earlier in the day. In the ardour of pursuit horse and
man fell headforemost over the steep, where they were
crushed by the fall, smothered in the morass, or slain
outright by the swords and clubs of the English.
|Eustace bids William retreat.|
For the fugitives, seeing the plight of their pursuers,
once more turned and slaughtered them without mercy.
Count Eustace, deeming that a new English force had
come to the rescue, turned with fifty knights, and counselled
William to sound a retreat. He whispered in the ear
of the Duke that, if he pressed on, it would be to certain
death. The words were hardly out of his mouth, when
a blow, dealt in the darkness, struck the Count between
the shoulder-blades, and he was borne off with blood
flowing from his mouth and nostrils.[1457] But William
pressed on; his good fortune preserved him from the bad
luck of his less fortunate soldiers, and he did not return to
|End of the battle.|
the hill till all danger was over. This was the last scene
of the battle, and no scene impressed itself more deeply on
the minds of the descendants of the victors. The name of
Malfosse, borne for some ages by the spot where the flying
English turned and took their last revenge, showed how
severe was the reverse which the victors there met with
even in the very hour of their triumph.[1458]
Effect of the death of Harold.
504I have thus described, as well as I could reconcile
various and conflicting narratives, the chief vicissitudes
and incidents of this memorable and hard-fought battle.
On its historic importance I need not dwell; it is the
very subject of my history. England was not yet conquered.
The invader, as it was, had hard struggles to
go through before he gained full possession of the length
and breadth of the land. Had Harold lived, had another
like Harold been ready to take his place, we may well
doubt whether, even after the overthrow of Senlac, England
would have been conquered at all. As it was, though
England was not yet conquered, yet, from this moment,
her complete conquest was only a matter of time. The
Norman had to face much local resistance against the
establishment of his power; he had to quell many local
revolts after the establishment of his power; but he never
again met Englishmen in a pitched battle; he never again
had to fight for his Crown against a rival King at the head
of a national army. Such being the case, it is from the
memorable day of Saint Calixtus that we may fairly date
the overthrow, what we know to have been only the
imperfect and temporary overthrow, of our ancient and
free Teutonic England. In the eyes of men of the next
generation that day was the fatal day of England, the day
of the sad overthrow of our dear country, the day of her
505handing over to foreign lords.[1459] From that day forward
the Normans began to work the will of God upon the
folk of England, till there were left in England no chiefs
of the land of English blood, till all were brought down to
bondage and to sorrow, till it was a shame to be called
an Englishman,[1460] and the men of England were no more
a people.[1461]
Military character of the battle.
Looking also at the fight of Senlac simply as a battle,
it is one of the most memorable in all military history.
Two utterly opposite systems of warfare came into conflict
under two commanders, each worthily matched against the
|Skill and valour shown on both sides.|
other both in conduct and in personal prowess. We read
with equal admiration of the consummate skill with which
Harold chose his position and his general scheme of action,
and of the wonderful readiness with which William formed
and varied his plans as occasion served, how he seized on
every opportunity, and made even discomfiture serve his
final purpose. And each chief was thoroughly and worthily
served by at least a portion of his army. As a mere
question of soldierly qualities, one hardly knows which
side to admire most. Each nation displayed, in this the
first important battle in which they met as enemies,
qualities which to this day remain eminently characteristic
of the two nations respectively. The French—for the
praise must not be confined to the native Normans only—displayed
a gallantry at once impetuous and steady, and
506a quickness and intelligence in obeying difficult orders
which is above all praise. They came again and again
to the charge, undismayed by repeated reverses, and they
knew how to carry out successfully the elaborate stratagem
of the feigned flight. This last task must have been
all the harder, because it seems not to have been a
deliberate scheme planned from the beginning, but to have
been suggested to William’s ready wit by the exigencies of
the moment. Yet almost more admirable, and far more
touching, is the long, stubborn endurance of the English,
keeping their post through nine hours of constant defence,
never yielding till death or utter weariness relieved them from
their toil. Had the whole English host been like Harold’s
own following, the defeat of Senlac would undoubtedly have
been changed into a victory. Even writers in the Norman
interest allow that so great was the slaughter, so general
at one time was the flight of the Norman host, that
nothing but the visible interposition of God on behalf of
his righteous cause could have given William the victory.[1462]|The battle lost through the rashness of the light-armed.|
The battle was lost through the error of those light-armed
troops, who, in disobedience to the King’s orders, broke
their line to pursue. Their error was a grievous and a
fatal one, but it was the natural error of high-spirited and
untried men, eager for combat and for distinction, and
chafing no doubt at the somewhat irksome restraints
involved in Harold’s plan of defence. And some credit
is due to them and to their immediate leaders for the skill
and presence of mind with which they did their best to
retrieve their error. Indeed, as far as they themselves
were concerned, they did retrieve it amply. Never was
a battle more stoutly contested between abler generals
supported by more valiant soldiers. Like the whole
English history of this age, it shows how little the
507English people had really degenerated in any essential
patriotic or military qualities. But again it shows how
wholly everything depended on the presence of some one
competent man to seize the post of command at the right
moment. As long as an Eadmund or a Harold is forthcoming,
defeat may alternate with victory, but even defeat
never is disgrace. How the same people fared under
an incompetent King we have seen throughout the long
wretchedness of the reign of Æthelred. How they fared
under selfish and vacillating chiefs we shall see in the
interregnum which followed the death of Harold. But we
must first cast one more look upon Senlac hill, upon the
victors and upon the vanquished. We have to behold
William the Conqueror in his hour of triumph, and we
have the hero of England to follow to his grave.
William returns to the hill. His midnight feast.
The fight was now over; night had closed in, and those
among the English host who had not fallen around their
King had left the field under cover of the darkness. William
now returned to the hill, where all resistance had long
ceased. He looked around, we are told, on the dead and
dying thousands, not without a feeling of pity that so
many men had fallen, even as a sacrifice to his own fancied
right.[1463] But the victory was truly his own; in the old
phrase of our Chroniclers, the Frenchmen had possession of
the place of slaughter.[1464] A place of slaughter indeed it was,
508where, from morn till twilight, the axe and javelin of England,
the lance and bow of Normandy, had done their
deadly work at the bidding of the two mightiest captains
upon earth. Dead and dying men were heaped around,
and nowhere were they heaped so thickly as around the
fallen Standard of England. There, where the flower of
England’s nobility and soldiery lay stretched in death,[1465]
there, where the banner of the Fighting Man now lay
beaten to the ground, the Conqueror knelt, he gave his
thanks to God, and bade his own banner be planted as the
sign of the victory which he had won. He bade the dead
be swept aside; the ducal tent was pitched in this, as it
were, the innermost sanctuary of the Conquest, and meat
and drink were brought for his repast in the midst of the
ghastly trophies of his prowess. In vain did Walter
Giffard warn him of the rashness of such an act. Many of
the English who lay around were not dead; many were
only slightly wounded; they would rise and escape in the
night, or they would seek to have their revenge, well
pleased to sell their lives at the price of the life of a Norman.[1466]
But the strong heart of William feared not; God
had guarded him thus far, and he trusted in God to guard
him still. Then he took off his armour; his shield and
helmet were seen to be dinted with many heavy blows, but
the person of the Conqueror was unhurt.[1467] He was hailed
509by the loud applause of his troops, likening him to Roland
and Oliver and all the heroes of old. Again he returned
thanks to God, again he thanked his faithful followers, and
sat down to eat and drink among the dead.[1468]
The burial of the dead. Sunday, October 15.
The Normans watched upon the hill all night.[1469] On the
morrow of that fearful Sabbath, the morning light of the
day of Christian worship first showed the full horrors of the
scene. The first duty was the burial of the dead. The
Duke went over the ground in person, superintending the
funeral rites of the slain of his own army.[1470] Nor was he,
either by temper or by policy, disposed to treat the vanquished
or their kinsfolk with needless cruelty or insult.
The women of the surrounding country came to the camp,
praying for the bodies of their husbands, sons, and brothers,
and, by William’s express order, they were allowed to remove
them for burial to the neighbouring towns and minsters.[1471]
The bodies of Ælfwig and his monks were among
510|Ælfwig and his monks.|
the first to be recognized by the monastic garb beneath
their harness. We hear nothing of the disposal of their
bodies, but we know that their presence in the fight was not
forgotten by the Conqueror.[1472] We hear nothing of the place
of burial of Godric or Thurkill or even of that of Gyrth
and Leofwine. We may suppose that the bodies of the two
Earls were borne away to some church on one of the many
estates held by their house within the South-Saxon land.[1473]|Harold’s body not forthcoming.|
But there was still one corpse which was not forthcoming,
one corpse for which, when found, the stern policy of the
victor decreed a harsher fate. Wives and sisters had borne
away the bodies of Thegns and churls,[1474] but there was
neither wife nor sister to claim the mangled corpse of the
Emperor of Britain. One widowed Lady sat in her palace
at Winchester, weeping for the fate of Tostig, perhaps
waiting for the coming of William.[1475] And where was the
other, the daughter of Ælfgar, the wife of Harold, the
bride who, as William deemed, had usurped the place which
was designed for his own child? Are we to deem that she
had chosen to cast in her lot rather with her recreant
brothers than with her dauntless husband?[1476] Or was it
rather that she bore within her a future hope of England,
one to whom men might fondly look as an Ætheling born
511of a crowned King and his Lady, a son of Harold and Ealdgyth,
a grandson alike of Ælfgar and of Godwine?[1477] All
that we know is that, at that moment, the wife of Harold
was far away, perhaps already on her journey, under the
care of Eadwine and Morkere, to seek safety within the
distant walls of Chester.[1478] But there were still those who
loved the fallen hero; there were those who clave to him in
life, and who in death would not forsake him. There was
the widowed mother, bereaved of so many valiant sons;
there were the bedesmen who had tasted of his bounty, and
the woman who had loved him with a true, if an unlawful
love. It was from the holy house of Waltham that men
|Osgod and Æthelric come from Waltham.|
came to do the last duty to the dead of Senlac. Two of
the Canons of Harold’s minster, Osgod and Æthelric the
Childmaster, had followed the march of the English host.
They came, either through the mere instinct of affection or,
as was told in the legends of their house, made fearful of
coming evil through the mysterious warning which the
Holy Hood had given to the King.[1479] They followed
their Founder to the hill of slaughter; but they themselves
joined not in the fight; they stood afar off that
they might see the end.[1480] With them, it may be, had
come the now aged Danish princess, Gytha, the widow of
512Godwine, the mother of the three heroes who had died
|Gytha asks for Harold’s body.|
beneath the fallen Standard. She came to the Duke and
craved the body of her royal son. Three sons of hers had
fallen by his hand or the hand of his followers; let the
Conqueror grant one at least of the three to be honoured
with solemn and royal rites. Harold’s weight in gold
should be the price of his burial within the walls of his
own minster.[1481] But in the case of his great rival the
Conqueror was inexorable. His soul was indeed too lofty
to be moved by petty spite towards an enemy who could
|William commands that he shall be buried on the seashore.|
no longer harm him. But his policy bade him to brand
the perjurer, the usurper, the excommunicate of the Church,
the despiser of the holy relics, with the solemn judgement
of a minister of righteous vengeance. The proffered bribe
had as little weight with him as it had with the Homeric
Achilleus.[1482] He whose insatiable ambition had caused the
slaughter of so many men should not himself receive the
honours of solemn burial. He was not indeed to be left to
513dogs and vultures; but he who had guarded the shore
while living should guard it still in death.[1483] A cairn
on the South-Saxon shore, raised high upon the rocks of
Hastings, should be the only memorial of the usurper.[1484]|The body found by Eadgyth Swanneshals.|
But the royal corpse was still unrecognized; it had been
thrown aside among the other bodies which lay around
the Standard, when the ground was cleared for William’s
midnight meal. Who could undertake to find one
single body in such an Aceldama? Who could undertake
to recognize a form mangled and mutilated by the
base malignity of unworthy foes? Ealdgyth was far
away; Gytha could not be asked to take upon her such
an office. The two faithful priests did their best, and
failed in the attempt.[1485] There was one alone who could be
trusted for the mournful duty; one who knew him, alas,
too well; one who had loved the man and not the King,
and whose love, it may be, had been sacrificed to the duty
or the policy of the ruler. The proud daughter of Ealdormen,
the widow of two Kings, had left him to his fate; it
was one of humbler rank, whose love had brought him not
crowns or earldoms, but who had been the well-beloved of
his less exalted days, who was called on to do the last
514bidding of affection upon earth. His former mistress, Eadgyth
of the Swan’s Neck, was brought to the spot by
Osgod and Æthelric, and was bidden to search for Harold
amid the slain.[1486] Her eye at last recognized the disfigured
corpse, not by its mangled features, but by marks which
his faithful priests, perhaps even his mother, knew not.[1487]
The body thus found awaited the bidding of the Conqueror.
|Honours shown to the body.|
William had no mind for simple insult beyond
what the stern bidding of his policy dictated. Christian
burial was refused; yet William could show to the corpse
of Harold honours not less marked than Kleomenês had
|It is buried on the shore by William Malet.|
shown to the corpse of Lydiadas.[1488] The mangled limbs
were wrapped in a purple robe, and the body was borne
to William’s camp by the sea-shore.[1489] The charge of this
unhallowed yet honourable burial was entrusted by the
Duke to the willing hands of one of his own chiefs, who
was at least not the personal foe of Harold or of England.
By the care of William Malet, a name again to appear in
our history, the body of Harold the son of Godwine was
buried beneath a heap of stones upon the rocks of Sussex.[1490]
Other accounts.
Thus far we have the certain guidance of contemporary
515writers. Harold died on Senlac and was buried on the
heights of Hastings. But there are two other tales, the
evidence for which I shall discuss elsewhere,[1491] but whose
substance I cannot here pass by. One indeed, with some
doubt as to the details, I do not hesitate to accept, as
resting on amply sufficient, though not on strictly contemporary,
evidence. The other is a mere romance, food
for the comparative mythologist rather than for the
historian, and valuable only as illustrating a certain ever-recurring
|Legend of Harold’s escape.|
tendency of the human mind. This is the well-known
tale, according to which Harold did not die in the
great battle. He escaped, we are told, and lived for a longer
or a shorter time, according to different accounts, devoting
his latter days, according to the most celebrated version,
to a life of penance.[1492] The King, so the story runs, was
found half dead by some of the women who came to tend
the wounded. He was then carried to Winchester by two
men of middling rank, Thegns of the lowest class or churls
of the highest.[1493] There he was nursed for two years, not
by his royal sister, but by a Saracen woman skilled in
|His later adventures.|
surgery. He then went into the kindred lands of Saxony
and Denmark,[1494] to ask help for England from her continental
brethren. No such help however was forthcoming,
and after a long series of adventures, Harold
516|His seclusion and death at Chester.|
forsook the world and became a recluse in a cell attached
to Saint John’s minster at Chester, the minster which
had once witnessed the homage done to Eadgar the
Peaceful by all the Under-kings of Britain.[1495] There he
died at a great age, having only in his last moments
revealed to those around him that the lowly anchorite was
no other than the native King of conquered England.
The tale a mere legend; its explanation.
That this tale is a mere legend I have not the slightest
doubt. But that such a tale should arise is by no means
wonderful. It was indeed almost a matter of course.
Whatever might be the feeling among Earls and Prelates
who had other objects, popular English feeling would
be for a while unwilling to believe in the death of the
true national hero. Harold was expected to return, just
as Baldwin of Constantinople, as Sebastian of Portugal,
as many other princes in the like case, were expected
to return. The really strange thing is that we do not
hear of any false Harolds, as we hear of false Baldwins
and false Sebastians.[1496] The cause may be that the later
hopes of England gradually drifted away into other directions,
towards a restoration of Eadgar or a deliverance by
the arms of Swend. Still, as long as resistance to the
Norman lasted, rumours that Harold lived, that he would
again appear to lead his countrymen, would be rife within
the walls of Exeter and within the Camp of Refuge. But
Harold came not. Where then, if living, did he hide
himself? Why did he not join the patriot bands of Hereward
and Waltheof? Why did not the Standard of the
Fighting Man once more float over an English host, and
the Holy Rood of Waltham again resound as the war-cry
of a happier field than Senlac? That Harold lived and
517yet was not in arms against the invader, could be explained
in one way only. He had betaken himself to a
life of penitence; by prayer and scourge and fasting he
was wiping out the great sin of his life, his fatal oath
|The tale appeals to the feelings of the age|
to the Norman. In our eyes such a self-consecration on
Harold’s part would seem a weak forsaking of an obvious
duty. It would not seem so in the eyes of an age which
recognized its highest type of holiness in Eadward. The
character of a patriot King was indeed honourable, but
the character of an ascetic penitent was more honourable
|and even to one vein of feeling at Waltham.|
still. The tale would appeal to a certain vein of feeling
in Englishmen generally. It would even appeal to a
certain vein of local piety among Harold’s own bedesmen
at Waltham. On the one hand it upset every local
tradition, and deprived Waltham of its most cherished
treasure. But on the other hand, it magnified in a certain
way both the Founder and the foundation, and it
went far to raise the church of Harold to a level with
the church of Eadward. It was something to be founded
by the last native King; it was something to be the last
resting-place of his body; but it was something higher
still to be founded by one who was no mere King or
lawgiver or conqueror, but whose deeds of penance had
won him a place in the roll of eremites and saints.
Harold died on Senlac.
But of all this history knows nothing. In her pages
Harold died, without a shadow of doubt, on the hill of
Senlac, on the day of Saint Calixtus. Florence tells the
true tale, in words speaking straight from the depths of
England’s grief—“Heu, ipsemet cecidit crepusculi tempore.”
In that Twilight of the Gods, when right and wrong
went forth to battle, and when wrong for a moment had
the victory, the brightest light of Teutonic England sank,
and sank for ever. The son of Godwine died, as such
King and hero should die, helm on head and battle-axe
in hand, striking the last blow for his Crown and people,
518with the Holy Rood of Waltham the last cry rising from
his lips and ringing in his ears. Disabled by the Norman
arrow, cut down by the Norman sword, he died beneath
the Standard of England, side by side with his brothers
in blood and valour. His lifeless and mangled relics were
all that was left either for the scoffs of enemies or for
the reverence of friends. What the first resting-place
of those relics was we have already seen, but need we
hold that the first resting-place of those relics was also
the last?
His alleged burial at Waltham.
This brings us to the other story to which I have already
alluded, and which, in its main outline, I am prepared to
accept. This is that the body of Harold, first buried
under the cairn by Hastings, was afterwards translated to
his own minster at Waltham. That Waltham always professed
to be the burying-place of Harold—that a tomb
bearing his name was shown there down to the Dissolution
of the Abbey—that fragments of it remained in the middle
of the seventeenth century[1497]—are facts beyond dispute. But
these local traditions would not, under the circumstances,
be of themselves enough to lead us to accept a local claim
which at first sight seems to be opposed to the witness of
contemporary writers. But a little examination will show
that the two stories, the story of the cairn-burial and the
story of the burial at Waltham, are not really contradictory.
And there is a mass of evidence of all but the highest kind
in support of the claim of Waltham to have at last sheltered
|His body translated from the shore to Waltham. December, 1066?|
the bones of its Founder. I then accept the view that the
body of Harold, like the body of Waltheof ten years later,
was removed from a lowlier resting-place to a more honourable
one, in short from unhallowed to hallowed ground.
Waltheof was first buried on the scene of his martyrdom by
Winchester, and was afterwards removed for more solemn
519burial in the Abbey of Crowland.[1498] Such I believe to have
been the case with Harold also. This view reconciles the
main facts as stated by all our authorities, and it falls in
with all the circumstances of the case. With our feelings
we might wish that the body of Harold had tarried for ever
under its South-Saxon cairn. In William’s own words, no
worthier place of burial could be his than the shore which
he had guarded. But even modern feelings would be revolted
at such a burial of any hero of our own time. And
in those days the religious feeling of Harold’s friends and
bedesmen would never be satisfied till their King and
Founder slept in a spot where all the rites of the Church
could be offered around him by the hands of those who
were nourished by his bounty. Nor was it at all unlikely
that William should relent, and should allow such honours
to be paid to the memory of his fallen rival. The first
harsh order exactly fell in with the policy of the first
moment of victory. But, even before the end of the great
year, a time came when William might well be disposed to
listen to milder counsels. When the Conqueror had become
the chosen and anointed King of the English, he honestly
strove for a moment to make his rule as acceptable as
might be to his English subjects. In those milder days
of his earlier rule, it would quite fall in with William’s
policy to yield to any petition, either from Gytha or from
the brotherhood at Waltham, praying for the removal
of Harold’s body from its unhallowed resting-place. He
had then no motive for harshness. The Crown was safe
upon his own head; he was the acknowledged successor
of Eadward, and he could now afford to be generous to
the memory of the intruder of a moment.
His burial in the minster
Then it was, as I believe, that the body of Harold
was translated from the cairn on the hill of Hastings
520|and later translation.|
to a worthier tomb in his own minster at Waltham.
There the King and Founder was buried in the place of
honour by the high altar. A later change in the fabric,
probably an enlargement of the choir, caused a further
translation of his body. On that occasion our local informant,
a subject of the Norman Henry, saw and handled
|Destruction of his tomb. c. 1540.|
the bones of Harold.[1499] For his tomb we now seek in vain,
as we seek in vain for the tombs of most of the noblest
heroes of our land. The devastation of the sixteenth century,
the brutal indifference of the eighteenth, have swept
over Hyde and Glastonbury and Waltham and Crowland
and Evesham, and in their destroyed or ruined choirs no
memory is left of Ælfred and Eadgar and Harold and
Waltheof and Simon of Montfort. But what the men of
his own time could do they did; the simple and pathetic
tale of the local historian shows us how the fallen King
was lamented by those who had known and loved him, and
how his memory lived among those who shared his bounty
without having seen his face. Their affection clave to him
in life, their reverence followed him in death; they braved
the wrath of the Conqueror on his behalf; they bore him
first to his humble and unhallowed tomb, and then translated
him to a more fitting resting-place within the walls
of the noble fabric which his own bounty had reared.
Thus was the last native King of the English borne
to his last home in his own minster. Once only since
521|The body of Edward the First at Waltham. 1307.|
that day has Waltham seen a royal corpse, but then
it was one which was worthy to rest even by the side
of Harold. Two hundred and forty years after the fight
of Senlac, the body of the great Edward was borne with
all royal honours to a temporary resting-place in the
church of Waltham.[1501] Harold was translated to Waltham
from a nameless tomb by the sea-shore; Edward was
translated from Waltham to a still more glorious resting-place
beneath the soaring vault of the apse of Westminster.
|Comparison of Harold and Edward.|
But for a while the two heroes lay side by
side—the last and the first of English Kings, between
whom none deserved the English name or could claim
honour or gratitude from the English nation. The one
was the last King who reigned purely by the will of the
people, without any claim either of conquest or of
hereditary right. The other was the first King who
reigned purely as the son of his father, the first who
succeeded without competitor or interregnum. But each
alike, as none between them did, deserved the love and
trust of the people over whom they reigned. With Harold
our native kingship ends; the Dragon of Wessex gives
place to the Leopards of Normandy; the Crown, the laws,
the liberties, the very tongue of Englishmen, seem all
fallen never to rise again. In Edward the line of English
Kings begins once more. After two hundred years of
foreign rule, we have again a King bearing an English
name and an English heart—the first to give us back our
ancient laws under new shapes, the first, and for so long
the last, to see that the Empire of his mighty namesake[1502]522was a worthier prize than shadowy dreams of dominion
beyond the sea. All between them were Normans or
Angevins, careless of England and her people. Another
and a brighter æra opens, as the lawgiver of England,
the conqueror of Wales and Scotland, seems like an old
Bretwalda or West-Saxon Basileus seated once more upon
the throne of Cerdic and of Æthelstan. The conqueror of
Gruffydd might welcome a kindred soul in the conqueror
of Llywelyn; the victor of Stamfordbridge might hail his
peer in the victor of Falkirk; the King with whom England
fell might greet his first true successor in the King
with whom she rose again. Such were the men who met
in death within the now vanished choir of Waltham. And in
the whole course of English history we hardly come across
a scene which speaks more deeply to the heart, than when
the first founder of our later greatness was laid by the side
of the last kingly champion of our earliest freedom—when
the body of the great Edward was laid, if only for a short
space, by the side of Harold the son of Godwine.
CHAPTER XVI. THE INTERREGNUM. [1503] October 15–December 25, 1066.
523
The throne vacant.
England was thus again without a King. For the
second time within this memorable year the throne had
become vacant. But the vacancy of October differed
widely in every way from the vacancy of January. Then
a King had gone to his grave in peace, and the election
of his successor could be made by the free voices of the
English people. That successor had now given his life
for England, and, as in the days of Swend and Cnut,
a foreign invader was again in the land, claiming the
votes of the Witan with a victorious army to back his
|William not yet King.|
claims. For we must remember that still, after the day
of Senlac, William was only a candidate for the Crown.
He claimed an exclusive right to become King, but he did
not claim to be King as yet. One flatterer only[1504] ventures
to give him the kingly title before his formal election
and consecration. Till those ceremonies had been performed,
William was not King de jure, and he was as
yet very far from being King de facto. All that he had
as yet was military possession of part of one shire. But
524|His success practically certain.|
his work was practically over; he had now simply to bide
his time and slowly to gather in his harvest. He had
already in effect conquered England, for the one man was
gone who could still have saved her from conquest. With
Harold the true hope and strength of England had fallen.[1505]
William’s expectation of immediate submission disappointed.
No one knew this better than the Conqueror himself.
His expectation was that all England would at once submit
to him.[1506] And though he was mistaken in that expectation,
the mistake was not one which carried him
very far away from the truth. He simply expected that
to happen at once, which was sure to happen before long,
|No idea of submission among the English as yet.|
and which did happen within two months. But for the
moment no Englishman dreamed of submission.[1507] Men
as little thought of acknowledging the Norman after a
single victory as their fathers had thought of acknowledging
the Dane in the like case. Ælfred and Eadmund
had fought battle after battle with the invaders, and it
was only after a long alternation of victory and defeat
that Guthrum and Cnut had obtained a settlement, and
after all only a partial settlement, in the land. No man
therefore who was not actually within the reach of
William’s hand thought, in the first days after the fight
of Senlac, of submitting to the Conqueror. William had
returned to his camp at Hastings, and he there tarried,
ready to receive the allegiance of those whom he looked
on as his lawful subjects. But not a single Englishman
came to his camp to bow to him and become his man.[1508]
The voice of Englishmen, the voice at least of all who
were neither too far off to hear the news nor too near to
525be practically within William’s power, called for another
King to lead them forth to another battle.
The news reaches London.
The news of the defeat of the English army and of the
death of the King was brought to London by some of the
fugitives from Senlac.[1509] Before long, the wounded Sheriff
Esegar contrived to make his way thither from the hill of
|Eadwine and Morkere hear the news, and hasten to London.|
slaughter.[1510] Meanwhile the two Northern Earls were on
their tardy march, waiting to see what course events
might take. The news of Harold’s fall reached them on
their way. They hastened to London,[1511] and, as their first
|They send Ealdgyth to Chester.|
measure of precaution, they sent their sister, the Lady
Ealdgyth, to the distant city of Chester in the Earldom
|Gemót in London for the election of a King.|
of Eadwine.[1512] Men were now flocking together from the
lands immediately threatened by William to seek for safety
in the great city.[1513] It was therefore possible to hold an
Assembly which might fairly represent the national will.
The Witan, among whom the citizens of London and the
sailors are specially mentioned, met to choose a King.[1514]
The choice was far from being so easy in October as it
526|No qualified candidate forthcoming. Harold’s sons unqualified.|
had been in January. There was now no one man who
could, either by his birth or by his personal merits, command
the unanimous vote of the nation. The late King
had left sons, but they were not born Æthelings, sons of
a crowned King; indeed they were most likely not even
born in lawful wedlock.[1515] They had therefore no claim
even to a constitutional preference, and young and undistinguished
as they were, they could have no claim on
the score of personal merit. We have no evidence that the
names of Eadmund, Magnus, and Godwine, the three sons of
Harold, were so much as mentioned[1516] in the debates of the
Witan. The Crown thus passed away for ever from the newly
|Loss of Gyrth and Leofwine.|
chosen dynasty. Had Harold’s two brothers lived, things
might have gone otherwise. One cannot doubt that Gyrth
was in every way worthy to reign, and we can believe that
the voice of Wessex and East-Anglia at least would have
been raised in favour either of him or of Leofwine. But
the two heroes had fallen with their King and brother;
young Wulfnoth was personally undistinguished and was
far away in the hands of the enemy; no candidate from
|Waltheof not yet distinguished.|
the House of Godwine was forthcoming. Looking to the
other great Houses, there was one whose name was soon to
become famous and honoured among Englishmen; but as
yet Waltheof the son of Siward had not shown himself as
a leader of men,[1517] and the Earldom which he ruled was the
527|Candidature of Eadwine and Morkere.|
smallest in the Kingdom. In the House of Leofric
indeed there was no lack of candidates. Eadwine and
Morkere were open to receive any crowns that they could
get. In their eyes no doubt the happy moment had come,
when Mercian hands might grasp the sceptre, if possible
of the whole realm, at any rate of its northern half. We
do not hear what arrangements were to be made between
the two brothers; but the two together were urgent with
the men of London to raise one or other of them to the
Imperial Crown.[1518] But their hopes were disappointed.
There was in truth no general feeling to which they could
appeal. The candidature of Eadwine or Morkere could
have presented no sort of attraction to the men of London,
|Election of the Ætheling Eadgar.|
of Wessex, or of East-Anglia. In the absence then of any
better qualified candidate, of any one leader on whom all
could agree, the sentiment of hereditary descent prevailed.
There was one in the land who, whatever else he was, was
the grandson of Ironside, the heir of Ælfred and Ecgberht,
the last male of the stock of Cerdic and Woden. To fill
the vacancy caused by the death of Harold, the Witan of
England called on the young Ætheling Eadgar to ascend
the throne of his fathers.[1519]
The choice bad, but unavoidable.
528It is vain to discuss the merits of the choice. It could
be justified only by the sad truths that any King was
better than no King at all, and that at that moment no
better King was forthcoming. There may even have been
a faint hope that William might be satisfied with the overthrow
of his personal enemy, and that he would not press
his claims against a boy who had never wronged him, a
boy who might pass as the heir, who was certainly the
next of kin, of the deceased King for whom he professed
so deep a reverence. How far the choice was strictly
|Eadwine and Morkere agree to the election.|
unanimous we know not. There is no doubt that Eadwine
and Morkere, seeing no hopes of their own elevation,
gave a formal consent to the election of Eadgar.[1520] On the
|Opposition of some of the Bishops.|
other hand we find it hinted that the Bishops opposed
the choice of the Ætheling.[1521] We know not how many
of the English Bishops were at this time in London. It
|The two Archbishops for Eadgar.|
is certain that the two Primates, Stigand and Ealdred,
were both present, and that both concurred in the election
of Eadgar.[1522] It would appear also that Wulfstan of
529Worcester and Walter of Hereford were also in the city.[1523]|The opposition probably made by the foreign Bishops.|
Now we may be sure that any influence which belonged
to the Bishop of the Diocese, the Norman William, would
be exerted to hinder the election of Eadgar. A Norman
Prelate might now, without dishonour, recommend submission
to the armed candidate of his own race. Even
Wulfstan, the friend of Harold, might not feel himself
equally bound to Eadgar, and his later conduct may
perhaps show that, in face of the invasion of William,
he was not unlikely to play the part of Jeremiah in
face of the invasion of Nabuchodonosor. We may suspect
too that the Lotharingian Prelate of Hereford, and
his brethren of Wells and Sherborne, would not be
specially zealous in the national cause. We need not
suspect them of actual treason, but to exhort to submission
to the Conqueror after the death of Harold would
bear an aspect quite different from an attempt to weaken
the national power of resistance while the King still lived.
Even a national and patriotic writer, speaking with the
experience of a few weeks later, argues that an early
submission would have been the wisest course.[1524] The
minds of foreign churchmen would be specially open to
those spiritual influences which William had contrived to
array on his side. Nothing could be easier than to argue
that, in the great assize of Senlac, the judgement of God
530had been visibly given on behalf of the invader, and that
those who continued to fight against him would incur the
guilt of fighting against God.
Eadgar seemingly not crowned.
But such arguments, if used, were as yet of none effect.
Young Eadgar was regularly elected King. Whether he
was crowned we are not distinctly told. Every motive
of policy would plead for a coronation as speedy as the
coronation of Harold. But the election of Harold had
taken place during one of the Church’s solemn seasons,
and it was possible to perform the ceremony before the
festival was over. But if the coronation of Eadgar was
to take place on one of the days usually chosen for such
solemnities, it would have to be delayed till the Feast
|The coronation probably delayed till Christmas.|
of Christmas. In all probability the rite was fixed for
that festival, and, when the festival came, the rite had
to be performed on another. Eadgar then never was full
King, King crowned and anointed. But his authority
was acknowledged, and he performed at least one kingly
act. The Golden Borough of Saint Peter lacked an
|Death of Abbot Leofric, November 1.|
Abbot. The patriot Leofric, wounded in the great battle,
had found his way home, and had died on the Festival of
All Saints.[1525] The monks of his house forthwith chose
|Brand elected Abbot, and confirmed by Eadgar.|
their Provost Brand as his successor, and sent him to
Eadgar for the royal confirmation.[1526] His reception was
favourable; he received his staff from the hands of the
Ætheling.[1527] But we shall see that this acknowledgement
of the national candidate on the part of the monks of
531Peterborough was a crime in the eyes of the invader
which called for a heavy atonement.
The Londoners and others prepare for another battle.
The nation had thus chosen a successor to the King who
had died on Senlac. The cry of every patriotic heart
was for a vigorous carrying on the war with the invader.
The citizens of London, above all, were eager to hazard
|Chances of resistance.|
another battle.[1528] The chances of such an enterprise were
still far from being hopeless. The slaughter of Fulford,
of Stamfordbridge, and of Senlac had indeed been frightful,
and, as ever, it had fallen most heavily on the best portions
of the army, on the King’s Thegns and the Housecarls.
Still the strength of England was far from being broken,
and we may be sure that Ælfred or Eadmund would have
been perfectly ready to risk a fourth battle. But there
was no Ælfred or Eadmund now to lead the forces of
England. The King-elect was young and inexperienced,[1529]
and those whom England looked to as her leaders again
|Eadwine and Morkere withdraw their forces.|
proved faithless. Eadwine and Morkere had consented
to the election of Eadgar, as nine months before they
had consented to the election of Harold. But of giving
loyal support to either prince they never dreamed. The
forces of Northumberland were again refused to the defence
of Wessex. For Wessex, for East-Anglia, Eadgar and
William might strive as they would. William would
perhaps be content with that portion of the realm which
formed the immediate possession of the personal foe whom
he had overthrown. With the House of Leofric, with the
men of Northumberland, William had no quarrel. Perhaps
he might be content not to attack them. At all events,
the forces of Northumberland and North-western Mercia
532would be better reserved for the defence of their own
homes. Eadwine and Morkere then, with the levies of
their Earldoms, withdrew to Northumberland, and left
Eadgar and England to their fate.[1530]
Resistance hopeless after the defection of the Earls.
This was the consummation of the manifold treasons of
the sons of Ælfgar. An united England might yet have
resisted; for a divided England there was no hope. A
people who could not agree under any leader of their own
race, became of necessity the prey of the stranger.[1531] But the
fault rested wholly with the men who preferred their own
selfish interests to the public welfare. The patriotic zeal
of the men of London was thwarted by the base secession
|No further general combination against William.|
of the Northern traitors. By their act all was lost. After
the day of Senlac William never again met Englishmen
in a pitched battle. He experienced much gallant local
resistance before his power was fully established over the
whole land. But never again did he see the forces of all
England, or even the forces of all Wessex, drawn out
against him. Indeed it does not seem that any English
weapon, save those of the great city itself, was again lifted
against him till his formal investiture with the kingship
of England enabled him to treat all further opposition as
rebellion.
William returns to Hastings. October 15.
While England was thus betrayed and ruined within the
walls of London, the Conqueror was, step by step, taking
possession of the devoted land. He had returned, as we
533have seen, to Hastings, in the hope of receiving an immediate
submission.[1532] In that hope he remained in his camp
for five days.[1533] During that time he also received some reinforcements
from Normandy to supply the serious losses
which the battle had inflicted on his army.[1534] As no English
homagers came in to him, he now thought it time to set
|He does not march at once on London.|
forth to follow up his great success by force of arms. But
he had no intention of marching at once upon London. It
again was William’s policy to bide his time. He no doubt
fully understood the state of the case; he felt certain that
the divided land, deprived of its one born leader, would
never organize any general or effective resistance. He
knew that in a short time he would either be able to overcome
local resistance piecemeal, or else the English, unable
to unite under a single native chief, would submit to him
in sheer despair. It was therefore his policy not to hasten.
But it was equally his policy not to remain idle. His
policy in fact was much the same in England as it had
been in Maine. Political and military reasons alike bade
him to secure the south-eastern portions of England before
he hazarded any attack on the great city. Six days therefore
after the battle, William began his eastward march
along the south coast.
He marches to Romney. October 20,
The first point which he reached was Romney, where he
was within the borders of the ancient Kingdom of Kent.
Romney was, in those days, no less than Pevensey, a famous
haven, but the physical agencies which have wrought so
534much change along that whole line of coast, have destroyed
the importance of the town by removing the sea from its
immediate neighbourhood. Like most of the havens of this
coast, it was endowed with special privileges, and in return
for them it was expected to take its share in the naval
defence of the land.[1535] The men of Romney had not been
|Norman stragglers killed at Romney.|
slack in the discharge of that duty. They had, as we have
seen, at some time before the great battle,[1536] cut in pieces a
body of Norman stragglers, for whose blood William now
came to take vengeance. It was his policy now, as ever,
to be harsh wherever he met with resistance and gentle to
|William’s politic ravages.|
all who submitted easily. The line of his march was
marked by ceaseless ravage,[1537] ravage inflicted, no doubt,
like the ravages before the battle, with a deliberate purpose.
Before the battle, he had wished to provoke Harold to
come to the rescue of his suffering subjects.[1538] He now
wished to strike terror, and thereby to bring about submission.
Harrying then as he went, William reached
|His vengeance at Romney.|
Romney. The words which describe his doings there are
short, pithy, and terrible. “He took what vengeance he
would for the slaughter of his men.”[1539]
535The next point of his march was one where he might
|He marches to Dover. October 21.|
expect to be checked by an obstacle such as he would
seldom meet with in any part of the land which he had
entered.[1540] The famous cliff of Dover was already defended
|Dover Castle.|
by a castle before which William might have
looked for a siege as long and as weary as those which
he had gone through before Brionne, Domfront, and
Arques. The town of Dover lies, like that of Hastings,
between two heights. The easternmost of the two had
been made a post of defence in the days of the ancient
conquerors, and it had not been neglected either by the
Kentish Kings or by the West-Saxon rulers who succeeded
them. The tower of Roman work, the famous Pharos, is
still there; there too is an ancient church, lately recovered
from desecration, which dates from the earliest days of
English Christianity.[1541] Few buildings in England show us
so well how the first believers of our race strove, under the
guidance of Roman missionaries, to reproduce the works of
|Works of Harold at Dover.|
Roman skill in their lowlier temples. The eye of Earl
Harold had marked the importance of the site, and the spot
which lay so temptingly open to an invading enemy had
536been made secure against all attack.[1542] It may well be that
the evil deed of Eustace had called special attention to the
necessity of strengthening the town. And Harold, the
observant pilgrim and traveller, who had so carefully
studied all that Gaul had to offer him, as he introduced
the latest improvements of Norman ecclesiastical art into
his church at Waltham, introduced also the latest improvements
of Norman military art into his castle at Dover.[1543]|Strength of the fortress.|
A fortress arose, of whose strength, both from its position
and from its defences, Norman writers speak with all
respect; a fortress whose fame had crossed the sea, and
whose surrender William was said to have specially demanded
as being the surrender of one of the keys of England.[1544]
The castle on the cliff was commonly deemed to be
safe against all assailants, and a vast crowd of people from
the surrounding country had sought for shelter within its
precincts, when the invading host drew nigh.[1545]
Dover surrenders without resistance.
That a fortress like this should have been surrendered
without a blow not only moves our indignation, but moves
our amazement also, when we think of the valour which
537Englishmen had just before shown at Senlac and which
they were again to show at York and at Ely.[1546] Englishmen
were undoubtedly far better used to fighting
pitched battles than they were to either the defence or
the attack of fortified places. And it has been conjectured
with some probability that the garrison placed to defend
the castle against attack from the sea might, when the
invader had actually landed at another point, have joined
the King’s muster and have fought and died along with
the rest of his personal following.[1547] Whatever was the
cause, the fact is certain. Before William had thrown up
a bank or shot an arrow against the castle of Dover, town
|William’s clemency.|
and castle were freely surrendered into his hands.[1548] It was
now as plainly his policy to show himself mild and debonair
as it had been his policy at Romney to show himself
beyond measure stark.[1549] The men of Dover were, according
to William’s code, rebels who had laid down their arms,
and who were therefore entitled to pardon. To do them any
wanton harm was wholly against his scheme of conduct.
|The town accidentally burned.|
But some of the unruly soldiers of his army felt themselves
defrauded of their expected plunder, and they had recourse
to the usual Norman means of destruction. Fire was as
538freely used at Dover as it had been at Mayenne or at
Dinan, but this time it was used without any order from
Duke William for its use. A large part of the town was
|William makes good the loss to the owners.|
burned.[1550] But the politic liberality of the Duke made good
their losses to the owners of the destroyed houses,[1551] and
the offenders were only sheltered from punishment by their
numbers and by the baseness of their condition.[1552] William
|He strengthens the castle.|
remained at Dover eight days. He further strengthened
the fortifications of the castle,[1553] which now received that
Norman garrison with which Harold had failed to people
it. The sick, who were a numerous body, were left behind,
and William marched on, ready to receive other surrenders
or to subdue other opponents.[1554]
The Kentish towns submit.
The politic severity of William at Romney and his no
less politic lenity at Dover did their work effectually. There
was no King, no national army, in the field; each town
539or district had to shift for itself and to defend itself how
it could. The examples of Romney and Dover showed that,
for each isolated place, submission was a safer course than
|He marches towards Canterbury (October 29), and receives the submission of the city on the road.|
resistance. The fear of William’s name fell upon all the
towns and villages of Kent, and they were not slow in
making their submission.[1555] First among them was the
head of the ancient Kingdom, the famous metropolis of
England.[1556] As William was on his march from Dover to
Canterbury, messengers met him bearing the submission
of the city. They brought hostages and the tribute due by
custom from the citizens to the King.[1557] The example of
the local capital was soon followed by the other towns of
the shire. From all parts of Kent men came to do their
homage to the Conqueror, to offer him gifts, and, as his
own poet adds, to kiss his feet.[1558] At an unknown point in
540|He encamps at the Broken Tower. October 31.|
the neighbourhood of Canterbury, known as the Broken
Tower, William pitched his camp, and, like his rival earlier
in the year,[1559] he was here somewhat checked in his progress
by a severe sickness.[1560] Like Harold, he is said to have
|His sickness.|
struggled with all his power against the weakness of the
flesh; but it is plain that his sickness acted as a real check
to his advance, for he remained in the neighbourhood of the
Kentish capital for a whole month.[1561] But even this time
of constrained inaction was not wasted. Where William
could not be present in the flesh, he could be present by
the terror of his name and in the persons of his messengers.
Kent and Sussex might now be looked on as conquered.
|He sends an embassy to Winchester.|
William now stretched forth his hands to the West, and
sought for the submission of the ancient capital of the West-Saxon
|Position of Eadgyth.|
Kings. Winchester, the city of Ælfred and Cnut,
once the morning-gift of Emma, was now again the morning-gift
and the dwelling-place of the widowed Eadgyth.[1562]
It was on every ground, political and military, a great object
to obtain early possession of so important a city. It was
also a manifest part of William’s policy to put himself into
friendly relations with the widow of the King whose lawful
successor he gave himself out to be. Out of deference,
we are told, to the widowed Lady, he would not appear
before the city in any military array; he simply sent messengers
to the magistrates of Winchester asking for submission
541and tribute.[1563] Eadgyth, as we have seen, was perhaps
actually William’s partizan; at all events she had no motive
to run any risk either on behalf of the young Eadgar
|Winchester submits.|
or on behalf of the Mercian brothers. She took counsel
with the chief men of her city, and the result of their
debates was at once to offer their submission to the Duke,
accompanied with gifts both from the Lady and from the
citizens.[1564] William had not yet been two months in England;
since his great victory he had had no occasion to
strike a blow; and the strongest fortress in England, the
ancient ecclesiastical metropolis, and the ancient temporal
capital, were already in his hands.
London still holds out.
But there was one spot where another spirit reigned;
there was one city which even now had no mind to bow
to the invader. The men of London, whose forefathers
had beaten back Swend and Cnut, whose brothers had died
around the Standard of Harold, were not men to surrender
their mighty city, defended by its broad river and its
|William sets out for London, c. December 1.|
Roman walls,[1565] without at least meeting the invader in the
field. William, master of Dover, Canterbury, and Winchester,
now directed his march along the old Roman road,
542directly on the great city.[1566] He marched on, ravaging,
burning, and slaughtering as he went,[1567] and drew near to
the southern bank of the river. One account seems to describe
him as occupying Westminster—therefore as crossing
the river—as planting his military engines by Saint
Peter’s minster, and as beginning, or at least threatening, a
formal siege of the city.[1568] But nothing in the whole story is
plainer than that William did not cross the river till long
after. A more credible version represents him as sending
before him a body of five hundred knights, whether simply
to reconnoitre or in the hope of gaining anything by a
|Skirmish, and burning of Southwark.|
sudden attack. The citizens sallied; a skirmish followed;
the English were beaten back within the walls; the
southern suburb of the city, Southwark, where Godwine
had waited in his own house for the gathering of two
memorable assemblies, was given to the flames.[1569] The
pride of the citizens was supposed to be somewhat lowered
543by this twofold blow;[1570] but it is plain that William did not
yet venture any direct attack on the city. His ships were
far away, and the bridge of London would have been a spot
even less suited for an onslaught of Norman cavalry than
the hill-side of Senlac. He trusted to the gradual working
of fear and of isolation even on the hearts of those valiant
|He keeps on the right bank of the Thames, and marches to Wallingford.|
citizens. He kept on the right bank of the Thames, harrying
as he went, through Surrey, Hampshire, and Berkshire,
till at Wallingford a ford and a bridge supplied safe and
convenient means of crossing for his army.[1571] He was now
in the shire of the brave Sheriff Godric, in a King’s town,
part of which seems to have been set aside as a sort of
special barrack or garrison for the King’s Housecarls.[1572]
But the stout heart of the lord of Fifhide had ceased to
beat; Sheriff and Housecarls alike had dealt their last blow
for England on the far South-Saxon hill. No force was
ready on the bridge of Wallingford to bar the approach of
|He crosses the Thames into Mercia.|
the invader. He passed the great border stream, and for
the first time set foot on Mercian soil. He was now on the
old battle-ground of Bensington, where Angle and Saxon,
now being fast united in one common bondage, had in
other days fought out their border quarrels.[1573] He passed
beneath the hills, so marked in the distance by their well-known
clumps, where the Briton had, in yet earlier days,
bid defiance to the conquerors of the world. He was now
within the Diocese whence the voice of England had driven
his unworthy countryman, the Norman Ulf, the Bishop who
544did nought bishoplike.[1574] He was now within the Earldom
which his own hand had made vacant, when he avenged the
fall of his Spanish horse by the fall of a son of Godwine.[1575]|He still does not march on London; reason of his course.|
But he still did not march straight upon London. His plan
evidently was to surround the city with a wide circle of
conquered and desolated country, till sheer isolation should
compel its defenders to submit. South and west of London,
he was master from Dover to Wallingford; his course was
now to march on, keeping at some distance from the city,
till the lands north and east of London should be as
thoroughly wasted and subdued as the lands south of the
|He reaches Berkhampstead.|
Thames. He followed out this plan till he reached Berkhampstead
in Hertfordshire.[1576] But by this time the spirit
of London itself had failed. The blow which had been dealt
at Senlac had at last reached the heart of England. At
Berkhampstead the second act of William’s great work was
played out. The Conquest there received the formal ratification
of the conquered.[1577]
Esegar chief in command in London.
The chief military command in London was in the hands
of the wounded Staller Esegar, the Sheriff of the Middle-Saxons.
His wound was so severe that he could neither
walk nor ride, but was carried about the city in a litter.[1578]
But he is spoken of as being the soul of all the counsels
taken by the defenders of London.[1579] The defection of the
Northern Earls had left him the layman of highest rank
in the city, the natural protector and military adviser of
|Tale of his communications|
the young King-elect. A tale is told of messages which
are said to have gone to and fro between Esegar and
545|with William.|
William. But it is hard to know how far we ought to
believe a story which implies that London was besieged
by William, which it certainly was not.[1580] William, we
|William’s secret message.|
are told, sent a secret message to Esegar. He asked only
for a formal acknowledgement of his right. Let William
have the name of King, and all things in the Kingdom
should be ruled according to the bidding of the Sheriff of
the Middle-Saxons.[1581] Esegar listens; he has no intention
of yielding even thus far, but he thinks it prudent to dissemble.
|Esegar summons an assembly, and proposes a feigned submission to William|
He summons an Assembly, among the members
of which we may possibly discern the forerunners of the
famous Aldermen of London.[1582] He sets forth the general
sad estate of the country and the special dangers of the
besieged city. It would be prudent to send a cunning
messenger who should entrap the invader with wily words.
Let him offer a feigned submission, which might at least
cause delay and stave off the immediate danger.[1583] The
546|Esegar’s messenger deceived by William.|
messenger went; but to deceive William was found to be
no such easy matter. The fox—it is his own poetical
panegyrist who makes the comparison—is not to be
caught in a trap laid in open day.[1584] William pretends to
accept the proposals of Esegar, the exact details of which
are not told us.[1585] But he wins over the messenger by
crafty speeches, backed by gifts and by promises greater
than the gifts.[1586] The messenger goes back to London
to enlarge on the might, the wisdom, the just rights, and
the various excellences of William.[1587] The invader is one
whom it is on every ground hopeless to resist. His intentions
are friendly; he offers peace to the city; wisdom
|Submission to William agreed on.|
dictates one course only, that of immediate submission to
such a candidate for the Kingdom.[1588] The people applaud;
the Senate approves; both orders—their distinct action is
clearly marked—vote at once to forsake the cause of the
547young Ætheling,[1589] and to make their submission to the
conquering Duke.
Eadgar, Ealdred, and others submit to William at Berkhampstead.
Whatever truth there may be in this story, it is certain
that a resolution to the same effect as that described
by the poet was actually come to within the walls of
London. While William was at Berkhampstead, an embassy
came to submit and to do homage to him, an
embassy which might be fairly looked upon as having a
right to speak in the name of at least Southern England.
Thither came Eadgar, a King deposed before he was full
King. Thither came the Metropolitan of York, perhaps
also the Metropolitan of Canterbury. Thither came at
least two other Bishops, Wulfstan of Worcester and Walter
of Hereford, and with them came the best men of London,
and many other of the chief men of England.[1590] And on a sad
and shameful errand they came. They came to make their
submission to the invader and to pray him to accept the
Crown of England. The defection of the Northern Earls,
the terror struck into men’s hearts by William’s ravages,
had done their work. They bowed to him for need.[1591] Hard
548indeed the need was, but the need stared them in the face;
men of cold wisdom even said that they ought to have
bowed to William long before.[1592] They sware oaths to him
|William’s promises and gracious reception of Eadgar.|
and gave him hostages.[1593] William received his new subjects
graciously; to the young rival who had so easily
fallen before him he was specially gracious. The kiss of
peace was given by the Conqueror to Eadgar and to his
companions,[1594] and he pledged his word that he would be
good Lord to them.[1595] Such a submission on the part of
so many men of such lofty rank might of itself be deemed
|William invited to accept crown.|
equivalent to an election to the Crown. But a more direct
requisition seems not to have been wanting. It was probably
at Berkhampstead[1596] that William was, as we are told,
prayed by the chief men of England, spiritual and temporal,
to accept the vacant Crown. They needed a King; they
had always been used to submit to a crowned King and to
none other.[1597] Here we may clearly see the almost superstitious
549|Feelings of Englishmen at the moment.|
importance which was then attached to the ceremony
of coronation. The uncrowned Eadgar had been no
full King, and he had been unable to defend his people.
The armed candidate who was encamped at Berkhampstead
|Policy of submission.|
was no longer to be withstood by force of arms. The best
course was to acknowledge and receive him at once, and
by the mystic rite of consecration to change him from a
|Example of Cnut.|
foreign invader into an English King. We must bear in
mind that men were living who could remember how an
earlier foreign invader had been changed into an English
King, into a King who had won his place among the
noblest of England’s native worthies. England had
accepted Cnut the Dane, and she had flourished under
him as she had never flourished before or since. Men
might hope that the like good luck would follow on their
|Comparison between William and Cnut.|
acceptance of William the Norman. William in truth
promised better than Cnut in every way. Instead of a
half-heathen Sea-king, he was the model prince of Europe,
the valiant soldier, the wise ruler, the pious son of the
Church, the prince who, among unparalleled difficulties,
had raised his paternal Duchy to a state of prosperity and
good government which made it the wonder and the envy
of continental lands. The hopes of those who dreamed that
William would prove a second Cnut were doomed to be
woefully disappointed. But such hopes were at the time,
if not reasonable, at all events plausible. It is easy to
understand how men may have been led away by them.
|Seeming judgement of God in William’s favour.|
Men too, especially churchmen, might easily argue that
the event had proved that it was God’s will that William
should be received. Harold had appealed to God’s judgement
upon the field of battle,[1598] and the verdict of God’s
judgement had been given against him. Those who had
550fought under the banner of the Fighting Man against the
banner of the Apostle were proved to have been in truth
men fighting against God. All these arguments, backed
by the presence in the land of William’s victorious army,
would have their effect upon men’s minds. We can even
understand that they might produce something more than
a mere sullen submission to physical force. We can understand
that men may have brought themselves to a belief,
unwilling indeed, but not either absolutely compulsory or
absolutely hypocritical, that the King who had been so
visibly sent to them by the hand of God ought to be
|Artificial frame of mind of Englishmen at the time.|
frankly and loyally acknowledged. We can believe that
the request made by so many Englishmen that the Conqueror
would at once assume the English Crown was made
in an artificial but not a dishonest frame of mind. It
was made in that state of artificial hope, even of artificial
eagerness, which is not uncommon in men who are striving
to make the best of a bad bargain. For the moment they
really wished for William as their King. But it was only
for the moment that the wish lasted.
William calls a Council of his officers.
The Crown was thus offered to William, but we are told
that it was by no means eagerly accepted by him. He
summoned a Council of his chief officers and advisers[1599]—we
are hardly to suppose a Norman military Gemót—and laid
the matter before them. Possibly he merely wished to prove
the minds of his friends and followers; possibly the arguments
which they brought forward had real weight with him.
|His professed unwillingness to accept the Crown at once.|
Was it, he asked, expedient for him to take the Crown,
while he was still so far from being in complete possession
of the Kingdom?[1600] We must remember that though the
551Prelates of York, Worcester, and Hereford were in William’s
camp, yet York, Worcester, and Hereford were not in
|Extent of William’s actual authority in England.|
William’s hands. William had actual possession only of
the south-eastern shires. His authority reached westward
as far as Winchester, northward as far as his plunderers
could go from the spot where he was now encamped.
Was it prudent then, he argued, so hastily to assume a
kingship which, in the greater part of the land, would
|He wishes his wife to be crowned with him.|
still be kingship only in name? He wished moreover—and
here we may believe that William spoke from the
heart—that whenever he should be raised into a crowned
King, his beloved and faithful Duchess might be there to
share his honours.[1601] He asked then the opinion of the
Assembly as to the immediate acceptance of the Crown
which was pressed upon him.
The military Council was strongly in favour of William’s
acceptance of the Crown, but the decisive answer was
given, not by any of William’s native subjects, but by
|Speech of Hamon of Thouars.|
one of the most eminent of the foreign volunteers. Hamon,
Viscount of Thouars, a man, we are told, as ready of
speech as he was valiant in fight,[1602] had, on the height of
Telham, been the first to hail the Duke as a future King.[1603]
He was not unwilling that the words which had then
fallen from him as an omen should now assume full shape
and substance. The Aquitanian chief began in a courtly
strain, by praising the condescension of the general who
552deigned to take the opinion of his soldiers on such a point.
It was not, he said, a matter for much deliberation, when
all were united in one wish. It was the desire of every
man in William’s army to see his lord become a King as
soon as might be.[1604] To make William a King was the very
object for which all of them had crossed the sea, the object
for which they had exposed themselves to the dangers of the
deep and of the battle.[1605] As for England itself, the wisest
men in England, the highest in rank and character, were
there, offering the kingship of their land to William. They
doubtless knew best what was for the good of their own
country. They clearly saw in William a fit man to reign
over them, one under whose rule themselves and their
country would flourish.[1606] An offer thus pressed on him
|William determines to accept the Crown at once.|
from all sides it was clearly his duty to accept. William,
we are told, weighed what was said, and determined at
once to accept the Crown. He felt that, if he were once
crowned King, the magic of the royal name would have
its effect. It would do something to damp the spirit of
resistance in the still unsubdued portions of the country.
Men who were eager to fight against a mere foreign
invader, would be less inclined to withstand a King
formally chosen and consecrated according to the Laws of
the Kingdom.[1607] The Duke of the Normans therefore signified
to the English embassy his readiness at once to assume
553|The coronation fixed for Christmas.|
the kingship of England. The day for the consecration
of the King-elect was of course fixed for the great Festival
of the Church which was drawing near. The Midwinter
Feast was to be again held at Westminster by a crowned
King. On the Feast of the Nativity, within less than
a full year from the consecration of the minster itself, the
church of Eadward was to behold another King crowned
and anointed within its walls. Events had indeed followed
fast on one another since the Christmas Gemót of the last
year had been held by the last King of the House of Cerdic.
Position of William.
The Conqueror was thus King-elect. His plans had
|Triumph of his policy.|
answered. His arts and his arms had been alike successful.
And the triumph of his subtlety had been specially his
own. It was the chance shot of an arrow which had
overcome the English King, but it was William’s own
policy which had overcome the English people. King in
truth only by the edge of the sword, he had so managed
matters that he had now the formal right to call himself
King, not only by the bequest of Eadward but by the
election of the English people. But, having won this
great success of his craft, he was not inclined to jeopard
what he had won by the neglect of any needful military
|He sends to fortify a post in London.|
precaution. He did not trust himself in London till his
position there was secured, till some steps had been taken
towards holding the lofty spirit of the citizens in check.
He sent on a detachment before him to prepare a fortress
in or close to the city.[1608] This was doubtless one of those
hasty structures of wood of which we have heard at Brionne[1609]
and at Arques;[1610] but it was the germ which grew into the
noblest work of Norman military art, the mighty Tower of
554Gundulf. Orders were also sent to make everything ready
for the reception of the new King and for the great
|Opposite accounts of William’s conduct.|
ceremony of his inauguration. Of William’s conduct
meanwhile two exactly opposite pictures are given us by
the Norman and by the English writers. His panegyrist
tells us that all was quiet and peaceful; as there were no
longer any human foes to be slaughtered, William could
carry on his favourite warfare with the denizens of the air
and of the forest.[1611] The English writers, on the other
hand, tell us how, notwithstanding the submission of his
new subjects, notwithstanding his own promises to them,
the King-elect still allowed his soldiers to harry the
country and burn the towns.[1612] There is probably truth
|Ravage probably not ordered, but much irregular damage done.|
in both accounts. William had no longer any motive for
systematic ravages, such as he had been guilty of before
and after the battle. No records of any devastations in
Hertfordshire remain, such as the records which we have
seen of his devastations in Sussex.[1613] But we have seen also,
from what happened at Dover,[1614] how hard it was to control
men, many of whom doubtless thought that whatever was
left to an Englishman was something taken from themselves.
We have seen also that, from whatever cause,
William, though he indemnified the sufferers, failed to
punish the criminals. We may believe that something of
the same sort took place now. Systematic ravages, carried
on by the Duke’s order, doubtless stopped, but the excesses
of his army, the amount of burning and plundering done
without his order, but which he failed to check or to
punish, was doubtless considerable.
William marches to London.
555From Berkhampstead to London, whatever was the
amount of damage done by the way, William marched
on without opposition.[1615] When the preparations which
were to keep the city in subjection were completed, William
drew near in readiness for the great rite which was
to change the Conqueror into a King. As to the place
of the ceremony there could be no doubt. William was
to be crowned in the church which had been reared by
his kinsman and predecessor, and where his mortal remains,
lifeless, yet undecayed, and already displaying their
wonder-working powers, lay as it were to welcome him.[1616]
William was thus to be consecrated within the same
temple where Harold had been consecrated less than a
year before. He was to be consecrated with the same
|Alleged refusal of Stigand to consecrate William.|
rites and by the same hand. I wish we could believe,
on the report of some later English writers, that William
sought for consecration at the hands of Stigand, and that
the high-souled Primate refused to pour the holy unction
on the head of an usurper and a man of blood.[1617] But
556had William offered to be crowned by Stigand, he would
indeed have fallen away from his character as the reformer
of English ecclesiastical discipline.[1618] The act too
would have been equivalent to giving up one of his three
counts against England;[1619] it would have been an acknowledgement
that Archbishop Robert had been lawfully deposed.
The scruple which had affected even the mind of
Harold, would probably be really felt by William with ten
times as great force; it would certainly be professed by him
|Stigand not allowed to consecrate William.|
with ten times as great ostentation. The special favourite
and champion of Rome could not, in common consistency,
ask for consecration at the hands of a Primate whom Rome
had declared to be no Primate at all, and who had no
pallium save that which he had received from an usurper of
|Position of Stigand; his share in the ceremony.|
the Holy See.[1620] Still Stigand, though not a lawful Primate,
was at least an ordained Priest and a consecrated Bishop;
he might perhaps even be recognized as the lawful occupant
of the see of Winchester. He was also personally
the first man in England, to whom it was William’s
policy for the present to avoid giving any needless offence.
He was therefore allowed to take a part in the ceremony
second only to that of the actual celebrant. But the
sacramental rite itself was to be performed by the hands
557|The actual consecration performed by Ealdred.|
of Ealdred. The Northern Primate was the only canonical
Metropolitan in the realm, and he was the man who, as
having been the leader of the embassy at Berkhampstead,
might be looked on as having been the first Englishman
to take a formal part in making William King.[1621] The
Primate of Northumberland had thus in one year to anoint
two Kings, the champion of England and her Conqueror.
He had to anoint both far away from his own province,
and to anoint both at a time when he could in no way
pledge himself that the willing consent of his province
should confirm his own formal act.
Coronation of William. December 25.
The Christmas morn at last came; and once more, as
on the day of the Epiphany, a King-elect entered the
portals of the West Minster to receive his Crown. But
|The approach to the church guarded by Norman horseman.|
now, unlike the day of the Epiphany, the approach to
the church was kept by a guard of Norman horsemen.[1622]
Otherwise all was peaceful. Within the church all was
in readiness; a new crown, rich with gems,[1623] was ready
558for the ceremony; a crowd of spectators of both nations
|The Coronation procession.|
filled the minster. The great procession then swept on.[1624]
A crowd of clergy bearing crosses marched first; then
followed the Bishops; lastly, surrounded by the chief
men of his own land and of his new Kingdom, came the
renowned Duke himself, with Ealdred and Stigand on
either side of him.[1625] Amid the shouts of the people,
William the Conqueror passed on to the royal seat before
the high altar, there to go through the same solemn rites
which had so lately been gone through on the same spot
by his fallen rival. The Te Deum which had been sung
|William elected before the altar.|
over Harold was now again sung over William. And
now again, in ancient form, the crowd that thronged
the minster was asked whether they would that the candidate
who stood before them should be crowned King over
the land. But now a new thing, unknown to the coronation
of Eadward or of Harold, had to mark the coronation
of William. A King was to be crowned who spake not
our ancient tongue, and, with him, many who knew not
the speech of England stood there to behold the rite. It
was therefore not enough for Ealdred to demand in his
native tongue whether the assembled crowd consented to the
559consecration of the Duke of the Normans. The question
had to be put a second time in French by Geoffrey,
Bishop of Coutances, one of the Prelates who had borne
his part in those rites in the camp at Hastings which had
ushered in the day of Saint Calixtus.[1626] The assent of the
assembled multitude of both nations was given in ancient
form. The voices which on the Epiphany had shouted
“Yea, yea, King Harold,” shouted at Christmas with
equal apparent zeal, “Yea, yea, King William.” Men’s
hearts had not changed, but they had learned, through
the events of that awful year, to submit as cheerfully as
might be to the doom which could not be escaped.[1627] The
shout rang loud through the minster; it reached the ears
of the Norman horsemen who kept watch around the
560building. They had doubtless never before heard the
mighty voice of an assembled people. They deemed, or
professed to deem, that some evil was being done to the
|The Norman horsemen fire the houses near the church.|
newly chosen sovereign. Instead however of rushing in to
his help, they hastened, with the strange instinct of their
nation, to set fire to the buildings around the minster.[1628]|Scene of utter confusion; William and the clergy left alone in the church.|
At once all was confusion; the glare was seen, the noise
was heard, within the walls of the church. Men and
women of all ranks rushed forth to quench the flames or to
save their goods, some, it is said, to seek for their chance of
plunder in such a scene of terror.[1629] The King-elect, with the
officiating Prelates and clergy and the monks of the Abbey,
alone remained before the altar. They trembled, and, perhaps
for the first and the last time in his life, William trembled
also.[1630] His heart had never failed him either in council or
in battle, but here was a scene the like of which William
|William’s coronation oath.|
himself was not prepared to brave. But the rite went on;
the trembling Duke took the oaths of an English King,
the oaths to do justice and mercy to all within his realm,
and a special oath, devised seemingly to meet the case of a
foreign King, an oath that, if his people proved loyal to
him, he would rule them as well as the best of the Kings
who had gone before him.[1631] The prayers and litanies and
561hymns went on; the rite, hurried and maimed of its
splendour, lacked nothing of sacramental virtue or of ecclesiastical
|William crowned and anointed King.|
significance. All was done in order; while the
flames were raging around, amid the uproar and the shouts
which surrounded the holy place, Ealdred could still nerve
himself to pour the holy oil upon the royal head, to place
the rod and the sceptre in the royal hands. In the presence
of that small band of monks and Bishops the great rite
was brought to its close, and the royal diadem with all its
gleaming gems rested firmly on the brow of William, King
of the English.
Summary.
The work of the Conquest was now formally completed;
the Conqueror sat in the royal seat of England. He had
claimed the Crown of his kinsman; he had set forth his
claim in the ears of Europe; he had maintained it on
the field of battle, and now it had been formally acknowledged
by the nation over which he sought to rule. As
far as words and outward rites went, nothing was now
wanting; William was King, chosen, crowned, and
anointed. But how far he still was from being in truth
ruler over the whole land, the tale which is yet in store
will set before us. We have yet to see how gradually
562William won, how sternly yet how wisely, he ruled, the
land which he had conquered. We have to see how, one
by one, the native chiefs of England were subdued, won
over, or cut off, and how the highest offices and the richest
lands of England were parted out among strangers. We
have to see the Conqueror in all his might; we have to see
him too in those later and gloomier years, when home-bred
sorrows gathered thickly around him, and when victory at
last ceased to wait upon his banners. At last, by a cycle
as strange as any in the whole range of history, we shall
follow him to his burial as we have followed him to his
crowning, and we shall see the body of the Conqueror
lowered to his grave, in the land of his birth and in the
minster of his own rearing, amid a scene as wild and awful
as that of the day which witnessed his investiture with
the royalty of England.
APPENDIX. — NOTE A. p. 3 . The Authority of the Bayeux Tapestry. — NOTE B. p. 14 . Eadward’s Bequest of the Crown to Harold. — NOTE C. p. 21 . The Election of Harold. — NOTE D. p. 42 . The Coronation of Harold. — NOTE E. p. 43 . The Ancient Coronation Office. — NOTE F. p. 48 . The Date of the Marriage of Harold and Ealdgyth. — NOTE G. p. 51 . The Character of Harold’s Government. — NOTE H. p. 54 . The Coinage of Harold. — NOTE I. p. 58 . The Opposition of Northumberland to Harold’s Accession. — NOTE K. pp. 67 , 540 . The Political Position of the Lady Eadgyth. — NOTE L. p. 68 . The Affairs of the Abbey of Ely at the time of Harold’s Accession. — NOTE M. p. 72 . The Comet of 1066. — NOTE N. p. 80 . The Marriage of William and Matilda. — NOTE O. p. 112 . The Children of William and Matilda. — NOTE P. p. 116 . The Revolt of William Busac. — NOTE Q. p. 120 . The Revolt of William of Arques. — NOTE R. p. 217 . The Bequest of Eadward to William and the Oath of Harold. — NOTE S. p. 221 . The Ælfgyva of the Bayeux Tapestry. — NOTE T. p. 229 . The Breton Campaign of William and Harold. — NOTE U. p. 259 . The Embassies exchanged between William and Harold. — NOTE W. p. 286 . William’s Councils and Negotiations. — NOTE X. p. 300 . The Movements of Tostig after his Banishment. — NOTE Y. p. 313 . Arnold of Ardres. — NOTE Z. p. 315 . The Death of Conan. — NOTE AA. p. 338 . The Operations of the English Fleet in 1066. — NOTE BB. p. 357 . The March of Harold to York. — NOTE CC. p. 363 . The Details of the Battle of Stamfordbridge. — NOTE DD. p. 411 . William’s Ravages in Sussex. — NOTE EE. p. 425 . Names of Englishmen at Senlac. — NOTE FF. pp. 400 , 437 . The Dates of the Events between the two Great Battles. — NOTE GG. p. 431 . The Messages between Harold and William. — NOTE HH. pp. 423 , 438 , 445 . The English Numbers at Senlac. — NOTE II. p. 428 . The Miraculous Warning given to Harold before the Battle. — NOTE KK. pp. 442 et seqq. The Details of the Battle of Senlac. — NOTE LL. p. 459 . Ralph of Norfolk. — NOTE MM. p. 512 . The Burial of Harold. — NOTE NN. p. 514 . Eadgyth Swanneshals. — NOTE OO. p. 531 . The Ætheling Eadgar. — NOTE PP. p. 544 . The Submission at Berkhampstead.
563
It will be seen that, throughout this volume, I accept the witness
of the Bayeux Tapestry as one of my highest authorities. I do not
hesitate to say that I look on it as holding the first place among
the authorities on the Norman side. That it is a contemporary
work I entertain no doubt whatever, and I entertain just as little
doubt as to its being a work fully entitled to our general confidence.
I believe the Tapestry to have been made for Bishop Odo, and to
have been most probably designed by him as an ornament for his
newly rebuilt cathedral church of Bayeux. In coming to these
conclusions I have been mainly guided by what seems to me the
unanswerable internal evidence of the Tapestry itself. Of that internal
evidence I shall presently state the more important points,
but, as the age and antiquity of the Tapestry have been made the
subjects of a good deal of controversy, I think it right to begin
by giving a summary of the literature of that controversy.
The earliest notice of the Tapestry is to be found in a communication
made by M. Lancelot in 1724 to the French Academy, which
was printed in the sixth volume of their Memoirs, p. 739 (Paris,
1729), and which, in some sort, entitles him to the honour of being
looked on as its discoverer. Among the papers of M. Foucault,
who had been Intendant in Normandy, was found what Lancelot
calls “un Monument de Guillaume le Conquerant.” This was no
other than a copy of the earlier scenes of the Tapestry, as far down
as the coming of William’s messengers to Guy. The real nature of
564the monument was quite unknown; that it might be tapestry was
simply one conjecture out of many which Lancelot made before the
truth was found out. And he not unnaturally connected his discovery
with Caen rather than with Bayeux. But the description
which he gave of that part of the Tapestry which he had then
seen, and the historical disquisition which he added, showed a very
creditable knowledge of the original writers both English and
Norman. His conclusion was as follows;
“Plus j’ay examiné le monument qui a servi de sujet à ces
remarques, et plus je me suis persuadé qu’il estoit du temps à peu
près où s’est passé l’évenement qu’il represente; habits, armes,
caractères de lettres, ornements, goût dans les figures representées,
tout sent le siècle de Guillaume le Conquérant, ou celuy de ses
enfants.” (p. 755.)
Lancelot then was the first to call attention to the Tapestry, but
without knowing that it was tapestry or where it was to be seen.
This discovery was owing to the diligence of Montfaucon, who first
conjectured, and afterwards found his conjecture to be right, that
the fragment published by Lancelot was a copy of part of a
roll of tapestry which used to be exhibited on certain feast-days
in Bayeux Cathedral. Montfaucon gave two accounts of it in his
Monumens de la Monarchie Françoise, at vol. i. p. 371, and at the
beginning of vol. ii. He decides (ii. 2), on the evidence of the
style of the work, the form of the armour, &c., that the work is a
contemporary one, and he accepts as probable, what he says was the
common opinion at Bayeux, that it was wrought by Queen Matilda.
He thought that the Tapestry was designed to go on to the coronation
of William, and that its imperfect state was owing to the
Queen’s death in 1083.
The first volume of Montfaucon was published in 1729, the
second in 1730. In the latter year Lancelot communicated to the
Academy a second paper, which appeared in the eighth volume of
the Memoirs (Paris, 1733), p. 602. He had by that time found
out another fact with regard to the monument. The Tapestry,
known locally as “la Toilette du Duc Guillaume,” was thus mentioned
in an inventory of the goods of the Church of Bayeux of the
date of 1476;
“Item. Une tente tres longue et etroite de telle à broderie de
ymages et eserpteaulx [escripteaulx] faisans representation du Conquest
565d’Angleterre, laquelle est tendue environ la nef de l’Eglise le
jour et par les octaves des Reliques.”
A short notice of the Tapestry in Beziers’ History of Bayeux
(Caen, 1773) is wholly founded on Lancelot and Montfaucon.
The first English mention of the Tapestry, as far as I can make
out, is to be found in Stukeley’s Palæographia Britannica, ii. 2. An
abridgement of Montfaucon’s account, by Smart Lethicullier, F.R.S.
and F.S.A., is added as an Appendix to Ducarel’s Anglo-Norman
Antiquities, No. I. But the earliest actual writers of English
history who dealt with the age and authority of the Tapestry
were two authors who hold such different places in the estimation
of the scholar as Lord Lyttelton and David Hume. Lyttelton
(Hist. Henry II. i. 353, ed. 1769) came to a conclusion unfavourable
to the authority of the Tapestry; but he did not come to it without
really reading and thinking about the matter. His main point of
objection was the supposed discrepancy between the Tapestry and
the narrative of William of Poitiers with regard to the details of
the Breton war, an objection perfectly reasonable as far as it goes,
and the grounds of which I shall examine elsewhere (see Note T).
Assuming, I suppose, that the tradition which ascribed the work to
a Matilda must have some groundwork, Lyttelton “judged” that it
was made by the orders, not of William’s Queen Matilda, but of
her granddaughter the Empress.
This “judgement,” it should be noticed, was simply Lyttelton’s
own conjecture, thrown out on his own responsibility. It is curious
to mark the fate of this conjecture in the hands of Hume. It is
due to Hume to say that he seems to have had a clearer notion of
the real value of the Tapestry than Lyttelton. Yet in 1762, when
he published the first edition of his early history, he knew the
Tapestry only as “a very curious and authentic monument lately
discovered. It is a tapestry, preserved in the ducal palace at Roüen,
and supposed to have been wrought by orders of Matilda, wife to
the Emperor. At least it is of very great antiquity.” (i. 128.)
When this was written, the first discovery of the Tapestry, at
least of the part of which Hume was speaking, was thirty-eight years
old. Still it was in Hume’s eyes “lately discovered,” because he had
most likely never before heard of it. The cathedral at Bayeux and
the ducal palace at Rouen were all one to him, just as Milan and
566Pavia, Guelf and Ghibelin, were all one to him, when (p. 183) he
turned Lanfranc into “a Milanese monk.” The tradition of Bayeux
and the conjecture of Lyttelton are seemingly rolled together in the
word “supposed,” and one might almost guess that Hume, while
writing the reign of Eadward, had not yet learned to distinguish
one Matilda from another; it clearly was quite indifferent to him
which Emperor it was that either of them married.
But the beginning of any really serious and critical enquiry into
the age and authority of the Tapestry was reserved for the present
century. Attention began to be called to it during the time of
the French Republic. Some curious letters on the subject are
printed in Pluquet’s “Essai Historique sur la ville de Bayeux,”
pp. 76–81. It appears that the Tapestry at one time narrowly
escaped being cut into shreds to adorn a civic car. It afterwards
actually underwent a fate almost as degrading. The elder Buonaparte,
then “First Consul,” carried it off to Paris, and showed it
at the Louvre, to stir up his subjects—“citizens” they are still
called in the official letters—to another conquest of England! But
this kind of folly had at least the advantage of fixing the thoughts
of learned men on the Tapestry itself. The firstfruits of their
studies appeared in 1812, in the form of a paper by the Abbé de la
Rue, Professor at Caen and Canon of Bayeux, of which an English
translation by Mr. Douce is printed in the Archæologia, vol. xvii.
p. 85. M. de la Rue followed Lyttelton in attributing the Tapestry
to the time and the orders of the Empress Matilda. Against the
tradition which attributed it to the wife of the Conqueror he brings
several arguments. It is nowhere mentioned in the will of Queen
Matilda or in any other wills or charters of her age or that of her
sons. If it had been placed in Bayeux Cathedral in Queen Matilda’s
time, it must have perished in the fire by which that church was
destroyed in 1106. Some relics were saved, but no one would
have taken the trouble to save the Tapestry. Some points of non-agreement
between the accounts in the Tapestry and the Roman
de Rou show that Wace had never seen the Tapestry. But, as
a Canon of Bayeux, he could not fail to have seen it, if it had
been there in his time. The work again must be later than Queen
Matilda’s time, because the border contains references to fables of
Æsop, which were not known in the West till the time of the
567Crusades. It is shown moreover to be of English work, from
the occurrence of the mysterious Ælfgyva. This name he takes
to be an English way of describing the Duchess, afterwards Queen,
Matilda. Wadard again, whose name he takes to be English,
and the word “Ceastra” are brought as proofs of English workmanship.
Another point on which he strongly insists is that the
Normans are called Franci in the Tapestry, which he argues
would not have been done by Norman artists. He concludes
therefore that the Tapestry was made in England by order of
the Empress, at some time between 1162, about which time Wace
wrote, and 1167, the year of her own death.
This communication led to several other papers on the subject
in the Archæologia, and to what was more valuable than all, to
the publication of the beautiful and accurate representation of the
Tapestry itself, made for the Society of Antiquaries by Stothard.
At vol. xviii. p. 359 of the Archæologia is a letter written in
1816 by Mr. Hudson Gurney, who had seen the Tapestry for
himself. He argues in favour of the antiquity attributed to the
work by the local tradition. He insists on various points of
costume, and on the evident attempt at preserving a likeness in
the figures, especially in that of William. He concludes that it
was made for Queen Matilda by English workwomen. The nineteenth
volume of the Archæologia contains three papers on the
Tapestry or on subjects connected with it. The first by Mr.
Amyot, at p. 88, does not deal with the question of the age of
the Tapestry itself, but only with the evidence which it gives as
to the cause of Harold’s voyage to Normandy. The second, at
p. 184, is a powerful argument by Stothard in favour of the
antiquity of the Tapestry, but in which he does not commit
himself to any connexion with Queen Matilda. Stothard was
the first to see that the one proposition did not involve the other.
He enlarges on the costume as belonging to the eleventh century
and not to the twelfth, and on the utter improbability that any
mediæval artist of a later age should attend to antiquarian accuracy
in these matters. He remarks also on the obscure persons represented
on the Norman side, Turold, Vital, and Wadard, as distinct
proof that the Tapestry was a contemporary Norman work.
In the hands of Stothard the subject had for the first time
fallen into hands really capable of dealing with it as it deserved.
568But Stothard is well followed up in a second paper by Mr. Amyot
in p. 192 of the same volume, in which he disposes of most of
the arguments of M. de la Rue against the antiquity of the
Tapestry. He still however seems to think that, if it were a
contemporary monument, it must have been the work of Queen
Matilda, or wrought by her order. Mr. Amyot also points out
that Wadard is not only, as Stothard had seen, a proper name, but
that it is the name of a real man who appears in Domesday, and
also that Wadard, Turold, and Vital were all tenants of Odo.
Mr. Amyot very appositely observes that “Franci” was the only
name which could properly express the whole of William’s mingled
army, and that “Franci” and “Francigenæ” are the words constantly
opposed to “Angli” in documents of the age of the Conqueror
and much later.
In 1824 M. de la Rue republished at Caen his essay in the
Archæologia, with an Appendix containing an attempt at a refutation
of Stothard and Amyot. He was again briefly answered by
another Norman antiquary, M. Pluquet, in his Essai Historique
sur la ville de Bayeux (Caen, 1829). Pluquet was the first
distinctly to assert that the work had nothing to do with either
Matilda, but that it was made by order of Bishop Odo (p. 81).
In 1840 Mr. Bolton Corney put forth a tract, in which he attempted
to show that the Tapestry was made by the Chapter of Bayeux
after the French Conquest of Normandy. He argues that, during
the union of England and Normandy, the conquest of England,
which William took such pains to disguise under the semblance
of legal right, would not be thus ostentatiously set forth in Normandy.
Some learned person, he holds, was employed to keep
the costume right, a degree of antiquarian care for which it
would be hard to find a parallel in the middle ages.
Thierry reprinted Lancelot’s account as a note at the end of
his first volume (p. 353, ed. 1840), adding two notes of his
own. In the first he accepts the Tapestry as a contemporary
work, designed for the ornament of the church of Bayeux, and
quotes M. de la Rue as attributing the work to the Empress
Matilda. In the second he quotes him as attributing it
neither to William’s Queen Matilda nor to Matilda the Empress,
but to Eadgyth-Matilda, the wife of Henry the First. I do not
know whether this was a confusion of Thierry’s, or whether De
569la Rue ever came to change his opinion. At any rate Thierry
successively accepts these two distinct theories as highly probable,
and sees in one or other of them the explanation of the alleged
English words and forms which are found in several places of the
Tapestry.
Dr. Lingard (Hist. of England, i. 547, ed. 1849) gives a note
to the subject, for the substance of which he professes to be
indebted to Mr. Bolton Corney. But he does not commit himself
to the more grotesque parts of Mr. Corney’s theory. He
altogether rejects the supposed connexion between the Tapestry
and any of the Matildas. He holds that it was originally made
as a decoration for the church of Bayeux, and that it was designed
to commemorate the share which the men of Bayeux bore in the
Conquest of England. This he infers from the prominence given
to Odo, and from the appearance of his retainers, Turold, Vital,
and Wadard. Rather than attribute the work to Matilda, he
inclines to believe that the Tapestry originated in the personal
vanity of some of these men, or of their descendants.
I suppose I am not expected to take any serious notice of some
amusing remarks on the Tapestry made by Miss Agnes Strickland
(Queens of England, i. 65, 66), who recommends “the lords of
the creation” “to leave the question of the Bayeux Tapestry to the
decision of the ladies, to whose province it belongs.” According
to Miss Strickland, the Tapestry was “in part at least designed
for Matilda by Turold, a dwarf artist.” Miss Strickland speaks
of a Norman tradition to that effect, but perhaps even a “lord
of the creation” may venture to ask where that Norman tradition
is to be found.
I return into the every-day world in company with Dr. Collingwood
Bruce, who read a paper on the Tapestry before the Archæological
Institute at Chichester in 1853, which afterwards grew into
a volume called “The Bayeux Tapestry Elucidated” (London, 1856).
Dr. Bruce follows Stothard in the argument for the early date of
the Tapestry, drawn from the correctness of the costume. He
argues further on the same side from the manifest object of the
Tapestry, namely to set forth the right of William to the English
Crown. He cleaves in a somewhat unreasoning way to the tradition
which attributes the work to the first Matilda, but he fully grasps
the manifest connexion of the Tapestry with Bayeux and its church.
570He even goes so far as to attribute the two or three apparently
English forms which appear in the legends of the Tapestry to the
common use of the Teutonic language in the Bessin, which he
supposes, without any authority that I know of, to have lasted as
late as the reign of William. Dr. Bruce however thinks that the
designer of the Tapestry, as distinguished from those who wrought
it in the stitch-work, was an Italian.
Sir Francis Palgrave, in the posthumous part of his work (iii.
254), has an incidental reference to the Tapestry, in which he takes
for granted that it is the work of Queen Matilda, without any hint
that any question has ever been raised about the matter.
Lastly, Mr. Planché published a paper “On the Bayeux Tapestry”
in the Journal of the British Archæological Association for June,
1867 (p. 134). Mr. Planché follows M. Pluquet, and gives a good
summary of his arguments; he then goes minutely through the
Tapestry, giving his views at each stage, to some of which I shall
have to refer again. “The report,” he says, “mentioned by
Montfaucon that it was the work of Queen Matilda and her handmaids,
originated probably in the suggestion of some antiquary of
the sixteenth or seventeenth century repeated till it assumed the
consistency of a fact.”
I now go on to give my own reasons for accepting the early
date of the Tapestry. The arguments of Stothard drawn from the
accurate representation of the costume of the eleventh century
seem to me unanswerable. Dr. Bruce adds a good instance of his
own in a comparison of the Tapestry with a passage in the Roman
de Rou. Wace (v. 12628) speaks of the horse of William Fitz-Osbern
as “all covered with iron,” (see above, p. 455, and Taylor’s
note, p. 162), whereas in the Tapestry “not a single horse is
equipped in steel armour; and if we refer to the authors who
lived at that period we shall find that not one of them mentions
any defensive covering for the horse.”
Mr. Amyot’s arguments with regard to Wadard, Vital, and
Turold seem to me distinctly to prove that the work was a contemporary
one, and one made for Bishop Odo and the church of
Bayeux. As Dr. Lingard says, it is quite inconceivable that these
persons, who are of no importance in the general history, whose
reputation must have been purely local, should have received such
571prominence in any but a purely local work. The only persons
on the Norman side who appear by name in the representation of
the landing and of the battle are the Duke and his two brothers,
Count Eustace of Boulogne, and these three obscure retainers of
Bishop Odo. We see them here in the Tapestry, and the industry
of Mr. Amyot and Dr. Lingard has traced them out in Domesday,
but no other mention survives of them. Ralph, the son of Turold,
Vital, Wadard “homo episcopi,” all occur in Domesday, 1, 6, 7, 8,
8 a, 9, 10, 32, 77, 155 b, 238 b, 342 b, and in every case their land
is held of Bishop Odo. It is plain that, in the mind of the designer
of the Tapestry, the Bishop of Bayeux and his favourite followers
came next after Duke William himself. This fact seems to me to
be equally decisive in favour of its being a contemporary work and
against its being a work of Matilda.
Here, I think, is abundant evidence both to establish the contemporary
date, and to show the object of the work. It was plainly
a gift from Odo to his own newly-built cathedral. But it is quite
possible that the work was done in England. The evidence is certainly
very slight. I believe it is wholly contained in the words
“at Hastingaceastra” (pl. 11). I cannot think that “at” for “ad”
proves anything, but the form “ceastra” goes a good way to prove
that the work was English. The notion of Dr. Bruce and Mr.
Planché that these forms are not English but Saxon of Bayeux,
seems very fanciful. Besides, the form “ceaster” is one which
is not Nether-Dutch in a wide sense, but distinctly and locally
English. I know of no instance of its occurrence in the Bessin,
or indeed anywhere out of England.
Most of the objections made to the early date of the Tapestry
are well disposed of by M. Pluquet and Mr. Planché; but to one of
their arguments I must demur. M. de la Rue (see above, p. 566)
objected that the borders contain scenes from Æsop’s Fables, which
he says were not known in the West till afterwards. Mr. Planché,
oddly enough, quotes (p. 136) Freculf, Bishop of Lisieux, who, he
tells us, “lived in the eleventh century,” as saying that Eadward
caused the Fables of Æsop to be translated into English. He goes
on with a reference to the false Ingulf, which I need not discuss. As
for Freculf, who died somewhere about the year 853, if he said anything
at all about our Eadward, he must have enjoyed a prophetic
power rivalling that of the saint himself. But it is well known that
572Mary of France, the poetess of the thirteenth century, professes to
have made her French version of the Fables from an English version
made by an English King. Mary’s knowledge of English will
be a point of some importance in the last stage of this work; at
present I am concerned only with the words (ii. 401, ed. Roquefort.
See Palgrave, iv. 225),
“Li rois Henris qui moult l’ama
Le translata puis en Engleiz.”
Other manuscripts however read Auvert, Auvres, &c., names which
of course mean Ælfred. The whole matter is discussed by M. de la
Rue in Roquefort’s Preface (ii. 34). If Ælfred be the right reading,
there is no doubt of the early knowledge of the Fables in England.
If Henry be the right reading, I certainly think that the King
meant is Henry the First, whose probable English education I shall
have to discuss hereafter. I think we may guess that, if Henry
translated anything into English, it was early in life that he did it,
and Henry was born about the time when the Tapestry must
have been making.
For my own part I should reverse the argument. I have that
confidence in the Tapestry that I accept the figures wrought in its
border as proof that the Fables were known in Normandy and England
in the eleventh century.
The external evidence then seems to be complete. The work
must be a contemporary one; there is no evidence to connect it
with Matilda; there is every evidence to connect it with Odo.
It was probably, but I cannot say certainly, made in England.
I now turn to that branch of the question which to me is yet more
interesting, the internal evidence for looking on the Tapestry as
I look on it, as a primary authority for the subject of the present
volume, as in fact the highest authority on the Norman side.
I ground this belief on the way in which the story is told. It is told
from the Norman point of view, but it is told with hardly any of the
inventions, exaggerations, and insinuations of the other Norman
authorities. In fact the material has a certain advantage. Stitch-work
must tell its tale simply and straightforwardly; it cannot lose
itself in the rhetoric of Eadward’s Biographer or in the invective of
William of Poitiers. And the tale which the Tapestry tells us comes
573infinitely nearer to the genuine English story than it does even to
the narrative of the Conqueror’s laureate. To the later romances,
the tales for instance of Eadward’s French Biographer, it gives no
countenance whatever. With regard to the great controversial
points, those which I shall go through in detail in future notes, the
Tapestry nearly always agrees with the authentic account. There
is not a word or a stitch which at all countenances any of the
calumnious tales which were afterwards current. In the Tapestry
the bequest of Eadward to Harold, his orderly acceptance of the
Crown, his ecclesiastical coronation, all appear as plainly as they
do in the narrative of Florence. The only point of diversity is
that the Tapestry seems to represent Stigand, and not Ealdred, as
the consecrator. Now there was no absolute necessity for a partizan
of William to deny the facts of the case. William’s claim rested
rather on the invalidity of the bequest, the election, and the coronation,
than on any denial that the ceremonies themselves had taken
place. And accordingly, in the earlier Norman writers, most of the
facts are admitted in a kind of way. It is not till long afterwards
that we find the full developement of those strange fables which,
in so many modern histories, have supplanted the truth. Had the
Tapestry been a work of later date, it is hardly possible that it
could have given the simple and accurate account of these matters
which it does give. A work of the twelfth or thirteenth century
would have brought in, as even honest Wace does in some degree,
the notions of the twelfth or the thirteenth century. One cannot conceive
an artist of the time of Henry the Second, still less an artist
later than the French Conquest of Normandy, agreeing so remarkably
with the authentic writings of the eleventh century. The
truth was in those days almost wholly forgotten, and no one would
have been likely to represent the story with any accuracy.
But though the Tapestry perverts the story less than any other
Norman account, it is still essentially a Norman account. One main
object of the work is plainly to set forth the right of William to
the English Crown. This was of course the great object of William
himself and of his contemporary partizans. But it was not an
object which greatly occupied men’s minds in the days of Henry the
Second or later. The writers of that time, as I shall presently show,
are as bitter, perhaps more bitter, against Harold than the Norman
writers of his own time; but their bitterness comes from a different
574source. Under the Angevin dynasty, descended, as it was, in a roundabout
way from Old-English royalty, men were beginning to look on
Harold and William as alike usurpers. We begin to hear of strict
hereditary right and of the exclusion of the lawful heir. Henry
the Second encouraged his panegyrists to set forth his lawful descent
from ancient English Kings, without any reference whatever
to his descent from the Norman invader. It was only in the
female line that Henry was either Norman or English; in his real
ancestry, in his real feelings and character, he was as little one as
the other. It is most unlikely that any one should have wrought,
in the days of Henry or for Henry’s mother, a work which throughout
breathes the spirit of the earliest days of the Conquest.
In like manner, the representation of William’s landing and of
the great battle could have come only from the hand of a contemporary.
The mere fulness of detail, the evident delight with
which the artist dwells on all the little incidents of the campaign,
point it out as the work of one in whose memory they were all
vividly retained. The notices of insignificant people, like Turold,
Wadard, and Vital, while they point to the place for which the
Tapestry was designed, point also to a time when these retainers
of Bishop Odo were still living. In the days of the Empress
Matilda their fame is not likely to have been great, even at Bayeux.
So again every antiquarian detail is accurate; the nose-pieces, the
lack of armour on the horses, the care taken to represent every
man bearded, moustached, or close-shaven, according to his age
and nation (see vol. ii. p. 27), all bespeak the work of a contemporary
artist. The idea of Mr. Corney that the Chapter of
Bayeux in the thirteenth century would specially order its artists to
attend to such points is ludicrous beyond measure, and it had been
disposed of beforehand in the masterly argument of Stothard. But
the Tapestry is equally accurate in greater matters. The English
army is an English army of the eleventh century and nothing else.
The two classes of warriors, the here and the fyrd, the Housecarls
in their coats of mail with their great axes, the peasantry armed
almost anyhow, are nowhere more clearly marked. The utter absence
of horses, except as a means, as in the days of Brihtnoth (see
vol. i. pp. 299, 301), for reaching or leaving the field—the King himself
fighting on foot—the ensign of the West-Saxon Dragon—all these
are touches from a contemporary hand, which it is utterly inconceivable
575that any artist working a hundred or a hundred and fifty
years later could have preserved. It is worth while to mark the
remarkable contrast between the Battle of Senlac as represented in
the Tapestry, and the Battle of Stamfordbridge as described by
Snorro. The contemporary artist represented things as he saw
them; the writer of the thirteenth century described things as he
saw them also; but then they did not see the same things. The
Bayeux Tapestry represents Harold’s army at Senlac as Harold’s
army really was. The narrative in the Heimskringla describes
Harold’s army at Stamfordbridge after the pattern of an army of
the thirteenth century.
This precious monument is now well preserved and cared for.
After its ridiculous journey to Paris, it came back safe to its
Norman home, but it was kept for a while in a way which did
not tend much to its preservation. It was wound round a sort of
windlass, and was unwound and handled whenever anybody looked
at it. It is now in a much better position. It is kept under
glass in the public Library at Bayeux, where it is stretched out
round the room at a convenient height, where it may be studied
with the greatest ease. I have there examined it three times, once
in 1861, and twice in 1867, and I may say that, fully to realize
its value and importance, it should be seen. Stothard’s reduction
is admirable in every way, and serves for every ordinary purpose
of study, but I doubt whether any one thoroughly takes in
what the Tapestry is till he has seen it with his own eyes. I had
myself learned to value the Tapestry long before I saw it, but my
examination of it certainly made my confidence in it far stronger
and clearer. It is no small matter to spell over the details of
the story in the picture itself, and the process reaches its height
at the last stage. I think no one can see the end of the battle,
the Housecarls every one lying dead in his harness, while the
light-armed are taking to flight, some of them on the horses of
the fallen, and not feel that he is in the presence of a work traced
out by one who had himself seen the scenes which he thus handed
down to later ages.
576
At this stage of my history, I need hardly say that every point
has been matter of dispute from the time of the events themselves
down to our own day. I give in the text the narrative which I
believe to be the accurate one, adding references to the particular
authorities on which I found it. In this and the following notes
I purpose to examine minutely into the different statements made
at the time and soon after. I purpose also to go a little more fully
than usual into the statements of later writers. Mere copyists or
compilers, writing some ages after the events, are in no sense
authorities; they can add nothing to our knowledge of the events
themselves. But, on a point of our history of such paramount
importance, and one which has been so fiercely disputed, it does
in a certain way add to our knowledge of history to see how the
facts of those times looked in the eyes of men of various later ages.
I need not tell any reader of mine that I hold that King Harold
was a King as lawful as any King—I might almost say more lawful
than any other King—that ever reigned over England. No other
King in our history ever reigned so distinctly by the national will.
But there is no King, there is hardly any man, in our history who
has been made the object of such ceaseless calumny from his own
time to ours. The hostile faction triumphed, not only on the field of
battle, but in the pages of pretended history, and, for eight hundred
years, the name of Harold has been constantly branded with the
appellations of “perjurer” and “usurper.” My object is to do
what I can to undo this great wrong, to bring back the true
history of a great man and of a great time, and to set forth Harold
and his acts as they appeared to his countrymen in his own days.
This I have endeavoured to do in my text. In this and the following
notes I intend to go systematically through all the points
in which the witness of contemporary English writers on these
matters has been obscured and forgotten through notions drawn
from less trustworthy sources.
Of the two great charges brought against Harold, those of
usurpation and perjury, both can be traced up to his own time.
Both come from the tongues and pens of contemporary Norman
accusers. But, of the two, the charge of perjury was the one
577which was the more insisted on in the times nearest to his own.
In Harold’s own day, and for some generations after, the charge
which told most against him was the charge of breach of faith,
aggravated by irreverence to the relics of the saints. In the eyes of
Harold’s contemporary enemies, and in the eyes of the later writers
who look on him from the same point of view, Harold is a faithless
vassal, breaking his plighted faith to his liege lord. He is something
even worse; he is one who did not shrink from breaking an oath
of unusual solemnity, and who thereby drew on himself the wrath
of a number of holy persons whose wonder-working relics he thus
set at nought. But modern writers who take a view unfavourable
to Harold have commonly dwelt less on the perjury and more on
the usurpation. In their eyes Harold is a violator of constitutional
order, who ascended the throne to the prejudice of the lawful heir.
In the one view the injured party is the Norman Duke; in the
other it is the English Ætheling. The two charges, though often
mixed together, are in themselves quite distinct. The charge of
usurpation affects the right to the Crown; the charge of perjury
does not touch it. Let Harold’s perjury have been of the blackest
kind, it could not give either William or Eadgar any right to the
Crown which they would not have had if Harold had not sworn at
all. If the Crown was hereditary, no engagement, no breach of any
engagement, between William and Harold could bar the indefeasible
rights of the natural heir. If the Crown could pass by bequest, no
such engagement could bar the right of Eadward to bequeath it to
whom he would. If the Crown was elective, no such engagement
could bar the right of the electors to choose whom they would.
Nowhere is the wonderful skill of William more clearly shown
than in the way in which he made men forget these very obvious
distinctions. I therefore put aside the question of perjury from
the present question. I have elsewhere discussed Harold’s oath at
length, both as it bears on the facts of the history and as it bears
on the character of Harold (see p. 240 et seqq. and Appendix R).
But the oath has nothing to do with the present subject. It bears
only indirectly on the rightfulness of Harold’s accession; on the
facts of his accession it does not bear at all.
As to the facts of Harold’s accession, the strictly English writers
make three distinct assertions;
578First, That Harold was named as his successor by Eadward;
Secondly, That he was regularly elected King by the Witan;
Thirdly, That he was regularly consecrated King by Archbishop
Ealdred.
These three assertions are made by the best English writers in
a perfectly plain and unmistakeable way. They stand before us
as assertions about which there can be no question, except the
question whether they are true or false. All three are more or
less directly traversed by Norman writers and by later writers who
followed Norman traditions. But the contradiction is by no means
so plain and unmistakeable as the assertion. The Norman writers
seem afraid of looking the facts in the face. They shroud themselves
in a cloud of vague and declamatory phrases. They use
language which serves to put their own colour on the story, without
venturing directly to deny the assertions made by the English
writers. They admit some nomination, some election, some consecration;
only they attach some vague epithet, they add some ambiguous
qualification, insinuating rather than asserting that there
was something invalid about each of the processes. I will now go
through the statements on each side in detail.
I take as my text the narrative of Florence (1066), who puts
forth our three propositions in the clearest and tersest shape. His
account runs thus;
“Quo [Eadwardo] tumulato, Subregulus Haroldus, Godwini
Ducis filius, quem Rex ante suam decessionem regni successorem
elegerat, a totius Angliæ primatibus ad regale culmen electus, die
eodem ab Aldredo Eboracensi Archiepiscopo in Regem est honorificè
consecratus.”
This passage may be looked on as a formal manifesto on the
English side. It is the most remarkable and the most important
of several passages of Florence (see vol. ii. p. 607) in which he
does more than merely record an event, in which he evidently has
other statements before his eye, and chooses his words so as distinctly,
though silently, to contradict them. Though no other
version of the facts is spoken of, yet every word is evidently
weighed with careful reference to other versions; every word, in
short, disposes of some Norman calumny or other. Harold reigns
according to the last will of Eadward; that last will therefore was
579not in favour of William or of any other candidate. To express
Eadward’s action in the matter, a word is used (“elegerat”) which is
evidently meant to express free and deliberate choice, and to exclude
any tales about an unwilling nomination wrung from him in his last
moments. Again, Harold reigns by the election of the chief men
of all England; this excludes the stories about his seizing the
Crown without election, or with the approbation of a few of his own
partizans only. Lastly, Harold is crowned, on the day indeed of
the burial of Eadward, but after the funeral rites are finished, and
evidently in the same building, the new minster of Saint Peter.
This excludes the tale of his seizing the moment when the people
were intent on the burial of the late King in order to be crowned
in some hasty and irregular way at Saint Paul’s or elsewhere. He
is solemnly consecrated King; this excludes the stories about his
not being crowned at all, about his being crowned without any
religious ceremony, about his putting the Crown on his own head.
He is consecrated by Ealdred, by an Archbishop to whose position
there was no canonical objection; therefore not by Stigand, whom
strict churchmen looked on as an usurper. Nothing can be more
evident than that Florence knew all the hostile inventions and perversions,
and that he framed his own narrative so as to contradict the
greatest possible number of them. In the same spirit, he goes on,
at this point, to give that splendid panegyric on Harold’s government
which is clearly meant as an answer to Norman calumnies
of another kind. No passage in any writer of any age was ever
written with more scrupulous care; in none does every word deserve
to be more attentively weighed.
Now for the time which we have now reached the authority of
Florence is all but the highest possible. He was a contemporary,
in so far as he must have been born before 1066, though he could
hardly have been old enough to record the events of that year from
personal knowledge. But he had every opportunity of hearing of
them from eye-witnesses and actors. As a member of the church
of Worcester, he had the special advantage of being able to hear
the story from his own Bishop Saint Wulfstan, the chosen friend of
King Harold. His testimony therefore, even if it stood alone, is
of that kind which even very sceptical critics allow to be thoroughly
trustworthy. His statement is clear, terse, and forcible, and evidently
designed to set aside other statements which he thought
580untrustworthy. But this is not all. The testimony of Florence
does not stand alone. It is confirmed by the absolutely contemporary
Chroniclers. It is confirmed, as far as the form of his
work allows, by the Biographer of Eadward. Now the Biographer
was not only a contemporary, but if not himself an eye-witness,
he had his information from eye-witnesses, and that, not years
after, but at the very time. The testimony of Florence again is
confirmed by a witness more unexceptionable than all, by the
earliest and most trustworthy witness on the Norman side, by
the contemporary Tapestry. By one or more of these authorities
Florence is borne out in every statement but one. He affirms
that Harold was consecrated by Ealdred. The Chroniclers are
silent as to the consecrator; the Tapestry implies—it can hardly
be said directly to affirm—that the consecrator was Stigand. On
all other points every jot and tittle of his story is confirmed by
authorities still higher than his own, and on this one point he is not
contradicted by the highest of all. Here is evidence of an amount
and of a kind which the historian is lucky when he can get.
Florence wrote with two at least of the Chronicles before him,
those namely of Abingdon and Worcester. Their narratives he
translated and harmonized, and, when he thought it needful, he expanded
them. In this case he thought a large expansion needful,
in order to contradict the misstatements of enemies. But these
Chronicles themselves assert, though in a less pointed and controversial
form, two at least of the facts which Florence himself asserts.
The Peterborough Chronicle, which Florence most probably had not
before him, is only less distinct and emphatic than Florence himself
as to all three. The bequest, the election, the consecration, are all
distinctly asserted by one or more of the three Chroniclers. The
only assertion which rests wholly on the authority of Florence
himself is the assertion that Ealdred was the consecrator.
The two Chronicles which Florence followed distinctly assert
that Eadward named Harold as his successor. I have already
quoted the poetical passage in full at vol. ii. p. 537 (see also
above, p. 19). The words which now immediately concern us are
those in which the bequest is distinctly asserted; Eadward “made
fast the Kingdom to Harold the noble Earl.” Then in the
prose entry which follows, both Chronicles assert Harold’s royal
consecration; “Her wearð Harold Eorl eac to Cynge gehalgod.”
These words would certainly not be used of any but the regular
581ecclesiastical ceremony. These two Chroniclers however do not
distinctly speak of the election. We may perhaps say that it was
quite in character with their general political views to insist more
on the royal bequest than on the popular election. (See vol. ii. pp.
12, 13, 600.) But this was a point on which the democrat of Peterborough
was not likely to hold his peace. His account of the reign
of Harold is much shorter than those of either of the other two annalists,
but his account of his accession is fuller and more emphatic.
He is also, as usual, more careful than his brethren as to his dates.
And his words have a sort of triumphant ring as if they were
written down at the moment. The poem preserved by the Abingdon
and Worcester Chroniclers shows the same feeling. It was doubtless
composed soon after the death of Eadward, by a gleeman eager
on behalf of the new King. But their prose entries, with their
remark on the “little stillness” of Harold’s reign (see above, p.
47), could not have been made till all was over. The entry in
the Peterborough Chronicle runs thus;
“On þissum geare man halgode þet mynster æt Westmynstre on
Cyldamæsse dæg. And se Cyng Eadward forðferde on Twelfta
mæsse æfen, and hine mann bebyrgede on Twelftan mæssedæg,
innan þære niwa halgodre circean on Westmynstre. And Harold
Eorl feng to Englalandes cynerice, swa swa se Cyng him geuðe,
and eac men hine þærto gecuron, and wæs gebletsod to Cyng on
Twelftan mæssedæg.”
Here we have bequest, election, and consecration as clearly expressed
as by Florence himself. Earl Harold is blessed to King
over the Kingdom of England, as the King had granted to him
and—words written with delight by that patriotic pen—as men eke
chose him thereto.
The further examination of the election and coronation I leave
to future notes. I now go on with my more immediate subject,
namely the bequest. On this point the words of the Biographer
should be very carefully marked, and they should be no less carefully
compared with the picture in the Tapestry. It is from these two
sources that I have drawn the narrative in the text (p. 14). We cannot
too often remember the Biographer’s peculiar position. He was
a courtier, probably a foreigner, writing to Eadgyth under the reign
of William. He could not be expected to trumpet forth the nomination
and election of Harold with all the glee of the Peterborough
582Chronicler. On the election indeed he was not in any case likely to
be eloquent; it is, as we have often seen, his invariable tendency to
put the monarchical element forward on all occasions, just as the
Peterborough writer always delights to dwell on the popular side of
every public act. But to put even the bequest forward in any prominent
way did not suit either his position or the scheme of his
work. We have seen that he nowhere directly mentions the fact
that either Harold or William ever reigned. William is never
mentioned, never alluded to in any intelligible way. The only
allusion to Harold’s reign is to be found in his mention of “Reges
æquivoci” (p. 426) fighting near the Humber. One who writes in
this sort of way could not be expected to insist at all strongly on
Eadward’s nomination of Harold as his successor. A distinct and
formal announcement that Harold was the choice of Eadward was
to the Peterborough Chronicler a present fact which he delighted to
record. To Florence it was a fact of national history which it was
important to preserve in the face of contradictory fictions. To the
Biographer it was a fact which it did not suit his scheme prominently
to dwell on, while any prominent dwelling on it might
not have been specially agreeable to his patroness. He therefore
records the fact in a way, but he keeps it in the background;
he mixes up the commendation of England to Harold with the
commendation of Eadgyth, and he tries as it were to hide the Kingdom
under the skirts of the Lady. Harold is, first of all, to be
faithful and respectful to his sister; the Kingdom is given him as
something quite secondary, perhaps as an incidental means of
doing the more honour to Eadgyth. Yet the words after all really
amount to a bequest. Eadward, in this narrative, enlarges on the
merits of Eadgyth; he then stretches forth his hand to Harold, and
says, “Hanc cum omni regno tutandam commendo.” The words
alone might perhaps not strike a casual reader, but, when we read
them by the light of the known facts and of the words of the contemporary
Chroniclers, we at once see their meaning. The Biographer
so chose his expressions as distinctly to imply a fact which it was
not convenient for him directly to assert. He chose also a somewhat
remarkable and a somewhat ambiguous word, “commendare.”
As applied to Eadgyth and to Eadward’s Norman friends it would
simply mean, “I entrust them to your protection;” but, as applied
to a Kingdom, the word is a technical word, and carries a technical
meaning. As a man, like the “commendati homines” of Domesday,
583commended himself to his lord, so the lord was often said to commend
to his man the estate which he granted to him (see
vol. i. p. 136). One can hardly doubt that the word was chosen on purpose.
Eadward doubtless used, as I have ventured to make him in
the text, some form of words, which the Biographer, even in slurring
over the matter, expressed by the technical term “commendare,”
and which the Chroniclers expressed by the words “geuðe”—most
likely the actual word used, if Eadward spoke English—and
“befæste þæt rice.” The case, under the circumstances, seems
very plain, and what follows makes it plainer still. Eadward,
having commended to Harold his wife and his Kingdom, goes
on to make to him a series of requests (see p. 15) which imply
that his own royal authority will, on his death, pass to Harold.
They are requests which could be made only to a future King, or
to one who was about to be clothed with the authority of a King.
They would indeed be equally in place if addressed to a Regent.
According to modern ideas, we should probably have expected the
last wishes of Eadward to be that the young Eadgar should reign,
but that Harold should govern. But such an arrangement was not
in accordance with the customs of the time. A Regency seems
never to have been thought of; not a word in any of our authorities
leads us to believe that such a scheme entered the head of
any man. The words then, if not addressed to a future Regent,
must be addressed to a future King. In short, I have no doubt
that the Biographer, the highest authority for Eadward’s personal
acts, who had his information directly from persons who were present
by Eadward’s death-bed (see p. 10, note 1), meant to imply that
Eadward made a death-bed recommendation in favour of Harold.
But I believe also that, partly through his own rhetorical turn,
partly through the circumstances under which he wrote, he chose
to wrap up his tale in a certain degree of obscurity of language.
With the Biographer before us, we better understand the
Tapestry. Each explains the other; the two agree in the smallest
points of detail. The Biographer describes four persons as being
in immediate attendance on the King, and he gives us their names.
They are the Lady Eadgyth, Archbishop Stigand, Earl Harold, and
Robert the Staller. These four exactly answer to the four in the
Tapestry. Of the two laymen no one can doubt that the one who
is personally attending on the King is the court-officer, the Staller
Robert. The other, who stands by the bed-side opposite to the
584Archbishop, is of course the Earl of the West-Saxons. To him, and
to no one else, the King is stretching forth his hand. The action
thus wrought in the stitch-work is actually recorded in the Life (see
p. 14). And from the Life we know with what object Eadward then
stretched forth his hand to Harold. It was not “simply to hid him
farewell;” still less was it “to bid him to respect his oath to William”
(see Planché, Journal of British Archæological Association, June
1867, p. 146). It was to commend to him his wife and his Kingdom;
it was to make his last requests to the future King on
behalf of his personal friends.
Such is the plain result of a comparison between the Tapestry
and the Life. I do not think that any one who minutely makes
the comparison will attach much importance to the sceptical remarks
of Mr. Planché in the article to which I have just referred.
But those who, with Mr. Planché, do not take in the difference
between contemporary and secondary authorities, may, instead of
the Life, use the account in Æthelred of Rievaux (X Scriptt. 400),
who (or rather his guide Osbert) clearly copied from the Life.
Another smaller point may be noticed, namely the arrangement
of the scenes in the Tapestry. It has been remarked by Mr.
Planché and others that, at this point, the order of time is forsaken;
the burial of Eadward is placed before his deathbed and
death. On this Dr. Bruce (p. 75) says, very truly; “The seeming
inconsistency is very easily explained. A new subject is now
entered upon, and that subject is the right of succession. One
important element in it is the grant of the King.” The designer
of the Tapestry puts in close and pointed neighbourhood the last
speech of Eadward, the death of Eadward, the offering of the
Crown to Harold, the actual coronation. In this sort of picture-writing
it would have disturbed the thread of the story if the
burial of Eadward had been put in its right place, between the
offering of the Crown and the coronation. The meaning of the
order which is followed is plainly this; “Eadward left the Crown
to Harold; he died; the Crown, in pursuance of his wishes, was
offered to Harold; Harold was formally crowned.” It is hard to
find any other explanation for the otherwise strange displacement
of the funeral.
Explaining then, as we most fairly may, one contemporary
witness by another, explaining the Tapestry by the Life and the
Life by the Chronicles, we get a most distinct agreement of our
585best authorities in favour of the position that Eadward’s dying
recommendation was made in favour of Harold. Some may
perhaps be surprised to find the fact so distinctly set forth in the
Norman Tapestry. But we shall soon see that all the earliest and
best Norman writers fully admit the fact of the recommendation.
What they do is to try to explain away its force as they best
may. Stitch-work had so far the advantage over pen and ink that
it was well nigh obliged to confine itself to facts, or at least to
choose between facts and positive lies. The needle was a bad
instrument for surmises and insinuations, and it is only once or
twice in the story that it attempts them.
I now go on to the chain of later writers who repeat the contemporary
English statement. They of course add nothing to its
direct authority; still it is important and interesting to trace the
existence of the two opposite traditions, side by side. Simeon of
Durham (X Scriptt. 193), Ralph of Diss (479), Roger of Howden
(i. 108, ed. W. Stubbs), Thomas Stubbs (X Scriptt. 1702), and
the Ely historian (ii. 43, 44), all copy the words of Florence with
regard to Harold’s accession, and most of them go on to copy
his panegyric on Harold’s government. The account given by
Peter of Langtoft is worth notice. He makes (i. 374 of the new
ed., i. 53 of Robert of Brunne’s English version published by
Hearne) Eadward settle the Crown on William in the days of
the first Harold, immediately after the murder of Ælfred
(see vol. ii. p. 302). Afterwards (i. 390, i. 61) he changed his
mind, he forgot his promise to William, and settled the Crown on the
Ætheling Eadward. So now on his death-bed, he again forgets
both William and, I suppose, also forgets Eadward’s son Eadgar.
He now makes a settlement in favour of Harold, nobody reminding
him of the Duke’s claim (i. 398);
“Countes et barouns devaunt ly appelayt,
A Harald fiz Godewyn sun regne devisayt,
Le duk de Normendye ublyez avayt,
Du covenaunt k’il ly fist nul ly mentyvayt.”
His English translator was a little puzzled at this, and thus sets
forth his difficulty (i. 65);
“Þe barons before him kald, and said unto þam alle,
‘Tille Harald, Godwyn sonne, þe regne wille best falle.’
Me mervailes of my boke, I trowe, he wrote not right
þat he forgate Wiliam of forward þat him hight.”
586He then goes on to moralize out of Eadward’s speech (see above,
p. 11), which is not given in Peter of Langtoft. Ralph Higden (284),
after his manner, copies Florence, but copies other accounts as well.
To go back a good many generations, Eadmer (5) states the fact
of the bequest in his own words; “In brevi post hæc obiit
Edwardus. Juxta quod ille ante mortem statuerat, in regnum ei
successit Haraldus.” He is followed by Walter of Hemingburgh
(i. 8) in nearly the same words. Bromton (957) gives a most
strange and confused account, made up from all manner of
quarters, but in which the words of Eadmer are still imbedded.
He says that some of the English wished to elect Eadgar; “Sed
quia puer erat, et tanto oneri minùs idoneus, Haraldus Comes,
filius supradicti Godwini, viribus et genere fretus, contra sacramentum
quod Willielmo Duci Normanniæ præstiterat, regni diadema
sinistro omine illico invasit, et sic perjurus Sancto Edwardo
successit, juxta quod idem Edwardus, ut quidam aiunt, ante
mortem suam statuerat.” He goes on to say that this bequest
of Eadward was made “non obstante” two earlier bequests to
William; he then mentions the alternative statements that Harold
crowned himself and that he was crowned by Ealdred, and ends
with Florence’s panegyric in a shortened form.
The writer whom we call Bromton was thus, it is plain, fairly
puzzled among contradictory accounts. The compiler of the
Waverley Annals found himself in yet greater straits. The early
part of his history is formed by the process of translating the Peterborough
Chronicle, and sticking in bits, partly from other writers,
especially from Henry of Huntingdon, partly out of his own head.
This process is indeed the same as that by which the early parts of
most Annals are put together. But the odd thing is that this
annalist should have chosen as his chief authorities two writers
who, at this point, are so specially hard to reconcile as the Peterborough
Chronicler and Henry of Huntingdon. This indeed puts
him in difficulties. He translates the important sentence in the
Chronicle fairly enough, but in the midst of it he sticks in an
epithet of abuse from Henry of Huntingdon. This process gives
us the following statement (188 ed. Luard). Eadward is buried;
“Eodem die Consul Haraldus, Consul perjurus, sicut Rex ei concesserat,
et etiam populi electione, [swa swa se Cyng hit him geuðe,
and eac men hine þærto gecuron] sacratus est in Regem.” Somehow
587or other this did not seem satisfactory; so he states William’s
three causes of offence out of Henry of Huntingdon (see p. 282),
and then returns to give another account of Harold’s accession;
“Mortuo itaque Edwardo, ut supra diximus, Rege Anglorum
pacifico, Haraldus, perjurus filius Godwini potentissimi Consulis,
invasit regnum Anglorum et diadema in perjurio; qui regnavit
uno anno, et non pleno, quia propriâ injustitiâ regnum, quod injustè
surripuit, Deo nolente, perdidit.” Here is a characteristic contrast
between the clear statement of facts translated from the contemporary
writer and the vague reviling and moralizing which
seems to have been a necessary offering to the orthodoxy of the
compiler’s own time.
We will now turn to the writers on the other side. William of
Poitiers, in his actual narrative of Harold’s accession (p. 121 Giles),
evades the subject of Eadward’s bequest; we get only the vague talk
about “occupavit” and the like. But in two later passages he distinctly
shows that he knew that a bequest of Eadward was asserted
by Harold and his advocates. In his account of the messages sent between
William and Harold before the battle (129), he makes Harold
admit an earlier bequest in favour of William, but he describes him
as going on to argue that this earlier bequest was cancelled by a
later bequest in favour of himself. The passage is a remarkable one;
“Meminit quidem [Heraldus] quod Rex Edwardus te [Willelmum]
Anglici regni hæredem fore pridem decreverit, et quod ipse
in Normanniâ de hâc successione securitatem tibi firmaverit. Novit
autem jure suum esse regnum idem, ejusdem Regis, domini sui,
dono in extremis illius sibi concessum. Etenim ab eo tempore,
quo beatus Augustinus in hanc venit regionem, communem gentis
hujus fuisse consuetudinem, donationem quam in ultimo fine suo
quis fecerit, eam ratam haberi.”
The historical value of these accounts of messages and answers
I shall discuss in another note (see Appendix GG). The value of
the passage for my present purpose is twofold. It shows that the
Normans were thoroughly aware of the fact of Eadward’s recommendation
of Harold. It shows also that the fact was one which
they found it hard to get over. For, in the answer which William
is made to give to Harold’s words just quoted, though he has
much to say in the way of setting forth his own claim, he has
588nothing to say in answer to Harold’s fact or to the legal argument
founded on it.
The other passage is to be found in the wild invective which
William of Poitiers (139) pours forth over the grave of Harold;
“Arguunt extrema tua quam rectè sublimatus fueris Edwardi dono
in ipsius fine.” This is a perfectly incidental witness. It seems
to imply some such story as those which I shall presently quote
from Orderic and Wace.
William of Jumièges (vii. 31) slurs over the facts both of the
bequest and of the election. They are lost in the usual vague talk
about “regnum invasit.” William of Malmesbury, in one of those
remarkable passages in which he compares two statements together
(ii. 228), allows that the English version of the story asserted a
bequest in favour of Harold. Harold, he tells us in the usual style,
“extortâ a principibus fide, arripuit diadema.” He then adds, “quamvis
Angli dicant a Rege concessum.” He then argues à priori against
the English statement from the imaginary ill-will of Eadward
towards Harold; “Quod tamen magis benevolentiâ quam judicio
allegari existimo, ut illi hæreditatem transfunderet suam cujus semper
suspectam habuerat potentiam.” The expression “benevolentiâ”
is of importance, as showing that, in William of Malmesbury’s time,
English affection still clave to Harold’s memory, in opposition to
all Norman calumnies. Indeed William himself, in that spirit of
fairness which often pierces through all his prejudices, goes on to
say; “quamvis, ut non celetur veritas, pro personâ quam gerebat,
regnum prudentiâ et fortitudine gubernaret si legitimè suscepisset.”
As usual, the further we get from the time the more our informants
know about the matter, the more new particulars they
have to tell us. There is nothing in any of our three Williams to
imply any death-bed nomination of the Norman Duke or to shut
out a death-bed nomination of the English Earl. The latter is
allowed to be at least the English version of the facts. There is
nothing in any of the three to imply that the succession of William
was so much as discussed by the bed-side of Eadward. The case is
the reverse of the case with regard to the oath of Harold and the
earlier promise to William. There the Norman writers assert a
fact which the English writers do not venture to deny. Here the
English writers assert a fact which the contemporary Norman
writers do not venture to deny. But, as we get further away
589from the time, we come, first to ingenious explanations of the
fact, and lastly to express denials of it.
Thus Orderic (492 B) admits the fact of the bequest to Harold,
but he has a highly elaborate way of accounting for it. He connects
it with the story of Harold’s oath and of his engagement to
marry William’s daughter. Harold comes back to Eadward and
tells him that William has made over to him his right to the
Kingdom of England as the dowry of his daughter. Eadward
wonders at such an arrangement, but he believes the story, and
decrees the succession accordingly. The words are as follows;
“Regem Eduardum, qui morbo ingravescente jam morti proximus
erat, circumvenit [Heraldus], eique transfretationis suæ et
profectionis in Normanniam ac legationis seriem rettulit. Deinde
fraudulentis assertionibus adjecit quod Willelmus Normanniæ sibi
filiam suam in conjugium dederit, et totius Anglici regni jus, utpote
genero suo, concessit. Quod audiens ægrotus princeps miratus est,
tamen credidit, et concessit quod vafer tyrannus commentatus est.”
It must be this story of Orderic which formed the groundwork
of the strange tale which we find in the French Life of Eadward.
The subject is mentioned twice. Eadward, in the early days of the
Christmas Gemót, before his final illness begins (3615–3634), calls
Harold, and asks him what he means to do about the Kingdom
(“Du regne queus tis purpos?”). It must be remembered that
this immediately follows the legend (see vol. ii. p. 513) according
to which Eadward’s days were already numbered. Harold says
that the Crown belongs to William, that he has sworn to William’s
succession, that he has no intention of interfering with it or of
setting up any claim of his own, unless William should give him
the Crown along with his daughter.
“Unc ne me vint en curage
D’aver vostre heritage;
Li ducs Willame de Normendie,
Ki droit i a e en mei se fie
L’avra, si cum il vus plest.
Juré l’ai, e il seur en est;
Cuvenant e leuté tendrai,
Vers vus ne trespasserai;
Au regne n’ai ne cleim ne dreit,
Si of sa fille nel me otreit.”
Harold then swears, and the other chief men swear with him. It
will be seen that, in this account, the usual story of the oath is
taken for granted, though it is nowhere directly told in the French
Life. And Eadward’s promise to William seems also to be taken for
granted; at any rate William is said to have a right, and it is not
590said in what that right consists. But there is no mention of any
death-bed bequest to William, Harold, or anybody else.
The subject is introduced again later in the story (3895–3922),
when Eadward is on his death-bed. It is Harold who volunteers a
second mention of the matter. He says of his own free will that he
has sworn not to disturb the succession to the Crown. The words
put into his mouth are in some respects clearer and in some respects
darker than the former passage. The succession belongs to William,
both by Eadward’s earlier grant (“Granté l’avez au duc Willame”),
and also by right of blood. But the right of blood is strangely enough
(see Mr. Luard’s Preface, p. xix.) made to belong to William’s
daughter rather than to William himself. This cannot refer to the
descent of William’s children from Ælfred (see p. 81, and
vol. ii. p. 304), because the right is distinctly said to come through Emma.
The title of Queen, given to William’s daughter, whether given to
her as William’s daughter or as Harold’s possible wife, is also very
strange. The words are,
“Droit a par Emme ta mère
La reine ki sa fille ere.”
Still, if William does not make over the Crown to his daughter,
the right belongs to William himself, and that right Harold will in
no way disturb. Still he seems to imply that he has a fair hope
that William will give him his daughter, and that he may reign in
her right.
“Si a sa fille ne le dune,
Droiz est k’il eit la curune;
Kar jo si vus dire le os,
De espuser la ai en purpos;
A la pucele afiancé,
E au duc sui alliancé.”
(vv. 3907–3912.)
To this King Eadward answers not a word, but Archbishop Stigand
takes up his parable in a somewhat unexpected way. He warns
Harold that, if he does not keep to this covenant, neither he, to
whose office it belongs to perform the rite—it is expressly called a
sacrament—nor any other Prelate of the Kingdom will ever give
him the royal unction, nor will any “man of our commons”—the
expression is a very singular one—put the Crown on his head.
“Pur moi le di, a ki apent
A fere ceu seint sacrement,
N’ert prélat en la regiun
Ki fus face la enuncciun;
N’ert humme de nostre commune,
Ki vus mette en chef curune.”
591According to this view, Harold had a fair chance of a Crown
matrimonial, and his chief fault lay in not marrying William’s
daughter. This leads us into questions which I shall consider in
later notes.
Wace (Roman de Rou, 10872–10970) fully admits the fact of a
bequest, though perhaps an unwilling one, or rather he makes
Eadward leave it to the nation to decide between William and
Harold. In his account Eadward is at the point of death, and is
very anxious that William should succeed him.
“Mult li fust vel se il péust,
Ke Guillealme sun regne éust.”
Harold gets together his kinsfolk and friends and whomsoever he
thought good, and they go into the chamber of the sick man. An
Englishman, whose name is not given, but who speaks by Harold’s
instructions (“Si com Herout out comandé”), makes a long speech,
setting forth the merits of Eadward’s government, and also how he
has no son or daughter or other natural heir.
“Vielz hoem es jà, pose as vescu,
E si n’as nul enfant éu;
Filz u fille ne nul altre eir,
Ki por tei poisse remaneir,
Ki nos gart è ki nos maintienge,
E par lignage Rei devienge.”
(vv. 10899–10904.)
But a King they must have; there can be no peace in the land without
one, and they have no way of getting a King but through him.
“Kar jà sanz Rei paiz n’averon,
Ne Rei n’aron se par tei non.”
(vv. 10909–10910.)
He prays Eadward then, while he still lives, to give them a King,
who will be able to work peace and justice in the land. The speaker
gradually comes nearer to the point. Eadward’s best friends are
there; they have come together to ask a prayer of him, a prayer
which, if he fails to grant, holy as his life has been, he will never
see the face of God. There is something comforting in these words,
something which one fancies that Wace must have learned from
English tradition. They are words worthy of Savonarola by the
death-bed of Lorenzo. It is pleasant to hear, by the bed-side of
Eadward, the doctrine that to obey is better than sacrifice, that
a man’s first business is to do his duty in that state of life to which
it has pleased God to call him, and that no amount of ceremonial
592piety will avail a King who does not make the welfare of his Kingdom
his first thought.
“Bien es, bien as fet, bien feras,
Deus as servi è Deus auras.
Ci est li mielx de tes païs,
Tut li mielx de tes amis;
Trestuit te sunt venu preïer,
E tu lor deiz bien otreïr,
Ço poise nos ke jà t’en vas,
Se por ço non ke Deus auras.”
(vv. 10919–10926.)
The prayer thus solemnly urged is that Eadward will agree to
the unanimous wish of the nation and give them Harold for their
King. As the speaker uttered the name of Harold, every Englishman
in the room cried aloud that he had well spoken, and that,
without Harold to her King, the land could have no peace.
“Ci tuit te viegnent hui requerre
Ke Heraut seit Rei de la terre;
Ne te savom mielx cunseillier,
Ne tu ne poz mielx espleitier.
Dez ke cil out Heraut nomé,
Par la chambre ont Engleiz crié
Ke bien parlout è bien diseit,
E li Reis creire le debveit:
Sire, dient-il, se tu nel’ faiz,
Jà en noz vies n’aron paiz.”
(vv. 10927–10936.)
The King hesitates; he sits up in his bed, and reminds the English
lords that he had promised his Crown to the Duke of the Normans,
and that some of themselves had sworn to that settlement. Harold
then himself steps forward; he seems to use the same argument
which is put into his mouth by William of Poitiers (see p. 587),
namely the force of the last will and testament to revoke all former
wills.
“Donc dist Heraut, ki fu en piez;
‘Ki ke vos, sire, fet aiez,
Otréiez mei ke jo Rei seie,
E ke vostre terre seit meie;
Jo ne quier ne maiz vostre dreit,
Jà mar plus por mei en fereit.’”
(vv. 10945–10950.)
The King then says that Harold shall have the Crown (“Heraut,
dist li Reis, tu l’auras”); but he knows that he will die for it. He
knows the Duke and his Barons and all the folk that will come at
his bidding; God alone can guard Harold against them. Harold
is ready to run the risk; he fears neither Norman nor anybody else.
Eadward then turns himself, and says—whether of his free will or
no the poet will not warrant—that the English may choose either
Harold or William as they will.
“Dunc se turna li Reis, si dist,
Ne sai se par boen cuer le fist:
Ore facent Engleis Duc u Rei,
Herault u altre, jo l’otrei.”
(vv. 10961–10964.)
593Such a licence was the same as a nomination of Harold. The poet
calls it making Harold his heir, and he seems to excuse the act on the
ground that the land must have some King, and that William was
not at hand. Eadward therefore let his Barons have their own will.
“Issi a fet Heraut sun eir
Quant Willame ne pout aveir.
Rei à regne aveir estuet,
Regne sanz Rei estre ne puet.
A sez Barunz a graanté
K’il en facent lor volenté.”
(vv. 10965–10970.)
This account does, as most of his accounts do, high honour to the
honest and enquiring spirit of Master Wace. When he wrote,
calumny was a hundred years old yet he is throughout far less
influenced by it than party writers at the time, who had better
means than he of learning the exact truth. Here is no reviling of
Harold, no gross misrepresentation of facts. In opposition to the
talk of William of Poitiers, and even to that of Orderic, Wace
clearly understands and honestly sets forth how thoroughly Harold
had the heart of England on his side. The story is well conceived
and well told, and it is quite possible that it may rest to some
extent on trustworthy tradition. Yet a certain amount of misconception
runs through Wace’s story. He implies throughout that
Eadward’s own wishes were still in favour of William, and he adds
the common Norman misstatement, that the settlement in favour of
William was confirmed by the Witan or, at any rate, by some of
the chief Earls.
One or two smaller points may be noticed. The speaker in
Wace mentions Eadward’s lack of children as a misfortune to
himself and his country, not at all as the unavoidable result of a
religious vow. Again, both he and the writer of the French Life
evidently look on female succession as a possibility. Eadward,
says the speaker, has neither son nor daughter, as if a daughter
could possibly have succeeded. The French Biographer treats it
as not unlikely that William will deal with England as Philip the
Second did with the Low Countries, that he will make the whole
Kingdom over to his daughter and her husband. He indeed
almost seems, though his language is very strange and dark, to recognize
some right by blood in William’s daughter which did not exist
in William himself. This notion of passing crowns by the spindle-side
was strange to Englishmen, and even to Normans, in the
eleventh century. The nearest approach to it is William’s own
594half-claim, not exactly as heir, but as next of kin through
Emma. But, at the courts of the Henries, no doctrine could be
more orthodox and acceptable. Henry the First actually did something
very like what is here spoken of as likely to be done by his
father. He endeavoured to settle, though not indeed in his lifetime,
his whole dominion on his daughter. When both Wace and
the French Biographer wrote, the descendants of that daughter,
by male descent mere Counts of Anjou—more truly (see p. 181)
mere Counts of the Gatinois—but scions through her both of
Rolf and of Ælfred, reigned over England, reigned over or claimed
Normandy, as their inheritance by female succession. The Angevin
Kings had no dislike to be complimented on their descent from the
old royal stock of England. Æthelred of Rievaux (Gen. Regg. X
Scriptt. 350), tracing by the spindle-side only, addresses Henry the
Second as the son of Matilda, the daughter of Matilda, the daughter
of Margaret, the daughter of Eadmund, and so on—Normans and
Angevins being kept out of sight—to Ælfred, Cerdic, Woden, and
Adam. The vision of Eadward, as explained by Æthelred and
others (see above, p. 12), implies the unlawfulness of the rule of
Harold and both Williams, and gives Henry the First only a Crown
matrimonial, which he hands on to the grandson of Eadgyth-Matilda.
On all this Æthelred, an English flatterer of Henry the
Second, would naturally dwell. The French Biographer, writing
to Henry the Third, would find the same general doctrine acceptable.
Still the conception of William, as the founder of the existing
dynasty, held too firm a possession of men’s minds for his
pretensions to be openly denied. The direct assertion of the rights
of Eadgar belongs to a later stage still, to which we shall come
presently. As for Wace, he was a Norman born, and was not likely
to dwell by choice on any of these points. As a subject of Henry the
Second, he was bound to admit female succession both for England
and for Normandy, but he had no special temptation to enlarge on it.
A still more wonderful view of the Crown matrimonial is to be
found in Gervase of Tilbury (Otia Imperialia, ii. 20, ap. Leibnitz,
Scriptt. Rer. Brunsw. i. 945); but I reserve the passage for later
quotation, as it is altogether the most amazing account on record
of the whole matter between William and Harold.
From honest Wace it is unpleasant to turn to the author of the
595Brevis Relatio (Giles, 4). In his version Harold, during Eadward’s
illness, asks him for a grant of the Crown. The King, mindful of
his promise to William, refuses it. This however he mentions only
as a report.
“Dicunt autem quidam tunc quod Heraldus, quasi oblitus sacramentorum
quæ Willelmo Comiti in Normanniâ fecerat, antequam
Rex Edwardus obiret, ad eum pervenit, eumque rogavit ut ei
coronam regni Angliæ concederet. Quo audito, Rex Edwardus,
non immemor quod Willelmo Comiti Normannorum, cognato suo,
regnum Angliæ jamdudum concessisse, respondit Heraldo nullo
modo hoc se posse facere, quia Willelmum Comitem Normannorum
idem hæredem fecerat.”
Lastly, the Hyde writer (p. 290) goes one step further, and
makes Eadward bequeath the Crown to William by his last will;
“Regnum moriens Willelmo Comiti consobrino suo reliquit.”
Among the Northern writers the only one who has anything to
say about the bequest is Snorro. It could hardly be looked for in
Saxo (203), who makes Harold murder Eadward. Adam of Bremen
(iii. 51) has only Norman-sounding talk about “sceptrum
invasit.” Harold’s one Norwegian admirer, whom I shall have to
quote again, the Biographer of Olaf Tryggwesson, speaks of his
election by the people, but has nothing to say about any bequest
by the King. But Snorro knew more about the matter than almost
anybody else. His account (Laing, iii. 77; Johnstone, 192) is
short, but remarkable. It must be remembered that it is connected
with Snorro’s notion about Harold being the youngest son
of Godwine and the personal favourite of Eadward, and with his
notion that Tostig was still in England and seeking the Kingdom
by fair means. Just before Eadward’s last moments, Harold and
a few other men are by him. Harold leans over the King; then
he turns to his companions, and calls them to witness that the King
has given him the Kingdom of England (“Þá laut Haralldr ysir
Konung oc mællti; ‘því skírskota ec undir alla ydor, at Konungrinn
gaf mer nu Konungdóminn, oc allt ríki í Englandi’”). The
same day a meeting is held to choose a King; Harold appears
with his witnesses and claims the Crown by virtue of Eadward’s
dying bequest. The issue is that he is chosen King (“Þann sama
dag var þar höfdingia-stefna, var þá rætt um Konungs-tekio, let þá
596Haralldr bera fram vitni sín þau, er Játvardr Konungr gaf hönom
ríkit á deyianda degi; lauk sva þeirri stefno, at Haralldr var til
Konungs tekinn”). It will be seen that, though there is some
colouring here, there is no gross misrepresentation of fact. Snorro
writes in the interest of Tostig, not in the interest of William. Of
a bequest to William, of an oath of homage from Harold to William,
he knows nothing. With him (Laing, iii. 94; Johnstone, 216)
William’s claim is derived wholly from his kindred to Eadward,
his wrath being embittered by Harold’s breach of his promise to
marry his daughter.
I think then that there is no fact in history better attested than
the fact of Eadward’s dying recommendation in favour of Harold.
The best informed contemporary writers assert it. The most careful
and judicious compilers of later days, from Florence and Simeon
onwards, accept their statement. The hostile contemporary writers
never distinctly deny the fact. They either slur the matter over,
or wrap it up in vague and declamatory words, or else admit the
fact, while they explain and colour it after their own fashion. The
fact then I hold to be undoubted. Whatever constitutional influence
a King of the English had in the appointment of his successor,
that influence was exercised on behalf of Harold. But we
must beware of attaching any undue importance to Eadward’s
nomination. It was of real constitutional value, but it was not
everything. It was, after all, a mere recommendation to the
Witan, and Harold’s real title to the Crown was that the Witan
accepted that recommendation. Writers who, either at the time
or afterwards, did not fully understand the English Constitution,
were apt to lay too much stress on the bequest to either candidate.
Men who wrote either in times or in countries where the idea of
elective kingship was not familiar, did not take in how completely
the kingship of England was simply the highest office in the
land, an office which the people gave and which the people could
take away. To them a kingdom seemed like a private estate,
which, in ordinary cases, would pass according to the laws of
succession, and which, in case of the failure of heirs, the owner
could bequeath or even sell. These notions of succeeding to
kingdoms and of bequeathing and selling kingdoms like private
estates gradually took root, and many of the dynastic wars of the
597later middle age arose out of bequests or purchases of this kind.
How foreign they were to the ideas of Englishmen in the eleventh
century I need not again set forth. The main value of the proofs
which I have collected is as an argumentum ad hominem against
William and the supporters of his claims. Against them the argument
is perfect. Whatever right William might have by virtue of
an earlier bequest was taken away by the later bequest in favour
of Harold. Eadward then made Harold his successor as far as he
could constitutionally make any one his successor; but this nomination
was only a very small part of Harold’s right. The far more
important examination of the evidence on the great question of
Harold’s election by the Witan of all England will form the subject
of my next note.
The passage of Florence which I took as my text in my last
note will serve as my text in the present note also. Harold was,
according to that passage, “a totius Angliæ primatibus ad regale
culmen electus.” According to the Peterborough Chronicle he
took the Kingdom, not only as the King granted it to him, but as
men chose him thereto (“swa swa se Cyng hit him geuðe, and eac
men hine þærto gecuron”). That this means a regular election by
the Witan there can be no reasonable doubt. The Peterborough
Chronicler, writing at the moment, without any thought of possible
controversies, used the vague word “men.” Expressions of the
like sort are not uncommon to express the action of a Gemót.
Florence, writing when calumny was rife, and wishing to answer
all misstatements of every kind, uses the most emphatic words
that he could find. Harold was chosen “a totius Angliæ primatibus.”
He was chosen then, and did not simply seize the Crown by force or
fraud. He was chosen, not by some small or packed assembly, but
by the chief men of the land. And he was chosen, not by this or
that shire or Earldom, but by the chief men of the whole land.
However small might be the number of Northumbrians actually
present in the Assembly, Northumberland was constitutionally
bound by their vote, no less than Wessex and East-Anglia. All
this is implied in the weighty and carefully chosen words of
598Florence. Harold was elected by the only power which had a right
to dispose of the Crown, by that Great Council of the Nation,
which made and repealed laws, which laid on and took off taxes,
which declared war and made peace, which elected and deposed
Earls, Bishops, and Kings. Such is the undoubted meaning of the
words of the two highest of all the authorities which mention the
matter. That the Abingdon and Worcester Chroniclers, while they
assert the bequest and the coronation, are silent about the election,
is in no way wonderful. They do not at any time take that pleasure
in putting forth the popular side of our Constitution which
was clearly felt by Florence, and by the Peterborough writer still
more keenly. The Peterborough Chronicler wrote at the moment
in the fulness of his heart; Florence wrote as a grave and judicial
harmonizer many years later. Both tell the same story.
These two authorities are to my mind quite enough to establish
the fact of Harold’s legal and regular election; still I will go on,
as before, to trace out such subsidiary evidence as we have in its
favour, before we see what is said on the other side.
The Biographer, who formed so important a part of our evidence
for establishing the bequest of Eadward, now fails us altogether.
As I have before said, he does not directly record any event after
Eadward’s death.
The Tapestry (pl. 7) contains a scene, of which I have made
much use in the text (p. 22), in which the Crown is offered to
Harold by two persons. This scene is highly important. It is of
itself an answer to all the vague Norman talk about Harold seizing
the Crown by fraud or force—all the declamation about “invasit,”
“arripuit,” and the like. The Crown is offered to him very
quietly, and he is evidently represented as still doubting whether
to take it or no. The scene too is put (see p. 584) in a position
which is evidently meant to connect it with Eadward’s death-bed
bequest. But in this scene in the Tapestry, though there is
nothing to exclude, there is nothing to assert any formal election.
The Crown is evidently brought from the chamber of the dead
King, and the story would run just as well if it were brought
simply in obedience to his dying orders, without reference to the
choice of any one else. One can easily understand that, without
the least intention to falsify the story, the designers of the Tapestry,
just like the Abingdon and Worcester Chroniclers, might not feel
599specially called upon to dwell on the actual election, a scene, one may
add, which it would be by no means easy to represent in worsted
work. But, interpreting one authority by another, we are fully
justified in taking the scene in the Tapestry to be the result of the
election spoken of by the Peterborough Chronicler and by Florence.
The Crown was offered to Harold; that fact is represented in the
Tapestry. Our other authorities enable us to add that it was offered
to Harold in pursuance of a vote of the Witan.
The election of Harold being thus admitted, the question follows,
Was that election absolutely unanimous? Were any votes given,
any speeches made, any feelers thrown out, on behalf of William,
Eadgar, or any other possible candidate? It is quite possible that
such was the case, but the contemporary writers who mention the
election do not go minutely enough into details to prove anything
either way. Something like a candidature on the part both of
William and of Eadgar is implied by several later writers, but not
in terms which make us feel very positive about it. In any case
Harold must have had a triumphant majority.
It is not so easy to put together a catena of later writers in favour
of Harold’s election as it is to do so in favour of Eadward’s recommendation
on his behalf. Two or three hundred years after the time,
the idea of bequest was more familiar than the idea of election. We
have indeed the string of writers, beginning with Simeon, who copy
the whole passage from Florence in full. But we have no independent
witnesses to the tradition of the election answering to Eadmer and
Walter of Hemingburgh, who assert the bequest in words of their
own, not borrowed from Florence (p. 586). The entry in the
Waverley Annals I have already quoted (ib.). There the first
entry, translated from the Peterborough Chronicle, asserts the
election in the strongest terms, but it is immediately qualified by
the strange Normannizing passage which follows. We should remember
also that such an expression as that of Eadmer, who
simply says that Harold “succeeded according to Eadward’s will,”
though it does not assert the election, yet in no way excludes it.
And the use of a word like “successit” is of itself important, in the
teeth of words like “invasit” and “arripuit,” which we shall presently
come to.
It was, as we might have expected, in Harold’s own College at
Waltham that the tradition of the popular election of its great
600Founder lasted longest. There, down into the thirteenth century,
it was still a thing to be remembered and gloried in. And, what
we might have been less prepared for, it comes out very strongly
in at least one Scandinavian writer.
Of the two Waltham books, the De Inventione (c. 20) asserts
the election in the strongest terms;
“Post obitum itaque sanctissimi Regis, Comes Haroldus unanimi
omnium consensu in Regem eligitur, quia non erat eo prudentior
in terrâ, armis strenuus magis, legum terræ sagacior, in omni
genere probitatis cultior, ita ut huic electioni non possent contradicere,
qui eum summo odio persequuti fuissent usque ad tempora
illa, quoniam tanto operi adeò insignem in omnibus non genuerit
Anglia.”
I do not quite understand the last part of the passage, which is
perhaps purposely obscure. It may mean that Eadwine and
Morkere consented to the election; when we remember what the
writer had said about “Normanni et Gallici” in c. 14 (see
vol. ii. p. 39), we may perhaps rather think that the allusion is to the
Norman favourites. At any rate an unanimous election is asserted
as strongly as words can put it.
The romantic biographer of Harold may be fairly quoted on such
a matter as this, because he carries on the local tradition which we
find in the writer De Inventione. He twice mentions the accession
of his hero. The first time it is spoken of merely in general terms
(Chron. Ang. Norm. ii. 167); “Ubique fere terrarum celebri sermone
vulgatum est quemadmodùm, Edwardo sanctissimo ad cœleste
translato, in regno terreno successerit Haroldus.” The second
passage (ii. 187, 188) is very remarkable, whether anybody chooses
to believe the story or not. The writer asserts an unanimous
election of Harold, and that under very singular circumstances.
He records Harold’s oath, and argues at great length that it was
an oath which ought not to be kept. He then says that, as soon
as Harold came back from Normandy, he laid the case before the
Witan, who declared the oath not binding, and with one consent
elected him King. This would almost seem to be during Eadward’s
lifetime; at least the heading of the Chapter (manifestly
corrupt) contains these words, “Domino favente et faveto [sic]
convivente Edwardo ipsum regnâsse affirmant.” This I do not
profess to explain, unless the writer supposed some settlement in
601Harold’s favour to have been made during Eadward’s life-time
(cf. vol. ii. p. 421 et seqq.). The actual passage in the text runs
as follows;
“Haroldus ... suis demum redditus, quid pertulerit, quid
egerit, cunctis palam exponit. Exponentem ut audit, universitas
in irâ excandescit, initam mediante sacramento pactionem improbat,
ne observeretur vehementer reclamat. ‘Absit,’ inquiunt, ‘absit ut
serviamus Normannis. Absit ut fastûs Normannici jugo barbarico
nobilitatis Anglicæ urbana libertas nullatenùs substernatur.’ Quid
multa?
Conclamant omnes, sedet hæc sententia cunctis.
Posthabitoque juramenti, quod nullum esse credebatur, periculo,
Haroldus demum unanimi omnium consensu sublimatur in Regem.”
I do not rely on this as history, though possibly the statement is
not to be cast aside without thought. The main value of the
passage is to show how strong and enduring the local tradition was.
This account, asserting Harold’s popular election in the strongest
terms, is not very many years older than the French Life of
Eadward.
Later still, we have Peter of Langtoft (i. 398) distinctly asserting
both the fact and the lawfulness of Harold’s election;
“Après la mort Eduuarde, Harald est elu
Ray par la commune, la coroune ad resceu;
En drayture et ley leaus est-il tenu.”
Again Robert of Brunne (i. 66) is puzzled, and adds a comment of
his own;
“After Saẏnt Edward, Harald Kẏng þei ches,
Þorgh conseile of þam alle, and he þe scheld les
Right and in lawe, þe barons held him trewe.
Neverles his falshed brought us sorowe alle newe.”
Of the two Scandinavian writers of whom I have here to speak,
I have already quoted the passage from Snorro (see above, p. 595).
He distinctly asserts an election, though he makes the election be
obtained through an alleged will of Eadward, on which he seems
inclined to throw some doubt. The other Northern writer is the
Biographer of Olaf Tryggwesson, whom I have already quoted
(vol. ii. p. 542) as the only writer who seems anxious to canonize
Harold. He says distinctly (263) that “after Eadward, Harold
602the son of Godwine, whom some call a saint, took the Kingdom
by the will of all the folk in the land” (“Eptir Jatvard Kong
toc riki, af vild alz landfolksins, Haraldur Gudina son, er sumir
kallan helgan vera”). I shall have to quote this writer again at
another stage.
I now turn to the writers who are more or less decidedly hostile
to Harold. These sometimes deny the fact of the election, sometimes
they wrap up the fact, just as they do the fact of Eadward’s
recommendation, in vague and declamatory phrases. I will quote
first the purely Norman writers, and then those who represent
a certain mixture of Norman and English traditions.
First comes William of Poitiers (Giles, p. 121), who denies that
there was any election at all;
“Verus namque rumor insperatò venit, Anglicam terram Rege
Edwardo orbatam esse, et ejus coronâ Heraldum ornatum. Nec
sustinuit vesanus Anglus, quid electio publica statueret consulere;
sed in die lugubri, quo optimus ille humatus est, quum gens
universa plangeret, perjurus regium solium cum plausu occupavit,
quibusdam iniquis faventibus. Ordinatus est non sanctâ consecratione
Stigando, justo zelo Apostolici et anathemate ministerio
sacerdotum privati.”
William of Jumièges (vii. 31) is shorter and still vaguer, but,
by complaining that Harold beguiled away the whole English
nation from their allegiance to Duke William, he admits that
Harold had the hearts of the nation with him, and does in effect
imply the election. His words are,
“Cujus [Edwardi] regnum Heraldus continuò invasit, ex fidelitate
pejeratus, quam juraverat Duci. Ad quem Dux protinùs
legatos direxit, hortans ut ab hâc insaniâ resipisceret, et fidem
quam juramento spoponderat condignâ subjectione servaret. At
ille non solùm hoc audire contempsit, verùm omnem Anglorum
gentem ab illo infideliter avertit.”
Orderic (492 C), who, higher up in the same page (see
vol. ii. p. 541), showed some signs of generous feeling towards Harold,
becomes at this point more savage against him than anybody else.
He affirms, in apparent contradiction to William of Jumièges, that
Harold’s accession was against the will of a large part of the
English nation. This I believe to be a confused account of the
603temporary refusal of Northumberland to acknowledge Harold.
Orderic mentions Eadward’s death and burial, and then goes on;
“Tunc Heraldus, ipso tumulationis die, dum plebs in exsequiis
dilecti Regis adhuc maderet fletibus, à solo Stigando Archiepiscopo
(quem Romanus Papa suspenderat a divinis officiis pro quibusdam
criminibus) sine communi consensu aliorum Præsulum et Comitum
procerumque consecratus, furtim præripuit diadematis et purpuræ
decus. Audientes autem [Angli, I presume] temerariam invasionem
quam Heraldus fecerat, irati sunt; et potentiorum nonnulli fortiter
obsistere parati a subjectione ejus omnino abstinuerunt. Alii verò,
nescientes qualiter tyrannidem ejus, quæ jam super eos nimis excreverat,
evaderent, et è contra considerantes quòd nec illum dejicere,
nec alium Regem, ipso regnante, ad utilitatem regni substituere
valerent, colla ejus jugo submiserunt, viresque facinori
quod inchoaverat auxerunt. Mox ipse regnum, quod nequiter
invaserat, horrendis sceleribus maculavit.”
To these we may add, as speaking in the same spirit, the
Verdun Chronicle of Abbot Hugh (Labbé, i. 194);
“Etuuardus Anglorum Rex obiit, qui, quia sine filiis fuit,
consanguineum suum Wilelmum Normannorum Comitem post
se regnare instituit. Sed Heroldus, contra sacramentum quod
Willelmo fecerat, regnum invasit.”
Of the poetical writers, Wace (10977) speaks of a coronation
and of homage received by Harold. He says nothing of election;
but, as usual, there is nothing in him of the brutal violence so
common in the other Norman writers.
“Dez ke li Reis Ewart fu morz,
Heraut ki ert manant è forz
Se fist énoindre è coroner;
Unkes al Duc n’en volt parler,
Homages prist è féeltez
Des plus riches è des ainz nez.”
Benoît (36656) is characteristically much fiercer; he distinctly
denies both all election and all ecclesiastical consecration, and mixes
up the supposed wrongs of Tostig with those of William.
“Heraut, de coveitise espris,
Senz autre conseil qui’n fust pris,
Saisi le reigne demaneis;
Parjurez e faus se fist reis
Eissi, senz icele unction
E senz cele sacration
Qu’en deit faire à rei saintement
Le jor de son coronement.
Eissi, senz nule autre devise,
Parjur, faus, pleins de coveitise,
Se fist coroner à grant tort:
Por c’en fu puis destruit e mort.
Ne tint envers le duc fiance
Ne ostage ne covenance,
De son frere ne li sovint;
Eissi out le reaume e tint.”
604We now come to the other class of writers, those who wrote in
England under more or less of Norman influence, and who contrast
remarkably with those who, like Simeon and Roger of
Howden, are content to follow Florence. First comes William
of Malmesbury, who gives two accounts in different parts of his
work. The former passage (ii. 228) I have already quoted (see
above, p. 588). At a later stage (iii. 238) he comes back to the
subject again and gives quite a different account. The English
were divided between Harold, William, and Eadgar; but it is
now neither Harold nor William, but Eadgar, in whose favour
Eadward had made his final bequest. Notwithstanding this
bequest, notwithstanding a real diversity of sentiment among
themselves, all give Harold an outward support, and he obtains
the Crown. This is very vague and obscure. It may possibly
mean that Harold was elected by a large majority, though some
votes were given for other candidates. The words are,
“Rex Edwardus fato functus fuerat. Anglia dubio favore
nutabat, cui se rectori committeret incerta, an Haroldo an Willelmo
an Edgaro; nam et illum, pro genere proximum regno, proceribus
Rex commendaverat, tacito scilicet mentis judicio, sed
prono in clementiam animo. Quarè, ut prædixi, Angli diversis
votis ferebantur, quamvis palàm cuncti bona Haroldo imprecarentur:
et ille quidem, diademate fastigiatus, nihil de pactis inter
se et Willelmum cogitabat.”
This passage of William of Malmesbury is our first distinct
mention of the rights of Eadgar. It is the first hint of a doctrine
whose partizans were, as time went on, largely to increase.
According to this account, Eadward’s wishes are in favour of
Eadgar, and his wishes are supported by a party among the
Witan. This is the first setting forth of Eadgar as an actual
candidate; but there is a passage of Orderic (598 A), in which
he seems to think it necessary to explain why William came to the
Crown rather than any one of the English royal family; “Guillelmus
Dux Normannorum, deficiente stirpe Regis Edgari quæ
idonea esset ad tenendum sceptrum regale, cum multis millibus
armatorum ad Anglos transfretavit, et in campo Senlac invasorem
regni Albionis Heraldum bello peremit.” Here we clearly see the
first glimmering of the new view, which gets a little plainer in
William of Malmesbury, and much plainer in those who came after
605him. William’s two accounts became stock passages, which were
copied by the inferior writers who followed him, just as Florence’s
description was copied by Simeon and other more judicious compilers.
For instance, William’s description is taken as the groundwork
of that given by Roger of Wendover (i. 513), which however
is well worthy of notice. The hereditary right of Eadgar
is now put much more prominently forward than it was a
hundred years earlier.
“Defuncto, ut prædictum est, Eadwardo, Anglorum Rege sanctissimo,
fluctuabant proceres regni, quem sibi Regem præficerent
et rectorem. Quidam enim Willelmo Normannorum Duci, quidam
Comiti Haroldo filio Godwini, alii autem favebant Eadgaro filio
Eadwardi. Eadmundus verò Latus-Ferreum, Rex naturalis de
stirpe Regum, genuit Eadwardum, Eadwardus Eadgarum, cui de
jure regnum debebatur Anglorum. Sed Haroldus, vir callidus et
astutus, intelligens quia ‘nocuit semper differre paratis,’ in die
Epiphaniæ, quâ Rex Eadwardus sepultus est, extortâ fide a majoribus,
capiti proprio imposuit diadema.”
This account of Roger of Wendover is followed in nearly the
same words by Matthew Paris (2 ed. Wats), and in the Winchester
History by Thomas Rudborne (Ang. Sacr. i. 241), who makes some
most singular comments which I shall consider in another note.
It implies more distinctly than William of Malmesbury does that
the Duke was supported by a party—whether of native Englishmen
or not—who had influence in England. But the rights of
William are now much less dwelt on than the rights of Eadgar.
Indeed there is another version, which leaves out William altogether,
and dwells wholly on the rights of Eadgar. The nation,
or a part of it, is in favour of the Ætheling, but Harold, by his
wealth, his popularity, his vigour and energy, by some means of
some sort, good or bad, contrives to supplant him. We first find
this view where we should hardly have looked for it, namely in
Henry of Huntingdon (M. H. B. 761 D), whom we elsewhere see
(vol. i. p. 332) firmly believing in the hereditary rights of William.
His account is very short, but it has become, like those of Florence
and William of Malmesbury, one of the stock passages for later
writers to copy. The West Minster is hallowed, Eadward dies and
is buried; then
“Quidam Anglorum Eadgar Atheling promovere volebant in
606Regem. Haraldus verò, viribus et genere fretus, regni diadema
invasit.”
This is followed in one of the alternative accounts in Bromton
and R. Higden (see above, p. 586), but they add a very sound
reason why Eadgar was passed by, namely “quia puer erat, et
tanto oneri minùs idoneus.” The means of Harold’s influence
is described in different words by different copyists, but the
fullest is that into which it swells in Knighton (2339). He
had Higden before him, and Higden gave, as an alternative
statement, Florence’s account of the recommendation of Eadward
and the election of Harold. “Tradit tamen Marianus,” says Higden
(284), after giving the other account, “quod Rex Edwardus
ante obitum suum designaverit Haraldum Regem futurum, quem
proceres mox in Regem erexerunt.” The unlucky use of the
doubtful word “designaverit” instead of Florence’s “elegerat” led
Knighton astray, and he turned the recommendation into a prophecy.
He kept however the distinct statement of the election
by the “proceres,” but mixed it up with the usual talk about
“occupavit” and with the mention of Eadgar, out of Henry
of Huntingdon. The result is worth giving in full;
“Tradunt quidam quod Rex Edwardus, ante obitum suum,
Haroldum prædixit futurum Regem post se, quem proceres mox
in Regem erexerunt. Mox Haroldus regnum occupavit, quod per
novem menses circiter tenuit. Quidam enim Edgarum Adelyng,
filium Edwardi filii Edmundi Ferrei Lateris, Regem constituere
moliebantur, sed quia puer erat tanto regimini inidoneus et in
bursâ minus refertus, Haraldus Comes, cui erat mens astutior,
crumena fecundior, et miles copiosior et pompis gloriosior, sinistro
omine regnum occupavit.”
This is a good specimen of the way in which later compilers put
together those accounts which we often see quoted in modern books
as if they were of equal authority with the Chronicles. It is
amusing to see how Eadward’s recommendation of Harold, the
best political act of his life, is changed, through the stages of
“elegerat,” “designaverit,” “prædixit,” into an exercise of the
prophetic powers of the saint. Still it is some comfort to see,
standing forth in the midst of all this, the bit of true history
which is set forth in the words, “quem proceres in Regem
erexerunt.”
607I have gone on uninterruptedly through the Latin writers, but I
must now go back some generations to quote the very curious
account given by Robert of Gloucester (i. 354 Hearne). He is all
loyalty towards the Ætheling, and admiration towards those who
supported his cause.
“Harald þẏs false erl, þo Seynt Edwarde dede laẏ,
Hẏm sulue he let crounẏ kẏng þulke sulue daẏ,
Falslẏche; vor Seẏnt Edward so wel to hẏm truste,
þat he bẏtot hẏm Engelond, þat he ẏt well wuste
To Wyllammes byof þe bastard, duc of Normandẏe.
Ac hẏm sulf he made kẏng mẏd such trecherẏe.
Ac þe gode tryw men of þe lond wolde abbe ẏmade kẏng
þe kunde eẏr, þe ȝonge chẏld, Edgar Aþelyng.
Wo so were next kẏng bẏkunde, me clupeþ hẏm Aþelyng.
þervor me clupede hẏm so, vor bẏkunde he was next kyng.
Ac Harald made hẏs weẏ bẏvore, as mẏd suykedom,
Mẏd ȝẏftẏs and myd vayre byheste, and avong þe kẏnedom.
So þat somme hẏm chose alout, and somme hem hulde stẏlle,
And soffrede as hii noeȝt ne mẏȝte al oþeres wẏlle.
So þat Harald was kẏng, to wom þe hele þe kẏnedom.
And Seẏnt Edwardes sẏȝte bẏ hẏm to soþe come.
Vor þo bẏgan þe wow vorst, as me mẏȝte ẏse,
þat ssolde, as Seẏnt Edward seẏde, bẏ þre kẏnges day be.”
Loyalty to Eadgar and the orthodox interpretation of Eadward’s
vision of course go together.
Lastly, one step only remains to be taken, namely to make the
oath and perjury of Harold a sin, not against William but against
Eadgar. We get the first glimmering of this in a Flemish writer
of the thirteenth century, Hariulf, the author of the Chronicon
Centulense or Chronicle of Saint Riquier in the second volume of
D’Achery’s Spicilegium. He died in 1143. His account (p. 345)
is as follows;
“Postquam autem mortuus est Rex Ethguardus, Herioldus
quidam Comes regnum sibi accepit contra fas, et contra fidem
sacramenti quod prædicto Regi juraverat, spondens quod pronepoti
ipsius Regis, nomine Elfgaro, regnum cederet absque ullo impedimento.
At quum regni potestate et fascibus injustè uteretur,
expulso Ethguardi pronepote Elfgaro, summus et super omnia potens
Deus, in cujus jussu constant regna terrarum, et qui donat ei cui
608vult, signo mirabili è cœlo ostenso, destinavit Guillelmum Ducem
Normannorum Anglorum Regem fieri; et quia veraciter Dei nutu
idipsum Guillelmus appetebat rei prosperitate probatum est.”
We may mark here, First, That Harold is supposed, as indeed
he is in the story of his oath to William, to have some kind of
power of disposing of the Crown or influencing its disposal.
Secondly, That no earthly right is recognized in William; he
is expressly called to the Kingdom by a sign from heaven in
the shape of the comet.
But it was reserved for an English writer of the fifteenth century
finally to put the notions of Hariulf—wherever Hariulf found them—into
shape, and that into a shape exactly suiting the English
politics of the fifteenth century. Famous John Hardyng, living
so long after the time, naturally knew things which had not been
revealed to those who lived earlier. He devotes two stanzas of his
Chronicle to the matter (p. 232 ed. Ellis). Eadward’s miracles
have just been spoken of; then
“Sone after that he dyed and went to blysse;
But fyrste he made Duke Herold protectoure
Of his cousyne, to governe and to wysse,
Edgar Athelyng, full yonge a governoure,
Whom he ordeyned to be his successoure,
As very heyre to Edmonde Ironesyde;
But this Herolde then set all that asyde.
...
Herolde by strength then crowned was for kynge,
Forsworne that was upon the euangelystes
For to crowne Edgar Athelynge,
And hym protecte and defende in all wyse
Unto his age, that none the realm suppryse.
This was his othe of whiche he was forswore,
All yf he made Edgar an earle therefore.”
Protectors were much more familiar in the days of John Hardyng
than they were in the days of Florence and the Chroniclers. Here
too is a special revelation, that the oath broken by Harold was an
oath to Eadgar, and not an oath to William. We here get the
history of the eleventh century as it was convenient to read it in
the days of Richard of York and of Edward the Fourth. The
“very heir” is wrongfully kept out by usurpers, the strictest
doctrine of legitimacy only is to be acknowledged, and the rights of
609William, so sacred in the eyes of William of Poitiers and Henry of
Huntingdon, are now (234) expressly denied. William came
“In trone royall to have the monarchye,
By his conquest and his victorye,
Withoute tytle of ryght to hym discente,
But onely of his tryumphall entente.”
Lastly, I suppose that I ought at least to mention the words in
which Harold’s accession is recorded in the Brut y Tywysogion,
1066. In the English translation the entry stands thus; “That
Harold who, at first earl, through cruelty after the death of King
Edward unduly acquired the sovereignty of the kingdom of England,
was despoiled of his kingdom and life by William the Bastard, duke
of Normandy, though previously vauntingly victorious. And that
William defended the kingdom of England in a great battle, with
an invincible hand, and his most noble army.” I am sorry that
my ignorance of Welsh hinders me from judging of the accuracy
of the translation of the words in Italics, which certainly have a
strange sound. The whole passage is an amplification of the corresponding
passage in the Annales Cambriæ, in which there is
nothing answering to them.
I have thus traced out the various statements with regard to
the question of Harold’s election. That it was a perfectly regular
act is asserted by two of our highest original authorities, and their
narrative is in no way inconsistent with the narratives of those
original authorities who do not directly mention the fact. The
statement of the Peterborough Chronicler and of Florence was
accepted, as preferable to the counter-statements, by some of the
best and most careful compilers of the next age. Even the Scandinavian
writers and Harold’s own local panegyrists at Waltham
are at least witnesses to a tradition. Simeon, Roger of Howden,
and Ralph of Diss are something more. They deliberately preferred
Florence’s statement to any other, at a time when other
statements were much more acceptable to the reigning powers.
As the idea of elective kingship gradually died out, the tradition
of Harold’s regular election would seem stranger and stranger, so
that for a later writer to accept it really implied a certain amount
of critical and independent judgement. On the other hand we have,
first the fact that the highest Norman authority of all, the Tapestry,
610though it does not directly assert the election, is quite consistent
with that version, while it is quite inconsistent with the legend of
Harold seizing the Crown by force or fraud. Moreover the witnesses
against Harold, from the very beginning, do not agree among
themselves. Some say that there was no public election; Harold,
they tell us, seized the Crown by a conspiracy with a few men,
and reigned against the will of the nation. Others complain that
Harold beguiled away the whole English people from their allegiance
to the lawful heir. All wrap up their story in vague and
declamatory phrases, which may mean anything or nothing, and
which contrast forcibly with the distinct and clear statement of
Florence. Then, as we get a little further away from the time, all
kinds of new ideas come in. Each writer, from Henry of Huntingdon
to John Hardyng, tells the story according to the political
theories of his own age and his own party. When the notion of hereditary
right was gaining strength, when a family sat on the throne
who had other claims than those of the first Norman conquerors,
the supposed rights of William began to drop out of sight. From
the twelfth century onwards, we hear more and more of Eadgar,
less and less of William, till at last, in the fifteenth century, we are
pointedly told that it was not William but Eadgar to whom the false
oath of Harold was taken. Thus the true tradition of Harold’s
election had to struggle with greater difficulties in each generation,
as to each generation the ancient notion of popular election of Kings
became less and less familiar. The Peterborough Chronicler alone,
in the joy of his heart, recorded the election of the hero whom he
loved at the moment when it happened. Every other writer, from
Florence onwards, who asserted Harold’s lawful election, asserted
it in the teeth of prevalent prejudices and prevalent misstatements.
From the contemporary entry in the Chronicle to the one true jewel
half hidden in the dung-heap of Knighton, the evidence in favour of
Harold’s election forms a chain of evidence of the very highest
kind, all the higher because every statement after the first is made
in the teeth of statements on the other side.
Is then the conventional talk about Harold’s accession, the talk
about “occupavit,” “invasit,” “arripuit,” and the like, mere invention,
mere wanton slander? Or is it founded, as both legend and
calumny generally are founded, on some truth misrepresented or
611misconceived? I think that in this case also the legend has a certain
groundwork of truth. The origin of this kind of talk is probably to
be found in the extreme haste with which the burial of Eadward,
the election and the coronation of Harold, were got through. There
was indeed nothing illegal or unprecedented in the matter. The
first election of Eadward himself had been made, just like the election
of Harold, before the burial of the King whose death had caused
the vacancy. And, had Eadward been on the spot, he might perhaps
have been crowned, as well as elected, with as great haste as
Harold was. And the hurried election of Harold was far more
regular than the hurried election of Eadward. It does not appear
that, when Harthacnut died, any regular Meeting of the Witan was
actually in session. The first election of Eadward must have been
made only by the citizens of London and such of the other Witan
as could be got together at the moment. But the death of Eadward
took place during the Christmas Feast, so that Harold’s election
was made by the ordinary Midwinter Gemót. The thing then was
done lawfully and regularly; still it was done with a haste which
might well seem strange, and it is not wonderful that men in
other lands, prejudiced against Harold, prejudiced against England,
ignorant of the Laws of England, should look on the matter in the
worst possible light. On William and his friends the news came like
a thunder-clap. They heard in the same breath that Eadward was
dead and that Harold was consecrated King. Eadward was King on
the morning of Thursday; before the evening of Friday, Eadward
was in his grave, and Harold was King, full King, King crowned and
anointed. All William’s schemes were defeated, as far as it rested
with the peaceful action of the people of England to defeat them.
Not a moment had been allowed him to press his claims. The thing
was done, and the sword only could undo it. It was no wonder
then if, in Norman eyes, the haste of Harold’s accession seemed
strange, indecent, altogether wicked. That it was thoroughly good
according to English Law was a point about which William of Poitiers
and his fellows neither knew nor cared anything. They naturally
vented their wrath in talk about “invasit” and “arripuit.” As
usual, declamatory expressions got substance. Harold was rhetorically
said to have “seized” the Crown; thence came a story that
he physically seized it with his own hands. The burial and the
coronation were performed on the same day; thence came a
612story that Harold seized the time of Eadward’s burial for a sham
election and coronation. Lastly, the temporary refusal of Northumberland
to acknowledge Harold, of which I shall have to speak a
few pages on, no doubt grew into the account in Orderic, copied by
some later writers, about a large part of the nation standing aloof
from Harold, or being actually hostile to him.
I have now dealt with two of the three points touching Harold’s
accession, namely, the recommendation of Eadward in his favour,
and his actual election by the Witan. The third point which remains
is the coronation. It is impossible wholly to disentangle the evidence
bearing on the coronation from the evidence bearing on the election,
so that some of the references belonging to the subject of the coronation
have been unavoidably forestalled. There remains however
more than one point to be formally discussed in another note.
There are three points for discussion with regard to the Coronation
of Harold;
First, Was Harold duly consecrated with the usual ecclesiastical
rites?
Second, Who was the officiating Prelate at the ceremony?
Third, What was the place of the ceremony?
The evidence on the first point is as decisive as evidence can
be. The ecclesiastical consecration of Harold is asserted by all
the three Chroniclers. Abingdon and Worcester, with small verbal
differences, both say, “Her wearð Harold Eorl eac to Cynge gehalgod.”
Peterborough uses another word and gives us the date;
“Harold Eorl ... wæs gebletsod to Cynge on Twelftan mæsse
dæg.” Florence, in the passage which I have throughout taken
as my text, states the same fact, and adds the name of the consecrator.
Harold was “ab Aldredo Archiepiscopo Eboracensi
honorificè consecratus.” I therefore have not hesitated to describe
Harold in the text as consecrated by Ealdred, according to the
form of consecration then in use in the English Church.
The writers whom I have already quoted as following the
account of Florence with regard to the recommendation and the
613election, naturally follow him also with regard to the coronation.
The coronation is also mentioned as an alternative statement by
those writers who mention the recommendation and election as
alternative statements. It is somewhat curious that Knighton,
whose account is the most confused of all, seems (X Scriptt. 2339)
to have no doubt about the coronation; “Nunc Haraldus ab Aldredo
Eboracensi Archiepiscopo consecratus est.” This is the
one position which he leaves without alternative or self-contradiction.
The coronation is of course also asserted by the writer
De Inventione (c. 20); “Rex igitur consecratus a Stigando Dorobernensi
Archipræsule.” According to his Norwegian admirer
(263), Harold was consecrated King and anointed (smeared)
with holy chrism; “Hann var vigdr Kongr oc smurdr helgum
chrisma.” Snorro also (Johnstone, 192; Laing, iii. 77) asserts
that he was duly consecrated, and that on his consecration all the
chiefs and people of the land submitted to him (“Haralldr var
til konungs tekinn, oc vígdr konungs-vigslo inn xiii í Páls-kirkio.
Gengo þá allir höfdingiar til handa hönom, oc allt fólk”).
The Norman writers nearest to the time do not deny an ecclesiastical
consecration. Only they affirm that the officiating Prelate
was Stigand. “Ordinatus est non sanctâ consecratione Stigandi,”
says William of Poitiers (121 Giles); so Orderic in the passage
already quoted (see above, p. 603), who even goes further, and says
that the ceremony was performed by Stigand without the consent
of the other prelates and nobles. William of Jumièges (see above,
p. 602) slurs over the whole matter with the words “regnum invasit.”
The Tapestry distinctly represents an ecclesiastical consecration,
but the Prelate standing by the King on his throne is
significantly marked “Stigant Archiep̄s.”
It is only when we get further from the time that we find any
distinct denial of an ecclesiastical consecration of some sort. Wace,
as we have seen (see above, p. 603), is colourless. Benoît, in the
passage already quoted (ib.), distinctly denies any ecclesiastical consecration.
So does the author of the French Life; he first asserts
(4079–4081) that Harold caused himself to be elected and crowned,
because no one dared oppose him;
“Il se fist de muz eslire
E curuner; kar cuntredire
Nel osa nuls.”
614He presently goes on to say, more at length, that the coronation
was done hastily by laymen without any ecclesiastical rite;
“De la Tephanie fu la feste,
Curune mise sur sa teste;
E lendemein ke rois Aedward
Muruit, ke mut li fu vis tard,
De seculers e lai gent,
Par orgoil sudéement,
Sanz sacrement de seint iglise,
Fu curunez e sanz servise.”
(vv. 4095–4102.)
The story that Harold put the Crown on his own head probably
comes from an expression of William of Malmesbury, in the former
of his two accounts (ii. 228; see above, p. 604), “extortâ à principibus
fide, diadema arripuit.” For this Roger of Wendover (see
above, p. 605) substitutes the words “extortâ fide a majoribus,
capiti proprio imposuit diadema.” In this he is followed, as we
have seen, by Matthew Paris and Thomas Rudborne, but the latter
adds an explanation which I must presently examine more at
length. The Hyde writer too tells us (290), “regnum Anglorum
... usurpavit, regiumque diadema sibi imposuit.” So the author
of the Annales Regum Angliæ (in the Rishanger volume, p. 427);
“Haroldus filius Godwyni die sexto Januarii seipsum apud Westmonasterium
coronavit.” The same words occur in Brompton
(958) as an alternative. The Ramsey historian also (c. 120, p.
461) speaks to the same effect; “Haraldus ... diademate regni
sese temerè insignivit.”
In all these writers the feeling against Harold is manifest, with
the seeming exception of Thomas Rudborne. He first of all, as I
have said, tells the story in words borrowed from Roger of Wendover,
including the self-coronation of Harold, and his description as “vir
callidus et astutus.” But, as he gets on, he gradually softens. He
is sorry that Harold was guilty of perjury (Ang. Sac. i. 242), because,
if he had not been so, he would most likely have defeated William
(“utinam Haroldus non perjurus fuisset, et disciplinam Aristotelis
quam dedit Alexandro Magno sequutus fuisset; fortè Dei auxilio et
non dubium, ut aliquibus videtur, vicisset Willelmum”). He then goes
on to explain how it came to pass that Harold was never anointed,
and why he put the Crown on his own head (“Iste Haroldus,
quamvis semetipsum propriis manibus coronâsset, numquam tamen
Rex inunctus erat”). Harold had scruples about being crowned by
Stigand, on account of his pluralities (“noluit enim inungi a
615Stigando Cantuariensi Archiepiscopo, quia injustè duos pontificatus,
viz. Cantuariensem et Wyntoniensem, detinuit”). He wished to be
anointed by Ealdred, but that Primate was very sick at the time.
Harold therefore put off his unction till Ealdred’s recovery (“distulit
enim recipere regiam inunctionem quousque Aldredus Eboracensis
Archiepiscopus sanitati restitueretur, gravi enim infirmitate
pro tunc detinebatur”). Unluckily Ealdred never recovered during
Harold’s reign, and Harold therefore went without unction altogether
(“Archipræsul verò Eboracensis Aldredus ab infirmitate
minimè convaluit usque ad mortem seu occisionem Haroldi”). The
statement of Florence and his followers or, as Rudborne says, of
Ralph of Diss and some others (“quod autem Radulphus de Dyseto
Londoniensis Decanus et quidam alii scribunt”), that Harold was
consecrated by Ealdred, he explains as meaning that Ealdred simply
consented to his consecration, not that he consecrated him in person
(“hoc intelligendum est quia Aldredus Archiepiscopus sic consensit
consecrationi, non quod egit seu dedit munus consecrationis
in actu”). How Ealdred could be said to consent to a consecration
which never took place is not very clear. For all this Rudborne
refers to “Auctor de Concordantiis Historiarum Angliæ sub
literâ H.” In this story I can see only an ingenious, but somewhat
unlucky, attempt to reconcile contradictory statements. Still there
is something remarkable in the canonical scrupulousness which it
attributes to Harold, though the form which it takes is somewhat
singular. If canonical disabilities affected one Primate and bodily
ailments the other, one does not see why, as in some later cases,
Saint Wulfstan or any other Bishop in the land might not have
officiated by lawful commission.
Putting aside then the misstatements and misconceptions of
other writers as well as the ingenious explanations of Thomas Rudborne,
I do not hesitate to say that the ecclesiastical consecration,
as asserted by the contemporary writers on both sides, must be
admitted as an undoubted fact. The only question open to reasonable
doubt is whether Ealdred or Stigand was the consecrator. The
Chroniclers, writing at the time, before any controversy had arisen,
did not mention the celebrant. Florence, after misstatements had
arisen, thought it right to put on record that the celebrant was
Ealdred. He is followed by the best later compilers, among whom
616Thomas Stubbs (X Scriptt. 1702) should specially be mentioned, for
he writes as the historian of the Primates of York, and, though he
adopts the words of Florence, he doubtless represents the independent
tradition of the church of York. The only strictly English
writer who represents Harold as crowned by Stigand is the Waltham
writer De Inventione. The compilers, from Roger of Wendover
onwards, seem to have been more taken with the notion of Harold’s
putting the Crown on his own head. Perhaps they did not fully
understand the point of the question between Ealdred and Stigand.
On the other hand, William of Poitiers and Orderic distinctly
assert that Harold was crowned by Stigand (see above, pp. 602, 603);
but they do it in rhetorical passages, in which they go on to enlarge
on Stigand’s schismatical position. Their evident object is to
represent Harold’s coronation as uncanonical and invalid. The
representation in the Tapestry is singular. It does not show
Stigand in the act of crowning or anointing Harold. Harold is
already crowned and seated on his throne, and Stigand stands by,
seemingly addressing the people. The Tapestry always seems to
me the most honest and trustworthy of all Norman accounts; otherwise
I could almost believe that there is here an attempt to insinuate
that Stigand was the celebrant without directly asserting it.
The question is simply this, Is this Norman statement to be
accepted in opposition to the statement of Florence, evidently meant
in answer to it? The statement, very brief and casual, of the one
Waltham writer, cannot be thought to add much to the strength of
the case. His notions about Stigand are a little confused throughout
his story, and he might easily take for granted that, if a King was
crowned, he must have been crowned by the Archbishop of Canterbury.
Leaving then the De Inventione, are we to believe William of
Poitiers, supported to some extent by the Tapestry, or are we to believe
Florence? I at least have no doubt as to preferring Florence
to William. Each is undoubtedly the champion of one side; still the
position of the two writers is widely different. The Archdeacon of
Lisieux wrote as the laureate of a living sovereign, from whose
favour he had everything to hope. The monk of Worcester wrote
to clear the memory of a fallen hero from the calumnies which were
already beginning to gather round it. William of Poitiers writes in
a spirit of frantic reviling against Harold; Florence never displays
any unbecoming bitterness against the Conqueror. Besides this, the
617assertion of William is simply an assertion; the assertion of Florence
has the weight of a denial. Add to this that William writes of
a transaction which happened in a foreign land of whose laws and
internal affairs he clearly knew nothing. Florence, though hardly
of an age at the time to say much from his own knowledge, was an
Englishman and a Worcester monk, a member of a body which
doubtless still watched the career of their former Bishop with
interest. As far then as the comparative value of witnesses goes, it
seems to me that Florence is a witness in every way more trustworthy
than William of Poitiers.
The probability of the case lies the same way. We have seen
that the episcopal ministrations of Stigand were at this time commonly
avoided in England. Harold himself had (see vol. ii. p. 446)
chosen Cynesige and not Stigand to hallow his minster at Waltham.
It is therefore most unlikely that, on the occasion of this still
greater ceremony, Harold should run the smallest risk of awakening
scandal or objection. The custom of the time, and Harold’s own
earlier conduct, show that Ealdred would be asked to perform the
ceremony, almost as a matter of course.
Lastly, if the ceremony was really performed by Stigand, the
assertion that it was performed by Ealdred must have been a deliberate
falsehood on the part of Florence or his informants. Mere
mistake or carelessness could never have led to it. But if the celebrant
really was Ealdred, we can understand that the statement
that it was Stigand might get abroad without any absolute lying on
the part of any one. Let us suppose a rumour of Harold’s coronation
reaching the Norman court. Such a rumour might well come
without the name of the officiating Prelate. It would be taken for
granted that the ceremony was performed by the Prelate whose
proper function it was, the Metropolitan of Canterbury. The
natural surmise that Harold must have been crowned by Stigand
would soon grow into a rumour that he actually had been crowned
by Stigand. The consecration of the perjured King by the schismatic
Primate would lead to fresh invectives against both. Such
a consecration would be declared to be no consecration; strict
churchmen, in the vigour of their rhetoric, would say that Harold
had never been consecrated at all. In the next stage those words
would be taken literally, and we thus reach the point at which
Benoît denies the performance of any religious ceremony. This
618process is exactly the same as that by which ecclesiastical writers so
constantly apply the name of concubine, or sometimes harder names
still, to the wives of priests or to other women to whose marriage
there was any canonical objection. Lastly, the belief that Harold
had no ecclesiastical consecration, mixed up with the talk about
“arripuit” and “invasit,” led not unnaturally to the idea, which
seems first to appear in Roger of Wendover, that Harold put the
Crown on his own head.
There is then, I think, no doubt whatever that Harold was
consecrated King with all the usual ecclesiastical rites. That the
ceremony was performed by Ealdred may be thought one degree
less certain, but that too seems to me to be a point on which
scepticism is unreasonable. One point only remains, namely the
place of the ceremony, whether Harold was crowned in the old
minster of Saint Paul or in the new minster of Saint Peter.
Our direct evidence either way comes from quite inferior writers;
those nearest the time, both Norman and English, do not mention
the place. Some of the passages have been already quoted.
We have seen that Snorro places the ceremony at Saint Paul’s.
The list of coronations in what we may conveniently call
Rishanger, followed by an alternative statement in Bromton, places
it at Westminster. So does John of Peterborough, under 1066;
“Successit in regnum Harold us Dux West-Saxonum, filius Godwini,
in crastino obitûs Regis, id est in die Epiphaniæ, apud
Westmonasterium coronatus.” On the other hand, in the Brevis
Relatio (Giles 4) we read,
“Adhuc autem erat corpus ejus [Edwardi] super terram, sicut
illi postea retulerunt qui hæc se videre dixerunt, quum Heraldus,
quasi insanus atque postponens quidquid Willelmo Comiti de regno
Angliæ juraverat, videlicet quod ei illud fideliter post mortem
Regis Edwardi servaret, consentientibus sibi civibus Londoniæ,
multisque aliis insaniæ ejus faventibus, apud sanctum Paulum in
civitate Londoniæ, contra omnem rectitudinem, coronam regni
Angliæ arripuit.”
Comparing this evidence, such as it is, the balance is distinctly
in favour of Westminster. The witness of Snorro, apparently in
favour of Saint Paul’s, really tells the other way. For he had just
before said (Johnstone, 191; Laing, iii. 77) that Eadward was
619buried at Saint Paul’s, whereas there is no need at all to prove
that he was buried at Westminster. Snorro most likely confounded
the minsters of the brother Apostles. But his statement
distinctly is that Harold was crowned in the same church in which
Eadward was buried, that is, in Saint Peter’s.
The spirit of the Brevis Relatio, a bitter Norman pamphlet of
the time of Henry the First, is abundantly shown in my extract.
The writer professes to speak from what he has heard from those
who were present. But does his statement really assert a coronation
at Saint Paul’s? What he records is something which took
place at Saint Paul’s before Eadward’s burial. This then could
not be Harold’s coronation, for that took place after Eadward’s
burial. Also he does not speak of a formal coronation; he uses
one of the set phrases of Norman declamation, “coronam regni
Angliæ arripuit.” Afterwards (p. 5) he makes William say how
“Heraldus coronam regni Angliæ sibi imposuisset.” These are
the rhetorical phrases which led to the later story of Harold
crowning himself, but they do not in themselves imply any actual
coronation at all. If the writer of the Brevis Relatio means an
actual coronation, he is at once convicted of error by his placing
the coronation before the burial. But it is just as likely that he is
not talking of the coronation but of the election. Harold seizes
the Crown with the consent of the citizens of London and many
others. That is most likely the author’s way of putting the fact
that he was elected by the citizens of London and the rest of the
Witan, and it is highly probable that an Assembly in which the
citizens of London were likely to take a prominent part might be
held in Saint Paul’s.
It is therefore by no means clear that there is any evidence at
all for Saint Paul’s. The direct evidence for Westminster, though
not good, is a little better. The statement of John of Peterborough
is very clear and straightforward, but the date of
his Chronicle is uncertain, and it is in any case long after the
time. His entry may be merely copied from Rishanger, whose
statement, being found in a special list of coronations and royal
burials, has a certain value, as not being a mere obiter dictum,
but the assertion of a man who was specially enquiring into a
certain subject.
But I rest the coronation of Harold at Westminster far less on
620these late statements than on the probability of the case and on
what seems to me to be the implied evidence of earlier writers.
Florence on the one hand, William of Poitiers and Orderic on the
other, seem pointedly to connect the burial of Eadward and the
coronation of Harold. In Florence’s narrative, Eadward dies and
is buried; “Obiit Lundoniæ et in crastino sepultus regio more....
Quo tumulato,” he continues, in the passage which I have so often
referred to, “Subregulus Haroldus ... die eodem ... in Regem
est honorificè consecratus.” Two great ecclesiastical ceremonies,
one immediately following the other, take place on the same day;
in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, the presumption
surely is that they took place in the same church. William of
Poitiers again (see above, p. 602) and, I may add, William of
Malmesbury (see above, p. 588), seems to complain of the indecency
of having the coronation on the same day as the burial, but they
connect the two things, and they in no way imply any difference
of place. It is only Orderic (see above, p. 603), who, by the use
of the word “furtim,” might possibly suggest that Harold took
advantage of the funeral in Saint Peter’s to be crowned elsewhere
by Stigand. But he does not distinctly say so, nor do his words
necessarily imply it. It strikes me then that Florence implies
Harold’s coronation in Saint Peter’s and that nobody else
denies it.
In fact, there was every motive for Harold to be crowned in
Saint Peter’s, there was none for him to be crowned anywhere else.
Eadmund and Cnut had been crowned at Saint Paul’s, but Saint
Paul’s was no traditional crowning-place of West-Saxon royalty.
Kingston had been forsaken, and no other one spot had definitively
taken its place. No prescription was broken through by a Westminster
coronation, and the circumstances of the recent consecration
of the church, the death and burial of the Founder, would draw all
men’s minds to the newly hallowed temple, and cause it to be
chosen before all others for the greatest of national rites. To
believe that the Prelates and the other Witan buried Eadward at
Saint Peter’s, and then, without any conceivable motive, marched off
to Saint Paul’s to crown Harold, seems utterly preposterous. There
is good reason to believe that the West Minster was, from the very
beginning, designed as a national crowning-place. The assertion of
the doubtful charter to that effect (see vol. ii. p. 505) is confirmed
621by the practice of later ages. William was crowned at Saint
Peter’s. The fact that he was crowned there is in truth no slight
argument that Harold was crowned there before him. William
had no motive to innovate on such a point. His only reason for
being crowned at Saint Peter’s must have been because Saint
Peter’s had been specially designed by Eadward for Kings to be
crowned in. And that motive would tell just as strongly with
Harold as with William. William had every motive to connect
himself in every way with the memory of Eadward, and to put
himself forward in every way as the true successor of Eadward and
the faithful executor of his wishes. But Harold had exactly the
same motives to do exactly the same. A passage of William of
Malmesbury (quoted above, p. 555) which has been pressed into the
service of the other side (Stanley, Memorials of Westminster, 48)
has no reference to the matter at all. All that is there said is
that William favoured the Abbey of Westminster because he was
crowned there, and that William’s successors, out of reverence for
Saint Eadward’s tomb, were crowned there also. There is not a
word, expressed or implied, to show that William’s was the first
coronation in the West Minster.
I have then, in these three notes, gone, to the best of my power,
through the whole of the points suggested by my text from
Florence. I trust that I have shown that we have the strongest
ground that history can give us for believing that Harold the son
of Godwine was in every way a lawful King of the English, a King
chosen, crowned, and anointed, according to the ancient use of this
Church and Realm. We may quote without hesitation the words
even of his own romantic biographer, when he introduces his hero
(ii. 151) as “Illustrissimus Rex legitimus Haroldus, jam ritè ac
legitimè coronatus.” The evidence of true history, as distinguished
from the voice of calumny and misconception, sets Harold before
us as recommended by the dying will of his predecessor, as chosen
to the Kingdom by the consent of a full and regular Assembly of
the whole nation, as consecrated to his kingly office with all the
rites of the Church, at the hands of a Primate whose canonical
position no man ventured to gainsay. And we may add that there
is no ground for depriving the royal Abbey of Saint Peter of the
choicest flower in the rich garland of its historic memories. There
622is no ground for doubting that the spot which beheld the royal
unction of Edward and Elizabeth had already received a higher
honour still, in being the spot where, for the first and last time in
English history, an English King received the English Crown
purely because he was the worthiest of the English people.
For the details of the coronation-rite I have gone mainly to
Selden’s Titles of Honour (p. 115), to Taylor’s Glory of Regality,
a very careful and accurate work devoted wholly to the subject of
coronations, and to the third volume of Maskell’s Monumenta
Ritualia Ecclesiæ Anglicanæ. As we know that Harold was
“honorificè consecratus,” the very words in which Florence presently
describes the coronation of William, I have held myself fully
justified in describing him as crowned according to the office then
in use in the English Church, that commonly known as the Coronation
Office of Æthelred. This office is printed in full by Mr.
Taylor in an Appendix. It is also printed by Mr. Maskell, but
piecemeal in the notes to a later office, which makes it exceedingly
difficult to follow.
It would seem from the rubric of this office that the coronation
of the King was intended to follow immediately upon his election
by the Witan. He was to be led by two Bishops from the meeting
of the Elders to the church (“consecrandum Regem de conventu
Seniorum duo Episcopi per manus producant ad ecclesiam.” Taylor,
395; Maskell, 3). This office, as I have said in the text, has long
been a privilege of the Bishops of the two sees of Durham and Bath
and Wells. This custom, which has lasted down to our own day
(see the Coronation Office of her present Majesty, Maskell, p. 88),
dates from the time of Richard the First, who was led (see Roger
of Howden, Scriptt. p. Bed. 374 b) by Hugh, Bishop of Durham,
and Reginald, Bishop of Bath. But it appears from Guy of
Amiens (see pp. 556, 558) that William was led by the two Archbishops.
It is therefore probable that this privilege of the sees of
Durham and Wells is not older than Richard’s time (Maskell, xxix.;
623Taylor, 321, 325, et seqq.), and that his choice of Bishops for the
purpose was determined by the high descent of the Bishops of those
sees at that particular time, and that from them the right passed
on to their successors.
The election in the church by the clergy and people (“ab Episcopis
et a plebe”) is something distinct from the earlier civil election.
In my text I have simply transferred to the coronation of Harold
the account which we find given of the coronation of William.
The process is much the same in the later offices, down to the
form for the coronation of Henry the Eighth, according to a device
drawn up by that prince himself (see Maskell, 73). The hereditary
doctrine is set forth in the strongest language, but the principle of
election is put forth in language equally strong. Prince Henry is
spoken of as “rightfull and undoubted enheritour by the lawes of
God and man;” but he is also “electe, chosen, and required by
all the three estates of this lande to take uppon hym the seid
coronne and royall dignitie.” The assent of the people is asked
in this form, “Woll ye serve at this tyme, and geve your wills and
assents to the same consecration, enunction, and coronacion?
Whereunto the people shall say with a grete voyce, Ye, ye, ye; So
be it; Kyng Henry, King Henry.” This is perhaps the last very
distinct case of election. Since that time the form has gradually
shrunk up into the mere recognition which is now all that takes
place. Indeed the election itself can never have been much more than
a form. Such a form allows no room for the proposing and supporting
of opposing candidates, such as we know to have sometimes taken
place at royal elections (see vol. i. pp. 291, 534, ii. p. 9). It happens
at a stage when the King is already fixed upon, and when all that
is needed is his actual admission to the kingly office. The reason
for going through such an empty form probably was that, as the
coronation was an ecclesiastical rite, it was thought fit that there
should be at least the shadow of an ecclesiastical election, an election
by the clergy, and by the people in their character, not of English
freemen but of baptized men. The King-elect had been already
chosen to the civil office; it still needed the voice of the Church,
the voice of the clergy and of all Christian people, to declare him
worthy of the ecclesiastical sacrament. This ecclesiastical election
outlived the civil one, and it is singular to trace the steps by which
it dwindled down to the present unmeaning form.
624It is a most singular thing that a prayer in the office of Æthelred,
or rather in an English office older than that of Æthelred, should
have been copied for a King of the French in the fourteenth century,
without changing those local expressions which were suited to England
only. This curious fact was first mentioned by Selden (Titles
of Honour, 177, 189; see also Maskell, 14). The form in Æthelred’s
office prays that the King “totius Regni Anglo-Saxonum Ecclesiam
deinceps cum plebibus sibi annexis ita enutriat et doceat, muniat et
instruat, contraque omnes visibiles et invisibiles hostes idem potenter
regaliterque tuæ virtutis regimen administret, ut regale solium videlicet
Anglorum vel Saxonum sceptro [sceptrum] non deserat.” In
the later English forms the old national names are left out. But in
the order for the coronation of Charles the Fifth of France in 1375
(Selden, p. 189) the latter part runs thus, “ut regale solium videlicet
Saxonum, Merciorum, Nordanchimbrorum sceptra non deserat.”
Maskell also (14) quotes another French office, which instead of the
words “totius Regni Anglo-Saxonum Ecclesiam” reads “totius Albionis
Ecclesiam.” On this he quotes Ménard as arguing that the
King of the French anciently had royal rights over the Kingdom of
England, and that he was crowned King of the English. He suggests
that these rights arose in the person of Lewis From-beyond-Sea,
who might inherit a claim to the English Crown through his mother
Ogiva (Eadgifu. See vol. i. p. 208). Nothing can be plainer than that
the French scribes in both cases copied English offices, and seemingly
two distinct English offices, of which that used for Charles the Fifth
would seem to be older than the office of Æthelred. The formula
“Saxonum, Merciorum, Nordanchimbrorum” must be older than
the simple form “Anglorum vel Saxonum.” The passage also suggests
another question. What are the “plebes annexæ,” annexed,
as it would seem, to the Kingdom of the Angles and Saxons?
Surely the reference is to the dependent members of the English
Empire, a reference which had much less meaning in later English
offices and which had no meaning at all in the French.
With regard to the unction, it strikes me that, according to the
ancient English rite, the King was simply anointed on the head.
The rubric in Æthelred’s office (Maskell, 19) copied in the French
office (Selden, 116) is simply “hic unguatur oleo.” In the later
offices the King is anointed on the hands, breast, shoulders, and
625elbows, and on the head last of all. In the very ancient office
printed by Maskell (p. 76) from the Pontifical of Archbishop
Ecgberht, the rubric is “hic verget oleum cum cornu super caput
ipsius,” but another rubric follows, “unus ex pontificibus dicat
orationem et alii unguant.” This may possibly mean such a manifold
unction as we find in the later offices, but at any rate the order
is different.
With regard to the regalia, the Tapestry represents Harold as
holding the orb, which at a modern coronation is the subject of
a special ceremony and is directly connected with the investiture
with the “Imperial mantle” (Maskell, 114). But I do not find
any form for the delivery of the orb in Æthelred’s office. The
crown represented in the Tapestry seems to be a crown of fleurs-de-lys,
which is the form of the crown worn by Eadward both on his
deathbed and in the earlier scenes. It differs from that which has
just before been represented as offered to Harold, it differs also
from that which Harold bears on his coins, and none of them
seems to have the cross on the top to which Godwine alludes in
his speech in the great Gemót of 1052 (see vol. ii. p. 334).
It did not occur to me, when writing either the text or the
Appendix of my second volume, that the marriage of Harold and
Ealdgyth could be placed at any date except at some time between
the death of her first husband Gruffydd and Harold’s election to the
Crown. See vol. ii. p. 477. The different accounts which we have, not
one of them of first rate authority, all connect the death of Gruffydd
and the second marriage of his widow (see vol. ii. p. 630), as if no
great time had elapsed between the two events. There is however
no direct statement as to the date to be found anywhere, and one
or two hints, none of them perhaps of any great strength singly, but
having together a sort of cumulative force, have suggested to me
that it is quite as likely that the marriage may have taken place
after Harold’s coronation.
6261. One of the fullest of the Accounts of Ealdgyth, which I quoted
in vol. ii. p. 630, is that of Benoît de Ste. More, no great authority
certainly. He, it will be remembered, places the death of Gruffydd,
and consequently the marriage of his widow, after Harold’s accession.
As to the death of Gruffydd he is of course wrong, but it is
quite possible that he may have given the right date to the marriage,
and may have wrongly inferred that the death of Gruffydd
must have happened a short time before it.
2. What more immediately concerns us at this point is that
none of the accounts of Harold’s coronation contains any mention of
Ealdgyth, unless the expression of Orderic (quoted in vol. ii. p. 630),
which follows almost immediately after his account of the coronation,
and which might be understood to imply that Harold was already
married, be taken as an exception. The words of Orderic however
do not seem decisive. Neither of course is the absence of any mention
of Ealdgyth’s coronation decisive the other way, but it is
worth mentioning among other hints.
3. In none of the accounts of the messages which passed between
William and Harold after Harold’s coronation is there a single
word implying that Harold was already married, though some mention
of his marriage would have been much to the purpose. And
several of the versions imply that Harold could have married
William’s daughter even after his coronation. Wace (Roman de
Rou, 11088) thus sums up Harold’s offences;
“Por li regne se perjura,
E li regne poi li dura.
A tut li regne fist damage,
E en tristor mist son lignage:
Ne volt mie fille el Duc prendre,
Ne cunvenant tenir ne rendre.”
So again in the Cartulary of Saint Bertin, p. 197 (a passage to
which I shall have again to refer), the cause of William’s expedition
is said to be “eo quod filiam ipsius Wilhelmi in uxorem accipere
recusaverit [Haroldus].” This is hardly the language which would
be used of a man who had already taken another wife. Perhaps too
the words of William of Malmesbury (iii. 238) may look the same
way. He tells us that Harold on his accession “nihil de pactis
inter se et Willelmum cogitabat, liberatum se sacramento asserens
quod filia ejus quam desponderat citra nubiles annos obierat.” This
is in answer to a message of William, which must have included
a summons to marry some one of his daughters. Harold answers
627that the particular daughter to whom he had engaged himself was
dead. This is not at all like the language of a man who was
already married.
In the account given by Eadmer (5), followed by Simeon of Durham
(1066), it is still more distinctly implied that Harold could have
married William’s daughter, even after his coronation. When
Harold refuses to comply with William’s first demands, the Duke
sends a second embassy, calling upon him at any rate to marry his
daughter, which Harold refuses to do (“Iterùm ei amicâ familiaritate
mandavit quatenùs, aliis omissis, servatâ fidei sponsione, saltem
filiam suam uxorem duceret.... At ipse nec illud quidem se facere
velle ... respondit”).
The statements quoted in the last two paragraphs are of course
very confused and contradictory. Their evidence as bearing on the
real nature of the engagements entered into between Harold and
William I shall discuss elsewhere. But it is remarkable that,
among several passages where we should have naturally looked for
some mention of the marriage, if it had taken place, not one mentions
it, while some distinctly imply that it had not taken place.
The political motive of the marriage would be much the same,
whatever was its date. Whether it happened before or after Harold’s
accession, it was most likely an attempt to secure the fidelity of
Eadwine and Morkere. If it happened after the coronation, an
obvious time for it would be the time of Harold’s recognition by
the Northumbrians (see Note I).
I do not pretend positively to decide the question, as there is no
direct testimony either way, but I think it right to mention that
I have found what are at least hints favouring a view of the matter
which had not occurred to me when I spoke of it in my former
volume.
I mentioned in a former note (vol. ii. p. 538) that Florence of
Worcester, while showing a deep admiration for Harold throughout
his career, keeps back his formal panegyric till he records his election
to the Crown. Immediately after the passage on which I have
628commented in three successive notes, he draws a picture describing
Harold as in every respect the model of a just, pious, and patriotic
King.
“Haroldus ... ut regni gubernacula susceperat, leges iniquas
destruere, æquas cœpit condere, ecclesiarum et monasteriorum patronus
fieri, episcopos, abbates, monachos, clericos colere simul ac
venerari, pium, humilem, affabilemque se bonis omnibus exhibere,
malefactore exosos habere, nam ducibus, satrapis, vicecomitibus et
suis in commune præcepit ministris, fures, raptores, regni disturbatores
comprehendere et pro patriæ defensione ipsemet terrâ
marique desudare.”
This of course is in some sense an ideal picture. That is to say, it
does not refer only to Harold’s short reign as King. What Florence
really means is that the just and vigorous government of Harold’s
earlier days was continued by him after his royal election. Florence’s
panegyric of Harold the King is in short identical in all its main
features with the Biographer’s earlier panegyric of Harold the Earl.
The words of Florence are copied by most of the writers who copy
his account of the election and coronation, such as Simeon of
Durham (1066), Roger of Howden (256 B), Ralph Higden (284),
and the Ely History (ii. 44). It seems in short to have become a
sort of formula with all writers who took the national side. The
strangest thing is when Knighton (2337) gives it in an abridged
shape, as an alternative character of Harold, after some of the
most savage abuse on record, which I shall presently have to
quote.
On the other hand, the abuse which the Norman writers hurl at
the newly chosen King is something perfectly frantic. William of
Poitiers, more careful for England than England was for herself,
tells us (146, Giles) how William delivered the Kingdom which he
conquered from the proud and cruel yoke of Harold (“Profectò
sustulit a cervice tuâ superbum crudelemque dominatum Heraldi;
abominandum tyrannum, qui te servitute calamitosâ simul et ignominiosâ
premeret, interemit. Quod meritum in omni gente gratum
habetur atque præclarum”). So Orderic tells us (492 A, D) how the
reign which had begun in perjury and usurpation was carried on
in tyranny and wickedness; “Heraldus Goduini Comitis filius regnum
Anglorum usurpaverat, jamque tribus mensibus ad multorum
detrimentum perjurio et crudelitate, aliisque nequitiis pollutus
629tenuerat.” So, directly after; “Mox ipse regnum quod nequiter
invaserat, horrendis sceleribus maculavit.” He goes on to add
how the righteous soul of Tostig, whom he fancies to have been
in England, was vexed by the unlawful deeds of his brother
(“Tosticus, Goduini Comitis filius, advertens Heraldi fratris sui
prævalere facinus, et regnum Angliæ variis gravari oppressionibus,
ægrè tulit”).
In the French Life of Eadward (4445 et seqq.) we begin to get
details. After a little moralizing, we get a long account of Harold’s
enormities, charging him with pretty nearly every vice, and telling
us how he went on sinning, and how Eadward often appeared and
rebuked him in vain. Then follows a further list of crimes, some
of which are very curious;
“Deners cum usurer amasse,
De gent reindre ne s’alasse,
Cum vescunte al eschecker
Set pur deners acunter;
Armes e chivalerie
Del tut despit e ublie;
Des hestoires n’enquert, n’en ot,
Ne d’anciene geste un mot.
Marchand meuz ke prince pert;
K’of ses fardeus feires quert.”
(vv. 4491–4500.)
The complaint against Harold for neglect of historical study might
surely be retorted on Eadward’s panegyrists and his own calumniators.
But there is something very odd, something doubtless characteristic
of the Sheriffs of the thirteenth century, in the picture of the
King sitting “like a Sheriff” at the exchequer, counting over his
money. This charge of avarice we shall come across again, and it
perhaps contains a certain ground-work of truth. That is to say,
the threatening aspect of the times, especially after Eadward’s lavish
expenditure on ecclesiastical objects, called for a prudent economy,
which was sure to be misunderstood. I do not understand what is
meant by Harold’s contempt for arms and chivalry, which is repeated
in an earlier and shorter revilement of him (vv. 4283–4310).
It cannot mean contempt of the specially Norman chivalry, as the
word is in this very passage applied to Harold’s own prowess. For
the poet goes on to set forth Harold’s strength and courage in
strong terms, though he adds that his frightful wickedness made his
“chivalry” of no use to him.
I have already alluded to Knighton’s portrait of Harold’s kingly
government; here it is in full (2339). Harold has just been
crowned by Ealdred;
630“Iste devenit nimis elatus et cupidus in collectione auri et argenti
et thesaurorum, nec aliquam uxorem ducere voluit, sed vi oppressit
filias baronum et procerum et militum de regno, quod ipsi ægrè
ferebant. Et de forestis suis tantam ferocitatem et severitatem
ergo adjacentes nobiliores exercuit, quod quamplures adnihilavit
et multos depauperavit. Nec mirum, quamvis ex his et ex aliis
nimis odiosus devenit populis suis.”
This charge of cruel enforcement of forest laws might almost
seem to have been transferred from William to Harold. It reminds
one of some of the doings of Charles the First in Essex. It is a
charge which Sir Francis Palgrave (Hist. Ang. Sax. 346) has not
scrupled to repeat, but, as Mr. C. H. Pearson (i. 362) truly says,
there is not a shadow of evidence for it except the assertion of this
writer of the fifteenth century. On the words in Italics I shall
have to speak again. In those which follow Knighton might seem
to have drawn his portrait from King John, and, to carry out the
analogy, as Lewis was then, so William is now implored to come
over to England as a deliverer.
“Et ideo pars Comitum et Baronum adinvicem conferebant,
dicentes non ipsum esse fortunæ deditum, nec verum esse Regem
sed per intrusionem erectum, et ideo infaustè regere populum suum.
Et mandaverunt Willielmo Duci Normanniæ, qui Bastardus vocatus
est, eo quod ante celebrationem matrimonii natus sit, ut in Angliam
veniret eorum consilio et auxilio jus regni prosequuturus, feceruntque
ei fidelem securitatem veniendi; et consensit.” Immediately
after all this comes Florence’s panegyric, cut a little short, as an
alternative picture.
After these general charges against Harold, it is only right
to extract three entries from Domesday, all in the same shire
and page (Hampshire, p. 38), in which Harold is described
as seizing the lands of two persons after his accession to the
Crown.
“Leman tenuit in paragio de Rege E. Heraldus abstulit ei quando
regnum invasit, et misit in firmâ suâ, et adhuc ibi est.”
“Leman tenuit de Godwino Comite. Heraldus quando regnabat
abstulit ei, et in suâ firmâ misit, et adhuc est ibi. Ipse Leman non
potuit recedere quo voluit.”
“Godwin tenuit de Rege E. in paragio, nec alicubi poterat
631recedere. Heraldus abstulit ei et in firmâ suâ misit. Adhuc
est ibi.”
I do not remember to have ever seen these passages quoted in
illustration of the charge of private spoliation which is brought
among other charges against Harold in the French Life. It is clear
that they might be so used by any one who felt inclined. It is
equally clear that we do not know enough about the matter to
justify us in condemning Harold for dealings with his own tenants
which may have been perfectly legal and honest. The entry does
not even venture to call the occupation “unjust,” as it does with
regard to Harold’s occupations in Herefordshire, and also with
regard to many cases where Normans had taken lands from
Englishmen and from one another. At any rate, if any wrong
was done by Harold, it was not redressed by his successor. At
the time of the Survey the lands were held, not by Leman and
Godwine or by their descendants, but by King William.
I can hardly think that these entries are enough to make us set
aside the portrait of Harold’s government given us by Florence in
favour of that given by the French Biographer and by Knighton.
And I believe it is the only corroborative evidence for that portrait
that can be found. On the use of the word “regnabat” as
applied to Harold, an use unique in Domesday, I shall have to
speak in another volume.
Too much must not be made of the appearance of the word
PAX on the coins of Harold. The word in various spellings,
PAX, PACX, PAXS, appears on the coins of various Kings from
Cnut to Henry the First. Still it is remarkable that the coins of
Harold are singularly common, considering the shortness of his
reign, and that, if I rightly understand my numismatic authorities,
all his coins bear this legend, while with the other Kings it is
only occasional, and with some of them, as with Cnut, very rare.
I may add that Harold seems to have been the only King who
632could always spell the word right. Ingenious men have puzzled
themselves to find out some special allusion in the word, as, in
the case of the coins of Cnut, to the agreement between Cnut
and Eadmund for the division of the Kingdom, and, in the case of
the coins of Eadward and Harold, to the agreements made at the
restoration of Godwine. I do not think that the word in any case
implies anything more than the obvious religious or moral sentiment
which it expresses. But it is certainly striking to find that
sentiment so constantly expressed on the coins of the King who,
above all others, needed peace, and who, through the aggressions
of others, so utterly failed to find it.
On the whole matter see Ruding’s Annals of the Coinage, i.
137–166 (3rd ed.), and vol. iii. pl. 26. I have also to thank
Mr. Leicester Warren for some private information contained in
a letter to him from Mr. John Evans.
I am afraid of getting out of my depth when talking of either
coins or crowns, but I cannot help noticing the marked difference
between the arched crown set with pearls which appears on the
coins of Harold and the singular kind of cap which is the commonest
among the many head-pieces affected by Eadward. (See
Ruding, iii. pl. 25, and Selden, Titles of Honour, 133, 134.) Is
it possible that the monastic saint preferred the helm of the
warrior, while the hero, in the same spirit which dictated the
legend on the coin, chose to appear in the garb of a peaceful
ruler?
This story is one of the best illustrations of the way in which
one authority fills up gaps in another, and also of the way in which
important facts sometimes lurk in authorities which are not of the
first rank. The Abingdon and Worcester Chronicles both begin
their account of the year 1066 with Harold’s coming from York
to Westminster for the Easter Festival (“On þissum geare com
633Harold cyng of Eoforwic to Westmynstre to þam Eastran”). There
is not a word about his going to York or about the cause that
took him there. This we learn only from the account in William
of Malmesbury’s Life of Wulfstan (Angl. Sacr. ii. 253), which we
thus see that we can fully trust for the main outline of the story.
The jealousy of the North against the South is admirably described;
only the narrative is confused by a notion that Tostig
had something to do with the matter. William of Malmesbury
seems never to have fully made up his mind where Tostig was at
the time of Harold’s accession. His account of the whole business
runs thus;
“Quinto anno collati Wlstano Episcopatûs Rex Edwardus fato
functus ingens seminarium discordiæ reliquit Angliæ; hinc Haroldo,
inde Willelmo Comite Normanniæ, legitimo eam jure clamantibus.
Et tunc quidem Haraldus, vel favore impetratâ vel vi extortâ
coronâ, regnum paullò minus totum obtinuit. Soli Northamhumbri
magnum et gentile tumentes interim parere distulere, Aquilonalem
cervicositatem Australi, ut dictitabant, mollitiei subjugare non dignati.
Animabat eos ad tyrannidem, et insolentiâ suâ ingentes
eorum alebat spiritus, Tostinus ejusdem Regis frater, nec fortitudine
degener, si ardens ingenium tranquillis studiis applicare
maluisset. Qui postmodum in eâdem provinciâ cum Haraldo
Rege Noreganorum, quem in suffragium adsciverat, cæsus pœnas
inconsultæ animositatis pependit. Sed hæc posteriùs. Tunc verò
Haraldus eo profecturus, ut contumaciam eorum lenioribus curaret
remediis, quandoquidem ferro frangere consilium non erat, sanctum
virum secum adduxit. Sic enim fama sanctitatis ejus etiam
ad abditissimas penetraverat gentes, ut nullam non arrogantiam
molliturus crederetur. Nec verò citra opinionem rei fuit eventus.
Namque illi populi ferro indomabiles, semper quiddam magnum
a proavis spirantes, pro reverentiâ in jura Haraldi facile concesserunt.
Et profectò perseverâssent, nisi eos Tostinus, ut dixi,
averteret.”
This piece of history is not only valuable in itself, but it also
helps us to the origin of a misrepresentation. We have seen
Orderic (see above, p. 603) asserting that part of the English
nation never submitted to Harold at all, while the rest submitted
only unwillingly. This misstatement is clearly an exaggeration
of the fact that Northumberland did for a short time refuse to
634acknowledge him. This same fact may quite possibly be at the
bottom of those other stories about Harold’s oppression and tyranny
of which we have heard so many. Orderic goes on to tell us (492 C)
that, though some powerful men (“potentiorum nonnulli”) refused
obedience, yet Eadwine and Morkere were zealous partizans of their
brother-in-law (“Eduuinus verò et Morcarus Comites, filii Algari
præcipui Consulis, Heraldo familiaritate adhæserunt, eumque juvare
toto conamine nisi sunt, eò quod ipse Edgivam sororem eorum
uxorem habebat”). There is no evidence that they were openly
concerned in the resistance of Northumberland, though one certainly
is inclined to put their names for the name of Tostig in
William of Malmesbury’s account; but we know how they acted
before the year was out.
It is doubtless on the strength of this passage of Orderic that
Sir Francis Palgrave ventured to write (Hist. Ang. Sax. 362);
“Some portions of the Anglo-Saxon dominions never seem to
have submitted to Harold. In others a sullen obedience was
extorted from the people, merely because they had not power
enough to raise any other king to the throne.” In the page
before he had said, “If our authorities are correct, Stigand, Archbishop
of Canterbury, but who had been suspended by the Pope,
was the only prelate who acknowledged his authority.” Now,
unless Sir Francis merely meant that Harold never received the
homage of Malcolm, the only ground for saying that any part of
“the Anglo-Saxon dominions” refused to acknowledge Harold is
the story of the resistance of Northumberland given by William
of Malmesbury. But it is an essential part of that story that the
resistance of Northumberland was peaceably overcome by Harold
with the help of Saint Wulfstan. That is to say, instead of all
the Prelates except Stigand refusing to acknowledge Harold’s
authority, the holiest Prelate of the time appears as Harold’s
most zealous partizan. The two parts of the story hang inseparably
together. If we believe that part of England for
a while refused allegiance to Harold, we must also believe
that the sainted Bishop of Worcester was his most loyal subject.
I should not have enlarged on any faults in a work of Sir
Francis Palgrave, written thirty years before his death, and which
certainly does not represent the latest lights of that great scholar,
635if the worst portions of his early work had not been so injudiciously
reprinted as stop-gaps between the fragments of that later work
of his which every student of these times ought to have beside
him.
I am not aware of any mention of Eadgyth in any English
writer between the death of Eadward and her own death (Chronn.
Wig. Petrib. 1076; Fl. Wig. 1074). The accounts of the latter
event however show that Winchester was her dwelling-place, and
that she was in high honour with William.
I am now more inclined than I was in vol. i. p. 334 to look on
Winchester as the actual morning-gift, first of Emma and then
(by reversion or by the despoiling of Emma) of Eadgyth. It is
plain that the city was the usual dwelling-place of each of the
widowed Ladies in her widowhood. That Winchester was the
morning-gift of Eadgyth is distinctly asserted by Guy of Amiens
(see above, p. 541).
There are several indications that Eadgyth was not thoroughly
loyal towards England. The only direct statements to that effect
are certainly to be found only in very suspicious sources, but,
weighing one thing with another, they seem not to be wholly
without probability. William of Poitiers, in the midst of his
savage abuse of Harold (126), adds, “Germana quoque, illi moribus
absimillima, quum armis non valeret, votis inpugnabat et consilio....
Voluit autem virilis prudentiæ femina, intelligens honesta
quælibet et vitâ colens, Willelmum Anglis dominari.” So the Hyde
writer (290) says distinctly, “Haroldus, defuncto Edwardo, mox
regnum Anglorum, contradicente Edithâ Reginâ sorore suâ, usurpavit.”
I do not quite understand what the writer of the French
Life means when he says (4075) that Harold
“Pur la reine Edith sa suer
Fu cremuz e amez de cuer.”
When we remember Eadgyth’s preference for Tostig and her
alleged complicity in one of his worst crimes, we may perhaps
636think it quite possible that she was no loyal subject of Harold.
We may even be led to see a special meaning in the earnest request
made by Eadward on his death-bed, that she should lose nothing
of her rights and honours (see above, p. 15). And, when Tostig
had fallen, it is even possible that she may have looked to William
as being in some sort his avenger. She may also, at an earlier time,
have fallen under the baneful fascination of her husband’s foreign
favourites. And the Norman account, strange as it sounds, derives
a certain corroboration from its very strangeness. It is the sort
of thing which no one would have been likely to think of, if there
had not been some real ground-work for it. And the honour
shown to her by William, and the respect with which she is
always treated by Norman writers, are in themselves suspicious.
It was of course the obvious policy of William, representing himself
as he did as the lawful successor of Eadward, to show every
respect to the widow of his predecessor. But when we remember
that that widow was also the sister of Harold, it is hardly honourable
to her that William was able to carry out a policy of this
kind. The other female members of her family found that England
under William was no place for them. But while her mother,
her sister, her nieces, were all in banishment, Eadgyth sat quietly
at Winchester in all the honours of the Old Lady. In fact her
character is a riddle from beginning to end, and her relations to
her brothers are almost as mysterious as her relations to her
husband.
There are several points worth notice in the condition of the
Abbey of Ely at the time of Harold’s election which it may be as
well to speak of in the same place.
Abbot Wulfric, according to the Ely history (ii. 36), was appointed
by Eadward in the year 1045, and he is described as being
the King’s kinsman. “Rex Edwardus Wlfricum cognatum suum
Abbatem ad jam dictum cœnobium apud Wintoniam assumpsit,
637ibique a Stigando Dorobernensi Archiepiscopo benedici fecit, tertio
Regni sui anno, ab Incarnatione verò Domini millesimo quadragesimo
quinto.” The writ then follows, which is also printed in
Cod. Dipl. iv. 226, addressed, according to a common form, to the
Bishops, Earls, Sheriffs, and Thegns generally of every shire where
the Abbey had lands. The Abbotship is given by the King’s grant
just like a Bishoprick (“Ic kýþe eów þæt ic habe geunnen Wlfríce
þæt Abbotríce in Hely on eallen þingen” &c.).
This appointment made at Winchester would probably be made
in the Easter Gemót of 1044, perhaps about the time when Abbot
Siward was appointed Coadjutor-Archbishop to Eadsige
(see vol. ii. p. 68). But there are one or two points of difficulty.
That Stigand should be called Archbishop before his time by a writer
living long after is not wonderful. But one does not see how he
came to be performing an episcopal act over an Abbot whose
church was not in either of his successive dioceses, and at a time
(see vol. ii. p. 72) when it is not clear whether he was in possession
of a diocese at all. There is also something puzzling in
the description of Wulfric, as of several other persons, as King
Eadward’s kinsman. We have seen Earl Odda so described (see
vol. ii. p. 160), and Bishop Rudolf (see vol. ii. p. 120), and we
also find the same name given to no less a person than Saint
Eadmund of East Anglia himself. See Cod. Dipl. ii. 225, 226.
Was Wulfric one of the house of Æthelwine, and was that house
looked on as connected with Eadward through the first marriage
of his grandmother Ælfthryth?
I infer that Wulfric died shortly before the death of Eadward
from the words “mortuo nuper Wlfrico patre” in Hist. Elien. ii.
43. The historian gives two accounts of the appointment of Thurstan.
In the second, in c. 43, he merely says that Harold “mox
accepto regno Turstanum in Ely, mortuo nuper Wlfrico patre,
ejusdem monasterii constituit Abbatem, virum probatæ virtutis et
abstinentiæ, Anglicè et Latinè sufficienter a puero ipso in loco
edoctum.” The earlier account in c. 41 runs thus; “Post decessum
vero Abbatis Wlfrici, Stigandus Doroberniæ Archiepiscopus, Abbatiam
de Ely, sed et episcopatus atque abbatias sibi assumpsit
plurimas, et gratiâ utriusque Domini sui, Edwardi scilicet et
Haroldi Regum, eas propriis pastoribus viduatas quamdiu voluit
in suâ manu tenuit, et quibus voluit personis conferebat. Nam
638Wintoniensem, Glastoniensem, Sancti Albani, et Sancti Augustini,
et Elyensem ante Turstanum Abbatem, abbatias in manu suâ receperat,
et velut proprias possidebat. Ipso quoque suggerente,
Haroldus, qui regni sceptra tenebat, ipsum Turstanum ab eodem
Stigando benedici fecit.”
With this benediction of Thurstan by Stigand we may compare
the benediction of Æthelsige by Stigand in 1061 (see vol. ii. p. 454).
Compare also Æthelsige’s pluralities at Canterbury and Ramsey
(see vol. ii. p. 455), and the strange story about Stigand himself
holding the Abbey of Gloucester (see vol. ii. p. 638). Compare also
the case of Ealdred at Winchcombe (see vol. ii. p. 362), and the vast
pluralities of Abbot Leofric (see vol. ii. p. 349). Nevertheless I
conceive that there is here a good deal of exaggeration as to
Stigand’s pluralities. The Abbey of Winchester, meaning seemingly
the New Minster, seems to be confounded with the bishoprick.
We know the succession of Abbots of New Minster (see
vol. ii. p. 644), among whom Stigand does not occur, and of Saint Swithun’s
he was necessarily Abbot as Bishop of Winchester. And
if Stigand ever held any of the other abbeys spoken of, it must
have been for the shortest possible time. We have seen the regular
succession of abbots at Glastonbury (see vol. ii. p. 361), and also
at Saint Augustine’s in the person of Æthelsige, mentioned just
above as blessed by Stigand himself. Neither do I find any
mention of an incumbency of Stigand in the local history of
Saint Alban’s.
The detention by Stigand of lands belonging to the Abbey is
asserted in the local history, ii. 41; “Stigandus, quamvis substituto
illic Abbate, caussas ecclesiæ agebat, sed quasdam illius optimas
possessiones, sicut Liber Terrarum insinuat, ad maximum loci
dispendium retinuit.” The reference to the “Liber Terrarum,”
the local Domesday, should be noticed. I do not quite know
what is meant by “caussas ecclesiæ agebat,” unless it be that
Stigand, while robbing the house himself, defended it against other
people.
The charge here brought against Stigand is the same as that
which was also brought against Archbishop Ealdred and Bishop
Ælfweard. See vol. ii. pp. 69, 467, 551. But there is an entry
in Domesday which may perhaps suggest another view of his
conduct. In fol. 40 b we read of certain lands in Hampshire
639which “Abbatia de Ely tenuit de Stigando Archiepiscopo T. R. E.,”
but which, at the time of the Survey, belonged to the see of Winchester.
Is it not possible that these were the lands in question,
and that Stigand’s appropriation of them was simply the resumption
of a lease?
The Abbey of Ely had at this time a somewhat remarkable inmate.
This was one Osmund, who had been a Bishop in Sweden, reminding
one of Eadward’s kinsman Rudolf, who had been a Bishop in
Norway, and whom Eadward quartered on the monks of Abingdon
(see vol. ii. p. 160). The Ely historian (ii. 42) speaks of Osmund
with great reverence, but Adam of Bremen (iii. 14) calls him
“acephalus” and “girovagus,” and charges him with teaching
false doctrine. He seems to have tried to set himself up as an
independent Metropolitan of Sweden in opposition to the see of
Hamburg. Refused consecration at Rome, he obtained it “a quodam
Polaniæ Archiepiscopo,” that is, it would seem, from Stephen,
Archbishop of Gnesen from 1038 to 1059. He came back to
Sweden, professing to have been consecrated by the Pope as Archbishop
of Sweden. When Papal Legates, members of the church of
Bremen, came to complain, he wrought so upon King Emund and
the Swedish people, that the Legates were sent away as not having
proper credentials (“Solitis populum Regemque impulit dolis,
ut legati repellerentur, quasi non habentes sigillum Apostolici”).
At last (Adam, iii. 70) the famous Adalbert, Archbishop of Hamburg
(1043–1072), the early guardian of Henry the Fourth, held
a visitation of Scandinavia by authority of Pope Alexander the
Second, and quietly removed (“dimisit hilaris”) several irregularly
ordained Bishops, including Osmund. This must have been between
1061 and 1065. Osmund came to England and won great favour
with Eadward and with all the great men of the land, but, charmed
with the piety of the monks of Ely and their Abbot, he retired to
their house, joined their brotherhood, and discharged episcopal
functions among them—an early case, like that of Rudolf, of a
Bishop in partibus. He died in Thurstan’s time, and was buried
at Ely and afterwards translated.
640
This comet evidently made the deepest impression in every part
of Europe. It is recorded in nearly every chronicle everywhere,
and it is very generally, even by men who have no special connexion
either with England or with Normandy, accepted as a
presage of the Conquest of England. Our usual English and
Norman authorities record it also; but I have preferred to collect
a few of the more remarkable entries in the annals of more distant
countries. I will give some specimens from the writers of
Germany, of Southern Gaul, and of Italy.
The Chronicle of Saint Andrew at Cambray (Pertz, vii. 537)
has a most remarkable entry;
“De bello in Angliâ facto. Anno autem Dei Christi 1066 ad
occidentalem plagam unus ex cometis admodùm visu terribilis,
crinitos radios velut flammigeras hastas emittens, vespere solem
sequens per octodecim dies apparuit. Quod genus sideris quòd
erunt bella aut famem aut pestilentiam portendere solet. Hoc
regni etiam mutationem ipsâ suâ apparitione præsignavit. Nam
Wilelmus Normannorum Comes, paratâ non parvâ classe, assumptâ
magnâ militiâ, mare pertransiit.”
A short narrative of the Conquest of England follows. So the
Chronicle of Ekkehard (vi. 199) also directly connects the comet
with William’s expedition, of the results of which it gives a very
exaggerated account;
“A.D. 1066. Cometes per totum orbem diu apparuit. Eodem
anno Angliâ per Willihelmum Nortmannicum miserabiliter afflictâ
tandemque subactâ, ipse Rex ejus effectus est. Qui mox omnes
penè regni ejusdem præsules exsilio, nobiles verò morti, destinavit,
mediocres autem suis militibus in servitutem, uxores indigenarum
universorum advenis in matrimonium subjugavit.”
Abbot Hugh’s Chronicle of Verdun (Labbé, i. 194) says, “Millesimo
quoque LXV. anno, Ind. iii. stella quæ cometes dicitur apparuit,
et eodem anno Etuuardus Angi. Rex obiit.” (See the rest
of the passage in p. 603.)
Still more distinct is the Chronicle of Saint James at Lüttich
641(Pertz, xvi. 639; Bouquet, xi. 294); “Cometes apparuit, quæ
bellum Angliæ portendit, quam Guillelmus Normannorum Comes,
ipsâ cum Rege suo Hero [sic] gravissimâ cæde mulctatâ, vi militari
corripuit, regnumque victor obtinuit.”
Adam of Bremen we have almost learned to look on as a writer
Scandinavian rather than German. He (iii. 50, 51) connects the
comet with English affairs, but he does not give them the precedence.
He first mentions the death of Godescalc (see
vol. i. p. 650) and other events nearer home, and then adds,
“Et, nisi fallor, hæc mala nobis ventura significavit ille horribilis
cometa qui isto apparuit anno circa dies paschæ. Eodem quoque
tempore clades illa memorabilis in Angliâ facta est, cujus magnitudo,
et quod Anglia Danis ex antiquo subjecta est, summam nos
eventuum præterire non sinit.”
He then goes on with that short sketch of English affairs, from
which I have several times had occasion to quote piecemeal.
Other German accounts which connect the comet with England
will be found in the Annales Blandinienses (Pertz, v. 26), in the
Annales Formoselenses (v. 36), in the Chronicle of Conrad of
Ursperg (p. ccxxxiii.), and in Marianus (Pertz, v. 559), whose
curious account of this year I have often had occasion to quote.
See also Sigebert (vi. 361) and the Saxon Annalist (vi. 694), who
oddly describes William as “filius illius Roberti quem Ricardus
Comes Nortmannorum ex sorore Knut Regis Danorum genuerat.”
To these German writers I may add the Pole Dlugoss, the
latest in time and also the most distant from England. He tells
us (i. 260, ed. Leipzig, 1711); “Cometes stella in occidentem
facem dirigens apparuit, plura mala quibus et Almaniæ et Britanniæ
regiones afflictæ fuerunt designans. In Britanniâ, quæ nunc
Anglia dicitur, Rex Eraldus occiditur, et in Almaniâ principes
variis cædibus in se debacchantur.”
Of German writers who do not connect the comet with England
I may mention Berthold (Pertz, v. 273) and Bernold (v. 428). But
the most remarkable entry is that of Lambert (1066), who connects
the comet with English affairs, but looks on it as presaging,
not Senlac, but Stamfordbridge;
“In festis paschalibus per quatuordecim ferè noctes continuas
cometa apparebat. Quo in tempore atrox et lacrimabile nimis
prœlium factum est in partibus Aquilonis, in quo Rex Anglisaxonum
642tres Reges cum infinito eorum exercitu usque ad internecionem
delevit.” (On these three Kings see Note CC.)
Turning to Southern Gaul, the Chronicle of Saint Maxentius
(Labbé, ii. 211) not only connects the comet with England, but
ventures to give a rash judgement in a matter of English constitutional
Law. “1066. Stella cometes apparuit. Willermus
Comes, filius Roberti supradicti Comitis Normanniæ, transiens
mare conflixit cum Airaudo, pseudo-Rege Anglorum, quem devicit
cum ipsâ gente, et terram eamdem in suam ditionem recepit.”
Another Aquitanian Chronicler, William Godell, is less certain
about the matter (Bouquet, xi. 284). “Hoc anno cometes apparuit
in vigiliâ Sancti Marci, significans fortasse abundantiam effusi
Christiani sanguinis quam terra in regno Anglorum absorbuit.”
See also the Chronicle of Saint Benignus at Dijon (Pertz, v. 42),
and that of the Campanian Chalons (Labbé, i. 296). The Rheims
Chronicle (Labbé, i. 360) throws its notice of the year into two
hexameters, which appear in a great number of forms;
“Sexagenus erat sextus millesimus annus,
Quum pereunt Angli stellâ monstrante cometâ.”
Abbot Baldric, in his verses on William (Duchèsne, Rer. Franc, iv.
257), has quite a different couplet. William is one
“Indice qui cœlo, qui præsagante cometâ
Anglos innumeris stragibus obtinuit.”
Getting nearer our usual beat, the Breton Chronicle of Quimperlé
on the one hand (Bouquet, xi. 372), and the Chronicle
of Lambert of Saint Omer (Pertz, v. 65) on the other, both bring
in the mention of English affairs, though the Breton writer mixes
them up with things which to him were nearer home. Lastly, one
of the Angevin Chronicles (Labbé, i. 288) looks on the comet as the
sign of many woes to many nations. The Conquest of England
comes first, but events which more immediately touched Anjou
had also something to do with it. “In hoc anno apparuit cometa
terribilis, multarum calamitatum in sequentibus annis subsequutarum,
ut post patuit, portentrix. Nam in ipso anno Comes
Normannorum Guillelmus Anglorum regnum magno periculo
aggressus impugnare, bello publico magnâ et miserabili cæde
cruento expugnavit, atque in Regem levatus coronari se fecit.”
643He then goes on to speak of Conan’s invasion of Anjou and his
death, and of the wars between the brother Counts Geoffrey and Fulk.
Of the Italian chronicles I have already quoted one, the Annals
of Beneventum (see p. 71). The Annales Cavenses (Pertz, iii. 180)
connect the comet only with local affairs. But at Bari the
Norman name was more familiar, and Lupus Protospatarius
(Pertz, v. 59) recorded William’s victory, though he did not know
his name. “1067. Et hoc anno apparuit stella cometes, et Comes
Normannus Robertus fecit bellum cum Araldo Rege Anglorum,
et vicit Robertus, qui et factus est Rex super gentem Anglorum.”
All our usual authorities record the appearance, and all, I think,
in its proper chronological order, except William of Poitiers, who
brings it in afterwards (139) at the end of his apostrophe against
Harold.
The different statements as to the number of days during which
the comet was visible are remarkable, and I must leave it to
astronomers to reconcile them. But I cannot help thinking that
the time of thirty days, spoken of in two chronicles only, one of
which seems evidently to copy from the other, must be an exaggeration.
The fourteen days of Wace (11462) and the fifteen of
William of Jumièges (vii. 31) and Benoît (36778) doubtless mean
the same thing, according to the usual French idiom. And, as the
seven days of the English Chronicles and Sigebert (vi. 301) would,
according to the same idiom, be eight, I cannot but think that the
eighteen days of the Cambray annalist are owing to a confusion
between the two accounts. If so, we have only two statements,
one of a week, the other of a fortnight. The latter rests on the
authority of Lambert and of William of Jumièges; the French
metrical writers simply follow William.
Some notice of this comet will be found in Chambers’ Descriptive
Astronomy, pp. 281–3, for sending me to which, and for some
other hints, I have to thank Professor H. J. S. Smith. It seems
to be that which is called Halley’s Comet, which has since appeared
in 1145, 1223, 1301, 1378, 1456, 1531, 1682, 1759, and
1835. The appearance in 1145 is mentioned in the Angevin
Chronicle in Labbé, i. 277, and in the Tewkesbury Annals for 1144
(Luard, Ann. Mon. i. 46), where it may possibly be connected with
644Stephen’s wars. The appearance of 1223 is mentioned in the
Rouen Chronicle (Labbé, i. 374) under 1222; “Hoc anno visa est
stella circum occasum solis Decembrilis, primæ magnitudinis,
ardens velut facula, radios sursum erigens, et in acutum velut in
conum colligens terræ vicina videbatur, quod aliquod prodigium
portendere ferebatur. Hanc dicebant esse cometam.” It must
also have appeared in 912 and 989, but I do not find those
appearances mentioned in our Chronicles, though comets are
mentioned in 905 or 906, 975, and 995.
Dr. Bruce (p. 86) quotes Mr. Hinde for the fact, which was also
mentioned to me by Professor Smith, that the comet of 1066 is
mentioned in the Chinese annals. Mr. Chambers tells us that they
also mention its appearance in 1378—a year, by the way, quite
memorable enough for any comet. “It was equal to the full moon in
size, and its train, at first small, increased to a wonderful length.”
I have no doubt at all that the group in the Tapestry which
immediately follows the representation of the comet itself represents
Harold as hearing of its appearance and its interpretation.
I cannot think with Mr. Planché (p. 147) and Dr. Bruce (p. 87)
that Harold is receiving the news of the landing of Tostig or of
anything else. There is no mention of Tostig or his invasion
throughout the Tapestry, with whose subject they had indeed only
an indirect connexion. It is most unlikely that an incidental and
most obscure reference to Tostig’s invasion should lurk in a part
of the Tapestry so completely inappropriate both as to time and
subject. Nor can the figure speaking to the King represent
William’s ambassador or any one directly connected with William.
The story of William’s expedition begins from the very beginning
in the next compartment, where the ship takes the news of Harold’s
accession to Normandy. The present group ends the story of
Eadward’s death and Harold’s accession. It follows immediately
on the Comet, and it seems connected with it. The speaker is
surely the interpreter of the sign, and that interpreter a μάντις κακῶν,
a Kalchas or a Micaiah. It is quite possible that what Dr. Bruce
calls “the dreamy-like flotilla” in the border may be meant darkly
to set forth the nature of his interpretation, and so to act as a
connecting link between this compartment and that which comes
next after it.
645
That William’s marriage with Matilda was forbidden by Papal
authority, and that the Papal dispensation for the marriage did not
issue till some years after the marriage had been celebrated, are
facts which have long been known. But the remarkable paper communicated
by Mr. Stapleton in 1846 to the Archæological Journal
(iii. 1) threw a new light on the whole matter. The essay, like all
Mr. Stapleton’s writings, is brimful of curious learning, but, as usual,
his power of arranging and making use of his facts is by no means
equal to his diligence and acuteness in bringing them together.
Mr. Stapleton’s propositions, as far as I can disentangle them,
are three;
First, That Matilda, before her marriage with William, was
mother of two children, Gerbod and Gundrada, whose father was
Gerbod, known as the Advocate of Saint Bertin.
Secondly, That the ecclesiastical opposition to the marriage of
William and Matilda was not owing—at least not wholly owing—to
any consanguinity or affinity between them, but to the fact that Matilda,
at the time of William’s courtship, had a husband still living.
Thirdly, That the delay in the celebration of the marriage was
caused by the necessity of obtaining a divorce.
Of these three propositions Mr. Stapleton has, I think, convincingly
made out the first; the second and third I cannot accept.
That Gundrada, the wife of Earl William of Warren, was the
daughter of Matilda, but not the daughter of King William, is
manifest from the language employed by Earl William in his grant
to the Priory of Lewes (Stapleton, Arch. Journ. iii. 21; Monasticon,
v. 12). He makes his gifts
“Pro salute animæ meæ et animæ Gundradæ uxoris meæ et pro
animâ domini mei Willelmi Regis, qui me in Angliam terram
adduxit, et per cujus licentiam monachos venire feci, et qui meam
priorem donationem confirmavit, et pro salute dominæ meæ
Matildis Reginæ, matris uxoris meæ, et pro salute domini mei
Willelmi Regis, filii sui, post cujus adventum in Anglicam hanc
cartam feci, et qui me Comitem Surreiæ fecit.”
646It is utterly inconceivable that Earl William would have used
this language, if King William had been the father of his wife. In
such a case he would have described his wife as the daughter of
King William. He would never have drawn the pointed distinction
which he does draw between Matilda his lady, the mother
of his wife, and William his lord, who has done for him such and
such favours. On the other hand there is the earlier charter of
King William himself to the same Priory, which is granted,
according to the text in the Monasticon (v. 13),
“Pro animâ domini et antecessoris mei Regis Eduuardi, et pro
animâ patris mei Comitis Rotberti, et pro meâ ipsius animâ et
uxoris meæ Matildis Reginæ, et filiorum atque successorum nostrorum,
et pro animâ Guillelmi de Warrennâ et uxoris suæ
Gondradæ filiæ meæ et heredum suorum.”
Here William, according to the received text, certainly calls Gundrada
his daughter. But the manuscript is said to be nearly illegible,
and the reading to be very doubtful. Mr. Stapleton (p. 2) for the
words after “Gondradæ” silently reads “pro me et heredibus meis.”
Mrs. Green (i. 72) mentions that the words “filiæ meæ” are clearly
in a different and later hand. This is admitted by Mr. Blaauw, in
an article in the Archæologia (xxxii. p. 108), written expressly in
answer to Mr. Stapleton, but he argues that the insertion represents
the true reading, and objects to Mr. Stapleton’s reading on other
grounds. But it strikes me that Mr. Blaauw’s text, if genuine, does
not upset Mr. Stapleton’s position. The words “filiæ meæ,” taken
by themselves, would of course prove the person spoken of to be
William’s own daughter. But they must be taken in connexion
with the other charter of William of Warren. It is far more likely
that a man should use the words “filia mea” of his wife’s daughter—his
own daughter for many purposes of law—than that a man
should speak of his wife’s parents in the extraordinary way which
we must attribute to William of Warren, if Gundrada really was
William’s daughter.
Another Lewes charter (Monasticon, v. 14), in which Matilda is
spoken of as the mother of Gundrada—“Mathildis Regina, mater
Henrici Regis et Gundradæ Comitissæ”—is of course evidence for
Matilda being the mother of Gundrada as well as of Henry, but
it does not prove them to have been children of the same father.
It is plain why those two only among Matilda’s children are
647spoken of. Henry was the reigning King, Gundrada was the local
benefactress.
The documentary evidence then seems distinctly to show that
Gundrada was the daughter of Matilda, but not the daughter of
William. One charter plainly implies that she was so; the others do
not imply the contrary. But this is not all. There are two passages
of Orderic, both quoted by Mr. Stapleton, which imply that Gundrada
had a brother Gerbod, and that neither of them was son or
daughter of William. Mr. Blaauw answers that Orderic’s authority
is weak on this point, as he stumbles, if he does not contradict himself,
in his whole account of William’s daughters. Now certainly, if
Orderic simply left out Gundrada in a list of William’s daughters,
the omission would prove nothing whatever against the least direct
proof that she was his daughter. But it proves much more, when
Orderic speaks of her incidentally in a way in which it is quite
impossible that he should have spoken of a daughter of William,
and when he gives her a brother whom no man ever for a moment
fancied to be William’s son. In one of these two places (522 C)
Orderic tells us that William the Conqueror gave the Earldom of
Surrey “Guillelmo de Guarennâ, qui Gundredam sororem Gherbodi
conjugem habuit.” In the other place (522 A; cf. 598 A) Orderic
recounts the adventures of “Gherbodus Flandrensis,” his investiture
with the Earldom of Chester, his return to his own country, and
his misfortunes there. It is clear that Orderic did not look on
Gundrada as a daughter of William; she was in his eyes simply the
sister of Gerbod. Gundrada and Gerbod were therefore, beyond all
doubt, children of Matilda, but they were not children of William.
But I do not understand Mr. Stapleton when (pp. 20, 25) he gives
them another brother, and Matilda another son, named Frederick.
He must have been thinking of the Frederick whose existence he
had himself established in p. 3. But this Frederick, as appears from
Domesday, 196 b, was brother, not of Gundrada, but of her husband
William of Warren.
Matilda then was the mother of Gerbod and Gundrada, but who was
their father? There does not seem to be any distinct proof, but the
Flemish charters collected by Mr. Stapleton (pp. 17–19) show that
there was a whole succession of Gerbods, holding the office of
Advocate (Advocatus, Avoué) of the Abbey of Saint Bertin at Saint
648Omer, and who are often simply described as Gerbod the Advocate.
These Gerbods range over nearly the whole of the eleventh century,
from 1026 to the reign of Robert the Frisian, that is between 1071
and 1093. There is, for instance (p. 17), a charter of Baldwin the
Fourth in 1026, and among the signatures is “Signum Gerbodonis
Advocati.” The same signature is added to charters of Baldwin the
father of Matilda in 1056 (Cartulary of Saint Bertin, p. 181) and 1067.
In the later charters up to 1087 we find mention of Gerbod and his
wife Ada (p. 201), and of Gerbod and his brother Arnulf. Mr. Stapleton
supposes—he seems to have no evidence but that of the charters
themselves—that Gerbod the husband of Ada is the Earl of Chester
and son of Matilda, and that Gerbod and Arnulf were their sons.
This is in every way probable, but I cannot follow him when he
assumes that the signatures of 1026, 1056, and 1067 all belong to one
Gerbod, the father of the Earl of Chester and, according to him, the
first husband of Matilda. This assumption seems to be the only ground
for the inference that Matilda’s first husband was living at the time
of her marriage with William, and that therefore the delay and difficulty
about the marriage was caused by the necessity of obtaining a
divorce. But it is surely simpler and more obvious to take the signature
of 1026 to be that of her husband, and those of 1056 and 1067
to be those of her son. With the Gerbod of 1056 or, considering how
young he must have been, with those who acted in his name, the
Abbey of Saint Bertin had rather fierce disputes. See the narrative
in the Cartulary, p. 183, and Count Baldwin’s charter, pp. 184, 185.
I therefore accept the marriage, but the theory of the divorce
seems to me quite untenable on every ground. It is remarkable
enough that no hint should be found in any contemporary writer
that Matilda had been married before her marriage with William,
and that we are driven to infer the fact from the language of
charters and from the most casual indications elsewhere. But we
have more than one parallel case in Norman history. The Norman
writers are absolutely silent about the marriage between Duke
Robert and Estrith the sister of Cnut (see vol. i. p. 521). So
again, we should never have known from the Encomiast of Emma
that she ever was the wife of Æthelred. In his courtly pages the
sister of Duke Richard is a virgin (see vol. i. p. 454) when she
marries Cnut. So in the Norman writers Matilda is ever the
daughter of Baldwin, never the widow of Gerbod. And, as Emma
649is called virgo, so Matilda is called puella, pucelle, demoiselle. But,
if she is never called the widow of Gerbod, still less is she called his
wife. In the case of Cnut and Emma, we know the real facts from
the testimony of both English and Norman writers. In the case of
William and Matilda, the Norman writers, in the silence of the
English, have it all their own way, and we are left to the evidence
of the documents. The English writers are silent through indifference;
the Norman writers are silent through design. The best
informed of all, William of Poitiers, leaves out the fact that there
was any opposition to the marriage at all. But, if William’s
marriage had been, not simply irregular or uncanonical, but a
glaring act of adultery, committed in open defiance of a Papal
command, it is hardly conceivable that so astounding a fact should
have failed to find any chronicler.
Again, it may perhaps seem strange if William, when in search of
a wife, preferred a widow with children to all the princely maidens
who, we are told, were to be had for the asking. But it would be
far stranger if, with so wide a field before him, his choice lighted on
the married wife of another man. Would the wise men of Normandy
have recommended such a step? Would Count Baldwin have consented
to expose his daughter to such manifest shame? Would the
Papal prohibition of the marriage have taken the form which it
did take (see above, p. 89)? Would Pope Leo and the Council of
Rheims have simply forbidden Count Baldwin to give his daughter
in marriage to William the Norman? Would they not rather have
warned William and Matilda, as later assertors of discipline warned
Philip and Bertrada, against an act of shameless adultery? Can we
conceive that Lanfranc would have stooped to interest himself in
obtaining a dispensation for the guilty pair, or that a dispensation
would ever have been granted by the most complying Pontiff?
Such a dispensation could have been granted only on proof of some
canonical impediment which rendered the former marriage of Gerbod
and Matilda null and void. No proof of such an impediment is produced.
It was a daring act on the part of William, Matilda, and
Baldwin to contract an uncanonical marriage in the teeth of a
direct Papal prohibition. But they would never have ventured
on a step breathing such defiance to all law and morals as a marriage
between a man and another man’s wife, contracted on the
chance that her first marriage might be proved to be illegal.
650I hold then that Gerbod was dead before 1049, and that the objection
to William’s marriage with his widow was simply one of the
usual canonical objections on the ground of kindred or affinity. This
is asserted by all the writers who mention the subject (see above, pp.
94, 102, 106). But there is no small difficulty in making out what
the nearness of kin between William and Matilda was. Mr. Stapleton
(p. 22) assumes that their kindred consisted in the fact that Matilda’s
“grandmother was a daughter of Duke Richard the Second of Normandy,
and aunt of William the Conqueror.” If this could be made
out, William and Matilda would clearly be within the prohibited
degrees. But the pedigree does not seem to be at all certain.
Baldwin the Bearded, Matilda’s grandfather, undoubtedly married
a daughter of Richard the Good (Will. Gem. v. 13). But she could
not have been the mother of Baldwin of Lisle. A daughter of
Richard and Judith could not have been born before 1010 (see
vol. ii. p. 586), at which time the younger Baldwin was a grown man,
capable of marrying and rebelling against his father. Baldwin
the Bearded must have been quite an old man when he married the
daughter of Duke Richard. Moreri (art. Flandre) and the Art de
Vérifier les Dates (iii. 4) both say, but without references, that she
had no children, and the first wife of Baldwin the Bearded, the
mother of Baldwin of Lisle and grandmother of Matilda, is called
by them Ogiva of Luxemburg. This is doubtless the “Otgiva” or
“Odgiva [Eadgifu?] Comitissa” who died in 1030 or 1031 (Ann.
Baldinienses and Formoselenses, Pertz, v. 26, 35), only five or six
years before Baldwin’s death. Oudegherst (Annales de Flandre, 63,
67, 75), who calls her Ognie and Odgona, has much to say about her,
and about her son’s wonderful birth when she was fifty years old.
However all this may be, it seems perfectly clear that Matilda
was not the granddaughter of any daughter of Richard the Good.
Failing Richard the Good, I cannot suggest any other common
ancestor for William and Matilda, but it is quite possible that
the marriage of William’s aunt with Matilda’s grandfather may
have been held to produce some kind of affinity between William
and Matilda.
Prevost, in his note on Wace (ii. 60), has a suggestion of
the same kind, namely, that the canonical impediment was the
affinity arising from the fact that Matilda’s mother, Adela of
France, had been married, or rather betrothed, to William’s uncle,
651Richard the Third (cf. Palgrave, iii. 264). Again I am not
canonist enough to say whether this would really have been any
impediment to a marriage between Richard’s nephew and Adela’s
daughter; but there seems to be no doubt that Richard the Third
was married or contracted to Adela, daughter of King Robert.
His marriage contract with an Adela, dated 1026, in which he
endows her with large possessions, mainly in the Côtentin, is
printed in D’Achery, Spicilegium, iii. 390, and Licquet, Hist. de
Normandie, ii. 269 (see also Palgrave, iii. 137). M. Licquet (ii. 5)
maintains that this Adela is not King Robert’s daughter, but some
unknown wife of the name, whom he holds to have been the lawful
mother of the monk Nicolas (see above, p. 380, and vol. i. p. 518).
His chief grounds for this belief are that Adela is not described as
the King’s daughter, and that the words of the deed (“annulo
mihi in carnis unitate jungendam”) imply that the bride was
already a grown woman, whereas Adela the daughter of King
Robert was, in 1026, a babe in her cradle. Now the deed is drawn
up in a rhetorical style; “Domina Adela” is once addressed in the
vocative case, and that is the only mention of her name, though she
is told that she is “juxta nobilitatis tuæ lineam dotata.” All this
looks to me as if she was the King’s daughter, for whom the city and
county of Coutances, and a good deal more, which the deed bestows
upon her, would surely not be an unworthy dowry. As to her age, the
statement that she was then an infant rests on the authority of William
of Jumièges, which is generally very good, but which is in this
case contradicted by dates. He says (vi. 6) that the elder Baldwin,
at some time after the accession of Duke Robert in 1028, took
away Adela as a babe from King Robert’s court, and brought her
up as his son’s bride till she was marriageable (“A palatinis
tricliniis adeptam tulit, et ad domum propriam in cunis asportavit,
eamque usque ad annos nubiles diligenti curâ nutrivit”). But we
read directly after that the younger Baldwin, puffed up by his royal
connexion (“mox ut nobilis puellæ amplexibus cœpit frui”), rebelled
against his father, who was restored by Duke Robert (see
vol. i. p. 519). All this is said to have happened about the time of the
death of King Robert (“quâ tempestate Robertus Rex Francorum
moritur”), which took place in 1031. These two statements, in
the same chapter, cannot be made to agree. The truth is that
Adela could not possibly have been a mere baby in 1026. Her
652parents, Robert and Constance, were married in 998; her daughter
Matilda was the mother of two children before 1049. Compare the
imaginary genealogy of Herleva, vol. ii. p. 583.
Adela then, who was betrothed to Duke Richard, is the same
person as Adela, daughter of King Robert, wife of Count Baldwin,
and mother of Matilda. Richard’s early death seems to have hindered
her actual marriage with him, but it may have been held that she had
contracted an affinity with the ducal house of Rouen which made
it unlawful for her daughter to marry Duke Richard’s nephew.
Either then of these possible grounds of affinity, the marriage of
the elder Baldwin with the daughter of Richard the Good or the
marriage of the younger Baldwin with the betrothed wife of Richard
the Third, seems to me far more probable than Mr. Stapleton’s
theory of the divorce. It is also supported by the witness of
all those writers who speak of the kindred between the parties.
The expressions “cognata,” “consanguineum cubile,” &c., are indeed
not strictly accurate, as the connexion was only by affinity;
but it is far more likely that the writers who use them should
laxly apply to affinity words which strictly refer only to kindred,
than that they should speak in this way when the impediment really
was that Matilda had a husband living. Mr. Stapleton’s arguments
against this view seem singularly inconclusive. “The peculiarity
of the birth of William the Conqueror,” he tells us (p. 22), “as
being illegitimate, certainly forbids such a conclusion, coupled with
the silence of the Pope at the Council of Rheims.” The Pope’s
silence surely cuts one way as much as another. As for William’s
bastardy, Mr. Stapleton would hardly argue that Duke Robert could
have lawfully married Herleva’s mother or sister, or that William,
as nullius filius, could have lawfully married his own mother or
sister. William’s kindred with Eadward is constantly insisted on,
notwithstanding his bastardy, and one cannot doubt that a marriage
between him and one of the daughters of Emma would have been
thought unlawful. Mr. Stapleton presently (p. 24) mentions the foundation
of the Abbeys, and adds with some triumph that “no papal
bull attests that this penance was enjoined merely for marrying
within the degrees of kindred.” Still less does Mr. Stapleton produce
any Papal bull attesting that it was enjoined for a shameless
and obstinate course of adultery.
There is indeed one other view, that maintained by M. Licquet
653(ii. 131) and followed by Mrs. Green (English Princesses, i. 4),
namely that there was no real impediment to the marriage from either
kindred or affinity, but that Pope Leo simply forbade the marriage
on political grounds. Leo, the firm friend of the Emperor, did not
wish to strengthen so doubtful a vassal of the Empire as Baldwin
(see vol. ii. p. 97) by so close a connexion with the Duke of the
Normans. This is unlikely in itself and unsupported by evidence.
Even Papal authority could hardly go so far as to forbid a marriage
to which there was no canonical objection; and if Leo did so, a
prohibition arising from a temporary political cause would not have
been so rigidly maintained by so many successive Pontiffs. And the
place which the prohibition holds among the Acts of the Council
distinctly shows that it was aimed against a contemplated breach
of the ecclesiastical law of marriage. It comes in the middle of a
series of citations and excommunications all aimed at offenders of
that class, and among which a merely political prohibition would
be strangely out of place. M. Licquet, like Mr. Stapleton, appeals
to the silence of the Pope as to the motive of the prohibition. This
silence is a difficulty according to any view, but it is a greater difficulty
according to M. Licquet’s view than on any other. The actual
reason is not minutely specified, but the position of the prohibition
in the Acts of the Council is enough to show its general nature.
William then, I hold, married the widow of Gerbod. In choosing
a widow for his bride, he only acted like several other great men of
his century. Eadmund, Cnut, Harold, all married widows. Cnut
and Harold married the widows of Kings whom they had helped to
deprive of their Kingdoms. But the case which most exactly
forestalled William happened just before the beginning of the
century, in the person of Matilda’s maternal grandfather, King
Robert. That most devout of Kings uncanonically married his
widowed cousin (see vol. i. p. 507), and allowed himself to be
worried by ecclesiastical censures out of his wife, and well nigh out
of his life also. William characteristically stood his ground, and
gained his point in the end in the teeth of Prior, Archbishop, Pope,
and Council.
The date of the marriage is not given by any of the Norman
writers. They all do their best to slur over the delays and difficulties
about the marriage, and they would fain have us believe
654that Matilda was won as soon as wooed. The date 1053 comes from
the Tours Chronicle (Bouquet, xi. 348), and in default of any better
authority, I do not see that we can do otherwise than accept it. It
also falls in singularly well, as Mr Stapleton suggests, with the date
of the captivity of Pope Leo (see above, p. 98). Another date, 1047,
is given in the late Chronicle of Saint Bavon (Corp. Chron. Fland. i.
552, “Wilhelmus Dux Normanniæ, uxorem duxit Mathildem filiam
Balduini comitis Flandriæ, quæ postea peperit ei Wilhelmum, postmodum
Regem Angliæ”). But this date cannot be accepted, as it
is clearly inconsistent with the prohibition of the marriage in 1049.
It has been sometimes said (see Bouet, p. 8) that Orderic (484 C)
fixes the marriage in 1063, and it has thence been inferred that
the marriage was repeated after Lanfranc had come back with
the dispensation. But the words of Orderic do not really fix
the marriage to 1063. He has been speaking of the death of
Geoffrey Martel and other matters, and places the death of Geoffrey
in 1060 or 1061. He then, in his usual fashion, takes the opportunity
to enlarge on the greatness and prosperity of Normandy
and its Duke about this time, and goes on to tell us of his wife
and children. But there is nothing bearing on the date of the
marriage.
I ought to mention that the Chronicle of Tours, the only one
which gives the date of the marriage, adds a most strange tale
about William’s courtship;
“Tunc Guillelmus Dux Normanniæ Mathildem, filiam Balduini,
Comitis Flandriæ, duxit in uxorem, in hunc modum. Quum ipsa
a patre suo de sponso recipiendo sæpiùs rogaretur, eique Guillelmus
Normanniæ a patre suo, qui eum longo tempore nutrierat, præ
aliis laudaretur, respondit, numquam nothum recipere se maritum.
Quo audito, Guillelmus Dux clam apud Brugis, ubi puella morabatur,
cum paucis accelerat, eamque regredientem ab ecclesiâ pugnis,
calcibus, et calcaribus verberat et castigat, sicque ascenso equo eum
suis in patriam remeat. Quo facto, puella dolens ad lectum decubat,
ad quam pater veniens, illam de sponso recipiendo interrogat
et requirit, quæ respondens dicit, se nunquam habere maritum
nisi Guillelmum Ducem Normanniæ quod et factum est.”—Chron.
Turon. Bouquet, xi. 348.
This tale is found also in the French rhyming Chronicle of
655Philip de Mouskes, a writer of the thirteenth century (ii. 174, ed.
Brussels, 1838). Matilda is thus described;
“... li Quens de Flandres avoit
Une fille qui moult savoit,
Et moult estoit biele et vallans
Sage courtoise et bien parlans.”
(v. 16902.)
To the first offer of marriage her answer is thus given;
“La demoiselle vint avant
Si leur respondi maintenant
J’aim mious estre nonne velée
Que jou soie à bastart donnée.”
(v. 16932.)
William then goes to Lille;
“Tout droit à Lille vint i jour
U la puciele ert a sejour.”
Matilda is throughout called “puciele” and “demoiselle.” William
then kicks and beats her, much as in the story in the Tours
Chronicle, and her consent is given in much the same way.
The remarkable thing about this tale is that it is evidently a
myth which has fastened itself upon William in several forms,
and, I suspect, on Harold also. The story of William beating or
kicking his wife is, in two accounts, transferred from the beginning
of their married life to the end. William of Malmesbury (iii. 273)
tells, without believing it, a tale that William in his later days
forsook his old chaste manner of life (“non desint qui ganniant
eum cœlibatui antiquo renunciâsse quum regia potestas accrevisset”—the
same singular use of the word cœlebs spoken of in
vol. ii. pp. 383, 531), and took a concubine, the daughter of a priest.
Matilda, in her jealousy, had the girl ham-strung (“per satellitem
succiso poplite Matildis sustulerit”), a tale apparently taken
from the story of King Eadwig’s wife or mistress—(Osbern or
Eadmer, Vit. Od. Ang. Sacr. ii. 84). On this Matilda is beaten
to death with a bridle (“illam ad mortem fræno equi cæsam”),
whether by her husband’s own hand or not is not distinctly said.
Now this story is clearly the same as Snorro’s story (Johnstone,
217; Laing, iii. 94) how, when William was setting out for England,
his wife came to speak to him, perhaps to detain him, on
which, being mounted, he struck her with his heel, so that the
spur ran into her breast, and she died (“Enn er hann sá þat, þá
laust hann til hennar med hælinom, oc setti sporan fyri brióst
henni, svo at á kaf stód, fell hon vid oc feck bana”). And this
again, I cannot help thinking, is the same as William of Jumièges’
656story (vii. 35) of Harold kicking his mother when she implored
him not to go forth to battle (see p. 436). The tale of a King
kicking or beating his wife or mother was afloat, and it was easy
to fill the blank with the name of either William or Harold.
One more point is suggested to me by the charge against
William’s chastity brought in the last paragraph. Genealogists,
local antiquaries, and romance-writers are fond of calling the
well-known William Peverel of Domesday a natural son of the
Conqueror. For this assertion I know of no authority, except a
statement in Dugdale’s Baronage (i. 436) which is said to come
“ex Coll. R. Gl. S.”—that is Robert Glover, Somerset Herald.
We are there told that Ranulf Peverel “married the daughter
of Ingelric, founder of the Collegiate Church of Saint Martin le
Grand in the city of London, who had been a concubine to William
Duke of Normandy,” and that William Peverel was “begotten on
her by the same Duke before the Conquest of this realm.” The
uncorroborated assertions of a herald are not materials for history.
The mention of Matilda suggests the name of her supposed sister,
Judith, the wife of Tostig. I have all along (see vol. ii. p. 134)
doubted whether she really was a daughter of Baldwin the Fifth.
She is called his daughter by Florence (1051) and twice by
Orderic. In one place (638 C) he reckons the daughters of Baldwin
and Adela as “Mathildis Regina Anglorum et Juditha, Tostici
Ducis uxor.” Elsewhere (492 D, see p. 303) he says of William
and Tostig, “duas sorores, per quas amicitia sæpe recalescebat, in
conjugio habebant.” Orderic is followed by Alberic in the thirteenth
century, who gives (p. 98) Baldwin and Adela three sons, Baldwin,
Robert, and Philip, and two daughters, “Judith, quam nupsit
Tosticus Comes Nordanubriorum in Angliâ, et Mathildem prædictam
Normannorum Ducissam.” She is also called Baldwin’s
daughter by two writers of the fifteenth century, who record her
second marriage with Duke Welf of Bavaria. Botho in his Picture
Chronicle of Brunswick (Leibnitz, iii. 325) says of Baldwin (whom
by the way he confounds with his son, marrying him to Richilda
instead of Adela) that he had “eyne dochter de het Jutta, de nam
Konigh Heroden in Engelant, dar wart se geheten Wichanda, do nam
se dar na Hertoghen Wolpy den olden in Beyeren.” The honest
Nether-Dutch is pleasant to read, but it is strange to make Judith
657the wife of Harold—degraded into Herod—instead of Tostig. But
Botho repeats the statement in p. 327, nor does he stand alone
in it. In Arenpeck’s Bavarian Chronicle (Leibnitz, iii. 661) we
read of Welf, how “accepit Reginam Angliæ, tunc viduam, filiam
scilicet Balduini nobilissimi Comitis Flandriæ, Juditham, in
uxorem.” These accounts are of course simply amusing, but we
shall presently see that, as for their chief blunders, they sin in
decent company.
Florence then and Orderic are the only early authorities who
call Judith a daughter of Baldwin the Fifth. And the authority of
Orderic is lessened by a manifest error which he has fallen into with
regard to Baldwin’s family. He makes him (526 C) the father
of Udo, Archbishop of Trier, who was really the son of Count
Eberhard of Nellenberg (Gest. Trev. ap. Pertz, viii. 183). On the
other hand, the local Chronicle of the Counts of Flanders (Corp.
Chron. Fland. i. 86) distinctly calls Matilda Baldwin’s only
daughter. Baldwin married Adela “genuitque ex eâ duos filios,
Balduinum Montensem et Robertum Frisonem, et unam filiam
nomine Mathildem.” We now fall back on our own writers and
remember that the Worcester Chronicle (1051) called Judith only
the “mage” of Baldwin, while Eadward’s Biographer (pp. 404, 424)
distinctly called her his “soror.” We now turn to the Saxon Annalist,
and, among some wild stories, we find the same relationship
distinctly asserted. Judith, as before, is Harold’s widow. Welf of
Bavaria (Pertz, vi. 764) “duxit viduam Haroldi Ducis Anglorum
[see above, p. 226] Judihtam nomine.” But in an earlier
passage we read (vi. 694), “Hujus Haroldi conjux, amita Rodberti
Comitis de Flandriâ, ex cognatione beati Ethmundi Regis
fuit.”
Here, comparing this passage with the Biographer, we may find
the key to the whole matter. The Biographer says that Judith was
Baldwin’s sister and Eadward’s niece, which last statement greatly
puzzled me. The Saxon Annalist, evidently writing quite independently,
calls her the aunt of Baldwin’s son Robert, and also calls her
a kinswoman of Eadward (we should of course read Ethwardi for
Ethmundi). That is, she was a daughter of Count Baldwin the
Bearded by his Norman wife, the daughter of Richard the Good.
She thus exactly answers all the descriptions. She is sister of
Baldwin of Lisle, aunt of Robert the Frisian, and she is, in a
658vague sense, niece of Eadward, that is, daughter of his first cousin.
The pedigree stands thus;
Judith would thus be, not Matilda’s sister but her aunt, an aunt
however possibly younger than herself. Odgiva, the first wife of
Baldwin the Bearded, died in 1031. His daughter by the Norman
Princess, the child of his old age, could not be born before 1032 or
1033. Matilda, the daughter of parents married in 1027, may well
have been older.
We have here, I think, another proof of the accuracy of the
Biographer in matters coming within his own province, and that in
a case where his statement seemed, at first sight, puzzling and
suspicious. I do not however know why he calls her Fausta, or
why the Brunswick picture-chronicler calls her Wichanda. Judith
was an obvious name for her, being that of her maternal grandmother
the wife of Duke Richard. Possibly, as Miss Yonge
suggests (Christian Names, ii. 345), this Hebrew name, in its form
of Jutta, may have got confounded with the Northern Gytha.
About the number and order of the sons of William and Matilda
there is no doubt. They were Robert, Richard, William, and Henry.
There is no doubt that Richard was second in order. He is always
put so in the lists, and Orderic (573 C) expressly calls him “Ricardus,
filius ejus, qui post Rodbertum natus fuerat.” Sir Francis
Palgrave must have been speaking hastily when (iii. 254) he called
him “the fourth son.”
But about the daughters, their number, names, and order, the
statements are most contradictory. I will first of all set forth the
different accounts of the early writers.
659All that William of Poitiers tells us (120) is that two brother
Kings of Spain sought for a daughter of William in marriage, whose
name is not given, and that they greatly disputed about her. Of
the promise or offer of a daughter to Harold he says nothing
directly, though he alludes to it in a later passage (145).
William of Jumièges (vii. 21) only says that William had four
daughters, without giving their names. His continuator (viii. 34)
also enumerates four. First (“primogenita”), Cecily, Abbess of
Caen. Second, Constance, wife of Alan Fergant of Britanny. Third,
Adelaide [Adelidis], who was betrothed to Harold, but died unmarried
(“Heraldo proditori ante bellum Anglicum sponsata, sed,
illo dignâ morte mulctato, nulli nupta, virgo jam nubilis obiit”).
Fourth, Adela, wife of Stephen of Blois.
Orderic gives no less than four lists. The first time (484 D) he
simply gives the names of four daughters, Adeliza, Constance, Cecily,
and Hadala. The second time (512 D) the number is raised to five,
and the names are Agatha, Constance, Adeliza, Adela, and Cecily.
The third time (573 C) he gives little biographies of four daughters.
1st, Agatha, betrothed first to Harold, then to Amfurcius [Alfonso]
of Gallicia, but who died a virgin. 2nd, Adelaide [Adelidis], who
lived, seemingly as a nun, under the care of Roger of Beaumont
(“Adelidis pulcherrima virgo jam nubilis devotè Deo se commendavit,
et sub tutelâ Rogeri de Bellomonte sancto fine quievit”).
3rd, Constance, wife of Alan Fergant [Fergannus]. 4th, Adela, wife
of Stephen. The fourth time (638 D) he gives a mere list, with
the same names as in the second but in a different order, Agatha,
Adeliza, Constance, Adela, and Cecily. He also (511 A) says that
a daughter of William, whose name he does not mention, was promised
in marriage to Earl Eadwine.
William of Malmesbury (iii. 276) says expressly that William had
five daughters. 1st, Cecily the Abbess, who was living when he
wrote—he wrote therefore before 1126. 2nd, Constance. 3rd,
Adela. Of two others he did not know the names (“duarum nomina
exciderunt”), one betrothed to Harold, the second to Alfonso,
but both of whom died unmarried.
Wace (9650) knows only two daughters, “Ele” and Abbess
Cecily. Ele is (10821) betrothed to Harold, but afterwards
married to Count Stephen.
Lastly, in Domesday (49) we find incidental mention of a daughter
660Matilda. Her chamberlain Geoffrey (“Goisfridus Camerarius filiæ
Regis”) had lands in Hampshire, which he held “de Rege W. pro
servitio quod fecit Mathildi ejus filiæ.” She is also mentioned in
an Encyclic Letter of the Nuns of the Holy Trinity at Caen (Mabillon,
Ann. Ord. Ben. v. 690) along with her mother Matilda and
her sisters Adelaide and Constance, as one for whom the prayers
of the faithful are asked.
Now of all these, Cecily, Constance, and Adela need give us no
trouble here. The history of all three is well ascertained, and will
come in its proper place. But about the others, the contradictions
are great. The names Adelidis and Adeliza are doubtless the same.
We have then these statements.
1. Adeliza was betrothed to Harold, but died unmarried. (Cont.
Will. Gem.)
2. Adeliza died unmarried under the care of Roger of Beaumont.
(Ord. Vit.)
3. Agatha was betrothed, first to Harold and then to Alfonso, but
died unmarried. (Ib.)
4. A nameless daughter betrothed to Harold died unmarried.
(Will. Malms.)
5. A nameless daughter betrothed to Alfonso died unmarried.
(Ib.)
6. A nameless daughter was betrothed to Eadwine. (Ord. Vit.)
7. Matilda appears without a history. (Domesday.)
The first question is whether the daughter betrothed to Harold
and the daughter betrothed to Alfonso are the same. Orderic
stands alone in identifying them. On the whole, the balance of
evidence seems to me to lie the other way. I am inclined to think
that it was Adeliza who was betrothed to Harold, and that it was
another daughter who was betrothed to the Spanish King. Indeed
they cannot be the same, if we accept the statement which William
of Malmesbury (iii. 238) puts into Harold’s mouth in the course of
the messages which passed between him and William, namely that
the maiden to whom he had been betrothed had died before his
election to the Crown (“liberatum se sacramento asserens, quod filia
ejus quam desponderat citra nubiles annos obierat”). I am sorry
nevertheless to give up Orderic’s (573 C, D) very pretty story, which
recalls (or reverses) the well-known ballad of the Spanish Lady’s
661Love. She had seen and loved Harold, and preferred death rather
than to give herself to another and an unknown bridegroom. But
there is also the difficulty of the extreme youth of any daughter
of William at any time to which we can assign Harold’s visit.
I cannot think, with Baron Maseres (103), that the betrothed of
Harold was Cecily.
According to Wace, the Adeliza or Adelaide betrothed to Harold
was the same as Adela, afterwards Countess of Chartres. The two
names, both coming from the adel or æðel root, might easily be
confounded, and it would not be difficult to suppose that Harold’s
betrothed had been on the one hand mistaken for the betrothed of
Alfonso, and on the other hand divided into two, Adela and Adeliza.
But all the other accounts seem pointedly to distinguish between
Adela and the betrothed of Harold, whether she were called
Adeliza or not.
I need not discuss the theory according to which Mr. Blaauw
and Mr. Thorpe (Lappenberg, Norman Kings, 215) identify the
Matilda of Domesday with Gundrada; but a view put forth by
Mrs. Green (Princesses, i. 16, 407), who has gone minutely into the
matter, is better worth examining. She holds that Matilda and
Agatha are the same, that the name of Agatha is a mistake of
Orderic, that this is the daughter who was betrothed to Eadwine,
and that the story of her attachment to Harold arose from confounding
one English lover with another. Again, by gaining the
three or four years between the visit of Harold and the betrothal to
Eadwine, the difficulty as to age is got over. Mrs. Green’s suggestion
is at least ingenious. I have little doubt, as I shall show in my
next volume, that the daughter who was betrothed to Eadwine is
the same as the daughter who was betrothed to Alfonso. But I do
not see the evidence for calling her Matilda.
Abbot Baldric, in his verses addressed to Abbess Cecily (Duchèsne,
Rer. Franc, iv. 274), speaks of a sister of the Abbess, who was, in
some unexplained way, connected both with Bayeux and with Angers.
Mrs. Green identifies her also with Matilda. The lines are,
“Audivi quamdam te detinuisse sororem,
Cujus fama meas aliquando perculit aures.
Nomen it elapsum, vidisse tamen reminiscor.
Baiocensis erat, sed tunc erat Andegavensis,
Quam, tibi si placeat, nostrâ de parte saluta,
Atque mihi nomen rescribe tuumque suumque.”
662As both Abbot Baldric and William of Malmesbury found it impossible
to remember the names of William’s daughters, I may
perhaps be forgiven if I leave the name of the betrothed of Harold
undetermined.
There is a good deal of obscurity about William Busac and his
revolt. The story is told by no one except William of Jumièges
(vii. 20); and, as he seems to put it instead of the far better
known story of the revolt of William of Arques, which he tells out
of its place (vii. 7), one is tempted to suppose that he has fallen
into some confusion between the two revolts and the two Williams.
But he tells his tale so clearly and straightforwardly that it is
hardly possible to doubt it, unless it can be shown distinctly to
contradict some better ascertained piece of history.
The father and brothers of William Busac, as described by William
of Jumièges, are all well ascertained persons. But William expresses
himself inaccurately when he says (vii. 20) that Count William of
Eu was an “uterinus frater” of Richard the Good. He must here
use the word “uterinus” vaguely in the sense of illegitimate;
for an “uterinus frater,” strictly speaking, of Richard the Good
would mean, not a natural son of Richard the Fearless, but a son
of Gunnor by some father other than Richard. The only question
is as to the time when Count William obtained the grant of Eu,
and whether it was granted by his half-brother Richard the Good
or by his great-nephew Duke William. The following passages
may be referred to on this point, which does not greatly concern
my history. Will. Gem. iv. 18, vii. 2, viii. 37; Stapleton, i. lvi.;
Roman de Rou, 6123–6215, where a romantic story is told, which
is followed by Le Bœuf, Ville d’Eu, p. 28; and Palgrave, iii. 45.
The strange thing is that in none of these accounts is there any
mention of William Busac as a son of Count William, though
there is of his brothers Robert and Hugh. Still it seems hardly
possible wholly to reject William’s existence and his investiture
with the County of Soissons, which is so clearly asserted by William
of Jumièges, and which, from the further details given in the
663Art de Vérifier les Dates, must, I conceive, rest on other authorities
which I have not at hand. The chief difficulty in the story itself
is that it seems to be implied throughout that the castle of Eu was
in the possession of William Busac at the time of his revolt. If
William of Jumièges did not so distinctly make William Busac the
second brother—“horum medius” between Robert and Hugh—I
should have been inclined to think that William Busac was the eldest
brother, that he inherited the County, and that Robert succeeded to
it on William’s exile. But this view seems forbidden by the words
“horum medius;” and we also find Robert’s name with the title of
“Comes de Ou” attached to a charter drawn up “tempore quo discordia
cœpit inter ipsum [Comitem Willelmum] et Henricum Regem
Francorum.” (Cart. de Saint Bertin, Paris, 1840, p. 426. The signature
of “Willelmus de Ou,” attached to an earlier charter on the
same page, belongs of course to the elder William.) We must suppose
then that William Busac contrived to occupy his brother’s castle
by some underhand means and to defend it against the Duke.
In accepting the account of this revolt given by William of
Jumièges I do not profess to fix its exact date, or to add any
details beyond such as are found in his narrative. From the
point at which he introduces the story, it would seem to have
happened between the affair of William the Warling and the
marriage of Duke William, that is, between 1048 and 1053.
But, as William of Jumièges puts the courtship and marriage of
William together as if there had been no delay between them
(see above, p. 85), it is quite possible that he means to fix the
revolt to 1049 or thereabouts. At any rate, the place which I
have given to it in my narrative seemed to me the natural one
for it, as it is the beginning of a series of events which is carried
on in the more famous revolt of William of Arques, namely insurrections
in Normandy abetted by the King of the French.
The way in which the story of William Busac is treated by
modern writers is curious. See Licquet, ii. 126; La Butte,
Histoire des Ducs de Normandie, i. 246, 249; and the local historian
of Eu, M. Le Bœuf, p. 30. A still more amazing account will
be found in Mr. Roscoe’s Life of William the Conqueror, p. 89, for
which it would be well to give some more definite authority than
664“Walsingham; Wace; Chron. Sax.; Chron. de Nor.; W. Malms.;
Mazeres.”
But the aberrations of smaller writers will not seem wonderful,
when we read the strange and contradictory statements made by
Sir Francis Palgrave, which I feel sure would not have been found
in any but a posthumous work of that great scholar. He first
(p. 50) tells us of Count Robert and his services at Mortemer,
and of “Robert’s son William (in France called William Busac)
enriched, like his father, by the spoils of the Anglo-Saxon, and,
who came to a fearful end.” William Busac is here confounded
with his nephew William “de Owe,” son of Count Robert, who
was blinded and mutilated by William Rufus in 1096 (see Flor.
Wig. in anno, and Palgrave, iv. 420). In a later passage (iii. 224)
we read, “William, surnamed Busac, second son of William, Count
of Arques, now revolted against the Duke.” If Sir Francis had
written or dictated in Latin, I should have thought that “Arcensis”
had been substituted for “Aucensis,” by the same editorial
process which took “Lagam Regis Eadwardi” to be a misprint
for “legem.”
William was succeeded in the County of Soissons by his sons
John and Reginald, after whom the County passed to the descendants
of his daughter Ramentrude, wife of Ivo of Nesle. Another
son, Manasses, was in 1092 chosen Bishop of Cambray by the citizens
in opposition to the clergy, and was translated to Soissons in 1103
(see Gest. Epp. Cam. Pertz, vii. 504).
There is a singular difference among our authorities as to the
date of the revolt of Count William of Arques. William of
Poitiers, Orderic, and William of Malmesbury put it at the point
where I have put it in the text. But in William of Jumièges and
Wace it comes much earlier, immediately after Duke William’s
recovery of Falaise from Thurstan Goz (see vol. ii. p. 206), some
665years earlier than the battle of Val-ès-dunes. There is no doubt
that the later date is the right one. In the narrative of William of
Poitiers, the story comes in in what is evidently its natural order,
immediately before the French invasion of 1054. The personal
action of the Duke himself, now evidently in full maturity, seems
inconsistent with the earlier date, as does also the prominent position
of Guy-Geoffrey of Poitiers, who in 1044 (see vol. ii. p. 595)
was “parvulus.” The story is also fixed to 1053 by the death of
Ingelram of Ponthieu and the succession of his brother Guy. See
Art de Vérifier les Dates, ii. 752. At the earlier date the elder
Ingelram was reigning.
Besides this difference in date, the narratives of William of
Poitiers and of Wace differ a good deal in the order of events,
though I do not see any further contradiction between the two
versions. I have therefore, while forming my narrative mainly on
that of William of Poitiers, not scrupled to bring in some touches
of detail from Wace which seemed to bear marks of authenticity.
In the order which I have followed, Duke William requires his
uncle to surrender his castle, and he himself puts a garrison in it. The
garrison then restore the castle to William of Arques, who openly
revolts. Duke William hears the news at Valognes, he hastens
to Arques, meets a party of loyalists from Rouen, fights a party of
the rebels before the gates of the castle, and then blockades it.
He then leaves the blockading force under Walter Giffard. King
Henry comes to help William of Arques, and he falls into an ambush,
where Count Ingelram is slain and Hugh Bardulf taken prisoner.
The King retires; the Duke returns; William of Arques surrenders
the castle, and the other posts in Normandy held by the
French are surrendered also.
The accounts in William of Jumièges and in Wace leave out the
occupation of the castle by the Duke and its betrayal to the Count
of Arques. They say that the Duke, suspecting his uncle, summoned
him to his presence, which summons he declined to obey,
and openly rebelled (“Quem Dux à suâ vesaniâ nitens avellere, ad
exhibendum sibi obsequium per legatos jussit eum venire. Sed ille
hujusmodi legationem habens contemptui, magnâ cum fiduciâ ad
resistendum se munivit et armavit.” Will. Gem. vii. 7). Wace
transfers the hasty ride from the Côtentin from the first to the second
appearance of Duke William before Arques. William of Poitiers
666again makes William reach Arques with six followers, all the
others who had started from Valognes having failed to keep up
with his pace. He there meets the reinforcement of three hundred
from Rouen. Wace makes him reach Arques absolutely alone
(v. 8699);
“Tute sa gente s’en merveilla
Ke de si luing si tost vint là:
Nuls ne s’en pot à li tenir,
Ne nuls ne pot o li venir,
De cels qui à Valuignes furent
E de Valuignes od li s’esmurent.”
This is an evident exaggeration, adapted to the new order of
events. Had William reached Arques absolutely alone, in the
state of things conceived by William of Poitiers, he must have
fallen into the hands of his enemies. But, while Wace transposes
the two marches of William, Orderic (657 B) rolls the two into
one. In his story William’s first appearance comes after King
Henry and Count Ingelram have entered the country. He hears
of them at Valognes; he sends on a picked force, and then follows
himself with his main army. The former (“præcursores mei”) meet
Ingelram, and defeat and kill him before William reaches Arques
at all. But though I think that Wace has transposed the order of
events, I have not scrupled to draw several details of the ride from
him, and to accept Valognes as the starting-point. The other
writers only mention the Côtentin generally. It is of course
possible that Wace may have been thinking of William’s former
ride from Valognes (see vol. ii. p. 247), where also the mention of
Valognes is peculiar to himself. But, if William was likely to be
there at one time, he was likely to be there at another.
The mention of Saint Aubin as the place of the ambush also
comes from William of Jumièges, followed by Wace. (I am sorry
that, when I was at Arques, I omitted to explore the spot.) I have
ventured to connect this mention of Saint Aubin with that which
Orderic gives (606 B, C) of Richard of Hugleville’s resistance at
Saint Aubin. This comes in a genealogical passage where the
campaign of Arques is spoken of only incidentally, and seems to me
to be a case of quite independent testimony coinciding.
667
The oath which, as William alleged, Harold had sworn to him,
and the bequest which, as he also alleged, Eadward had made in
his favour, are two subjects every detail of which is enveloped in
controversy and contradiction, and two subjects moreover which
cannot be kept apart from one another. I have, both in the text
and elsewhere, set forth more than once what I believe to be the
true history. I will now go more minutely through all the evidence
which we have bearing on the matter.
I. As I have already said (see above, p. 219), there are three
statements as to the object of Harold’s visit to Normandy. And two
out of these statements imply different versions of the alleged bequest
of Eadward to William. I have stated their substance in the text;
I will now go through the evidence for and against them.
1. The first version is that of William of Poitiers. He mentions
the matter twice, first in his narrative of Harold’s visit (107 et seqq.),
secondly, in the account of the messages sent by William to Harold
(129–30). According to this statement (129), Eadward chose William
as his heir, on account of his many excellences (“quoniam omnium
qui genus suum attingerent me credebat excellentissimum, qui optimè
valerem vel ei, quamdiu viveret, subvenire, vel posteaquam decederet,
regnum gubernare”) and as a return for the kindness which he
had received from William and his predecessors during his sojourn
in Normandy (“ob maximos honores et plurima beneficia quæ illi
atque fratri suo, necnon hominibus eorum, ego et majores mei impendimus”).
This devise of the Crown was apparently made by a decree
of the Witan; at any rate it was made by the advice, and confirmed
by the oaths, of Archbishop Stigand and of the three great Earls, Godwine,
Leofric, and Siward (“sanè neque id absque suorum optimatum
consensu, verùm consilio Stigandi Archiepiscopi, Godwini Comitis,
Leurici Comitis, Sigardi Comitis”). These great leaders all agreed
to accept William as Eadward’s successor on his death, and meanwhile,
as the passage seems to mean, to set up no other candidate
against him (“qui etiam jurejurando suis manibus confirmaverunt,
quod post Edwardi decessum me reciperent dominum, nec ullatenus
peterent in vitâ illius patriam hanc ullo impedimento contra me
668occupari”). A son and a grandson of Godwine were given by
Eadward as hostages for this engagement (“obsides mihi dedit
Godwini filium ac nepotem,” 130; so again, 107, “Heraldus ...
cujus antea frater et fratuelis obsides fuerant accepti de successione
eâdem”—Willelmi sc.). As Eadward found himself near death—it
might have been added, now that the three Earls who had confirmed
the devise were all dead—the King thought it good to bind
Harold by the same oath which had been formerly taken by his
father, with the further security that it should be taken in William’s
presence, while Godwine and the rest had, on the former occasion, only
bound themselves to him in his absence (“ut quod pater ejus atque
cæteri supranominati hic [in England] mihi juravere absenti, is ibi
[in Normandy] præsens juaret præsenti”). Eadward also, it would
seem, wished to give William, before his death, a further confirmation
in his own name (“graviore quam fuerat cautum pignore cavit.” 107).
The importance of binding Harold to the proposed succession is
strongly set forth. He alone could influence or constrain the
English people, who, it is implied, were very likely to disturb the
arrangement (“et eum [Haraldum] quidem prudentissimè [destinavit],
ut ipsius opes et auctoritas totius Anglicæ gentis dissensum
coercerent, si rem novare mallent perfidâ mobilitate, quantâ sese
agunt”). Harold is therefore sent on this errand; he falls into the
hands of Guy and is rescued by William, as I have described in the
text. He makes his oath to William—its terms I shall discuss at a
later stage of this note—and William looks on him as one who will
most effectually win over the English to his cause (“quem inter se
et Anglos, quibus à Rege secundus erat, mediatorem sperabat
fidissimum.” 108).
This is the full account given by the contemporary panegyrist of
William. Two things are to be noticed in it, as important admissions
made by an enemy. First, the loyalty of Harold to Eadward,
and the full friendship and confidence which existed between the
King and the Earl, are implied throughout, in distinct contradiction
of one form of Norman calumny. Secondly, there is throughout a
recognition of the English people as a party likely to claim a voice
in the matter, and one whose voice, it is expected, will not be
given on behalf of William. The epithets of abuse which the
Norman panegyrist hurls at the heads of the English nation are in
truth a speaking witness to the popular character of the ancient
English government.
669William of Jumièges (vii. 31) tells essentially the same story.
He says nothing about the counsel and the oaths of Stigand and
the three Earls, but he tells us that Eadward, finding himself
childless (“disponente Deo successione prolis carens”), sent Archbishop
Robert to announce to William his intention of making him
his heir (“olim miserat Willelmo Duci Rodbertum Cantuariorum
Archipræsulem, ex regno a Deo sibi attributo illum statuens hæredem”).
Afterwards he sends Harold, the most powerful Earl in
his Kingdom, to confirm the bequest by oath, and to plight his
own faith to the Duke (“deinde Heraldum cunctorum suæ dominationis
Comitem divitiis et honore ac potentiâ maximum Duci
destinavit, ut ei de coronâ suâ fidelitatem faceret, ac Christiano
more sacramentis firmaret”). The story then goes on as before.
Orderic (492 A) tells the same story as William of Jumièges,
with the addition that the devise in favour of Duke William was
made with the consent of the English nation. “Eduardus nimirùm
propinquo suo Willelmo Duci Normannorum, primò per Rodbertum
Cantuariorum summum Pontificem, postea per eumdem Heraldum,
integram Anglici regni mandaverat concessionem, ipsumque, concedentibus
Anglis, fecerat totius juris sui hæredem.”
Benoît (36498 et seqq.) follows William of Jumièges, except that
he does not give the name of the Archbishop, and that he seems to
imply that the mission of the Archbishop and the mission of
Harold happened in two consecutive years.
“L’arcevesque de Cantorbire,
Li plus hauz hom de son empire,
Out en Normendie tramis,
Les anz avant, si cum je vus dis,
Por afermer ce qu’il li done
Tot le reaume e la corone.”
(vv. 36508–36513.)
It is really needless to refute this story. Some remarks on the
tale will be found in Lord Lyttelton (Henry the Second, i. 351 et
seqq.) and Baron Maseres (pp. 74 et seqq., 113 et seqq.) which
are far above the average criticism of their age. Both writers are
hampered throughout by the supposed necessity of accepting, or at
least of attaching some weight to, the accounts of the false Ingulf;
otherwise their line of argument is of a high order. There are also
some good remarks of Lord Lytton’s in a note to his “Harold”
(iii. 385), though I cannot conceive what he means by saying (iii.
386) that “the Saxon chroniclers ... unite in relating Edward’s
670warnings to Harold against his visit to the Norman court.”
The “Saxon” Chronicles, I need hardly repeat, are altogether
silent on the matter.
No one, I think, who goes carefully through the whole circumstances
of the tale as told by William of Poitiers, will hesitate to
say, with Baron Maseres, “there is reason to think it is absolutely
false,” or, with Lord Lytton, “this appears a fable wholly without
foundation.” Here is a purely English matter, an act of the English
Witan, a deed confirmed by the greatest men of the Church and
State of England, which rests solely on the assertion of an interested
Norman writer, and of which no English Chronicle or cartulary has
preserved the slightest trace. To make us believe that Leofric, that
Siward, that Stigand, that Godwine, that the whole English people,
agreed to the succession of William, we should need no evidence
short of the document bearing their signatures, strengthened by an
entry in the Chronicles to show that the document might possibly
be genuine. No statement was ever weighed down by a heavier
burthen of internal improbability. An act done when Stigand
was Archbishop and when Godwine and the other Earls were still
living, must belong to the few months between the appointment
of Stigand to the Archbishopric at the Mickle Gemót of September,
1052 and the death of Godwine at Easter, 1053. It will not do
to say that the title “Archiepiscopi” is simply descriptive of the
person, and that the act might have been done at a time when
Stigand had not yet reached the archiepiscopal rank (cf.
vol. ii. p. 420). For Stigand and the three Earls are clearly mentioned
as being the four greatest men in the Kingdom, which of course
would not be the case at a time when Stigand was only a presbyter,
or even the Bishop of an inferior see. The devise then, if
it was ever made at all, could have been made only within those
few months. And, except in those later years when Harold’s succession
seems to have been looked upon as a settled thing (see
vol. ii. p. 634), no time can be found so unlikely as those few
months for any act in favour of William. No wilder assertion was
ever made than that which represents the Witan of England, with
Godwine at their head, as agreeing to, and even advising, the succession
of the Norman Duke to the English Crown at the very
moment of their great triumph over Norman favourites and Norman
influence in England.
So much for William of Poitiers. William of Jumièges and
671Orderic, who evidently follows him, do not greatly mend matters
by leaving out Stigand and the Earls, and seemingly putting
Stigand’s predecessor Robert in his stead. Archbishop Robert is
made to cross from England into Normandy. They doubtless had
in their minds the time when Robert really did cross from England
into Normandy. But that perilous passage was not made on the
King’s errand or on any errand at all; it was the hurried flight of
a public enemy, hastening to save himself from the vengeance of
the English people (see vol. ii. p. 331). The story as regards
Stigand, Godwine, Leofric, and Siward is manifestly impossible;
it is no less impossible as regards Harold. We have already seen
that during the whole time that Harold answered the description
given of him by the Norman writers as the richest and most
powerful Earl in England, the succession was, practically if not
formally, determined in favour, first of the Ætheling Eadward and
then of Harold himself. The tale that Eadward sent Harold, or
that Harold consented to go, on an errand which shut out himself
and every other Englishman from all hope of succession to the
Crown, is simply absurd and impossible.
2. The second version, that in which Harold goes, not to guarantee
the succession to William, but to bring back the supposed hostages,
his brother and nephew, involves quite another view of the alleged
bequest to William. In this account, there is no mention of any
formal act of the Witan, none of any oaths of Bishops and Earls,
none even of any act of the King himself, after he became King.
It comes out incidentally that Eadward is said to have, years before,
privately promised the Crown to William. And the only evidence for
this private conversation between Eadward and William is another
alleged private conversation between William and Harold. Yet
this story is, as I have before said (see vol. ii. p. 302), less grotesquely
absurd than the former one, and it rests on better
authority. It is the version followed by two most valuable
English writers of the next generation, namely Eadmer and Simeon
of Durham. The narrative of Simeon, we cannot doubt, was borrowed
from the narrative of Eadmer, whose exact words he follows
through a great part of the story. And the appearance of the story
at all in Simeon’s History is remarkable. Simeon had copied from
Florence, with the change or addition of two or three words only,
the narrative of the election of Harold, of the two invasions, of the
two battles, of the death of Harold and the coronation of William.
672It then perhaps occurred to him that Florence’s narrative contained
no statement whatever of any motive for William’s invasion. Simeon
therefore (1066) starts as it were afresh, with the introduction, “Ut
autem sciatur origo caussae quâ Willelmus Angliam bello appetiit,
breviter quæ paullò ante gesta sunt repetantur.” He then goes on
to the same effect as Eadmer. The hostages, Wulfnoth and Hakon
(“Wlnothus filius Godwini et Hacun filius Suani filii sui”), are
given by Godwine to Eadward at their reconciliation, and they are
given by Eadward to Duke William for safe-keeping. Some time
after Godwine’s death, Harold, now in possession of his father’s Earldom
(“Godwinus ... malâ morte”—Eadmer, 4. Simeon says only
“quum esset mortuus”—“post breve tempus interiit, et Haraldus
filius ejus comitatum Cantiæ patri succedens obtinuit. Is, elapso
modico tempore,” &c.), asks leave of the King to go over to Normandy
and bring back the hostages. Eadward says that he may
go, but warns him against going. He is sure that, if he goes, some
harm and shame will happen to him and to England. He knows
Duke William well enough to be sure that he will never let the
hostages go, unless he can get some gain by so doing (“Hoc non
fiet per me; verumtamen ne videar te velle impedire, permitto ut
eas quo vis ac experiare quid possis. Præsentio tamen te in nihil
aliud tendere nisi in detrimentum totius Anglici regni et opprobrium
tui. Nec enim ita novi Comitem mentis expertem ut eos
aliquatenus velit concedere tibi si non præscierit in hoc magnum
proficuum sui”). Harold however thinks himself wiser than the
King (“suo quam Regis consilio credens”), and sets out. He is
shipwrecked, imprisoned by Guy (“pro ritu loci, captivitati addicitur”),
and delivered and honourably received by William. He
presently sets forth to the Duke the cause of his journey. William
tells him that it will be his own fault if the matter does not turn
out well (“bene quidem rem processuram si in ipso non remaneret”).
After a few days, the Duke sets forth his own mind to
the Englishman. When he and Eadward were living together as
youths in Normandy, Eadward promised him that, if he should
ever obtain the Crown of England, he would make it over to him
as his heir (“Regem Edwardum, quando secum juvene olim juvenis
in Normanniâ demoraretur, sibi, interpositâ fide suâ pollicitum
fuisse, quia, si Rex Angliæ foret, jus regni in illum jure hæreditario
post se transferret”). If Harold would swear to support this
disposal of the Crown, and would bind himself by other engagements
673which I shall presently discuss, Hakon should be released at
once and Wulfnoth as soon as William had mounted the English
throne (“tunc et modò nepotem tuum, et quum in Angliam regnaturus
venero, fratrem tuum incolumem recipies”). Harold,
feeling himself in a strait from which he knows not how to escape,
swears to all that was required of him (“sensit Haraldus in his
periculum undique, nec intellexit quà evaderet, nisi in omnibus istis
voluntati Willelmi adquiesceret. Adquievit itaque” &c.). He returns
to England with Hakon, and tells the whole story to Eadward,
who reminds him of his own warning (“nonne dixi tibi, ait, me
Willelmum nôsse, et in illo itinere tuo plurima mala huic regno
contingere posse”). Eadward soon afterwards dies, and Harold,
according to Eadward’s own wishes, succeeds him. See above,
p. 586.
I have already (see above, p. 219, and vol. ii. p. 302) made some
remarks on this story, a story which is plainly of English invention.
Eadward’s intentions in favour of William are cut down to a rash
promise in his youth, of which no one seems to know anything
except Eadward and William themselves. Eadward’s present intentions
are plainly in favour of Harold, and perfect confidence
and cordiality are implied as reigning between the King and the
Earl. But, as I have already said, this view of Eadward’s promise
will not stand the test of chronology. There was no time
when Eadward and William lived together as youths of equal age.
When Eadward left Normandy in 1041, William was thirteen or
fourteen years old, Eadward perhaps thirty-eight. A private
promise of this kind seems most unlikely to have happened between
them, though, as I have already said (see vol. ii. p. 523),
William’s counsellors may have been already reckoning the chances
of William’s succession. The story of Wulfnoth and Hakon being
given as hostages for Godwine’s good behaviour on Godwine’s
triumphant return is quite inconsistent (see above, p. 221) with the
true narrative of that return. Still less can we accept the story
of William of Poitiers (see above, p. 668) that Wulfnoth and Hakon
were given as hostages, not for Godwine’s good behaviour towards
Eadward, but for the carrying out of the imaginary act of the
English Witan in favour of William. My own belief is that
there were no English hostages at all in the hands of William
at the time when Harold came into Normandy. But I think it is
674not hard to see how the story of the hostages arose. It is certain
that Wulfnoth was kept as a prisoner by William, and that his
imprisonment began early in life. William, on his death-bed
(see Florence, 1087), set free various prisoners, both English and
Norman, and among them “Wlnothum Regis Haroldi germanum,
quern a pueritiâ tenuerat in custodiâ.” This of course might only
mean that Wulfnoth was imprisoned after William’s coming to England,
as must have been the case with Harold’s son Wulf, whom
Florence speaks of directly after. But it is also quite consistent
with the statement that he was left behind as a hostage by Harold.
That he was so left is affirmed by Eadmer and Simeon in the
passage just quoted. It is also implied by William of Poitiers,
when he says (111) that, of his two supposed hostages, one, namely
Hakon, was allowed to return with his uncle (“quinetiam fratruelis
ejus, alter obses, cum ipso redux propter ipsum redditus est”). But
moreover William of Jumièges, who says nothing about Hakon or
about any earlier giving of hostages, says (vii. 31) that Wulfnoth
was left as a hostage; “Postremò ipsum [Heraldum] cum multis
muneribus Regi remisit [Willelmus], et pulcrum adolescentem
Wlnotum fratrem ejus obsidem retinuit.” In this he is followed
by Benoît (36640);
“Heraut out un frere danzel,
Que n’estoveit querre plus bel;
Vuilnoth out non, corteis e sage;
Cel laissa au Duc en ostage.”
One would certainly understand this as meaning that Wulfnoth had
accompanied Harold on his voyage and that he was left by him as
a hostage for his own good faith. Why should not this have been
the case? If, as I have suggested, Harold was accompanied on
his voyage by both Wulfnoth and Hakon, if he brought Hakon
back and left Wulfnoth behind as a hostage, one can easily see
how the story arose about Hakon and Wulfnoth having both
originally been hostages. The Norman version would represent
them, as William of Poitiers does, as hostages given for William’s
succession to the Crown. English writers, knowing that this at
least never happened, would find some more possible occasion for
the handing over of a son and a grandson of Godwine to the
keeping of the Norman Duke. Such an occasion would be found
in the reconciliation between Godwine and Eadward. The interchange
of hostages is mentioned more than once in the course of
675the story, so that the notion that hostages were given by Godwine
at the final conclusion of peace, though an unfounded idea, was
not an unnatural one.
These then are the two views, according to both of which Harold
is made to set out for Normandy with some settled purpose, either
to confirm the bequest of the Crown to William or to obtain the
release of his brother and nephew. The two accounts are utterly
contradictory to one another, and I do not think that either will
stand the test of criticism. But before I go on to the third version,
I must mention the accounts given in the Roman de Rou and in
the Tapestry. Honest Wace, after his manner, knowing that there
were two or three stories, allows his readers to choose between
them. He first tells the story of Godwine’s return, according to
his notion of it. Godwine is in banishment, and the King will
not let him come back unless he gives hostages for his good
behaviour. He sends his son and grandson, whom Eadward sends
over to William, and Godwine then returns.
“Goigne ne l’osa néer;
Tant por li Reis asséurer,
Tant por sez parenz maintenir,
Tant por sez homes garantir,
Un soen nevo et un soen filz,
K’il aveit ensemble norriz,
A en ostage el Rei bailliez.
E li Reis les a envéiez
Al Duc Willame en Normendie
Come à cil ù mult se fie:
Mandé li a k’il les gart tant
Ke il méisme li demant.”
(vv. 10579–10590.)
He then adds the significant remark, which seems to show that
he had the version of William of Poitiers and William of Jumièges
in his eye, that this looked very much as if Eadward intended the
hostages who were nominally given for the good behaviour of
Godwine to act practically as hostages for the succession of
William.
“Ço fut semblant k’il voulsist
Ke toz tems cil les retenist,
Ço distrent genz, ke il péust
Sun regne aveir s’il ainz morust.”
(vv. 10591–10594.)
He then goes on to describe Godwine’s death (see vol. ii. p. 612),
Eadward’s vow of pilgrimage, the foundation of Westminster, and
Eadward’s intention to bequeath his Crown to William, which last
he describes in language which is evidently taken from the statement
put into William’s own mouth by William of Poitiers (129;
see above, p. 667). He then gives a description of Harold, on
676whose virtues, power, and favour with the King he becomes somewhat
eloquent, and fully realizes his position as the practical ruler
of the whole kingdom.
“En la terre out un senescal
Heraut out nom, noble vassal;
Por sun pris è por sa bunté
Out el regne grant poesté,
Li plus fort hom fu del païs
Fort fu d’homes, fort fu d’amis,
Engleterre out en sa baillie
Com home ki a senechaucie.”
(vv. 10709–10716.)
So directly after;
“Héraut fu ben de son seignior,
Ki à feme aveit sa seror.”
(vv. 10725–10726.)
The story then goes on in much the same shape as in Eadmer.
Harold’s wish to release the hostages and the warnings of Eadward
are given in much the same way, with the further piece
of advice from the King, that, if Harold wishes for the hostages,
he should send some other messenger and not go himself. Wace
then adds that he has also read another story, that namely of
William of Poitiers and William of Jumièges, and that he does
not profess to know which is the true one.
“Issi l’ai jo trové escrit,
Et un altre livre me dist
Ke li Reis li rova aler
Por li réalme asséurer
Al Duc Willame sun cosin,
Ke il l’éust emprez sa fin;
Ne sai mie ceste achoisin,
Mais l’un è l’altre escrit trovon.”
(vv. 10741–10748.)
So much for Wace. The Tapestry plainly shows (pl. 1) an
interview between Eadward and Harold before Harold sets
sail from Bosham, and another interview (pl. 7) after Harold’s
return. Of these two scenes the earlier must be interpreted
by the later. In that scene Harold is represented as recounting
his adventures to the King with a very strange look and strange
gestures, quite different from anything shown in the first
interview. But Dr. Bruce’s imagination surely carries him a
little too far when he says (p. 27) that “Harold comes into the
presence of the Confessor like a guilty person, deploring his misdeeds
and craving pardon. An axe, carried by an attendant on
the left of the King, is turned towards him, apparently betokening
that he has committed an offence worthy of death. The King
is evidently reproving him sharply, but the attendant on the
right of the King having the edge of his axe turned away from
677Harold, shows that the result of the interview was a pardon.”
Unluckily for this ingenious theory, one of the persons who in
this very plate offer the Crown to Harold carries an axe with
its edge no less threateningly turned towards the person of the
King-elect. Still there is no doubt that Harold enters the King’s
presence with the air of one who is by no means proud of the
success of his errand. His neck is stretched out in a most
amazing fashion, and the whole expression is that of one whose
position is exceedingly awkward. This seems to me to fit in
exactly with the version of Eadmer, and I do not see how it
can be made to fit in with the version of William of Poitiers.
According to that version, Harold had done nothing to be afraid
or ashamed of. He had simply pledged himself in a solemn way
to carry out the King’s intentions. But, on Eadmer’s view of
the matter, he had utterly failed, except so far as he had brought
back Hakon; he had involved himself and his country in great
danger, and he must have gone to the King with the unpleasant
feeling that one so much his intellectual inferior had for once
proved wiser than himself. This seems to me to be plainly enough
expressed in the representation of the second interview in the
Tapestry; I therefore accept the Tapestry as, so far, a witness in
favour of Eadmer’s version, or at least in favour of some version
according to which Harold went into Normandy on an errand
which failed. A certain amount of confirmation is thus given to
Eadmer’s statement, but I can hardly think that it is enough to
counterbalance its inherent improbability in other respects.
3. I now come to the third version, that which makes Harold’s
presence in Normandy wholly the result of accident. William of
Malmesbury was fully aware of the version of William of Poitiers.
He (ii. 228) distinctly refers to it (“ferunt quidam ipsum Haroldum
a Rege in hoc”—namely to announce to William the bequest
of Eadward—“Normanniam missum”), but he deliberately rejects
it. The story which he prefers as nearer to the truth (“quia
propius vero videtur”), and as told by those who were better
informed (“alii secretioris consilii conscii”), represented Harold’s
presence in Normandy or in any part of Gaul as simply caused by
his being carried thither by stress of weather (“invitum, venti violentiâ
illuc actum”). He set out from Bosham purely on a voyage
678of pleasure and for the purpose of fishing (“ut animum oblectaret
suum, piscatorium conscendit navigium”). Some cause or other
led him to venture to an unusual distance from land (“interim
quidem longiusculo ludo in altum proceditur”), and a storm drove
him to the coast of Ponthieu. According to Henry of Huntingdon,
Harold was not thus merely yachting, but was going, for
some cause which is not mentioned, to Flanders (“Haraldus verò
transiens in Flandriam tempestate compulsus est in Ponticam
provinciam,” M. H. B. 760 E). Matthew Paris (p. 1), whom I
shall again have to quote, tells the tale in what, for my purpose,
is the same way. Harold, still a young man, but looking forward
to the Crown (“dum adhuc juvenis esset, adspirans ad regnum
Angliæ”), is sailing about, and is driven by the winds to a land
which he takes to be Flanders, but which proves to be Ponthieu
(“sponte spatiatus, navigando raptus est vi ventorum, et dum
Flandriam credidit se attigisse, compulsus venit in Pontinam provinciam”).
Snorro (Johnstone, 190; Laing, iii. 75) makes Harold
to have been sailing, not to Flanders, but to Wales. He seemingly
looks on the voyage as part of Harold’s warfare against Gruffydd.
A storm drives his ships, not to Ponthieu, but to the coast of Normandy
(“þat var á eino sumri, at Haralldr Gudinason átti ferd til
Brettlandz, oc fór á skipi, enn er þeir komo í hafit, þá tók þá
andvidri, oc rák út í haf. Þeir tóko land vestr í Nordmandi,
oc höfdo fengit storm mann-hættan”). These accounts seem independent,
and of course they cannot be reconciled in detail. The
important point which they have in common is that they all represent
Harold’s presence in Normandy as unintentional. He is
not going thither on any errand either of his own or of the King’s;
he is carried either directly to Normandy, or first to Ponthieu, by a
storm. If this were the true tradition, we can easily understand
that various versions would soon arise as to the direction and
object of his journey. Snorro’s notion, for instance, of a voyage
into Wales is hardly consistent with the remarkable agreement of
several versions that it was from Bosham that Harold set sail. But
it is of little moment whether he was sailing to Wales or Flanders
or nowhere in particular, provided he was not purposely sailing
to Normandy. And that this story is the right one will, I think,
appear, if we consider the way in which tales grow. They improve,
they add details, they give new and fuller reasons for everything;
679but they seldom lop off. The fact of Harold’s presence in Normandy
would call forth a thousand conjectures and speculations
as to the cause of his being there. The purely negative version,
which said that all these speculations were at fault, which asserted
that Harold’s presence in Normandy was a mere accident, is,
of all the versions, that which least bears the impress of legendary
invention or adornment.
This general position is not affected by William of Malmesbury’s
evident attempt to reconcile this version with that of William of
Poitiers. Harold, in Guy’s dungeon, begins to devise some means of
escape (“astuto pectore volvens casûs remedium”). It seems to be
taken for granted that such means could come only through the help
of the Duke of the Normans. He accordingly sends a man won over
by great promises (“hominem promissis ingentibus sollicitatum”)
with a message to Duke William. It is hard to see how a prisoner
who was kept not only in ward but in fetters could have had the
chance of winning over any one in this way, unless indeed the man
so won over were one of his own keepers. The message is to the
effect that Harold has been sent by Eadward to confirm in a more
solemn way the King’s intentions in favour of William. It is
assumed that Eadward had made such a disposition (see vol. ii. p. 371),
and that it had been made known to William by messengers
of inferior dignity; it is only the character of an ambassador
which Harold is made falsely to assume for the nonce (“missum
se Normanniam a Rege, ut quod minores nuntii balbutierant ipse
potissimùm suâ confirmaret præsentiâ”). So Matthew Paris makes
Harold falsely pretend that he was coming on an errand to the
Duke’s Court, though he gives that errand a different turn from
that which it takes in William of Malmesbury, one which I shall
have to discuss hereafter. This is a most awkwardly devised
story, even as a story, and it is of course inconsistent with the
evidence by which I have shown that no disposition in William’s
favour at this time can be admitted. It can only be an attempt
to piece together the two versions, that of Harold’s embassy and
that of his accidental presence in Normandy. He was not really
an ambassador, but he pretended to be one. The attempt at
joining the two stories was an awkward one, but perhaps no other
attempt could have succeeded better.
The two other writers who follow a version essentially the same
680as that of William of Malmesbury, namely Snorro and Henry of
Huntingdon, give no details of Harold’s deliverance from his prison
in Ponthieu. Snorro leaves out the sojourn in Ponthieu altogether,
and Henry only says, “quem [Haraldum] captum Consul Ponticus
Willielmo Duci Normanniæ reddidit.” So Matthew Paris, making
the act still more voluntary on Guy’s part, says, “quem captum
Consul Ponticus Willielmo Normannorum Duci præsentavit.”
Snorro, as I have said in the text, gives some curious details of
Harold’s sojourn at Rouen; he also makes him get there in the
summer, stay through the winter, and go back to England in the
spring.
II. It will be seen that two distinct views as to the devise
of the Crown in favour of William are involved in the first two
of these three versions. According to one of them, the bequest
was simply a private promise made by Eadward, when he was not
yet King, that, if he ever should become King, William should
succeed him. This is in itself not impossible, though it is not
possible in the particular shape in which it is told us, namely as
the promise of one young man to another young man. It is
hardly necessary to show that such a promise as this could have
no kind of force, according to the laws of England or of any other
kingdom. According to the other story, the devise of the Crown
took the form of an Act of Settlement, of a regular vote of the
King and his Witan, confirmed by the signatures and the oaths of
the four greatest men in the land. Such an act would doubtless
have been valid, and it would have given William as good a claim
as George the First. At the same time it must not be forgotten
that all such attempts at an election before the vacancy seem to
have been unpopular, and that they were very seldom carried out
in practice (see vol. i. pp. 118, 533). But beyond the assertion
of William’s own laureate, there is not a scrap of evidence or
of probability in favour of this story, and the particular form
in which it is told is chronologically impossible (see above,
p. 673). William of Malmesbury, or those whom he followed, probably
saw this, and therefore changed the date from some time
before the death of Godwine to some time after the death of the
Ætheling (see vol. ii. p. 371). He also leaves out all mention of
the consent of the Witan or of the Earls, and seems to make it
681a purely personal act of the King. Here we get something which
is barely possible, but which has no evidence and no probability
in its favour. In fact neither of these statements as to the bequest
to William rest on the slightest tenable ground. The third statement,
that of a strictly testamentary disposal, a bequest of Eadward
on his death-bed, does not appear in any writer at all near
the time. The fact of the death-bed nomination of Harold was too
notorious to be denied, and the adverse party generally contented
themselves with asserting that the nomination was wrung from
the dying King against his will. The first appearance of the notion
of a death-bed bequest to William is to be found in the passage
of the Hyde writer which I have already quoted (see above, p. 595),
where it is said that Eadward “Regnum moriens Willelmo Comiti
consobrino suo reliquit.” So the Annals of Margam (p. 3 Luard),
“quia virgo decessit ... quum potiorem hæredem non haberet,
Willelmo Duci Normannorum, consobrino suo, Regnum Angliæ
testamento tradidit.” So Thomas Wykes, the partizan of Henry
the Third, consistently enough asserts the rights of William in
their fulness. He tells us (p. 22 Gale) how Eadward, “prævidens
dum adhuc viveret Regnum Angliæ post mortem suam periculis et
turbationibus exponendum, nobilissimum Ducem Normanniæ Willielmum
le Bastard hæredem suum constituit, et Regni sui successorem,
tamquam ex testamento dum adhuc viveret, assignavit
ipsum.” M. Francisque Michel, in his note to Benoît (iii. 162),
has collected several passages from unpublished writers taking the
Norman side, which he very fairly contrasts with the genuine
statements of the English writers. One only, the Chronicle of
Peter of Ickham, a writer of the fourteenth century, seems worth
quoting because he attempts rather ingeniously to combine two
versions.
“Iste autem Edwardus, aliquando exsulatus in Normanniam,
Willielmo, cognomento Bastard, Duci Normannorum, præstitit sacramentum
quod si Rex, annuente Deo, foret, nullum alium præter
ipsum haberet hæredem.
“Iste Edwardus, sanctus Dei confessor, absque liberis decessit
quia virgo permanserat: et quum hæredem de se non haberet,
Willielmo Duci Normanniæ consanguineo suo, sicut ei priùs juramento
promiserat, regnum testamento dedit.”
These passages seem quite enough to show that the notion of a
682last will and testament in favour of William is one which was quite
unknown till a later generation. I must quote one more passage in
which this view is set forth, because it brings in another expression
which deserves some notice. In the Chronicle of Battle Abbey
(p. 2) we read, “Interea Anglicæ Regnum monarchiæ eidem Duci
Willelmo, a suo consanguineo Rege Edwardo e mundo migrante,
hæreditario jure delegatum relinquitur.” The expression to be
noticed is that of “hæreditario jure,” which is here applied to
William’s succession to the Crown. We find it also in charters of
William himself and of his son William Rufus. There is one in
Rymer (p. 3), where William describes himself as “Ego Willelmus
Dei gratia Rex Anglorum hæreditario jure factus;” and one of
William Rufus (p. 5), where he describes himself as “Ego Willelmus
Dei gratia Rex Anglorum filius magni Regis Willelmi qui Regi
Edwardo hæreditario jure successit.” The words “jus hæreditarium”
have more than one meaning. It is possible that the Battle
writer really meant to assert an hereditary right in the modern
sense. He had just before said that William, “principatum proprium”—that
is of course the Duchy of Normandy—“hæreditario
sibi jure a patre relictum feliciter obtinuit.” And there is no
doubt that William’s kindred with Eadward really was looked on
by zealots in his cause as giving him some kind of hereditary claim
upon England. This was certainly the belief of Henry of Huntingdon.
See vol. i. p. 332. Otherwise the words “hæreditario jure”
may be taken simply to mean that William was the heir of Eadward
in the sense of being adopted by him. So two of the manuscript
chronicles quoted by M. Francisque Michel (Benoît, iii. 163)
say that Eadward “adoptavit in regnum”—“adoptavit hæredem—Willielmum
Ducem Normannorum.” The words “hæreditario jure”
are also used to express something which a man holds by a right
which is not derived from his forefathers, but which is to be passed
on to his descendants. It is even applied, as in the Cartulary of the
Holy Trinity at Rouen (pp. 449 et seqq.), to property held by a
corporation in absolute freehold, which will therefore pass to the
official heirs, so to speak, of the existing members.
There is one more Norman version of the bequest of Eadward,
which, though it rests on no early authority, is worth referring to,
on account of the detail at which it is given, and because it brings
683in a name which we have already had occasion to mention with
honour. It will be found in the History of Colchester Abbey in the
Monasticon, iv. 607 (cf. Ellis, i. 415). The “internuntius” between
William and Eadward was Hubert of Rye (see vol. ii. p. 249),
the father of Odo, the founder of the Abbey. Eadward, finding
himself sick and without heirs (“quum eò maximè cruciaretur,
quod in se regium genus deficere videret”)—Eadgar is seemingly
forgotten—sends Goscelin, a merchant of Winchester, who was in
the habit of going on long voyages in the way of trade, on a message
to Duke William. Goscelin, by his name, must have been a Norman
or Frenchman, and the mention of a French merchant as settled
at Winchester in Eadward’s time is worth notice. The Duke is
asked to send some confidential agent (“ut aliquem dirigeret à suo
latere”) to receive the King’s message for the Duke. In an assembly
of Norman Barons (“facto magno procerum conventu”), the Duke
seeks for some one who will go on an embassy to England. But all
refuse to trust themselves among the barbarians who had wrought
the death of Ælfred (“omnes recusant barbaram expetere gentem,
propter illa quæ audierant facta apud Geldefordiam”). Hubert at last
volunteers to go, and is thereon much praised and rewarded. He goes
over in wonderful state (“cum grandi apparatu, cum pompâ magnâ,
equis phaleratis et fremitu terribilibus, hominibus serico indutis et
colore vestium spectabilibus”). Eadward receives him honourably,
and of course gives him a grant of land (“ei primæ in Angliâ suæ
mansionis villa quæ Esce dicitur, perpetuò possidenda conceditur.”
The place is Ashe in Hampshire, which appears in Domesday, 47,
as held by Hubert’s son Odo, but which was held T. R. E. by a
tenant of Earl Harold). The business is done satisfactorily, and
Hubert goes back to Normandy with the promise of the Kingdom
and tokens confirming the promise (“insignia quibus Willielmus
declarabatur hæres Edwardi Regis Anglorum, spatam scilicet cum
capulo in quo erant inclusæ sanctorum relliquiæ, cornu de auro
venatorium, et caput ingens cervinum”).
The story goes on to say that Hubert did not come with William
into England because disturbances were looked for in Maine, which
he was sent to quell or to hinder (“veniente Willielmo in Angliam
accipere sibi regnum, quoniam a Cenomanicâ regione suspicabatur
tumultus, Hubertus, quia erat promptus manu et consilio bonus, missus
est illic prætendere et servare pacem”). I did not venture, without
684better authority, to mention this in my text at p. 384, but it is
worth comparing with the seeming disloyalty of the Cenomannian
knight at Senlac mentioned in p. 486.
Now, after going through all these accounts, what is the real
state of the evidence with regard to the alleged promise of Eadward
to William? A death-bed bequest, as we have seen, was not alleged
by William or by his contemporaries. Such a bequest would be inconsistent
with any of the versions of the story of Harold’s oath, all
of which conceive William as asserting some right to the succession
before Eadward’s last sickness. A promise made in earlier times,
before Eadward’s accession, is possible, but it is by no means
likely, and such a promise could not be of any legal force. An act
of the King and his Witan in William’s favour is impossible in itself
and is confirmed by no kind of evidence. But that there was some
promise I think cannot be doubted. When I believe that promise to
have been made I have already said (see vol. ii. p. 303). Here is
another fact which looks the same way. In one of the manuscripts
quoted by M. Francisque Michel (Benoît, iii. 164), William tells us
how he reigned, “devicto Haroldo Rege cum suis complicibus, qui
mihi regnum prudentiâ Domini destinatum et beneficio concessionis
domini et cognati mei gloriosi Regis Edwardi concessum conati
sunt auferre.” This is vague enough, but it suggests one hint.
The feudal language employed, the words “beneficium” and “dominus”—the
latter of which is applied by William to Eadward in
other documents (see above, pp. 249, 555, and cf. ii. 18)—might
suggest that, when the promise was made, William did homage to
King Eadward as his lord and adopted father. There is but one
time when this could have happened. We have here another confirmation
of the view, supported by no direct evidence, but the only
view which is not upset by opposing evidence, that the promise was
made by Eadward, and that the homage, if there was any, was performed
by William, at the time of William’s visit to England in 1051.
III. The next point is as to the time, the place, and the matter of
Harold’s oath. As to the time, William of Poitiers (108) distinctly
places the oath, as well as the knighthood, before the expedition
into Britanny. Such seems also to be the account of Orderic
(492 A-B), though his way of telling the story in the pluperfect
685tense takes off somewhat from the clearness of his narrative;
“Heraldus ... sacramentum fecerat, ... tunc etiam Dux eumdem
Heraldum in expeditione secum contra Conanum Comitem Britonum
duxerat, armisque fulgentibus et equis aliisque insigniis cum commilitonibus
suis spectabiliter ornaverat.” The other accounts seem
to place both the knighthood and the oath after that expedition.
In the Tapestry (pl. 6) we read immediately after the taking of
Dinan, “Hic Willelm dedit Haroldo arma,” on this follow the
words, “Hic Willelm venit Bagias, ubi Harold sacramentum fecit
Willelmo Duci.” So William of Jumièges (vii. 31) and Wace
(Roman de Rou, 10816) place the oath immediately after the
return from Britanny, though Wace (10812; see above, pp. 228,
240) seems to place the knighthood before the expedition. As
to the place, there is yet more difference than as to the time. The
Tapestry clearly means to place the event in its own city, for
“Bagias,” curious as the form is, can mean no place but Bayeux.
So does Wace, a Canon of Bayeux (Roman de Rou, 10826). But
William of Poitiers (108) places it at Bonneville (“coadunato ad
Bonamvillam concilio”), in which he is followed by Benoît (36594);
“Si josta li dux son concile,
Ce sui lisant, à Bone-Vile.
Là fu li serremenz jurez,
Que Heraut meisme a devisez.”
But Orderic (492 A) places the scene of the oath at Rouen (“ipse
Heraldus apud Rotomagum Willelmo Duci coram optimatibus Normanniæ
sacramentum fecerat”). It is also placed at Rouen by the
romantic Biographer of Harold (Chron. Angl. Norm. ii. 184 et seqq.),
who adds that the oath was sworn under a very large and aged oak,
which, as soon as the oath was broken, immediately lost its bark,
which, as he truly adds, was “dictu mirum” and “res digna spectaculo.”
He adds that he himself saw it an hundred and forty years
after the event, which fixes his own date to about the year 1205.
As to the form of the oath, William of Poitiers (108) simply says,
“Heraldus ei fidelitatem sancto ritu Christianorum juravit.” But,
according to his manner, he implies in a later passage (131; see
p. 463, note 4) that the oath was made upon relics. So Orderic
(492 A); “Homo ejus factus, omnia quæ ab illo requisita fuerant
super sanctissimas reliquias juraverat.” The “phylactery called
‘the bull’s-eye’” is found in the Brevis Relatio (4); “Ei, sicut
multi dicunt, super filacterium quod vocabant oculum bovis quod
686ei fidem et promissionem quam ei faciebat bene custodiret.” The
Hyde writer (290) tells us why it was called the bull’s-eye; “Infinitam
sanctarum multitudinem reliquiarum deferri jussit, superque
eas filacterium gloriosi martyris Pancratii, quod oculum bovis vocant,
eo quod gemmam tam speciosam quam spatiosam in medio sui contineat,
collocavit, certissimè sciens tantum martyrem nullâ temeritate
posse deludi.” In the Tapestry (pl. 6) Harold is shown swearing
between two chests or phylacteries (see Ducange in voce) of different
shapes, one of which has something on the top which might fairly
pass for the “gemma speciosa et spatiosa” of the Hyde writer. But
in none of these accounts do we find anything about the trick
played upon Harold by William. Whatever Harold swears upon,
it is not at all implied that he was otherwise than fully aware of
what he was doing. The tale according to which Harold is made
unwittingly to take an oath of a more solemn kind than he supposed
comes from Wace;
“Toz li corz sainz fist demander,
Et un liu tuz asembler;
Tut une cuve en fist emplir,
Pois d’un paele les fist covrir,
Ke Heraut ne sont ne ne vit,
Ne ne li fust mostré ne dit
De suz out une filatire,
Tut li meillor k’il pout eslire,
E li plus chier k’l pout trover:
Oil de boef l’ai oï nomer.”
(vv. 10828–10837.)
So again, after the oath has been taken;
“Quant Heraut out li sainz beisiez
Et il fu suz levez en piez,
Verz la cuve li Dus le trait,
E lez la cuve ester le fait:
De la cuve a le paesle osté,
Ki tut aveit acoveté;
A Heraut a dedenz monstré,
Sor kels cors sainz il a juré.
Heraut forment s’espoanta
Des relikes k’il li monstra.”
(vv. 10850–10859.)
I leave the reader to judge which of these two versions is the
older. It is quite possible that the striking circumstance of the
hidden relics, which is peculiar to Wace, may be merely an instance
of the usual growth of legend. But it is no less possible
that Wace, a very honest writer, may have preserved a fact which,
as tending to the discredit of William and in some measure lessening
the crime of Harold, was left out by two violent partizans. I leave
the point in the same uncertainty in which I must leave all the
other details of the story.
We now come to the matter of the oath said to have been taken
687by Harold. The fullest accounts of its terms are those which are
given by William of Poitiers (108) and by Eadmer (5). I have
in the text (p. 241) given its terms according to the accounts of
these two writers. The oath, as given by William of Poitiers, runs
as follows;
“Se in curiâ domini sui Edwardi Regis, quamdiu superesset,
Ducis Willelmi vicarium fore; enisurum, quanto consilio valeret
aut opibus, ut Anglica monarchia post Edwardi decessum in ejus
manu confirmaretur; traditurum interim ipsius militum custodiæ
castrum Doveram, studio atque sumptu suo communitum; item
per diversa loca illius terræ alia castra, ubi voluntas Ducis ea
firmari juberet; abunde quoque alimonias daturum custodibus.”
The terms in Eadmer take the form of a speech addressed by
William to Harold. William mentions Eadward’s promise of the
Crown to him, and goes on thus;
“Tu quoque, si mihi te in hoc ipso [the succession to the
Crown] adminiculaturum spoponderis, et insuper castellum Dofris
cum puteo aquæ ad opus meum te facturum, sororemque tuam
quam uni de principibus meis dein in uxorem te ad me, tempore
quo nobis conveniet, destinaturum, necne [necnon?] filiam meam
te in conjugem accepturum fore promiseris, tunc et modò nepotem
tuum, et quum in Angliam regnaturus venero, fratrem tuum
incolumem recipies.”
In both these versions Harold binds himself in different terms to
do all that he can to bring about William’s succession to the Crown;
but William of Poitiers makes no mention of the engagements as
to the two marriages, the marriage of Harold to a daughter of
William and the marriage of Harold’s sister to one of William’s
nobles. In a later passage however (p. 145), which I shall quote
in another note (see Appendix U), he takes for granted both the
marriage of Harold with William’s daughter, and also another stipulation
of which we hear more distinctly in William of Jumièges
(vii. 31). This is the important addition that Harold should
have half the Kingdom as the portion of Adeliza (“deinde Dux
postquam Heraldus fidelitatem sibi de regno pluribus sacramentis
firmavit, Adelizam filiam suam cum medietate Anglici regni se
daturum eidem spopondit”). William of Malmesbury (ii. 228)
gives much the same account as Eadmer, but with the strange
addition that Harold offered the oath of his own accord. His
688words are; “Ibi Haroldus, et ingenio et manu probatus, Normannum
in sui amorem convertit; atque, ut se magis commendaret,
ultro illi tunc quidem castellum Doroberniæ quod ad jus
suum pertineret, et post mortem Edwardi Regnum Anglicum, sacramento
firmavit: quare et filiæ, adhuc impubis, desponsione, et
totius patrimonii amplitudine donatus, familiarium partium habebatur.”
The words in Italics would seem to refer to some sort of
commendation of Harold’s lands to William, and something of the
same kind seems implied in the words with which William of
Poitiers goes on with his story (109); “Dux ei [Heraldo] jam
satelliti”—a common equivalent for “miles” or vassal—“suo
accepto per manus ante jusjurandum terras ejus cunctumque
potentatum dedit petenti.”
Wace says nothing about the castle of Dover, still less does he
stoop to Eadmer’s detail about the well, but he mentions the two
engagements to marry William’s daughter and to make over the
Kingdom to him at Eadward’s death. He gives these terms
twice;
“Entretant a li Dus parlé
Tant ke Heraut li a graé,
Ke Engleterre li liverra
Tres ke li Reis Ewart morra;
Et à moillier s’il velt prendra
Ele une fille ke il a:
Co se li plaist li jurera,
Et Willame le graanta.”
(vv. 10816–10823.)
And again in describing the actual taking of the oath;
“Poiz a juré et a prami
Si come home ki eschari:
Ele, la fille al Duc prendra,
Et Engleterre al Duc rendra;
De ço il fera son poeir
Sulunc sa force e son saveir
Emprès la mort Ewart, s’il vit;
Si veirement Dex li aït,
E li corz sainz ki iloc sont.”
(vv. 10840–10848.)
I have discussed in the text the chief points connected with the
terms of the oath, and I have put forth the view which, on the
whole, seems to me the least improbable. I will now get together
several passages in which the promise to marry William’s daughter
becomes the chief, or even the only, engagement taken by Harold.
They come from writers who had not such good means of information
as William of Poitiers, but who were much less likely to
misrepresent or colour the story. They show what aspect of the
tale most struck those who were not immediately interested in
689the matter. Let us begin with Snorro. The only engagement
he knows of on Harold’s part is his engagement to marry William’s
daughter. The proposal, as far as William is concerned,
comes from Harold himself, but seemingly from Harold talked
over by Matilda. The Duke does not altogether approve of the
long evening talks between Harold and his wife. Matilda tells
Harold that her husband is anxious to know the subject of their
discourse, so it is agreed that Harold shall tell the Duke the
next day. Harold accordingly asks William for his daughter in
marriage, saying that he has fully talked the matter over with
the Duchess, who favours his suit (“þat er at segia ydr, Jarl, atfleira
býrr í hingat-komo minni, enn þat er ec hefir enn upp borit
fyrir ydr. Ec vill bidia dóttr þinnar til eigin-kono mer, hefir
oc þetta máll rætt fyri módor hennar optliga, oc hefir hon mer því
heitit, at lidfinna þetta mál vid ydr.” Johnstone, 191; Laing, iii.
76). The suit is accepted; Harold is betrothed to the princess, but,
on account of her youth, the marriage is to be put off for a time.
Harold then goes to England, and comes back no more to Welshland
to marry the girl (“oc kom eige sídan til Vallandz, at vitia
þessa ráds”). When Harold is elected King, William indeed bethinks
himself that his kindred with Eadward gives him a better
right to the Crown than Harold (“enn Vilhiálmr þóttiz betr tilkominn
ríkis í Englandi, en Haralldr, fyrír frændsemis sakir þeírra Játvardar
Konungs.” Johnstone, 216; Laing, iii. 94), but it is not made to
appear that there was any breach of faith on this score on Harold’s
part. William invades England, partly to assert his hereditary
right to the Crown, partly to punish Harold for not marrying his
daughter (“þat var oc med, at hann þóttiz eiga at giallda Haralldi
svívirding, er hann hafdi slitit festamálom vid dóttur hans”).
So in the Cartulary of Saint Bertin, in a passage already quoted,
we read (p. 197) how “Willelmus, Comes Nortmanniæ....
Angliam petiit, ac Haroldo ipsius terræ [Rege?] occiso, eo quod
filiam ipsius Wilhelmi in uxorem recipere recusaverit, Anglos gravi
prœlio, multorum sanguine fuso, sibi subjugavit, et utrique populo
Anglico et Nortmannico regnavit.” Here the only reason given
for William’s attacking England is Harold’s neglect to marry his
daughter. No other was known to the author of the Chronicle
of Saint Andrew’s at Cambray, who wrote in 1133. Here (Pertz,
vii. 537) William is described as invading England without any
690apparent reason, till we reach the words “Rex Anglorum Heroldus,
olim contra prædictum Comitem Willelmum perjurus, nam filiam
ejus se accepturum juraverat.” The Waltham writer “De Inventione”
(cap. 20) is in the like case; “Insidiantibus ei perfidis
Normannorum versutiis, quia filiam Willelmi Ducis Normannorum
nuptui traditam contempsit.” These “versutiæ” exactly describe
the sort of constraint under which I conceive Harold to have made
the whole engagement.
These accounts mention no ground at all for the invasion except
Harold’s refusal to marry William’s daughter. Other accounts,
without going so far as this, put the question of marriage forward
in a very remarkable way, as if everything else was incidental.
This is the case in the version of the messages between William
and Harold which is given by Eadmer and Simeon. William’s
main object is to demand Harold’s sister and to require Harold
to marry his daughter. Other matters are quite secondary.
“Venit nuntius in Angliam a præfato Willelmo directus, expetens
sororem Haroldi, juxta quod convenerat Willelmo et illi.
Alia etiam quæ, violato sacramento, servata non erant, calumniatus
est” (Eadmer, 5). And afterwards, “iterum ei amicâ familiaritate
mandavit quatenus, aliis omissis, servatâ fidei sponsione, saltem
filiam suam uxorem duceret.” (Simeon reads, “ut quamvis violatâ
fide cætera non servâsset, si tamen filiam suam duceret uxorem,
leviter ferret.”) Harold, in his answer, does undoubtedly speak of the
Kingdom and of the castle of Dover, but these subjects are thrust
in between his answers about the two marriages, how his sister
is dead—does the Duke wish for her corpse?—and how he cannot
marry a foreign wife without the consent of the Witan. Throughout
this story William is made much more anxious to find a husband
for his daughter than to find a Kingdom for himself. This must
surely come from some account like that of Snorro and the other
writers quoted above, which spoke of the marriage only, and which
has been mixed up with the account given by William of Poitiers.
It will be remembered that, in the wild account of Eadward’s
death-bed given in the French Life (see above, p. 589), everything
is made to turn on an expected marriage between Harold and
William’s daughter. It is on that marriage that he is made to
ground his hopes of the Crown. In the account in Matthew Paris
(p. 1) again, the marriage comes first. Harold, carried to Ponthieu
691by accident, and handed over by Guy to William, pretends that
he is come secretly into Normandy to make a league with the
Duke and to marry his daughter (“Haraldus asserebat se hæc
omnia sponte fecisse, ut clam veniens in Normanniam confœderaretur
Duci, filiam ejus in sponsam accepturus”). This he
swears to do on the relics of the saints (“quod et juravit
super sanctorum multorum reliquias se fideliter ad quemdam terminum
completurum”). Harold and William, hitherto enemies,
now become great friends, all the more so because Harold has come
secretly (“tantò igitur majori honore susceptus est quantò secretiùs
adventâsset; fuerant enim ante inimici ad invicem”). Then,
as something quite secondary, comes the oath about the Kingdom;
“Juravit insuper se post mortem Regis Edwardi, qui jam senuit
sine liberis, regnum Angliæ Duci, qui in regnum jus habuit,
fideliter conservaturum.” There is no explanation of the alleged
right of William, no mention of any bequest by Eadward. Matthew
had surely read some account which mentioned the promise of
marriage only, and he added the bit about the Kingdom in deference
to the more usual statement.
Lastly, we have that most singular account in the Hyde writer
(288–90), to which I have already (see above, p. 686, and
vol. ii. p. 519) had to refer. According to this version, hostages, one
of them a son of Godwine, were given to William for the safety of
Eadward, when the English embassy came to offer him the Crown
on the death of Harthacnut. If any one chooses to accept this
statement, here is a ready way of accounting for the other stories
about the hostages. And though I do not think it likely that a
son of Godwine was given as a hostage to William at that time, it
is distinctly less unlikely than that he should have been so given
at the time of Godwine’s return. But in this account the hostages
are not spoken of again. Harold, sailing to some place not mentioned
(“quibusdam caussis navem ingressus”), is driven by adverse
winds to Ponthieu; he is imprisoned by Guy, and set free at
the prayer (“precibus”) of Duke William. The Earl and the Duke,
according to this account, appear, not as the old enemies which
Matthew Paris calls them, but as old friends (“ab eodem [Willelmo]
optimè cognitus [Haroldus] in multis familiariter est habitus”).
They agree at last that, as William’s cousin King Eadward has no
heir, Harold shall receive the Kingdom of England on condition of
692marrying William’s daughter and, it would seem, of holding the
Kingdom as a fief of his father-in-law. Such seems to be the
meaning of the words, “Ad hoc inter eos sermo progressus est, ut
quia Edwardus Rex Anglorum, consobrinus Comitis Willelmi,
hæredem non habebat, regnum Anglorum Willelmus Haroldo concederet
eo tenore, ut filiam ipsius matrimonio acciperet, eique per
omnia fideliter [fidelis?] exsisteret.” Harold agrees so readily that
William, who did not easily trust Englishmen, becomes suspicious,
and binds him by an oath (“quod quum promptissimè annueret,
ab eodem Anglorum fidem suspectam habente ad districta sacramenta
est coactus”). The phylactery of Saint Pancras, already
spoken of, is accordingly brought, and Harold swears on it “se
omnia, scilicet sicut fuerat postulatus, constantissimè se servaturum
et Normannis fidelem affuturum.”
Now it is singular when, after this, we read in the same account
(see above, p. 595) that Eadward on his death-bed left the Crown
to William, and that Harold usurped it. This hardly fits in with
an agreement between Harold and William that Harold should
have the Crown on certain conditions. But the account which this
writer (291) gives of the messages between the two princes exactly
fits in with his account of the oath. William calls on Harold to do
what he has promised to do (“ut sacramentorum in Normanniâ
gestorum reminiscens, fœdus quod juraverat persolveret”), that is,
doubtless, to marry his daughter and do homage for the Kingdom.
Harold’s answer is that he has no need of any kind of connexion or
intercourse with the Normans, and will therefore not perform his
oath (“remandat Haroldus Normannorum societatem non esse
Anglis necessariam, et ideò nullum ei juramentum persolvere,
nullum cum eo consortium habere”). Of resigning the Kingdom
there is not a word.
The reader will by this time know the peculiar position of the
Hyde writer. His accounts are often strange and incredible, and
contradicted by better authorities. But they are always independent.
The writer is no servile copyist. He followed independent traditions
and exercised an independent judgement of his own. His
statements therefore have a certain value. And in this case they
have more value than usual, as, though his prejudices are strongly
Norman, his story points to a tradition quite different from the
received Norman version.
693Putting then together the hints of these various writers, combined
with the probability of the case, I am led to the view which
I have suggested in the text. Harold’s oath was primarily an
oath to marry William’s daughter, and this oath, or perhaps his
knighthood, was accompanied by an act of homage to William. He
became his “satelles” in the language of William of Poitiers, his
“homo” in the language of Orderic. I have shown in the text
how vague and lax were the obligations thereby incurred. But
such an act obviously lay open to many interpretations. Harold
would doubtless hold that whatever obligations were imposed either
by gratitude or by formal vassalage would be amply fulfilled by
his services in the Breton war and by continued friendly relations
with Normandy. But nothing would be easier than for William to
magnify the simple obligation of homage into a promise to hold
the English Crown in fief or to make it over to William himself.
Out of such a groundwork as this the elaborate Norman story
could easily grow up. But if Harold expressly promised all that
William of Poitiers makes him promise, it is not easy to see how
the engagement to marry William’s daughter could ever, in so
many versions of the tale, including some distinctly favourable to
the Norman side, have usurped the place which would have
properly belonged to the more important engagements about the
Kingdom.
I will now, by way of relaxation, wind up this part of my subject
with the most wonderful tale of all, that with which Gervase of
Tilbury amused the Imperial leisure of Otto the Fourth. I will
give only a summary, referring the reader to the original of the
“Otia Imperialia,” Decisio Secunda, cap. xx., which will be found
in Leibnitz’ collection of Brunswick historians, vol. i. p. 945.
The holy King Eadward left as his heir his nephew Harold, a
prince whose virtues are set forth in the most glowing terms. In
his boyhood he had been sent by his uncle for education to Normandy,
according to the use of the English nobles, who commonly
sent their sons into France, to learn the use of arms, and to lay aside
the barbarism of their native tongue. The reigning Duke had a
bastard son named William, who was brought up as his heir. The
two lads formed a boyish friendship, and promised to marry each
other’s sisters. King Eadward and the unnamed Norman Duke
694die about the same time; Harold succeeds his uncle in England,
and William, after some opposition, succeeds his father in Normandy.
The new Duke sends a message to the new King, calling
on him to fulfil his promise by an exchange of sisters. Harold has
now no mind for either marriage, but his own marriage with William’s
sister is brought about by an accident. The King of the
English sets out with a few companions on a yachting expedition.
Stress of weather drives him to Flanders—we should surely read
that, intending to go to Flanders, he was driven to Normandy—there
he pretends that he is come to carry out his promise as to both
marriages. He does marry the Duke’s sister, and takes her with
him to England, and again promises to send his own sister to the
Duke. Once at home again, he neglects his promise, and, puffed up
with pride, he invades Scotland and defeats the Scots in a stoutly
contested battle. Directly after this, he hears that William has
landed in the south of England, and hastens to attack him. The
Normans, few in number and fearing Harold’s prowess, defend
themselves with a dyke. But God, who can conquer by few as
well as by many, overthrows the proud English, whose King is
either killed or escapes by flight. William then marches on London,
marries Harold’s sister, and reigns over England by virtue of
the marriage.
This is altogether the wildest of all the tales that I have come
across. I need not stop to point out all its blunders, anachronisms,
and confusions. The most amusing perhaps is the story of Harold’s
youthful sojourn in Normandy. This is evidently a confusion
between Harold and Eadward, and the reason which is given must
be one which belonged to Gervase’s own day rather than to Eadward’s.
But even this amazing fable is worth a moment’s thought,
as it shows how strong the tradition was that some question about a
marriage of some kind or other was the primary ground of quarrel
between Harold and William.
IV. I have given in the text as the probable date of Harold’s
visit to Normandy the only date which seems possible, namely 1064.
Mr. St. John (ii. 226 et seqq.), who rejects the story altogether,
enlarges on the varying statements as to the date. The earliest
accounts give no date; some seem to place it very soon after the
death of Godwine, others, sometimes indeed the same, place it very
695soon before the death of Eadward. The writers seem not to have
stopped to think that these two events were thirteen years apart.
Mr. St. John says, very truly, though with a curious confusion of
the respective dates and values of his authors,
“Bromton, p. 947, places it in the fourteenth year of Edward,
that is, A.D. 1056; Matthew of Westminster and Roger
of Wendover in A.D. 1059; Henry of Huntingdon A.D. 1063;
Ranulph Higden, iii. 283, in 1064; Hoveden, Malmesbury, Hemingford,
Wace, Simeon of Durham, run through the whole gamut
of chronology from the period immediately succeeding the death of
Godwin to the period immediately preceding the death of Edward,
so little possible did they find it to give any stability or coherence
to their fable.”
He then goes on;
“Modern historians, discovering insuperable objections to all the
earlier dates, imagine there are fewer obstacles in the way of
adjudging the voyage to the last year of Edward’s reign. The
selection seems unfortunate. At the time of the expedition against
Conan the corn is said to have been almost ripe in the fields, which
in Bretagne is never the case till towards the end of August or the
beginning of September. Now from the most unimpeachable of all
testimonies, we know that Harold was in Wales during the summer
of A.D. 1065, overlooking the erection of the hunting-palace which
he undertook to build for the pleasure of his brother-in-law. We
may infer, though it is not stated, that Harold left Wales sometime
before the end of August, because on the 24th of that month
Caradoc, son of the murdered king Griffith, whose widow Harold
had married, exterminated the earl’s workmen, and put a period to
the construction of the palace. Immediately after this, that is,
early in September, the insurrection took place in Northumbria,
when Harold was at hand, ready at the King’s request to negotiate
with the rebels at Northampton.
“From this view of the occurrences of A.D. 1065, it seems difficult,
if not impossible, to imagine an unoccupied interval lying between
midsummer and autumn long enough to admit of our crowding into
it all the events which are said to have occurred during Harold’s
imprisonment at Ponthieu and forced detention in Normandy.”
These arguments are, I think, decisive against 1065. Mr. St. John
places the Northumbrian revolt in September instead of in October;
696still the English events of the autumn of 1065 hardly leave time for
Harold’s captivity at Beaurain, his sojourn at Rouen, and his warfare
in Britanny. But Higden’s date of 1064 seems open to no
objection. Florence (see vol. ii. p. 474) certainly carries the Welsh
war into that year; but the Chronicles leave it an absolute blank.
At the same time, as I have already said, I do not commit myself to
the date or to anything else. Mr. St. John’s arguments, though often
expressed with needless violence, have throughout great weight as
against the details of the story. But I still think that the story
must have had some groundwork of truth, and I have tried to
show what that groundwork may have been.
V. It would be an interesting question, how far Harold’s
obligations to William, whatever they were, were known in England
either before or after Eadward’s death. But this is a point
on which we have absolutely nothing to guide us. I know of no
writer who has anything to say on the subject, except the romantic
Biographer of Harold, whom I have quoted in p. 601.
I have thus done what I could to throw light on the most
perplexing question in my history, one of the most perplexing
questions in all history. I shall not be surprised if I am thought
to have only made what was before dark darker still. But no one
can conceive how thick the darkness really is except by groping in
it, as I have done, in his own person.
There is no representation in the whole of the Tapestry which is
more thoroughly puzzling than the one referred to in the text (pl. 4),
with its legend “Ubi unus clericus et Ælfgyva.” Who is the lady,
bearing a purely English name, who is thus suddenly introduced,
seemingly at the gate of William’s palace, with no apparent reference
to anything before or after? One would naturally look for the
figure of William’s wife or daughter in such a position, rather
than for that of any other woman. Harold’s promise to marry
William’s daughter, which is so prominently dwelt upon in every
other version of the story, is not once alluded to in the Tapestry,
697unless this place has reference to it. But how could William’s
wife or William’s daughter be described by the familiar English
proper name Ælfgifu? On the other hand, what chance is there
that any Englishwoman, really bearing the name of Ælfgifu, could
be present in Duke William’s palace at such a moment? And if
any such Ælfgifu really was there, what bearing had her presence
on the general course of the story, so as to account for the prominent
position thus given to her?
Some of these difficulties naturally struck the very earliest
commentators on the Tapestry, and from their days to ours a series
of the wildest conjectures have been poured forth with regard to
the “Ælfgyva” in question. The matter is treated of by Lancelot
(Mémoires de l’Académie, viii. 612), by De la Rue and his translator
Mr. Douce (Archæologia, xvii. 100), by Mr. Amyot (Archæologia,
xix. 199), by De la Rue again in his Appendix of 1824 (Recherches
sur la Tapisserie, p. 53), by Mr. Bolton Corney (p. 19), by Dr.
Bruce (p. 53), and lastly by Mr. Planché (Journal of Archæological
Association, 1867, p. 142). The strange thing is that
several of these writers seem not to have understood that Ælfgifu
is simply a very common English name, but to have fancied that it
was a sort of title, meaning Queen or Princess. Their stumbling-block
was the double name of Eadward’s mother, “Ælfgifu-Emma,”
in which formula Lancelot argued that Ælfgifu was equivalent to
Hlæfdige. Any one who turns to the passages which I have
referred to will find a great number of guesses, some of which
refute themselves, while others are refuted by other writers in the
dispute. “Ælfgyva” has been identified with the Duchess Matilda,
with her daughter Adeliza, with Harold’s sister Eadgyth and his
wife Ealdgyth, while some have taken the trouble to show that she
cannot be either Ælfgifu-Emma or “the other Ælfgifu” (see
vol. i. p. 453). What it is that Ælfgyva and the clerk are doing no one
seems to know for certain, neither can I throw any light on the
matter. Out of all this mass I will only, by way of relaxation,
quote Mr. Bolton Corney’s remarks, as at once the most curious
and the least generally accessible.
“William promised to bestow one of his daughters on Harold.
She is represented beneath the inscription ÆLFGYVA—but
Elfgiva was not her name. Emma, daughter of Richard I. of
Normandy, and mother of Edward the Confessor, is sometimes
698called by the Saxon annalists Elfgiva Emma. Elfgiva therefore,
whatever we read in Florence of Worcester, seems to have been an
appellation of honour, and may have been understood as such by
the Saxons Bayeusains. If so, why was the name of the betrothed
omitted? Could it not be ascertained, or was it deemed superfluous?
I apprehend the latter to have been the case; she was the
DAMEpar excellence—she was buried and was annually commemorated
at Bayeux.”
We may infer then, First, that the Saxon language was spoken
at Bayeux in the thirteenth century, the date to which Mr. Corney
assigns the Tapestry; Secondly, that in the Saxon language of
Bayeux Ælfgyva meant “Lady;” Thirdly, that one particular
daughter of William was known, distinctively and familiarly, as
“the Ælfgyva;” Fourthly, that Mr. Bolton Corney understood Old-English
better than Florence of Worcester.
Now leaving all wild conjectures, let us try and see what really
suggests itself about this obscure matter. The Tapestry represents
a woman named Ælfgifu as being in Duke William’s palace at the
moment of Harold’s coming thither. Who was she? We may
put aside Matilda and all other women who never were, or could
have been, called Ælfgifu. We may put aside all those women
who were named Ælfgifu but who were dead and buried at the
time. But of all the women named Ælfgifu who were living at the
time, which could have been in William’s palace at that particular
moment? Several guesses have occurred to me at different times.
They are mere guesses, of no more value than the guesses of other
writers. They are all, I allow, improbable guesses, but I think
that they have the advantage over some other guesses of not
being absolutely impossible.
1. In my second volume (p. 629) I threw out, half in jest, the
suggestion that Ælfgifu, the name assumed by Emma on her marriage
with Æthelred, was the name usually assumed by foreign
women who married English husbands. Is it possible that there
is really something in this? Is it possible that William’s daughter,
if she had married Harold, would have had to change her name to
Ælfgifu? Is it possible that she is here called Ælfgifu proleptically,
perhaps sarcastically? This is, I grant, very far-fetched and
unlikely, but it is perhaps not absolutely impossible. We should
699certainly expect the Tapestry to contain some reference to the intended
marriage between Harold and William’s daughter. We
should certainly expect to find William’s daughter, rather than any
other girl or woman, represented where we find Ælfgifu represented.
And here is a way, however far-fetched, in which it is just
possible she might be called Ælfgifu.
2. Ælfgifu was (see vol. ii. p. 629) the name of the widow of
Ælfgar, the mother of Harold’s wife Ealdgyth. According to some
accounts, she was of Norman birth. Could she have been living or
visiting in Normandy at this time? And can her introduction have
any reference to Harold’s marriage with her daughter?
3. I have mentioned in my second volume (p. 554) the probability
that Harold had a sister of the name of Ælfgifu, and that she
must have been the sister whom Harold (Eadmer, p. 5; Sim. Dun.
1066) promised, as part of his oath, to give in marriage to one
of William’s nobles. Is it possible that she was in Normandy
at this time? If Harold’s voyage really was, as I believe it to
have been, a mere yachting expedition, he may very well have
been accompanied by his sister, as well as by his brother and his
nephew. If it should be asked how Ælfgifu came to be in William’s
palace while her brother was still a captive at Beaurain, it may be
answered that even Guy may not have pressed his right of wreck
so far as to imprison a woman, and that it is certain that one or
more of Harold’s party escaped Guy’s clutches, if only to carry the
news of his imprisonment to William (see above, p. 224). If therefore
Harold was accompanied by his sister, it is quite possible she
might find her way to Rouen before he did. I throw this out
as a mere conjecture, and it certainly has its difficulties about it,
but every explanation of this puzzling group must be mere conjecture,
and it certainly strikes me that this conjecture has less of
difficulty about it than some of the others.
Whomever we fix upon as the Ælfgifu of the Tapestry, it is still
by no means clear what is happening between her and the clerk, or
why the incident should receive so prominent a place in the pictured
story. Like the introduction of Turold, Vital, and Wadard, there
is evidently an allusion to some fact which was perfectly well known
at the time, but of which no other record has been preserved. As
such, it is another witness to the contemporary date, and thereby to
the authority, of the Tapestry.
700
Our only detailed accounts of this campaign come from William
of Poitiers and the Tapestry. Between these two both Lord Lyttelton
(i. 354) and Mr. Planché (145) see a distinct contradiction; only
Lord Lyttelton assumes that the Tapestry must be wrong because
it contradicts William of Poitiers, while Mr. Planché assumes that
William of Poitiers must be wrong because he contradicts the
Tapestry. But there is really no distinct contradiction between the
two authorities; their accounts may easily be reconciled, if we only
suppose a somewhat remarkable omission on the part of William of
Poitiers.
William tells us that the object of the expedition was to deliver
Dol, which was held on Duke William’s behalf by Rhiwallon, and
that Conan fled on the approach of the Norman army. He gives
no details of any further progress of William and Harold in
Britanny, though he has a good deal to tell us as to what passed
between William and Rhiwallon. He makes no mention of Rennes
or of Dinan, the two other places represented in the Tapestry.
There is nothing in the Tapestry (pl. 5) which at all contradicts
this account of what happened at Dol. William’s approach to the
city is clearly not a hostile approach. The Duke himself and those
immediately about him are not even in armour. There are no
defenders on the walls, such as we presently see at Dinan. The
legend is simply “Venerunt ad Dol,” while in the other case it is
“Pugnant contra Dinantes.” But on the other side Conan and his
host are running away—“Conan fugâ vertit.” I do not profess to
explain the intentions of the man who is letting himself down by
a rope from the wall.
Thus far the Tapestry and the Archdeacon exactly agree. The
Tapestry also does not, as Mr. Planché understands it, make
William pursue Conan to Rennes. Rennes—“Rednes”—is indeed
introduced in the Tapestry, but it forms no part of the story; the
city is represented on a smaller scale than the other subjects, and
certainly no one is made to pursue the flying Bretons. Rennes is
simply brought in as a kind of indication of the point to which
Conan fled.
701The story of the siege of Dinan belongs wholly to the Tapestry.
It is certainly strange that William of Poitiers should leave out all
mention of so considerable an exploit, but the difficulty is a good
deal lessened if we accept Wace’s statement (see p. 230) that
Harold accompanied William on more than one raid into Britanny.
That a siege of Dinan really is intended, and not a siege of Rennes,
I have no doubt at all.
The different statements as to Harold’s oath naturally lead to
statements equally different as to the messages which, after Harold’s
election, were exchanged between him and William. Whatever
Harold had promised, that William demanded, and whatever
William demanded, that Harold refused. We thus get a set of
statements differing exactly as the other set of statements differ.
I have already had occasion to refer incidentally to several of them.
I will now try to put them together in order.
Of the purely Norman authorities, the Tapestry is silent.
William of Poitiers does not directly speak of any messages between
the rivals till after William’s landing in England (128–131; see
above, p. 430). But there is a passage further on which seems to
imply an earlier message. This is when the Archdeacon breaks
forth into that wonderful panegyric on his master (145) which
follows his account of William’s coronation;
“Hic [Willelmus] ne Heraldum vellet occubuisse. Immò voluit
patris Godwini potentiam illi ampliare, et natam suam, Imperatoris
thalamo dignissimam, in matrimonium, ut fuerat pollicitus,
tradere.”
This clearly implies that an offer of the Earldom of the West-Saxons,
perhaps of something greater, together with the hand of
William’s daughter, had been twice made by William to Harold.
The first time is of course at the taking of the oath; the second
time must be in some message sent before the expedition. For the
messages exchanged after William’s landing are given at length,
and they contain no such terms. And an offer of William’s
702daughter could then at least have been nothing but sheer mockery.
By that time, at all events, Harold was married to Ealdgyth.
William of Jumièges (vii. 31) has an account which exactly
agrees with the implied narrative of William of Poitiers. The
Duke, as soon as he hears the news of Harold’s election, sends
messengers to remind him to keep his oath. The terms of the
oath, according to him, were that William should be King, Harold
having half the Kingdom and William’s daughter. His words
are,
“Ad quem [Heraldum] Dux protinùs legatos direxit, hortans ut
ab hâc insaniâ resipisceret, et fidem quam juramento spoponderat
condignâ subjectione servaret. At ille non solùm hoc audire contempsit,
verùm omnem Anglorum gentem ab illo infideliter avertit.”
He then goes on with the account of Gruffydd and Ealdgyth
which I quoted in vol. ii. p. 630.
Orderic does not mention the message. The Roman de Rou
(vv. 11066–11075) speaks of several messages;
“Willame li manda sovent,
K’il li tenist sun serement,
E Heraut li manda vilment,
K’il ne fereit por li néient,
Ne il sa fille ne prendreit,
Ne il terre ne li rendreit,
Et Willéalme le desfia,
E desfiance li manda;
E Heraut toz tems reponeit
Ke nule rien mez ne creimeit.”
Here the terms of William’s messages are not given, but they
may be inferred from the terms of Harold’s answer. These terms,
and also the mention of more messages than one, seem on the whole
to fall in with the account given by Eadmer and Simeon, which I
have already mentioned (see above, p. 671). Harold there makes
this answer, of which I do not fully understand the clause about
the castle and well of Dover;
“Soror mea, quam juxta condictum expetis, mortua est. Quod
si corpus ejus, quale nunc est, vult Comes habere, mittam, ne judicer
sacramentum violâsse quod feci. Castellum Dofris et in eo puteum
aquæ, licet nesciam cui, ut vobis convenit, explevi.”
He then goes on with the passages which I have already quoted
(pp. 262, 264), in which Harold declares his inability either to decline
the Kingdom which was offered to him or to marry a foreign
woman without the consent of the Witan. William then sends a
second message (see above, p. 260), of which the tone is greatly
703lowered. He now only asks that, if Harold will do nothing else
that he has promised to do, he will at least marry his
daughter. “Alioquin,” he continues, “se promissam regni successionem
armis sibi vindicaturum proculdubiò sciret. At ipse
[Haroldus] nec illud quidem se facere velle, nec hoc formidare
respondit.”
It will be easily seen how completely this agrees with the account
in the Roman de Rou, except in the prominence given to the engagement
about Harold’s sister, which Wace does not mention at
all. The statement about her death seems to me to bear the stamp
of genuineness, as it is not a thing which anybody would take the
trouble to invent. And it has sometimes struck me that this explains
the statement of William of Malmesbury, where he makes
Harold say that the daughter of William whom he had promised to
marry was dead (see above, p. 660). In this statement he stands
quite alone, and it seems not unlikely that he confounded the two
marriage engagements, and that the death of William’s daughter is
really a reproduction of the death of Harold’s sister. The rest of
William of Malmesbury’s story, and the constitutional doctrine put
into the mouth of Harold, I have mentioned already in the text and
notes. See above, pp. 262–265.
The version of the Hyde writer I have already given at p. 692.
In Benoît’s account (36732–36757) the Kingdom alone is dwelt
upon. He had mentioned the marriage (36622 et seqq.), but he
seems to look on the marriage of Adeliza as something volunteered
by William after the oath, not as part of the oath itself.
I do not know that there is any need to quote the accounts of
any later writer.
Two points of some difficulty meet us here. We have no trustworthy
guide to the chronology of the different embassies and
assemblies which William used to put forward his claim; doubts
may also be raised as to the nature of the Norman Assemblies
which he consulted. To fix the exact chronology seems hopeless;
704as I said in the text, several negotiations were most likely going
on at the same time. And the writer who ought to be our best
authority, William of Poitiers, is now, as usual, very careless about
the order of events, arranging them not so much according to the
almanac as according to any arrangement which may best suit
his rhetoric. Two distinct questions however arise. First, Did
the Assembly which William of Malmesbury places at Lillebonne
meet before or after the gift of the consecrated banner by the
Pope? Secondly, Was the English expedition discussed in one or
in two Norman Assemblies?
On the first point, William of Malmesbury (iii. 238) distinctly
puts the Lillebonne Assembly after the receipt of the banner;
“Perpensis apud se utrimque partibus, Papa vexillum in omen
regni Willelmo contradidit; quo ille accepto, conventum magnatum
apud Lillebona fecit, super negotio singulorum sententias sciscitatus.”
Wace, on the other hand (11436), places the embassy to
the Pope last of all, after all the other negotiations.
On the second point, Wace (11120 et seqq.) is the only writer who
distinctly marks the two assemblies, first, a small body of select
counsellors who recommend the gathering of a larger assembly,
and secondly, the larger assembly of the whole baronage of Normandy
which is gathered according to their recommendation.
The words of William of Malmesbury would seem to imply one
assembly only.
Let us see whether anything can be got out of William of
Poitiers to strengthen either view. Having recorded (p. 121)
Harold’s accession after his own fashion, he tells us of a council
held by William, in which many of his chief men dissuaded him from
the undertaking as being one too great for the power of Normandy
(“Dux Willelmus, habitâ cum suis consultatione, armis injuriam
ulcisci, armis hæreditatem reposcere decrevit; tametsi complures
majorum id ingeniosè dissuaderent, ut rem nimis arduam, Normanniæ
viribus longè majorem”). He then enlarges on the
number of wise and illustrious men whom Normandy then contained,
and gives a list of them, which differs in one or two names
only from the list which Wace gives of the former and smaller
council. Then comes an account of the preparation of the ships,
the pouring in of foreign soldiers, the delay at the mouth of the
Dive. Then, and not before, we read of the embassies to the
705German King, the Pope, and the King of the Danes. Then comes
the tale about Harold’s spies, which is followed by a great number
of arguments against the expedition, which read very much like
Wace’s account of the assembly of Lillebonne, and which I have not
scrupled (see p. 294) to transfer to that gathering. One of them
is that the ships, though seemingly already collected at the mouth
of the Dive, could not be got together or supplied with crews within
the appointed space of a year. The Duke then makes a speech in
answer, and the fleet, which had been waiting in vain for the south
wind at the Dive, sails for Saint Valery.
In a tale told in this way there is clearly no regard paid to
chronology. The facts are much the same as the facts in Wace,
but as to their order nothing can be made out. It will be remembered
that several other incidents in the history, as the comet
and some points in the engagements between William and Harold,
are (see pp. 643, 687, 701) recorded or alluded to by William of
Poitiers in places still more distant from their chronological order.
The short account in William of Jumièges (vii. 31–34) proves
hardly anything. The events which he records come in this order;
the message to Harold; the coming of Tostig; the death of
Conan; the preparation and voyage of William. Orderic (492–494)
is fuller. He begins with the coming of Tostig, to whose suggestion
he seems to attribute the gathering of the Assembly (see
p. 303). His list of persons consulted is the list in William of
Poitiers, with a few names added. Then comes the embassy to
Rome and the gift of the banner. Then comes the unsuccessful
enterprise of Tostig against England, followed by William’s own
preparations. Orderic then, after his custom, leaves the subject to
talk about quite other matters. He comes back to it after some
while (499, 500), to tell of the Norwegian invasion of England,
of the delay of the Norman ships at the Dive, of William’s final
voyage and all that followed it.
The short and inadequate account in Henry of Huntingdon
(M. H. B. 761, 762) is of some importance, because part of it is
clearly drawn from the same sources as the account in Wace. He
tells us that William held an Assembly, and that his fleet afterwards
met at Saint Valery. He says nothing about any embassies
at all. But he is the only writer besides Wace who makes any
special mention of William Fitz-Osbern, though the way in which
706he tells the story is not exactly the same as that in which it is told
in the Roman de Rou. See p. 297.
The evidence being in this state, I thought that I might safely
follow Wace. His account of the two assemblies is full and clear, and
it derives a sort of incidental support from William of Poitiers and
Henry of Huntingdon. The former seems in a manner to imply
that there were two assemblies, though he puts the second out of
its place. Following Wace thus far, I have also followed him in
placing the Assembly at Lillebonne before the receipt of the banner
from Rome, though William of Malmesbury asserts the exact contrary.
The reader must judge for himself which order he thinks
the more probable. The approval of the Pope would of course be
likely to tell with great effect on the mind of the Assembly. On
the other hand, it would be a great point for William to be sure of
the support of his own Duchy before he applied to the Pope. It
would be hardly like the wisdom of William to ask, or like the
wisdom of Hildebrand to grant, a blessing on an undertaking which
might easily fall through altogether. And the religious excitement
would probably tell less on William’s own subjects than on the
mixed multitude of Crusaders who flocked to him from all parts.
But the question—not one of any great importance—must be left
an open one.
As to the embassies to foreign powers, the application to the
Pope is mentioned in every account which tells the story in any
detail. It is in fact the centre and soul of the whole business.
All accounts again agree as to the influx of foreign soldiers of all
kinds. But as to the particular potentates applied to, our two fullest
accounts differ. William of Poitiers speaks of the applications to
Germany and Denmark, Wace of those to France and Flanders.
There is here no contradiction. The object of William of Poitiers
was to exalt his hero, and his own mind was deeply impressed with
Imperial ideas. The distant embassies, above all the embassy to
the future Emperor, were those which tended most to set forth the
greatness of the Norman Duke; they were those therefore on
which the loyal Archdeacon was most inclined to dwell. It was
equally natural that Wace, writing at a later time, should think most
of those nearer embassies which ordinary Norman tradition would
be most likely to understand and to remember. His account of the
707dealings of William with the King of the French is straightforward
and probable enough, except in the omission of all mention of
Baldwin of Flanders in his character of Regent. I have therefore
followed it in the text. But of the intercourse between William
and Baldwin in his character of sovereign of Flanders, Wace has
(11390–11432) a tale which strikes me as so purely legendary that
I did not venture to introduce it into the text. The Duke sends
to Baldwin, who is spoken of as his brother-in-law, not as his
father-in-law (“cum od serorge”—sororius—“et od ami” in v.
11392; and again, “vostre seror et vos nevoz” in vv. 11424, 11425),
and asks his help. Baldwin answers that he must first know what
share of England he is to have for his pains. William, who seems
to be conceived as talking with Baldwin face to face, says that he
must go home and consult his Barons, and that he will then send
word by letter what the result is.
“E li Dus dist k’il s’en ireit,
A sez Barunz en parlereit,
Et a els s’en cunseillereit,
E ço ke l’en li loerreit
Par son bref li remandereit.”
(vv. 11399–11403.)
No consultation with the Barons seems to follow, but the Duke does
a thing which nobody had ever done before (“poiz fist ço, ke ainz
ne fist nus”). He takes a small piece of parchment on which nothing
is written, then seals it up with wax, and causes to be written on the
outside that the Count shall have such part of England as is stated
in the inside of the letter.
“De parchemin prist un petit
K’il ni out leitre ne escrit,
Tot voi le séela en cire,
Et en la coe fist escrire,
Ke d’Engleterre tant areit
Comme li brief dedenz diseit.”
(vv. 11406–11411.)
The packet is sent to Baldwin by a cunning varlet (“vaslet enloçonez”);
the Count breaks the seal, looks inside—seemingly he
could read—finds nothing, and shows it to the varlet. The varlet
then says that there is nothing there and that Baldwin shall have
nothing. The honours which the Duke was seeking would belong
to Baldwin’s sister and nephews. If Baldwin had joined in the
enterprise no one would have gained more by it than himself. As
it was, William would with God’s help conquer England for himself
without help from Baldwin. Wace adds, as he so often does, that
he does not know what answer the Count made.
708The sort of practical joke described in this story would be
quite in keeping with one side of William’s character (see p. 162)
if one could only see the point of the joke. But that point is, to
say the least, not very obvious, and the whole story seems quite
inconsistent with the real relations between William and Baldwin.
See the note of Prevost, ii. 137, and Taylor, 110.
The presence of Tostig in Normandy is asserted by Orderic in
the passages which I have quoted in the text, and it is implied in
the short narrative of William of Jumièges (vii. 32), who simply
says, after describing Harold’s accession, “Porro Dux Tosticum
Comitem in Angliam misit, sed militia Heraldi mare servans eum
armis abegit” (see p. 304). William of Poitiers and Wace make
no mention of any visit of Tostig to Normandy; they do not speak
of him at all till they come to their almost incidental mention of
Harold Hardrada’s invasion of England. The English writers also
make no mention of any visit to Normandy on Tostig’s part. He
goes to Flanders and comes on his vain expedition to England in
May “from beyond sea” (see p. 324), which of course leaves the
matter open between Normandy and Flanders. Snorro again
knows nothing of a visit to Normandy, but takes Tostig (see
p. 329) from Flanders to Denmark by way of Friesland. I do not
however wholly reject the account of Orderic. The omission of
Tostig’s visit both by William of Poitiers and the English writers
is not at all hard to understand, while it is not easy to see why
William of Jumièges or Orderic should have invented it. Its
omission by Snorro is still less surprising; it is hard indeed to
reconcile his version with that in the English Chronicles even on
those points which are the very life of his story.
Orderic’s story however cannot be accepted in its details. First
of all, it involves (see vol. ii. p. 626) the central mistake of making
Tostig’s banishment follow the accession of Harold. Secondly, as
a necessary consequence of this mistake, it greatly hurries Tostig’s
movements, making him go to Flanders, leave his wife there, and
709hasten to Normandy, whereas we know that he left England on
November 1st, 1065, and stayed with Baldwin the whole winter
(see vol. ii. p. 501). Thirdly, it represents Tostig’s first expedition
as not reaching England at all, whereas we know that he
landed and harried the coast at several places (see p. 326). But,
except the first mistake, which we know how to account for
and to correct, these are not very fatal difficulties. Tostig did
reach England, but he did nothing there of any moment, and a
foreign writer might easily speak of an expedition which so utterly
missed its mark, as if it had never touched English ground at all.
And, small as the point is, it is worth noticing as an undesigned
coincidence that Orderic makes Tostig set sail from the Côtentin,
while the English Chronicler makes him land in the Isle of Wight.
I have therefore not hesitated to accept the main outline of Orderic’s
story, and to represent Tostig’s first expedition, in May, 1066, as
undertaken with at least the connivance of William. Tostig must
have had some force, Norman or Flemish, adhering to him during
the whole time. The presence of Flemings at Stamfordbridge is
beyond doubt. See p. 371.
What follows next in Orderic and William of Jumièges is far
harder to reconcile with our own Chronicles. They both make Tostig,
after struggling in vain against many winds (“Zephyro Notoque
aliisque ventis alternatim impellentibus angores multos pertulit,”
Orel. Vit. 593 C), make his way at last to Harold Hardrada
in Norway. “Post plurimos labores ad Heraldum Regem Nortwigenarum,
qui Harafagh cognominabatur, accessit,” says Orderic.
So William of Jumièges (vii. 32); “At ille non valens salubriter
Angliam introïre, neque Normanniam, quia ventus obstabat, redire,
Heraldum Herfagam, Northwegæ Regem, adiit.” There is nothing
about his going to Scotland or to Denmark. Wace indeed takes
him to Denmark, but seemingly only through confounding Denmark
and Norway.
“Tosti, ki mult s’en coroça,
En Danemarche trespassa,
Daneiz è Norreiz amena,
Deverz Euroïc ariva.”
(vv. 11803.)
So Benoît, who carries Tostig to Norway in v. 36842 (“vers
Northwege l’estut sigler Par merveilles orrible mer”), calls the force
which he brought into England “ceus de Norwege” in v. 37065,
and “Daneis” in 37103. None of these writers know anything of
710the double negotiation, first with Swend, then with Harold, which
is so prominent in Snorro. Again, the Norman accounts take
Tostig and Harold Hardrada straight from Norway to Yorkshire.
The “erroneus exsul” pleads his cause before the tyrant, as
Orderic (493 D) himself calls Harold, though Tostig is made to
address him by many respectful titles (“Sublimitatem vestram,
magnifice Rex”—see vol. i. pp. 63, 286—“supplex adeo, et me
servitiumque meum Majestati vestræ fideliter offero”). He tells how
his younger brother has risen against him and deprived him of the
honours—whether the Earldom of the West-Saxons or the Empire
of Britain—which were due to him by hereditary right (“ut possim
restitui per vestrum suffragium honori ex paternâ successione debito.
Nam Heraldus frater meus, qui jure mihi, utpote primogenito,
debuisset parere, fraudulenter insurrexit contra me”). He goes on
to enlarge on his brother’s perjury (“regnum Angliæ perjuriis
præsumpsit usurpare”), an argument which, however telling with
William, sounds strangely out of place when addressed to Harold
Hardrada. He proposes to Harold of Norway to overthrow Harold
of England, and to occupy his Kingdom, granting half of it to
Tostig in fief (“proterviam perfidi fratris bello proterite, medietatem
Angliæ vobis retinete, aliamque mihi, qui vobis inde fideliter
serviam dum advixero, retinete”). Harold consents, he occupies
six months in preparations, and sets sail in August. Orderic therefore
conceived that Tostig’s banishment, his journeys to Flanders
and Normandy, his attempt on England, and his escape to Norway,
all took place in the course of January and February. In August
then Harold and Tostig set sail together and sail straight for
Yorkshire (“mense Augusto Heraldus Noricorum Rex cum Tostico
et ingenti classe immensum pelagus intravit, et, Aparciate seu
Boreâ flante, ad Angliam applicuit et Eboracensem provinciam
primitùs invasit,” 499 D, 500 A).
It is clear that this account differs in some respects from that of
Snorro, which I have given in the text. Snorro makes Tostig
leave Harold in the spring (see p. 333) and go and collect English
and Flemish troops in Flanders, with whom he meets Harold at
some point of his voyage. The stoppage in Orkney again (see
p. 344) is left out by Orderic, which is not very wonderful.
When we turn to our own Chronicles, we see that whatever
amount of truth the stories of Orderic and Snorro may contain,
711their chronology at least is wholly wrong. Tostig’s first expedition
to England, which Snorro leaves out, and which Orderic places at
some time in January or February, did not happen till May (see
above, p. 708). After its failure, Tostig went, not to Denmark or
Norway, but to Scotland, and stayed there all the summer (see
p. 327). The question now comes, which I left doubtful in the
text, whether he ever went to Norway at all. Let us look at the
different accounts.
The Abingdon Chronicle, which is followed by Florence, having
mentioned the summer sojourn of Tostig in Scotland, the preparations
of Harold of England in the south, and the return of
his fleet to London (see p. 338), goes on; “þa ða scipu ham
coman, þa com Harold cyning of Norwegan norð into Tínan on
unwaran ... and Tostig eorl him com to mid eallum þam þe he
begiten hæfde, eallswa hy ær gesprecen hæfdon” (“ut priùs condixerant,”
Fl. Wig.).
The Worcester and Peterborough Chronicles record the flight of
Tostig to Scotland, and at once connect it with the Norwegian
invasion. “And he [Tostig] for to Scotlande mid xii. snaccum,
and hine gemette [hine gemette þær. Wig.] Harold se Norrena cyng
[cyng of Norwegon. Wig.] mid ccc. scipum; and Tostig him to
beah [him to beah and his man wearð. Wig.], and hi bægen foran
into Humbran oð þæt hi coman to Eoferwíc.”
This version is followed by William of Malmesbury (ii. 228);
“Tostinus ... versus Scotiam vela convertit: ibi Regi Noricorum,
Haroldo Harvagre, obvio manus dedit, qui cum ccc. navibus Angliam
aggredi meditabatur. Ambo ergo consertis umbonibus terram
Transhumbranam populabantur.”
These two accounts are clearly independent. Abingdon puts the
meeting of Harold and Tostig in the Tyne. Worcester and Peterborough
seem to put it in Scotland. But their words might be
taken as leaving the place uncertain. Nor is there any contradiction
in the more important question whether the expedition had been
already planned between Harold and Tostig. This is directly asserted
by the Abingdon Chronicle. The two others would certainly,
taken by themselves, be understood to imply that Harold Hardrada
had already set out on his own account, and that his meeting
with Tostig was not the result of any agreement. This appearance
becomes still stronger in William of Malmesbury, from his use of
712the verb “meditabatur.” But there is no word exactly answering
to this in the Chronicles, and the difference in the two accounts
may be simply one of omission. The words “eallswa hy ær
gesprecen hæfdon” may in themselves mean anything, from a mere
agreement to join forces in the Tyne made after an unexpected
meeting in Scotland up to the voyage to Norway spoken of
by Snorro and Orderic. The question is whether the chronology
will admit of that voyage. Snorro and Orderic, as we have seen,
place it early in the year. If we give up the story of Tostig’s
journey to Normandy and his concert with William, it would be
easy to take Tostig into Norway before his first attack on England,
at any time between January and May. But it is plain that he did
not go to Norway immediately on the failure of that expedition, for
he went to Scotland and stayed there all the summer. And it is
hard to find room between the end of summer and September 25th
for a voyage of Tostig to Norway, for the preparations of Harold
Hardrada, and for his voyage. A communication by messengers
is more possible, as that may be spread over all the time from May
to September. But, if we make Tostig visit Norway so late in the
year, it could not have been his visit which first suggested to
Harold to invade England. Indeed the invasion could hardly have
been first suggested by letters or messages sent so late as May.
We must then either reject the partnership between William and
Tostig in the May expedition and carry Tostig into Norway early
in the year, or else we must suppose that Harold Hardrada was
already planning an attack on England, and that all that any visit or
message of Tostig did was to strengthen and hasten a purpose
already formed. On the whole I incline to this last view, because
I cannot see why any Norman writer should have invented a connexion
between Tostig and William, if it never happened. But if
we reject the Norman story, we can accept nearly the whole tale in
Snorro. Tostig goes to Denmark and Norway early in the year;
he then returns to Flanders and collects a force. Snorro does not
say what he did with it till he met Harold in the autumn. The
gap will thus be filled by the May voyage to England and the
summer in Scotland. I am quite content to leave the point open,
but I would remark that it is at least as hard to reconcile the Norman
and Norwegian accounts with one another as to reconcile either
with the English account.
713The Hyde writer, as usual, gives (292) an independent account
which is worth a passing notice.
“Frater ejus [Haroldi], nomine Tostius, genere et animo temerarius,
mox ut fratrem regium honorem usurpâsse vidit, nutu Domini,
qui perjurium undique persequebatur, quâdam simultate inter eos
ortâ, Angliâ discessit, atque cum multâ manu et thesaurorum suorum
copiâ multitudinem Flandriam ad Sanctum Odmarum, ut aiunt,
devenit, ubi commendatâ thesaurorum suorum copiâ navem ascendens
insulam Norweiam, quondam Scanciam dictam, et ut Gothorum
historia testatur, multarum gentium officinam, petivit; quam ingressus,
Regem ejus Haroldum, cognomento Hervard [Harfragi], id
est, crine formosum, erat enim et staturâ corporis et formâ decorus,
tum precibus tum promissionibus ita illexit, ut congregato exercitu
et classe paratâ, cum eodem Angliam ad debellandum Regem
Haroldum festinus adveniret. Denique Angliam ingressi, Eboracam
opulentissimam civitatem et archiepiscopatûs sedem obsidione
cingunt.”
We have already (see vol. ii. p. 231) seen this writer talking
about the “Isle of Norway,” when, by the way, he really meant
Denmark. We here see where he found it, namely in the opening
chapters of Jornandes, especially the well-known passage in c. iv.
(Muratori, i. 193); “Ex hâc igitur Scanziâ insulâ, quasi officinâ
gentium, aut certè velut vaginâ nationum, cum Rege suo nomine
Berig, Gothi quondam memorantur egressi.”
I get the account of these adventurers from the “Historia
Comitum Ardensium” in Bouquet, xi. 305. The office held is
described as the “villicatura sive præpositura Sancti Bertini
in terrâ Ghisnensi,” which had been held “hæreditario jure” for
some generations. Arnold came “opitulante Boloniensi Comite
Eustachio,” and Geoffrey seems to follow him at William’s own
summons—“vocatus ab eodem Rege Willelmo.” Their rewards are
thus described; “Servientes igitur ambo fratres, Arnoldus videlicet
et Gaufridus, jam dicto Regi, tantam ejus adepti sunt gratiam quod,
præter quotidiana stippendia et munuscula, quæ ipsis contulit
714innumerabilia, contulit etiam eis et in perpetuitatis concessit feodum,
Stebintoniam et pertinentias ejus, Dokeswordiam, Tropintoniam,
Ledefordiam, Toleshondiam, et Hoilandiam.” All these, as far as
I can identify them in Domesday, are possessions of Eustace, but in
two cases only do I find Arnold as under tenant. These are at
“Dokeswordia,” in Domesday “Dochesuuorde” (196), and Trumpington
(ib.), both in Cambridgeshire. In the former we read, “hanc
terram tenet Hernulfus de comite Eustachio,” and under Trumpington
we have still more distinctly, “tenet Ernulfus de Ardâ sub
Comite.” Stebingtonia, in Domesday (205) Stebintune, is held of
Count Eustace by Lunen, and the lands in Essex, Selefordia, Hoilandia,
and Toleshondia, in Domesday Toleshunta, now Tolleshunt,
are held of Eustace (Domesday, ii. 32, 33) by Adelolfus. This may
be an English Æthelwulf; but, as the name also occurs in Flanders
(see Cart. S. Bertin, 142, 153 et al.), he may equally well be a foreign
follower of Eustace. Arnold however appears again as Ernulfus
de Arde, as a tenant under Count Eustace of various places in Bedfordshire
(211), and one might almost guess that he is the same as
Arnulfus de Hesding (no doubt Hesdin in Ponthieu) who holds
(205 b) Upford in Huntingdonshire of the King. Arnold and
Arnulf are, I need not say, names whose various forms are often
and easily confounded. This is a fair specimen of the way in which
men came to William from all parts of the world for whatever they
could get.
The only place that I know of where William is directly charged
with poisoning Conan is in the speech (Ord. Vit. 534 B) at the
bride-ale of 1076, where the charge is coupled with the kindred
charge of poisoning Walter and Biota (see p. 207). The revellers
are made to say, “Conanum quoque, strenuissimum Consulem,
veneno infecit, quem mortuum Britannia tota pro ingenti probitate
ineffabili luctu deflevit.”
The text of William of Jumièges (vii. 33) is as follows;
“Tempore quo Willelmus Dux disponebat Angliam adire, et armis
eam sibi vendicare, audax Chunanus Comes Britanniæ nisus est eum,
715missâ legatione hujusmodi, terrere: Audio te, inquit, nunc velle
trans mare proficisci, et Angliæ tibi regnum nancisci. Inde multum
gaudeo, sed ut mihi Normanniam reddas obsecro. Robertas autem
Dux Normannorum, quem tu fingis esse patrem tuum, iturus in
Hierusalem, Alanno patri meo, consobrino scilicet suo, commendavit
omnem suam hæreditatem. Tu autem cum complicibus tuis
Alannum patrem meum apud Winmusterium in Normanniâ veneno
peremisti, et terram ejus, quam ego quia puer eram possidere nequibam,
invasisti; et contra fas, cum sis nothus, hucusque tenuisti.
Nunc igitur aut mihi debitam redde Normanniam, aut ego tibi
totis viribus bellum inferam. His auditis, Willelmus Dux aliquantulum
territus est. Sed mox eum Deus, frustratis inimici minis,
eripere dignatus est. Unus enim ex proceribus Britonum, qui
utrique Comiti juraverat fidelitatem, et hujusmodi legationem inter
eos ferebat, lituum Chuningi, et habenas, atque chirothecas intrinsecus
livit veneno. Erat quippe cubicularius Chuningi. Tunc idem
Comes Britonum in Andegavensi Comitatu Castellum-Guntherii
obsederat, et oppidanis militibus sese illi dedentibus suos intromittebat.
Interea Chuningus chirothecas suas incautè induit, tactisque
habenis, manum ad os levavit. Cujus tactu veneno infectus est,
et paullò post omnibus suis lugentibus defunctus est. Hic multum
sagax fuit et probus, ac amator justitiæ. Qui si diu vixisset, multa
bona ut fertur fecisset, ac ad regendum honorem utilis fuisset.
Proditor autem conscius sui reatûs, mox de expeditione aufugit, et
mortem Chuningi Willelmo Duci mandavit.”
This story, in the way in which it is brought in, looks very like an
interpolation, and the message of Conan sounds very like a romance.
And it is certainly most remarkable that it seems to be a purely Norman
story. At least I have not been able to find it in such Breton
and Angevin chronicles as I know anything of. The Breton and
Angevin writers record Conan’s war with Anjou and also his death,
and they place both in 1066. But they say nothing which at all lays
his death to the charge of William. Of three Breton chronicles in
the collection of Morice (Mémoires pour servir de Preuves à l’Histoire
de Bretagne), the first in the collection says merely, “1066.
Cometa apparuit. Obiit Conanus Dux Britanniæ filius Alani. Normanni
Angliam ceperunt.” Another, the Chronicle of Saint Brieuc
(p. 36), mentions the war with Anjou. Conan “quum territorium
Andegavense devastâsset, in eodem territorio, paullò ante destructionem
716Heraldi Anglorum Regis, sine liberis morte præventus est
anno Domini 1066.” A third Chronicle (p. 102) tells us how,
in “1066, Comes Britannorum Conanus juvenis et malitiosus,
Andegavorum terram adorsus, superbæ pervasioni suæ in ipsâ
Andegavorum terrâ morte subitâ præreptus est.” The Angevin
Chronicle which I have quoted at p. 642, after its account of
the Comet and of the invasion of England, mentions the death
of Conan in nearly the same words as the third Breton Chronicle
just quoted. These accounts connect the death of Conan
in some way, if only by way of coincidence, with the Conquest of
England, yet not one of them breathes the least suspicion against
William. Conan’s death was sudden; but a sudden death need not
be a death by poison, and a death by poison need not have been
brought about by the devices of William. I cannot think that we
have evidence enough to charge the great Duke with so infamous
a crime.
Did the English fleet, or any part of it, ever encounter the
Norman fleet or any part of it? The general run of our narrative
would lead us to say, No; but there are some passages
which look the other way. Thus the Peterborough Chronicler,
immediately after describing Harold’s election, says, “And þy
ylcan geare þe he cyng wæs, he for út mid sciphere togeanes
Willelme, and þá hwile com Tostig eorl into Humbran míd lx.
scipum.” And this seems to be followed by Henry of Huntingdon
(M. H. B. 762 A); “Quod audiens Rex Haraldus, vir bellis
acerrimus, cum navali exercitu contra Willielmum Ducem in mare
profectus est.” These expressions do not necessarily imply a
battle, but they seem to point to some operations beyond merely
watching the coast.
Of the entries in Domesday referred to in the text, one, that
about Æthelric of Kelvedon, distinctly asserts a battle, but without
mentioning its date. It occurs under Essex, ii. 14 b. Æthelric
held Kelvedon T. R. E. The Survey adds, “Hic supradictus
Ailricus abiit in navale prœlium contra Willelmum Regem.” This
717seems to imply an actual engagement, though of course it need
not have been a general engagement between the whole of the
two fleets, which seems quite impossible. The entry goes on to
say that Æthelric on his return—when the fleet returned to
London in September?—fell sick, perhaps from a wound, and left
his lands at Kelvedon to Saint Peter at Westminster. “Quum
rediit, cecidit in infirmitate, tunc dedit Sancto Petro istud manerium.”
The words which follow in Domesday have an importance
of another kind, which I shall discuss in a future volume.
The other Domesday entry referred to is less distinct than that
of Æthelric, but it looks the same way. In Norfolk, ii. 200,
we find mention of one Eadric, described as “Rector navis Regis
Edwardi.” On William’s accession he was outlawed and fled to
Denmark (“postquam Rex W. venit in Angliam fuit iste Edricus
exlex in Daciam”). One may guess that Eadric commanded in
the engagement or skirmish in which Æthelric was concerned.
And in connexion with this East-Anglian entry, we may take
the statement of John of Oxenedes (293), about Ælfwold, Abbot
of Saint Benet’s; “Huic a Rege Haraldo marina committebatur
custodia.”
There are some other passages which might seem to imply naval
operations at a later time. Of the losses of William’s fleet during the
voyage, and of the affair of Romney, whenever it happened, I have
spoken in the text, pp. 410, 534. A deed in the Cartulary of the
Holy Trinity at Rouen (pp. 453, 454) looks the same way. One
Roger, the son of Turold, who was going to join William’s expedition
(“ultra mare cum Willelmo Comite navigaturus”), gave lands
to the monastery, but died on the voyage before the gift was complete
(“in eâdem navigatione morte præventus, hoc confirmare non
valuit”). We must also remember the account given by William of
Poitiers (131), where he describes Harold’s march into Sussex, and
says that an English fleet of seven hundred ships was sent somewhere
or other to cut off the Norman retreat (“ne perfugio abirent,
classe armatâ ad septingentas naves in mari opposuerat insidias”).
Guy of Amiens (319) puts nearly the same statement into the
mouth of one of the messengers between William and Harold;
“Per mare, per terram, prœlia magna parat.
In mare quingentas fertur misisse carinas,
Ut nostri reditûs præpediatur iter.”
718But there is no sign of this great fleet doing anything, and William
and Guy are so careless of chronology that they are quite
capable of meaning the fleet which went back to London in
September. As for the affair of Romney, it is not likely that
Thegns from Norfolk and Essex would be concerned in an action
so purely local. And the story of Æthelric would seem to imply
that he died before the end of Harold’s reign.
The words of some of the Chroniclers, taken literally, might
imply that the first news of the landing of the Northmen was
brought to Harold of England after the Battle of Fulford. The
Peterborough Chronicle describes that battle, and adds “and se
Norrena cyng ahte siges geweald.” It then goes on, “And man
cydde Harolde cyng hu hit wæs þær gedón and geworden, and
he com mid mycclum here Engliscra manna, and gemette hine
æt Stængfordes brycge.” So too the Worcester Chronicle describes
the battle, and adds “ac þa Normen ahte sige.” It then
goes on in the same way; “Man cyðde þa Harolde Engla cynge
þæt þis wæs þus gefaren; and þis gefeoht wæs on Vigilia Sc̃i.
Mathei. Ða com Harold ure cyng on unwær on þa Normenn,
and hytte hi begeondan Eoforwic æt Steinford brygge, mid micclan
here Englisces folces.”
The literal meaning of these accounts would certainly be that
the news of the defeat of Fulford was the first news of the Norwegian
invasion which reached Harold, and that he started for
his Northern march on hearing it. But this is simply impossible.
The Battle of Fulford was fought on Wednesday, and the Battle
of Stamfordbridge was fought on the Monday following. As the
Worcester Chronicler emphatically says, “þas twa folcgefeoht wæron
gefremmede binnan fif nihtan.” Now for news of a battle fought
close to York to reach London, for an army, including men from
distant shires, to be collected and to march to Stamfordbridge,
and all in the space of five days, would need an age of railways
and telegraphs. The news must have been brought, and the
719march must have begun, before the Battle of Fulford was fought.
In fact our remaining Chronicle gives us a hint that that battle
was fought while Harold was already on his march. The Abingdon
narrative runs thus;
“And foran þa begen [Tostig and Harold Hardrada] mid eallum
þam liðe andlang Use up to Eoferwic ward. Ða cydde man
Harolde cynge be suðan, þa he of scipe cumen wæs, þæt Harold
cyng on Norwegan and Tostig eorl wæron up cumene neh Eoferwic,
þa for he norðweard dæges and nilites, swa hraðe swa he
his fyrde gegaderian mihte. Þa ær þam þe se cyning Harold
þyder cuman mihte, þa gegaderode Eadwine eorl and Morkere
eorl of heora eorldome swa mycel werod swa hi begitan mihton.”
Then follows the Battle of Fulford. The same account is followed
by Florence;
“In loco qui Richale dicitur applicuerunt. Quod ubi Regi
Haroldo innotuit, versus Northhymbriam expeditionem properè
movit. Sed priusquam Rex illuc veniret, duo germani Comites,”
&c.
Here it is not the news of the Battle of Fulford, but the
news of the landing at Riccall, on hearing of which Harold sets
forth. This is at least possible, as we have no distinct statement
how long a time passed between the landing and the battle. But
the story certainly reads as if the battle followed very fast upon
the landing, and as if Harold must have been on his march, not
only before the battle but before the landing. And indeed some
news must have reached him of the approach of the Norwegian
fleet, of the muster in the Tyne, and of the ravage of the Yorkshire
coast. One cannot help thinking that the Chroniclers, even the
Abingdon Chronicler, have fallen into a certain inaccuracy of expression,
and that Harold must have known of the approach of
the Northern enemy at a much earlier time than their words
would imply. And yet, after all, the inaccuracy is hardly a literal
one. News both of the landing and of the battle would reach
the King on his march and would stir up him and his army to
still greater exertions. The great march of Harold is in itself
one of the most wonderful things in our wonderful history. But,
if we take the words of the Worcester and Peterborough Chronicles
in their literal and grammatical sense, the march becomes not only
wonderful but miraculous.
720
Years ago, when I first began these studies, one of my greatest
difficulties was that Harold of England is described, in all the ordinary
histories, as furnished with a strong force of cavalry and archers
at Stamfordbridge, while he was utterly destitute of both arms at
Senlac. The haste of his march southwards would not of itself account
for the difference; for if he could have collected cavalry and
archers for the one campaign, he could doubtless have collected them
again for the other. I soon saw that the only authority for the
usual description of the fight at Stamfordbridge was the Saga of
Harold Hardrada, and I gradually came to the conclusion that
that part of the Saga was mythical. The whole conception of
the English army was clearly taken from an English army of
Snorro’s own age, of which horsemen and archers undoubtedly
formed the most important part. That is to say, the English
had by that time adopted the Norman tactics. Indeed some of
the incidents in Snorro’s account of Stamfordbridge seem very
much as if they had been transferred thither from Senlac. The
defeat of the Norwegian army, just like that of the English army
at Senlac, is owing to their breaking the line of the shield-wall,
and Harold the son of Sigurd is killed by the chance shot of
an arrow, just like Harold the son of Godwine. But though
the account of the Battle of Stamfordbridge is clearly mythical,
the like is not the case with the whole of the story. The writer
shows a knowledge of the Yorkshire coast, and his narrative seems
quite trustworthy up to the Battle of Fulford. His account of
that battle quite agrees with the appearance of the site (see
p. 350). He seemingly confounds Waltheof with Eadwine (see
p. 351), but then he utterly confounds all English genealogies
and personalities (see vol. ii. p. 553). It is only when he
gets to Stamfordbridge that he begins wholly to break down.
For instance (see p. 354) he fancies that place to be close under
the walls of York, whereas it really is eight miles off. May not
the difference in value between these two parts of his narrative
be explained by the circumstances of the case? A division of
721the army remained at Riccall (see p. 348), and never went to
Stamfordbridge at all. All the men of this division (see p. 375)
went back safe to Norway, while hardly any fugitives escaped
from Stamfordbridge. It was therefore only natural that the story
of the former part of the campaign, taking in the Battle of Fulford,
should be much better known in Norway than the details
of the greater battle itself. The Saga-maker therefore had trustworthy
tradition to go by for one part of his story, while for the
other he had to draw largely on his imagination.
I have drawn my own ideas of this, as of other battles, from an examination
of the ground compared with the accounts of the original
writers. I have twice visited the field of Stamfordbridge, in July
and in December 1867, the former time in company with Archdeacon
Jones and Mr. J. R. Green, when I also examined the site
of Fulford with the Archdeacon. In December I also visited Aldby
and the ground between Aldby and Stamfordbridge. I have compared
the impressions thus formed with the short accounts in the
Chronicles, and with those in Henry of Huntingdon and William
of Malmesbury. The narrative of Henry has a special value. As
soon as he reaches the actual fight, his narrative, hitherto meagre
and inaccurate, suddenly lights up, and becomes minute, poetical,
and evidently founded on an accurate knowledge of the spot.
That is to say, his description here, as in so many other cases,
is founded on contemporary and local ballads, of whose words
distinct traces may be recognized in his narrative. An English
ballad of Stamfordbridge must have been absolutely contemporary
with the event—made perhaps to be sung at King Harold’s feast
of victory. Such a relic, did we possess it in full, would be almost
more precious than the songs of Brunanburh and Maldon.
The accounts in Lappenberg, Thierry, and St. John seem to
have been written without any knowledge of the ground. Lappenberg
puts the single-handed defence of the bridge quite at
the end of the battle. This is perhaps merely an attempt to
patch on this incident to the account in the Saga, or it is perhaps
because the story comes at the end of the Abingdon Chronicle.
But it comes at the end of the Chronicle, simply because it is an
addition by another hand, and the words in which the anecdote
is told show that it did not take place at the end of the battle.
Any one who compares the ground with the account in Henry of
722Huntingdon will easily see that the defence of the bridge was more
than a mere incident after the battle was decided. It is, I feel
sure, the central point of the whole fight. Henry’s account begins
(M. H. B. 762 B);
“Pugna igitur incepta est, quâ gravior non fuerat. Coeuntes namque
a summo mane usque ad meridiem, quum horribiliter ruentes
utrimque perseverarent, maximus numerus Anglorum Norwagenses
cedere sed non fugere compulit. Ultra flumen igitur repulsi, vivis
super mortuos transeuntibus, magnanimiter restiterunt.”
Then follows the defence of the bridge, as I have quoted the
account in p. 370, and the narrative goes on thus;
“Transeuntes igitur Angli Haroldum Regem et Tosti occiderunt,
et totam Norwagensium aciem vel armis straverunt vel igne deprehensos
combusserunt.”
Here are two distinct acts of the battle, fought on opposite
sides of the Derwent. As the English were coming from York,
the first act must have been on the right bank of the river, and
the second on the left. The crossing of the Derwent is the main
point, and the crossing of the Derwent was for a while hindered
by the valour of this single Northman. And the most hard-fought
and decisive part of the battle is clearly placed on the
left bank, after the defender of the bridge was slain. Up to
that time the Northmen, in Henry’s words, “gave way, but did not
fly.” It was after the crossing of the river that the great slaughter
took place; but this was not a mere slaughter of flying men, but the
most stoutly contested part of the battle. For it was then that Tostig
and Harold Hardrada were slain, and they assuredly were not slain
flying. There was fighting then on both sides of the river, but the
great and decisive struggle took place on the left side, the further
side from York. We must here take into account the statements
of so many writers, from the Chroniclers onwards, that the
English came on the Northmen “unawares,” that the Northmen
were without their breast-plates, and the like (see p. 369). This
has to be reconciled with the fact of the hard fight which was kept
on for so many hours. When we once understand the topography,
the explanation is easy. The events naturally arrange themselves
as I have given them in the text. The Norwegian army is spread
abroad on both sides of the river, Harold Hardrada and Tostig
with their main strength being on the further side. The English
723come “unawares” on the unprepared division on the right side,
and drive them back. The single hero defends the bridge, and
gives time for the main army beyond it to form. Then comes
the great fight in which the two leaders are slain and the whole
Norwegian army is at last cut to pieces.
The only point on which I have any doubt is as to the hours
of the day. Henry of Huntingdon makes the battle begin in the
early morning, “summo mane;” the first fight lasts till noon;
the defender of the bridge withstands the passage of the English
till three in the afternoon. Then comes the second fight, and,
after all this day’s work, Harold of England is back at York
the same evening, and the same evening hears at dinner—or
rather supper—of the landing of William (see p. 376). The
reckoning of time is in itself suspicious, and it is clearly not
without a reference to the sacred hours of the Church. The first
and last reckonings can be shown to be wrong. It is possible that
Harold may have returned to York on the night of the battle.
But he certainly did not hear that evening of William’s landing,
because William had not yet landed (see p. 400). Neither could
the battle have begun very early in the morning. The English
army got no further than Tadcaster on the Sunday evening
(“com Harold ... on ðone Sunnandæg to Táða” Chron. Ab.). On
Monday morning they marched from Tadcaster, through York, to
Stamfordbridge (“fór þa on Monandæg þurh ut Eoferwic”). A
march of about seventeen miles, with doubtless some, though not
a very long, halt in the city, could not be accomplished so as
to make the battle begin very early on a September morning.
Then it is quite inconceivable that the resistance on the right
side lasted from early morning till noon, and the defence of the
bridge from noon till three o’clock. A three hours’ defence of
the bridge by one man is impossible. The affair was probably
an affair of minutes, though at such a moment minutes would
seem like hours. Most likely the hours have got into the wrong
places. From noon till three would be a very likely amount of time
for the whole of the actual fighting. The march and the pursuit
have to be added at each end to make up the whole day’s work.
But this mistake as to the mere reckoning of hours need not
throw any doubt as to the main facts of the one intelligible
and consistent account of the battle. Henry’s account also exactly
724agrees with the two accounts in the Abingdon Chronicle. These
two accounts must not be read as a consecutive narrative. They
come from two different hands (see p. 369), and they contain an
apparent, though not a real, contradiction. The first tells the story
in general terms;
“Ða com Harold Engla cyning heom ongean on unwaran begeondan
þære brycge, and hi þær togædere fengon, and swyðe heardlice
lange on ðæg feohtende wæron. And þær wæs Harold cyning of
Norwegan and Tostig eorl ofslagen, and ungerim folces mid heom,
ægðer ge Normana ge Englisca, and þa Normen flugon þa Englisca.”
This is a complete story by itself; then comes the supplement;
“Ða wæs þer an of Norwegan þe widstod þet Englisce folc,
þet hí ne micte þa brigge oferstigan ne sige gerechen. Þa seite
an Englisce mid anre flan, ac hít nactes ne widstod. And þa
com an oþer under þere brigge, end hine þurðstang en únder
þere brunie; þa com Harold Engla chinge ofer þere brigge, and
hys furde forð mid hine, and þere michel wel geslogon, ge Norweis
ge Flæming, and þes cyninges sunu Hetmundus let Harold faran
ham to Norwéie mid alle þá scípe.”
This story is clearly the same as that of Henry of Huntingdon,
and it even more distinctly sets forth that the victory was still
uncertain when the single Northman defended the bridge. Up to
that time the English had the better, but the victory was not
complete, and the defence of the bridge hindered them for a while
from making it complete (“ne sige gerechen”). That the fighting
began on the York side, and ended on the further side, is manifest.
But it might be thought from the words of the first
account, “com Harold ... heom ongean on unwaran begeondan
þære brycge,” that the surprise was made on the further side of
the bridge; but this, in the case of an army coming from York,
is impossible. We must therefore look on the expression as elliptical
and in some measure inaccurate. The English came upon
them unawares on the York side of the bridge, but the main
fight took place “begeondan þære brycge.” In the brief language
of the Chronicler these two ideas are run together.
The other accounts throw little light on the matter. The
Worcester and Peterborough Chroniclers give no account of the
details of the battle, though the Worcester writer becomes rather
minute as to the fate of the Northmen after the battle (see p. 375).
725Florence follows Worcester. William of Malmesbury (ii. 228)
gives no details except in his account of the defence of the
bridge, which he introduces with the words, “Angli superiorem
manum nacti, Noricos in fugam egerunt; sed tantorum et tot
virorum victoriam (quod forsitan posteritas difficile credat) unus
Noricus multâ horâ interpolavit.” This almost sounds as if
William had read the two accounts in the Abingdon Chronicle
as a consecutive narrative; his “in fugam egerunt” seems to
come from the “Normen flugon þa Englisca,” followed by the
account of the defence of the bridge. It is clear that it is from
this account of William of Malmesbury that the idea arose that the
defence of the bridge took place in the very last stage of the battle.
The three Kings whom Lambert (see above, p. 641) conceived to
have been killed at Stamfordbridge must be Harold Hardrada, the
Irish King (see p. 372), and, I suppose, Tostig, mistaken for a King.
I have in the text (see p. 354) suggested that the neighbourhood
of Aldby may have been one of the attractions which
led Harold Hardrada to Stamfordbridge. It may however be
thought an objection that Aldby is on the York side of the
river, while I conceive the main strength of the Norwegian army
to have been on the other side. If however the bridge which
now crosses the river at Aldby had a predecessor in those days,
this difficulty is got rid of. But in any case I do not insist
on the connexion with Aldby as any essential part of the story.
It seems to me to have been a probable motive, but if it is
thought inconsistent with the one intelligible view of the battle,
it must be given up.
Let us now see how the great victory of Stamfordbridge looked
in the eyes of Norman and Normannizing writers. It is universally
looked on as a wicked fratricide. William of Poitiers (126)
refers to the Northumbrian campaign only in an incidental way.
William landed easily, because Harold “in Eboracensem pagum
recesserat, cum fratre suo Tostillo et Heraldo, Noricorum Rege,
dimicaturus.” This was a first-rate opportunity for reviling
Harold, and he accordingly goes on with a fierce declamation,
to some of the particular expressions of which I have already
had to call attention (see above, p. 635, and vol. ii. p. 540);
726“Nec mirere quod germanus permotus injuriis, invasi honoris
æmulus, arma externa adduxit in Heraldum, quem germana
quoque, illi moribus absimillima, quum armis non valeret, votis
impugnabat et consilio, luxuriâ fœdum, truculentum homicidam,
divite rapinâ superbum, adversarium æqui et boni.”
William of Jumièges (vii. 34) thus speaks of the battle, to
which by the way he gives quite a wrong date;
“In quo conflictu prædictum fratrem suum peremit ac Heraldum
regem Northwegæ qui Tosticum juvare venerat. Hæc pugna
nonis Octobris in die Sabbati facta est in quâ penè totus Northwigenarum
exercitus ab Anglis cæsus est. Inde victor Heraldus
Lundoniam rediit, sed de fratricidio diu gaudere vel securus esse
non potuit, quia legatus ei Normannos adesse mox nuntiavit.”
Two chapters on (vii. 36), when he describes the battle of
Senlac, he says;
“In die Sabbati mulctavit [Omnipotens Deus] multa millia
Anglorum, qui longè ante innocentem Aluredum injustè necaverunt,
ac præcedenti Sabbato Heraldum Regem et Tosticum
Comitem aliosque multos absque pietate trucidaverunt.”
Orderic too tells us (500 C) how “Anglicus Tyrannus, effuso
fratris et hostis sanguine, lætus intumuit, et peractâ multiplici
strage victor Lundoniam rediit.” Presently he uses the exact
words of William of Jumièges about the “fratricidium.”
Guy of Amiens also (Giles, 129) makes his elegiacs as fierce
as he can. I have already (p. 373) quoted two lines of him;
the whole passage runs thus;
“Rex Heraldus enim sceleratus ad ultima terræ,
Fratris ad exitium perfida tela parat.
Non modicam regni partem nam frater adeptus,
Tecta dabat flammis et gladiis populum.
Marte sub opposito currens Heraldus in hostes,
Non timuit fratris tradere membra neci.
Alter in alterutrum plus quam civile peregit
Bellum; sed victor, proh dolor, ipse fuit.
Invidus ille Caïn fratris caput amputat ense,
Et caput et corpus sic sepelivit humo.
Hæc tibi providit qui debita regna subegit,
Criminis infesti quatenus ultor eas.”
The Hyde writer has also his stone to fling at the fratricide.
First we read (p. 291), “Haroldus, Rex Anglorum, in borealibus
727Angliæ partibus constitutus, atque apud Eboracum civitatem contra
fratrem dimicans, fratricida infeliciter evasit.” Again (p. 293),
“Haroldo itaque apud Eboracum constituto, et post multum
laborem detestandumque fratricidium modicum respirante, fama
Normannorum advolat.” Lastly, William of Malmesbury, who in
his account of Stamfordbridge had spoken as an Englishman, turns
about and muses in this fashion (iii. 239); “Interea Haroldus de
pugnâ Noricorum revertebatur, suâ æstimatione felix quod vicerat;
meo judicio contra, quod parricidio victoriam comparârat.”
The force of party prejudice can really not go further than
this kind of talk. We can better forgive the Welsh writer who
(Brut y Tywysogion, 1066) tells us how “Harold, King of Denmark,
meditated the subjection of the Saxons; whom another
Harold, the son of Earl Godwin, who was then King in England,
surprised, unwarned and unarmed, and by sudden attack, aided
by national treachery, struck to the ground and caused his death.”
Still the Welshman’s notions of national treachery must have been
strange, and this lament or invective is oddly thrust into the
colourless narrative of the Annales Cambriæ. On the other hand
Snorro is never carried away in this sort. His mythical details
represent Harold as offering quarter to his brother and to his
enemies over and over again. Thus even fable bears witness to the
general character of our great King, and William of Malmesbury
had himself once (ii. 228) praised Harold’s clemency in his dealings
with his conquered enemies; “Rex Harvagre et Tostinus interempti;
Regis filius cum omnibus navibus domum clementer remissus.”
And now, for the last time, we come back for a moment to our
old companion, the Biographer of Eadward. His direct narrative
has long since failed us, but in one of his poetical flights (p. 426)
he has a very distinct allusion to the fight of Stamfordbridge.
He thinks the whole thing very wicked, but the subject of William
and laureate of Eadgyth takes care not to commit himself between
Harold and Tostig personally. He spares the Lady’s feelings the
details of the warfare between her brothers, but one or two of
his expressions are remarkable;
“Quis canet æquoreo vastum fervore tumentem
Humbram congressum Regibus æquivocis?
728
Sanguine barbarico per millia multa marinos
Tinxisse fluctus, flente polo facinus,
Quis demum scribet? quo mens languescit et horret
Auditus, tanti fama pudet sceleris.”
Presently (p. 427) the Muse warns him;
“Si non describis hostilia bella Griphini,
Vel busam vetitum corporibus fluere.”
The idea that the busses or keels could not pass for the dead bodies
is the same poetical common-place which we have met with several
times. See pp. 351, 369. We find it also, of all places, in
Arrian, ii. II. 11; Λέγει Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Λάγου, ξυνεπισπόμενος τότε
Ἀλεξάνδρῳ, τοὺς μετὰ σφῶν διώκοντας Δαρεῖον, ὡς ἐπὶ φάραγγί τινι ἐν τῇ
διώξει ἐγένοντο, ἐπὶ τῶν νεκρῶν διαβῆναι τὴν φάραγγα. Cf. Polybios, xii.
20, where there is something like a discussion of the subject.
Grote, Hist. Greece, xii. 167.
The ravages of William’s army in Sussex stand confessed in the
Norman writers, and there can be little doubt that they were systematic
ravages done with the settled object of bringing Harold to
a battle. The lasting nature of the destruction wrought at this
time is shown by the large number of places round about Hastings
which are returned in Domesday as “wasta.” As many of these as
can be identified I have marked in the map.
On the other hand Mr. Hayley, a South-Saxon antiquary, who is
quoted by Sir Henry Ellis (i. 314) and Mr. Taylor (Wace, 262),
strangely attributes the harrying of those places which lie at all
near the line of Harold’s march to the English, and not to
the Norman army. This notion would hardly have needed any
answer except from the sort of sanction given to it by the two
writers who quote Mr. Hayley. I do not suppose that any army
of any age ever passed through a district without doing some
damage, but to suppose that Harold systematically harried his
own Kingdom, and not only his own Kingdom, but a shire specially
729attached to his house and which contained a large portion of his
private estates, does seem to me the height of absurdity. A King
who was, as William of Poitiers tells us (see p. 412), hastening to
save the country from ravage, who, as Wace tells us (see p. 437),
indignantly refused to inflict the slightest unavoidable damage on
any of his people, was certainly not likely to mark his course by
systematic devastation. And, what is more, on such a hasty march
as Harold’s evidently was, Swend himself could not have done the
sort of permanent damage which is implied in the lands being returned
as “wasta” twenty years after. The ravaging must have
been something complete and systematic, like the ravaging of
Northumberland a few years later. Such ravaging could only
have been done by an army permanently encamped in the country,
as William’s was at Hastings. Also if Harold had ravaged, he
would have ravaged along his whole line of march, and not have
waited till he was within a few miles of Senlac. But Mr. Hayley
does not produce a single instance of a return of “wasta” along
the early part of Harold’s march; all the points are near either to
Hastings or to Senlac. I have no doubt that all these entries
record ravages inflicted by the army of William.
I have risked the conjecture that the Ansgardus of Guy of
Amiens (690 et seq.) is no other than Esegar the Staller, the
well-known grandson of Tofig the Proud. In this conjecture I
find that I have been forestalled by M. de Bonnechose (ii. 287).
At least I presume that he means Esegar by “le riche personnage
dont le nom est accompagné du titre de Stellarius [sic] (Comes
stabuli) ou connétable dans le Domesday book.” Thierry, in the
second note to his fourth book, takes Ansgardus for the name of
an office, the Hansward, which he fancies to be the title of some
magistrate, seemingly the chief magistrate of the City of London.
But I know of no municipal magistrate bearing the name of Hansward,
and the chief magistrate of London in these times is always
called the Port-Reeve. Ansgardus is clearly a proper name, and
730Esegar, who was evidently a man of great importance at the time,
bears a name which comes nearer to the form used by Guy than that
of any other eminent Englishman. Indeed in Domesday, 129 b, he
appears as “Ansgarus.” Esegar moreover was Sheriff of Middlesex,
which makes it still more likely that he should have been in command
of the forces of London. He is addressed (Cod. Dipl. iv. 211)
in a writ of Eadward for Middlesex along with Bishop William, Earl
Harold, and all the Thegns of the shire. In another writ (iv. 221)
his connexion with London is still more distinctly marked. “Eadward
King gret Ælfwold Bisceop and Esgár Stallere and alle mine
burhðegnes on Lundne freóndlíce.” He was therefore Staller, and
seemingly Sheriff, as early as 1045. See vol. ii. p. 63.
The other names which I have introduced come from entries in
Domesday. These entries are of course quite incidental, but, like
the mention of Æthelric (see above, p. 717), they have another kind
of importance which I shall discuss in another volume. Most of
the men spoken of were tenants of religious houses, but this does
not seem to have been the case with the two nameless Hampshire
freemen, whose land at the time of the Survey was in the hands of
a King’s Thegn, an Englishman named Ælfwig. The entry, as
far as we are now concerned with it, runs thus (Domesday, 50);
“Alwi filius Turber tenet de Rege Tederlec. Tres liberi homines
tenerunt in alodium de Rege E.... Duo ex his qui tenuerunt
occisi fuerunt in bello de Hastinges.”
The case of Ælfric of Huntingdonshire (Domesday, 208) is very
clear; the entry is as follows; “Terram Alurici de Gellinge et
Emingeforde testantur fuisse Sancti Benedicti.... Ipse autem
Aluricus occisus fuit in bello apud Hastinges.” The nameless
Norfolk man (Domesday, ii. 275 b) seems to have been a case of
the same kind. But Breme of Suffolk was a freeman of King
Eadward, and there is no mention of any connexion of his with
any religious house. The entry (Domesday, ii. 409 b) is as follows;
“In Dagaworda tenuit Breme liber homo regis E. qui fuit occisus
in bello Hastingensi.”
Godric the Sheriff and Thurkill of Berkshire are better ascertained
persons. Their deaths are recorded in the history of
Abingdon (vol. i. p. 484, and again p. 490). Of Thurkill we read,
“Quidam dives Thurkillus nomine, sub Haroldi Comitis testimonio
et consultu, de se cum suâ terrâ quæ Kingestun dicitur, ecclesiæ
731Abbendonensi et Abbati Ordrico homagium fecit” (see vol. ii. p. 42,
and on commendation vol. i. p. 129). The place is Kingston Bagpuze
in Berkshire, of which we read in Domesday (60 b), “Stanchill
tenuit T. R. E.,” whom Sir Henry Ellis (ii. 227) is no doubt right
in identifying with Thurkill. It is singular that Thurkill should
also have held of the King another lordship of the name of
Kingston in the same shire (see Domesday, 61). Godric the
Sheriff held various possessions in Berkshire, partly of the King,
partly of the Abbey (see Domesday, 60 b, where he appears as
“Godricus Vice-Comes”). He is also addressed in a writ of
Eadward for Berkshire (Cod. Dipl. iv. 200) along with Bishop
Hermann and Earl Harold and all the Thegns of the shire. The
possession specially spoken of in the Abingdon History is Fifhide
or Fifield, near Abingdon, where an ancient manor-house of the
fourteenth century no doubt marks the site of Godric’s dwelling.
Fifield was granted to the Abbey by King Eadgar (see the charter
in Hist. Ab. i. 323), and was held by Godric on the common
tenure for three lives. Domesday says (60 b), “Godricus Vice-Comes
tenuit de Abbate et non potuit ire quolibet cum istâ terrâ.”
As Thurkill had another Kingston, so Godric had another Fifhide,
held of the King. Of another Berkshire Godric (60 b), “Godricus
unus liber homo,” probably the Sheriff’s son, I shall have to speak
elsewhere.
The mention of Eadric the Deacon comes from Domesday, ii.
449; “In Kanavadisc [Cavendish in Suffolk] tenet Radulfus de
Limesi, unus liber homo Heroldi, quam tenuit Edricus Diaconus,
qui fuit mortuus cum eo in bello.” Surely the words “unus liber
homo Heroldi” ought to be transposed so as to apply to Eadric.
The presence of the Abbots Leofric and Ælfwig is well known.
The following is the local account (Mon. ii. 437) of the coming of
Ælfwig and his twelve monks. The first words I have quoted
already in vol. ii. p. 644.
“Rex Haraldus habuit avunculum, nomine Godwynum, qui adduxit
secum contra Willielmum Bastard in suo adventu in Angliam
in subsidio nepotis sui Haraldi, de domo suâ duodecim monachos
et viginti milites, pro servitio; quibus occisis et spoliatis, inventi
sunt memorati Abbas et monachi sub armis militaribus in habitu
monachili, et de Novo Wintoniæ Monasterio, videlicet de Hidâ,
cœnobitas esse.”
732
The day of William’s landing seems distinctly fixed by the
testimony of the Worcester and Peterborough Chronicles. The
former says, “Ða com Wyllelm eorl of Normandige into Pefnesea on
Sc̃e Michaeles mæsse æfen, and sona þæs hi fere wæron, worhton
castel æt Hæstinga port.” That is, they landed on the morning
of Thursday, September 28th, and, as we may suppose, reached
Hastings the next day. This becomes still clearer from the words
of the Peterborough Chronicler, who says, “And þa hwile com Willelm
eorl upp æt Hestingan, on sc̃e Michaeles mæssedæg.” That
is, he leaves out the landing at Pevensey, but brings William to
Hastings on the day when he must have come there according
to the other account. Orderic is therefore wrong when he says
(500 B), “Normannicus itaque exercitus iii. Kal. Octobr. mare
transfretavit, nocte quâ memoriam Sancti Michaelis Archangeli
Catholica Ecclesia festivè peragit.” The mistake arose from some
confusion between Saint Michael’s mass-day and Saint Michael’s
eve.
On the other hand, there is no doubt as to the day of the Battle
of Senlac. The Worcester Chronicle says expressly, “þis gefeoht wæs
gedon on þone dæg Calesti pape.” So Orderic (501 A), “Bellum
secundo Idus Octobr. horâ tertiâ commissum est.” It is strange
that so accurate a writer as Florence should have given a wrong
date, placing the battle on the 21st or 22nd, “xi. Kal. Novembris
Sabbato.” William of Jumièges (vii. 36) gives the right date,
“Pridie Idus Octobris.” But he makes (vii. 34) the strange
mistake of placing the Battle of Stamfordbridge only one week
before the Battle of Senlac (“Hæc pugna Nonis Octobris in die
Sabbati facta est”). I have no doubt that Harold reached Senlac
the day before the battle, that is on Friday, October 13th (see p.
446). William was thus a fortnight at Hastings, which agrees
with the “quindecim dies” of William of Malmesbury (iii. 238).
Of the dates of Harold’s movements during this time our accounts
are much less certain. We are told on authority which is
733not first rate that Harold spent five or six days in London whilst
his troops were coming in. “Deinde per sex dies innumeram
multitudinem Anglorum contraxit,” says William of Jumièges (vii.
35). So Gaimar (5257), “Cinc jurs i mist al asembler.” The
statement however is probable enough, and, in default of any
better authority, we may accept it. We have then to arrange
the other events accordingly. We may give two days to the march
from London to Senlac, making Harold leave London on Thursday
the 12th. He would thus have reached London on the 5th.
This puts Harold’s arrival in London exactly a week after William’s
landing at Pevensey, allowing three days for the messenger’s hasty
ride from Pevensey to York, and four days for the King’s somewhat
slower march from York to London. Sunday, October 1,
would seem to have been the day on which Harold heard the news
of William’s landing. The speed with which events followed one
another is almost miraculous, but that is the main characteristic
of these two wonderful campaigns.
The following may serve as an approximate calendar of these
events;
Wednesday,
Sept.
20.
Battle of Fulford.
Sunday,
”
24.
Surrender of York.
Monday,
”
25.
Battle of Stamfordbridge.
Wednesday,
”
27.
William sets sail.
Thursday,
”
28.
William at Pevensey.
Friday,
”
29.
William at Hastings.
Sunday,
October
1.
News brought to York.
Thursday,
”
5.
Harold in London.
Wednesday,
”
11.
Harold leaves London.
Friday,
”
13.
Harold at Senlac.
Saturday,
”
14.
Battle of Senlac.
I have spoken in the text of the extraordinary confusions and
contradictions which are found in the accounts of the messages
which are said to have passed between Harold and William before
the arrival of the English army at Senlac.
734According to William of Poitiers (128), a monk, sent as an
ambassador from Harold, reached William’s camp at Hastings
while the Duke was inspecting his ships (“Dum custodiam navium
viseret Dux, indicatum est fortè spatianti prope navalia monachum
Heraldi legatum adesse”), which therefore, it is plain, were not
burned. William talks with him, and pretends to be the Duke’s
seneschal, saying that the messenger cannot obtain an interview
with the Duke except through him. He bids the monk tell his
story to him, promising to bring it to his master’s ears. The monk
obeys, and is hospitably received and lodged that night. The next
day the monk is brought before a gathering of the Norman chiefs,
among whom he finds the supposed seneschal of yesterday to be no
other than the Duke himself. William bids him (“In crastino
discumbens in medio primatum suorum, cucullato advocato dixit”)
tell his story to the whole company. He then delivers Harold’s
message, which is much the same as I have given in p. 432. Now,
this message of Harold is obviously out of place as the first of
a series. Harold would never put arguments into William’s mouth
in the way in which he is made to do in this account. But it is
equally obvious that the latter part of the speech is thoroughly in
place as an answer to a great part of the Norman case. It is clear
that the order of the messages has been transposed, and that the
first message was sent by William to Harold, and not by Harold
to William. And indeed, to say nothing of the particular arguments
in either message, it was far more natural for the claimant
to send a first message to the actual possessor than for the actual
possessor to send a first message to the claimant. And this is
actually the order in which the story is told in Wace, whom I have
therefore not scrupled to follow. In his account (11891 et seqq.),
as soon as William hears that Harold has reached London, he
sends the monk of Fécamp, Hugh Margot, of whose speech I have
given the substance in p. 431. Harold is represented as being
kindled almost to madness at the message, and as being kept back
from personal violence to the messenger only by the interference of
Gyrth. This is doubtless a mere piece of Norman scandal akin to
the other stories which I have mentioned in p. 436. The alleged
violence is quite out of character with all that we know of Harold,
and the introduction of Gyrth, to whose exaltation Wace is so
strangely devoted, casts a further doubt on the story. But these
735mythical details in no way affect the probability of the order which
Wace gives to the messages. When Hugh Margot is gone, Harold
sends his own messenger, an Englishman who could speak French
(11949);
“Donc a Heraut pris un message
Ki de France sont li langage.”
The speech put into his mouth is an answer to the Norman claims,
but it takes a rather different line from the speech in William of
Poitiers. While the latter chiefly deals with the respective claims
of William and Harold to the Crown, the speech in Wace chiefly
deals with the question of the oath, which Harold maintains to be
of no force, as having been obtained by compulsion (11956);
“Se jo li ait fet folement,
Se jo unkes rien li pramis,
Por ma délivrance le fis;
Por mei délivrer li jurai,
Quant k’il me quist li otréai.
Ne me deit estre reprocé,
Quer nel’ fist nient de mon graé;
La force ert soe, si cremeie,
Se sa volonté ne faseie,
Ke jo jamaiz ne revertisse,
Et toz tems là remainsisse.”
The message winds up with the challenge for the battle on Saturday.
It is added that William treated the messenger well, and
gave him a horse and garments (“cheval è dras li fist doner,”
12026), on which Harold regretted his own ill-treatment of Hugh
Margot.
I ought however to mention that Guy of Amiens (197 et seqq.)
gives a version of these messages in which their substance differs
altogether from the version either of William of Poitiers or of Wace,
but which agrees in its order with William of Poitiers. Harold’s
messenger is sent from York. At the meeting of the English
captains, which I have described in p. 420, the King determines,
as the first step, to send a messenger to William. An eloquent
monk is chosen by the common voice of the assembly (203);
“Æquo consultu majorum necne minorum
Providus eloquio monachus eligitur.”
The message which he carries is simply a rhetorical demand that
William shall leave the country. Peace is offered if he will go
quietly, and restore his captives and plunder; otherwise Harold
threatens war. The last words enlarge on the vast numbers at
736Harold’s disposal, which he could not, if he would, keep back from
battle. England contained six hundred thousand fighting men
(221), all eager for fight.
“Militiam vix ipse suam populumque coercet:
Gens est quæ nullum novit habere modum.
Nam, Dominum testor, bis sex sibi millia centum
Sunt pugnatorum, prœlia qui sitiunt.”
William’s answer is also little more than a rhetorical statement
of his own right, and of Harold’s perjury, but it contains one
expression which is worth notice. William thus (231) sets forth
his rights;
“Excessi puerum, leviter nec regna petivi
Defunctis patribus debita jure mihi.”
This strong expression of William’s hereditary right may perhaps
be taken in connexion with the strange boast which the poet
afterwards puts into the mouth of another messenger of William
(331);
“Normannos proavus superavit, avusque Britannos;
Anglorum genitor sub juga colla dedit.”
William’s answer winds up by offering mercy to Harold if he will
repent and submit, and promising him his father’s Earldom on his
again becoming William’s man (243);
“Si quærit pacem, si vult delicta fateri,
Indulgens culpæ parcere promptus ero;
Terram quam pridem tenuit pater, hanc sibi reddam,
Ut meus ante fuit si meus esse velit.”
Now Wace clearly distinguishes between these messages, which he
describes as being exchanged while Harold was still in London, and
other messages, which he describes as being exchanged after Harold
had already encamped on Senlac. It is probable that messages
would be interchanged at both stages; when William of Poitiers
rolls the two stages into one, he only displays his usual disregard
of chronology, while Guy seems equally careless of geography.
Harold is first at York and then at Senlac, without a word about
the march or the sojourn in London. The Archdeacon makes his
monk, who is evidently the same as Wace’s Hugh Margot, go to
Harold, with the statement of William’s rights which I have given
in vol. ii. p. 302, and with the offer which I have given in p. 431.
737But he also offers, in the interests of humanity, a decision of the
quarrel by single combat (“at si conditionem hanc repudiaverit,
non duco justum ut homines mei vel sui concidant prœliando,
quorum in lite nostrâ culpa nulla est. Ecce paratus ego sum capite
meo contra caput illius asserere, quod mihi potiùs quam illi jure
cedat regnum Anglicum”). The Archdeacon now bursts forth into
a panegyric on his master’s skill in argument and on his hatred of
bloodshed; he then gives us Harold’s answer. His description is
certainly graphic. For a while Harold cannot speak (“stupore
expalluit, atque diu ut elinguis obticuit”); when he does speak,
the monk, to repeated questions, gets no answer beyond threats of
immediate battle (“pergimus continenter,” “pergimus ad prœlium”).
At the final offer of the single combat, Harold lifts up his face to
heaven, and says that God shall judge between him and William
(“tum levato Heraldus in cœlum vultu, ait: Dominus inter me et
Willelmum hodie quod justum est decernat”). All this happens
while Harold is not far off from Hastings (“mandata Heraldo
appropinquanti per monachum sunt relata”), and the battle seems
to begin almost directly after.
The same kind of confusion prevails in Guy’s account. The
message which I have already quoted is sent by Harold from York;
but immediately on the departure of its bearer we find a state of
things implying that the English army has already reached Senlac.
When the monk is gone, William makes a speech to his followers,
whom he addresses (250) as
“Francia quos genuit nobilitate cluens.”
And among them, besides Apulians and Calabrians (see p. 305), he
does not forget (258) the men of his great continental conquest;
“Viribus illustres Cenomanni, gloria quorum
Bello monstratur per probitatis opem.”
He expects a sudden attack of the English upon his camp, it being,
according to this account, the custom of the victor of Stamfordbridge
to conquer, not by force, but by fraud (264);
“Ejus enim mos est non vi, sed vincere fraude,
Spondendoque fidem porrigit ore necem.
Ergo cavere decet ne decipiamur ab illo,
Ni simus risus ludus et in populo.
Mandamus vobis quapropter castra tueri,
Irruat in castris ne malus ille latro.”
738He therefore sends a monk, seemingly half as spy, half as ambassador,
who reaches the English camp just as Harold was setting
out for a night attack on the camp of William (281);
“Rex acies armare jubet, Ducis atque latenter
Mandat ut invadant agmina, si valeant.
Æstimat in vigiles prosternere fraudibus hostes
Fallere dum quærit, fallitur atque ruit.”
The monk now once more sets forth to Harold how William had been
appointed heir to the Crown by Eadward with the assent of the
Witan, and how Harold had himself been the bearer to William of
a sword and a ring as witnesses of William’s election by King and
people (291);
“Hoc quia perplures testantur, et asserit idem
Assensu populi, consilio procerum,
Etguardus quod rex ut ei succederet hæres
Annuit, et fecit teque favente sibi.
Annulus est illi testis concessus et ensis,
Quæ per te nôsti missa fuisse sibi.”
Harold not unnaturally returns (301) an answer as indignant as that
which Wace puts into his mouth on the earlier occasion. God shall
judge between him and William on the morrow. All this is therefore
conceived as happening on the night of Friday, October 13th;
“Heraldus vultu distorto colla retorquens,
Legato dixit, ‘Vade retro, stolide.
Judice cras Domino, regni pars justa patebit,
Dividet ex æquo sacra manus Domini.’”
The monk goes back to his master and gives him a report of what
he had seen in the English camp, some expressions of which I have
already quoted here and there. It is remarkable also (323) for
speaking of the English in a contemptuous way of which there is no
trace when Guy comes to the actual battle, and which oddly enough
forestalls the description which we have of Norman fashions in the
next generation (see Ord. Vit. 701 A; Eadmer, 23);
“Fors numerum metues: numerus sed viribus expers
Plurimus a minimo sæpe repulsus abit.
Est sibi milities unctis depexa capillis,
Fœminei juvenes Martis in arte pigri;
Et quot sunt, ovibus totidem sunt æquiparandi,
Ut vulpes pavidi fulguris ad sonitum.”
739These two descriptions of the final message and the final answer
of Harold are evidently the same as those which Wace (12254 et
seqq.) describes as taking place after the English were encamped on
the hill. The accounts are essentially the same; both contain the
same offer of single combat, which seems more appropriate now
than before. I have therefore followed Wace in making two sets
of messages, one exchanged in London, the other (see p. 447) on
the day before the battle. William of Malmesbury also (iii. 239–240)
brings in a message and an answer at this stage. But he also
brings in here the proposal of Gyrth that Harold should fall back
on London (see p. 434). He adds also, like Guy, some expressions
borrowed from the earlier message in William of Poitiers, the talk
namely about the grant of the Crown by Eadward with the consent
of the Earls, and also the story of the hostages. Both Wace
and William make the Duke offer Harold a choice of three things,
the single combat being the last alternative. The only difference
is that in Wace the offer that Harold should hold the Kingdom
under William (“ut [regnum] sub eo regnaturus teneret”) is made
at a second and final message, after Harold had refused any of the
three alternatives. The division of the Kingdom between Harold
and Gyrth, as I have described it in p. 448, is clearly marked in
Wace, 12340;
“E li Dus à Heraut manda,
Se son covenant li teneit,
Northonblonde tut li donreit,
E kank ultre le Humbre aureit,
Ki à cel regne aparteneit;
E poiz donreit à Guert son frere
La terre Gwigne lor pere.”
In both accounts there is a mention of the Pope and his clergy,
but with the very important difference which I have noted in
pp. 449–450.
With all these contradictions before me, I do not pretend to have
reached any certainty as to details; but I think that we may safely
accept two sets of messages, and I hope that I have fairly given
their general tenor.
740
The two passages which I have quoted at p. 445 from the
Worcester Chronicle and from Florence distinctly charge Harold
with fighting a battle with insufficient numbers. The passage
from the Worcester Chronicle follows immediately on the words
“Wyllelm him com ongean on unwær, ær his folc gefylced wære.”
So the Peterborough writer, “Harold com norðan, and him wið
gefeaht éar þan þe his here com eall.” Florence is still fuller;
“Licet ... bene sciret ... mediam partem sui exercitûs nondum
convenisse, quam citiùs tamen potuit, in Suth-Saxoniâ suis
hostibus occurrere non formidavit, et novem milliariis ab Hæstinga
ubi sibi castellum firmaverant, priusquam tertia pars sui exercitûs
ordinaretur ... cum eis prœlium commisit.”
So William of Malmesbury, as quoted at p. 423 (ii. 228), says
that Harold had with him very few troops except the Housecarls.
Presently he adds, “pauci et manu promptissimi fuere, qui, caritati
corporum renuntiantes, pro patriâ animas posuere.” And again in
iii. 2393 “Haroldus ... paucissimo stipatus milite, Hastingas protendit.”
So the writer De Inventione, c. 20;
“Modico stipatus agmine Rex properat ad expugnandas gentes
exteras, heu nimis animosus, minùs quidem quam expediret circumspectus,
propriis quidem magis quam suorum confidens viribus....
Non potuit de pari contendere, qui modico stipatus agmine,
quadruplo congressus exercitui, sorti se dedit ancipiti.”
The Norman writers, on the other hand, can hardly find words
strong enough to set forth the countless numbers of the English
host. William of Poitiers (132) rises, as might have been expected,
to one of his grandest flights; “Scribens Heraldi agmen
illud veterum aliquis in ejus transitu flumina epotata, silvas in
planum redactas fuisse memoraret. Maximæ enim ex omnibus
undique regionibus copiæ Anglorum convenerant.” A little way
on (133) he talks of their “ingens numerositas.” Guy enlarges
throughout on the numbers of the English. He makes William’s
monk say (321),741
“Quo graditur, silvas planis deducit adesse,
Et per quæ transit flumina sicca facit.”
And afterwards (441) we read,
“Anglorum populus, numero superante, repellit
Hostes.”
But I presume that the twelve hundred thousand men of whom
the English monk is made to speak (223) means the whole military
population of England and not the host actually encamped on
Senlac;
“Nam Dominum testor, bis sex sibi millia centum
Sunt pugnatorum, prœlia qui sitiunt.”
So Orderic (500 D) and William of Jumièges (vii. 35) speak of an
“innumera multitude.”
Wace makes Harold boast (12999) that he has four hundred
thousand men;
“Ke chevaliers ke paisanz
Par quatre foiz chent mil armez.”
But when he speaks in his own person (12913) he speaks with
his usual good sense;
“Heraut out grant pople è estult,
De totes parz en i vint mult;
Maiz multitude petit vaut
Se la virtu du ciel i faut.
Plusor è plusor unt poiz dit
Ke Heraut aveit gent petit,
Por ço ke à li meschaï;
Maiz plusors dient è jel di,
Ke cuntre un home altre envéia,
La gent al Duc poi foisonna,
Maiz li Dus aveit veirement
Plusors baronz è meillor gent.”
Wace here rebukes the English exaggerations; so William of
Malmesbury (ii. 228) rebukes the Norman exaggerations; “Sed
mihi videntur errare qui Anglorum numerum accumulant et fortitudinem
extenuant; ita Normannos, dum laudare intendunt, infamiâ
respergunt.”
My own ideas I have set forth pretty plainly in the text. It
is very likely that Harold, by waiting longer, might have gathered
a larger army, but, as far as a civilian may venture to judge of
such a matter, it seems to me that a larger army would not have
been of any use. Harold clearly had men enough to defend the
hill. If indeed he could have exchanged his irregular levies
for the Thegns and Housecarls of Eadwine and Morkere, that
might have made a difference, but that is not a question of
numbers. We must allow for obvious exaggeration on both sides,
742and perhaps Wace strikes as good a balance between the two as
any. It is impossible to go over the battle-field with the Norman
accounts in one’s hand and not to feel the consummate generalship
which led Harold to the choice and defence of the post which he
chose. And this time I venture to appeal from Harold’s admirers
and censurers to Harold himself.
I have given in the text the legend of the miraculous warning
given to Harold by the Holy Rood at Waltham, because there is
probably thus much of truth in the story, that Harold really
visited Waltham in the interval between the two battles. But
when the notion of a miraculous interposition had once got afloat,
the story, as usual, took various forms. According to the legend
preserved by the Hyde writer (p. 293), Harold, on his march from
London to Senlac, entered a church to pray. As soon as he left
the building, the tower fell; this of course portended the fall of
Harold’s Kingdom (“fertur etiam quod in ipso itinere, ecclesiam
illo introeunte orandi gratiâ, turris ejusdem post exeuntem solo
tenus corruit, regnumque Anglorum quam citiùs corruere designaverit”).
There is nothing to remark in this story, unless it be that
the notion of Harold entering a church on his journey may be
taken from the picture of his entering Bosham church on his
earlier journey (Tapestry, plate 1), where the church is, strangely
enough, represented without a tower.
The other version is found in the anonymous continuation of
Wace’s Brut (Chroniques Anglo-Normandes, i. 70, quoted also in
Taylor’s Wace, 289). The two armies are encamped near Hastings;
“A Hastinges sunt encontré
Li rois e li dux par grant fierté.”
Harold rises in the morning, and goes to hear mass in a church
near the battle-field (“assez près à un moster”). The priests
have consecrated the host and sung the Pater Noster, when a cry
743comes, “The Duke is upon us!” The King at once leaves the
church, and rushes to the battle. If, the poet adds, he had waited
for the Agnus Dei and the Pax, he would have vanquished the
Duke in battle or would have held his Kingdom in peace.
“Si le Agnus Dei eust atendu
E la pais eust recéu,
Par pais eust la terre tenu
U par bataille le dux vencu.”
This story seems to come from the account of the battle of Ashdown
in Asser (M. H. B. 476 C, copied also by Florence, 871), where the
Danes attack the English while Æthelred and his brother Ælfred
are hearing mass. Ælfred rushes out at once to the battle, while
Æthelred waits for the end of the service. But the myth-maker
now goes on to add the Waltham legend itself, strangely translated
from its natural place. After the King has left the church—seemingly
the church near Senlac—the stone cross gives the same
marvellous sign which it gives in the Waltham story; and to confirm
our faith in the tale, we are bidden to go to Waltham and
see the cross behind the high altar, and Harold lying in the choir;
“Quant il issit del moster,
La croiz, ke fu fait de père,
Après le rois ad encliné
C’onques puis la teste levé.
Ki ke volt ceo saver,
A Walteham, ultre le halt auter,
Meimes cel croiz purra trover
E roi Haraud gisant en quer.”
The two stories are here very awkwardly joined together, and
there cannot be the least doubt that the version in the De Inventione
gives the legend in its earliest and genuine form.
I had hoped to deal with the great battle as I have dealt with
the other great points of my history, that is to give a narrative
of the events as I conceive them, uninterrupted by foot-notes,
and to discuss all details in a separate essay. But I found
this course impossible. My view of the battle is founded on
so many minute hints in so many different writers that I found
that, if I separated my particular statements from the evidence
on which they rest, I should be practically calling on the reader
to accept the statements without full means of testing them. To
every statement therefore which seemed open to any possibility
744of question, I have added the authority on which I ground it.
Each reader can therefore judge for himself how far my narrative
is borne out by my authorities. At the same time I think
that no one will be justified either in confidently accepting or
in confidently rejecting my version, unless he has himself gone
over the ground with the original accounts fresh in his memory.
I have myself visited Battle four times. The first time was as long
ago as 1853, when I was already deeply interested in the subject,
but when I had not yet planned the present work. I went more
carefully over the ground, with a special reference to this history,
in July 1866, and again in December 1868. This third time I
had the advantage of the company of Mr. J. R. Green, who has a
much keener eye than I have for topography, especially for military
topography. But I am happy to say that his observations had
mainly the effect of explaining and confirming the conclusions to
which I had come two years before. Lastly, in the same month
I walked specially from Hastings to Battle, a part of the process
almost as needful as the survey of the actual battle-ground.
Most of the accounts of the battle, ancient and modern, show
very little understanding of the site. Of the primary authorities,
William of Poitiers and Guy of Amiens both show by several touches
that they understood it. But Guy alone bears the position in
mind throughout his story. William begins with an excellent
description, but his topography is soon lost in his rhetoric. The
local historian, the author of the Chronicon de Bello, is still more
distinct; so is the author of the Brevis Relatio. The Tapestry gives
but little idea of the general site, though some particular incidents
are displayed with wonderful vividness. Wace, I think, could not
have seen the ground. The English contemporary writers give no
details of any kind; the later writers, as William of Malmesbury and
Henry of Huntingdon, give incidental help, which is sometimes very
valuable, but they seem to have had very little notion of the general
position. Henry of Huntingdon is the most remarkable case. The
latter part of his account contains a great deal that is very much to
the purpose, and we owe to him the admirable comparison of Harold’s
camp to a castle (see p. 442). Yet this follows on a statement so
grotesquely inaccurate as that Harold “aciem suam construxit in
planis Hastinges” (M. H. B. 762 C). It will be easily seen that
my narrative is mainly drawn from the Tapestry, William of
745Poitiers, and Guy, using the other writers, Wace at their head, as
subsidiary. In no part of the enquiry does the paramount value
of the Tapestry come out more strongly. There is little contradiction
among the primary authorities as to the main facts, though
they often differ as to their order. In these cases I have had to
choose according to the best of my discretion; the reader must
judge with what success.
The modern accounts, including those of Thierry, Lappenberg,
M. de Bonnechose, and Mr. St. John, seem to have been written with
little or no attention to the ground. If we learn from them that
Harold’s position was on a hill, it is as much as we do. Sir Francis
Palgrave, in his early work (Hist. Ang. Sax. 385), so completely
misunderstood the battle as to say that Harold, when struck by the
arrow, “dropped from his steed in agony,” and this is actually
reprinted in his posthumous third volume, p. 317. Lord Lytton,
in his romance, shows a better understanding of the site than anybody
else; he had at least seen it; but he has unfortunately encumbered
his picture of the battle with many incidents which are
imaginary and impossible. An intelligent local antiquary of the
district, Mr. M. A. Lower, has done more to explain matters than
any professed historian. His account (see Sussex Archæological
Collections, vol. vi. p. 15, and Lower’s Contributions to Literature,
p. 36) is very carefully done, and it brings out several points which
had never been brought out before. Mr. Lower evidently knows
the ground well, and he has made good use of Guy of Amiens, to
whose full value no earlier writer seems to have been alive. Mr.
Lower’s paper is on the whole very satisfactory as far as it goes,
and I shall not have to speak of many points of difference between
his views and mine. I may however mention that Mr. Lower has
been misled as to the site of the Standard. The point commonly
shown as such is plainly the site of the altar of the Lady Chapel;
the site of the Standard was marked by the high altar, which of
course stood further to the west.
Having thus, much against my will, encumbered my text with
a cloud of references, I have now only to discuss a few points which
seem to call for explanation or to be open to controversy.
1. The name of Senlac for the hill on which Harold encamped
rests, as far as I know, solely on the authority of Orderic, who
seems to take a kind of pleasure in repeating it. The spot was
746anciently called Senlac (501 A); the battle was fought “in campo
Senlac” (598 A); “in epitumo Senlac” (659 B)—whatever “epitumo”
may mean; the Abbey was founded on Senlac (505 B);
the battle is the battle of Senlac (“Senlacium bellum” 502 D, 504
A, “certamen Senlacium” 523 A). I do not profess to know the
etymology of the name, and Orderic’s form may possibly be corrupt.
But he cannot have invented the word, which evidently survives in
“Santlaches,” “Saintlake,” &c. (in various spellings), “the Lake,”
“Battle Lake,” and so forth, the local names for the south-eastern
part of the town. (See Lower, p. 70.) “Sanglac” or “Sanguelac”
I take to be simply a French pun on the name. On the authority of
Orderic then, I have not scrupled systematically to use the word,
especially as a name for the spot is wanted. In Domesday and elsewhere
the battle is “bellum Hastingense,” “bellum apud Hastinges,”
but that is simply as Stamfordbridge is “bellum apud Eboracum.”
2. The story of Harold and Gyrth going by night to spy out the
Norman camp (see p. 447) comes from Wace, 12120–12217. Like
a good deal that is said about Gyrth, it rests on no sufficient
evidence. The tendency to exalt Gyrth is common to several of
the Norman writers, but it comes out more strongly in Wace
than anywhere else. In fact this part of his poem is little short of
a Gyrthiad. The English Earl is perhaps less prominent than the
Norman Duke, but he is more prominent than any one else. Wace
evidently takes a special pleasure in talking of him; the conception
of his character is well drawn, and his story is wrought up with
a good deal of epic skill, till he is cut down at the very end of the
battle by the hand of William himself. We may accept the valour
and wisdom of Gyrth on the witness of his enemies; but there must
be some reason for the special favour which he enjoys. Perhaps it
was felt to be necessary to the greatness of William that he should
be matched with a worthy adversary. Harold’s skill and valour are
not disputed, but the perjurer and usurper could not be painted as a
hero in the higher sense. The place was open for Gyrth, and it doubtless
suited his traditional character. But all this makes me somewhat
suspicious of the details of any story in which he is prominent.
3. William of Poitiers (132) has a strange statement that there
were Danish auxiliaries at Senlac; “Copiosa quoque auxilia miserat
eis [Anglis] cognata terra Danorum.” There is not a word more
about them in his narrative, nor, as far as I know, anywhere else.
747By Danes is possibly meant Northumbrians. The few Yorkshire
volunteers who followed Harold (see p. 424) may have got magnified
into an army fresh from Denmark. I do not understand what
Lappenberg (549) means, when he says, “die Dänen wurden unbrauchbar,
da sie nicht gegen Herzog Wilhelm selbst fechten zu
wollen erklärten.” Does this come from the words which immediately
follow in William of Poitiers? “Non tamen audentes cum
Willelmo ex æquo confligere, plus eum quam Regem Noricorum
extimentes, locum editiorem præoccupavere, montem silvæ per quam
advenere vicinum.” But this simply means the occupation of Senlac
by the English army in general.
4. The order of events (see p. 482) as to the real and the feigned
flight of the Normans differs a good deal in our authorities. William
of Poitiers gives the order which I have followed. The feigned
flight is suggested to William by the fortunate result of the real
flight. See p. 489, note 1. But in Guy’s version (423 et seqq.)
the feigned flight at first succeeds; the fugitives turn and slay ten
thousand of the accursed Englishmen;
“Pars ibi magna perit, pars et densata resistit;
Millia namque decem sunt ibi passa necem.
Ut pereunt mites bacchante leone bidentes,
Sic compulsa mori gens maledicta ruit.”
(vv. 435–438.)
But the superior numbers of the English give them the advantage,
and the Normans are driven to fly in earnest;
“Anglorum populus, numero superante, repellit
Hostes, inque retro compulit ora dari;
Et fuga ficta priùs fit tunc virtute coacta;
Normanni fugiunt, dorsa tegunt clipei.”
(vv. 441–444.)
Then William recalls the fugitives; another attack is made on the
English, and Gyrth is killed. The account of William of Poitiers
seems much more natural and probable; but that of Guy may be
thought to be confirmed by the Tapestry, which places (pl. 15) the
scene of William and Odo recalling the troops both after the death
of Gyrth and Leofwine (pl. 14) and after the incidents of the ravine
and the little hill (p. 490). On the whole I look on the Tapestry
as the highest authority of the three, but in the nature of things
exact chronological order is not its strongest point. See for instance
748the awkward shifts to which the designer is driven in pl. 14 to
express the attack of the Normans on several points of the English
position at once.
5. As to the part of Eustace in the battle (see p. 483) our
accounts are somewhat contradictory. William of Poitiers mentions
only his advice to Duke William in the pursuit after the
battle (see p. 503), but he tells us elsewhere (157) that Eustace
had given his son to William as a hostage (“filium de fide ante
bellum in Normanniâ obsidem dederat”). This may possibly imply
some suspicion either of his courage or of his good faith. Guy tells
us of his giving his horse to William (see p. 487) and of his share
in the butchery of Harold (see p. 499). In the Tapestry (pl. 15)
Eustace is shown giving some piece of advice to William at the
very moment of the Duke recalling the fugitives, and William
certainly does not seem to be giving him much attention. The
nature of his advice, as I have given it in the text, comes from
Benoît (37414–37421). William has just spoken to the fugitives;
“Dunc vint poignant Quens Eustace,
Qui le Duc effreie e manace,
E dit: ‘Morz est, por veir, senz faille,
S’il ne se part de la bataille:
Nul recovrer n’a mais és suens.’
Ci pout grant ponte aveir li Quens,
Qu’à trop mauvaise e à trop fole
Fu puis tenue la parole.”
On the other hand, the local chronicler of Battle (p. 4) seems to
claim for Eustace, the only man besides the Duke and William
Faber whom he mentions by name, the main credit of the device
of the feigned flight; “Strenuissimus Boloniæ Comes Eustachius
clam callidâ præmeditatâ arte, fugam cum exercitu Duce simulante,
super Anglos sparsim agiliter insequentes cum manu validâ a tergo
irruit.” This picking out of Eustace as a special hero is significant.
It is plainly meant as a contradiction; but what is the value of the
contradiction? The passage from Benoît seems to fit in admirably
with the scene in the Tapestry; still it is possible that Eustace is
giving some other advice, and that Benoît transferred to this point
the advice given in the later pursuit.
6. The death of Gyrth is told as I have told it (see p. 485) by
Guy (471–480). William kills him with his own hand;
“Nam velox juvenem sequitur veluti leo frendens,
Membratim perimens, hæc sibi verba dedit:
‘Accipe promeritam nostri de parte coronam,
Si periit sonipes hanc tibi reddo pedes.’”
749In the Tapestry (pl. 14) Gyrth and Leofwine are killed at this
stage of the battle or earlier, but seemingly not by the hand of
William. Wace (13947 et seqq.) makes the fall of Gyrth the last
act of the battle, after Harold is dead; the deed is wrought by
William’s own hand;
“Guert vit Engleiz amenuisier,
Vit k’il n’i out nul recovrier,
Vit son lignage dechaeir:
De sei garir n’out nul espeir,
Fuir s’en volt, maiz ne poeit,
Ke la presse toz tems creisseit.
A tant puinst li Dus, si l’ateint,
Par grant aïr avant l’empeint,
Ne sai se de cel colp morut,
Maiz ço fu dit ke pose jut.”
Wace, it will be seen, does not commit himself to Gyrth’s death, no
doubt with an eye to a legend which I shall speak of in a later
note.
Of these three accounts I follow that of Guy, as the clearest in
itself, and as drawing a certain amount of support from each of the
other versions. It agrees with the Tapestry in placing the death
of Gyrth early in the battle; it agrees with Wace in making him
die by the hand of William.
The group in the Tapestry (pl. 14) representing the deaths of
Gyrth and Leofwine is well worth study. Five Englishmen are
shown, two of whom are falling dead. Of the other three, one is
manfully wielding his axe, another his spear; a third rushes up,
sword in hand. Can these be the five Wulfnothingas, Ælfwig,
Harold, Gyrth, Leofwine, and Hakon? Might not the Abbot, a man
of a past generation, use the sword rather than the axe? It should
be noticed that it is only here, and again in the group immediately
round Harold in pl. 16, that we see the round shield with the boss,
spoken of in p. 473, either in the main picture or in the border.
7. The part in the battle played by the small detached hill (see
p. 490) has, as far as I know, never been mentioned by any modern
writer. I must leave it to the reader to judge whether the words
of William of Malmesbury and the representation in the Tapestry,
when taken together, bear out the meaning which I have put upon
them. The hill is very distinctly marked in the Tapestry, and it
seems impossible that the words “occupato tumulo” in William’s
account can mean the general occupation of the hill of Senlac itself
by the English army.
8. It will be seen that I make (pp. 490, 503) two occasions
when the Normans suffered from an attack of English fugitives in
750marshy ground. The scene described by William of Malmesbury,
and represented in the Tapestry as happening comparatively early
in the battle, cannot be the same as that which William of Poitiers,
Orderic, and the Battle Chronicler place at the very end of the
battle. The order in the Tapestry may not always be quite exact,
but it could not go so far wrong as this. The ground also
supplies places which exactly suit both occasions. Mr. Lower (Contributions
to Literature, 54) identifies the account in William of
Malmesbury with the account in the Battle Chronicler. But this
last seems very well to describe, with some exaggeration, the steep
ground north of the hill (Chron. de Bello, 5);
“Siquidem et inter hostiles gladios miserabile quoddam, in
proximo spatiosè protentum, ex naturali telluris hiatu vel forsan
ex procellarum concavatione, præcipitium vastè patens, licet uti in
vastitate dumis vel tribulis obsitum, oculis minùs prævideretur,
innumeros et maximè Normannorum Anglos persequentium, suffocavit.
Nam dum inscii cum impetu dissilirent ibidem in præceps
acti, flebiliter contriti necabantur. Quod quidem baratrum, sortito
ex accidenti vocabulo, Malfosse hodieque nuncupatur.”
This is evidently the scene of the slaughter of Normans which
took place in the dark, after Harold’s death, when the light-armed
English were flying. It lies in the natural direction for their flight;
but it does not at all suit the circumstances of the first slaughter,
which must have happened somewhere to the south or south-west
of the hill. The small ravine to the south-west seems exactly what
is wanted.
9. The time at which Harold died (see p. 498) seems clear from
Florence, and with his statement most of the other accounts agree.
It is clear from the Tapestry that Harold was cut down by the four
knights almost immediately after he received the wound in the eye.
Wace (13299 compared with 13932) seems—perhaps only seems—to
make a long time pass between Harold’s first wound and his death.
I need hardly stop to refute the strange mistake of William of
Jumièges (vii. 36) followed by Orderic (501 D); “Heraldus ipse
in primo militum progressu (“congressu,” Ord.) vulneribus letaliter
confossus occubuit.” Orderic puts the death of Leofwine soon after
(“deinde”), but this time he does not name Gyrth.
The battle of Senlac seems in several points to have borne much
751likeness to the battle of Aghrim, described by Macaulay, iv. 90.
It is the last battle of Saint Ruth.
“The spot on which he had determined to bring the fate of
Ireland to issue seems to have been chosen with great judgment.
His army was drawn up on the slope of a hill, which was almost
surrounded by red bog. In front, near the edge of the morass,
were some fences out of which a breastwork was without difficulty
constructed.”
We read of the great difficulties which the English found in
crossing the muddy ground and attacking the hill. “Again and
again the assailants were driven back. Again and again they returned
to the struggle. Once they were broken, and chased across
the morass: but Talmash rallied them, and forced the pursuers to
retire.” The battle is decided, as evening is closing in, by Saint
Ruth’s death by a cannon-ball. The Irish breastwork is carried,
and most of its defenders slain, either on the hill or in the pursuit.
“The number of the slain was, in proportion to the number engaged,
greater than in any other battle of that age.”
I am sorry that I have not seen the ground, but when I was in
Ireland some years back, the likeness between the two battles had
not struck me.
I believe that I have gradually felt my way to the true
history and position of a somewhat mysterious person of whom
we get glimpses in the reign of Eadward, and who becomes
prominent under William. This is Ralph, called of Gael or of
Wader, afterwards Earl of Norfolk or of the East Angles (Fl. Wig.
1074), whom I believe to have been of English birth, and whom
I therefore have not scrupled to speak of in the text as an English
traitor. This I do on the express authority of the Abingdon and
Peterborough Chronicles (1075–1076). In recording the famous
bride-ale which led to the death of Waltheof, both Chroniclers, with
slight verbal difference, expressly say that Ralph Earl of Norfolk
was Breton indeed on his mother’s side, but that his father was an
752Englishman of the same name, born in Norfolk (“se ylca Raulf
wæs Brittisc on his modor healfe, and Rawulf his fæder wæs
Englisc, and wæs geboren on Norðfolce”). William of Malmesbury
indeed (iii. 255), seemingly with the Chronicle before him,
calls Ralph “Brito ex patre.” This may be either a mistake or
an intended correction, but it can hardly outweigh the testimony
of the two Chroniclers. We have another indication of
Ralph’s English origin, in an entry in the Norfolk Domesday
(131), where we find mention of “Goduinus avunculus Radulphi
Comitis.” In classical Latin the word “avunculus” would rather
show that Ralph’s connexion with England was only on the mother’s
side, but, as I have before shown (vol. ii. p. 644), “avunculus” had
now got the general sense of “uncle.” A man named Godwine
must have been an Englishman; and we thus find two brothers,
Ralph and Godwine, both of them Norfolk landowners, one the
father and the other the uncle of Ralph the Earl. Ralph as the
name of an Englishman is certainly puzzling, but as we find in England
a solitary Lothar (see vol. i. p. 334), a solitary Frederick (see
p. 555), and a nearly solitary Carl, a solitary Ralph does not seem
impossible. Or if any one pleases, Ralph may have been English
in the sense of being an English-born son of one of the French
followers of Emma, which would account for one of his two sons
bearing a French name and the other an English one.
The English birth of Ralph thus seems plain from the Chronicles,
and it is not set aside by the passages which, like William of
Malmesbury quoted above, speak of him as a “Breton.” He is
“genere Brito” in William of Jumièges (vii. 25; viii. 15). So
Wace, 11512 and 13627, in which latter place the words are, “Bret
esteit è Bretonz menout.” He was the son of a Breton mother;
he held the castles of Wader and Montfort (Ord. Vit. 535 C) in his
mother’s country, and he appeared at Senlac in command of a body
of his mother’s countrymen. That he should therefore be spoken
of as a Breton is really not wonderful.
The evidence of Domesday also no less distinctly gives us two
Ralphs in Norfolk, father and son. The elder Ralph is clearly
the same as Ralph the Staller of Eadward’s time (see vol. ii. p. 347,
and Taylor’s Wace, 226). The number of entries T. R. E. in his
name is very great, especially in Norfolk and Suffolk. He also
signs many charters. In Cod. Dipl. iv. 121, of 1055, he signs as
753“Minister,” and is distinguished from “Radulfus Dux.” In 1060 (iv.
143) he signs as “Regis Dapifer,” in 1061 (iv. 151) as “Minister,”
in 1062 (iv. 159) as “Regis Aulicus,” and in the charter of Abbot
Ælfwig, quoted in vol. ii. p. 347, he appears as “Steallere” along
with Esegar and Bondig. But we can go a little further. The
signatures and the entries in Domesday belonging to Ralph the
Staller must not be confounded with those of Earl Ralph of Hereford,
King Eadward’s nephew, from whom we find him pointedly
distinguished, both in the charter just quoted, and in Domesday,
337, where both Earl and Staller appear in the same entry. Yet
the elder Ralph of Norfolk seems to have borne the title of Earl.
The many entries of “Radulfus Comes” in the East-Anglian Domesday
generally belong to the younger Ralph, for in several of them
the forfeiture of his lands to William is mentioned. But Ralph
the father is clearly distinguished in two entries (128 b and 129)
as “Comes R. vetus;” and in 194 we find “Radulfus Comes”
holding land T. R. E., after which the entry goes on to say, “postea
tenuit Radulfus Comes, filius ejus, postea Ailmarus Episcopus de
utroque, postea Arfastus Episcopus.” Lastly, in 409 b we read of
land in Suffolk; “Hanc habuit Radulfus Stalra in vadimonio de vicecomite
Toli [the Sheriff who appears in Cod. Dipl. iv. 208, and in
many other writs of Eadward] ... et tenebat die quâ Rex E. fuit
mortuus, et postea Radulfus filius ejus.”
This evidence seems quite distinct. There were two Ralphs in
Norfolk, father and son, the younger being the son of a Breton
mother. The elder was Staller, and is also called Earl; he must
have held some subordinate government under Gyrth. He was in
possession of his lands at the time of Eadward’s death, and he was
succeeded in them by his son. The elder Ralph must therefore
have died early in the reign of Harold. But as we find his son
fighting among his mother’s countrymen on William’s side at
Senlac, it is plain that the younger Ralph must have been outlawed
by Harold for some unrecorded treason or other crime.
He then evidently migrated to his mother’s country and joined
himself to the Breton followers of William. One of the entries
in Domesday would almost seem to show that part of his lands
were granted by Harold or Gyrth to the East Anglian Bishoprick.
Of his career in William’s reign we shall hear in my next volume.
754I can only regret that I had not fully worked out these facts
sooner, as some of them throw light on Harold’s character and
position. Whether Ralph was a partizan of William or of Tostig,
or what other crime may have led to his outlawry, I do not venture
to guess.
I have quoted in the text those passages of the contemporary
writers which distinctly assert a burial of Harold on the rocks
at Hastings. I will now quote the authorities which assert a
burial at Waltham. The full story is given in the De Inventione
(c. 21). The two Canons, Osgod and Æthelric, go to the Duke
and ask for the body. William answers that Harold, notwithstanding
his crimes, shall not be deprived of burial (“Rex vester
fidei suæ religionis immemor, etsi dignas transgressionis ad præsens
exsolverit pœnas, non meruit sepulturæ beneficio privari”). He
adds that it is his design to found a church, to be served by a body
of an hundred monks, who are to pray for the soul of Harold and
of all others who died in the battle. In that church Harold shall
be buried with all honour (“paratus sum ... ipsum Regem vestrum
in ecclesiâ eâdem debito cum honore præ cæteris sublimare”).
The Canons offer William ten marks of gold that their founder
may be buried in his own church where he wished to be buried
(“corpus ad locum quem instituit ipse remittere”). William grants
their prayer, but refuses the money. They strive in vain to find
the body. Osgod then goes home and brings Eadgyth, by whom
it is found. The body is then taken to Waltham amidst a vast
concourse both of Englishmen and Normans (“multis heroum
Normanniæ comitatûs honorem corpori exhibentibus”).
The story however does not rest only on the authority of the
Waltham writer. William of Malmesbury (iii. 247), after saying
that the body was given to Gytha (see p. 512), adds, “acceptum
itaque apud Waltham sepelivit, quam ipse ecclesiam ex proprio
constructam in honore Sanctæ Crucis canonicis impleverat.” Wace
755(14093) had evidently heard two or three stories, and with his
usual discretion he avoided committing himself, but he distinctly
asserts a burial at Waltham;
“Li Reis Heraut fu emportez,
E à Varham fu enterrez;
Maiz jo ne sai ki l’emporta,
Ne jo ne sai ki l’enterra.”
The continuator of Wace’s Brut, in the passage which I have
already quoted (see above, p. 743), buries Harold in the choir at
Waltham. The French Biographer of Eadward (4631) tells the
same story;
“Le cors le roi Haraud unt quis,
E truvé entre les ocis:
E pur co ke il rois esteit,
Granté est k’enterrez seit
Par la prière sa mère.
Portez fu le cors en bère,
A Wautham est mis en carcu,
Kar de la maisun fundur fu.”
Now, in harmonizing these accounts, it is impossible to escape
the strong contemporary evidence which asserts that Harold’s body
really was buried on the coast of Sussex. The statements of William
of Poitiers and Guy, though they may differ in one or two
trifling details, must be admitted as to the main fact. But the
evidence for a burial at Waltham is almost equally strong. If it
were not so, how did the tale arise? A tomb of Harold was one
which there was very little temptation to forge. Harold was not an
acknowledged saint, whose burial-place would be a profitable object
of pilgrimage. A burial-place of the penitent at Chester might
indeed become such an object, but hardly that of the fallen hero at
Waltham. The only writer who shows any disposition to canonize
Harold distinctly removes his sepulchre from Waltham (see below,
p. 759). If the Waltham tomb was a forgery, it was a forgery
older than the days of William of Malmesbury; it was a forgery
which must have been owing to motives strongly tinged with
political feelings, political feelings any such expression of which
would, we may be pretty sure, have been put down at once by
the strong hand of the Norman King. The statement of William
of Malmesbury distinctly proves that it was currently believed, not
only at Waltham but generally, that Waltham was Harold’s burying-place.
And I need not say that William of Malmesbury does not
write in the interest of Waltham or of England. He is a thoroughly
independent witness; so is Wace, who, after his manner, honestly
confesses his ignorance of some details, while he distinctly asserts
756the burial at Waltham. So early and so extensive a fabrication as
their narratives would imply seems quite out of the question.
The unavoidable inference therefore is that Harold was first
buried on the rocks of Hastings under a heap of stones, and afterwards
was translated for more solemn interment in the minster at
Waltham. This view I worked out for myself in 1857 (see
vol. ii. p. 428), but I afterwards found that I had been forestalled in it by
M. de Bonnechose (ii. 283), who takes this theory for granted,
without reference or argument. On this supposition, we can
easily account for all the reports. William of Poitiers and Guy of
Amiens, in recording the fight of Senlac, recorded that burial of
Harold which formed part of their story; a later translation had
no interest for them. The Waltham writers, on the other hand,
naturally dwelt only on that burial which formed a part of their
own local history. The cairn-burial was something which they
would naturally seek to slur over, and to throw out of remembrance.
In a short time it would be forgotten; the date of the funeral at
Waltham would be shifted back two or three months, and would be
held to have immediately followed the battle. Even writers who
had no connexion with Waltham, writers like William of Malmesbury
and Wace, would naturally think most of that burial which
had left a visible witness before the eyes of men, and would have
no temptation to dwell upon the hurried ceremony performed by
William Malet upon the rocks of Sussex.
And lastly, as to the details of the Waltham story, as to the
share in the transaction taken by the two Canons and by Eadgyth
Swanneshals. The story, as it stands, cannot be made to agree
with the contemporary statement as to Harold’s first burial at
Hastings. But the contradiction is little more than a contradiction
as to time. The Waltham story implies that the body was found
and was buried at Waltham within a few days after the battle. The
finding and the burial are placed, if not while William was still
on the hill of Senlac, yet at any rate before he left Hastings for
Romney. This is of course distinctly contradicted by William of
Poitiers and Guy of Amiens. But if we believe that Harold’s body was
translated to Waltham at the time of William’s coronation or later,
the only error of the Waltham writer would be that he has transposed
events and given them wrong dates. The body was found, as
he states, on the morrow of the battle, or within a few days after it,
757but the burial at Waltham did not take place till two or three months
later. Two petitions to William seem to be rolled into one. The first,
made on Senlac or at Hastings, was followed by the search for the
body. The second, made at a later time, was followed by Harold’s
translation to Waltham. It was then doubtless that William offered
a burial in his own Battle Abbey instead. It is on this view that
I have ventured to ground the narrative in the text. And I am
strengthened in doing so by the fact that there are several small
touches in which all accounts agree. William of Poitiers, William
of Malmesbury, and the Waltham writer all agree in making the
Duke refuse the offered gold of Gytha and of the Canons. So
again the statement of William of Poitiers that Harold’s body
was recognized by certain marks exactly falls in with the Waltham
story. The Archdeacon of Lisieux tells us that certain persons—to
him it was quite indifferent who they were—found Harold’s
body in a particular way. The Canon of Waltham tells us who
those persons were, and how they came to be there. Just so
William of Malmesbury, recording the second burial only, and
placing it at the date of the first, speaks of Gytha only, just as
William of Poitiers speaks of William Malet only. If Gytha and
the Chapter of Waltham joined in a petition for the removal of the
body, it is not wonderful that a writer at Malmesbury thought
chiefly of the interposition of Gytha. Osgod, Æthelric, Eadgyth,
were persons of no interest or importance to either of our Williams;
in the local history of Waltham they doubtless filled a great place.
I believe therefore that the only mistake in the Waltham story is
a mistake of date, the mistake, natural under the circumstances, of
thinking that the charitable work of Eadgyth and the two Canons
was at once followed by the burial at Waltham. I cannot believe
that their story is mere invention; it has all that local and
personal character about it which seems to imply a ground-work of
truth. The introduction of Eadgyth is an especial mark of truth.
The Waltham writers, both the writer De Inventione and the
Biographer, are clearly a little puzzled how to describe her position.
It is most unlikely that Harold’s clerical panegyrists would either
have invented an imaginary mistress for their hero or have exalted
a real one into an imaginary prominence. To Eadgyth herself,
and to the few hints that we have as to her personal existence, I
give another note.
758I must quote one writer more. Benoît (37627) follows the
story of the first burial up to the point where Harold’s body is
given to William Malet, but he declines to say where William
buried him.
“Li reis Herault fu seveliz;
Et si me retrait li escriz.
Que sa mère por lui aveir
Vout au duc doner grant aveir;
Mais n’en vout unques dener prendre
Ne por riens nule le cors rendre:
Mais à un Guillaume Malet,
Qui n’ert tosel pas ne vaslet
Mais chevaliers durs e vaillanz.
Icist l’en fu tant depreianz
Qu’il li dona à enfoïr
Là où il vendreit à plaisir.”
I now turn to the legend according to which Harold did not die
at Senlac. Of this doctrine Harold’s own romantic biographer
is the great prophet. But however much he may have embellished
the story, he is not to be charged with inventing it. It is found
in several other writers, some of whom are earlier than himself.
Thus in Giraldus, Itin. Kamb. ii. 11 (p. 140 Dimock), after a story
that the Emperor Henry the Fifth had died as a hermit at Chester,
we read as follows;
“Similiter et Haroldum Regem se habere testantur: qui, ultimus
de gente Saxonicâ [Cambrensis is speaking] Rex in Angliâ, publico
apud Hastinges bello cum Normannis congrediens, pœnas succumbendo
perjurii luit; multisque, ut aiunt, confossus vulneribus,
oculoque sinistro sagittâ perdito ac perforato, ad partes istas victus
evasit: ubi sanctâ conversatione cujusdam urbis ecclesiæ jugis et
assiduus contemplator adhærens, vitamque tamquam anachoriticam
ducens, viæ ac vitæ cursum, ut creditur, feliciter consummavit.
Ex utriusque, ut fertur, ultimi articuli confessione, veritas antea
non comperta demum prodiit publicata.”
So Æthelred of Rievaux (X Scriptt. 394), evidently alluding to
the same story, says of Harold, “aut miserè occubuit aut, ut
quidam putant, pœnitentiæ tantum reservatus evasit.” So Gervase
of Tilbury, in the strange story which I have already analysed (see
above, p. 693), leaves Harold’s death and escape as alternative
stories. “Heraldus utrum fugâ sibi consuluerit, an in prœlio
ceciderit, adhuc dubium reliquit.”
Ralph of Coggeshall (Martene and Durand, Ampliss. Coll. v. 801)
records Harold’s defeat and death, and adds, “quamvis quidam contendant
ipsum Haroldum inter occisos delituisse, nocturnâque fugâ
lapsum post multas peregrinationes apud Cestriam eremiticam vitam
duxisse, et usque ad ultima tempora Regis Henrici Secundi in sancto
759proposito durâsse.” The age of Harold in 1189 would be about
168 years.
Ralph Higden (lib. vi. p. 286, Gale) quotes William of Malmesbury’s
account of the burial at Waltham, as also the alternative
statements of Giraldus and Æthelred. To that of Giraldus he
very properly, as a Chester man, adds a bit of local detail. The
scene of Harold’s penance was “cella Sancti Jacobi, juxta ecclesiam
Sancti Johannis.”
Bromton (961) quotes the accounts of William of Malmesbury
and Giraldus, without naming either. He prefers William’s
account, but he adds some details to the other story; “Cujus
tumba in ecclesiâ Sancti Johannis Cestriæ, ad dorsum crucis in
medio areæ crebrò ostenditur. Cum quo etiam, dum adhuc vixit,
ut quidam volunt, Henricus Primus Rex Angliæ de Walliâ rediens,
apud Cestriam colloquium habuit. Sed quia inde a multis dubitari
solet, eâ facilitate contemnitur quâ dicitur.” The discourse with
Henry the First would be either in 1112 or in 1121, in which latter
year Harold would be about a hundred years old.
Knighton (2342) quotes William of Malmesbury, without naming
him, and Giraldus by name, with Higden’s addition about the cell
of Saint James. He adds; “De istâ opinione fiat qualiter poterit,
hoc unum scio, quod tumulatio ejus cum imagine superpositâ in
ecclesiâ Abbathiæ de Waltham videre adhuc volentibus ostenditur,
ubi dicitur Haraldum humatum fuisse.”
But this Chester story is not the only one. According to
another account, Harold escaped alive from the battle, but died
soon after. We find this story in the Liber de Castro Ambasiæ
(D’Achery, iii. 276); “Hæroldus vincitur, et vulneratur graviter,
non multùm post mortuus est.” So too Harold’s great Scandinavian
admirer, the biographer of Olaf Tryggwesson, whom I have already
had twice to quote (see above, pp. 601, 613, and vol. ii. p. 542), gives
the story of Harold’s escape in great detail (p. 263). On the night
after the battle, a churl (“þorpkarl”) comes to rob the dead bodies;
a man lying among the dead bodies rebukes him sharply for so
shameful a deed. He goes home and tells his wife, who at once
insists on going to the battle-field with a horse and cart. When
she has got there, she asks whether there is any living man among
the bodies who can speak to her. A voice answers that there is
one who can, and one only. With much trouble she finds the
speaker among the bodies; she and her husband put him on the
760cart and take him home. They wish to know who he is, but he
never tells them; they infer however from his face and from his
rich garb that he must be a man of the highest rank. The writer
explains that this man was King Harold, that he had fallen through
weariness and loss of blood, having received many wounds, though
none of them were mortal. But the weight of the dead bodies
that were heaped upon him hindered him from getting away. He
is taken to the churl’s house, and there recovers. The next day
the enemy come to seek for his body, and are greatly surprised not
to find it. Harold, having recovered, determines, by the example, we
are told, of Olaf Tryggwesson, to forsake the world, and to give
himself to heavenly contemplation. He makes himself a dwelling-place
under a rock, and abides there some while. On his death
King William has his body taken to London and buried among
the former Kings (“Vilhialmur Kongur let færa lik hans i
Lunduner, oc grafa veglega hia odrum Kongum”).
In this last rather unlucky statement, the Scandinavian writer,
like Guy of Amiens (see above, p. 542), overrates the antiquity
of Westminster, which is doubtless meant by London, as a royal
residence and burying-place.
Both these versions, or one which took in both, were known to
the writer De Inventione, who indignantly rejects both (c. 21).
“Quidquid fabulentur homines quod in rupe manserit Doroberniæ,
et nuper defunctus sepultus sit Cestriæ, pro certo quiescit Walthamiæ.”
There are parts of the De Inventione which must have
been written after 1177. Can this have been written so late? May
not the first sketch of the work have been made earlier?
The other Waltham writer, the biographer of Harold, had the
difficult task of forcing the legend of Harold’s escape into agreement
with the fact that Harold’s tomb existed in Waltham minster,
and with the local tradition of the finding of the body by Eadgyth.
He is driven to the very awkward shift of saying that Eadgyth
found, and that the Canons of Waltham solemnly buried, a wrong
body (Chron. Angl. Norm. ii. 209–212). Eadgyth reaches the
field; the Normans boast of Harold’s death; those who had saved
him also spread abroad the same rumour for their own ends. “Inter
hæc mulieris errorem non mirandum, quæ desecti, cruentati, jam
denigrati, jam fœtentis corporis speciem minùs discernere valens, pro
æstimatione publicâ truncatum cadaver, quum aliud non inveniret
761quod certiùs agnosceret Regis proprium, rapuit et secum attulit
alienum.” The Canons of Waltham are equally undiscerning.
“Quod [cadaver] a canonicis reverenter exceptum, indiscussâ rei
veritate, honestè in ecclesiâ Sanctæ Crucis sepulturæ est traditum.”
This, I need not say, is neither history nor legend nor romance,
but a patched up story of the poorest kind. Of the writer’s own
story I have given a sketch in the text. The journey into Denmark
is by no means ill conceived, when we remember how important the
intervention of Swend Estrithson in English affairs soon became.
The German journey also falls in with the fact that William’s name
was dreaded on the Rhine as well as on the Thames, and that men
feared that he would come as the invader of the continental, as well
as of the insular Saxony (see Lambert, 1074). When his hopes of
foreign aid are blighted, Harold first takes up his abode on the
cliff at Dover (“in quâdam rupe secus Dovram,” p. 198), where he
abides ten years. Then he goes into Shropshire on the borders of
Wales (pp. 199, 215), where, as in a land where he was very well
known, he covers his face with a cloth (200), and calls himself by
no name but Christian. He suffers much from the “homines
bestiales,” the “infidi ferinique homunculi” (202) of those parts,
and at last, under the guidance of an angel (“ductu comitatûs
angelico,” 204), he takes up his abode at Chester, in Saint James’s
chapel by Saint John’s church (220). He is often asked whether he
had been in the battle in which Harold fell, and he always answers
that he was. Sometimes he is asked whether he is not Harold
himself, and he then makes an evasive answer; “Quando apud
Hastingas dimicatum est, nullus Haroldo me carior habebatur” (206).
After living several years at Chester (220), he reveals himself,
when at the point of death, to Andrew, a priest of Saint John’s
(221), from whom and from one Moses (220), who had been
Harold’s servant both in Shropshire and at Chester, the writer
heard the story. As the book was written (185) after 1206, we
here again find Harold living to a patriarchal age.
I have already spoken of the utter worthlessness of these stories
as professed matters of history. As for their details, the notion
of Harold taking up his abode on a rock at Dover or elsewhere
seems to have been suggested by his burial on the rock at Hastings
by William Malet. The way in which Harold is said to have
escaped falls in exactly with the remarkable passage of Wace
762which I quoted in p. 508, and it was most likely suggested by the
real escape of Esegar and Leofric, and no doubt of others also.
According to Harold’s Biographer (211), Gyrth too escaped as
well as his brother. This tale was clearly known to Wace, who, it
will be remembered (see above, p. 749), carefully avoids committing
himself to Gyrth’s death. According to the legend, Gyrth
was seen very publicly in the days of Henry the Second (“visus
est tam ab ipso Rege quam a magnatibus terræ et populo”). He
was then, as is not wonderful, very old (“erat jam tunc grandævus
valdè”), but, as those who had seen him told the writer, very tall
and handsome (“sicut eâ tempestate a multis accepimus qui eum
viderant, venustus adspectu, facie decorus, proceritate corporis
admodum longus”). Walter, the first Abbot of the new foundation
at Waltham, with certain of his brethren, met him at the King’s
court at Woodstock, and inquired most particularly whether they
were right in believing that the bones of Harold lay at Waltham
(“diligenter sciscitari studuit utrum reverà cineres germani sui in
suo, ut credebatur, monasterio servarentur”). Gyrth answered in
English that they might have the body of some churl, but not that
of Harold (“Anglicè respondit, ‘Rusticum,’ ait, ‘quemlibet habere
potestis; Haroldum non habetis’”). He even went on a pilgrimage
to the Holy Cross of Waltham, and, being shown his brother’s tomb,
he again distinctly affirmed that Harold was not there (“obliquè
illud intuitus, ‘non,’ ait, ‘homo scit’—sic enim jurabat—‘non hic
jacet Haroldus’”). This is told on the authority of Michael, Chamberlain
of the Church of Waltham, who heard Gyrth say it. Here
we find Gyrth, as well as Harold, living to an age which might
justify the chronology of Ivanhoe.
Lastly, the savage way in which this writer attacks William of
Malmesbury (207) is worth noticing. He remarks how the
“facundissimus Meldunensis Willelmus” professes impartiality in his
judgements (“promittit se medium inter obtrectantium necnon et
commendantium partes incessurum”). But mark how this impartial
writer treats Harold (208);
“Cæterum in aliis quæ de meritis Haroldi vel moribus, prout ani
mus tulit aut fama suggessit, aureo nunc, nunc verò piceo commentatus
est stilo, venaliùs fortè exorbitaverit a tramite veri, in ipsum
verò christum Deum [Dei?] truculentiùs deliquit. Tres enim lanceas
in ipsum violentus intorsit, quibus non tam illius personam quam
763ipsam contigit impeti veritatem. Dixit enim ictu sagittæ capite
vulnerato oppetisse, dixit militem qui Regi mortuo femur inciderat
Ducis censurâ victoris ab exercitu pulsum, rettulit a matre funus
regium oblatâ pecuniâ a Triumphatore Willelmo postulatum, sed
receptum absque pecuniâ, apud Waltham tumulatum. Sic in femur,
sic in caput, sic in omne hominis corpus, lingua licentiùs debacchatur
oratoris clanculò scriptitantis quam militis armata manus
in propatulo dimicantis.”
Literary controversy was at least as bitter in the thirteenth
century as it is in the nineteenth. But in contrast to the wicked
monk of Malmesbury, the Biographer gives us the praises of another
writer who left the question of Harold’s death undecided; “Temperantiùs
scripsit hujus ipsius scriptoris contemporaneus, venerabilis
admodum Abbas Edelredus.”
Our direct notices of Harold’s mistress Eadgyth come from the
two Waltham writers, who plainly describe her as a concubine, or
at most as a Danish wife, though they evidently try to veil her
position under a mist of words. In the De Inventione, c. 21, we
read, “Placuit ... mulierem quam ante sumptum Anglorum regimen
dilexerat, Editham cognomento Swanneshals, quod Gallicè sonat
collum cygni, secum adducere, quæ Domini Regis quandoque cubicularia
secretiora in eo signa noverat cæteris ampliùs, ad ulteriora
intima secretorum admissa.” With the cubicularia of this writer
we may compare Sir John Maundevile, c. ix.; “And Abraham had
another son Ysmael, that he gat upon Agar his Chambrere.” The
Biographer of Harold (p. 210) brings in “quamdam sagacis animi
feminam nomine Editham ... hæc enim præ cæteris femina
commodiùs videbatur ad hoc destinanda, quæ inter millia mortuorum
illius quem inquirebat eo quoque faciliùs decerneret, eo
quod benevolentiùs tractaret exuvias, quo eum arctiùs amaverat
et pleniùs noverat, utpote quam thalami ipsius secretis liberiùs
interfuisse constaret.”
A mistress of Harold (“quædam concubina Heraldi”) is mentioned
in Domesday, 2, as holding three houses at Canterbury
T. R. E. See Ellis, i. 316; ii. 81.
764An Eadgyth or Eadgifu—the two names are hopelessly confounded—of
the Swan’s Neck, “Edgyve Swanneshals,” occurs in
the Chronicle of John of Oxenedes, p. 292 (cf. Ellis, ii. 81). She
is mentioned in the driest way, without reference to Harold or
to anything else, in a list of benefactors to the Abbey of Saint
Benet of Holm, to which she gave Thurgarton in Norfolk (cf.
Domesday, ii. 216 a). Along with her are found the names of
Earl Ralph and Ralph the Staller, who are carefully distinguished
(see above, p. 753). The gifts of all these, and of many other persons,
were confirmed by King Eadward in 1046.
John of Oxenedes wrote after 1292. His authority therefore
for an historical fact would be nowhere; but when he is plainly
copying an earlier list of benefactors without any special object, his
witness is nearly equal to that of a contemporary.
I am certainly inclined to identify the swan-necked lady of the
Waltham story with the swan-necked lady of the Saint Benet’s
catalogue. And in default of evidence to the contrary, we may
also identify her with Harold’s Canterbury mistress. Eadgyth was
clearly a Norfolk woman by birth, but there is nothing wonderful
in her having property within her lover’s later Earldom. But
if she was a benefactress of Saint Benet’s in or before 1046, she
was no longer young in 1066. That is to say, Harold’s connexion
with her began during his East-Anglian government, between
1045 and 1053. This also makes it likely that she was
the mother of all Harold’s children, except Wulf, who was doubtless
the son of Ealdgyth (see p. 511). We hear nothing of any earlier
wife of Harold, and the incidental way in which Harold’s sons are
first mentioned some time after their father’s death, falls in with
the notion of their illegitimacy.
Another question is whether Eadgyth Swanneshals is the same
as “Eddeva pulcra,” “faira,” or “dives,” who appears in Domesday
as holding lands in various parts of England, East-Anglia among
them. Sharon Turner (Hist. Eng. i. 53) makes them the same, but
the identity is disputed by Sir Henry Ellis (ii. 79) and Lappenberg
(556). Sir H. Ellis further identifies Eddeva Pulcra with the
Lady Ealdgyth. This last does not seem to me at all likely; as
to the identification of Eddeva Pulcra with Eadgyth Swanneshals,
there is absolutely no evidence either way. There is also another
East-Anglian Eadgyth, “Edied quædam libera femina” (Domesday,
ii. 286), who is clearly distinct from Eddeva Pulcra, but who
765may or may not be Eadgyth Swanneshals. And I cannot help
noticing the will of an East-Anglian lady named Wulfgyth (Cod.
Dipl. iv. 106), in which a female name, which is evidently corrupt,
but which must be meant for Eadgyth or Ealdgyth, comes into dangerous
neighbourhood with the name of Harold. Wulfgyth leaves
land to two daughters and to various churches; then follows, “And
ic ge-an Ælgyðe mínre déhter ðæs landes æt Certæcere and æt
Essetesforde and ðæs wuda ðe ic legde ðǽrto; and ic ge-an Godwine
Eorle and Haralde Eorle Friðtúnes.” I cannot identify these
places. The date is 1046. Is it possible that Eadgyth Swanneshals
was Wulfgyth’s daughter, and that her mother’s bequest formed
her benefaction to Saint Benet’s?
As to the relation between Harold and Eadgyth, it looks very
much as if it was a case of the Danish marriage. Eadgyth and
Ealdgyth very likely answered to the two Ælfgifus in the life of
Cnut, and to Sprota and Liutgardis in the life of William Longsword.
Anyhow the connexion was “ante sumptum Anglorum
regimen.”
There are one or two other passages which look as if Harold’s
relations with women were known to be a weak point in his
character, in opposition to the good example set in this respect
by both William and Tostig. Thus William of Poitiers (see
vol. ii. p. 540) calls him “luxuriâ fœdus;” Guy (261) calls him
“perjurus Rex et adulter,” where however the union of the two
charges makes it possible that “adulter” is meant to stigmatize
the marriage contracted with Ealdgyth by one who was betrothed
to the daughter of William. The French Biographer of Eadward,
in one of his great revilings of Harold (4460), says that he
“Gentilz femmes enbastardist;
Pur aver veut mariage.”
The former line may refer to Eadgyth, as the latter clearly implies
a political marriage with Ealdgyth; but the passage seems to have
been oddly misunderstood by Knighton (2339); “Nec aliquam
uxorem ducere voluit, sed vi oppressit filias baronum et procerum
et militum de regno, quod ipsi ægrè ferebant.” All this has most
likely arisen out of our one Eadgyth, but it seems to point to her
as a woman of position, possibly as “Eddeva pulcra et dives.”
766
I do not know that there is any distinct evidence to fix the
age of Eadgar. I have not come across any distinct statement
either as to the date of his birth or as to the date of his parents’
marriage. His father died in 1057; so he must have been nine
years old at least in 1066, and of course he may have been
much older. We have seen several passages (see pp. 526, 527)
where he is spoken of as a boy (“puer”) and as being too young
to reign. On the other hand he was able (see Chron. Wig. in
anno) to exercise a certain will of his own with regard to the
marriage of his sister Margaret in 1067. He was alive, but
old, at some time between 1106 and 1125, when William of
Malmesbury wrote his third book. See Mr. Hardy’s note, iii. 251,
and Ellis, i. 409. The former date is forty-nine, the latter sixty-eight,
years after Eadgar’s coming to England. We have therefore
no certain data at all; but, on the whole, it seems most likely that,
though young, he was not a mere child, at the time of his election
in October. It was probably not so much mere lack of years, as
his incapacity, his foreign birth, his lack of the technical position
of a King’s son, which shut him out in January, especially when
put into competition with the overwhelming merits of Harold.
In October he had no competitor better than Eadwine. Perhaps
those who spoke of him as a mere child were deceived by the
ambiguous description, “Eadgar cild,” which is given to him in
the Chronicles, and by which he was probably known.
Hardyng (see above, p. 608) makes Harold invest Eadgar with
an Earldom. Lappenberg (532; Thorpe, ii. 274) gives him the
Earldom of Oxford. No authority is quoted, and the statement
can hardly be reconciled with the known position of Gyrth (see
vol. ii. p. 561). Indeed the evidence is against Eadgar’s holding
any Earldom. All the undoubted Earls are scrupulously called Earls
in the Chronicles; Eadgar is always either “cild” or “Æðeling.”
Our reckoning as to Eadgar’s age is further perplexed by the
appearance of a person described as “Edgar Adeling” so late as
1158 and 1167. See Mag. Rot. Pip. Northumberland, in Hodgson’s
History of Northumberland, part iii. vol. iii. pp. 3, 11. This
767entry gives us a choice of three difficulties, any one of which is
somewhat alarming. Either the person so called is Eadgar himself,
in which case, like Harold and Gyrth in the legend, he must have
lived to the age of 110 at the very least. Or it is a son of Eadgar;
but we hear nothing of any wife, mistress, or children of
his; and a lawful son of Eadgar would, like Eadgar himself, have
stood awkwardly in the way of Henry the Second’s claim to represent
the Old-English royal house. Failing these two unlikely
alternatives, we have one equally unlikely, that some person not of
royal descent was spoken of as “Adeling.”
For once I venture to set aside the authority of the Chronicles.
I do not think that Eadwine and Morkere could have been at
Berkhampstead. Their presence there is asserted by the Worcester
Chronicle and also by Florence, but it is hard to see how it
can be reconciled with Florence’s own account of their movements
just before (see p. 531). They are not mentioned by
William of Poitiers, who makes them submit to William at Barking
after his coronation (147, 148). The Archdeacon is capable of
any disregard of chronology, but he is not likely to have cut the
Berkhampstead submission into two or to have imagined a submission
at Barking which did not take place. A submission of
Eadwine and Morkere after the coronation falls in much better
with the rest of the story than a submission before. And it is less
violent to suppose that their names have got into the Chronicle in
a wrong place—a process which the likeness of the names Barking
and Berkhampstead would make specially easy—than to suppose that
the story in William of Poitiers is an invention without a motive.
Had Stigand a share in the submission of Berkhampstead?
William of Poitiers specially introduces him; indeed he is the only
person whom he mentions by name (141); but he brings him to
Wallingford; “Adveniens eodem [Wallingford] Stigandus, Pontifex
Metropolitanus, manibus ei sese dedit, fidem sacramento confirmavit,
abrogans Athelinum, quem leviter elegerat.” But the whole
story is a model of geographical confusion; Berkhampstead is not
768mentioned; the request of the English that William will accept
the Crown, the debate on the question, and the speech of Hamon
of Thouars, are all placed “statim ut Lundonia conspectui patebat.”
I have ventured to transfer all these events to Berkhampstead, where
it is plain from Florence and the Worcester Chronicle that the chief
act of submission took place. But the presence or absence of
Stigand is a knotty point. He is not mentioned in the Chronicle,
nor in the fuller list in Florence, which seems to be specially meant
as a complete list of the Bishops present. On the other hand, he
is the only person named by William of Poitiers, and it is certain
that he must have submitted before the coronation. Is it possible
that, when submission was unavoidable, he was the first to submit,
and that he met William at Wallingford before the others met him
at Berkhampstead? The two English writers leave Wallingford out
altogether, but William must have crossed the Thames somewhere,
and there seems no reason to reject William of Poitiers’ statement
that he crossed it at Wallingford.
Sir Henry Ellis (ii. 267) quotes a story which is said to be in
William of Poitiers, but which I cannot find there, how one Wigod
of Wallingford received and entertained William at Wallingford,
till Stigand and others came there to make their submission. Of
this I can say nothing, but Wigod of Wallingford is a real man,
occurring in Domesday (62, 150) and elsewhere. “Wigod Minster”
signs a doubtful charter in Cod. Dipl. iv. 189, and “Wigodus Regis
pincerna” signs the Waltham charter (iv. 159). In the writ (Cod.
Dipl. iv. 215) addressed to Bishop Wulfsige and Earl Gyrth and the
Thegns of Oxfordshire, dating therefore between 1058 and 1066,
the King also greets “mínne léfne may Mygod on Walingeforde,”
and gives him instructions which show that he was high in the
royal confidence. We should surely read “Wygod.” The kinsfolk
of Eadward are endless. Do “mage” and “consanguineous” really
mean no more than “well-beloved Cousin” when addressed by a
modern Sovereign to a modern Earl?
END OF VOLUME THE THIRD.
1. The authorities for this Chapter and for the whole of this volume may
be dealt with in a single summary. For the most part they are the same
as those which we have been using all along; but they must now be
looked at in a somewhat different way. Hitherto, except in the Chapters
specially devoted to Norman affairs, our use of the Norman writers has
been for the most part incidental. But, through the whole of the controversies
of the year 1066, we must place English and Norman writers in
a certain sense on a level. The writers of each nation—I speak of course
mainly of contemporary writers—tell the tale from their own national
points of view and in the way which is most favourable to their own
national heroes. At no time must their statements be more carefully
compared with one another, as no full or accurate narrative could be
drawn from either side by itself. The English writers maintain a sort of
sullen silence on those points on which the Normans are naturally the most
full. The Normans, on the other hand, through ignorance, through prejudice,
sometimes through direct disregard to truth, grossly misrepresent
all English affairs.
At this stage we lose the Biographer of Eadward, who ends his story in
a most significant way at Eadward’s death, and who has nothing beyond one
or two dark allusions to anything later. On the Norman side we gain one
most valuable source of help in the Tapestry of Bayeux, whose origin and
importance I shall discuss in a separate note. (See Appendix A.) The
Saga of Harold Hardrada in Snorro must also be carefully studied. Wild
as it is in many parts, it is our most detailed account, and our only Scandinavian
account, of the campaign of Stamfordbridge, and it also shows us
the way in which English and Norman affairs were looked on in Northern
Europe.
Later writers, down to as late a time as any one pleases, are, at this
time, worthy of more than usual attention. Though for the most part of
very little value in themselves, they tell us, what it is most important to
learn, the way in which different ages looked at the greatest events in
English history.
3. Æthel. Riev. X Scriptt. 399. “Peractis itaque omnibus pro tantâ
sollennitate, quasi diceret Rex ‘Consummatum est,’ inclinat in lectulo
caput, et exhinc cœpit gravi dolore fatigari.”
4. Ib. “Tunc mœror et luctus omnium, una vox plangentium.” This
we can well believe; but the hagiographer is plainly writing with the help
of his own fuller knowledge, when he goes on to say; “Præsentiebant
plures ejus in morte desolationem patriæ, plebis exterminium, totius
Anglicæ nobilitatis excidium, finem libertatis, honoris ruinam.” The
moment was an anxious one, but no one who had not Eadward’s own gift
of prophecy could foresee all this.
5. Vita Eadw. 430. “Biduo vel ampliùs adeò eum languor fatigaverat,
ut vix quum loqueretur quid diceret intelligi posset.” These details should
be compared throughout with the account in Æthelred, who developes and
improves upon every touch.
6. The Biographer (p. 431) describes those present as “Regina terræ
assidens ejusque pedes super gremium suum fovens, ejusque germanus
Dux Haroldus, et Rodbertus regalis palatii stabilitor et ejusdem Regis
propinquus (?), Stigandus quoque Archiepiscopus.” Æthelred (400) gives
the same list, but stops to abuse Stigand. The four will be seen in the
Tapestry (pl. vii. Bruce, p. 74) as I have described them.
7. In this account of Eadward’s death-bed I follow the contemporary Life,
which is closely followed by William of Malmesbury, ii. 226. Æthelred, or
Osbert whom he copied, evidently had the Life before him, but he thought it
his duty to expand every speech and incident. The reader must form what
judgement he pleases as to the prediction put into Eadward’s mouth. Perhaps
most modern readers will be inclined to be of the same opinion as
Stigand. But I did not think myself justified in wholly leaving out what
I find in a contemporary writer, who affirms that he had his information
from eye-witnesses (“sicut testantur hi qui aderant præsentes,” Vita Eadw.
p. 430), that is, very probably from Eadgyth herself. In fact the contemptuous
incredulity attributed to Stigand is of itself a strong argument
that something professing to be a prophecy was actually uttered by Eadward
on his death-bed. Of course I do not pledge myself to the historical
accuracy of the exact words. Eadward would speak English, or more probably
French, and his words would gain a good deal in the course of their
translation into rhetorical Latin.
8. Vita Eadw. 431. “Cum paucis aliis quos idem beatus Rex a somno
excitatus advocari jusserat.”
9. Ib. 430. “Tantâ usus est loquendi copiâ ut cuivis sanissimo nihil opus
esset suprà.”
10. The Biographer records this last famous prediction or similitude without
any attempt at an explanation. When he wrote, in the early years of
William, a Prometheus after the fact might well put into Eadward’s mouth
a prophecy of the Conquest of England and of the general misfortunes of
the country. But he could not put into his mouth a prophecy in honour of
Henry the Second. Either then the passage is a later interpolation, of
which the Editor gives no hint, or else Eadward really uttered some allegory,
quoted some proverb, or, as Stigand thought, simply talked nonsense,
on which people began to put a meaning forty years later. The orthodox
explanation is that the tree removed from the root for the space of three
furlongs (the words are “trium jugerum spatio,” but one can hardly make
acres a measure of length) means the Crown transferred to usurpers during
three reigns, those of Harold and the two Williams (the descent of William
Rufus from Ælfred is forgotten, see vol. ii. p. 304). The tree returns to the
root when Henry the First marries Eadgyth or Matilda the daughter of
Margaret; it bears leaves at the birth of her children. William of Malmesbury
(v. 419) witnesses that the birth of the Ætheling William (c. 1101)
was looked on as the fulfilment of the prophecy, which shows that it
had already attracted attention, most likely at the marriage of William’s
parents. The death of the Ætheling in 1119 cut off all such hopes,
but at the same time it opened the way for a more elaborate fulfilment
in the persons of his sister and her son. The tree now brings forth leaves
at the birth of the Empress Matilda and fruit at the birth of Henry the
Second. See Æthelred 401, and the French Life, 3805 et seqq. The writer
seems in v. 3846 to confound Henry the Second and Henry the Third.
11. Vita Eadw. 431. “Cunctisque stupentibus et terrore agente tacentibus,
ipse Archiepiscopus, qui debuerat vel primus pavere vel verbum consilii
dare, infatuato corde submurmurat in aurem Ducis senio confectum et
morbo quid diceret nescire.” He had just before said that Harold, Robert,
and Eadgyth were all frightened—“terrentur nimium.” Æthelred (400)
leaves out Harold’s fears, and also leaves out the characteristic and trustworthy
little touch of the Archbishop whispering in the Earl’s ear, which,
as they stood (see the Tapestry) on different sides of the bed, involved
leaning over the dying man. In his account the details of the contemporary
writer evaporate in this fashion; “Is [Stigandus] ad vocem narrantis
obduruit, nec terretur oraculo, nec fidem habuit prophetanti, sed potius
Regem confectum senio delirare submurmurans, ridere maluit quam lugere.”
12. The meaning of the Biographer (431–432) is perfectly plain; “Cognoscebant
enim per sacri ordinis personas Christiani cultûs religionem
maximè violatam, hocque frequentiùs declamâsse [declarâsse?] tum per
legatos et epistolas suas Romanum Papam, tum in frequentibus monitis
ipsum Regem et Reginam; sed divitiis et mundanâ gloriâ irrecuperabiliter
quidam diabolo allecti, vitæ adeò neglexerant disciplinam ut non horrerent
jam tunc imminentem incidere in Dei iram.” That is, the Pope, the King,
and the Lady had before this time rebuked the English, but they were
stiff-necked and would not hearken; hence the divine threatenings.
Æthelred (400) clearly means the same; “Recordantur hæc ipsa summo
sæpiùs narrata Pontifici, ipsumque persæpe, tum per legatos, tum per
epistolas, eorum vesaniam increpâsse, Regemque ac Reginam his malis
curandis diligentiam adhibuisse, sed profecisse nihil.” But his first clause
was liable to be misunderstood, and the writer of the French Life did
misunderstand it. He mistakes the letters written by the Pope for letters
written to the Pope to announce Eadward’s vision;
“Mais li prudem li plus sené
Unt ses dits mut meuz noté;
E curaument unt entendu
L’ordres des motz, e retenu;
En escrit unt tuz les motz mis,
E a l’Apostoille tramis,
Par epistre, e par legat.”
Vv. 3787 et seqq.
13. Vita Eadw. 430. “Funeribus exsequiis attitulat se commendatione et
precibus summorum Dei fidelium.” As might be expected, he recurs more
than once to the subject. See pp. 433, 434.
15. I think, comparing the evidently cautious expression of the Biographer
with the outspoken words of the Chronicles and Florence, that I am justified
in putting this meaning on the words (433), “Porrectâ manu [the very
gesture is shown in the Tapestry] ad prædictum nutricium suum fratrem
Haroldum, ‘Hanc,’ inquit, ‘cum omni regno tutandam commendo.’” See
Appendix B.
17. Vita Eadw. 433. “Hanc ... tutandam commendo, ut pro Dominâ
et sorore, ut est, fideli serves et honores obsequio, ut, quo advixerit, a me
adepto non privetur honore debito.” Fideli must agree with obsequio, not
with sorore.
18. Ib. “Commendo pariter etiam eos qui nativam terram suam reliquerunt
caussâ amoris mei, mihique hactenus fideliter sunt obsequuti.”
19. Ib. “Ut, susceptâ ab eis, si ita volunt, fidelitate, eos tuearis et retineas,
aut tuâ defensione conductos, cum omnibus quæ sub me adquisierunt, cum
salute ad propria transfretari facias.”
20. Vita Eadw. 434. “Fossa sepulcri mei in monasterio paretur, in eo
loco quo vobis assignabitur.”
21. Ib. “Mortem meam quæso ne celetis [the plural is used in these
general directions, while the political requests are addressed in the singular
to Harold], sed celeriùs circumquaque annuncietis, ut quique fideles pro
me peccatore deprecentur clementiam Dei Omnipotentis.” Compare the
excitement caused by the suspicion that the death of Edward the Sixth
was concealed. Froude, Hist. Eng. v. 514.
22. Ib. “Ne timeas; non moriar modo, sed bene convalescam propitiante
Deo.”
23. Ib. “Sumpto a cœlesti mensâ vitæ viatico.” There is no mention
whether the Communion was in one kind only. Communion in both kinds
was certainly usual at this time (see Will. Pict. 113, 131), but it is not
likely in the case of a dying man.
24. Vita Eadw. 434. “Erat tunc videre in defuncto corpore gloriam
migrantis ad Deum animæ, quum scilicet caro faciei ut rosa ruberet,
subjecta barba ut lilium canderet, manus suo ordine directæ albescerent,
totumque corpus non morti sed fausto sopori traditum signarent.”
32. “Le Roi est mort; vive le Roi”—the exact opposite to old Teutonic
feelings.
33. Hen. Hunt. M. H. B. 761 D. “Quidam Anglorum Eadgar Atheling
promovere volebant in Regem.” Will. Malms. iii. 238. “Anglia dubio
favore nutabat, cui se rectori committeret incerta, an Haroldo an Willelmo
an Edgaro ... Angli diversis votis ferebantur, quamvis palam cuncti
bona Haroldo imprecarentur.” This is an important admission.
34. Would the course of the election have been in any way different, if the
Gemót had been held in Oxford?
35. Fl. Wig. 1066. “A totius Angliæ primatibus ad regale culmen
electus.” See Appendix C.
36. See the Waltham writer’s character of Harold, vol. ii. p. 540.
38. Tapestry, pl. 7. Bruce, p. 80. “Hic dederunt Haroldo Coronam Regis.”
It is worth remark that the crown which is here represented as offered
to Harold is of a different and simpler form from that with which Harold
is represented as being crowned the next day. This last is the same as
that which Eadward is always drawn as wearing, even when supported in
the arms of Robert on his death-bed. This last representation is of course
merely symbolical; it is simply as much as to say, “This is the King.”
This latter crown is doubtless the crown used at the actual coronation,
and also on the great days when the King “wore his Crown” publicly.
On its form cf. vol. ii. p. 334. But this simpler crown, borne, it would
seem, immediately from the chamber of the dead King, suggests that such
a crown was commonly kept at hand near the King’s person. Compare the
well-known story of Henry the Fifth trying on the crown which was kept by
his father’s bed-side (Monstrelet, i. 163 b), a story which may pass as authority
for the custom, whether true or not as to the fact. This crown, as
easier of access, would be the one symbolically offered to the King-elect,
while the crown of greater ceremony would of course be used in the great
rite of the morrow.
39. The Danish Kings, though not of royal English blood, were of royal
blood in their own land. With the exception of them, the Crown of
Wessex, and of England as the developement and continuation of Wessex,
had never gone out of the West-Saxon royal house. I cannot answer for
all the momentary Kings in Northumberland or in the last days of Mercia.
42. “Die quâ Edwardus Rex vivus fuit et mortuus” is a common form
in Domesday. So in Cod. Dipl. iv. 233; “To þám timan ðe Eádward cing
was cucu and deád.”
44. The Tapestry (pl. 7) significantly puts together, in one compartment,
one over the other, the nomination of Harold by Eadward (“Hic Eadwardus
Rex in lecto alloquit fideles”) and the preparation of Eadward’s body for
burial (“Hic defunctus est”). Now the churchman in attendance on the
death-bed must surely be the same as the churchman who is helping at the
preparation for burial. Now the former can only be Stigand, and the
latter is still more distinctly marked with the archiepiscopal pallium, the
unlucky gift of Benedict.
46. In the coronation-offices of different ages, mention is often made of the
weariness of the sovereign, caused, according to Mr. Maskell, by his obligation
to receive the Communion fasting. In this case therefore, when
the burial had to take place before the coronation, it would be specially
necessary to begin the ceremony early in the day.
47. Vita Eadw. 434. “Coram altare beati Petri Apostoli conditur corpus.”
The Chronicles simply mention the burial in the minster; “He forðferde
on Twelftan æfen, and hyne man bebyrigde on Twelftan dæig on þam ylcan
mynstre” (Ab. Wig. 1065)—“innan þære niwa halgodre circean on Westmynstre”
(Petrib. 1066).
48. The general sorrow has quite witness enough in the Life, 434, 435.
Æthelred (402) uses stronger expressions, but which still perhaps do not
go beyond the facts of the case; “Dici non potest quantus mox omnes
timor invaserit, occupaverit mœror, quomodo totam quoque insulam
tenebrosus quidam horror impleverit.”
50. Vita Eadw. 434. “Totum quoque a primo die tricesimum celebratione
missarum, decantatione prosequuntur psalmorum, expensis pro redemptione
ipsius animæ multis auri libris in sublevatione diversi ordinis pauperum.”
51. Ib. 435. “Ibi illuminantur cæci, in gressum solidantur claudi,
infirmi curantur, mœrentes consolatione Dei reparantur.”
52. At this point we lose the contemporary Life of Eadward. He speaks
of no event later than the funeral, except in an allusion to the Battle of
Stamfordbridge (426);
“Quis canet æquoreo vastum fervore tumentem
Humbram congressum Regibus æquivocis?”
He declines entering on the subject for fear of wounding the feelings of
Eadgyth. Except from this one place, and from the dying recommendation
of Eadward, which last he makes as dark as possible (see Appendix B), we
should never learn from him that Harold ever reigned at all. William is
never mentioned or alluded to. It is clear that, writing as he did for
Eadgyth, under William, he could not write as he would, and, courtier as
he was, he was not willing to write in the way that might have been most
acceptable.
53. “Gillebertus cognomento Crispyn,” says Æthelred (408), who calls
this examination “prima translatio.” His appointment by Lanfranc is
mentioned in the Tract on the Crispin Family, Lanfranc, ed. Giles, i. 343.
54. Æthel. u.s. “Non tamen conatum hunc meum præsumptioni deputes
sed devotioni, quum relliquiarum ejus vel modicam portionem, si mihi
copia præstaretur, Crœsi opibus prætulissem.”
55. See Hardy’s Catalogue of English History, vol. i. part 2. p. 642.
Several letters on the subject will be found among the letters of Osbert
published (along with those of Herbert Lozinga) by Colonel Anstruther
(Brussels 1846), numbered 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 in the series. Osbert writes
on behalf of the canonization to the Pope’s Legate, Alberic Bishop of
Ostia, and to Henry, Bishop of Winchester, whose somewhat remote
kindred to the saint is enlarged on. Bishop Henry, the Chapter (Conventus)
of Saint Paul’s, and lastly King Stephen, write letters which
Osbert carries to the Pope. Lastly comes Innocent’s answer to the
Convent of Westminster, asking for further proof of Eadward’s miracles,
&c. There is nothing of special interest in the whole series.
56. See the opening of Æthelred’s Life of Eadward (370. Cf. Geneal.
Regg. 350); he calls Henry “lapidem angularem Anglici generis et
Normannici.”
57. See Dart, Westmonasterium, p. 53. He quotes from a seemingly
unpublished manuscript.
58. Edward the First was baptized on the day of the Translation of his
earlier namesake the “Martyr.” See Matt. Paris, 488. But it is distinctly
said that his name was given him in honour of the Confessor.
Flores Hist. 1239; “Est Eadwardus vocitatus. Qui denominationem accepit
a glorioso Rege et Confessore Eadwardo, cujus corpus gloriosum
in basilicâ S. Petri Westmonasterii requiescit.” So N. Trivet, in anno
(p. 225 ed. Hog); “In honorem gloriosissimi Confessoris et Regis
Edwardi Edwardum vocavit.” But Matthew Paris (u.s.) seems, oddly
enough, to make him be called Edward after the contemporary Archbishop
Saint Edmund; “Archiepiscopus Ædmundus Cantuariensis ipsum confirmavit,
et, Rege sic volente, aptatum est ei nomen, scilicet Ædwardus.”
The important point is the re-appearance, from any cause, of the royal
English name.
59. Matt. Paris, 661. “Eodem anno [1245] Dominus Rex, devotione
quam habuit adversus sanctum Ædwardum submonente, ecclesiam Sancti
Petri Westmonasteriensem jussit ampliari. Et, dirutis antiquis cum turri
muris partis orientalis, præcepit novos, videlicet decentiores ... construi.”
60. T. Wikes, 1269 (Gale, ii. 89). “Ecclesiam ... Rex opere sumptuosissimo
fabricatam, amotâ prorsus veteri [this is not true, see M.
Paris, u.s.] quæ nullius omnino valoris exstiterat, de propriis fisci regalis
exitibus [Simon and the Parliament had something to say on that head],
a fundamentis construxit, quæ quidem sumptibus pariter et decore sic
cæteris per orbem ecclesiis præponi decernitur, ut videatur comparem
non habere.”
62. Matt. Paris, 2. “Ecclesia, quam ... post multi ecclesias construentes,
exemplum adepti, opus illud expensis æmulabantur sumptuosis.” See
vol. ii. p. 508 for the passage of William of Malmesbury on which this is
founded.
63. I know of no other English church of the thirteenth century which
exhibits the French arrangement of the apse and surrounding chapels. It
may be seen at an earlier date at Norwich and in the ground-plan of the
destroyed monastic church at Leominster, and at a later date at Tewkesbury,
the example most like Westminster, though on a much smaller scale.
64. John’s submission to Rome was more ignominious in point of form than
anything done by Eadward or Henry, but it was not in the same way the
act of his own free will.
65. T. Wikes, p. 88. Henry moved the body “non patiens ulteriùs venerabiles
relliquias beatissimi Regis Edwardi Confessoris, quem præ cæteris
sanctis speciali quâdam veneratione dilexit, locello quodam humili recubare.”
The ceremony was done “convocatis universis Angliæ prælatis et magnatibus,
necnon cunctarum regni sui civitatum pariter et burgorum potentioribus.”
The Witan, in short, buried him and the Witan translated him.
Then follows the list of the Kings, Princes, and nobles who bore the
body.
66. T. Wikes, p. 89. “Quotquot manus apponere poterant ad onus tam
nobile supportandum in adjutorium evocatis.”
71. Ord. Vit. 843 B. “Mathildis Regina, quæ in baptismate Edit dicta
fuit, Kal. Maii [1118] obiit, et in basilicâ sancti Petri Westmonasterio
tumulata quiescit.”
72. Charter of Henry, printed in Stanley’s Memorials, p. 504. “Ob reverentiam
gloriosissimi Regis Eadwardi, cujus corpus in monasterio Westmonasterii
requiescit, nostri corporis sepulturam ... eligimus in eodem.”
73. One would have inferred from the account in Dart, Westmonasterium
(i. 56), that the body of Eadward was never disturbed. But the testimony
of Henry Machyn seems explicit; “The xx day of Marche [1556–7] was
taken up at Westmynster agayn with a hondered lyghtes King Edward
the confessor ... it was a godly shyte to have seen yt how reverently he
was cared [carried] from the plasse that he was taken up wher he was led
[laid] when that the abbay was spowlyd and robbed” (p. 130, Camd. Soc.
ed.). The shrine was set up on the 5th of January 1555. Chronicle of
Grey Friars, p. 94, Camd. Soc. ed., where the day is called Saint Edward’s
day. Stanley, Memorials of Westminster, p. 412.
74. I discuss the circumstances of Harold’s coronation at length in Appendix
D. But all that is needed is expressed in the decisive words of Florence,
“Ab Aldredo Archiepiscopo Eboracensi honorificè consecratus,” and in the
picture in the Tapestry, pl. 7, erring only in making Stigand the consecrator.
75. See Maskell, p. xv. Some canonists seem even to have held, with
a special reference to the Emperor John Tzimiskês, that the unction, like
baptism, washed out all earlier sin.
78. Maskell, 3, 5. “Chorus decantet antiphonam ‘Firmetur manus tua et
exaltetur dextera tua; justitia et judicium præparatio sedis tuæ, misericordia
et veritas præcedent faciem tuam.’”
79. Ib. 5. “Perveniens Rex ad ecclesiam, prosternat se coram altare, et
hymnizetur, ‘Te Deum laudamus, Te Dominum confitemur.’ Quo fini
tenùs hymnizato, Rex erigatur de solo.”
83. “Totius regni Anglo-Saxonum ecclesiam cum plebibus sibi annexis.”
(Selden, 116.) This is one of the rare cases in which this word is used;
but it will be easily seen how completely its use agrees with the rule
given in vol. i. p. 608. “Anglo-Saxonum” is simply an abbreviation
of the form “Anglorum vel [= et] Saxonum” used before and after.
85. On the unction, whether on the head only, see Appendix E.
86. Selden, 116. “Hic unguatur oleo, et hæc cantetur antiphona,
‘Unxerunt Salomonem Sadoch sacerdos et Nathan propheta Regem in
Gion, et accedentes dixerunt, Vivat Rex in æternum.’”
87. Selden, 117. “Sacratissima unctio super caput ejus defluat, atque ad
interiora descendat, et cordis illius intima penetret.”
88. On the royal vestments, see Taylor, 79 et seqq.
89. Maskell, p. 27. “In quo per virtutem Sancti Spiritûs resistere et
ejicere omnes inimicos tuos valeas, et cunctos sanctæ Dei Ecclesiæ
adversarios, regnumque tibi commissum tutari, atque protegere castra
Dei.”
90. On the Crown and the other regalia used, including the orb, see
Appendix E.
104. We shall find him in Sussex at the moment of the landing at Pevensey.
See below, Chapter xv. Robert the son of Wymarc must be distinguished
from another Robert who was also high in Eadward’s favour, namely Robert
of Rhuddlan, sister’s son to Hugh of Grantmesnil (Ord. Vit. 669 C); “Hic
Eduardi Regis armiger fuit [a sinecure office, one would think], et ab illo
cingulum militiæ accepit.”
106. See vol. ii. p. 359. Reginbald signs many charters.
107. There were several Stallers at a time. Besides Robert and Ralph, we
find under Eadward, Esegar (see vol. ii. p. 63, and Hist. Elien. ii. 39, where
he seems to be confounded with Earl Ælfgar), Lyfing (Cod. Dipl. iv. 291;
vi. 198), Eadgar (iv. 148), Ælfstan (Thorpe, Dipl. Ang. 356), Harold
(Domesday, 337), and Bondig (Cod. Dipl. iv. 172, 281; Domesday, 148 b,
218 b). The deposition or banishment of Ralph is more likely than that
of any other favourite of Eadward. On the other hand his foreign birth
is less certain.
110. Florence mentions his orders as given “Ducibus, Satrapis, Vicecomitibus,
et suis in commune Ministris.” What were the exact
functions of the “Satraps,” put thus in a marked way between Earls
and Sheriffs?
114. Plat. Phæd. c. xxxviii. ἀλλὰ πρὸς δύο λέγεται οὐδ’ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς οἷός τε εἶναι.
115. De Inv. c. 20. “Rex ... quod prius dilexerat non potuit odisse.
Verumtamen ecclesiam Walthamensem, amplori quam priùs amplexatus
dilectione, multâ donariorum venustate cœpit eam ampliare, ita ut postea
nullatenus sine multorum munerum oblatione vellet etiam illam sedem
visitare.”
116. Cod. Dipl. iv. 305, perhaps the only surviving writ of Harold’s reign.
It is addressed to Æthelnoth, Abbot of Glastonbury (see vol. ii. p. 361) and
the Sheriff Tovid or Tofig. See vol. i. p. 590.
131. See vol. ii. p. 484. Eadward, born at Islip, is said (Hist. Eli. ii. 33) to
have been presented by his parents on the altar at Ely; I know not
whether he ever repeated the visit.
132. Vit. Wlst. 254. “Illi populi ferro indomabiles, semper quiddam
magnum à proavis spirantes.”
133. The matter could only have been decided in a Gemót, and Harold’s
presence at York is implied in the Chronicles.
135. On the possibility that Harold’s marriage with Ealdgyth took place at
this point, see Appendix F.
136. Vit. Wlst. 254. “Multa et illo itinere et aliàs crebrò præscita et
prænuntiata sunt. Denique Haraldo palàm testificatus est, quanto detrimento
et sibi et Angliæ foret, nisi nequitias morum correctum ire cogitaret.
Vivebatur enim tunc penè ubique in Angliâ perditis moribus, et pro pacis
affluentiâ deliciarum fervebat luxus.”
137. Chronn. Ab. Wig. 1066. “On þisum geare com Harold kyng of
Eoforwic to Westmynstre, to þam Eastran, þe wæron æfter þam middanwintran
þe se kyng forðferde.”
141. Hist. Ab. i. 482. Cf. the writs in Cod. Dipl. iv. 200, 228. On the
affairs of Ely, see Appendix L.
142. See Hist. Ab. 482 et seqq. There is something singular in the way in
which the local writer couples the advancement of the new Abbot with that
of Harold—his own local Earl. “Tunc duo subrogati sunt, Haroldus
comes scilicet in Regem Anglorum; et Ealdredus, hactenus exteriorum
præposituram Abbendoniæ agens, inibi in abbatem monachorum.” He
had (p. 486) two names (binomius erat) Ealdred and “Brichwinus.”
145. Ib. 40. “Citiùs [before the death of Guthmund] Normannis regnum
obtinentibus, miles illorum quidam Hugo de Mumford easdem terras
invasit, et hactenus ecclesiæ detenuit.” I cannot however identify the
lands in Domesday.
146. I know of no authority for the date of William’s first message, except
the assertion in Bromton (958) that it was on the tenth day after the
death of Eadward. I cannot look on this as enough. I shall therefore
treat of the message in connexion with those events to which it belongs
in order of subject, if not of time.
147. Annales Benevent. ap. Pertz, iii. 180. “Sexto decimo Kalendas Maii
apparuit stella cometis [the Greek κομητής]. Tertio die stante mense
Februarii factæ sunt tenebræ horâ nonâ et permanserunt horæ tres; postea
subsequuta est pluvia rapida nimium.... Et Nortmanni bella crudelissima
fecerunt cum Britannis in terrâ Anglorum et Saxonum.”
148. Chronn. Ab. Wig. 1066. “Þa wearð geond eall Englaland swylc tacen
on heofenum gesewen swylce nan man ǽr ne geseh.”
149. Flor. Wig. “Stella cometes non solùm in Angliâ, sed etiam, ut fertur,
per totum mundum visa, per vii. dies splendore nimio fulgebat.”
150. Chronn. u. s. “Sume menn cwædon þæt hyt cométa steorra wære,
þone sume menn hatað þone fexedon steorran. And he æteowde ærest on
þone æfen Letania Major, þæt ys viii. Kal. Mai.” [Monday, April 24.]
152. Ann. S. Germani, Pertz, iv. 4. “A vespere usque ad gallicinium.”
153. Tapestry, pl. 7. “Isti mirant stellam.” See Appendix M.
154. Will. Malms. ii. 225. Alberic of Trois-Fontaines, 1066. Æthelmær, it
seems, was a man of mechanical skill, who in his youth had attempted to
make himself wings like Daidalos, but who had been hardly more successful
than Ikaros, though from another cause. “Ipse ferebat caussam ruinæ suæ
quod caudam in posteriori parte oblitus fuerat adaptare.” He remained
lame for life.
155. Will. Malms. ii. 225. “Venisti, inquit, venisti, multis matribus lugende;
dudum est quod te vidi; sed nunc multò terribiliorem intueor patriæ hujus
excidiùm minitantem.”
158. Alb. Trium Font. 51. “Anno 1017. Cometes solito mirabilior in modum
trabis maximæ per quatuor menses apparuit.” He then goes on to speak
of the reign of Cnut.
159. There is nothing special to remark on the authorities for this Chapter,
which consist mainly of the Norman writers whose names and whose
relative importance must be by this time familiar to the reader. I will
only remark that it is somewhat vexatious that we have to trust almost
wholly to authorities on one side. While we have full narratives from
the Norman writers, we have only the most fragmentary statements from
any French, Angevin, or Breton source to set against them. And, to
an English writer, this is specially vexatious when we draw near to the
end of the period, when we have to deal with those personal relations
between William and Harold on which the Norman writers are so full,
while the contemporary English writers are so completely, no doubt
significantly, silent.
161. See St. John, ii. 225 et seqq. But I would not, as I shall presently show,
be thought to share Mr. St. John’s extreme scepticism on the whole matter.
162. It is indeed quite possible that the mass of people in England knew
nothing about the matter. The only statement implying that they did is
that of Harold’s romantic biographer (Chron. Ang. Norm. ii. 187, 188) which
I have quoted and discussed in Appendix C.
165. Will. Pict. 90. “Reges de longinquo suas unicè caras filias huic marito
voluntariè locarent.”
166. Ib. 89. “Adeo ut et ejus sobolem, quam solâ tum spe fovebant,
dominum sibi concordi votorum electione creare certarent.” He goes on
to speak of the debates on the subject, “res ponderosa” as he calls it, and
how it was discussed “in frequenti curiâ.” So Will. Gem. vii. 21 “Jam
Duce juvenili robore vigente, transcensis annis adolescentiæ, cœperunt
optimates ejus de successione prolis cum eo attentiùs tractare.”
167. Will. Malms. iii. 273. “Præter cæteras virtutes, præcipuè in primâ
adolescentiâ castitatem suspexit, in tantum ut publicè sereretur nihil illum
in feminâ posse. Verumtamen ex procerum sententiâ matrimonio addictus,
ita se egit ut pluribus annis nullius probri suspicione notaretur.” He then
goes on to mention, without believing, an absurd story which I shall have
to speak of elsewhere. I do not know on what authority genealogists and
antiquaries call the famous William Peverel of Domesday a natural son of
William: I know of nothing to that effect in any ancient writer. See
Appendix N.
168. Will. Pict. 90. “Consiliis itaque de matrimonio discrepatur ...
ac affines habere quos confines potissimùm placuit.”
170. Among the many foreign brothers-in-law of Æthelstan, it is certain
that the two most prominent, Otto the Great and Duke Hugh of Paris, left
no posterity by their English wives. But a search among the princes of
the time might have revealed some descendants of Eadgifu and the other
sisters. The line of the Karlings of Laôn was not extinct.
171. Will. Pict. 90. “Uti à Satrapis Morinorum, quos moderni Flandros
appellant,” &c. This is somewhat in the style of Richer, our classical
companion in my first volume.
173. The first Count Baldwin married Judith, daughter of Charles the Bald,
widow of our Æthelwulf; Baldwin the Second married Ælfthryth, daughter
of Ælfred; Arnulf the Old married Adela of the Carolingian house of
Vermandois; his son Baldwin married Matilda, daughter of King Conrad
of Burgundy; Arnulf the Young married Susanna, daughter of King
Berengar of Italy; but the mother of the reigning Count, though of
princely, was not of royal birth. William of Poitiers (90) is therefore
justified when he says that Baldwin “à Regibus Galliæ atque Germaniæ
natales deducebat;” but I cannot follow him when he goes on to add,
“nobilitatis etiam Constantinopolitanæ lineam attingentes.”
174. Will. Pict. 90. “Stupuerunt mirantes eum Comites, Marchiones, Duces,
tum Archipræsulum alta dignitas, si quando præsentiam ejus, rari hospitis,
Imperatoria cura promeruit ... nomine siquidem Romani Imperii miles fuit,
re decus et gloria summa consiliorum in summâ necessitudine. Reges
quoque magnitudinem ejus et venerati sunt et veriti.”
175. In the Annales Blandinienses and Formoselenses (Pertz, v. 26, 36),
the Count of Flanders appears as “Balduinus potentissimus,” “potentissimus
Marchisus.”
176. Will. Pict. 90. “Vigebat eo tempore Teutonibus collimitans ac
Francis, eminensque potentiâ, præcipuus eorum, Flandrensis Marchio
Baldwinus.”
177. The Free Cities of Germany obtained a higher degree of independence
than those of Flanders, and those of them which became members of the
Swiss League of course became more independent still. Yet, except the
Hanseatic towns, none of them rested their greatness so purely on commerce
as the Flemish cities, and the Flemish cities were distinctly more democratic
in their spirit than any others. Ghent is something quite different either
from the Teutonic Rome at Bern or from the Teutonic Carthage at Lübeck.
179. In the Chronicle of Lambert of Saint Omer, 1067 (Pertz, v. 66) he is
distinguished as “Baldwinus Comes Insulanus” from his son “Baldwinus
Montensis.” So in the Continuation of Sigebert, vi. 433.
183. He rebelled again in 1054 (Herm. Cont. in anno, Pertz, v. 133. Bernold,
ib. 427). On the War, see Annales Elnonenses Majores (Pertz, v. 13). The
reconciliation by the agency of Pope Victor is asserted in the Chronicles of
Sigebert (Pertz, vi. 360) and Ekkehard (vi. 198); on the terms see Art de
Vérifier les Dates, iii. 4.
184. See vol. i. pp. 519, 562. I shall have to speak of this marriage again.
188. “Corpore valdè elegantem animoque liberalem,” says William of Jumièges
(vii. 21). So Wace, who wrongly calls her mother Constance
(9640–9642); “Mahelt out non, mult bele è gente.” William of Poitiers
attributes her excellences to the good training which she had received
from her mother Adela; “Enutrierat autem prudens et sancta mater in
filiâ quod muneribus paternis multuplo præponderaret.” He then goes on
to extol the royal family of France, to which he is not always so loyal, and
he commits the blunder of calling Robert “filius et nepos Regum.”
190. On this discovery of Mr. Stapleton and on other points connected with
the marriage, see Appendix N.
191. William of Poitiers indeed would almost make one think that Baldwin
set off with his daughter to meet William as soon as he heard that William
wanted a wife, and that they were married without more ado. William of
Jumièges (vii. 21) seems to make the marriage follow immediately on the
embassy, though he afterwards mentions the objections made on the ground
of kindred, on which William of Poitiers holds his peace.
192. See the tale in the Continuator of Wace, ap. Ellis, ii. 55. The only
groundwork for the story seems to be the fact that Matilda held certain
lands which had belonged to a Brihtric—there were several of the name.
193. Ord. Vit. 522 A, 598 A. His description is “Gherbodus Flandrensis.”
194. See Ellis, i. 507. The inscription beginning “Stirps Gundrada Ducum,”
has often been copied, and has no doubt misled many. The
“Duces” are of course the Counts of Flanders, not those of Normandy.
195. She is assumed to be such even by Sir Francis Palgrave (iii. 254), after
the appearance of Mr. Stapleton’s paper.
201. Ann. Divionenses, ap. Pertz, v. 41. Labbé, Concilia, xi. 1407 et seqq.
Chron. of Auxerre, ap. Labbé, Biblioth. i. 293.
202. Labbé, Concilia, xi. 1412. The two canons run; “xi. Ne quis incestuosæ
conjunctioni se copularet. xii. Ne quis, legitimâ uxore derelictâ,
aliam duceret.” Presently comes the passage quoted by Mr. Stapleton;
“Excommunicavit etiam Comites Engelrannum et Eustachium propter
incestum, et Hugonem de Brainâ, qui legitimam uxorem dimiserat et
aliam sibi in matrimonio sociaverat. Interdixit et Balduino Comiti Flandrensi
ne filiam suam Willelmo Nortmanno nuptui daret, et illi ne eam
acciperet. Vocavit etiam Comitem Tetbaldum, quoniam suam dimiserat
uxorem.” I do not know what were the offences of Ingelram (who was
not yet Count) or of Eustace. Theobald had put away Gersendis, daughter
of Herbert Wake-the-Dog of Maine, of whom we shall hear more anon.
In the Art de Vérifier les Dates, ii. 615, Theobald’s wife Gersendis seems
to be confounded with his sister the wife of Hugh son of Herbert.
204. The whole story is given in the hexameters of William of Apulia,
Muratori, v. 259 et seqq. Cf. Milman, iii. 35 et seqq.
205. William’s lines on the stature of the Germans are well known as being
quoted by Gibbon (x. 257 ed. Milman). His description of their swords and
manner of fighting is less familiar, and is worth quoting, as showing how
much the Teutonic warfare was the same everywhere (p. 260, C, D);
“Nam nec equus doctè manibus giratur eorum,
Nec validos ictus dat lancea, præminet ensis,
Sunt etenim longi specialiter et peracuti
Illorum gladii, percussum à vertice corpus
Scindere sæpe solent, et firmo stant pede postquam
Deponuntur equis, potiùs certando perire
Quam dare terga volunt, magis hoc sunt Marte timendi.
Quam dum sunt equites; tanta est audacia gentis.”
This exactly describes an English army before Cnut introduced the axe
instead of the sword (see vol. i. pp. 300, 430, 577), and the implied
panegyric of William is the parallel of the implied panegyric of Guy of
Amiens. See vol. ii. p. 128.
209. Thirty-six years if we count from the death of William’s grandmother
Judith in 1017; twenty-seven if we count from the death of Richard the
Good in 1026. The question turns on the position of Richard’s second wife
Papia. See vol. ii. p. 181.
211. Will. Malms. iii. 267. “Ferunt quidam esse arcanam depositionis
caussam; Matildem, quam Willelmus acceperat, proximam sibi sanguine
fuisse. Id, Christianæ fidei zelo, Malgerium non tulisse, ut consanguineo
cubili fruerentur, sed in nepotem et comparem excommunicationis jaculum
intentâsse.”
212. William, or Orderic, in the death-bed narrative (657 B), puts the two
together; “Non multò post alia mihi gravissima adversitas oborta est.
Patrui namque mei, Malgerius Rothomagensis Archiepiscopus et Guillelmus
frater ejus ... me velut nothum contempserunt,” etc.
213. See the passage of William of Malmesbury just cited.
214. Will. Malms. iii. 267. “Is erat litteris quidem non mediocriter cultus.”
This is admitted even by William of Poitiers, 116; “Scripturarum arcana
intelligentiæ literalis oculo colligere non indoctus fuit.”
217. Will. Pict. 116. “Quam pietas plurimorum ornando ditavit, ille
spoliando attenuavit ecclesiam; non sponsus ejus vel pater dicendus, sed
gravissimus dominus vel rapacissimus prædo.... Largiendo laudem emere
amabat, specie liberalitatis prodigus.... Nec enim modum posuit largitioni
donec sedes metropolitana omni fere ornamento caruit et thesauro.”
218. Ord. Vit. 566 D. Michael was, when Orderic wrote, an old man in
great honour with Henry the First. He was “probus miles et legitimus.”
Wace (9707) gives him several children, and seems to make them born after
his deposition. Michael is “hom mult énorez, Michiel de Baines [al.
Bayeux] apelez.”
219. Will. Pict. 116. “Sæpenumero monitus atque castigatus privatim atque
publicè domini sui, juvenis et laici, sapiente diligentia.” So Will. Malms.
iii. 267; “Crebrò conventus, expostulante nepote patruelis [patrui?]
offensas.”
220. Ib. “Sequuntur multoties largitionem rapinæ. Præterea molestus
infamiæ ejus odor diffundebatur ob alia crimina. Sed a ratione alienum
ducimus in vitiis publicandis immorari,” etc.
221. Ib. “Pallio numquam est insignitus quod ... manus Romani Pontificis,
mittere [?] solita, ei denegavit ut minus idoneo.” So Will. Malms. u. s.
222. Ib. 117. “Apostolici mandato sæpiùs ad Romanum concilium accitus,
renuit ire.” William is just now very zealous for the Holy See, quite
unlike the Gallicanism of Rudolf Glaber. See vol. ii. p. 275.
224. Will. Malms. iii. 267. “Quum iræ adolescentis uxoriæ querelæ accederent,
excogitatas occasiones quibus persequutor peccati sede pelleretur.”
It is clear that Malger had partizans.
225. William of Poitiers (117) does not name the Legate. He says only
“Princeps ... deposuit patruum in publico sanctæ synodi, Apostolici
vicario cunctisque Normanniæ episcopis, juxta canonum auctoritatem, sententiam
dantibus unanimi consensus.” The List in Mabillon (Analecta, ii.
439) names Ermenfred (see vol. ii. p. 461), and mentions the place,
Lisieux. William of Jumièges (vii. 24) makes Malger resign his see; “Eo
tempore Malgerius Archipræsul Rotomagensis desipere cœpit, et insipientiâ
ductus Archipræsulatum Duci reddidit.” The strong regale, or rather ducale,
of all our accounts should be noticed. See vol. ii. p. 209.
226. William of Poitiers does not mention the banishment of Malger, but
it is spoken of by most of our other authorities. Will. Gem. vii. 24. “Dux
autem Malgerium in insulâ quæ dicitur Ghernervia retrusit.” The list in
Mabillon (ii. 439) says, “Dedit postea illi quamdam insulam in Constantiniensi
pago in mari sitam.” Roman de Rou, 9703;
“Es isles vint de Costentin,
Là fu è vist tresqu’ è la fin.”
On the “Isles of the Côtentin” see vol. i. p. 211 et seqq.
227. Mabillon, u. s. “In quâ [insulâ] pluribus annis, non quidem ut decuit,
vixit.” Wace, as a Jersey man, is much fuller on this part of the story.
228. Roman de Rou, 9714 et seqq. He has “un deable privé” called
Toret or Toreit, who was always at his beck and call. What is Toret?
Pluquet makes it a diminutive from Thor. Sir F. Palgrave (iii. 276, 277)
speaks of French antiquaries “who discover in the name Thoreit the exclamation
Thor-aie, an invocation of Thor the Hammerer.” Pluquet at
least does not. (On Thor-aie see vol. ii. p. 257.) Sir Francis goes on,
“But the vocable is pure hoch deutsch, and however gained or bestowed,
simply signifies Folly.” Of two improbable explanations Pluquet’s seems
to me the less improbable. See Mr. Thorpe’s amazing note to Lappenberg,
Norman Kings, p. 86, where he mixes up Malger’s familiar spirit with
Ralph of Tesson’s war-cry. See vol. ii. p. 257, and Taylor’s Wace, p. 20.
229. Histoire des Archevesques de Rouen (Rouen, 1667), p. 253. The
author, a Benedictine father, is disposed to let Malger off more easily than
most people.
230. Mabillon, ii. 439. “Postea verò, quo autem divino judicio ignoratur,
in mari submersus est.” Wace tells the story at length, 9727 et seqq.
But there must, as Prevost says, be some mistake in the name Winçant,
which suggests the Picard Witsand rather than any haven of the Côtentin.
231. See vol. i. p. 170. Will. Malms. iii. 246. “Omnium gentium benignissimi
advenas æquali secum honore colunt.”
232. Mabillon, ii. 439. “Nobili prosapiâ ex Remensi pago exortus, et in
ejusdem civitatis ecclesiâ educatus, inde in Leodicensi ecclesiâ omni liberalium
artium peritiâ imbutus.” Orderic (567 C) calls him “genere Maguntinus.”
He must have confounded the birthplace of Maurilius with the
place of his preferment, Halberstadt being, at all events, in the province
of Mainz.
233. Mabillon, ii. 440. “Halverstatensis [mark the Low-Dutch form]
ecclesiæ Scholasticus effectus est, qui locus in Saxoniâ ditissimus habetur.”
On the office of the Scholasticus, compare Adelard at Waltham, vol. ii. p. 443.
234. This first profession at Fécamp rests on the authority of the list in
Mabillon. Orderic (u. s.) mentions only his second sojourn there. But
does not a profession at Fécamp under the Italian Abbot William form a
kind of transition between Halberstadt and the Italian hermitage?
235. I reserve some notice of the history of Fécamp (see vol. i. p. 218),
and of the connexion of the monastery with England, for a more appropriate
place in the fourth volume.
236. The profession of Maurilius at Fécamp would naturally come within
the time of Abbot William, 1001–1031. After so varied a career, we can
hardly fancy him less than fifty at the time of his appointment to the
Archbishoprick, and we want several years for each of his metamorphoses
between Halberstadt and Rouen. His first sojourn at Fécamp, his hermit
life, his Abbacy at Florence, his second sojourn at Fécamp, might well
take up twenty-four years among them.
238. Mabillon, ii. 440. “Eremi cultor solitariam vitam ducens opere
manuum vixit.”
239. Mabillon, u. s. So Ord. Vit. 567 C, who adds a characteristic Italian
trait; “In urbe Florentiâ monachili cœnobio Abbatis jure præfuit, et
exosus transgressoribus pro rigore disciplinæ venenum in potu sibi propinato
deprehendit.”
240. Ord. Vit. u. s. “Tempore Johannis Abbatis compatriotæ sui Fiscannum
venit.” But the local accounts make John a Lombard. Orderic
might have assumed that an Abbot at Florence must be an Italian, but
how could this be reconciled with his description of Maurilius as “Maguntinus”?
Cf. Neustria Pia, 223.
241. Bessin, 47–49. Pommeraye, 71. Mabillon, ii. 441. “Adstante Willelmo
Normannorum Duce, postea Anglorum Rege, cum omnibus suffraganeis
suis, concilium in Rothomagensi ecclesiâ de castitate conservandâ et
cæteris sanctorum patrum institutionibus, pastorum incuriâ negligenter
postpositis, viriliter restituendis religiose celebravit.” Everything bears
witness alike to the ecclesiastical supremacy of the Norman Dukes and of
the personal zeal of William in all ecclesiastical matters.
244. Vit. Lanfr. ap. Giles, i. 287. “Ad administranda quoque totius patriæ
negotia summus ab ipso Normannorum Duce Willelmo consiliarius assumitur.”
Allowing for the natural exaggeration of a panegyrist, there
seems enough to imply a very close relation between William and Lanfranc.
See vol. ii. p. 227.
245. Vit. Lanfr. i. 288. “Hujus tam improvidæ jussionis caussam agunt,
quod idem Lanfrancus contradicebat nuptiis filiæ Comitis Flandriæ, quam
ipse sibi Dux copulaverat in matrimonio, quia proximâ carnis consanguinitate
jungebatur.” So Chron. Becc. 198.
246. Ib. “Unde auctoritate Romani Papæ tota Neustria fuerat ab officio
Christianitatis suspensa et interdicta.” So Chron. Becc. u. s. Wace (9659)
makes Malger pronounce the interdict;
251. Vit. Lanfr. 287. “Mandat ut monasterio exturbetur, patriâ discedat,
Lanfrancus. Nec motus animi sui hâc vindictâ sedare valens, mandavit
juris monasterii villam, quæ Parcus dicitur, flammis excidi.” On the word
Park, see Earle, Parallel Chronicles, p. 323.
252. In the story in Lanfranc’s Life (287 Giles), the banished Prior sets out
on a horse which went on three legs, because the house had none that was
better (“quia melior non habebatur, tripes equus quarto pede inutili illi tribuitur”),
and accompanied by one servant. He meets the Duke; “Protinus
quà ille discedebat Duci obvius venienti appropinquans.” The meeting may
have been accidental, or Lanfranc may have gone by a way where he was
likely to meet William, but I cannot think, with Dr. Hook (ii. 93), that
“Lanfranc directed his steps to Rouen, where he probably had been summoned
to appear before the duke.” The lame horse—the narrator quite
enters into the joke—bows its head, and his rider salutes the Prince; “Equo
per singulos passus caput ad terram submittente, dominum salutat.” William
at first turns away, but presently listens. Lanfranc begins with a joke;
he is obeying William by going out of his dominions as fast as he could;
he would go faster, if the Duke would give him a better horse. William
laughs, and asks whether any criminal before had ever ventured to ask a
present of his judge. The Duke is fairly won over, Lanfranc makes his
speech, and all is soon settled.
253. Vit. Lanfr. 287. “Gratissimi mox succedunt amplexus et oscula.”
254. Vit. Lanfr. 287. “Multo etiam cum augmento restituenda promittuntur
quæ Dux nuperrimè devastari jusserat.”
255. See this point discussed by Dr. Hook, ii. 94. A quite different account
of the reconciliation of Lanfranc to the Duke, or rather of his first introduction
to him, is given in two passages of William of Malmesbury, De
Gest. Pont. 116 b and 136, one in the Life of Lanfranc himself, the other in
that of Herfast, afterwards Bishop of Thetford. William’s Chaplains excite
him against Lanfranc, because he had mocked the ignorance of one of their
number. The Duke orders him to leave Normandy, but he goes to Court,
obtains an interview with the Duke, and speedily wins his favour. In the
second account it appears that the Chaplain mocked at was Herfast himself,
who came to Lanfranc’s school with great pomp. Lanfranc then makes a
mock of his ignorance; “Ex primâ colloquutione intelligens quàm prope
nihil sciret, abecedarium ipsi expediendum apposuit, ferociam hominis Italicâ
facetiâ illudens.” The order for banishment then follows. Lanfranc, somewhat
oddly, goes to court to ask for provisions for his journey (“Quum ad
curiam commeatum petiturus venisset”). Then comes the story of the lame
horse, and the Duke is won over to Lanfranc, mainly through the intercession
of William Fitz-Osbern. There is no mention of Lanfranc’s opposition
to the marriage.
This story about the Chaplain may be true; but it can hardly be doubted,
first that Lanfranc was already known to the Duke, secondly that the main
ground of offence was the opposition to the marriage.
256. Vit. Lanfr. 289. “Lanfrancus ... Romam venerat ... ut ageret pro
Duce Normannorum et uxore ejus apud Apostolicum.”
262. Vit. Lanfr. 289. “Nam Dux puellam [Gerbod is, as usual, forgotten]
quam acceperat nullo pacto dimittere vellet.”
263. Ib. “Loquutus cum Papâ Nicolao ostendit quia ejus sententia illos
tantùm gravabat, qui eos nec conjunxerant nec separare poterant.”
264. Will. Gem. vii. 26. “Willelmus Dux, dum à quibusdam religiosis [no
mention of Lanfranc personally] sæpiùs redargueretur, eò quod cognatam
suam sibi in matrimonium copulâsset, missis legatis, Romanum Papam super
hâc re consuluit. At ille sagaciter considerans quòd, si divortium fieri juberet,
fortè inter Flandrenses et Normannos grave bellum exsurgeret, maritum et
conjugem à reatu absolvit.” Vit. Lanfr. 289. “Hoc audiens et verum esse
advertens summus Pontifex, dispensatione habitâ, conjugium concessit.”
265. Will. Gem. u.s. “Eis pœnitentiam injunxit. Mandavit enim, ut ab
eis duo cœnobia conderentur, in quibus pro ipsis ab utroque sexu Deo
sedulò preces offerentur.” Vit. Lanfr. 289. “Eo tamen modo quatenùs
Dux et uxor ejus duo monasteria construerent, in quibus singulas congregationes
virorum ac mulierum coadunarent, qui ibi sub normâ sanctæ
relligionis, die noctuque Deo deservirent et pro salute eorum supplicarent.”
William of Malmesbury (iii. 267) would almost seem to have
looked on the foundations as a voluntary expiation, like the pilgrimage of
Swegen; “Postmodùm, provectioribus annis, pro expiatione sceleris, illum
sancto Stephano Cadomis monasterium ædificâsse, illam beatæ Trinitati in
eodem vico idem fecisse, utroque pro sexu suo personas habitantium
eligente.”
On the history of Saint Stephen’s, I must refer to two excellent local
works, “L’Abbaye de Saint-Etienne de Caen, par C. Hippeau,” Caen,
1855 (M. Hippeau is also known as the editor of the first complete
edition of Garnier’s Life of Saint Thomas), and “Analyse Architecturale
de l’Abbaye de Saint-Etienne de Caen, par G. Bouet,” Caen, 1867, a book
distinguished by the writer’s characteristic caution and minute accuracy.
On the blind hospital at Caen, see Hippeau, p. 4. Were persons admissible
whose eyes had been put out by the Duke’s own authority?
267. In William’s charter of 1066 (Gallia Christiana, xi. 59–61. I have to
thank M. Châtel, the Archivist of the Department of Calvados, for the
reference), he distinctly says that “honestissima conjux mea Mathildis,
nobilissimi Ducis Flandrensis Balduini filiam ... construxit basilicam,”
and goes on to record its consecration on June 18th. The charter in
Neustria Pia, 658–661, is of 1082. He there says “ecclesiam ... coædificavimus.”
Either it was still unfinished, or the nave has been rebuilt. It
is only the eastern part which can be Matilda’s work.
268. This was the great year of consecrations in Normandy. See vol. ii. pp.
212, 222. The consecration of Saint Stephen’s is distinctly placed in this
year by Orderic, 548 D. At Bec Lanfranc himself officiated (Will. Gem.
vi. 9), but at Caen the ceremony was performed by the Metropolitan John.
I gather from what goes before in Orderic that William was present at
Caen, though he was not at Bec. But the Chronicle of Saint Stephen itself
(Duchèsne, 1018) places the ceremony in 1073. Other dates given are
1081 and 1086 (see Neustria Pia, 625, Bouet, 15, 16). One cannot doubt
that 1077 is right date for the main consecration, and that the other
dates, if correct, refer to some smaller ceremony. The western towers (of
course not the upper portions) must have been added soon after the church
was finished. Their style is that of the church, and the masonry shows
that they were designed from the first, though not built at the same time
as the nave. This would quite agree with the date of 1086. For the consecration
of a steeple see vol. ii. p. 437.
269. See vol. ii. p. 222, and the verse of Abbot Baldwin in Duchèsne, Rer.
Franc. ii. 257; “Qui Dux Normannis, qui Cæsar præfuit Anglis.”
270. Allowing, of course, for the reconstruction of the clerestory and the
addition of the vault.
272. Will. Gem. vi 9. “Tam domini quam Normanniæ primatum supplicatione
coactus.” I accept Orderic’s date, but the Chronicle of Bec (Giles,
197) places the appointment in 1062.
274. Will. Malms. iii. 273. “Tulit ex Matilde liberos multos, quæ, et marito
morigera et prole fecunda, nobilis viri animum in sui amoris incitabat
aculeum.” He then goes on with the story of the bridle (see Appendix N)
and the account of the difference about Robert and of William’s grief at
her death.
278. Monstrelet, i. 324 b (ed. Paris 1595). “Vous charge,” says Henry the
Fifth, “sur tant que vous povez mesprendre, que tant que vous vivrez, ne
souffrez à faire traicté avecques nostre adversaire Charles de Vallois, ne
autres pour chose qu’il advienne, que la Duché de Normandie ne luy [to his
son] demeure franchement.”
279. Phil. Comines, i. 15 (vol. i. p. 71, ed. Godefroy 1723). “La chose
du monde qu’il desiroit le plus, c’estoit de voir un Duc en Normandie; car
par ce moyen il luy sembloit le Roy estre affoibly de la tierce partié.” See
the whole history of the grant and reconquest of Normandy, cap. xii-xv,
and Kirk, Charles the Bold, ii. 338 et seqq.
280. Ib. i. 13 (vol. i. p. 64). “Et a tousjours bien semblé aux Normands,
et fait encores, que si grand’ Duché, comme la leur, requiert bien un
Duc; et, à dire la verité, elle est de grand’ estime, et s’y leve de grands
deniers.” So, in the same chapter, Lewis says, “que de son conseulement
n’eust jamais baillé tel partage à son frère, mais puis que d’eux mesmes les
Normands en avoient fait cette nouvelleté, il en estoit content.”
281. Phil. Comines, ii. 9, 15 (vol. i. pp. 116, 137). Kirk, i. 272, 334, 525.
290. Will. Gem. vii. 22. “Monasterium Sancti Michaelis Ulterioris Portûs
ædificavit.” See the charter in Neustria Pia, 587.
291. Will. Pict. 118. The Archdeacon of Lisieux is longer and louder in
the praise of his own diocesan than in the praise of any one except the
Duke himself.
292. Ib. 119. “Ipse profectò, quum deponeretur Archipræsul Malgerius,
vox justitiæ sonora fuit, constanter permanens in parte Dei, propter Deum
damnans filium patrui.”
293. Will. Gem. vii. 20. “Ducatum sibi volens vendicare, cœpit contra
Ducem minis et infestationibus cervicem erigere.”
294. Ib. “Fortis Princeps, nolens ei cedere, exercitum congregarit, et
castrum Oucis, donec illud caperet, obsedit.”
295. Ib. “At ille Henricum Regem Francorum expetiit, cui quid
sibi contigisset flebiliter retexit. Rex verò ipsum, utpote nobilem
genere et formâ militem, benignè suscepit, et infortunio ejus condolens
Comitatum Suessionis ei cum quâdam nobili conjuge tribuit.” The
Vermandois family was descended from King Bernard of Italy, son of
Pippin, son of Charles. See Art de Vérifier les Dates, ii. 700, 727. The
supposed treason of Bernard seems to have shut out his descendants from
the Imperial and royal succession.
300. Ord. Vit. 657 B (in the death-bed speech). “Patrui mei Malgerius
Rothomagensis Archepiscopus, et Guillelmus frater ejus, cui Archas et
comitatum Calogii gratis dederam, me velut nothum contempserunt.”
So Roman de Rou, 8565;
“Ki clamout dreit en l’éritage;
Pur ke il esteit nez de muillier.”
And 8583;
“Jamez li Dus ne servireit;
Normendie à grant tort teneit,
Bastart esteit, n’i aveit dreit.”
301. Orderic (657 B) adds, after the words last quoted about Malger and
William of Arques; “Henricus Regem et Engelrannum Comitem Pontivi
contra me accerserunt.”
302. Will. Pict. 91. “Is ab ineunte pueri principatu infidus ei et
adversus, quamquam fidelitatem juratus et obsequium, hostilia agitabat,
modò temeritate non latente resistens, clandestinis interdum
dolis.”
303. Ib. 92. “In supradicti Danfronti oppugnatione quasi desertoris furtivo
more discessit, nequaquam petitâ missione; satellitii debitum, cujus antea
nomine hostilitatem utcumque velabat, jam omne detrectans.” This can
hardly mean that he openly renounced his allegiance so early as the siege
of Domfront.
304. Ib. “Ob hæc et alia tot ejus et tanta ausa, Dux uti res monuit,
suspiciens plura et majora ausurum, receptaculi, quo plurimum confidebat,
editius firmamentum occupavit, custodiam immittens, in nullo ampliùs
tamen jus ejus imminuens.”
305. On the history of Arques and Talou, see M. Deville’s Histoire du
Chateau d’Arques, Rouen 1829; Stapleton, i. cxxiii.
306. See vol. i. p. 240 et seqq.; Flodoard, 944; Richer, ii. 42.
308. Will. Gem. viii. 36. “Haud procul ab oppido Arcarum, villâ quæ
dicitur Schechevilla (Equiqueville).” See vol. i. p. 279.
309. On the Viscounts of Arques, see Deville, pp. 9, 13, 19, 87; Stapleton,
i. cxxiii.; Will. Gem. viii. 36. See the lands of Willelmus de Arcis in
Suffolk, Domesday, 431 b. An Osbern de Arcis also occurs in Lincolnshire
and Yorkshire.
310. Ord. Vit. 657 B (see last page). So Roman de Rou, 8568;
“Pur honur de sun parenté,
E pur aveir sa féelté
Li ad li Dus en fieu duné
Arches è Taillou li cunté.”
311. Will. Pict. 92. “Nempe eas latebras, id munimentum initæ elationis
atque dementiæ ipse primus fundavit, et quam operossissimè extruxit in præalti
montis Arcarum cacumine.” Will. Gem. vii. 7. “Nobilitate verò generis
elatus, castrum Archarum in cacumine ipsius montis condidit.” So the
Chronicle of Saint Wandrille in D’Achery, ii. 288. “Willelmus videlicet qui
postea Arcas castrum in pago Tellau primus statuit.” The building was
clearly something novel, and it struck people in Normandy almost as the
building of Richard’s Castle (see vol. ii. pp. 138–143) struck people in
England. I see no reason to doubt that the ruined keep is part of the
original work. As to the gate, and the other parts assigned to the same
date by M. Deville, I am not quite so certain.
314. His admirers however need not have carved him in bas-relief over a gate
which may belong to the days of William, and which is at any rate much
older than the days of Henry.
315. All these points are gone into minutely by M. Deville. I went over
the castle minutely in May, 1868, with M. Deville’s book in hand, and I
can bear witness to the accuracy of his description, though I cannot always
accept his inferences.
316. Both William of Poitiers (92) and Orderic (657 B) place William “in
Constantino pago.” The special mention of Valognes (see vol. ii. p. 247)
comes from the Roman de Rou, 8698 et seqq.
317. Will. Pict. u.s. “Malefidi custodes non multo post castri potestatem
conditori reddunt, munerum pollicitatione, et impensiùs imminente variâ
sollicitatione fatigati subactique.”
318. On the order of events in this revolt, see Appendix Q.
319. Will. Pict. 92. “Nam festinantem ut contrairet injuriæ suæ ampliùs
incitaverunt audita mala provinciæ suæ. Ecclesiarum bona, agrestium
labores, negotiatorum lucra militum prædam injustè fieri dolebat. Miserando
planctu imbellis vulgi, qui multus tempore belli aut seditionum oriri
solet, advocari se cogitabat.” The mention of merchants as a numerous
and important class marks the growing civilization of Normandy under its
great ruler.
325. I here follow the narrative of William of Poitiers (93), trying to make
it intelligible by borrowing some hints from William of Malmesbury.
326. Will. Pict. 93. “Nihil quidem rebelles in se, quum præsentem
conspexerint, ausuros.”
327. See the spirited illustration in Deville, p. 282.
328. Will. Pict. 93. “Dein potiri volens munitione, jussu propere contracto
exercitu circumsedit. Fuit difficillimum quos ea natura loci maximè
defensabat expugnare. Sanè more suo illo optimo, rem optans absque cruore
confectum iri, efferatos et contumaces obice castelli ad montis pedem
exstructi ciausit.”
331. The presence of Walter Giffard comes only from a late Chronicle
(Bouquet, xi. 330), where he is prematurely called Count. But, as his
lordship of Longueville lay hard by, nothing is more likely than that he
should be there. He was the son of Osbern of Bolbec—a little town at
the foot of a hill on the way to the more famous Lillebonne—by Avelina,
one of the sisters of Gunnor (Will. Gem. viii. 37). A brother of Osbern
was Godfrey, “pater Willelmi de Archis,” that is, of the Viscount. See
Deville, p. 19. On Walter Giffard, afterwards Earl of Buckingham, see
Ellis, i. 424, and Taylor, Wace, 169.
332. This tower, doubtless of wood, is described as a “munitio” in the
extract from William of Poitiers given above. So Will. Gem. vii. 7;
“Erectis aggeribus ad radicem montis castrum stabilivit, quod fortium
virorum robore inexpugnabile reddidit, et sic inde abiens vallatum alimoniis
reliquit.” So Will. Malms. iii. 232; “Obfirmato contra Archas castello.”
Wace (Roman de Rou, 8600) says that the Duke
333. Will. Pict. 94. “Præsidio imposito, aliis postea negotiis invitantibus,
ipse recessit; ut, dum ferro parceret, fame vinceret.” So Wace, 8612;
“Le Dus s’en est parti atant,
Sez busuignes ailleurs quérant.”
This is by no means clear. William of Malmesbury (u. s.) is rather more definite;
“Obfirmato contra Archas castello, ad alia quæ magis urgebant bella
conversus est.” It was therefore a military operation in another direction
which called William off. We shall see directly why he avoided personally
conducting the blockade.
334. This feudal scruple, which really seems the only intelligible explanation
of William’s conduct in leaving the most important operations to others,
comes from William of Malmesbury (u. s.); “Simul quia sciebat Regem
Francorum, jampridem, nescio quâ simultate, sibi infensum, ad opem obsesso
ferendam adventare; namque prædicandi moderaminis consilio, quamvis
justiorem caussam habere videretur, cum eo decernere ferro cavebat, cui
et pro sacramento et pro suffragio obnoxius erat.” Henry the Second felt
the like scruple at the siege of Toulouse in 1159, but Thomas of London,
then the worldly Chancellor, thought otherwise; “Vanâ superstitione et
reverentiâ Rex tentus consilio aliorum, super urbem, in quâ esset dominus
suus Rex Franciæ, irruere noluit; dicente in contrarium Cancellario, quod
personam domini Rex Francorum ibi deposuisset, cò quod supra pacta
conventa hostem se ei opposuisset.” (Will. Fil. Steph. p. 200, ed. Giles.)
335. We learn the spot of the combat from Wace, Roman de Rou, 8622 et seqq.;
“Jà ert li Rei à Saint-Albin,” &c.
And this agrees with the description of Richard of Hugleville given by
Orderic (606 B), where he sets forth the pedigree of the family; “Tempore
Guillelmi juvenis filii Rodberti Ducis, Guillelmus de Archis contra
Ducem rebellavit, et penè omnium Calogiensium parilis defectus nothum
principem deseruit; solus Ricardus contra rebelles in castello suo secus
ecclesiam Sancti Albini perstitit, et pro fidelitate Ducis contra discursus
Archacensium provinciam circumjacentem defensare curavit.”
336. See Ord. Vit. 606 D. It is with a thrill of sympathy alike for the hero
and for his chronicler that an Englishman reads the passage, which I shall
have to refer to again.
337. Ord. Vit. 606 C. “Hugonem cum omnibus suis Archacenses apud
Moriummontem repente circumdederunt, seseque viriliter defendentem
interemerunt.”
The “tur” is the castle of Arques; the “chastel” is the wooden castle
of the besiegers.
343. Will. Gem. vii. 7. “Cujus [Regis] adventum milites Ducis comperientes,
de suis miserunt, si quos fortè hostium à regio cœtu abstraherent, quos
illi in latibulis degentes incautos exciperent. Quò dum venissent, non
minimam exercitûs partem inde protraxerunt, et fugientes in insidias induxerunt.
Statim verò qui videbantur fugere, versâ facie cœperunt eos
acriter cædere.” So Roman de Rou, 8632 et seqq. Less fully Will. Pict.
94; “Adducti in spem memorandi facinoris quidam ex eo numero qui in
præsidio Ducis relicti custodiunt, Francorum adventantium itinera explorata
insidunt. Et ecce numerosa pars minus cauti excipiuntur.”
344. Will. Malms, iii. 232. “Quorum astutiâ insidiis exceptus, Isembardum
Pontivi comitem coram se obtruncari, Hugonem Bardulfum capi, meritò
ingemuit.”
345. All our accounts speak of the capture of Hugh Bardulf as of an
event of at least equal importance with the death of the Count of Ponthieu.
William of Poitiers (u. s.) says, “Hugo Bardulfus ipse item, vir magnus,
capitur.”
346. “In the roll of Norman fees in the red book of the Exchequer, we find
Doon Bardulf returned as one of those ‘qui non venerunt, nec miserunt,
nec aliquid dixerunt.’” I copy this from Taylor’s Wace, p. 44. The name
of Bardulf, including several Doun Bardulfs, occurs constantly in the Exchequer
Records both of Normandy and of England (see the Indexes to
Madox and Stapleton), but I have not lighted on the particular story referred
to by Mr. Taylor.
348. Chron. Centul. iv. 21 (ap. D’Achery, ii. 343). “Attamen huic numquam
Comitis nomen accessit, sed erat illi insigne quod Sancti Richarii vocabatur
Advocatus.” On Saint Riquier see vol. ii. p. 535.
349. Ib. “Ablatis monasterio Centulo tribus oppidis, Abbatis-villâ, Sancto
Medardo, et Incrâ, et his castellis effectis, in eorumque stippendia multis
aliis Sancti Richarii villis et reditibus ab Hugone Rege prærogatis.” Cf.
iv. 12.
350. See Chron. Centul. ii. 7. Sir Francis Palgrave (iii. 226), by one of the
slips so natural in a chapter not revised by the author, confounds father and
son.
351. I find that in my second volume I have written this name Ingelram in
the text (p. 217) and Enguerrand in the Appendix (p. 587). Such accidents
will happen, especially with foreign names. Ingelram (whence Ingram) is
certainly the English form, though the name was never common in England;
I therefore prefer it, as does Sir F. Palgrave.
352. Hariulf (Chron. Cent. iv. 21) calls the elder Hugh “Hugo Abbatensis,”
and the Ingelram slain at Saint Aubin is by William of Jumièges (vii. 7)
called “Abbatis-villæ Comes.” Ingelram, according to Hariulf, took the
title of Count (“Dei gratia Comes”) on slaying Baldwin Count of Boulogne
and marrying his widow Adelaide. Chron. Cent. iv. 12.
354. William of Jumièges (vii. 7) calls the wife of William of Arques “soror
Widonis Comitis Pontivi.” That is a daughter of Hugh. Why is Ingelram
called “Comes Abbatisvillæ,” and his brother “Comes Pontivi,” in the
same chapter?
356. The death of Ingelram is mentioned in all our accounts, like the capture
of Hugh Bardulf.
357. This is Guy who imprisoned Harold. His uncle, another Guy, son of
Ingelram the First, was Bishop of Amiens (see Chron. Cent. iv. 36. p. 355),
and wrote the famous poem “De Bello Hastingensi.” See Will. Gem.
vii. 44.
358. The other daughter married Odo of Champagne. See vol. ii. p. 588, and
below, p. 142.
359. William of Poitiers (94) calls him “nobilitate notus ac fortudine,”
and William (or Orderic) in the death-bed speech (657 B) says “præcursores
mei præoccupaverunt Engelrannum Comitem in castrum intrare
festinantem, ipsumque fortiter pugnantem, quia miles erat asperrimus,
occiderunt, et agmina ejus fugaverunt.” Hariulf, in the Chronicle of
Saint Riquier (iv. 21), calls him “homo formæ mirabilis.”
360. Will. Pict. (u. s.) “Perveniens tamen quo ire intenderat, Rex exacerbatissimis
animis summâ vi præsidium attentavit: Willelmum ab
ærumnis uti eriperet, pariter decrementum sui, stragem suorum vindicaret.
Sed ubi negotium difficile animadvertit, quippe inimicos impetus facilè
toleraverunt castelli munimenta et militum virtus æque validæ ... abire
maturavit.”
361. So I understand the not very clear statement of William of Poitiers
that the King went away.
362. Will. Pict. 96. “In ipsâ morâ obsidionali Normannorum aliquanti
potentiores ab Duce ad Regem defecerunt, quos jam antea conspirationis
rebellantium occultique fuisse adjutores opinabile erat. Malevolentiam,
quâ olim contra infantem fuerant inflati nondum evomuere totam. Eorum
eo consortio Guimundus præsidens munitioni quam Molendinas appellant
in manus Regis eam dedit.” William of Malmesbury seems to make the
movement a popular one; “Hujusce obsidionis intervallo populus castri quod
Molendinis dicitur, exolescens, ad partes Regis incentore quodam Galterio
transiit.” Is this Walter the same as the Wimund of the other William?
364. Will. Pict. 96. “Guido frater Comitis Pictavensis Willelmi atque
Romanæ Imperatricis.” So Will. Malms. This Guy (see Art de Vérifier
les Dates, ii. 356) is the same as the Geoffrey whom Geoffrey Martel
established in Gascony. See vol. ii. p. 595.
365. Chron. Maxent. 1058 (Labbé, ii. 210). “Willermus, qui et Petrus
cognomento Acer.”
367. In the Chronicle of Saint Maxentius he is called Geoffrey in 1044, 1058,
1060, 1061, 1062, Guy and Geoffrey in 1068, William in 1071, lastly in
1086, “Guido qui et Goffredus.” This is certainly the way to confuse
genealogists.
368. Will. Pict. 95. “Rex denuò accitus multo et miserè supplici nuncio
venire abnuit.” The Archdeacon now gets very eloquent, and gives us all
the inner workings of the mind of one whom he calls “Papiæ partus.”
It takes a minute or two to see that by this odd description he means the
Count of Arques.
369. This ceremony was gone through by the Count-Bishop Hugh (see
vol. i. p. 514) to Richard the Good; “Equestrem sellam ferens humeris,
provolutus genibus Richardi,” &c. Will. Gem. v. 16. Palgrave, iii.
133. Cf. Will. Malms. iii. 235. So we now read in William of Poitiers;
“Pars ocreis et calcaribus ornati [why?], insolito comitatu incedentes,
et eorum plerique sellam equestrem incurvo languidoque dorso, nonnulli
solum se nutabundi vix eportantes.”
370. Will. Pict. 95. “Erat item cernere calamitatem levis armatura egredientis
fœdam ac variam.”
371. Ib. 96. “Verum et ii, et quiqui aliàs relicti sunt a Francis,
quum deditas esse comperissent Archarum latebras, sese nostris fugâ
furati sunt.”
372. Ib. 95. “Noluit extorrem et inopem casu magis pudendo cruciari;
sed cum gratiâ et possessionibus quibusdam amplis atque multorum
redituum, patriam ei concessit.”
373. Will. Gem. vii. 7. See Deville, p. 78 et seqq. I see no difficulty in
reconciling the two accounts.
379. Will. Pict. 96. “Normanniam, quæ sub Regibus Francorum egit ex
antiquo, prope in regnum evectam.” What would our old friend Dudo
(see vol. i. pp. 193, 209, 247) have said to the “prope”?
380. Ib. “Quum Imperatorem Romanum, quo majus potentiæ sive
dignitatis nomen in orbe terrarum aliud non est, amicum et socium
haberet.”
381. Ib. “Quum provinciis multis præsideret potentibus, quarum domini
aut rectores militiæ suæ essent administri, Comitem Willelmum suum
nec amicum nec militem, sed hostem esse.”
384. Ib. But it must be borne in mind that the kinswoman of William’s
whom Odo married was not Adelaide, the Duke’s sister, but the
younger Adelaide, her daughter by Ingelram of Ponthieu.
See vol. ii. p. 588.
385. Will. Pict. 97. “Condolentes in eâdem Theobaldus, Pictavorum
Comes, Gaufredus, item reliqui summates, quâdam insuper indignatione
privatâ intolerandum ducebant sese Regis, quocumque prævia vocarent,
signis parere; Willelmum Normannorum nequaquam pro Rege, sed
confidenter atque indesinenter ad ejus magnitudinem, quam aliquantùm
attrivit, ulteriùs atterendam, vel si quâ viâ valeant, conterendam, in armis
agitare.”
386. Will. Pict. 97. “Præterea concupiebant Normanniam, aut ejus partem,
quidam Regis proximi.”
387. Ib. “Julium Cæsarem, vel bellandi peritiorem aliquem, si fuerit
peritior, exercitûs Romani ducem (ex mille nationibus coacti olim, dum
Roma florentissima mille provinciis imperitâsset) hujus agminis immanitate
terreri potuisse affirmares.”
388. Ib. “Burgundiam, Arverniam, atque Wasconiam properare videres
horribiles ferro: imo vires tanti regni, quantùm in climata mundi quatuor
patent, cunctas, Franciam tamen et Britanniam, quantò nobis viciniores,
tantò ardentius infestas.” As he speaks of the “regnum,” he clearly means
by Burgundy only the Duchy which held of the French Crown. His use
of “Francia” along with the rest, as the name of one part of Gaul, should
be noticed. Compare the use of the word by Flodoard; see vol. i. p. 199.
389. Will. Pict. 98. “Guido, Pontivi Comes, ad vindicandum fratrem Ingelrannum
nimis avidus.” Will. Malms. iii. 233. “Guido Pontivi Comes
studiosiùs ultionis fratris intendit.”
390. I find no mention of Geoffrey as present, except in William of Jumièges
(vii. 24), who makes him accompany the King. This account is followed by
Benoît of Saint More, 35245;
“Li quens d’Anjou Gefrei Martel,
Qui del ovraigne esteit mult bel,
I vint od riche compaignie
E od ses archers de valie.”
But it is strange that William of Poitiers and the other writers should have
left out so important a person, had he really been there, and his absence,
hard as it is to account for it, agrees better with what follows.
391. Ord. Vit. 657 D (cf. 638 D). “Aliam [phalangem] Odoni fratri suo ac
Rainaldo de Claro Monte, et duobus Consulibus, Radulfo de Monte-Desiderii
atque Widoni de Pontivo, commendavit.” William of Poitiers, like
Richer of old (see vol. i. p. 223, note 3, cf. 237, note 2), is strong in his antiquated
geography. He tells us (98) about “Quantus miles inter Sequanam
et Garonnam fluvios colligeretur (quas gentes multas uno nomine Celtigallos
appellant);” then about those who were “inter flumen Rhenum
[Henry the Frank’s notions about the Rhine frontier were doubtless
different] et Sequanam collecti, quæ Gallia Belgica nuncupatur.” Lastly,
“Regem insuper comitabatur Aquitania pars Galliæ tertia.” Reginald of
Clermont is “Rainaldus familiarissimus.” Was he commissioned to supply
the incapacity of Odo? See vol. i. p. 520.
393. Ord. Vit. 657 D. “Ut per vada Eptæ Neustriam citò introirent,
Braium et Calcegium totumque Rothomagensem pagum invaderent ferro
et flammâ, nec ne rapinis usque ad mare penitus devastarent.”
395. Hugh Capet was crowned at Noyon. Richer, iv. 12. See vol. i. p. 268.
396. Roman de Rou, 9923. “Cels de Melant è de Vermendeiz.” See
above, p. 120. The reigning Count was Herbert the Fourth.
397. Guy, Bishop of Amiens, the author of the poem “De Bello Hastingensi”
(see Will. Gem. vii. 44), was a son of Ingelram the First and
uncle of Guy and of Ingelram the Second. He succeeded to the see
about 1058.
399. Wace, 9925, says “Cels de Flandres è de Belmont,” and Benoît
(35255) “La furent Flamenc e Poher.” But the presence of subjects of
Baldwin is exceedingly unlikely, and Benoît in some sort confutes himself
by adding “E Braibençon e Hainuer,” thus getting beyond the borders of
the Western realm within which the others strictly confine themselves. He
was most likely misled, as others have been since, by the grand talk about
the Rhine.
400. That is, if Provins roses, brought from the East by pilgrims or Crusaders,
had reached Europe so soon.
402. Roman de Rou, 9943. “De Bourges è de Berri.” As usual, the
names of the city and of the district are both slightly varying forms of the
old Gaulish name; but it is curious to see them distinguished in such
a marked way, which seems not to be done in any other part of the
catalogue.
403. Livy, v. 34. “Celtarum quæ pars Galliæ tertia est penes Bituriges summa
imperii fuit; ii Regem Celtico dabant, Ambigatus is fuit,” etc. Then follows
the account of his sending forth the Colonies under his sister’s sons
Bellovesus and Sigovesus. Did the special sanctity of a sister’s son
(see vol. ii. p. 368) extend to the Celts?
404. Cæsar, B. G. vii. 18, 19. Merivale, Roman Empire, ii. 14.
405. Livy, v. 35. “Senones recentissimi advenarum.” They alone seem to
have been concerned in the taking of Rome.
420. Will. Malms. iii. 233. “Juxta Regis castra sensim obambulans, ...
ut nec cominùs pugnandi copiam faceret, nec provinciam coram se vastari
sineret.”
421. Roman de Rou, 9960. “Et de Gornai li viel Huon.” Old indeed, as
Mr. Taylor (Wace, 217) truly says, if he had found his bride at the court
of King Pippin. Yet he lived to fight at Senlac. The name survives at
Barrow Gurney in Somersetshire and elsewhere.
422. See Taylor’s Wace, 171. De Crisp. Gen. Giles 342.
423. See above, p. 129. To these four William of Poitiers adds Hugh of
Montfort.
424. Roman de Rou, 9983–9989. Cf. Benoît, 35325. William of Poitiers
rather slurs this part over, in order to bring in the carnage of Mortemer
at once.
Compare Giovanni Villani’s (xii. 66. Murat. xiii. 948) description of the
bombards at Crecy; “Che facieno si grande tremuoto e romore, che parea
che Iddio tonasse.”
432. Will. Gem. vii. 24. “Mane commissum bellum in continuâ cæde occumbentium
ad usque nonam ab utrisque est protractis.” So Roman de
Rou, 10039;
“Dez li matin soleil levant
Tresk’a none del jur passant.”
The war “in hieme ante Quadragesimam” (Ord. Vit. 658 A).
434. “Equorum velocitate saluti consulunt,” says William of Poitiers (98),
whose account is confused, and who seems anxious to pass off the surprise
as a regular battle. Orderic (658 A) says “velocitate pedum viguerunt.”
He also calls it “terribile prœlium,” &c., but I do not see that this contradicts
Wace’s account, grounded on William of Jumièges.
435. Roman de Rou, 10049, after recording the captivity of Guy;
“Maiz Valeran, sun frere, unt mort,
Chevalier mult vaillant è fort.”
436. Ord. Vit. 658 A. “Post duos annos hominium ab eo tali tenore
recepi, ut exinde mihi semper fidelis exsisteret, et militare servitium, ubi
jussissem, cum centum militibus mihi singulis annis exhiberet.”
438. Ib. “In tali ergo necessitate pulcrum illi et competens servitium
impendit, dum in castro suo illum triduo protexit et postea salvum ad
sua perduxit.”
439. Ord. Vit. 658 A. “Castrum tamen Mortui-maris, in quo inimicum
meum salvavit, illi jure, ut reor [it is curious to see the Conqueror on his
defence], abstuli, sed Guillelmo de Guarennâ, consanguineo ejus, tironi
legitimo, dedi.” All about William of Warren and his family will be found
in Mr. Stapleton’s paper in the Archæological Journal, iii. 8, 14.
443. For the famous answer of John Earl of Warren (a descendant of
William in the female line) to the Commissioners “Quo Warranto” in
Edward the First’s time, see Walter of Hemingburgh, ii. 6.
445. Benoît gets eloquent on this head, and gives us (35469 et seqq.)
a picture of William at his devotions; “ses mains jointes,” “od lermes de
pieté.”
447. See vol. i. p. 514; ii. p. 199. That the messenger was Ralph of Toesny
is affirmed by William of Jumièges (vii. 24), Orderic (658 B, where of
course it is put into William’s own mouth), and Benoît (35479). William
of Poitiers (99) says only “cautè instructum quemdam,” and Wace (10074)
says expressly,
452. William of Poitiers (99) and Wace (10077), who do not call the
messenger Ralph of Toesny, make him mount a tree. Orderic does not
mention his position, and William of Jumièges (vii. 24) and Benoît
(35406) make him climb the high rock—“in quodam proximo monte,”
according to William—already spoken of. To climb a tree was seemingly
below the dignity of a descendant of Malahulc.
453. William of Jumièges, followed by Benoît, makes Ralph say who he is,
and describe the event of the battle at some length—at greater length of
course in Benoît than in William. This, I think, quite takes away from
the startling and spectral effect of the scene in Wace, 10077;
“En un arbre le fist munter,
E tute nuit en haut crier:
‘Franceiz, Franceiz, levez, levez,
Tenez vos veies, trop dormez;
Alez vos amis enterrer,
Ki sunt occiz à Mortemer.’
Li Reis oï ke cil cria
Merveilla sei, mult s’esmaia.”
William of Poitiers says only, “Dux Willelmus nocte intempestâ cautè
instructum quemdam direxit, qui tristem Regi victoriam propiùs castra
ipsius ab alto arboris per singula inclamavit.” Orderic (658 B) is still
shorter; “Per Radulfum de Toëniâ quæ trans Sequanam contigerant Regi
Francorum mandavi.”
So Will. Pict. 100. “Famâ referente, quæ tam falsi quam veri nuntia
volat.” Compare Mr. Grote’s remarks and quotations on the φήμη. Hist.
of Greece, v. 260.
455. Will. Pict. 99. “Rex attonitus inopinato nuntio, procul omni cunctatione
signo antelucano suos in fugam excitavit; summè necessarium ratus
quàm maximâ celeritate Normanniæ finibus discedere.”
462. Will. Gem. vii. 25. “Postea Dux contra Tegulense castrum, quod Rex
illi dudum abstulerat, aliud oppidum non deterius, quod Bretolium usque
hodie vocatur, instaurat.”
463. Will. Gem. vii. 25. So Benoît, 35553, who takes the opportunity to give
the life of William Fitz-Osbern at length.
465. Will. Pict. 99. “Ejus [Regis] vero assensu et quasi dono quodam
Dux jure perpetuo retineret quod Gaufrido Andegavorum Comiti abstulerat,
quodque valeret auferre.” Will. Malms. iii. 233. “Conventum ut ... Comes
erepta vel eripienda Martello jure vendicaret legitimo.”
467. I see no reason to doubt that the present ruined tower is that taken
by William in 1049.
468. See vol. ii. p. 289. The fortification of Ambrières in 1049 is distinctly
asserted in the passage of William of Jumièges there referred to; but
William of Poitiers certainly speaks now as if the castle had to be built
rather than merely to be strengthened.
469. Will. Pict. 99. “In ipso conventu principes militiæ suæ jussu commonuit
Dux intra terminos Martelli Andegavensis ad Ambreras construendas
maturè adesse paratos.”
470. Ib. “Et quem hujus incœpti diem eis ipse, eumdem Martello per
legatos præfinivit.” The Archdeacon here bursts into a torrent of admiration.
Compare William’s earlier challenge to Geoffrey. See
vol. ii. p. 285.
475. Will. Pict. 100. “Quem [Gaufredum] ubi ampliùs opinione morari
videt, et jam de cibariorum penuriâ plebeii pariter ac proceres conqueruntur,
ne milite minùs prompto in futurum utatur, modò dimittere statuit,
castro viris et alimoniis munito, jubens tamen ut, quum nuntium ejus
acceperint, quantociùs eodem redeant cuncti.” Compare Harold’s orders
in the Welsh war at about the same time, vol. ii. p. 394.
476. Will. Pict. 100. “Exercitûs nostri mox divulgato discessu.”
477. Ib. “Willelmo, Pictavorum Comite, Domino suo.” See vol. ii. p. 594.
480. Will. Pict. 100. “Eudone, Britannorum Comite.” He was however
rather Regent for his nephew. See Art de Vérifier les Dates, ii. 896.
481. Will. Pict. u. s. “Missilia, saxa, libriles sudes, item lanceæ desuper
feriunt. Iis plerique interemti cadunt, alii repelluntur. Sic, audaci
molimine cassato, aliud incipiunt. Tentant murum ariete, qui percussus
in virgâ castellanorum frangitur.”
482. Ib. “Willelmus, omnis moræ impatiens, evocat exercitum, subventum
ire quam maximè properat.”
483. Will. Pict. 100. “Quem postquam inimici, tres adeò nominati Comites,
adequitare percipiunt mirâ celeritate, ne dicam trepidâ fugâ, cum immanibus
exercitibus dilabuntur.”
484. Ib. “Victor Gaufredum Meduanensem ... intra exiguum tempus
eousque compulit, ut in remotissimis Normanniæ partibus sibi manus perdomitas
daret, fidelitatem quam satelles domino debet jurans.” William of
Jumièges (vii. 27), followed by Wace (10189) and Benoît (35627), places
here the conquest of Le Mans and the taking of Mayenne. The source of
the confusion is obvious.
498. Wace alone (Roman de Rou, 10319 et al.) speaks, throughout his narrative,
of a bridge. All the other writers (Will. Pict. 101; Will. Gem.
vii. 28; Will. Malms. iii. 234; Benoît, 35899) speak only of a ford—“vadum
Divæ”—or, as Benoît calls it,
“As guez où la grant mer parfonde
C’estent e espant e sorunde.”
This is plainly one of Benoît’s exaggerations. The spot is perfectly well
marked by the causeway mentioned by Wace (10351), which is still in use,
and leads to the present bridge over the tidal stream. The two accounts
may be easily reconciled, if we suppose that a bridge was first thrown across
between the time of the battle and the time of Wace, and that Wace
naturally described the place as it was in his own time. Benoît is therefore,
for once, more accurate in his narrative than Wace; but his accuracy is
quite accidental; Benoît simply dressed up the tale as he found it in the
Latin writers; Wace, as ever, used his own powers of local observation.
Wace alone mentions the names Varaville and Bastebourg. I visited the
battle-field in May 1868 in company with my friend M. Le Gost of Caen,
and I can, as at Val-ès-Dunes and everywhere else, bear witness to the
accuracy of Wace’s local description.
500. Will. Pict. 101. “Nam, dum ad vadum Divæ morarentur, supervenit
ipse alacer cum exiguâ manu virorum felici horâ.”
501. Will. Gem. vii. 28. “Quod [vadum] Rege transeunte, media exercitûs
pars substitit, mare eructuante, ob redundationem fluminis non valens transmeare.”
So Benoit, 35904. This explains the “morarentur” of William
of Poitiers, who himself says afterwards (102), “Ne vero jure sæviens
[Willelmi] gladius in adversam ripam insequeretur, rheuma maris obstabat
alveum Divæ insuperabili mole occupantis.”
507. Will. Gem. vii. 28. “Amicitiam quoque Ducis, consideratâ ejus probitate,
requisivit, et Tegulense castrum, quod dudum abstulerat, illi
tradidit.”
508. Ib. “Caussâ corporeæ salutis a Johanne medicorum peritissimo
potionem accepit. Sed, veneno nimiam sitim inferente, jussum archiatri
sprevit et a cubiculario potum accipiens dum medicus abesset, ante purgationem
bibit. Unde nimis infirmatus, eodem die post perceptionem sacræ
eucharistiæ obiit.”
510. Will. Gem. vii. 28. “Mathildem, Juliusclodii Regis Rugorum filiam,
in matrimonio habuit.” So the fragment in Duchèsne, iv. 150. But her
name was Anne, and William of Jumièges has confounded her with a
former wife Matilda. See Duchèsne, iv. 153. Chron. S. Maxent. 1050
(Labbé, ii. 209). “Ainricus Rex Francorum duxit uxorem Scythicam et
Rusam.” On this marriage see more at length Karamsin, Histoire de
Russie, ii. 38. 404.
511. Anne, daughter of Rômanos and Theophanô and sister of Basil the
Second, married Vladimir of Russia. See Ducange, Hist. Byz. 144.
512. Const. Porph. de Cerem. i. 96, and the commentary of Reiske,
vol. ii. p. 450, ed. Bonn. Finlay, Byz. Emp. i. 238, 272.
513. He was crowned at Pentecost 1059. Chron. Rem. ap. Labbé, i. 360,
and the fragment in Duchèsne, iv. 150.
515. Will. Pict. 90. “Monarchia post Franciæ, cum puero monarchâ, ipsius,
consiliosissimi viri, tutelæ, dictaturæ, atque administrationi cessit.” Ord.
Vit. 480 D. “Balduino Flandrensium Duci puerum cum regno ad tutandum
commendavit.” Will. Gem. vii. 28. “Philippum filium suum in
regimine Francorum hæredem constituit, et tutelæ Balduini Flandrensis
Satrapæ commendavit.” Will. Malms. ii. 188. “Defuncto Rege Henrico,
qui Philippum parvum reliquerat filium, regnum Francorum nobiliter
aliquantis annis rexit, fideliterque adulto (nam ejus amitam uxorem
habebat) restituit.” Ann. Elnonenses Minores (Pertz, v. 20), 1061. “Henricus
Rex obiit, et Balduinus Comes Flandriæ, quasi Interrex in regno
judicat, salvâ fidelitate Philippi pueri Regis. Huic verò magnum decus
intervenit gloriæ. Nam Comes Tietbaldus, Andegavensis Comes, et omnes
Galliæ optimates, salvâ fide Philippi Regis, juraverunt fidelitatem et
honorem regni. Quod autem regni erat, sapienter et honestè disponebat.”
The Chronicle of the Counts of Flanders (Corp. Chron. Flandr. i. 86) adds,
to nearly the same account, that it was done “salvâ tamen fidelitate
Philippi pueri, si viveret. Si autem non, ipse Balduinus Comes Rex
existeret, ut pote justus hæres per Athelam uxorem Regis Henrici
sororem.” Ann. Blandinienses (Pertz, v. 26), 1061. “Baldwinus Marchisus
regni Francorum magistratus efficitur.” The variety of words used to
express Baldwin’s functions is remarkable. A regency was something new.
516. Chron. S. Maxent. 1057. “Eodem anno civitas Namnetica Gaufredo
Comiti ab Hoel Comite reddita est, qui non bonâ usus fide auferre eam illi
tentavit.”
517. Chron. S. Maxent. 1058. “Willermus, qui et Petrus, cognomento Acer,
adunato exercitu vallavit castrum Salmurum simul et Gaufredum Martellum
inclusit in eo.”
518. Ib. “Ubi inhiando dum aptaret ad bellum exercitum, dolore dysenteriæ
morbis percussus reversus est infirmus. Ex quâ infirmitate mortuus est
relinquens terrenum regnum.” Directly after we read, “Successit in regno
Gosfredus.” So that “regnum” in the former entry is not a mere figure
of speech, strange as is the application of the word to the dominions of a
Duke of Aquitaine.
519. Ib. 1060. “Monachali habitu priùs suscepto ab Airaudo abbate Sancti
Nicolai.” So Chron. And. ap. Labbé, i. 287. Fulk. ap. D’Achery, ii. 233.
520. Ord. Vit. 532 B. Chron. S. Maxent. 1060. Gest. Cons. 258.
524. Chron. S. Maxent. 1061–1062 (Labbé, ii. 210). The war with Anjou
rose out of the old question about Saintogne. The Spanish expedition is
thus described; “Inde [from Saintes after its surrender by the Angevins]
abiens in Hispaniam cum multis Normannis, Barbastam civitatem nomini
Christiano, cunctis qui in eâ erant priùs perditis, adquisivit.”
525. Gest. Cons. c. 10 (ap. D’Achery, iii. 258). The abbey had hitherto
remained in the patronage of the King, a position quite different from
that of the Norman and Aquitanian Prelates. See vol. ii. p. 209. This
illustrates the inferior position of the Counts of Anjou, as originally holders
under the Duchy of France.
526. Gest. Cons. c. 11. p. 259, and Fulk’s own story in p. 238.
527. William of Poitiers (102) says of him, as compared with his uncle;
“Nomine proprio idem, probitate absimilis ei, cœlestem regem timere,
et pro comparando externo honore bona actitare cœpit.” Ord. Vit. 532 C.
“Goisfredus, qui simplex et tractabilis moribus erat.”
530. Will. Gem. vii. 29. “Tunc quibusdam maledicis vicinos comparesque
suos accusantibus ex invidiâ, Dux Willelmus exasperatus ingenti furiâ
Barones suos, scilicet Rodulfum de Toeniâ, Hugonem de Grentemaisnilio,
et Ernaldum Willelmi Geroiani filium ejecit de Normanniâ.” Ord. Vit.
481 A. He tells us how the chief men “cupiditate furente unus alium
supplantare conabatur.” He specially mentions the agency of Roger and
Mabel, who “exortâ simultate gaudebant et blandis adulationibus sibi
Ducem alliciebant.” He goes on to say that “animosus Dux plus æquo
iræ frena relaxans præcipuos milites ... sine probabilibus culpis diu
exsulare coegit.”
533. Orderic tells this story twice with slight differences. The first time
(464 D) he makes Robert’s death happen while he is besieged by the Duke;
“Pomo venenato, quod conjugi suæ vi rapuerat, comesto post quinque dies
mortuus est.” The second time (478 C) he tells the story as I have given
it in the text, but without any mention of the siege, and with the important
addition “uxore contradicente comedit.” The important point of
course is how far Adelaide, and how far through her her kinsman the
Duke, contemplated the death of Robert or of any one else.
537. See vol. ii. p. 234. See Will. Gem. vii. 29. Orderic has much to
say about the matter. Some readers may perhaps think that the story, as
told by him in p. 479, hardly bears out his own statement in p. 481 B,
that he was “falsò accusatus.” The Duke is said to have designed his
mutilation in some way (“damna membrorum inferre”), on which, at the
advice of Hugh Bishop of Lisieux, he took to flight. I confess to putting
more confidence in the Duke than in the Abbot.
538. Will. Gem. vii. 29. “Sine reatu et judicio synodi de Normanniâ expulit.”
539. Ib. “Quia de audaci Geroicorum prosapiâ prodierat.”
540. Bessin. Conc. Rot. Prov. 48. Pommeraye, 72. “Ut quotidie serò
signi pulsu ad preces Deo fundendas quisque invitaretur, atque occlusis
foribus domorum ultra vagari ampliùs vetitum admoneretur.” Cf. Palgrave,
iii. 274. The reason given by the commentator is “ut furtis
nocturnis caveretur.” The Fathers of this Synod are overflowing in their
loyalty to their Duke, “qui quantâlibet locorum intercapedine a se invicem
dissiti essent, quasi urbis unius concives sub Principe suo, non secus ac
sub amantissimo patre-familias victuros invicem spoponderunt.”
541. As usual, the Gaulish name of the tribe appears in slightly different
forms in the present names of the city and of the county. The original
name of the city, which does not appear in Cæsar, was Subdinnum. See
Dict. Geog. art. Cenomani.
542. Livy, v. 35. Polyb. ii. 17, 32. The Greek form is Γονομάνοι.
544. Cæs. Bell. Gall. vii. 75. They appear as “Aulerci Cenomani.” The
name Aulerci is common to them with several other tribes.
545. The legend of Saint Julian is given at length in the Acts of the
Bishops of Le Mans, in Mabillon’s Vetera Analecta, iii. 50–59. On this,
and on Cenomannian legend generally, I would refer to “Les Cenomans
Anciens et Modernes” by the Abbé Voisin (Paris and Le Mans 1852).
But the good Abbé’s faith is strong and his criticism is weak.
546. On the Defensores Civitatum see the legislation in the Code, lib. i.
tit. 55. (From Valentinian and Valens in 365 to Theodosius and Valentinian
in 441.) But a more remarkable mention of the Defensor occurs in
the Veteres Formulæ Andegavenses in Mabillon, Vet. An. iv. 234. I leave
the passage in the Latin of King Childebert; “Cum juxta consuetudinem
Andicavis civetate, curia puplica resederet in foro, ibique vir magnificus illi
prosecutor dixit: Rogo te, vir laudabilis illi Defensor, illi Curator, illi
Magister militum, vel reliquum curia puplica, utique obticis puplicis
patere jobeatis, quia habeo quid apud acta prosevere debiam. Defensor
principalis simul et omnis Curia puplica dixerunt: Patent tibi cotecis
puplici, prosequere quæ optas.” What was law at Angers was not unlikely
to be law at Le Mans.
547. We shall come in my next volume to the “Conspiratio quam communionem
vocabant” in the days of Bishop Arnold. Vet. Ann. iii. *315.
548. See the “Dissertation sur les Incursions Normandes dans Le Maine,”
by M. Lestang (Le Mans 1855).
549. Local tradition places no less a person than the famous Roland among
the local heroes. See Voisin, i. 271. This falls in with his description in
Eginhard, Vita Car. c. ix., as “Hruodlandus Brittannici limitis præfectus.”
551. Flod. 924. “Nortmanni cum Francis pacem ineunt sacramentis per
Hugonem et Heribertum Comites, Seulfum quoque Archiepiscopum; absente
Rege Rodulfo, ejus tamen consensu, terra illis aucta, Cinomannis et Baiocæ
pacto pacis eis concessæ.” This grant is doubtless alluded to by William of
Poitiers when he says (p. 104), “Nam et olim egit sub Normannorum Ducum
ditione regio Cenomanica.”
552. Flod. 924. “Rex [Rodulfus] ... Heriberto denique Peronam, et Hugoni
filio Rotberti Cinomannis dedit.”
553. See the note of Pertz, iii. 623, on Richer, iii. 77. The invasion of Otto
(see vol. i. p. 265) and the exploits of Geoffrey (see vol. ii. pp. 274, 591) are
transferred to the reign of Robert, “Robertus filius Ducis”—a confusion,
one would almost think, between Robert the son of Hugh Capet and the
elder Robert the son of Robert the Strong.
554. M. Voisin (i. 332 et seq.) makes his Hugh-David reign from 922 to
970, when he is succeeded by Hugh the Second, father of Herbert Wake-the-Dog.
The Art de Vérifier les Dates (ii. 830) seems to know only
one Hugh, who begins to reign 955 “ou environ.” Hugh the father of
Herbert is perfectly well ascertained, the only question is whether he is
the same as the Hugh and the Hugh-David whose charters are printed by
M. Voisin (i. 341). A Count David appears in Robert de Monte (Pertz,
vi. 518) as a rebel against King Robert, in punishment for which rebellion,
“dedit Rex Gaufrido Grisagonella homagium illus, et ipsam civitatem, et
quidquid habebat in episcopatu Cenomannensi.” This is of course the
same story that we have just had before. As the Counts of the tenth
century do not immediately concern my subject, I do not feel called on
to decide between the disagreeing doctors, ancient or modern.
555. He was probably married; at least there was a personage in his house
whom the Biographer of the Bishops (Vet. An. iii. *298), sarcastically
perhaps rather than reverentially, speaks of as “Episcopissa.” He is
also charged with fraudulently suppressing a college of Canons, in order
to enrich his children with their possessions.
556. Vet. An. iii. *297. “Venit ad Burgardum Vindocinensem Comitem,”
then follows the list of the property alienated to the Count, but I do not
find any account of this matter in the life of Burchard in Duchèsne, iv. 116.
557. Ord. Vit. 532 B. Herbert is introduced “post mortem Hugonis patris
sui quem Fulko senior sibi violenter subjugârat.”
559. Vet. An. iii. *299. “Sepulto Segenfrido ... domnus Avesgaudus
nepos ipsius sedem episcopalem suscepit.” The elder William of Belesme
was his brother. Like Archbishop Malger (see above, p. 94), he was fond
of hunting, and, as a punishment for his breach of canonical rule, he had
a fall from his horse, which damaged his nose for life. We have however
heard something (see vol. ii. p. 139) of his good works in the way of
building.
561. Vet. An. iii. *300. “Constituit castellum, nomine Firmitatem, super
fluvium Idoneæ ut esset ibi in refugium.”
562. Ib. “Habuit [comes] Alanum fortissimum Comitem Britannorum
sibi in adjutorium, et venit ad castellum, et obsedit illud. Ex unâ enim
parte vallaverunt illud Britanni, ex alterâ Cenomannici.”
563. Fulbert, we are told (Vet. An. u. s.; see vol. i. p. 488), “tunc temporis
sapientiâ et sanctitate inter Galliarum Episcopos, velut Lucifer inter cetera
astra cœli, resplendebat.” Fulbert is to excommunicate him “auctoritate
divinâ, nisi resipisceret.” Fulbert’s divine authority seems to have reached
beyond his own diocese. He wrote a letter “sale satis conditam,” and afterwards
sat in judgement in person between the Count and the Bishop in the
city of Le Mans. Mabillon seems to identify the letter with the one which
is printed in Duchèsne, iv. 173, denouncing the crimes of “Præcursor
Antichristi Herbertus Comes Cenomanis” and denouncing excommunication
against him. But this letter is addressed to Ebalus, who, in p. 181,
appears as Archbishop, not, as one would have expected, of Tours, but
of Rheims.
564. See vol. ii. p. 280. Orderic (532 A) thinks it necessary to apologize
for the name; “Vulgò, sed parum Latine, cognominari Evigilans-Canem
pro ingenti probitate promeruit.” Geoffrey’s title of Martel seems to be the
only name of the kind in this generation which is used familiarly and without
scruple.
565. Ord. Vit. 532 A. “In eumdem [Fulconem] arma levans nocturnas
expeditiones crebrò agebat, et Andegavenses homines et canes in ipsâ urbe,
vel in munitioribus oppidis terrebat, et horrendis assultibus pavidos vigilare
cogebat.” Yet elsewhere (487 C) he tells us, “Vulgò Evigilans-canem
cognominabatur, propter gravissimas infestationes, quas à perfidis affinibus
suis Andegavensibus incessanter patiebatur.”
567. See Count Fulk in D’Achery, iii. 233, and Gest. Cons. ib. 353. Herbert
is “miles acerrimus,” and his Cenomannian soldiers deal “ferocissimos
ictus.”
569. Will. Pict. 103. “Ut enim alia plurima omittam, novissimè nostrâ
memoriâ Fulco Andegavensis Herbertum Cenomannicum majorem Santonas
illexit, sponsione urbis ipsius. Ibi, vinctum in medio colloquio, ad pactiones,
quas avarè concupierat, carcere ac tormentis coëgit.” So William of Malmesbury
(iii. 235), who seems to think this act the only stain on the otherwise
perfect character of Fulk; “Unum omnino est quo eum notari audierim,
Sanctonas sponsione urbis illectum, in medio colloquio ab apparitoribus
arctari, et quibus placuit conditionibus irretiri fecit. Cætera sanctus et
integer,” &c. The length of the imprisonment comes from the fragment in
Duchèsne, iv. 81; “Tunc Comes Fulco supradictus dolo accersitum secum
adduxit Sanctonas Arbertum nobilissimum Comitem Cenomannis, et primâ
quadragesimæ dominicâ post cœnam nocte intempestâ eum traditione cepit,
et in vinculis secum duxit, tenuitque in carcere biennio. Unde eripere
eum Dominus dignatus est. Sequenti anno propter ipsum scelus combusta
est ipsa civitas [Saintes?] cum sede episcopali, et dein mansit
deserta basilica.”
570. Ord. Vit. 487 D, 655 C. See vol. i. p. 584; ii. p. 130.
571. Vet. An. iii. *304. “Herbertus Comes, cognomine Bacco, avunculus
Herberti, qui fuit temporibus Avesgaudi episcopi.”
572. Ib. “Sedem Avesgaudi avunculi sui gaudenter suscepit.” The succession
to the see of Le Mans had come to follow much the same law
as the succession to the see of Czetinje.
573. Herbert Bacco kept him out of the Bishoprick for two years. Vet.
An. u. s.
574. Compare the relations of Normandy to the Capetian Kings, vol. i. p. 272.
576. Vet. An. iii. 305*. “Videns vero Præsul suum episcopatum nec per
Regem nec per seipsum à Baccone posse defendi, petivit quiddam à, Rege
Henrico, quod utinam non petiisset, scilicet ut daret episcopatum Gaufrido
Andegavorum Comiti, solummodò dum viveret, ut liberiùs à, Comite Cenomannico
illum defenderet, illo etenim mortuo in regiam manum rediret.”
The somewhat startling phrase of the grant of the Bishoprick to the Count
of Anjou (even though the Count of Anjou was an hereditary Canon of
Saint Martin’s at Tours) can only mean the grant of the lay rights and
duties of Advocatio.
577. Ib. 306*. “Consilium iniit cum parochianis et heroibus terræ.”
“Heros” was a favourite word with Orderic, but this biographer seems to
use it as if it were a sort of standing title of the citizens of Le Mans.
Several Spanish cities, I believe,are officially styled “heroic,” like “fidelis
civitas” and the like among ourselves.
579. See vol. ii. p. 195. The writer in Vet. An. iii. 306 calls her “nobilissima
femina” and “uxor fortissima.”
580. Vet. An. iii. 306*. “Sperans se pro hoc castrum Lit habiturum.
Sed nihil ei profecit, quia illud bene custodierunt milites castellani.”
Yet we had just before read how “Gaufridus castellum Lit igne
cremavit.”
582. Vet. An. iii. 307*. “Cives verò Cenomannici uxorem Hugonis cum
infantibus plorantem per unam portam projecerunt, et Gaufridum Comitem
gaudentem intrare fecerunt.”
583. Ib. “Quum autem audiisset præsul Gervasius in vinculis quæ fecissent
heroes Cenomannici [see last page; it can hardly be satire] vitæ diffidens,
non habuit aliquam spem ultra vivendi; venit Annolit, castellum Lit reddidit.
Dum hæc agerentur, Comes Gaufridus Gervasium de carcere exire
permisit, tali videlicet sacramento, ut quamdiu ipse Gaufridus adviveret,
intra civitatem Cenomannicam Gervasius non intraret.”
584. Ib. “Quum verò videret præsul quod neque in urbem neque in castellum
suum posset intrare, abiit ad Willelmum Normanniæ Comitem, ac quidquid
ei Gaufridus fecit vel quomodò eum tradidit, illi mœrens rettulit.”
585. Chron. Rem. 1059. Labbé, i. 360. See above, p. 178.
586. I am here following the Norman accounts; the Angevin version in the
Gesta Consulum is very different. We there read (D’Achery, iii. 258),
“In diebus illis Willelmus Dux Normannorum Herbertum Cenomannicum
Consulem nimis impugnabat, cui Martellus auxiliator et tutor fuit, et
idcirco Willelmus Dux, qui postea Angliâ acquisitâ Rex Anglorum exstitit,
multa à Martello mala perpessus est.”
587. This German sojourn is mentioned incidentally by William of Poitiers
(105), where Herbert’s sister, afterwards to be spoken of, is brought “ex
partibus Teutonum.”
588. Vet. An. iii. *315. “Erat autem uxor ejusdem Marchisii Gersendis
nomine, filia Herberti Cenomannorum illustrissimi Comitis, qui vocatus est
Evigila-canem: quæ primò quidem Theobaldo Duci Campaniæ in matrimonium
tradita, sed ab eo, repudio interveniente, discedens, præfati Athonis
postmodum fuerat copulata conjugio.” See also Ord. Vit. 532 B.
589. See above, p. 89. Yet a fairer ground of consanguinity than usual
might have been alleged.
590. See the life of Albert Azo in Gibbon’s Miscellaneous Works, iii. 409.
We shall hear of him again at Le Mans.
591. Ord. Vit. 532 B. “Tertia vero Johanni Domino castri quod Flecchia
dicitur nupsit, quæ marito suo tres liberos, Goisbertum, Heliam et Enoch
peperit.” Helias will hardly come within the limits of my central history,
but he was a memorable man in the days of William Rufus.
592. William of Poitiers calls Margaret the daughter of Herbert (103), but
he afterwards (105) corrects the mistake and calls her “germana.” It is
plain from Orderic (u. s.) that she was the daughter of Hugh and sister of
Herbert. Benoît (35790) erroneously makes her only his half-sister;
“Herbert aveit une soror
Devers sa mere; esteit Tieise.”
The “Tieise” comes from some misunderstanding of the “Teutonum
partes” in William of Poitiers. William has much to say about her
virtues and early death; “Hæc generosa virgo, nomine Margarita, insigni
specie, decentior fuit omni margaritâ.” This seems to be an
earlier use of the name than I had thought in vol. i. p. 522, as this
Margaret could hardly have been called after the daughter of the
Ætheling Eadward.
595. Will. Pict. 103. “Hugo ... Gaufredi tyrannide metuens omnino deleri,
Normanniæ Ducem Willelmum, sub quo tutus foret, supplex adiit, manibus
ei sese dedit, cuncta sua ab eo, ut miles a domino, recepit.” Ord. Vit.
487 C. “Præfatus nimirum juvenis, post obitum Herberti senioris patris
[it should of course be Hugh] ... consilio matris suæ se suumque patrimonium
fortissimo Duci Normannorum commendaverat.” This is an
excellent example of the process of commendation described in
vol. i. p. 129.
597. Will. Pict. 103. “Cunctorum singulariter eum statuens heredem si non
gigneret alium.”
598. Ib. “Præterea ut conjunctiùs attingeret tantum virum ipse et posteritas
ipsius Ducis, ei filia [see above, p. 197] petita atque pacta est.” Ord. Vit.
532 B. “Alia, nomine Margarita, Rodberto filio Guillelmi Ducis Neustriæ
desponsata est.” And again (487 C); “Margaritam sororem suam Rodberto
ejusdem Ducis filio in conjugium dederat, cum quâ hereditatem suam, comitatum
scilicet Cenomanensem, si sine liberis obiret, concesserat.”
599. Will. Pict. 105. “Germanam Hereberti ... nato suo conjugare decrevit
[Willelmus], ut per eam ipse et progeniti ex ipso, jure quod nullâ controversiâ
convelli posset vel infirmari, Hereberti hæreditatem possiderent
sororius et nepotes.”
600. Ib. 103. “Ne quærerent alium, præter quem ipse dominum eis, hæredem
sibi, relinqueret. Cui si volentes pareant, leve servitium toleraturos
fore, si vi subacti, forsitan grave.” See vol. ii. p. 169.
601. Ord. Vit. 487 D. “Quia Normannicum jugum his quibus imminet
gravissimum est, subire nimis formidabant.”
602. Ord. Vit. 487 D. “Walterius ... totum comitatum Cenomanensem
calumniabatur, et ex parte possidebat. Nam ipsam urbem, quæ caput est
provinciæ, Goisfridus de Meduanâ et Hubertus de Sanctâ Susannâ, aliique
potentes in fidelitate Walterii acriter tenebant.” William of Poitiers says
only (104), “At homines malefidi Galterium Medantinum Comitem, cui
soror Hugonis nupserat, receperunt invasorem desertores.” But he presently
mentions Geoffrey of Mayenne. On Geoffrey, see above, p. 167.
603. He was a native of Vendôme, who had been a knight (“miles quidam
primùm”), then a monk of Marmoutiers. He became Prior, and was “Prior
bonus, ædificator nimis.” Geoffrey Martel then removed him to Angers,
and made him Abbot of Saint Sergius and Bacchus, a decaying monastery,
which he restored (“destructum valdéque redactum ad nihilum, magnum
ex novo constituit”). None of his work remains there. He was then chosen
Bishop of Le Mans by the clergy and people under a congé d’elire and letter
missive from Count Geoffrey (“Gaufridus ... congregavit populum terræ
suæ et omnem clerum, ut Cenomannensi ecclesiæ eligerent Episcopum.” Vet.
An. iii. *311). It will be remembered that the Count of Anjou had stepped
into the position of the King with regard to the Bishoprick. See above,
p. 193.
604. Vet. Ann. iii. 312*. “Quamvis pauperior et humilior antecessoribus
Episcopis fuerit, tamen majora opera exercere tentavit. Quinto namque
ordinationis suæ anno fundamenta matris ecclesiæ ampliora quam fuerant inchoavit,
sed morte inopinâ superveniente perficere non potuit.” It illustrates
the character of Vulgrin that this is the only event of the year 1063 that
the episcopal chronicler finds to record. The conquest of Maine by William
is mentioned only incidentally in the life of the next Bishop, p. 314*.
607. Will. Pict. 104. “Incendium confestim injicere, aut urbem totam
exscindere, ausos iniqua trucidare, quantùm ingenio abundavit et viribus,
potuisset. Sed hominum sanguini, quamquam nocentissimo, parcere
maluit solita illa temperantia.”
608. Ib. “Maluit ... validissimam urbem relinquere incolumem, caput
atque munimentum terræ quam in manu habebat.”
609. This seems to be taken for granted throughout the story, and it is
implied in such expressions as that just quoted and others elsewhere.
William of Jumièges, in his shorter account (vii. 27), which, it will be
remembered (see at p. 169), is put out of place, speaks in the same way;
“Ad urbem Cenomannicam per aliquot annos arma convertit ... Ad
postremum victi Cenomanni, jam castellis per cunctum comitatum subactis,
dextras Duci dederant.”
610. Will. Pict. 104. “Cenomannici ... anxii trepidique ... accito
sæpiùs Gaufredo, quem præses eorum Galterius dominum sibi ac tutorem
præfecit, prœlio decernere minati sunt nonnumquam, sed ausi numquam.”
611. Will. Pict. 104. “Præsidia, ubi res postulavit, imponens.”
612. Ib. “Perdomitis tandem castellis jam per totum comitatum subactis,
reddunt civitatem prævalenti.”
613. We have seen (see above, p. 201) that Vulgrin began to rebuild the
church in the fifth year of his episcopate, that is this very year 1063. The
only question is whether any part of his work still exists. I will not
enlarge on this purely architectural question, but will simply refer to the
account in the Vetera Analecta. The expression in p. *313 might imply
that the next Bishop Arnold destroyed every trace of what Vulgrin began;
but, as (p. 314*) it appears that Arnold’s own work was confined to the
choir and transepts, it is possible that Vulgrin’s nave (or possibly a still
earlier nave) may have survived. The western portal of the church has
a very ancient look.
614. William of Poitiers (104) becomes eloquent on the “joyeuse entrée.” Of
the ecclesiastical part of the ceremony he tells us, “Templa summoperè,
quemadmodùm processiones, adornata effulgent, redolent thymiamata, resonant
sacra cantica.” So Orderic (488 A), with a curious confusion between
Bishop Vulgrin and his successor; “Cœnomannicam urbem, civibus ultro
sese dedentibus, cum ingenti tripudio recepit, eique Domnus Ernaldus,
ejusdem urbis Præsul cum clericis et monachis revestitis textus crucesque
ferentibus honorabiliter obviam processit.” Of the laity William tells us,
“Studium est summis, mediis, infimis, placare infensum. Occurrunt,
clamant dominum suum, procidunt et inclinantur ejus dignitati; fingunt
hilares vultus, lætas voces, plausus congratulantes.”
615. See the story of Bishop Hildebert, Vet. An. iii. 308.
616. The building of the castle seems implied in Will. Pict. 104–105;
“Victori sufficiens pœna fuit perdomitos in potestatem suam venisse, et
urbis firmamentum suâ in reliquum custodiâ occupari.” So Roman de
Rou, 10211;
“Et il fist cax è pierre atraire;
Illoec fist une tur faire.”
This castle, “regia turris,” must be distinguished from the buildings spoken
of by William of Jumièges (vii. 27) and Benoît (35735); “In quorum medio
ad domandum eorum insolentiam, duo municipia (“deus chasteaus” in
Benoît) in Ponte Barbato, seu Barbello, stabilivit suisque militibus custodienda
commisit.” Orderic (773 A) expressly distinguishes them; “Regia
turris [elsewhere “turris principalis, turris Cenomannica”], et Mons-Barbatus
atque Barbatulus, Regi [Guillelmo Rufo] subjiciuntur, et meritò,
quia à patre ejus condita noscuntur.”
617. The conquest of Maine is recorded in a Latin entry in our own Peterborough
Chronicle, 1062; “Hoc anno subjugata est Cynomannia Comiti
Normanniæ Willielmo.”
618. Will. Pict. 105. “Voluntariè Gualterus deditioni consensit, ne, invasa
protegens, hæreditaria amitteret. Clades a Normannis illata vicinitati
Medanti et Calvimontis metum ei faciebat de majori.”
619. The direct charge against William is found only, as far as I know, in
the harangue which Orderic puts into the mouths of the conspirators at the
bride-ale of 1076 (534 B); “Gualterium Pontesii Comitem, Eduardi Regis
nepotem, cum Biotâ uxore suâ, Falesiæ hospitavit, et nefariâ potione simul
ambos unâ nocte peremit.” This one would suppose to be after the surrender
of Le Mans. But in the account which Orderic elsewhere gives in
his own person, William is not distinctly accused, and the death of Walter
and Biota is made to happen while the war is going on (487 D); “Dum
magnanimus Dux frequenti expeditione rebelles impeteret ... prædictus
Comes Walterius et Biota conjux ejus per inimicorum machinamenta
simul, ut ferunt, letali veneno fraudulenter infecti obierunt. Quibus defunctis,
securior Dux ... rebelles expetiit.” But it is plain from the
narrative of William of Poitiers that Walter survived the surrender of
Le Mans, and it is not likely that he would be at Falaise while the war
was going on. This contradiction throws a good deal of doubt on the
whole story. See vol. ii. pp. 413–414. No one, as far as I know, ever
charged William with the death of Herbert, who died even more opportunely
for him than Walter.
620. Will. Pict. 106. “Per legatos iterum iterumque monitus ad obsequendum,
mentem obstinatam non omisit.” William waxes very eloquent in
abuse of the “versutus homo, Gaufredus Meduanensis.” At this distance
of time he looks very like a loyal vassal, perhaps even like a true patriot.
621. Orderic (488 A) makes William take Ambrières, for whose capture we
have already had two dates, on the road; “Ambreras oppidum ejus [Gaufredi]
cepit,” &c.
622. The river side, according to William of Poitiers (106), “nullâ vi,
nullo ingenio vel arte humanâ, attentari potest.” The land side was not
quite so impossible; “Alteri vero [lateri] munimenta lapidea, pariterque
difficillimus aditus propugnant.”
625. Will. Pict. 106. “Hujus castri latus alterum ... alluitur scopuloso
rapidoque flumine, nam supra Meduanæ ripam in præruptâ montis rupe
situm est.”
626. At Angers the cathedral crowns the hill, the castle commands the
river; the great monastery of the Holy Trinity lies on the other side, in
what was originally a mere suburb. But neither Angers nor Le Mans has
the steep double slope of Mayenne.
628. Will. Pict. 106. “Gladiis, lanceis, missilibus, nihil geritur, nihil
gerendum speratur. Item neque ariete, neque tormento cæterisve instrumentis
bellicis. Siquidem locus omnino machinamentis importunus erat.”
629. Ib. “Equitum ac peditum copias tantas incassum fatigari cuncti ferè
opinantur, multi conqueruntur, nullâ spe animos eorum erigente, nisi fortè
morâ annuâ vel ampliore fames expugnet.”
630. Ib. “En sollerti consilio ipsius [Willelmi] injecti ignes castrum corripiunt.”
631. Ib. 107. “Citissimè diffunduntur [ignes] more suo, sævius omni ferro
quæque obvia vastantes.”
632. Ib. “Quae, sicut alibi capta plerumque grandia, militum potiùs quam
sua esse voluit continentissimus ac liberalissimus princeps.”
633. William of Jumièges, as I have already said (see above, p. 169), puts the
taking of Mayenne, as a sequel to that of Le Mans, out of place. He also
makes the fire accidental (vii. 27); “Meduanum verò, castellum cujusdam
opulenti militis nomine Goiffredi, adhuc restiterat, quod Dux exercitibus
applicitis aliquamdiù oppugnans cepit, igneque injecto per duos pueros,
qui clam ad ludendum cum oppidanis infantibus intraverant, combussit.”
Wace (10250) says, “Li bores esprit et aluma.” Ord. Vit. 488 A. “Meduanam
post diutinam obsidionem combussit.”
634. I infer this, not only from the absence of any mention of his name
during the siege, and from the unlikelihood that such a man would have
yielded to what seems to have been a mere panic, but from the expressions
of William of Poitiers a little before (106); “Fuga, astutia, validæque
munitiones non modicum fiduciæ ministraverunt. Statuit ergo prudentia
repudiati domini latibulum carissimum abalienare ei castrum Meduanum,
æstimans multò satius ac dignius hâc pœnâ ferire, quam fugitantem persequi,
et victoriam levem ex eo capto insignibus titulis addere.”
635. See Vet. An. iii. *315; Ord. Vit. 706 C, 707 A, 771 D.
636. Will. Pict. 107. “Restauratis quæ flamma corruperat, præsidioque
providenter disposito.” So Will. Gem. vii. 27. “Quod iterum restauravit
et custodibus suis mancipavit.” So Benoît, 35770. But Wace (10253) says,
“Lung tems aprez quant son leu vit
Le restora sainz cuntredit.
Gardes i mist ki l’atornerent,
Ki paiz tindrent e paiz garderent.”
637. Will. Pict, u. s. “Insolitum triumphum, quasi de naturâ superatâ, domum
revexit cum immenso gaudio exercitûs.”
638. Ord. Vit. 488 A. “Quo superato, penè omnes illius complices et ad
rebellandum fautores terrore curvati sunt, et Willelmum Principem, quem
divina manus protegebat, timere eique obsecundare coacti sunt.”
639. Vet. An. iii. 314*. “Willelmus Princeps Normanorum ... Cenomannensem
comitatum, exstinctis atque omninò deletis ejusdem comitatûs hæredibus,
adquisierat.” Is this meant as a charge against William? If so,
it extends beyond Walter and Biota, and seems to prove too much.
640. Will. Pict. 105. “Quoniam pueri ætas nondum fuit matura conjugio
[Robert must have been four years younger than Margaret, whose father
died in 1051, two years before William’s marriage], in locis tutis illam,
prope nubilem, magno cum honore custodiri fecit, nobilium atque sapientium
virorum ac matronarum curæ commissam.” Orderic (488 A) says she was
entrusted “Stigaudo potenti viro de mansione Odonis.” Compare the entrusting
of William’s own daughter to Roger of Beaumont; Orderic, 573 D.
641. Ord. Vit. u. s. “Priusquam nubiles annos attingeret seculi ludibriis
erepta feliciter obiit.”
642. Will. Pict. u. s. He enlarges on this at length.
658. So Eadmer (4) makes him go “cum ditioribus et honestioribus hominibus
suis [his own Thegns or personal Comitatus], auro et argento vesteque
pretiosâ nobiliter instructis.”
660. Tapestry, pl. 1. It is singular however that, though a large part
of Bosham Church is as old as Harold’s time, or older, the picture in the
Tapestry is in no way like it—or indeed like any other human erection.
663. Will. Pict. 108. “Docuit enim avaritiæ calliditas Galliarum quasdam
nationes exsecrandam consuetudinem, barbaram, et longissimè ab omni
æquitate Christianâ alienam. Illaqueant potentes aut locupletes: trusos
in ergastula afficiunt contumeliis, tormentis. Sic variâ miseriâ prope ad
necem usque contritos ejiciunt sæpissimè venditos magno.” So Will.
Malms. ii. 228. “Barbarum et effrænatum morem regionis esse ut qui
evaserant in mari naufragium in terrâ invenirent periculum.”
664. I infer as much from the use of the word “illaqueant” in the last
quotation from William of Poitiers.
665. Roman de Rou, 10765 et seqq. The sums of money are thus
given (10776);
“Doint li vint livres solement,
Il l’en fera gaaigner cent,
Kar tel prison li liverra,
Ki cent livres u plus donra.”
666. Bayeux Tapestry, plate 2. “Hic apprehendit Wido Haroldum.” Benoît
de Ste. Maure (36540) adds the odd comment, that those who were seized
in this fashion might have wished themselves in Sicily; “Mieuz vousissent
estre en Sezile.” Yet, when Benoît wrote, Sicily was a settled Norman
monarchy.
667. So at least says William of Malmesbury (ii. 228); “Manus manicis,
pedes compedibus, præbuere.”
668. This is quite plain from the Tapestry, plate 2. “Duxit eum ad Belrem
et ibi eum tenuit.” Wace (10784) says, “A Abevile l’ont mené,” and makes
Guy take him to Beaurain only after the news has reached William (v.
10798);
“A Belrem le fist envéier
Por fere del Duc esluingnier.”
This I conceive to arise from a misconception of the words of William of
Jumièges, vii. 31; “In manus Widonis Abbatisvillæ Comitis incidit.
Quem idem Comes captum cum suis confestim in custodiâ trusit.” But
this does not imply that Abbeville was the place of imprisonment. William
of Poitiers, William of Malmesbury, and Benoît do not mention any particular
place. Anyhow it was not Saint Valery. See below, Chapter
xv. § 2.
Eadmer (5) says, “Constrictus igitur Haraldus quemlibet ex vulgo, promissâ
mercede illectum, clam ad Comitem Normanniæ dirigit;” but that
the messenger was an Englishman appears from his moustache in the
Tapestry, plate 3. “Hic venit nuntius ad Wilgelmum Ducem.” William
of Malmesbury, ii. 228, gives another turn to the message, of which I shall
have to speak elsewhere. One expression is very odd; “Si pecuniis exuenda
captivitas esset, libens daret Willelmo Comiti, non semiviro Guidoni.”
I do not know the meaning of this strange epithet and spondaic cadence.
671. Will. Pict. 108. “Properè missis legatis.” The speed at which they
ride in the Tapestry (pl. 3) is beyond anything of the kind represented in
the whole story, except in the very thick of the battle.
672. Ib. “Precatu simul ac minis extortum.” William of Jumièges
(vii. 31) puts this still more strongly; “Dux autem ut hoc comperit,
missis legatis violenter illum extorsit.” But the other narratives do not
bear this out.
Eadmer (5) makes two messages, the latter stronger than the former;
“Ille [Willelmus] festinatò per nuncios mandat Domino Pontivi, Haraldum
cum suis ab omni calumniâ liberum sibi quantociùs mitti, si pristinâ amicitiâ
suo amodò vellet ex more potiri. Sed quum ille hominem dimittere
nollet, iterum in mandato accepit se necessariò Haraldum missurum, alioquin
certissimè sciret Willelmum Normanniæ Ducem armatum pro eo
Pontivum iturum.”
673. Eadmer however makes him still plunder his captives; “Mittit
igitur virum cum sociis, primò tamen eis quæ meliora detulerant simul
ablatis.”
674. See above, p. 116. That Eu was the place appears from Will. Pict.
108. “Ipse [Guido] adducens apud Aucense castrum sibi præsentavit.”
So Benoît, 36572. “Li amena à Ou tot quite.”
675. Will. Pict. 108. “Guidoni bene merito, qui, nec pretio nec violentiâ
compulsus, virum quem torquere, necare, vendere potuisset pro libitu ipse
... sibi præsentavit, grates rettulit condignas, terras tradidit amplas ac
multum opimas, addidit insuper in pecuniis maxima dona.” The position
of the lands comes from the Roman de Rou, 10806;
“E li Dus li a fet aveir
Lez l’ewe d’Alne un bel maneir.”
676. “Harold Dux Anglorum” in the Tapestry, pl. 1. He bears the same
title in the Saxon Annalist (Pertz, vi. 764). See vol. i. pp. 289, 470; cf.
179, and ii. 635.
677. In the Tapestry, plate 4, we merely read, “Hic Dux Wilgelm cum
Haroldo venit ad palatium suum.” It is here that the mysterious “unus
clericus et Ælfgyva” (see Appendix S.) are seen standing at the door of
the Palace. William of Poitiers (108) says more distinctly, “In urbem
sui principatûs caput Rothomagum introduxit.” So Benoît, 36577;
679. Snorro (Johnston, 190; Laing, iii. 76). “Sat Haralldr í hássæti à adra
hönd Jarli, enn til annarar handar kona Jarls, hon var hverri kono frídari,
er menn höfdo sed ... Jarl geck optazt snemma at sofa, enn Haralldr sat
lengi à kvölldom, oc taladi vid kono Jarls.” This is an exact picture of old
Norwegian, if not of Norman life. See Keyser’s Private Life of the Old
Northmen, pp. 72, 143; “The guests ... were shown to the beds appointed
for them. But even after they had retired for the night, they often had
to quaff off a horn or two, which the hostess, or one of the women of the
house, would bring them, while she seated herself the while by their bed-side
and entertained them by her conversation.”
682. Namely that of William of Poitiers. See Appendix R.
683. Harold (see vol. ii. p. 555) could hardly have been born before 1021,
but, as he became Earl in 1045 (see vol. ii. pp. 36, 37, 43), he is not likely
to have been born many years later. William (see vol. ii. pp. 585–587) was
born in 1027 or 1028.
686. William of Poitiers (109), who puts the knighthood before the Breton
expedition, seems to extend it to Harold’s followers; “Qui venerant cum
ipso”—possibly Wulfnoth and Hakon—“armis militaribus et equis delectissimis
instructos secum in bellum Britannicum duxit.” “Militaribus” is
doubtless to be taken in the technical sense. The Tapestry (pl. 6) places
the knighthood after the Breton war; “Hic Willelm dedit Haroldo arma.”
Wace follows William of Poitiers (10812). Mr. Planché (Arch. Ass. June
1867, p. 145) says that Wace lays the scene at Avranches. He probably refers
to the Roman de Rou, 13723, but the knighthood is not there spoken of.
687. William of Malmesbury (iii. 236) attributes the opposite motive to
William. He takes Harold, “volens ejus manum explorare; simul et
strictiori consilio, apparatum ostentans suum, conspicaturo quantùm præstaret
Anglicis bipennibus ensis Normannicus.” If Harold was set to fight
on horseback with his Danish axe in his hand, it might very likely be so.
688. The fullest accounts are in William of Poitiers (109) and the Tapestry
(pll. 4–6), but it is not easy to reconcile the two. The other accounts are
very short. Wace (10814) makes Harold accompany William in three or
four expeditions;
“Ne sai de veir treiz feiz u quatre,
Quant as Bretuns se dut combatre.”
This, as we shall see, is quite possible. See Appendix T.
690. Conan was the grandson of Hadwisa, daughter of Richard the Fearless.
See vol. i. p. 508.
691. See vol. ii. p. 181; cf.
i. pp. 518, 526. William of Poitiers (109) is
inclined to dwell on these earlier wars, rather than on the later guardianship
of Alan. His son Conan is “paternæ rebellionis renovator.”
693. Will. Pict. 109. “Is [Conanus] in virum ferocissimum adultus, a
tutelâ diu toleratâ liber, capto Eudone patruo suo, atque vinculis ergastularibus
mancipato, provinciæ, quam dono paterno accepit, magnâ cum
truculentiâ dominari cœpit.” William of Malmesbury (iii. 236) looks on
him with more favour; “Viridis juventâ et præcellens robore, Eudonem
patruum vinxerat, multa egregia fecerat.”
695. William of Poitiers goes back to the grant of Charles the Simple, who
gave Britanny to Rolf “in servitium perpetuum.” (See vol. i. p. 191.) But
he allows the constant revolts of the Breton Counts; “Comites Britannici
e jugo Normannicæ dominationis cervicem omnino solvere numquam valuerunt,
etsi multoties id conati totâ vi obluctando.” So William of Malmesbury
(iii. 236) speaks of William as “Britanniam ut hæreditarium solum
calumnians.”
698. Will. Pict. 110. Britanny is “regio longè latèque diffusa, milite,
magis quam credibile sit, referta.” He goes on to say; “Partibus e quidem
in illis miles unus quinquaginta genuerat, sortitus more barbaro denas aut
ampliùs uxores; quod de Mauris veteribus refertur, legis divinæ atque
pudici ritûs ignaris. Ad hoc populositas ipsa armis et equis maximè,
arvorum culturæ aut morum minimè student.” The word “denas” seems
to show that this patriarchal state of things was not confined to one particular
knight. One hardly sees why the ancient Moors should have been
picked out as the horrid example, rather than the modern Saracens or any
other polygamous people.
The Chronicle of St. Michael’s Mount (Labbé, i. 350), under the year
1056, says of Conan’s uncle, “Hic Eudo multos habuit filios.” Was he the
“miles” whom William of Poitiers had specially in his eye?
699. Will. Pict. 110. “Uberrimo lacte, parcissimo pane, sese transigunt.
Pinguia pabula gignunt pecoribus loca vasta et fermè nescia segetum.”
700. Ib. “Prœlia cum ardenti alacritate ineunt: dum prœliantur, furibundi
sæviunt. Pellere soliti, difficilè cedunt.”
701. Ib. “Quum vacant a bello, rapinis, latrociniis, cædibus domesticis,
aluntur sive exercentur.”
703. Will. Pict. 109. “Conani in tantum jam temeritas crevit, ut quo die
terminos Normanniæ aggrederetur denuntiare non formidaret.” This sort
of bravado was chivalrous heroism in William; it is mere rashness and insolence
in Conan.
704. Ib. “Dominus ejus [Conani] antiquo jure, sicuti Normannorum,
Willelmus, castellum quod Sancti Jacobi appellatum est interim opposuit
in confinio, ne famelici prædones ecclesiis inermibus, aut ultimo terræ suæ
vulgo, excursionibus latrocinantibus nocerent.” The castle and town are
still always known as Saint-James, never as Saint-Jaques.
705. Will. Pict. 110. “Nihili pendens terribilitatem hanc Dux Willelmus,
in quem diem adventum Conani meminit denuntiatum, eo ipse intra fines
ejus occurrit.”
706. I presume that the “Ruallus” of William of Poitiers represents the
name Rhiwallon.
710. Will. Pict. 110. Conan is engaged in “castri terræ suæ Doli oppugnatione.”
711. Unless possibly a larger proportion of beggars and of way-side crosses
than is usual in Normandy.
712. The time of the invasion was autumn. “Stabant in aristis fruges immaturæ.”
They missed therefore the snowy bloom of a Breton, Norman,
or West-Saxon land in the time of spring. Snorro also (see above, p. 227)
makes Harold’s visit in the autumn, but he makes him stay all the winter.
717. Will. Pict. 110. “Sistere tentat Conanum castri præses Ruallus,
revocat illudens, morari biduum precatur, sufficiens huic moræ stippendium
ab ipso sumpturum.”
718. Ib. “Homo miserè exterritus, pavorem potiùs audiens, cursu instituto
longiùs profugit.” So the Tapestry, pl. 5; “Venerunt ad Dol et
Conan fugâ vertit.” On the mention of Rennes, see Appendix T.
719. Will. Pict. 111. “Nec penes agricolas interesse, Normannico an
Britannico exercitu consumpti anni laborem amiserint.”
720. Ib. “Sibi modo ad famam valuisse, non ad conservationem rerum,
Conani depulsionem.”
721. Will. Pict. 110, 111. “Menstruâ penuriâ fatigatum exercitum reducebat.”
The Archdeacon’s minute setting forth of the workings of the
Duke’s mind is too long to copy.
722. Ib. 111. “Excedenti jam Britanniæ limitem repente indicatur Gaufredum
Andegavensem cum ingentibus copiis Conano fuisse conjunctum,
et ambos postero die prœliatum affuturos.”
744. The apology put into Harold’s mouth by William of Malmesbury (iii.
238) is that he was “necessitate temporis coactus.” Wace (11965) puts
it more clearly still. Harold’s Biographer (Chron. Ang. Norm. ii. 187)
argues the point at length. See Appendix U.
750. See the speech of Philip, Lord Wharton, on the Abjuration Bill of
1690. Macaulay, iii. 574.
751. See the stories of the fidelity of Geroy and his son William to their
several feudal lords, vol. ii. pp. 230–232. On the other hand it is constantly
made an aggravation of the imprisonment of William of Aquitaine by
Geoffrey Martel, that it was a wrong done against his lord. See
vol. ii. p. 594. So the Peterborough Chronicle (1087) says of the last expedition
of William himself, that he “hergode uppan his agenne hlaford Philippe
þam cynge.”
752. The authorities for this Chapter are essentially the same as those
for the last.
753. Will. Pict. 109. “Non enim in longum sperabatur Edwardi ægrotantis
vita.”
754. William of Poitiers (145–146) gets very eloquent on this head;
I have quoted the passage in Appendix G.
755. The suddenness of the news is marked by William of Poitiers (121);
“Verus rumor insperatò venit Anglicam terram Rege Edwardo orbatam
esse et ejus coronâ Heraldum ornatum.”
757. In the Tapestry (pl. 8) we see the ship; “Hic navis Anglica venit in
terram Willelmi Ducis.” See Bruce, p. 87. The language of Wace (10991)
seems to imply a special messenger;
On “dameisels,” “domicelli,” a diminutive of “dominus,” which now
survives both in French and English in the feminine only, see Ducange
in voc. Benoît (36640) applies the name, in the form “danzel,” to Wulfnoth.
In the pretended Laws of Eadward, it translates “Æðeling,” with the
comment, “Nos de pluribus, quia filios baronum vocamus domicellos,
Angli autem nullum præter filios Regum vocant” (Schmid, 516).
761. Will. Malms. iii. 279. “Fuit ... roboris ingentis in lacertis, ut magno
sæpe spectaculo fuerit quod nemo ejus arcum tenderet, quem ipse admisso
equo pedibus nervo extento sinuaret.”
All these graphic details are peculiar to Wace. Benoît (36672) is much
shorter.
764. Roman de Rou, 11012; “Sor un pécol sun chief a mis.” I suppose
this means, as Mr. Taylor translates it, against a pillar. Wace’s description
is so perfect, that it is impossible to do anything but simply repeat it.
Otherwise this would be a good opportunity to call up the image of the
ancient pillared hall, as at Oakham and Winchester, and once at Westminster,
the one great apartment of the palace, as of any other house, and
seemingly open to all comers.
765. Wace (11017) here says simply, “Li seneschal,” but from v. 11051
we see who this seneschal was.
766. Roman de Rou, 11020; “Par la sale ala chantusant.” “Fredonnant,
chantant légèrement,” says Pluquet; “humming a tune” in Mr. Taylor’s
version.
767. Roman de Rou, 11051. “Li filz Osber el cuer hardi.”
771. I leave it to canon lawyers to determine whether Harold’s precontract
to the daughter of William would in any way invalidate his marriage with
the widow of Gruffydd. However this may be, William could not seriously
expect that Harold would, on any such grounds, put away his wife,
especially when his wife was the sister of the two Northern Earls. The
question of course remains whether Harold really was married at the
time.
772. So Eadmer and those who copy from him. See Appendix U.
774. Eadmer, 5. “Si de filiâ suâ, quam debui in uxorem, ut asserit,
ducere, agit, super regnum Angliæ mulierem extraneam, inconsultis
principibus, me nec debere nec sine grandi injuriâ posse adducere
noverit.”
775. Will. Malms. iii. 238. “Præsumptuosum fuisse quod, absque generali
senatûs et populi conventu et edicto, alienam illi hæreditatem juraverit;
proinde stultum sacramentum frangendum.” This is less forcibly put
by Eadmer (5); “Regnum quod necdum fuerat meum quo jure potui dare
vel permittere.”
777. Will. Malms. iii. 238. “Quantò magis quod ille, sub Regis virgâ
constitutus, nesciente omni Angliâ, de toto regno, necessitate temporis
coactus, impegerit, videatur non esse ratum.”
778. Ib. “Præterea iniquum postulat ut imperio decedat, quod tanto
favore civium regendum susceperit; hoc nec provincialibus gratum, nec militibus
tutum.” I do not fully understand this last clause. Would Harold’s
Thegns and Housecarls have been specially exposed to danger in case
of William’s peaceful accession? Or does the historian write by the light
of his own time and of Domesday, remembering how much more heavily
William’s confiscations fell on the “milites” than on the “provinciales.”
779. Ib. “Ita revertebantur inanes nuntii, vel veris vel verisimilibus argumentis
præstricti.”
780. Will. Malms. iii. 238. “Alter [Willelmus] interea illum [Haroldum]
per nuntios leniter convenire, de rupto fœdere expostulare, precibus minas
insuere: sciret se ante annum emensum ferro debitum vindicaturum, illuc
iturum quo Haroldus tutiores se pedes habere putaret.” Is this last not very
intelligible clause a scoff at the English tactics of fighting on foot?
785. Will. Pict. 113. “Caussam viduæ, inopis, pupilli, ipse humiliter
audiebat, misericorditer agebat, rectissimè definiebat. Ejus æquitate
reprimente iniquam cupiditatem, vicini minùs valentis aut limitem agri
movere, aut rem ullam usurpare, nec potens audebat quisquam nec
familiaris.” Cf. vol. ii. p. 172.
786. Ib. “Accipere solitus est avido auditu suavique gustu sacræ
paginæ sermones, iis, ut animæ epulum sumeret, delectari desiderans,
castigari, atque edoceri. Sumebat et honorabat condecenti reverentiâ
hostiam salutarem, Dominicum sanguinem.” I do not know that the word
“auditu” absolutely proves that William could not read, but it looks like
it. He was however fully aware of the advantages of learning, even in
laymen. See vol. ii. p. 274. This passage is also to be noticed as one
among several which show that communion in both kinds was still allowed.
The Archdeacon goes on to extol his sovereign’s orthodoxy in the matter
of Transubstantiation, and to tell how he drove from his dominions the
heresy which thought otherwise—“aliter sentientem pravitatem”—that is
doubtless the teaching of Berengar. See vol. ii. pp. 116, 227.
787. Ib. 114. “Ejus liberi pietatem Christianam infantes didicere diligenti
provisione ipsius.” This pious care answered better with his daughters
than with his sons.
788. Ib. “Quoties ejus edicto et hortatu convenere Præsules, Metropolitanus
cum suffraganeis, de statu relligionis, clericorum, monachorum,
atque laicorum acturi. Synodis his arbitrum se deesse nolebat.” The
advantages of the prince’s presence are then dwelt upon.
789. Ib. “Delato forte suas ad aures immani alicujus crimine, quod Episcopus
aut Archidiaconus justo dementiùs vindicaverit, reum majestatis
æternæ teneri jussit incarceratum, quousque caussa domini æquitate districta
decerneretur, Episcopum aut Archidiaconum, veluti adversarios
divinæ partis, criminans in judicium devocandos, feriendos gravi sententiâ.”
The obscure words “justo dementiùs” mean, I conceive, not that the
ecclesiastical judges were too strict, but that they let off offenders for
money. On the doings of Archdeacons see vol. ii. p. 230, and the passage
of John of Salisbury there referred to.
790. Will. Pict. 115. “Lanfrancum ... intimâ familiaritate colebat; ut
patrem venerans, verens ut præceptorem, diligens ut germanum aut
prolem. Illi consulta animæ suæ, illi speculam quamdam, unde ordinibus
ecclesiasticis per omnem Normanniam prospiceretur, commisit.”
792. See the great anathema in Paul of Bernried’s Life of Gregory, cap.
lxxvi. (ap. Murat. iii. 336); “Henrico Regi, filio Henrici Imperatoris,
... totius Regni Teutonicorum et Italiæ gubernacula contradico.” Mark
how, as constantly in Lambert, while Italy has a name, Germany has
none. See vol. i. pp. 172, 176.
793. Compare Lord Macaulay’s remarks (ii. 624) on the different clauses of
the resolution by which the Crown was declared vacant after the flight of
James the Second.
795. See vol. i. p. 175. In the passage of Bruno there referred to, Philip
gets no higher title than “Latinæ Franciæ Rector.” Yet he is better off
that Charles the Bald, who, in the Annales Fuldenses under 875 (Pertz, i.
389), is only “Galliæ Tyrannus.”
797. I hold, it may be remembered (see vol. i. p. 646), that the balance of
evidence is against Godwine’s churlish birth; but, if such a rumour, true
or false, were afloat, it would be enough. I do not however find the point
brought forward by any contemporary Norman writer.
800. Henry of Huntingdon, as we have seen (see vol. i. p. 332), seriously
believed in William’s hereditary right. So elsewhere (761 E) he speaks
of his “jus cognationis.” The Ramsey Historian also (cap. cxx.) says
that William sought “regnum aviti propinquitate sanguinis debitum.”
But perhaps still more remarkable is the way in which William of
Poitiers (143), after describing William’s election and coronation at
Christmas, adds, “Et, si ratio sanguinis poscitur, pernotum est quam
proximâ consanguinitate Regem Edwardum attigerit filius Ducis Rodberti,
cujus amita, Richardi Secundi soror, filia Primi, Emina, genitrix
fuit Edwardi.”
801. Compare the passage from Orderic (598 A) quoted in Appendix C.
802. Liber de Hydâ, 291. “Dei etenim nutu multorum fit concursus populorum,
ultro se navibus ingerentium, qui audierant Angliam argenti et
auri omnibus opulentam, cibi et potûs omniumque frugum uberrimam,
omnibus præterea bonis esse refertam.” So Orderic (494 A) speaks of
William’s foreign followers as “Anglicæ prædæ inhiantes.”
803. Will. Pict. 124. “Non eo animi viget [Heraldus] robore, quo vel
minimum quid meorum polliceri audeat. At arbitrio meo pariter quæ
mea sunt, quæque dicuntur illius, promittentur atque dabuntur.” To any
man but William one might have quoted the fable about the bear and
his skin.
806. This comes among the three causes for William’s invasion given by
Henry of Huntingdon (761 D); “Primò, quia Alfredum cognatum suum
Godwinus et filii sui dehonestaverant et peremerant: Secundò, quia
Robertum Episcopum et Odonem Consulem [see vol. ii. p. 564] et omnes
Francos Godwinus et filii sui arte suâ ab Angliâ exsulaverant: Tertiò,
quod Haraldus, in perjurium prolapsus, regnum, quod jure cognationis
[see above, p. 278] suum esse debuerat, sine aliquo jure invaserat.”
808. William of Poitiers (124) is emphatic on this head; William “non
tantùm ditionem suam et gloriam augere, quantùm ritus Christianos partibus
in illis corrigere intendit.”
826. I get the details of this meeting and of the larger meeting at Lillebonne
from the Roman de Rou (11118 et seqq.), the only account which carefully
distinguishes the two. See Appendix W.
828. Ib. 11165. “Maiz sez homes è sez clers creie.” It is curious to find
the wealth of the Church pointed to so early as among possible ways
and means.
833. Orderic twice stops to discuss the Roman origin of Lillebonne (554 C and
864 B, C). It was founded by Caius Julius Cæsar on the site of a Gaulish
town called Caletum, which he had destroyed. It was called Julia after his
daughter. In Orderic’s own time it was barbarously called “Illebona.”
William of Malmesbury (iii. 238), from whom we learn that Lillebonne was
the place of meeting, calls it “Lillebona.”
834. These points in the history of Lillebonne are said to have been made
out by the researches of M. Deville. But I am sorry to say that I know
those researches only through M. Joanne’s excellent Guide to Normandy,
p. 243. Lillebonne however is a place which speaks for itself.
835. See the view in Cotman’s Architectural Antiquities of Normandy, p. 75.
836. William kept his court (“curia”) at Lillebonne in 1063. See Orderic,
482 A. A synod was also held there in 1080. See vol. ii. p. 241.
837. Compare the Diets of Poland, at once the most aristocratic and the
most democratic of all assemblies. Compare also the whole history of
the States of Britanny, so well traced out by the Count of Carné, in his
États de Bretagne. The second order, the Noblesse, was always more
independent than either the Clergy or the Burghers, and its internal constitution
was that of a Landesgemeinde.
838. This is implied in the words of William of Poitiers (124), “Quis enim
juxta præstitutum naves perfici, aut perfectis remiges inveniri, annuo spatio
posse speraret?”
843. Will. Pict. 124. “Quis novâ hac expeditione pulcherrimum statum
patriæ in omnem redigi miseriam non timeret?”
844. Ib. “Quis Romani Imperatoris opes eâ vinci difficultate non affirmaret?”
The ideas of Caius Julius Cæsar and of King Henry the Fourth
were perhaps a little intermingled in the mind of the Archdeacon of Lisieux.
845. Ib. 123. “Thesauris illum abundare, quibus partis suæ Duces et Reges
præpotentes conducantur.”
846. Ord. Vit. 493. “Normannorum paucitatem non posse vincere Anglorum
multitudinem asserebant.”
847. Will. Pict. 124. “Classem [Heraldum] habere plurimam, homines
in ministeriis nauticis peritissimos, qui sæpiùs pericula et prœlia maritima
sint experti; terrâ illius, uti divitiis, ita militis copiâ, hanc multipliciter
superari.”
Henry of Huntingdon (M. H. B. 761 E), in his abridged narrative, cuts the
matter far too short. I do not remember any other writer who mentions
the trick of William Fitz-Osbern.
859. So William of Malmesbury, iii. 238. “Super negotio singulorum sententias
sciscitatus.” But he perhaps goes too far when he speaks of “omnes
ejus voluntatem plausibus excipientes.”
862. I have read, in some peerage or book of genealogy, the pedigree of some
one who professes to be descended from one of the English knights who
went over to ask William to come and deliver them from the tyranny of
Harold. Truly pedigree-makers will say anything.
863. See the account of Robert the son of Wymarc in William of Poitiers,
128.
864. By the second I mean Ralph of Norfolk, of whose origin I shall speak
elsewhere. See Appendix LL.
870. Ord. Vit. 492 D. “Tosticus ... festinus Normanniam adiit, et Willelmum
Ducem cur perjurum suum regnare sineret fortiter redarguit.” The
phrase “perjurus suus” is like the common phrase of “the King’s rebels”
and such like.
871. Ib. “Seque fideliter, si ipse cum Normannicis viribus in Angliam
transfretaret, regni decus obtenturum illi spopondit.”
874. Ord. Vit. 493 C. “Interea Tosticus in Angliam remeandi licentiam
a Duce accepit; eique auxilium suum, tam per se quàm per omnes amicos
suos, firmiter spopondit. Sed, sicut scriptum est, ‘Homo cogitat, Deus
ordinat,’ evenit multò aliter quam sperabat. Nam de Constantino pelagus
intravit, sed Angliam attingere nullatenus potuit. Heraldus enim
mare navium militumque copiâ munierat, ne quis hostium sine gravi conflictu
introiret in regnum quod fraudulenter invaserat. Tosticus itaque
magnis undique premebatur angustiis, utpote qui nec Angliam per bellum
cum paucis contra in numeros invadere, nec Normanniam propter contrarietatem
ventorum poterat repetere.” It is wonderful how many undertakings
in this age were thwarted by stress of weather.
876. Ord. Vit. 494 A. “Galli namque et Britones, Pictavini et Burgundiones,
aliique populi Cisalpini ad bellum transmarinum convolârunt, et Anglicæ
prædæ inhiantes variis eventibus et periculis terræ marique sese obtulerunt.”
Lappenberg (543), and Mr. Thorpe (ii. 286) more distinctly, hints that it
was from mistaking the meaning of the word “Cisalpini” that Thierry
got his Piedmontese. We have already seen something of the use of
the word as well as of “transmarinus.” See vol. i. pp. 181, 210 (note 1),
230, 627.
877. Guy of Amiens (v. 259. M. H. B. 861 C, Giles 34) makes William count
up French, Bretons, Cenomannians, and adds,
“Appulus et Calaber, Siculus quibus jacula fervet;
Normanni faciles actibus egregiis.”
878. Will. Pict. 122. “Convenit etiam externus miles in auxilium copiosus,
quos ex parte notissima Ducis liberalitas, verum omnes justæ caussæ
fiducia contraxit.”
880. See the story in Lambert and Berthold (ap. Pertz, v. 272) under the
year 1062. Milman, Latin Christianity, iii. 74.
881. Lambert, 1063. “Adalbertus Premensis Archiepiscopus ... sæpiùs
colloquendo, obsequendo etiam atque adsentando, ita sibi Regem brevi
devinxerat, ut, cæteris episcopis posthabitis, totus in eum inclinaretur, et
ipse in regno communi penè monarchiam usurpare videretur.” Milman,
iii. 77.
882. Lambert, 1065. “Per concessionem ejusdem Archiepiscopi [Adalberti
sc.] primùm se Rex arma bellica succinxit.”
884. It was Stamfordbridge, not Senlac, which attracted the attention of
Lambert. See Appendix M.
885. Henry, in his own troubles, sent an embassy to William (Bruno de
Bello Saxonico, c. 36, ap. Pertz, v. 342). See also the amazing account of
“Willehelmus Bostar” in Lambert, 1074. See vol. ii. p. 582.
886. William of Poitiers says first, at an earlier time (120), “Admirabatur,
laudabat, ac venerabatur eum supra nomina Regum Imperii Romani
majestas, cujus olim gloriosissimus moderator Henricus, Conradi Imperatoris
Augusti filius, cum ipso etiam tum puero, veluti cum nominatissimo Rege,
amicitiam junxit ac societatem.” He now (123) says, “Et Romanorum Imperatori
[he was not yet Emperor] Henrico, Henrici Imperatoris filio, nepoti
Imperatoris Chounradi, noviter junctus fuit in amicitiâ.” After the former
passage the Archdeacon adds, what is yet more amazing, that the Eastern
Emperor wished for William as a neighbour to help him to withstand the
advance of the Mahometans; “Optabat hunc vicinum et amicum nobilis
et ampla, multisque Regibus dominans Constantinopolis, quo propugnatore
sperneret gravem potentiam Babylonis.” The wise proverb τὸν Φραγκὸν
φίλον ἔχῃς γείτουα οὐκ ἔχῃς (Eginh. Vita K. 16) must have been forgotten.
888. Will. Pict. 123. “Cujus [Henrici] edicto in quemlibet hostem Germania
ei, postularet, veniret adjutrix.”
889. Ib. “Rex quoque Danorum Suenus fidem legationibus ei spopondit,
sed inimicis ejus amicum exhibebat se fidelem, sicut in sequentibus
legendo ipsius detrimenta, spectabis.” This of course takes in the help
which Swend gave to the English insurgents after William’s coronation,
but it must be connected also with William’s assertion (p. 132) that there
were Danish troops at Senlac.
I fancy that the splendid church of this monastery is less known than
it should be to travellers and architectural students. It contains nothing
so old as the days of William and Philip, but, among other magnificent
portions, it has a Lady Chapel which reminds one at once of the Chapel of
Henry the Seventh at Westminster and of that of Saint Lewis at Paris.
898. See Dugdale, Baronage, i. 400; Mon. Angl. v. 491; Ellis, i. 422. The
charter there quoted (later than 1274), by an amazing piece of genealogy,
makes Gilbert a son of Count Baldwin and a nephew of William. “Giselbertus
de Gaunt, filius Baldwini Comitis de Flandriâ venit cum Willelmo
Conquæstore avunculo suo in Angliam.”
899. Dugdale, i. 425; Mon. Angl. vi. 959; Ellis, i. 420, 504. “Walterus
Bec ... venit cum Conquæstore et habuit hæreditatem suam in Flandriâ.”
He appears in Domesday as “Walterus Flandrensis.”
903. On Odo, see above, pp. 168, 231. This Alan Fergant must be carefully
distinguished from his cousin Alan Fergant, who was afterwards Count of
Britanny, and who married William’s daughter Constance. See the pedigree
drawn out by Mrs. Green, Princesses, i. 25. So Roman de Rou,
11508;
“Alain Felgan vint el passage,
Ki des Bretunz out grant barnage.”
904. Roman de Rou, 11511; “E li Sire i vint de Dinan.”
907. Liber de Castro Ambasiæ, c. iv., ap. D’Achery, iii. 276. He joined
William when he was “omnem militiæ valetudinem quam invenire potuit
in arma commovens,” and when “ex diversis regionibus optimi milites et
bellicosi gregatim convenirent.” After a fitting panegyric we read,
“Statim ut a Guillermo Duce fuit agnitus, super omnes ei familiarior est
habitus.”
908. See the account of this war in the Gesta Consulum, D’Achery, iii.
259, where Fulk’s conduct to his brother is called a “persequutio,” while
Fulk himself (p. 233) speaks of his own “tribulatio” and the “invasio”
of his brother.
909. Gest. Cons. 259, where we hear of “proditio” and “proditores,” while
Fulk (u. s.) speaks only of a “campestre prœlium in quo eum [Geoffrey]
Dei gratiâ superavi,” and adds delicately, “proinde accepi civitatem Andegavæ.”
See also the two Angevin Chronicles in Labbé, i. 276, and, more
fully, 288. These troubles were among the effects of the comet.
910. Gest. Con. 260. “Fulco Richin Barbatum fratrem suum captum tenuit
et in vinculis Chainoni castro posuit.”
915. The famous application of Pippin as to the lawfulness of deposing
Childebert was rather a case of conscience.
916. See the very remarkable account of these struggles in Lambert, 1064.
Milman, iii. 83. With the high-minded comments of the impartial Lambert
it is well to compare the panegyric of the partizan William of Poitiers (122).
He at least had good reason to say that Alexander “responsa edebat justa
salutariaque.” So Benoît, 36787;
“A Rome ert donc pape Alixandre,
Jusz hoem, saintismes e verais,
Qui mult tint sainte Iglise en pais.”
He goes on, prematurely enough, to say,
“A lui tramist li Reis Guillaume
Por mostrer l’ovre deu reaume.”
917. Will. Malms. iii. 238. “Ne justam caussam temeritas decoloraret, ad
Apostolicum ... misit, justitiam suscepti belli quantis potuit facundiæ
nervis allegans.” The name of this eloquent ambassador comes from
Orderic, 493 B.
919. William of Malmesbury (iii. 238) discusses the point; “Haroldus id
facere supersedit, vel quod turgidus naturâ esset, vel quod caussæ diffideret,
vel quod nuntios suos a Willelmo et ejus complicibus, qui omnes portus
obsidebant, impediri timeret.” There was clearly no record or received
tradition about the matter.
920. I find no suggestion of the possibility of any hearing of the English
side anywhere but in the passage of William of Malmesbury just quoted.
921. William of Malmesbury (u. s.) says that the Pope gave judgement,
“perpensis apud se utrimque partibus.” But it is from a letter written
long after to William by Hildebrand, then Gregory the Seventh, that we
learn how strong an opposition was made to William’s claims. The letter
is dated April 24th, 1080, and has chiefly to do with the affairs of the see
of Le Mans. Gregory says to William; “Notum esse tibi credo, excellentissime
fili, priusquam ad pontificale culmen ascenderem, quanto
semper te sinceræ dilectionis affectu amavi, qualem etiam me tuis negotiis
et quam efficacem exhibui, insuper ut ad regale fastigium cresceres quanto
studio laboravi. Quâ pro re a quibusdam fratribus magnam penè infamiam
pertuli, submurmurantibus quod ad tanta homicidia perpetranda, tanto favore
meam operam impendissem. Deus verò in meâ conscientiâ testis erat, quàm
recto id animo feceram, sperans per gratiam Dei et non inaniter confidens
de virtutibus bonis quæ in te erant, quia quantò ad sublimiora proficeres,
tantò te apud Deum et sanctam ecclesiam (sicut et nunc, Deo gratias, res
est) ex bono meliorem exhiberes.” Ep. Greg. VII. cxxxvi., ap. Bouquet,
xiv. 648.
923. Orderic (482 B) tells a story how, at one stage of the endless negotiations
about Abbot Robert of Saint Evroul (see above, p. 184), Robert came
with certain Papal Legates to claim his Abbey; “Audiens verò Dux ...
vehementer iratus dixit se quidem Legatos Papæ de fide et relligione
Christianâ, ut communis patris, libenter suscepturum; sed si quis monachorum
de terrâ suâ calumniam sibi contrariam inferret, ad altiorem quercum
vicinæ silvæ per capitium irreverenter suspensurum.” This was in 1063.
William plainly recognized no Benefit of Clergy, and when the witnesses
are liable to be hanged, the proceedings of the Court can hardly be called
free.
924. So at least Wace (12353) makes William say after he is landed in
England;
“E si saunt Engleiz de veir,
A tuz le velt fere saveir,
Ke cil sunt escumengié
De l’Apostoile è del clergié.”
925. We may infer this last object from the care with which William (see
Will. Pict. 144) took, after his coronation, to send to Rome “Sancti Petri
pecuniam,” and also from his famous correspondence with Gregory. See
Lanfranc, ep. 10 (Giles, i. 32).
927. The banner is mentioned by most writers. Will. Pict. 123. “Vexillum
accepit [Willelmus] ejus [Alexandri] benignitate, velut suffragium
Sancti Petri; quo primo confidentiùs ac tutiùs invaderet adversarium.”
Ord. Vit. 493 C. “Vexillum Sancti Petri Apostoli, cujus meritis ab omni
periculo defenderetur, transmisit.” Will. Malms. iii. 238. “Papa vexillum
in omen regni Willelmo contradidit.” So Wace, u. s., and Benoît, 36807.
Wace calls it “gonfanon,” Benoît “enseigne.”
928. In this Chapter we of course return to English authorities, to the
Chronicles and Florence, the latter now distinctly assuming the character
of an independent authority. These we have to compare throughout with
the great Norwegian account, the Saga of Harold Hardrada in Snorro, many
of the details of which are manifestly mythical. A few scattered hints
may also be picked up from German, Norman, and other sources.
929. Chronn. Ab. Wig. 1066. “And sona þaræfter [after the appearance of
the comet] com Tostig eorl fram begeondan sǽ into Wiht mid swa myclum
liðe swa he begytan mihte. And him man geald þar æigðer ge feoh ge
metsunge.” So Florence; “Non multò post, Comes Tostius de Flandriâ
[on this point see Appendix Z] rediens, ad Vectam insulam applicuit, et
postquam insulanos sibi tributum et stippendium solvere coegerat, discessit.”
The Peterborough Chronicler, followed, as he so often is, by William of
Malmesbury (ii. 228), as also by Henry of Huntingdon (M. H. B. 762 A),
takes no notice of Tostig’s movements till he appears in the Humber. The
Norman account, it will be remembered (see above, p. 304), makes him
not land in England at all till he comes with Harold Hardrada.
930. Chron. Ab. 1066. “And fór þa þanon, and hearmas dyde ægwar be
þam sæ riman þa he tó mihte, oð he becom to Sandwic.” Flor. Wig.
“Circa ripas maris, donec ad Sandicum portum veniret, prædas exercuit.”
931. Will. Malms. iii. 238. “Præterea, qui [Haroldus] putaret minas
Willelmi numquam ad factum erupturas, quod ille conterminorum Ducum
bellis implicaretur, totum animum otio cum subjectis indulserat; nam
profectò, nisi quod Noricorum Regem adventare didicit, nec militem convocare
nec aciem dirigere dignatus fuisset.”
932. Flor. Wig. 1066. “Mox, ut regni gubernacula susceperat, ... cœpit
... pro patriæ defensione ipsemet terrâ marique desudare.”
933. Chronn. Wig. Ab. “And Harold cyng his [Tostiges] broðor gegædrade
swa micelne sciphere and eac landhere, swa nan cyng her on lande ær ne
dyde forþam þe him wæs gecyðd þæt Wyllelm Bastard [“Willelm eorll
fram Normandige, Eadwardes cingces mæg,” Chron. Ab. and Fl. Wig.]
wolde hiðer [“cuman,” Ab.] and ðis land gewinnen, eallswa hit syððan
aeóde.”
934. Chron. Ab. and Fl. Wig. “Ða cydde man Harolde kynge þe on Lundene
wæs.”
935. Chron. Ab. 1066. “Þa Tostig þaet geaxode þaet Harold cing wæs toward
Sandwic, þa for he of Sandwic, and nam of þam butsekarlon sume mid him,
sume þances, sume unþances.” So Florence; “De butsecarlis quosdam
volentes, quosdam nolentes, secum assumens.”
937. Chron. Ab. “And gewende þa norð into [Humbran] and þær hergode
on Lindesege.” So Florence; “Recessit, et cursum ad Lindesegiam
direxit.” Chronn. Wig. Petrib. “And þá hwile com Tostig eorl into Humbran
mid sixtigum scipum.” So William of Malmesbury, ii. 228; “Eodem
anno Tostinus, a Flandriâ in Humbram navigio sexaginta navium delatus,
ea quæ circa oram fluminis erant piraticis excursionibus infestabat.”
938. Chronn. Wig. Petrib. 1066. “And Eadwine eorl com mid landferde,
and adraf hine út.” The Abingdon Chronicler and Florence add Morkere;
so William of Malmesbury (ii. 228); “Ab Edwino et Morchardo, concordis
potentiæ fratribus, impigrè de provinciâ pulsus.”
947. Snorro, ap. Johnstone, 193; Laing, iii. 78. See Appendix BB.
948. “Enn Gamli Knútr konungr eignadiz at erfd Dana-ríki, en med hernadi
oc orrosto England” (Johnstone, 194). But England was Cnut’s first
Kingdom; he did not succeed to Denmark till the death or deposition of
his brother Harold. (See vol. i. pp. 403, 465.) This is another proof how
utterly the short reign of Harold was forgotten.
949. Johnstone, p. 195. “Mæla menn þat, segir hann, at þer hinir Ensko
se eigi alltrúir.”
950. Orderic (493 D) makes Tostig make this proposal to Harold; “Medietatem
Angliæ vobis retinete, aliamque mihi, qui vobis inde fideliter
serviam, retinete.” The proposal is quite in the spirit of any one who
represented, or claimed to represent, Northumberland. Compare William’s
alleged offer to Harold of England in the next Chapter.
951. Snorro, ap. Johnstone, 195. “Því eignadiz Magnús Konungr Danmórk,
at þar landz höfdingiar veitto hönom; enn því feckt þú eigi at
allt landz-folk stód i múti þer. Því bardiz Magnús Konungr eigi til Englandz,
at allr landz-lydr villdi hafa Játvard at Konungi.” It would
almost seem as if, both in England and in Denmark, a distinction was
drawn between the chiefs and the mass of the people. The people seem
to be conceived as being, always and everywhere, patriotic; but it was
possible that some of the chief men in both countries might be won over to
the cause of the invader. This is eminently true of England in the reign
of Æthelred. The people, the land-folk, of Denmark, says Tostig, resisted
Harold; the people of England were unanimous for Eadward. None but
the Danish chiefs are spoken of as supporting Magnus, and it is only from
the chiefs in England that Tostig looks for the means of fulfilling his promise
to Harold.
Compare the discriminating comparison between him and his brother Saint
Olaf; Johnstone, 225; Laing, iii. 102.
955. Snorro, ap. Johnstone, 197; Laing, iii. 80. “Enn sumir sögdo, at England
mundi verda torsott, mann-folk ofa-mikit á, oc þat lid er kallat er
þínga-manna-lid, þeir voro menn sva fræknir, at betra var lid eins þeirra
enn II Harallds manna hinna besto.” Harold’s Staller Ulf is scandalized
at the comparison.
956. Chron. Ab. 1066. “þa com Harold cyning of Norwegan norð into
Tínan on unwaran.”
957. See the quotation from the Worcester Chronicle in p. 325.
959. See above, p. 325, note 4. The Abingdon Chronicle speaks of “scipfyrde
and eac landfyrde,” that of Worcester of “sciphere and eac landhere.”
No doubt both kinds of force were called out. The preparations of Harold
are also strongly set forth by Orderic, 500 A; “Hastingas et Penevesellum
aliosque portus maris Neustriæ oppositos.... toto anno illo cum multis
navibus et militibus callide servaverat.” Compare also his account of
Tostig’s expedition, see above, p. 304. And, after all, no one does more
justice to Harold in this respect than the most hostile of all writers,
William of Poitiers (123); “Heraldus interea promptus ad decernendum
prœlio, sive terrestri sive navali, plerumque cum immani exercitu ad littus
marinum opperiens.”
960. Chron. Ab. “Þa hit wæs to Nativitas Sanctæ Mariæ, þa wæs manna
metsung agán, and hig nan man þar na leng gehealdan ne mihte.” This
last expressive clause is left out by Florence, who says merely “victu deficiente.”
Cf. above, p. 167. Compare also the preparations made for the
defence of the southern coast in 1337, and the writ of Edward the Third
commanding the dispersion of the levies which are described as “Hujusmodi
onera importabilia sustinere non valentes.” Rymer, vol. ii. part ii.
p. 996; Longman, Edward III. i. 121.
961. Chron. Ab. “And man draf þa scypu to Lundene, and manega forwurdon
ær hi þyder cómon.”
964. Snorro, Johnstone, 196; Laing, iii. 80. “Sendi Haralldr konungr ord
um allan Noreg, oc baud út leidángri, hálfom almenningi.”
965. Snorro gives him about two hundred ships of war, besides transports
and other smaller craft (“Haralldr konungr hefdi nær cc. skipa, oc
umfram vista-byrdingar oc smá-skútor.” Johnstone, 198; Laing, iii. 81);
the three Chronicles, William of Malmesbury, and the Scholiast of Adam of
Bremen (iii. 51) give him three hundred, Florence five hundred, while in
Marianus Scotus (ap. Pertz, v. 559) the number rises to “minùs mille.”
966. Marianus, u. s. “Araldus, qui et Arbach vocabatur, Rex Nordmandorum,
minùs mille navibus venit mense Septembri, Anglicam terram
regnaturus.” “Arbach” is an odd corruption of Hardrada. I ought to
have mentioned before that the English writers all transfer to him the
surname “Harfagra,” which belongs to the famous Harold of the ninth
century. A Flemish chronicler (Chron. S. Bavo. Corp. Chron. Fland. i. 459),
who copies Marianus, turns him into “Haricnuth, Rex Nordanhymbrorum.”
969. Snorro, ap. Johnstone, 200; Laing, iii. 82. “Haralldr konungr, ádr
hann fór af Þrándheimi, hafdi þar látit taka til Konungs Magnus son sinn,
oc setti hann til ríkis í Noregi, er konungi fór í braut.” Thora is simply
called “Þora Þórbergs dóttir,” while Elizabeth is “Ellisif drottning.”
971. Schol. ad Ad. Brem. iii. 51. “Insuper massa auri, quam Haroldus a
Græciâ duxit, ad Bastardum tali fortunâ pervenit. Erat autem pondus auri
quod vix bisseni juvenes cervice levarent.”
972. This however Orderic seems to wish us to believe. William makes his
preparations (494 A), while still “nescius infortunii quod præoccupârat
suum præcursorem [Tosticum sc.] et extra statutum cursum longè propulerat
ad septemtrionem.”
973. See Flor. Wig. 1098. Will. Malms. iv. 379. Ord. Vit. 768. The expedition
of Harold, Cnut, and Osbiorn in 1069 (see Florence in anno) was undertaken
directly for the deliverance of England. Magnus in 1098 said expressly
that he came not against England, but against Ireland and the Isles.
974. Snorro, ap. Johnstone, 198; Laing, iii. 81. The name should be noticed.
Had every Harold his Gyrth?
975. The “witch-wife” of Laing’s translation is a “tröll-kona” in the
original.
976. On the career of Thorfinn, see Orkneyinga Saga, ap. Johnstone, Ant.
Celt. Scand. 176 et seqq.; Torfæi Orcades, i. 16 (p. 63 et seqq.); also
Robertson, Scotland under Early Kings, i. 111–129.
977. The Orkneyinga Saga (Johnstone, p. 181) attributes to him an expedition
into England in the reign of Harthacnut, of which I find no trace in
English history.
978. Mark the prevalence among the Northern nations of scriptural
names, when they were all but unknown in England. We have already
had James, King of the Swedes (see vol. i. p. 455); now we have Mary
and Paul, besides the Russian Elizabeth.
979. Snorro, ap. Johnstone, 200; Laing, iii. 83. So the Scholiast on Adam
of Bremen, iv. 31; “Haraldus, frater Olaph nequissimus, Orchadas suo
adduxit Imperio, regnumque suum dilatavit usque ad Riphæos montes et
Island.” Is the Kingdom of Norway, with Iceland for a part of it, distinguished
from the Empire of Britain? Adam is here discussing the
geography of the Riphæan mountains, but they are a familiar flourish. See
the extracts in vol. i. p. 208, where they are placed somewhere in Britain.
980. Chron. Wig. 1066. “Tostig him to beah and his man wearð.” Will.
Malms, ii. 228. “Ibi Regi Noricorum ... obvio manus dedit.” See Appendix
X.
981. Adam Brem. iii. 51. “Tosti ... Regem Nordmannorum auxilio ducit
Haroldum, Regemque Scotorum, et occisus est ipse Tosti et Rex Hiberniæ
et Haroldus cum toto exercitu eorum a Rege Anglorum.” The “Rex Scotorum”
and the “Rex Hiberniæ” can hardly be the same person, and
Tostig was just now on the best terms with Malcolm.
983. Chron. Manniæ, 1047 (1066), p. 3 Munch. “De quâ fugâ [apud Stamfordbrige]
quidam Godredus cognomento Crouan, filius Haraldi nigri, de
Ysland fugiens venit ad Godredum filium Sytric qui tunc regnavit in
Manniâ, et honorificè susceptus est ab eo.” See Munch’s note, pp. 50,
51. He however takes “Ysland” to mean not Iceland, but Isla.
984. Flor. Wig. 1066. “Citato cursu ostium Humbræ fluminis intraverunt.”
985. For these accounts of the harrying of “Kliflönd,” “Skardaborg,” and
“Hellornes,” see Snorro, Johnstone, 201; Laing, iii. 83.
986. Scarborough, unluckily, is not mentioned in Domesday, otherwise the
name of its lord might perhaps help us to recover the personality of a man
who must have been worth remembering.
987. We read some way further on in the Abingdon Chronicle how Harold
of England found the fleet at Tadcaster.
988. Flor. Wig. 1066. “In loco qui Richale dicitur applicuerunt.”
989. The carelessness of Eadwine and Morkere is strongly set forth by
William of Malmesbury, ii. 228; “Ambo ergo [Harald Hardrada and
Tostig] consertis umbonibus terram Transhumbranam populabantur; germanos
recenti victoria feriatos, qui nihil minus quam talia latrocinia
metuerent, aggressi, victos inter Eboracum includunt.”
991. Marianus (Pertz, v. 559), describing the Battle of Fulford, mentions the
slaughter of a hundred priests; “Eburaci in auctumno plus quam mille laicorum
centosque [sic] presbyterorum bello occidit de Anglis.” The Chronicle
of Saint Bavon (see above, p. 340) cuts down the number of priests killed to
ten. The Hyde writer (292) mistakes the battle for a storm and massacre
at York, with a grievous slaughter of priests; “Eboracam ... tandem ...
capientes tantâ in eâ cæde debacchati sunt, ut ex numero presbyterorum
qui in eâ interfecti sunt, quantus fuit cæterorum morientium numerus,
utrumque conjici potest undecies enim xx. [220?] presbyteri feruntur ibi
occidisse.”
992. The earlier writers do not give the name of the place; they are satisfied
with saying that it was near York. The Worcester and Peterborough
Chronicles say that the Northmen “comon to Eoforwic and heom þær wið
fuhton Eadwine Eorl,” etc. So Florence says “juxta Eboracum,” and
Marianus “Eburaci.” Henry of Huntingdon (M. H. B. 762 A), after saying
that the fight was “juxta urbem,” adds, “cujus locus pugnæ in australi
parte urbis adhuc ostenditur.” But to the local knowledge of Simeon a
still more exact account seemed needful. He copies Florence as usual, but
after the words “juxta Eboracum” he inserts the words “apud Fulford.”
The matter is elaborately discussed by a writer in the Gentleman’s Magazine,
August, 1863, p. 216 (cf. p. 347), who is very busy with Snorro,
Rapin, Thierry, and Drake’s Eboracum, but who unluckily did not “possess
a copy of Simeon.”
993. See Snorro, ap. Johnstone, 202; Laing, iii. 84.
994. Ib. “Þat var fen diúpt oc breitt oc fultt af vatni.”
995. Snorro, ap. Johnstone, 202; Laing, iii. 84. “For þar fram merki
Mauro-kara Jarls.” Snorro does not speak of any exploits of Eadwine, nor
indeed does he mention his name. I am not sure that he does not confound
him with Waltheof, whom he describes as present in the battle, calling him,
as elsewhere, a brother of Morkere. (See vol. ii. p. 553.) He gives him
however his proper title as Earl of Huntingdon. (See vol. ii. p. 560.) The
presence of Waltheof is not mentioned by any other writer. It was perhaps
suggested by his later exploits at York.
996. Ib. 203; Laing, iii. 84. “Lá þar sva þyckt valrinn, at Nordmenn
mátto gánga þurfaetis yfir fenit.” He goes on to kill Morkere both in
prose and verse, but he lived at least till 1087. Cf. Chron. Ab. “And
þær wæs þæs Engliscan folces mycel ofslagen and adrenct and on fleam
bedrifen.” So Florence; “Multo plures ex illis in fluvio demersi fuere
quam in acie cecidere.”
997. Snorro, Johnstone, 203; Laing, iii. 85. “Valþiófr Jarl [meaning most
likely Eadwine] oc þat lid er undan komz, flýdi upp til borgarinnar í
Jorvik, vard þar it mesta mannfall.”
998. The details come from Snorro (Johnstone, 205; Laing, iii. 85), but the
capitulation is clear from the English writers. Chron. Ab. “And þa æfter
þam gefeohte, for Harold cyningc of Norwegan and Tostig eorl into Eoferwic.”
So Simeon, who, after the landing at Riccall, inserts the words “et
Eboracum gravi pugnâ obtinuerunt.” Snorro, who understood the geography
of the coast, gets all wrong in the interior. He fancies that both
Riccall and Stamfordbridge were close to York.
999. Chron. Ab. “And to fullan friðe gespræcon, þæt hig ealle mid him
suð faran woldon and þis land gegan.” Cf. vol. i. p. 394.
1000. Chron. Ab. and Florence. Snorro does not mention the hostages
given by Harold.
1001. Chron. Ab. “And Harold cyningc of Norwegan and Tostig eorl and
heora gefylce wæron afaren of scipe begeondan Eoferwic to Stanfordbrycge;
forþam þe him wæron behaten to gewissan þæt him man þær of
ealre þære scire ongean by gislas bringan wolde.”
1003. The confusion made by Snorro must be constantly borne in mind.
The army was at Stamfordbridge; the ships were left at Riccall; these
points are several miles distant from York and from one another. Snorro
fancies that they were all three close together; he makes Harold Hardrada
go to Stamfordbridge as a convenient post for attacking the city, and
he makes him also go back to his ships on the Sunday evening. He no
doubt thought that Stamfordbridge was on the Ouse. So the Hyde writer
(292) turns the fight of Stamfordbridge into a siege of York; “Haroldus
.... eis occurrit apud Eboracum et totis viribus civitatem oppugnat.”
Cf. the passage from Domesday, below, p. 361. Stamfordbridge was the
Battle of York, as Senlac was the Battle of Hastings.
1004. Æthelred (405) says, “In loco qui tunc Steinfordebrigge, nunc autem
ex rei eventu etiam Pons Belli dicitur.” So the De Inventione, cap. 20;
“Rediens a Ponte Belli, quod a bello cognomen.” The older name is now
the only one known, but the battle is by no means forgotten on the spot.
1007. The story is told in the Ramsey History, c. 120, by Æthelred of Rievaux,
404, in the Vita Haroldi, p. 188. The Ramsey writer does not mention
Harold’s sickness; the vision comes “quum Haraldus, propter imparitatem
forsitan copiæ militaris, obviare [Tostino] dissimularet.” The vision itself
too is cut much shorter. Æthelred tells us of Harold’s sickness, but does not
describe its nature. From his own biographer’s account it would seem to
have been gout; “Tybies ubito unius [“tibia subitò cruris” or “tibia
cruris unius”?] vehementissimo cœpit dolore constringi.”
1008. Æthelred, u. s. “Nocte quidem præteritâ, quum dolore torqueretur, licet
eum non parùm urgeret molestia imminens, siluit tamen, reputans apud
se, si publicaret languorem, quod et suis futurus esset contemptui et hostibus
irrisioni.”
1009. Vita Haroldi, u. s. “Qui ex suo tali compede plus subditorum discrimini
quam suo congemiscens dolori, noctem penè totam suspiriis et
precibus agentes [agens?] insomnem, familiarem Sanctæ Crucis expetierat
subventionem.” The scene can hardly be meant to be laid at Waltham.
The Holy Cross, it will be remembered, had wrought one cure on Harold
already. See vol. ii. p. 443.
1010. “Ailsius,” “Elsinus,” “Alxi,” the pluralist Abbot of Ramsey and Saint
Augustine’s, who had not refused the ministrations of Stigand. See
vol. ii. p. 454. We shall hear of him yet again.
1011. Vita Haroldi, p. 188. “Rex itaque ... divinis curatur beneficiis, exhilaratur
oraculis.”
1012. The presence of Gyrth and Leofwine might be taken for granted. That
of Bondig appears from a very confused, and probably corrupt, passage
of the De Inventione, c. 20. The army disperses after the victory at Stamfordbridge,
and “Tostinus, Gerth, et Bundinus” are mentioned among those
who had been there. For “Tostinum” we should doubtless read “Leofwinum,”
and the whole history is greatly misconceived, but the passage
seems evidence enough to prove the presence of Bondig, to whom I owe
some amends for my note at vol. ii. p. 359. See above, p. 53.
1013. Chron. Ab. “Þa for he norðweard dæges and nihtes, swa hraðe swa he
his fyrde gegaderian mihte.”
1014. Domesday, ii. 15. Pachesham was a possession of the church of Westminster.
The Survey adds, “hanc terram dedit unus teignus ecclesiæ
quum ivit ad bellum in Eurewic cum Haroldo.”
1015. In Domesday (177 b) we read of certain lands which one Wulfgeat
had given to the church of Evesham in the fifth year of King Eadward,
on the occasion of his son Ælfgeat becoming a monk of the house.
The account then goes on; “Postea præstitit abbas Æluuinus hanc terram
suo avunculo quamdiu ipse homo viveret. Qui postea mortuus fuit in bello
Heraldi contra Norrenses.” It is worth notice that the Church of Evesham
found means to take possession of the land in the short space of time
between the two great battles; for the Survey continues, “ecclesia recepit
terram suam antequam Rex W. in Anglia venisset.”
1016. Marianus Scotus, ap. Pertz, v. 559. “Araldus vero Rex Anglorum cum
septem aciebus belli statim pervenit.”
1020. I need hardly quote the well-known passage of Gildas (§ 23) telling
how our forefathers, “grex catulorum de cubili leænæ barbariæ” as he calls
us, came “tribus, ut lingua ejus exprimitur, cyulis, nostrâ linguâ longis
navibus.” Cf. Bæda, i. 15. The Englishman however does not use the
English word preserved to us by the Briton.
1021. Chron. Ab. 1066. “Þa ámang þissan com Harald Engla cyninge mid
ealre his fyrde on ðone Sunnandæg to Táða and þær his lið fylcade.” See
above, p. 347.
1022. Snorro, ap. Johnstone, 205; Laing, iii. 86. “Þat sama kvelld, éptir sólarfall
kom sunnan at borginni Haralldr konungr Gudenason med óvigan her
reid hann í borgina at villd oe þocka allra borgar-manna.” He is wrong
however in making Harold reach York on the Sunday evening and pass
the night in the city.
1023. Chron. Ab. 1066. “Harold Engla Cyningc ... for þa on Monandæg
þurh ut Eoferwic.”
1025. Snorro, Johnstone, 206; Laing, iii. 87. “Þeir gördo sva, oc var lidit því
meira, er náligarr fór, oc allt at siá, sem á eina ís-möl sæi, er vapnin
glóado.”
1026. This famous saying is proverbial. We find it applied to William in
the Peterborough Chronicle, 1087; “Se þe wæs ærur rice cyng and maniges
landes hlaford, he næfde þa ealles landes buton seofon fot mæl.” It was
also long after applied to Charles the Bold by the Bernese historian
Valerius Anshelm (i. 143); “Der Herzog ... ward von verachter Macht
mit sieben Schuh Erdrychs zu Ruw gesetzt und vernügt.” It is the
same general idea as the Æschylean lines,
χθόνα ναίειν διαπήλας,
ὁπόσαν καὶ φθιμένοισι κατέχειν,
τῶν μεγάλων πεδίων ἀμοίρους.
Sept. c. Theb. 713.
1027. The moment of Tostig’s death is, oddly enough, not mentioned in the
Saga. But the construction of the story clearly requires it to be placed
here. Tostig takes Harold’s place by the standard. Afterwards Eystein
takes it. Tostig is clearly killed between these two points.
1028. Chron. Ab. “Ða com Harold Engla cyning heom ongean on unwaran
begeondan þære brycge.” Chron. Wig. “Ða com Harold ure cyng on
unwær on þa Normenn.”
1029. Chron. Ab. “Swyðe heardlice lange on dæg feohtende wæron.” Chron.
Wig. “And þær wærð on dæg swiðe stranglic gefeoht on bá halfe.” Flor.
Wig. “Rex Anglorum Haroldus ... plenam victoriam, licet acerrimè
pugnatum fuisset, habuit.”
1030. This appears not only in the Saga, but also in Marianus (Pertz, v. 559);
“Araldus Rex Anglorum, ... quum Araldum imparatum absque loricis
et ceteris ejusdem rei invenisset, bello occidit.” So Saxo (207), where
however there is a good deal of exaggeration; “[Haraldi] cunctationem
Norwagienses timori consentaneam rati, neglectis corporum munimentis,
perinde ac securi periculum validiùs prædæ incubuerunt. Sed dum incautiùs
ruunt sparsi palantesque ab Anglis nullo negotio (!) trucidati sunt.”
1031. Hen. Hunt. M. H. B. 762 B. “Maximus numerus Anglorum Norwagenses
cedere sed non fugere compulit.”
1032. Ib. “Ultra flumen igitur repulsi, vivis super mortuos transeuntibus,
magnanimiter restiterunt.” See the use of the same proverbial expression
above, p. 351.
1033. See vol. i. p. 299. This story is found in the Abingdon Chronicle,
being the last entry, added in another hand, and, according to Mr. Earle,
in the Northumbrian dialect. Mr. Earle (Parallel Chronicles, p. xxxviii.)
ingeniously conceives that the account of the battle in this Chronicle, so
much fuller than in any of the others, is due to some Northumbrian visitor,
who at last took up the pen and wrote a little himself. The story is not
told by Florence, but it is found in William of Malmesbury and Henry of
Huntingdon, with some variations.
1034. Will. Malms, ii. 228. “Uno et altero et pluribus nostræ partis [William
for once writes as an Englishman] interemtis.” Henry of Huntingdon
(M. H. B. 762 B) is more precise or more romantic; “Plus xl. viris Anglorum
securi cædens electâ.”
1035. Chron. Ab. “þa seite an Englisce mid anre flan, ac hít nactes ne
widstod.” The shooting of one arrow seems looked on as an exploit on
the English side. William of Malmesbury has confounded this shot with
the death-blow; “Unus ex collateralibus Regis jaculum ferreum in eum
eminùs vibrat, quo ille, dum gloriabundus proludit ipsâ securitate incautior,
terebratus, victoriam Anglis concessit.”
1036. Chron. Ab. “And þa com an oþer under þere brigge, and hine þurðstang
en únder þere brunie.” Hen. Hunt. u. s. “Quidam navim ingressus
per foramina pontis in celandis eum percussit jaculo.” Compare the death
of Eadmund Ironside, vol. i. p. 438. On the “foramina pontis” compare
a bridge described by Richer (iv. 50) which “tantis enim et tot hiatibus
patebat,” &c. At Boroughbridge in 1321 Humfrey Earl of Hereford was
pierced in exactly the same way. See Chron. Galfredi le Baker, p. 65.
The memory of the English exploit is kept up on the spot by a yearly
baking of pies of pears, made in the shape of a boat—“pear-boat
pies”—at the feast held on (I think) the Monday after the day of the
battle.
1037. The presence of Flemings, followers no doubt of Tostig, is attested in
the addition to the Abingdon Chronicle; “And þere michel wel geslogon,
ge Norweis ge Flæming.”
1038. Chron. Wig. “And Engle ahton wælstowe geweald;” the old formula.
1041. The Worcester Chronicle says emphatically, “þaer waes lyt to lafe.”
So the Abingdon writer; “þaer waes Harold cyning of Norwegan and Tostig
eorl ofslagen and ungerim folces mid heom, ægðer ge Normana ge Englisca.”
Cf. Orderic (500 A); “Nimius sanguis ex utrâque parte effusus est
et innumerabilis [ungerím] hominum bestiali rabie furentium multitudo
trucidata est.”
1042. Chron. Wig. “Sume adruncen and sume eae forbærnde, and swa mislice
fórfarene.” So Henry of Huntingdon (M. H. B. 762 B); “Angli ...
totam Norwagensium aciem vel armis straverunt vel igne deprehensos
combusserunt.” Compare the story in the Saga (Laing, iii. 95) of Waltheof
burning the Normans after Senlac.
1043. Liber de Hydâ, p. 292. “Haroldus ... et Tostius ... victi occubuerunt,
sectaque eorum capita Regi Haroldo sunt deportata.” So Guy of
Amiens, 37;
“Invidus ille Caïn fratris caput amputat ense,
Et caput et corpus sic sepelivit humo.”
1044. Will. Malms. iii. 252. “Cadaver ejus, indicio verrucæ inter duas scapulas
agnitum.” Can this account be reconciled with the other?
1045. The Hyde writer (u. s.) sends him to be buried in Norway; “Corpus
defuncti Regis his qui remanserant deportandum in proprium regnum Rex
Haroldus concessit.”
1046. Will. Malms. u. s. “Cadaver ... sepulturam Eboraci meruit.”
1047. Ord. Vit. 500 A. “Locus etiam belli pertranseuntibus evidenter patet,
ubi magna congeries ossium mortuorum usque hodie jacet, et indicium ruinæ
multiplicis utriusque gentis exhibet.”
1048. Flor. Wig. “Licet de totâ Angliâ fortiores quosque in prœliis duobus
benè sciret jam cecidisse.”
1049. The death of Harold Hardrada was followed by a time of unusual quiet
in the North. He was succeeded by his sons Olaf and Magnus, of whom
Magnus died in 1069, after which Olaf reigned alone till 1093. He was
succeeded by his son Magnus Barefoot, who figures in English history as
the invader of Anglesey in 1098 (see above, p. 342). Snorro (Johnstone,
221; Laing, iii. 98) says that Harold Hardrada’s daughter Mary (see
above, pp. 340, 344, 367) died suddenly in Orkney on the same day that
her father and her lover Eystein died at Stamfordbridge.
Tostig left two sons by Judith, Skule and Ketil. They returned to
Norway with Olaf (Snorro, ap. Johnstone, 222; Laing, iii. 97–99), from
whom they both received grants of land in Norway, where they became
founders of families—representatives of the male line of Earl Godwine.
Skule especially was in high honour with Olaf. Their mother Judith
remarried with Welf, Duke of Bavaria, son of the Marquess Azo (see above,
p. 197), and was thus an ancestress of the House of Brunswick. Some of
the German historians mistake her for the widow of Harold instead of the
widow of Tostig. See Appendix N, where I have also spoken of her degree
of kindred to Baldwin the Fifth (see vol. ii. p. 134). She was undoubtedly
his sister, and not his daughter, and she might be called, in a wide sense,
the niece of Eadward.
1050. Chron. Wig. “Se kyng þa geaf gryð Olafe þæs Norna cynges suna, and
heora Biscope and þan eorle of Orcanége, and eallon þan þe on þam
scypum to lafe wæron.” Florence gives the Orkney Earl his name
Paul, and the addition to the Abingdon Chronicle strangely calls Olaf
“Hetmundus.”
1051. Chron. Wig. “Hi foron þa upp to uran kyninge.”
1052. Compare the auxiliaries sent by Swend, of whom more in the next
volume, and the Danes and Swedes who came with William the Third.
Macaulay, ii. 489; iii. 625.
1053. I accept this incident, as one likely to be remembered, from Henry of
Huntingdon (M. H. B. 762 C) and the Ramsey History (cap. cxx.), though
they absurdly represent the feast as held, and the message as brought, on
the day of the battle, when William had not yet landed. So Wace says of
his Thegn who brought the news from Sussex;
“Ultre le Humbre l’a trové:
En une ville aveit disné.”
The writer of the De Inventione (c. xx.) most strangely makes Harold go,
after the battle, to Waltham, and hear the news there; “Waltham rediit,
ubi de applicatione Normannorum nimis veridicâ narration e nuntium suscepit.”
1055. Throughout this Chapter, the Norman and English accounts have carefully
to be compared, but it is from the Norman authorities that we have
to draw most of our details. The English writers seem to have shrunk
from dwelling at length on the great “memory of sorrow,” so that all their
accounts are comparatively meagre. At this point also we lose the Abingdon
Chronicle altogether, which ends with the Battle of Stamfordbridge.
Among the Norman accounts, the first places belong to the Tapestry and
to William of Poitiers. The Tapestry, which gave us no help during
the period of negotiation, begins to be most minute as soon as we get to
the beginning of actual military preparations, and it continues to be of
primary importance down to the end of the Battle of Senlac. The high
authority of William of Poitiers, as a contemporary and seemingly an
eyewitness, is somewhat balanced by his constant strain of panegyric on
William and by his no less constant sacrifice of chronological order to
the demands of his rhetoric. Wace, the honest and painstaking inquirer
of the next century, has been valuable before, and he becomes still
more valuable now. We are now also reinforced by another important
narrative on the Norman side, the “Carmen de Bello Hastingensi”
by Guy, Bishop of Amiens (see above, p. 136), printed in Giles’ Scriptores
Rerum Gestarum Willelmi Conquestoris, in the Chroniques Anglo-Normandes,
and in the Monumenta Historica Britannica. This poem is
referred to, and coupled with William of Poitiers, by William of Jumièges,
or rather by his continuator (vii. 44); “Si quis verò pleniùs illa nôsse
desiderat, librum Willelmi Pictavensis, Luxoviorum Archidiaconi, eadem
gesta, sicut copiosè, ita eloquenti sermone affatim continentem, legat.
Edidit præterea de eâdem materiâ opus non contemnendum Guido Episcopus
Ambianensis, heroico metro exaratum.” Guy’s work is useful for
the details of the voyage and the battle, and for some of the events after the
battle. With these Norman accounts we have of course to compare the short
narratives in our own Chronicles and in Florence; some particular facts
of importance may also be gleaned from William of Malmesbury, from the
Waltham writer De Inventione, and from others of the subsidiary authors.
1057. The cutting down of the trees is graphically shown in the Tapestry,
pl. 8. This beginning at the beginning reminds one of Odysseus when
about to leave Kalypsô’s island; αὐτὰρ ὁ τάμνετο δοῦρα κ.τ.λ. (Od. v. 243),
and seemingly we may add, θοῶς δέ οἱ ἤνυτο ἔργον.
1058. They may be seen at work in the Tapestry. Wace too (11473) gives
a vivid account;
“Fevres è charpentiers manda;
Dunc véissiez à granz esforz
Par Normendie à toz li porz,
Mairrien atraire è fust porter,
Cheviles fere et boiz doler,
Nés et esquiz apareillier,
Veiles estendre, mast drecier
A grant entente et à grant cost.”
Cf. the great speech of Dikaiopolis in the Acharnians, 471 et seqq., especially
526 et seqq.; τὸ νεώριον δ’ αὖ κωπέωυ πλατουμέυωυ, κ.τ.λ.
1059. Ord. Vit. 494 A. “In Neustriâ multæ naves cum utensilibus diligenter
paratæ sunt, quibus fabricandis clerici et laici studiis et sumptibus adhibitis
pariter intenderunt.” Wace (11304) names some of the contributors, and
a fuller list is printed in Lord Lyttelton’s Appendix, i. 463, and in Giles,
Scriptt. Will. Conq. 21.
1060. I cannot identify Fulk the Lame, who seems not to occur in Domesday.
A Fulk of Parmes signs a charter in the Cartulary of the Holy
Trinity at Rouen (p. 465), and a Fulk of Caldri was a benefactor of the
same house in 1084 (p. 466). As his charter is confirmed by King Philip
and not by William, he was doubtless a Frenchman. Gerald the Seneschal
(“Dapifer,” “Senescallus”) signs a charter of Robert of Montgomery (p. 442)
in this very year (“anno dominicæ incarnationis MLXV, tunc scilicet quando
Normannorum Dux Guillelmus cum classico apparatu ultra mare erat profecturus”).
He is perhaps the same as Gerald the Marshal (Marescalcus) who
appears in the Suffolk Domesday (438 b) as holding a former possession of
Earl Ælfgar.
1061. Roman de Rou, 11309. “Mult voleit li Dus avancier.”
1062. So the list in Lyttelton; Wace (11305) cuts down Odo’s gift to forty.
1063. “Extra has naves ... habuit Dux a quibusdam suis hominibus, secundùm
possibilitatem unius navis cujusque, multas alias naves.”
1064. “A Romo vel Rumi eleemosynario Fescanni, postea Episcopo Lincolniensi,
unam navem cum xx. militibus.”
1066. Lyttelton, i. 464. “Matildis, postea Regina, ejusdem Ducis uxor, ad
honorem Ducis fecit effici navem quæ vocabatur Mora, in quâ ipse Dux
vectus est. In prorâ ejusdem navis fecit fieri eadem Matildis infantulum
de auro, dextro indice monstrantem Angliam, et sinistrâ manu imprimentem
cornu eburneum ori.” Wace’s account (11594) is somewhat different;
“Sor li chief de la nef devant,
Ke marinier apelent brant,
Out de coivre fet un enfant,
Saete et arc tendu portant,
Verz Engleterre out son viaire,
Et là faseit semblant de traire,
Ki kel part ke la nef coreit,
Semblant de traire avant faseit.”
In the Tapestry, pl. 9, the child with his horn is plain enough, and he looks
towards England; but he is at the stern of the ship, and not at the prow,
and in his left hand he bears a pennon.
1067. The most exact account is that of Wace (11564), who heard the number
from his father;
“Maiz jo oï dire à mon pere,
Bien m’en sovint, maiz varlet ere,
Ke set cenz nés, quatre meins, furent,
Quant de Saint-Valeri s’esmurent,
Ke nés, ke batels, ke esqueis
A porter armes è herneis.
E jo en escript ai trové,
Ne sai dire s’est verité,
Ke il i out treis miles nés
Ki porterent veiles è trés.”
This exactness reminds one of Æschylus’ reckoning in the Persians, 333–335.
William of Poitiers (125) naturally has his head full of Agamemnon;
“Memorat antiqua Græcia Atridem Agamemnona fraternos thalamos ultum
ivisse mille navibus: protestamur nos Willelmum diadema regium requisisse
pluribus.” William of Jumièges (vii. 34) makes the number “ad tria
millia.” Benoit (37004) slightly improves on this;
“Si out treis mile nefs au meins; De ce nos fait l’autor certains.”
Gaimar (5248) goes beyond all of them. The French, as he calls them, have
“bien unze mil nefs.” Another reading makes it only nine thousand.
1068. See vol. i. p. 349
for the “yð-hengestas.” Cf. the Chronicles, 1003.
1069. Ord. Vit. 494 B. “Denique hortatu Hugonis Episcopi aliorumque
sapientum Mainerium Priorem elegit, eique per pastoralem baculum exteriorem
curam tradidit, et prædicto antistiti ut ea quæ sibi de spirituali
curâ competebant suppleret præcepit.” Here again we get a good illustration
of the relations between Church and State in Normandy, and no bad
comment on our own thirty-seventh Article.
1070. Ib. “Eodem die Dux Domnum Lanfrancum Beccensium Priorem
coram se adesse imperavit, eique Abbatiam quam ipse Dux in honore
Sancti Stephani protomartyris apud Cadomum honorabiliter fundaverat
commendavit.”
1071. See the charter of Roger of Montgomery quoted above, p. 379.
1073. The charter in Gallia Christiana, xi. 61, gives the account of her dedication;
“Præfatus comes gloriossissimus et uxor ejus cum filiis suis Domino
eodem die [14 Kal. Jul. 1066] obtulerunt filiam suam Cæciliam nomine,
favente Archiepiscopo Rothomagensi cum cæteris præsulibus, quatenus in
eodem loco, Deificæ videlicet Trinitatis, Ipsi in habitu religionis perenniter
serviret.” See Mrs. Green’s Princesses, i. 5.
1076. As they were delayed a month at the Dive, and a further time at
Saint Valery, the time of the first assembling of the fleet is carried back to
the month of August, and not to the last days of the month. See p. 394.
1077. Will. Pict. 155. “Illius [Matildis] prudentiam viri adjuvere consilio
utilissimi; in quibus locum dignitatis primum tenebat Rogerus de Bellomonte
... ob maturitatem ævi liberior ad negotia quæ domi geruntur;
filio adolescente ... officio militari tradito.” On Roger, see above, p.
287, and vol. ii. p. 199.
1082. Will. Pict. 122. “Ventorum incommoditas ad Portum Divæ detinebat
morâ menstruâ.” Ord. Vit. 500 A. “Classis Normannorum spatio ... unius
mensis in ostio Divæ vicinisque portubus Nothum [Notum, sc.] præstolata
est.”
1083. Will. Pict. u. s. “Rapinâ omni interdictâ, stippendio ipsius millia
militum quinquaginta alebantur ... ea illius temperantia fuit ac prudentia.”
1084. Ib. “Homo imbecillis aut inermis equo cantans quà libuit vectabatur,
turmas militum cernens, non exhorrescens.”
1085. Will. Pict. 122. “Militibus et hospitibus abunde sumptus ministrabatur,
nemini rapere quippiam concedebatur. Provincialium tutò armenta vel
greges pascebantur seu per campestria, seu per tesqua. Segetes falcem cultoris
intactæ expectabant, quas nec attrivit superba equitum effusio, nec
demessuit pabulator.”
1086. The Chronicle of Saint Maxentius (Labbé, ii. 211) says, “Fertur
habuisse in exercitu suo quatuordecim millia hominum.” But William
of Poitiers, in the passage just quoted, speaks of “millia militum quinquaginta;”
and afterwards he makes William (128) say that he will
fight Harold, “tametsi decem sola millia virorum haberem, quales ad
sexaginta millia adduxi.” Lastly, Orderic (500 B) gives him “quinquaginta
millia militum cum copiâ peditum.” A good deal turns on the
ambiguous word “miles.”
1088. It is now that William of Poitiers (123) gives that notice of Harold’s preparations
which I referred to above, p. 337; “Heraldus ... callidè subornatos
transmisit exploratores.” This sort of expression, and some of the words
presently put into William’s mouth (“Non indiget Heraldus auri sui vel
argenti jacturâ tuam aliorumque fidem atque sollertiam emere”), might lead
one to fancy that these spies were Norman subjects won over by English
gold. But the word “transmisit” seems to forbid this notion. The truth
is that William’s panegyrist cannot understand the position of an Englishman
faithfully serving the English King.
1090. Will. Pict. u. s. “Quorum deprehenso uni, caussamque sui adventûs
quâ præceptum est specie obtegere conato, Dux animi sui magnitudinem
prodidit.”
1091. Will. Pict. 123. “Quid consulatur, quid apparetur apud nos, certior
eum quam velit, et opinione ejus citior, index, quippe mea præsentia,
docebit.” This “index” is exactly the αὐτὸς ἄγγελος of Herodotus.
It is here that William of Poitiers brings in those fears and hesitations
among the Normans, which, as I have said elsewhere (see above, pp. 293,
294, and Appendix W), clearly belong to another part of the story.
William is made to tell the spy that he will be in England within a
year, and the Normans say that it is impossible that a fleet should be
got ready within the year. This language could not have been used at
a moment when the fleet was ready to sail, and was simply waiting for a
fair wind.
1097. Will. Pict. 124. “Jam tota classis providentissimè exornata ab ostio
Divæ vicinisque portubus, ubi Notum quo transmitterent diutiùs exspectavere,
Zephyri flatu in stationem Sancti Walerici delata est.” So Ord.
Vit. 500 A.
1098. On the homage of Guy to William for Ponthieu see above, p. 157. He
now also held lands in Normandy itself. See p. 226.
1099. The position is well marked by Guy of Amiens, 52;
“Desuper est castrum quoddam sancti Walarici.”
1100. Something about the early history of Saint Valery may be gleaned
from the work of M. Lefils, Histoire Civile, Politique et Religieuse de Saint-Valery
et du Comté du Vimeu (Abbeville, 1858), but the book is vastly
inferior to the excellent local works which have helped me so much in
Norman matters. On Saint Walaric or Valery himself, see p. 21.
1101. As the story appears in the Life of Burchard of Vendôme (Duchèsne,
Rer. Franc. iv. 121), the Count of Flanders concerned is the younger Arnulf,
and the restoration is brought about by the influence of King Robert and
the personal agency of Count Burchard. But this account is very confused.
The body was really carried off by the elder Arnulf, and the
restoration was effected in 981 by Hugh Capet, who also changed the
secular canons of Saint Valery into monks. See the Relatio in Mabillon,
Act. Ord. Ben. vii. 546.
1103. See Lefils, p. 64. I will not enter into any controversy as to the date
of the so-called Tower of Harold, or as to the origin of its name. It may
be called after some other Harold, or the name may be, as M. Lefils suggests,
a corruption of something quite different. But in any case it was
not, what the legend makes it, the place of the imprisonment of Harold the
son of Godwine, which was undoubtedly at Beaurain. See above, p. 223.
1104. Will. Pict. 125. “Princeps, quem neque mora sive contrarietas venti,
neque terribilia naufragia, neque pavida fuga multorum qui fidem spoponderant,
frangere prævalent.”
1105. See above, p. 338. I am by no means clear that some trace of these engagements,
probably of no great importance, may not lurk in the “pavida
fuga” of William of Poitiers. See Appendix AA.
The edition in the Monumenta Historica Britannica has “ter quinque
dies,” while those of Giles and Michel have “tum quinque.” The former
reading is obviously right, as explaining the expression in v. 53 of “longa
difficilisque mora.” With William’s looking at the weathercock, compare
the passage of Macaulay referred to in p. 386.
The bringing out of the body of the saint, which evidently made a deep impression,
is also recorded by William of Poitiers (125), Orderic (500 B),
and William of Malmesbury (iii. 238). Guy of Amiens, whom we should
have expected to be eloquent on the subject, holds his peace.
1112. William of Poitiers has his head full of Agamemnôn and of Xerxês,
but this obvious analogy does not seem to have occurred to him. Yet who
can help thinking of the northern blasts, the πνοαὶ ἀπὸ Στρύμονος μολοῦσαι
(Æsch. Ag. 185 et seqq.), which delayed the fleet of the Achaians, and of
the sacrifice by which alone help could be gained?
1113. All our accounts directly connect the favourable wind with the religious
ceremony which had just been performed. William of Poitiers (125)
describes the rite, and immediately adds, “Spirante dein aurâ exspectatâ.”
So Orderic (500 B); “Denique dum prosper ventus multorum votis
optatus, Deo volente, subitò spiravit.” William of Malmesbury (iii. 238)
is, if possible, still more emphatic; “Nec mora intercessit, quin prosper
flatus carbasa impleret.” Guy of Amiens (70), not mentioning the special
ceremony, attributes the change of weather to William’s prayers generally;
“Velle tuum tandem pius ut Deus est miseratus,
Pro votoque tibi suppeditavit opus.”
1114. Will. Pict. 125. “Voces cum manibus in cœlum gratificantes, ac
simul tumultus invicem incitans tollitur.” Both this writer and Guy of
Amiens give very full and vivid accounts of the voyage.
1115. Ib. “Increpat atque urget in puppes ardens vehementia Ducis, si quos
ullatenus moram nectere notat.”
1117. Will. Pict. u. s. “Terra quam properantissimè deseritur, dubium iter
quam cupientissimè initur.” So Guy of Amiens, 78;
“Protinus una fuit mens omnibus, æqua voluntas,
Jam bene pacato credere se pelago.
Quamquam diversi tamen adsunt lætificati;
Nec mora, quisque suum currit ad officium.”
1118. Will. Pict. 125. “Eo celeritatis motu impelluntur, ut quum armigerum
hic, socium inclamet ille, plerique immemores clientum, aut
sociorum, aut rerum necessariarum, id solum, ne relinquantur, cogitant et
festinant.”
1119. Tapestry, pl. 9. “Isti portant armas ad naves, et hic trahunt carrum
cum vino et armis.” We shall hear presently of the nature of the drink, at
least on board the ducal ship. William either despised or knew not of the
wine of Gloucestershire. See vol. ii. p. 145.
1125. Will. Pict. 125. “Dat præconis voce edictum, ut, quum in altum sint
deductæ, paullulum noctis conquiescant non longè à suâ rates cunctæ in
ancoris fluitantes, donec, in ejus mali summo lampade conspectâ, extemplò
buccinæ clangorem cursûs accipiant signum.” So Roman de Rou, 11588;
“Une lanterne fist li Dus
Metre en sa nef el mast de sus.”
The lantern on the Duke’s mast is shown plainly enough in the Tapestry,
pl. 9; but there is no mention of it in Guy, unless it lurks in the more
general words (111),
“Impositæ malis permultâ luce laternæ
Tramite directo per mare vela regunt.”
He then goes on to mention the order for the mid-sea halt, much as in
William of Poitiers.
Compare the description of the voyage of Scipio in Livy, xxix. 25;
“Lumina in navibus singula rostratæ, bina onerariæ haberent; in prætoriâ
nave insigne nocturnum trium luminum fore.” See also the description
of the voyage of the other William, Macaulay, ii. 477.
1128. Will. Pict. 126. “[Navis] ardentiùs ad victoriam properantis imperio
suæ velocitatis parilitate quasi obtemperans.”
1129. In the Tapestry, pll. 9, 10, horses are seen in all the ships except in the
Duke’s own and in one other near to it.
1130. Will. Pict. u. s. “Jussus manè remex mali ab alto num quæ veniant
consequæ speculari, præter pelagus et aëra prospectui suo aliud nihil comparere
indicat.”
1131. Ib. “Confestim ancorâ jacta, ne metus atque mœror comitem turbam
confunderet, abundans prandium, nec Baccho pigmentato carens, animosissimus
Dux, acsi in cœnaculo domestico, memorabili cum hilaritate accepit,
cunctos actutum affore promittens, Deo cujus eos tutelæ credidit adducente.”
1132. Ib. “Inquisitus denuò speculator, naves quattuor advenire, tertiò
tantas exclamat ut arborum veliferarum uberrima densitas nemoris præstet
similitudinem.”
1133. Will. Pict. 126. “Quam ex intimo corde divinam glorificaverit pietatem
conjiciendum cuivis relinquimus.” The beholders of William’s devotions
were admitted into the Palace of Truth.
1134. Will. Malms. iii. 238. “Omnibus itaque ad prætoriæ puppis vermiculatum
velum convolantibus.” The epithet would apply to the sails of all
the ships as shown in the Tapestry; but the sails of the Duke’s ship, and
of those of two others near him—perhaps those of his two brothers—have
the colours arranged in a different way from any of the others.
1136. “Venit ad Pevenesæ,” says the Tapestry, pl. 9. So William of Poitiers
(126) and William of Jumièges (vii. 34). William of Malmesbury (iii. 238)
says carelessly, “Placido cursu Hastingas appulerunt.” So Wace (11618),
who altogether reverses the geography, making the army land at Hastings
and go to Pevensey afterwards.
1137. On the true meaning of this formula see vol. i. p. 11.
1138. The question as to the site of Anderida may be looked on as decided
by a paper by Mr. Arthur Hussey in the Sussex Archæological Collections,
vi. 90. See also Mr. T. Wright, Wanderings of an Antiquary, p. 137.
Their views are confirmed by Dr. Guest, Salisbury Proceedings, p. 55.
1139. Domesday, 20 b, where the usual account of the town dues is
given.
1140. Cissanceaster or Chichester, the English name of the Roman Regnum.
On the whole settlement, see Guest, Salisbury Proceedings, p. 54. I must
beg pardon for having in the map in my first volume followed Dr. Spruner
in giving a wrong position to the site of Cymenes-óra.
1141. Chronn. 491. “Her Ælle and Cissa ymbsæton Andredes ceaster, and
ofslogon ealle þa þær inne eardedon; ne wearð þær forþon an Bret to lafe.”
This is the passage which Gibbon (cap. xxxviii. note 142, vol. vi. p. 372
Milman), quoting it in the Latin version, calls “an expression more
dreadful in its simplicity, than all the vague and tedious lamentations of
the British Jeremiah [Gildas].”
1143. Henry of Huntingdon, who gives (M. H. B. 710 C, D) a fuller account
of the siege, evidently taken from ballads, winds up his account thus;
“Quia tot ibi damna toleraverant extranei, ita urbem destruxerunt quod
numquam postea reædificata est; locus tantum, quasi nobilissimæ urbis,
transeuntibus ostenditur desolatus.”
1144. Ord. Vit. 500 A. “Heraldus ... Hastingas et Penevesellum, aliosque
portus maris Neustriæ oppositos, ... toto anno illo cum multis navibus et
militibus callidè servaverat.”
1146. I look with great suspicion on the statement of William of Poitiers
and Guy of Amiens about Harold sending a vast naval force to hinder
William’s landing. See Appendix AA. At all events no English ships
were near at the time.
1147. Will. Pict. 126. “Liberè naves egreditur, pugnâ nullâ obstante.” Ord.
Vit. 500 B. “Nemine resistente littus maris gaudens arripuit.” So Guy
of Amiens, 127;
“Debita terra tibi, pavidis nudata colonis,
Læta sinu placido teque tuosque capit.”
1148. It is plain that the ships were brought to shore as near together as
might be. Wace (11619) distinctly asserts this; “L’une nef à l’altre
acosterent.” There is no ground for the notion of Mr. Hayley, quoted
by Sir Henry Ellis (i. 316), “That William did not land his army at any
one particular spot, at Bulverhithe or Hastings, as is supposed; but at
all the several proper places for landing along the coast from Bexelei to
Winchelsea.”
1149. This process is graphically shown in the Tapestry, pl. 10; “Hic
exeunt caballi de navibus.”
William of Malmesbury (iii. 238) seems to mix up this saying of the Duke’s
with the saying of the soldier quoted directly afterwards; “In egressu
navis pede lapsus, eventum in melius commutavit, acclamante sibi proximo
milite, ‘Tenes,’ inquit, ‘Angliam, Comes, Rex futurus.’” Mr. Hardy in
his note suspects, perhaps with reason, the whole story, on account of its
likeness to the story of Cæsar (Suet. Julius, 59); “Prolapsus in egressu
navis, verso ad melius omine, ‘Teneo te,’ inquit, ‘Africa.’”
The last word expresses the way of bearing the lance, not in the rest, but
used overhand.
1154. William of Poitiers (127) says of the forts both at Pevensey and at
Hastings, that they were “quæ sibi receptaculo, navibus propagnaculo
forent.” So Guy (141);
“Littora custodis, metuens amittere naves,
Mœnibus et munis, castraque ponis ibi.”
This shows the falsehood of the story of William burning his ships, of which
the first traces appear in Wace, 11731;
“Dunc fist à toz dire è crier,
Et as mariniers comander
Ke li nés fussent despécies,
A terre traites è percies,
Ke li coarz ne revertissent
Ne par li nés ne s’enfoïssent.”
William of Jumièges (vii. 34) certainly makes the most of the fort at
Pevensey; “Statim firmissimo vallo castrum condidit, probisque militibus
commisit.” The notion that some part of the Roman walls was made use
of is suggested by the words of Guy (143);
“Diruta quæ fuerant dudum castella reformas;
Ponis custodes ut tueantur ea.”
1155. See the Tapestry, pl. 10. “Festinaverunt Hastinga ut cibum raperentur.”
They are going as fast as the messengers sent to Guy of Ponthieu
(see above, p. 225), but they are not bare-headed.
1161. Chron. Wig. “Hi ... worhton castel æt Hæstingaport.”
1162. William of Poitiers mentions the fortifications at Pevensey and at
Hastings in the same breath. See above, p. 407. William of Jumièges,
having mentioned that of Pevensey, goes on (vii. 34) to say, “Festinus
Hastingas venit, ibique cito opere aliud firmavit.” (It must be this
passage, or some other to the same effect, which suggested the grotesque
bit of etymology which I have just quoted from the French Life of
Eadward.) In the Tapestry (pl. 11) we see the Duke in consultation
with his brothers; then follows, “Iste jussit ut foderetur castellum at Hastingaceastra.”
The pickaxe and spade are being largely used, the “agger”
is rising, and the buildings seem to be of wood. So Wace (11656);
“Par cunseil firent esgarder
Boen lieu à fort chastel garder.
Donc out des nés mairrien geté,
A la terre l’ont traïné,
Trestui percié i tut dolé;
Li cheviles tutes dolées
Orent en granz bariz portées;
Ainz ke il fust bien avespré,
En ont ut chastelet fermé.”
Wace’s confusion of geographical order must not be forgotten, but no
doubt the description of one fort would do equally well for the other.
We find the same sentiment in William of Poitiers’ account of the battle
(134); “Stravit adversam gentem, quæ sibi, Regi suo, rebellans commeruit
mortem.”
1171. See the graphic picture in pl. 10, where we find our friend Wadard.
See Appendix A.
1172. Tapestry, pl. 11. “Hic domus incenditur.” So Guy of Amiens, 152;
“Vulcano flammis depopulante domos.”
1176. William of Poitiers (128) introduces him as, “Dives quidam finium
illorum inquilinus, natione Normannus, Rotbertus filius Wimaræ nobilis
mulieris.” (Without this one would not have taken Wymarc for a female
name.) Wace (11849) does not know his name;
“En la terre aveit un baron,
Maiz jo ne sai dire son non,
Ki mult aveit li Dus amé,
E se faiseit de li privé.”
So Benoît, 37050;
“Un produem riche e assazez
Qui de Normendie esteit nez,
Mais en cele terre maneit,
Ou richement se conteneit.”
There is nothing in the earlier narrative to imply that Robert had held
any disloyal correspondence with William.
I cannot find that Robert held any lands in Sussex. See Ellis, ii. 206.
1177. Yet, if we place the message somewhat late in William’s stay at
Hastings, the presence of Robert at Stamfordbridge is just possible.
1178. I suppose he is represented in the Tapestry, pl. 11; “Hic nuntiatum
est Willelmo de Harold.”
1179. Will. Pict. 128. “Hastingas Duci, domino suo et consanguineo, nuntium
destinavit.” The kinsfolk both of William and of Eadward are endless.
William again says only, “Animatus eo successu festinus redit in te,
numerosissimum populum ducens ac robustissimum.”
1182. Will. Pict. u. s. “Prœliatus cum fratre proprio Rex Heraldus et cum
Rege Noricorum, quo fortiorem sub cœlo nullum vivere opinio fuit.”
1183. Will. Pict. 128. “Adversus quem non ampliùs tuos quam totidem
despectabiles canes æstimo valere.” See above, p. 334, for the reputation
of the English Housecarls in Norway.
1184. Ib. “Prudens vir computaris, domi militiæque cuncta hactenus prudenter
egisti.” The tone seems patronizing, but it perhaps expresses the
general opinion of William up to this time. He had certainly been mainly
remarkable for amazing prudence and amazing good luck, rather than for
the winning of great battles.
1185. Ib. “Suadeo, inter munitiones mane, manu ad præsens confligere
noli.”
1186. There are few cases in which we can better apply the familiar words
of Thucydides (v. 105), μακαρίσαντες ὑμῶν τὸ άπειρόκακον οὐ ζηλοῦμεν τὸ
ἄφρον.
1188. Will. Pict. 128. “Non me tutarer valli aut mœnium latebris, sed
confligerem quamprimùm cum Heraldo.” He then goes on to make the
statement about his numbers which I have quoted in p. 387.
1189. Ib. “‘Pro mandato,’ inquit, ‘quo mihi dominus tuus vult esse cautum,
quamquam sine contumeliâ suadere decuerit, gratias ipsi et hæc refer.’”
Wace’s account is of course confused by his primary blunder of reversing
the geographical order, by making William land at Hastings, and thence
go to Pevensey (see above, p. 400). His Thegn is therefore made to set out
from Hastings, and the scene is apparently laid at Hastings. For Wace
makes the Thegn hide himself behind a hill (“tertre”), which it would be
easy to do at Hastings, but hard at Pevensey, as the mound of the later
castle, then close to the landing-place, would hardly serve the purpose.
The expression is clearly borrowed from Guy of Amiens’ description of his
messenger from Hastings (149);
“Ex Anglis unus, latitans sub rupe marinâ.”
But a man who saw the actual landing, and at once started for York, must
have started from Pevensey, and the fort which he saw thrown up must
have been the fort at Pevensey, not the fort at Hastings. No doubt a messenger
from Hastings, the messenger described by Guy of Amiens, would
soon follow the messenger from Pevensey, and Wace, in his geographical
confusion, rolled the two into one.
The words of Florence also would imply that news was brought straight
from Pevensey; “Nuntiatum est ei Willelmum Comitem gentis Normannicæ
... advenisse ... et in loco qui Pefnesea dicitur suam classem adpulisse.”
Wace perhaps arms his English Thegn a little too much in continental
fashion. For Wace’s “lance,” I have therefore substituted the English
javelin. But for such a ride the sword would be a more convenient
weapon than the axe. Sword and javelin are the equipment of Harold
when riding round his camp, in the Tapestry, pl. 13.
1199. I get my second messenger from Guy of Amiens (149–167). He is
“rusticus;” the other, “chevalier.” As the Thegn saw and describes the
actual landing, the Churl saw and describes the later ravaging. Wid. Amb.
150;
See Ellis, ii. 185. Merlswegen held lands in various parts from Cornwall
to Yorkshire: it was of Lincolnshire that he was Sheriff. See Domesday,
376.
1210. Fl. Wig. 1066. “Comites Edwinus et Morkarus, qui se cum suis
certamini subtraxere.” These are words which no ingenuity can get
over.
1211. We shall presently come to the list of shires whence men did come.
1212. The general zeal of Englishmen is allowed even by their enemies.
Will. Pict. 132; “Studium pars Heraldo, cuncti patriæ præstabant, quam
contra extraneos, tametsi non justè, defensare volebant.”
1213. Will. Malms, ii. 228. “Haroldus, triumphali eventu superbus,
nullis partibus prædæ commilitones dignatus est: quapropter multi, quo
quisque poterat dilapsi, Regem ad bellum Hastingense proficiscentem
destituere.” So again, iii. 239.
1216. Will. Malms. ii. 228. “Præter stippendiarios et mercenarios milites,
paucos admodum ex provincialibus habuit.” See Appendix HH.
1217. The list of shires in Wace (12848) might seem at first sight to be
simply names set down at random; but, on a careful examination, it has
a deep significance. The list runs thus; London, Kent, Hertford, Essex,
Surrey, Sussex, Saint Eadmund’s and Suffolk, Norwich and Norfolk,
Canterbury and Stamford, Bedford (mentioned twice), Huntingdon, Northampton,
York, Buckingham, Nottingham, Lindesey and Lincoln, Salisbury,
Dorset, Bath and Somerset, Gloucester, Worcester, Winchester and
Hampshire, Berkshire. This list exactly answers to the geographical
division which I have given in the text, with the single exception that we
find Worcester where we should rather have looked for Hereford. The
shires mentioned are those which make up the Earldoms of Harold, Gyrth,
Leofwine, and Waltheof, together with the shires through which Harold
marched. This accounts for what at first seems a contradiction, namely
that we find York on the list and yet read afterwards (12877) “D’ultre
li Humbre n’i vint gaires.” No doubt some volunteers followed the King
from York, but the main force of Northumberland was kept back by
Morkere. Why are Canterbury and Stamford joined? One or other
name must surely be wrong.
1221. Bondig (see above, p. 53) is mentioned in a very confused passage in
the De Inventione, c. 20; “Ab omnibus consultum est ei Tostinum
[Leofwinum?], Gerth, et Bundinum, et reliquos qui secesserant, exspectare.”
I do not understand the “secession” of Gyrth; so Bondig may
have been at Senlac also.
1225. Chron. Petrib. 1066. “And þa wæs Leofric Abbot of Burh æt þæt ilca
feord, and sæclode þær, and com ham, and wæs dæd sone þæræfter, on ælre
halgan mæsse niht; God are his saule.”
1229. The Waltham writer (De Inv. 20), as I have already said (see above,
p. 375), conceives the King as hearing the news of William’s landing at
Waltham. This we know to be wrong: but we may surely accept a
journey from London to Waltham.
As for the miraculous narrative, see Professor Stubbs, De Inv. xxviii.
For other mere legendary versions, see Appendix II.
1230. De Inv. 20. “Mane facto ecclesiam Sanctæ Crucis ingrediens, et
relliquias quas apud se habebat in capellâ suâ repositas altari superponens.”
1231. De Inv. 20. “Votum vovit, quod si successus prosperos sub eventu belli
præstaret ei Dominus, copiam prædiorum et multitudinem clericorum Deo
ibidem serviturorum ecclesiæ conferret, et se Deo serviturum amodo quasi
servum emptitium sponderet.”
1232. Over the west door seems a strange place for the great relic of a
church; yet I cannot otherwise understand the words of the Waltham
writer (De Inv. 20). Harold makes his offerings on the altar; then,
“Clero eum comitante et processione præcedente, veniunt ad valvas templi,
ubi conversus ad Crucifixum Rex ille Sanctæ Cruci devotus, ad terram in
modum crucis prosternens se, pronus oravit.”
1233. De Inv. 20. “Imago Crucifixi, quæ priùs erecta ad superiora respiciebat,
quum se Rex humiliaret in terram, demisit vultum quasi tristis, lignum
quidem præscium futurorum.” The writer then goes on to mention Thurkill,
from whom he himself heard the story.
1238. De Inventione, 20. “Nimis præceps, et de virtute suâ præsumens,
credebat se invalidos et impræniunitos Normannos expugnare, antequam
a Normannis gens subsequutiva in præsidium eorum succresceret.” This
last reason is borne out by the testimony of the Worcester Chronicles,
which I shall quote hereafter, that reinforcements did come to William
either before the battle or very soon after.
1240. The interposition of Gyrth is mentioned, not only by his special
admirer Wace (12041 et seqq.), but by William of Jumièges (vii. 35),
Orderic (500 C, who nearly copies William of Jumièges), William of
Malmesbury (iii. 239), and Benoît (37129). The speech is much to the
same effect in all. Here it is that William of Malmesbury makes the odd
mistake about Gyrth’s age which I mentioned in vol. ii. p. 555.
1241. Will. Gem. vii. 35. “Quiesce, quæso, prudenter tractare tecum velis,
quid cum sacramentis Consuli Normanniæ promiseris. Cave ne perjurium
incurras, et pro tanto scelere tu cum viribus nostræ gentis corruas nostræ-que
progeniei permansurum dedecus exinde fias.” The expression “cave
ne perjurium incurras,” so late in the day, is remarkable. William of
Malmesbury (iii. 239) softens matters a little; “Nec enim ibis in inficias
quin illi sacramentum vel invitus vel voluntarius feceris; proinde consultiùs
ages si, instanti necessitati te subtrahens, nostro periculo colludium
pugnæ tentaveris.”
1242. Will. Gem. u. s. “Ego, liber ab omni sacramento, Willelmo Comiti
nihil debeo. Audacter igitur contra illum pro natali solo certare paratus
sum.” So William of Malmesbury (u. s.); “Nos, omni juramento expediti,
justè ferrum pro patriâ stringemus.”
1243. Will. Gem. u. s. “Ne clara libertas Anglorum pereat in tuâ pernicie.”
1244. Will. Malms, iii. 239. “Nobis solis prœliantibus, caussa tua utrobique in
portu navigabit: quia et fugientes restituere et mortuos ulcisci poteris.”
Wace (12057) adds the alternatives of his own captivity and of an agreement
between Harold and William;
1246. Ord. Vit. 500 C. “Quæ interitu Tostici filii sui valde erat lugubris.”
1247. Will. Gem. vii. 35. “Consilium istud, quod amicis ejus salubre videbatur
sprevit, et germanum suum, qui fideliter ei consiliabatur, conviciis
irritavit, matremque suam, quæ nimis ipsum retinere secum satagebat,
pede procaciter percussit.” So Ord. Vit. 500 D. Wace, whose good taste
and dramatic feeling places him high above all the other Norman writers,
passes by this absurd tale, but it reappears in Benoît (37197);
1255. Will. Pict. 131. “Accelerabat ... Rex furibundus ... nocturno
etiam incursu aut repentino minùs cautos opprimere cogitabat.” He
then goes on to tell of the seven hundred ships. See Appendix AA.
So Will. Gem. vii. 35, 36; “Ducem incautum accelerans præoccupare,
totâ nocte equitans [Heraldus] in campo belli apparuit manè. Dux
verò nocturnos præcavens excursus hostis, inchoantibus tenebris ad gratissimam
usque lucem exercitum jussit esse in armis.” William of Poitiers
makes the fight begin directly on the approach of the English army, and
William of Jumièges puts it the same day. The last messages between
William and Harold are thus cut out, and William of Poitiers leaves no
room for the two different ways of spending the night. But William of
Poitiers is always careless of chronology, and William of Jumièges is here
ignorant of it (see Appendix GG). Wace makes the English reach Senlac
on Thursday night, and a day is spent in the messages. He says (12110)
of Thursday night,
“Normanz cele nuit se gaitierent,
E tote nuit armé veillierent;
Tote nuit furent en suspeiz,
Kar dit lor fu ke li Engleiz
Cele nuit tresk’à els vendreient
E cele nuit les assaldreient.
Ço meismes les Engleiz cremeient
Ke Normanz la nuit les guerreient;
Issi unt tote nuit veillié,
Li uns por li altres gaitié.”
All this proves the existence of a very natural expectation on both sides,
but it proves nothing as to Harold’s real intentions. An examination of
the ground is enough to show what Harold’s plan really was.
1258. Hen. Hunt. M. H. B. 763 B. “Quum ergo Haraldus totam gentem
suam in unâ acie strictissimè locâsset, et quasi castellum inde construxisset,
impenetrabiles erant Normannis.”
1260. The position is well described by Guy of Amiens (365);
“Mons silvæ vicinus erat, vicinaque vallis,
Et non cultus ager asperitate suâ.”
1261. Chron. Wig. 1066. “He [Harold] com him tógenes æt þære háran
apuldran.” The name is not uncommon in the description of boundaries
in the Charters.
1265. Flor. Wig. 1066. “Quia arto in loco constituti fuerant Angli, de acie
se multi subtraxere, et cum eo [Haroldo] perpauci constantes corde remansere.”
Something of the same kind may be thought to be implied in
the words of the Worcester Chronicler; “Ac se kyng þeah him swiðe
heardlice wið feaht, mid þam mannum þe him gelæstan woldon.” See
Appendix HH.
1266. This, to say nothing of the best evidence of all, the circumstances of
the battle itself, is implied in the language of those who speak of the insufficient
numbers of the army. See the extract from the Worcester
Chronicle, p. 445.
1267. Tapestry, plates 12, 13. We shall hear of them again.
1268. Will. Malms. iii. 239. Harold’s spies, as in the former case (see above,
p. 388), are well received and shown everything. They then make their
report, and “serio addiderunt, penè omnes in exercitu illo presbyteros
videri, quod totam faciem cum utroque labio rasam haberent.... Subrisit
Rex fatuitatem referentium, lepido insequutus cachinno, quia non
essent presbyteri, sed milites armis validi, animis invicti.” So Roman de
Rou, 12238–12253. William of Malmesbury here comments on the English
custom of wearing the moustache (see vol. ii. p. 27), which he oddly connects
with Cæsar’s account of the Welsh of his day.
1274. Will. Malms. iii. 241. “Angli, ut accepimus, totam noctem insomnem
cantibus potibusque ducentes.” So Wace, 12465, who gives us some
curious bits of English;
“Quant la bataille dut joster,
La nuit avant, ço oï conter,
Furent Engleiz forment haitiez,
Mult riant è mult enveisiez;
Tote nuit mangierent è burent
Unkes la nuit et lit ne jurent.
Mult les véissiez demener,
Treper, è saillir è chanter;
Bublie crient è weissel
E laticome è drincheheil,
Drinc Hindrewart è Drintome,
Drinc Helf è drinc Tome.”
1275. Will. Malms. iii. 242. “Contra Normanni, nocte totâ confessioni peccatorum
vacantes, mane Dominico Corpore communicârunt.”
1276. Will. Pict. 131. “Aderant comitati e Normanniâ duo Pontifices, Odo
Baiocensis et Goisfredus Constantinus; unà multus clerus et monachi
nonnulli. Id collegium precibus pugnare disponitur.” So Ord. Vit. 501 A.
Of Odo at least the Tapestry tells another story. Compare the English
Prelates at Assandun, vol. i. p. 432.
1277. On Geoffrey of Mowbray (Bishop 1048–1093) and his vast possessions
in England, see Ellis, i. 400.
1278. Chron. Petrib. 1087. “He wæs swiðe ríce bisceop on Normandige; on
Baius wæs his bisceopstol ... and he hæfde eorldom on Englelande.”
Cf. 1088.
1279. Wace (12478–12522) is very full on the ministrations of the two
Bishops, and on the devotions of the army, both during the night and on
the morning before the battle. The vow is thus described (12485–12490);
“Por ço ke samedi esteit,
Ke la bataille estre debveit,
Unt Normanz pramis è voé,
Si com li cler l’orent loé,
Ke à cet jor mez s’il veskeient,
Char ne saunc ne maingereint.”
1280. The piety of the English on the night before Azincourt is insisted on
in some of our accounts. Take Elmham for instance (479);
“Nox pluvialis ibi plebem sine pane madebat:
Ad Dominum vigiles quique dedere preces.”
So Walsingham, ii. 310, ed. Riley; Monstrelet, vol. i. c. 146, p. 227 b.
What the French are chiefly charged with is playing at dice for English
ransoms. See Redman, p. 45, ed. Cole. This is the point chiefly brought
out by Shakespeare, Henry V, Act iv. Chorus. Compare also the accounts
of the night before Lewes, the piety of the patriots and the foul excesses
of the royalists. Rishanger, Chron. p. 25; Chron. Lanercost, 75; Political
Songs (Camden Soc.), p. 80.
1283. Will. Pict. 131. “Ipse mysterio missæ quam maximâ cum devotione
assistens, Corporis ac Sanguinis Dominici communicatione suum et corpus
et animam munivit.”
1284. We have the speech in William of Poitiers (132), Henry of Huntingdon
(M. H. B. 762, 763), and Wace (12531 et seqq.). William candidly
says, “Exhortationem, quâ pro tempore breviter militum virtuti plurimum
alacritatis addidit, egregiam fuisse non dubitamus, etsi nobis non ex totâ
dignitate suâ relatam.” The two chief points in his summary are the
glories of the Normans in earlier warfare (“Commonuit Normannos quod
in multis atque magnis periculis victores tamen se duce semper exstiterint.
Commonuit omnes patriæ suæ, nobilium gestorum magnique nominis”)
and the small renown of the English (“Sæpenumerò Anglos hostili ferro
dejectos cecidisse, plerumque superatos in hostis venisse deditionem, numquam
gloriâ militiæ laudatos”). Henry of Huntingdon, allowably enough,
has worked up these two points into an elaborate harangue, which amounts
to a sort of panegyrical history of Normandy. Wace enlarges chiefly on
the sins of the English, the massacre of Saint Brice, the fate of Ælfred,
and such like. I have briefly worked in the chief points of all three
versions.
1285. Hen. Hunt. 762 D. “Nonne patres vestri Regem Francorum in Rotomago
cœperunt, et tenuerunt donec Ricardo puero, Duci vestro, Normanniam
reddidit eo pacto, quòd in omni colloquutione Regis Franciæ et Ducis
Normanniæ gladio Dux accingeretur, Regem verò nec gladium nec etiam
cultellum ferre liceret.” See vol. i. pp. 244, 247, and especially Palgrave,
ii. 495. I do not pledge myself to the terms of the peace.
1286. Henry enlarges only on Mortemer, and says nothing about Varaville.
But William would hardly leave out his own special exploit. About Val-ès-dunes,
a victory won over his own people, he might well hold his peace.
I leave out one or two purely legendary stories in Henry’s version.
1287. Wace is rather lavish of this word; William comes (12545)
“Por vengier li fèlunies
Li traïsuns, li feiz menties,
Ki li homes de cest païs
Unt fet à notre gent toz dis.”
And again, 12575;
“Teles felunies è plusors
K’il unt fete à nos ancessors
Et à nos amis ensement,
Ki se contindrent noblement.”
1288. In the rhetoric of the Archdeacon of Huntingdon (M. H. B. 763 A, B),
“Erigite vexilla, viri, nec sit iræ promeritæ modus vel modestia. Ab
Oriente ad Occidentem videatur fulmen gloriæ vestræ, audiatur tonitruum
impetus vestri, vindicesque generosissimi sanguinis.”
1289. Roman de Rou, 12527; “En un tertre s’estut li Dus.” In the
Tapestry (pl. 13), William is shown on horseback addressing his soldiers;
“Hic Wilelm Dux alloquitur suis militibus ut prepararent se viriliter et
sapienter ad prelium contra Anglorum exercitum.” But as the word
“sapienter” alone might almost show, this scene comes later in the day.
Wace is here guilty of an anachronism, as the horses in the Tapestry are
not covered with armour. See Taylor’s note, 163.
1291. I think there can be no doubt that the famous scene of the hauberk
must be placed on the height of Telham. Wace probably did not know the
ground, and did not realize the distance between Hastings and Battle.
William and his knights would hardly ride so far in their full armour,
and the real site is clearly marked in two other writers. The Chronicler
of Battle Abbey (p. 3) is very distinct; “Perveniens ad locum collis
qui Hechelande dicitur, a parte Hastingarum situm, dum sese invicem
armis munire contendunt, ac eidem Duci lorica ad induendum porrigitur,
ex improviso inversa ipsi oblata est.” The Brevis Relatio (7) is even
more precise; “Pervenientes itaque usque ad unum collem qui erat a parte
Hastingarum contra illum collem in quo erat Heraldus et exercitus ejus,
ibi ut, erant armati, paullisper substiterunt, intuentes Anglorum exercitum.”
It is just possible that Wace, by his “tertre,” meant the hill of Telham,
only without any idea of its distance from Hastings. Cf. Guy of Amiens
(343);
“Haud procul hostiles cuneos nam cernit adesse,
Et plenum telis irradiare nemus.”
On the identity of Telham and Heathland see Lower, Contributions to
Literature, 40; Sussex Archæological Collections, vi. 20.
1292. Will. Pict. 131. “Terreret alium loricæ, dum vestiretur, sinistra conversio.
Hanc conversionem risit ille ut casum, non ut mali prodigium
expavit.” Roman de Rou, 12647;
1294. Will. Malms. iii. 242. “Ministrorum tumultu loricam inversam indutus,
casum risu correxit, ‘Vertetur,’ inquiens, ‘fortitudo comitatûs mei in regnum.’”
So Roman de Rou, 12665;
“Li nom ki ert de Duché
Veneiz de Duc a Rei torné;
Reis serai ki Duc ai esté,
N’en aiez mie altre pensé.”
The Battle Chronicler attributes the witty saying to William Fitz-Osbern.
1299. Brevis Relatio (7). “Armatus itaque, et se et totum exercitum suum
Domino commendans, cœpit inquirere a quodam milite qui juxta eum erat, ubi
Heraldum putaret esse. Respondit autem ille quod putabat eum esse in
illo spisso agmine quod erat ante eos in montis summitate, nam, sicut putabat,
Heraldi standarium ibi videbat.” This is a good instance of the way
in which one authority fits into another. This scene is evidently the same
as that which is represented in the Tapestry (plate 12); “Willelm Dux
interrogat Vital si vidisset exercitum Haroldi.” This Vital, it will be remembered
(see Appendix A), was a dependant of Odo, and the mention of
a person otherwise unknown, but who held much land in Kent under his
patron, is one of the proofs of the connexion of the Tapestry with the
Bishop of Bayeux.
1300. The vow comes from the Battle Chronicle (3), where it immediately
follows the story of the hauberk; “Unde et nunc, de ejus [Creatoris]
auxilio securus, ad vestras qui mei gratiâ hoc initis certamen corroborandas
manus ac mentes votum facio, me in hoc certaminis loco pro salute
cunctorum, et hic nominatim occumbentium ad honorem Dei et sanctorum
ejus, quo servi Dei adjuventur congruum, cum dignâ libertate fundaturum
monasterium.” The words in Italics come, I suspect, from the chronicler,
not from the Duke. The vow at such a moment is in every way probable,
but William was hardly already thinking of the exemption of the Abbey
of Battle from the jurisdiction of the Bishop of Chichester.
1301. He was (Chron. Bell. 4) surnamed Faber, “quod cum sodalibus venatum
aliquando profectus, sagittis fortè deficientibus, quum quemdam fabrum
hujuscemodi operis ignarum adissent, ipse malleis arreptis mox sagittam
artificioso ingenio compegit.” His reason for being where he was is characteristic;
“Divulgato ipsius Ducis in Angliam adventu, gratiâ commodi
ecclesiæ suæ, cum reliquis exercitui sese immiscuerat.”
1302. Chron. Bell. u. s. “Idem monasterium in venerationem beati pontificis
Martini nominatim fundaretur suggessit.”
1311. See vol. ii. p. 132. Eustace stands first on the list in William of
Poitiers, 135.
1312. Will. Pict. 132. “Ipse fuit in medio cum firmissimo robore, unde in
omnem partem consuleret manu et voce.”
1313. See vol. ii. pp. 245, 267. So Roman de Rou, 13486;
“Bien firent cel de Béessin,
E li baronz de Costentin,
E Néel de Saint Salvéor,
Mult s’entremet d’aveir l’amor
E li boen gré de son seignor.”
But Neal’s presence is called in question by Prevost (Wace, ii. 231), Taylor
(207), and Delisle (Saint-Sauveur, 21). I do not see that they at all upset
Wace.
1315. A single ἱπποτοξότης appears in the Tapestry at the very end of the
battle, pl. 16. I get my details of costume from the Tapestry, pl. 13 and
onwards.
1319. In the Tapestry William appears armed only with the mace. That it
is the mace I have no doubt. In pl. 13, where William is addressing his
army, it might be a mere baton of command (see vol. ii. p. 255), but in
pl. 15 he is shown wielding the same weapon in the very thickest of the
battle. William’s weapon is also exactly the same as the “baculus”
(Tapestry, pl. 15) or “baston” (Roman de Rou 13259) of Odo. William of
Poitiers arms William with the sword (“fulminans ense”—like Eadmund at
Assandun, see vol. i. p. 430—“stravit adversam gentem” 134), so does
Guy (469 “abstracto gladio,” 483 “devorat ense”). The point is that all
agree in arming him with a weapon of close conflict, not with the lance,
which, as we shall see, he uses only for quite another purpose. He may
very well have carried both mace and sword, but the sword does not
appear in the Tapestry.
1320. Will. Pict. 131. “Appendit etiam humili collo suo relliquias, quarum
favorem Heraldus abalienaverat sibi, violatâ fide quam super eas jurando
sanxerat.”
1323. See Ellis, i. 455. He held the very first-fruits of the Conquest as
possessor of the town of Pevensey. Domesday, 20 b.
1324. Ord. Vit. 501 B. “Turstinus filius Rollonis vexillum Normannorum
portavit.” Roman de Rou, 12773;
“Tosteins filz Rou le Blanc out non,
Al Bec en Caux aveit meison.”
William of Poitiers (132) says only, “Vexillo prævio quod Apostolicus
transmiserat,” without mentioning the bearer. I cannot see the banner in
the Tapestry.
The dialogue which follows between the Duke and the old warrior is very
curious.
1331. Of the long list given by Wace (13462 et seqq.) I only choose a few of
the more remarkable. Wace’s account, with Mr. Taylor’s notes, is a perfect
nobiliaire of the Conquest.
1335. The connexion between William Malet and Harold is not easy to make
out. He is clearly the person described by Guy of Amiens (588) as
“... Quidam partim Normannus et Anglus,
Compater Heraldi.”
(On the reading see M. H. B. 867 D.) The obvious meaning of this would
be that William’s mother was an Englishwoman, and that he and Harold had
contracted spiritual brotherhood by standing godfathers to the same child.
There was a William Malet, whose mother’s name was Hesilia of the family
of Crispin (De Genere Crispinorum, Giles, Lanfranc, i. 341), but he died a
monk at Bec, and was doubtless a different person. I can make nothing
of the pedigrees given by Sir Alexander Malet in his Translation of Wace,
pp. 268, 9. Sir Alexander makes out William Malet to be uncle to the
Lady Ealdgyth, calling her mother Ælfgifu a sister of William Malet;
but I know no authority for this, and, if true, it would not make William
“partim Normannus et Anglus.”
1336. Will. Pict. 132. “Pedites in fronte locavit, sagittis armatos et
balistis, item pedites in ordine secundo firmiores et loricatos; ultimò turmas
equitum.”
The respective weapons of the two nations could hardly be better described.
1340. Tapestry, plate 13. “Iste nuntiat Haroldum Regem de exercitu
Willelmi Ducis.” The very striking figure of Harold on his horse is
clearly shown under the tree, and the messenger and the host which he
has been spying out seem to be shown crossing the broken ground between
Telham and Senlac.
This is almost a translation of the lines in the song of Maldon, quoted in
vol. i. p. 298, note 3. So again, 13103;
“Miz se sunt juste l’estandart;
Chescun prie ke Dex le gart.”
1342. The Hyde writer (293) preserves a strange legend indeed. He puts at
this point the advice which Gyrth gave before the army left London.
Both armies are marshalled; Harold has made his speech (“Haroldus
quoque exercitum suum nunc vultu, nunc voce, nunc patriâ oratione,
hortatur”). Then Gyrth counsels his brother to withdraw, while he himself
leads on the army. Then comes this marvellous tale; “Denique quum
omnimodo Haroldus obsisteret, et numquam se Normannorum timore fugam
inire responderet, principes Anglorum equum cui solus infidebat [insidebat?]
enervaverunt, dicentes debere eum participem esse pœnarum qui tantum
malum Angliæ solus intulerit.” This is one way indeed to account for the
national tactics.
1343. Roman de Rou, 12985–12999. Harold is here (see Appendix HH) made
to say that he has four hundred thousand men of all kinds.
I can throw no more light on these dealings of Baldwin with Harold than
I can upon his other no less mysterious dealings with William. See above,
p. 312, and Appendix W.
1347. Herod. vi. 112. Μανίην τε τοῖσι Ἀθηναίοισι ἐπέφερον καὶ πάγχυ
ὀλεθρίην, ὁρέωντες αὐτοὺς ὀλίγους, καὶ τούτους δρόμῳ ἐπειγομένους, οὔτε ἵππου
ὑπαρχούσης σφι οὔτε τοξευμάτων. Here however it was no case of δρόμῳ
ἐπείγεσθαι.
Will. Malms. iii. 241. “Pedites omnes cum bipennibus, consertâ ante se
scutorum testudine, impenetrabilem cuneum faciunt; quod profectò illis
eâ die saluti fuisset, nisi Normanni simulatâ fugâ more suo confertos
manipulos laxâssent.” On the shield-wall, see vol. i. p. 300. Cf. the γέῤῥα
of the Persians at Plataia, Herod. ix. 61 (see Blakesley’s note), and the palisade
at Mykalê, ix. 97.
1349. See vol. i. p. 298. Will. Pict. 133. “Protinùs, equorum ope relictâ,
cuncti pedites constitere densiùs conglobati.” So Guy, 369;
“Nescia gens belli solamina spernit equorum,
Viribus et fidens hæret humo pedibus,
Et decus esse mori summum dijudicat armis,
Sub juga ne tellus transeat alterius.”
(The Peterborough Chronicler himself could not have asked for a nobler
panegyric on his countrymen than these two lines.) He presently adds (377);
“Omnes descendunt et equos post terga relinquunt,
Affixique solo bella ciere tubis.”
1350. See the quotation from William of Malmesbury at vol. i. p. 299.
1351. Only one English archer is represented in the Tapestry, pl. 14. He is
a small man without armour, crouching under the shield of a tall Housecarl,
like Teukros under that of Aias; Il. viii. 267. Compare the remarks
on the use of the bow at Stamfordbridge, p. 370.
1352. The heavy-armed English in the Tapestry are largely armed with the
axe, which one only of the light-armed in plate 15 seems to carry. Wace
therefore is hardly accurate when he says (12927),
“Geldons Engleiz haches portoent,
E gisarmes ki bien trenchoent.”
“Geldons” being said to mean peasants. He had before said (12839),
“Li vilain des viles aplouent,
Tels armes portent com ils trovent,
Machues portent è granz pels,
Forches ferrées è tinels.”
The “lignis imposita saxa” of William of Poitiers (133) can hardly mean
engines for hurling stones, but rather such rude weapons as are described
in the text. Perhaps we may recognize them in the odd-looking clubs
which are borne by the flying English in the Tapestry, pl. 16, and one of
which is shown as hurled in pl. 14. Otherwise the light-armed are mainly
armed with javelins, as in pl. 15. I follow the Tapestry throughout as to
the equipment of the two classes of English.
1353. Will. Malms. iii. 243. “Haroldus ... sæpe hostem cominùs venientem
ferire, ut nullus impune accederet quin statim uno ictu equus et eques
prociderent.” So the description in Wace (13400) of the exploits of an
English warrior;
“A un Normant s’en vint tot dreit,
Ki armé fu sor un destrier;
Od la hache ki fu d’acier,
El helme férir le kuida,
Maiz li colp ultre escolorja;
Par devant l’arcon glacéia
La hache ki mult bien trencha;
Li col del cheval en travers
Colpa k’a terre vint li fers,
E li cheval chaï avant
Od tot son mestre à terre jus.”
Many groups in the Tapestry fully bear out this description. Does the
special mention of “acier” imply that the Danish axe was, so late as this
time, ever made of bronze? I believe that, vividly as the great axes of the
eleventh century live in description and in stitch-work, no antiquary has
ever lighted on a specimen. The clashing of axe and lance at Senlac can
hardly fail to remind one of the saying of Sperthias and Boulis (Herod.
vii. 135); εἰ γὰρ αὐτῆς [ἐλευθερίης] πειρήσαιο, οὐκ ἂν δόρασι συμβουλύοις ἡμῖν
περὶ αὐτῆς μάχεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πελέκεσι.
1356. See vol. i. p. 429. The passage of Henry of Huntingdon there quoted
gives us just the explanation which is needed. The Tapestry (pl. 16)
very distinctly shows the Dragon, and the other writers describe the Standard.
Whether the Standard itself is shown in the Tapestry, pl. 14, I do
not feel certain. If so, the Fighting Man is not discernible.
1358. Will. Pict. 144. “Memorabile vexillum Heraldi, hominis armati
imaginem intextam habens ex auro purissimo.” Will. Malms. iii. 241.
“Vexillum ... erat in hominis pugnantis figurâ, auro et lapidibus arte
sumptuosâ intextum.” So Roman de Rou, 12975;
“Li gonfanon fu mult vaillanz,
D’or è de pierres reluisanz.”
1359. Wid. Amb. 374. “Nobilibusque viris munit utrumque latus.” So
Roman de Rou, 12973;
“Asez out entur li Baronz.
Heraut fu lez si gonfanonz.”
1360. Will. Malms, iii. 241. “Rex ipse pedes juxta vexillum stabat cum
fratribus.” So William of Poitiers by implication (138); “Propius Regem
fratres ejus duo reperti sunt.” Wace says (12971);
“Lewine è Guert furent od lui,
Frere Heraut furent andui.”
And afterwards (13105), “Envirun els lor parenz furent.” On the strength
of this I have ventured to introduce Hakon, as well as Ælfwig. The
Abbot undoubtedly was there (see vol. ii. p. 644); and, if Harold had
brought Hakon back from Normandy (see above, p. 242), he would hardly
be away. I may perhaps have been somewhat influenced by the part
which Hakon plays in Lord Lytton’s romance, where however he somewhat
usurps the traditional functions of Gyrth.
1361. “Granz haches tindrent en lor cols,” says Wace (13111), but none
appears in the Tapestry with the axe hanging from the neck. Can “en
lor cols” mean “on their shoulders”? In the Tapestry, pl. 14, an Englishman
is distinctly shown resting his axe on his shoulder while he uses
his spear.
Will. Malms, iii. 242. “Tunc cantilenâ Rollandi inchoatâ, ut martium
viri exemplum pugnaturos accenderet.” So in the Ludwigslied;
“Sang was gesungen,
Wig was bigunnen.”
After the profanation of the name of the great Emperor, it is refreshing to
turn to a word or two of his own speech.
1368. I should hardly have ventured to accept this juggling trick on the sole
authority of Henry of Huntington (M. H. B. 763 B), but we find it also in
Guy, 393;
“Hortatur Gallos verbis, et territat Anglos;
Altè projiciens ludit et ense suo.”
1369. Will. Pict. 133. “Iis [the English missiles, see above, p. 473], veluti
mole letiferâ, statim nostros obrui putares.”
Compare the dying words of Lewis the Pious in the Astronomer’s Life (64,
Pertz, ii. 648); “Bis dixit, Hutz, hutz, quod significat foras. Unde
patet quia malignum spiritum vidit,” &c. The English had to drive out
less ghostly foes.
1372. As we have two ensigns, a national and a personal one, so we evidently
have a national and a personal war-cry. As, besides the Standard, Harold’s
own Standard, we have the national Dragon, so we have the cry of “Holy
Cross,” which cannot fail to be an invocation of Harold’s own Holy Cross
of Waltham, and we have also another cry of “God Almighty,” which we
must infer to be more strictly a national cry. We may fancy that the
irregular levies shouted “God Almighty,” while the King’s Thegns and
Housecarls shouted “Holy Cross.”
1373. Compare the description of a widely different warfare;
“And one enormous shout of ‘Allah!’ rose
In the same moment, loud as even the roar
Of war’s most mortal engines, to their foes
Hurling defiance: city, stream, and shore
Resounded ‘Allah!’ and the clouds which close
With thickening canopy the conflict o’er,
Vibrate to the Eternal name. Hark through
All sounds it pierceth, ‘Allah! Allah! Hu!’”
Don Juan, viii. 8.
1374. We here get some more of Wace’s English. Roman de Rou, 13119;
“Olicrosse sovent crioent,
E Godemite reclamoent;
Olicrosse est en engleiz
Ke Saints Croix est en franceiz,
Et Godemite altretant
Com en frenceiz Dex tot poissant.”
1375. Will. Pict. 133. “Subveniunt equites, et qui posteriores fuere fiunt
primi. Pudet eminùs pugnare; gladiis rem gerere audent.”
1376. Ib. “Angli nimium adjuvantur superioris loci opportunitate, quem
sine procursu tenent, et maximè conferti; atque ingenti quoque numerositate
suâ atque validissimâ corpulentiâ; præterea pugnæ instrumentis,
quæ facile per scuta vel alia tegmina viam inveniunt.” “Corpulentia”
doubtless means height and general bigness. The English in the Tapestry
are decidedly taller than the Normans. Compare the same remark on our
continental kinsfolk, p. 90.
1377. Will. Pict. 133. “Vulnerant et eos qui eminùs in se jacula conjiciunt.”
So Wid. Amb. 415;
“Anglorum stat fixa solo densissima turba,
Tela dat et telis et gladios gladiis.”
1378. Will. Pict. u. s. “Fortissimè itaque sustinent vel propellunt ausos in
se districtum ensibus impetum facere.” Cf. Il. xv. 708;
οὐδ’ ἄρα τοίγε
τόξων ἀϊκὰς ἀμφὶς μένον οὐδέ τ’ ἀκόντων,
ἀλλ’ οἵγ’ ἐγγύθεν ἱστάμενοι, ἕνα θυμὸν ἔχοντες,
ὀξέσι δὴ πελέκεσσι καὶ ἀξίνῃσι μάχοντο,
καὶ ξίφεσιν μεγάλοισι καὶ ἔγχεσιν ἀμφιγύοισι.
1379. Will. Pict. 133. “Ecce igitur hâc sævitiâ perterriti avertuntur pedites
pariter atque equites Britanni et quotquot auxiliares erant in sinistro cornu;
cedit ferè cuncta Ducis acies; quod cum pace dictum sit Normannorum
invictissimæ nationis.” So Guy, 444;
“Normanni fugiunt, dorsa tegunt clipei.”
(On the difference in the order of events between William and Guy see
Appendix KK.) Cf. Eadmer (5, 6, copied by Roger of Howden, Bromton,
and others); “De quo prœlio testantur adhuc Franci qui interfuerant,
quoniam, licèt varius casus hic inde exstiterit, tamen tanta strages ac fuga
Normannorum fuit, ut victoria quâ potiti sunt verè et absque dubio solo
miraculo Dei adseribenda sit.”
1382. Will. Pict. u. s. “Credidere Normanni Ducem ac dominum suum
cecidisse.”
1383. Will. Pict. 134. “Nudato insuper capite detractâque galeâ.” So Guy,
448; “Iratus galeâ nudat et ipse caput.” In the Tapestry, pl. 15, he simply
raises his nose-piece. This was perhaps the real action, which it was hard
to describe in an heroic fashion.
1384. Wid. Amb. 449. “Vultum Normannis dat, verba precantia Gallis.”
1385. Will. Pict. u. s. “Me, inquit, circumspicite. Vivo, et vincam, opitulante
Deo. Quæ vobis dementia fugam suadet?” &c. The exact words are
of course given differently in different accounts.
1386. Ib. “Fugientibus occurrit et obstitit, verberans aut minans hastâ.” So
Guy, 445;
“Dux ubi perspexit quod gens sua victa recedit,
Occurrens illi signa ferendo manu,
Increpat et cædit, retinet, constringit et hastâ.”
Yet it is at this moment that the Tapestry (pl. 15, “Hic est Willelm Dux”)
shows him in the most marked way with his mace.
1387. On the part taken by Eustace in the battle, see Appendix KK.
1388. In the Tapestry, pl. 15, all William’s immediate comrades at this point,
except Eustace, are shown with drawn swords.
He is very plainly shown in the Tapestry, pl. 15; “Hic Odo Episcopus,
baculum tenens, confortat pueros.” Odo is most prominent in the two
authorities connected with his own church.
1390. Will. Pict. 134. “Exardentes Normanni, et circumvenientes millia
aliquot insequuta se, momento deleverunt ea, ut ne quidem unus superesset.”
But Guy (463) seems to include other parts of the army also;
“Post illum reliqui feriunt ad corda reversi;
Vires assumunt rejiciendo metum.
Ut stipulæ flammis pereunt spirantibus auris,
Sic a Francigenis, Anglica turba, ruis.”
1391. I need hardly refer to the story of the Horatii and Curiatii in Livy
(i. 24); “Forte in duobus tum exercitibus erant trigemini fratres, nec ætate
nec viribus dispares.”
So Will. Pict. 136. “Equi tres ceciderunt sub eo confossi. Ter ille desiluit
intrepidus, nec diu mors vectoris inulta remansit.” So Will. Malms.
iii. 244. “Dum ubique sævit, ubique infrendet, tres equos lectissimos sub
se confossos eâ die amisit.” I find no account of the third unhorsing.
1395. On the different accounts of the death of Gyrth, see Appendix KK.
1396. The death of Leofwine as well as of Gyrth is placed at this point in
the Tapestry, pl. 14.
1397. Liv. xxvii. 49. “Ibi, ut patre Hamilcare et Hannibale fratre dignum
erat, pugnans cecidit.” Compare the reception of the news by Hannibal in
c. 51.
1404. Will. Pict. 134. “Patuerunt tamen in eos viæ incisæ per diversas partes
fortissimorum militum ferro.”
1405. Ib. “Tiro quidam Normannus Robertus, Rogerii de Bello-Monte
filius ... prœlium illo die primum experiens, egit quod æternandum esset
laude, cum legione quam in dextro cornu duxit irruens ac sternens magnâ
cum audaciâ.” Wace (13462) seemingly confounds Robert with his father
Roger, who was not there. See Prevost’s note, ii. 229, and above, p. 384.
Mark how the allies and mercenaries are put under Norman officers.
(The metaphor of the “nemus” or “silva” runs throughout Guy’s
description.) So William of Malmesbury (ii. 228) speaks of Harold as being
“astutiâ Willelmi circumventus.”
1409. Will. Pict. 135. “Meminerunt quam optatæ rei paullò ante fuga
dederit occasionem.”
1410. The Brevis Relatio however (7) calls them “cuneus Normannorum fere
usque ad mille equites.” But he adds that they were “ex alterâ parte” from
the Duke’s own post.
1411. Will. Pict. u. s. “Animadvertentes Normanni, sociaque turba, non
absque nimio sui incommodo hostem tantum simul resistentem superari
posse, terga dederunt, fugam ex industriâ simulantes.”
1412. Guy of Amiens (425) marks clearly what troops they were who broke
their order;
“Rustica lætatur gens et superâsse putabat,
Post tergum nudis insequitur gladiis.”
William of Poitiers (135) is here very graphic; “Barbaris cum spe victoriæ
ingens lætitia exorta est. Sese cohortantes exsultantè clamore nostros
maledictis increpabant, et minabantur cunctos illicò ruituros esse.”
1413. Will. Pict. 135. “Normanni repente regirati equis interceptos et
inclusos undique mactaverunt, nullum relinquentes.” Brevis Relatio, 8.
“Normanni, qui erant cautiores bello quam Angli, mox redierunt, atque
inter illos et agmen a quo se disjunxerant, se immiserunt.” Wid. Amb. 433;
“Quique fugam simulant instantibus ora retorquent,
Constrictos cogunt vertere dorsa neci.
Pars ibi magna perit, pars et densata resistit,
Millia namque decem sunt ibi passa necem.”
1414. Will. Malms. iii. 242. “Ita ingenio circumventi, pulcram mortem pro
patriæ ultione meruere: nec tamen ultioni suæ defuere, quin crebrò consistentes,
de insequentibus insignes cladis acervos facerent; nam, occupato
tumulo, Normannos, calore succensos acriter ad superiora nitentes, in
vallem dejiciunt, levique negotio in subjectos tela torquentes, lapides
rotantes, omnes ad unum fundunt.” The scene is vividly shown in the
Tapestry, pl. 15, and the defenders of the little hill are all light-armed.
1415. Will. Malms. iii. 242. “Item fossatum quoddam præruptum, compendiario
et noto sibi transitu evadentes, tot ibi inimicorum conculcavere,
ut cumulo cadaverum planitiem campi æquarent.” On this last proverbial
saying, see above, pp. 351, 369, and Appendix CC. This scene is
most vividly shown in the Tapestry, pl. 15; “Hic ceciderunt simul Angli
et Franci in prœlio.” It must not be confounded with the similar event
later in the day on the other side of the hill. See Appendix KK.
1417. This was evidently the case, and this is, I suppose, what Guy of
Amiens means in his somewhat difficult lines (429);
“Conspicit ut campum cornu tenuare sinistrum,
Intrandi dextrum quod via larga patet.”
“Dextrum” would thus mean the English right.
1418. Will. Pict. 135. “Fit deinde insoliti generis pugna, quam altera pars
incursibus et diversis motibus agit, altera, velut humo adfixa, tolerat....
Mortui plus dum cadunt, quam vivi moveri videntur. Leviter sauciatos
non permittit evadere, sed comprimendo necat, sociorum densitas.” He had
before said (134), “Ob nimiam densitatem eorum labi vix potuerunt
interempti.” So Guy, 417;
“Spiritibus nequeunt frustrata cadavera sterni,
Nec cedunt vivis corpora militibus:
Omne cadaver enim, vitâ licet evacuatam,
Stat velut illæsum, possidet atque locum.”
1419. Will. Pict. u. s. “Reliquos majori cum alacritate aggressi sunt, aciem
adhuc horrendam et quam difficillimum erat circumvenire.”
1420. See above, p. 477. Wace makes three o’clock the time when William
gave the order to shoot up into the air. I cannot help thinking that it
must have been much nearer sunset when that order was given, and that the
hour of vespers rather marks the time when the Normans first got on the hill.
1421. Of the long list of stories of this kind given by Wace (13387 et seqq.)
I pick out a few of the more remarkable.
1423. Will. Malms, iii. 242–244. “Emicuit ibi virtus amborum ducum.
Haroldus, non contentus munere imperatorio ut hortaretur alios, militis
officium sedulò exequebatur.... Item Willelmus suos clamore et præsentiâ
hortari, ipse primus procurrere, confertos hostes invadere.” Cf. vol. i. p. 424.
1424. Will. Pict. 136. “Cum Heraldo, tali qualem poëmata dicunt Hectorem
vel Turnum, non minùs auderet Willelmus congredi singulari certamine
quam Achilles cum Hectore vel Æneas cum Turno.”
It has been suggested that this centurion may have been a hundred-man
or centenarius.
1428. Roman de Rou, 13428–13461. The sworn brotherhood is thus described;
“Ki s’esteient acumpaignié
Por ço ke bien erent preisié.
Ensemble debveient aler,
Li uns debveit l’altre garder.”
Of their axes we read, as of that of Harold;
“En lors cols aveient levées
Dui gisarmes lunges è lées;
As Normanz feseient granz mals,
Homes tuoent è chevals.”
It is hard to identify any of these stories with the particular groups in the
Tapestry, but in plates 15 and 16 several single combats of this kind may
be seen, which well illustrate the deadly effect of the English axes.
1429. Roman de Rou, 13751–13764. This story is told with great spirit.
The four last lines run;
“Maiz li Engleiz l’avironerent,
Od lor gisarmes le tuerent:
Là fu trové quant il fu quis,
Lez l’estandart mort et occis.”
On his kindred to Ralph of Tesson (see vol. ii. p. 256) see Prevost’s note,
ii. 265.
This encounter (described by Wace, 13387–13423) is worth notice on
several grounds. I have quoted some lines above, p. 494. The Englishman
is at last killed by Roger of Montgomery, who exclaims, “Ferez,
Franceiz.” M. Pluquet (ii. 227) here comments on the Norman Roger
calling his men “French.” The name of “Franci” (see above, p. 419)
would take in all William’s followers, but Roger of Montgomery was
(see above, p. 459) in the immediate command of the distinctly French
contingent.
1431. Will. Pict. 135. “Languent Angli, et quasi reatum ipso defectu
confitentes vindictam patiuntur.” So Guy, 527;
Will. Malms. iii. 242. “Valuit hæc vicissitudo, modò illis modò istis
vincentibus, quantùm Haroldi vita moram fecit.”
1433. Flor. Wig. 1066. “Ab horâ diei tertiâ usque noctis crepusculum suis
adversariis restitit fortissimè, et seipsum pugnando tam fortiter defendit et
tam strenuè ut vix ab hostili interimi posset agmine.” Od. ix. 56;
ὄφρα μὲν ἠὼς ἦν καὶ ἀέξετο ἱερὸν ἦμαρ,
τόφρα δ’ ἀλεξάμενοι μένομεν πλέονάς περ ἐόντας·
ἦμος δ’ ἠέλιος μετενίσσετο βουλυτόνδε,
καὶ τότε δὴ Κίκονες κλῖναν δαμάσαντες Ἀχαιούς.
1434. See the full account in the Roman de Rou, 13275–13296. So Henry
of Huntingdon (M. H. B. 763); “Docuit igitur Dux Willielmus viros
sagittarios ut non in hostem directè, sed in aëra sursum sagittas emitterent,
cuneum hostilem sagittis cæcarent, quod Anglis magno fuit detrimento.”
Henry is copied by Ralph of Diss, X Scriptt. 480, and Bromton, 960.
So Henry of Huntingdon (u. s.), who is again followed by Ralph and
Bromton; “Interea totus imber sagittariorum cecidit circa Regem
Haraldum, et ipse in oculo percussus corruit.”
This scene, the turning-point of all English history, is vividly shown in the
Tapestry, pl. 16. Wace places it too early in the battle. William of
Poitiers and the English writers do not mention the manner of the King’s
death. All that Florence can utter is “heu, ipsemet cecidit crepusculi
tempore.” William of Malmesbury (iii. 242) says, “Jactu sagittæ violato
cerebro procubuit,” and in the next chapter, after describing Harold’s
exploits (see above, p. 474), how every Norman who came near him was
cut down, adds the remarkable expression, “quapropter, ut dixi, eminùs
letali arundine ictus mortem implevit.” Compare—if any comparison be
not sacrilege—the death of Richard, son of Richard King of the Romans,
at the siege of Berwick in 1296 (Walt. Hem. ii. 98); “Ibi corruit frater
Comitis Cornubiæ, miles strenuissimus [Harold’s own epithet], qui quum ad
hostes caput in altum erigeret, in ipsum oculari aperturâ galeæ percussus
telo, confestim cecidit et expiravit.” Between 1066 and 1296 the nose-piece
had been exchanged for the vizor.
1439. Hen. Hunt. M. H. B. 763 C. “Viginti autem equites strenuissimi
fidem suam dederunt invicem quod Anglorum catervam perrumpentes
signum regium quod vocatur Standard arriperent. Quod dum facerent,
plures eorum occisi sunt; pars autem eorum, viâ gladiis factâ, Standard
asportavit.” But it would seem from Wace that it was rather the Dragon
which was carried off (13956);
“L’estendart unt à terre mis,
Et li Reis Heraut unt occis
E li meillor de ses amis;
Li gonfanon à or unt pris.”
So directly after (13965); “E l’estendart out abatu.” And so again,
14013.
1440. Hen. Hunt. M. H. B. 763 C. “Irrumpens autem multitudo equitum
Regem vulneratum interfecit.”
1441. Guy of Amiens (537) gives their names. Eustace has been already
mentioned;
“Alter ut Hectorides, Pontivi nobilishæres;
Hos comitatur Hugo promptus in officio;
Quartus Gilfardus patris a cognomine dictus;
Regis ad exitium quattuor arma ferunt.”
1442. Compare the four murderers of Saint Thomas, who however needed a
fifth, and that a clerical hand, to imitate this particular act of brutality.
Will. Fil. Steph. 303. “Quidam Hugo de Horsea, cognomento Malus
Clericus, sancti martyris procumbentis collum pede comprimens, a concavitate
coronæ amputatæ, cum mucrone cruorem et cerebrum extrahebat.”
Cf. Edw. Grim, 77; Reg. Pont. 168.
Guy leaves out all mention of the wound from the arrow.
This action is very clearly shown in the Tapestry, pl. 16. So Wace, 13942.
1444. Will. Malms. iii. 243. “Jacentis femur unus militum gladio proscidit;
unde a Willelmo ignominiæ notatus, quod rem ignavam et pudendam
fecisset, militiâ pulsus est.” But I certainly cannot identify the one among
the four mentioned by Guy who was punished in this way by William.
The death of Harold reminds one of the death of Patroklos (Il. xvi. 818);
Ἔκτωρ δ’, ὡς εἶδεν Πατροκλῆα μεγάθυμον
ἂψ ἀνάχαζόμενον, βεβλημένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
ἀγχίμολόν ῥά οἱ ἦλθε κατὰ στίχας, οὖτα δὲ δουρὶ
νείατον ἐς κενεῶνα· διὰ πρὸ δὲ χαλκὸν ἔλασσε.
1445. The resistance of the heavy-armed English after the death of Harold
is shown most distinctly in the Tapestry, pl. 16; but it is confined to the
heavy-armed.
1446. Will. Pict. 137. “Viderunt Normannos non multum decrevisse peremptorum
casu, et quasi virium incrementa pugnando sumerent, acriùs
quam in principio imminere.”
1447. Flor. Wig. 1066. “Comites etiam Gyrth et Leofwinus fratres illius
cecidere, et fere nobilitas totius Angliæ.” This is an enlargement of the
Worcester Chronicle; “Ðær wearð ofslægen Harold Kyng and Leofwine
Eorl his broðor and Gyrð Eorl his broðor and fela godra manna.”
1448. Guy indeed says (553), “Bella negant Angli; veniam poscunt superati,”
but nothing of the sort is implied either in William of Poitiers or in the
Tapestry. William (137) speaks of “Ducis eam sævitiam quæ nulli contra
stanti parceret,” and the Tapestry (pl. 16) shows all the heavy-armed English
lying dead.
1451. Chron. Petrib. 1066. “And þa wæs Leofric Abbot of Burh æt þæt ilca
feord, and sæclode þær, and com ham, and wæs dæd sone þæræfter on ælre
halgan mæsse-niht.”
1456. Will. Pict. 137. “In fugam itaque conversi quantociùs abierunt, alii
raptis equis, nonnulli pedites.”
1457. This adventure of Eustace is described at length by William of
Poitiers (137). William seems now to be armed with a broken lance;
“Terribilior cum parte hastæ quam grandia spicula vibrantes.” He calls
back Eustace from his flight; “Eustachium Comitem cum militibus
quinquaginta aversum et receptui signa canere volentem ne abiret virili
voce compellavit.” The blow given to Eustace is thus described (138);
“Hæc inter verba percussus Eustachius inter scapulas ictu sonoro, cujus
gravitatem statim sanguis demonstrabat naribus et ore.”
1458. This last scene of the battle is left out by Wace and Guy of Amiens,
but it comes out very strongly in William of Poitiers, 137; “Rediit
tamen fugientibus confidentia, nactis ad renovandum certamen maximam
opportunitatem, prærupti vallis [valli?] et frequentium fossarum.” Orderic
(501 D), who partly follows William of Jumièges (vii. 36), is fuller; “Nam
crescentes herbæ antiquum aggerem tegebant, ubi summopere currentes
Normanni cum equis et armis ruebant; ac sese, dum unus super alterum
repente cadebat, vicissim exstinguebant. Ibi nimirum fugientibus Anglis
rediit confidentia. Cernentes enim opportunitatem prærupti valli et frequentium
fossarum, inopinatò restiterunt, in unum collecti sunt, et Normannis
magnam stragem fortiter intulerunt.” He says that fifteen thousand
of the Normans were killed at this point, which must surely be the number
of the slain in the whole battle. He mentions one only by name, “Eginulfus
Aquilensis oppidanus.” The name of Malfosse comes from the Chronicon
de Bello, 5. See Appendix KK.
I do not feel at all clear about the reading of the words in Italics. There
is a “prærupta vallis,” but the palisade could hardly be called a “vallum,”
and I greatly doubt about Orderic’s “antiquus agger.” The gender of
“vallis” however in William of Poitiers is odd.
1459. Will. Malms. iii. 245. “Illa fuit dies fatalis Angliæ, funestum
excidium dulcis patriæ, pro novorum dominorum commutatione.”
1460. Hen. Hunt. lib. vi.; Scriptt. p. Bed. 212. “Quum jam Domini
justam voluntatem super Anglorum gentem Normanni complêssent, nec
jam vix aliquis princeps de progenie Anglorum esset in Angliâ, sed omnes
ad servitutem et ad mœrorem redacti essent; ita etiam ut Anglicum vocari
esset opprobrio.”
1461. Ib. lib. vii.; Scriptt. p. Bed. 213. “Declaratum constat quomodò
Dominus salutem et honorem genti Anglorum pro meritis abstulerit et
jam populum non esse jusserit.”
1463. Will. Pict. 138. “Sic victoriâ consummatâ, ad aream belli regressus,
repperit stragem, quam non absque miseratione conspexit, tametsi factam in
impios, tametsi tyrannum occidere sit pulcrum, famâ gloriosum, beneficio
gratum.” Cf. vol. ii. p. 285, note 3.
1464. Chron. Wig. 1066. “And þa Frencyscan ahton wælstowe geweald,
eallswa heom God uðe for folces synnon.”
1465. Will. Pict. 138. “Latè solum operuit sordidatus in cruore flos Anglicæ
nobilitatis atque juventutis.”
Will. Malms, iii. 244. “Et proculdubio divina ilium manus protexit, ut
nihil sanguinis ex ejus corpore hostis hauriret, quamquam ilium tot jaculis
impeteret.” If we can believe Guy of Amiens (555), William had killed
two thousand Englishmen with his own hand;
1471. Will. Pict. 139. “Par fuisset Anglorum, qui sese per injuriam tantam
pessumdederunt in mortem, carnes gulâ vulturis lupique devorari, ossibus
insepultis campos fore sepultos. Cæterum illi crudele visu est tale supplicium.
Volentibus ad humandum eos colligere liberam concessit potestatem.”
So more at length, Roman de Rou, 14083–14092. Guy however (571) says,
“Vermibus atque lupis, avibus canibusque voranda,
Deserit Anglorum corpora strata solo.”
The easiest way to reconcile the statements is that William did not order
the burial of the English; he allowed the bodies which were claimed to be
carried away, but those which were unclaimed remained unburied.
1472. Of William’s dealings with the New Minster I shall have to speak in
my next volume.
1473. William of Poitiers (138) simply says, “Propiùs Regem fratres ejus
duo reperti sunt.”
1477. Ulf the son of Harold (see Flor. Wig. 1087) can hardly fail to have
been a child of Ealdgyth. See Lappenberg, p. 557 (vol. ii. p. 304, Thorpe).
If Harold’s marriage with Ealdgyth took place after his election (see Appendix
F), Ulf must have been a posthumous child.
1478. Flor. Wig. 1066. “Cujus [Haroldi] morte auditâ, Comites Edwinus et
Morkarus ... Lundoniam venere, et sororem suam Aldgitham Reginam
sumptam ad Civitatem Legionum misere.”
1479. De Inv. c. 20. “Viso hoc infausto auspicio, multo dolore correpti, duos
fratres de ecclesiâ præcipuos et majores natu, Osegodum Cnoppe et Ailricum
Childemaister, in comitatu Regis miserunt ad prœlium, ut, cognitis rei
eventibus, de corpore Regis et suorum ecclesiæ devotorum curam agerent,
et, si fortuna sic daret, cadavera reportarent.” Was Æthelric “Magister
Scholarum” between Adelard and his son? See vol. ii. p. 444.
1480. Ib. c. 21. “Fatales hos Regis eventus sequuti fuerant a longè ut viderent
finem.”
Will. Malms. iii. 247. “Corpus Haroldi matri repetenti sine pretio misit,
licet illa multum per legatos obtulisset.” (On the difference between these
two accounts, see Appendix MM.) Both these versions make Gytha simply
send; but the words of William of Poitiers (138) seem to me rather to
imply that she came personally; “Tumulandum eum Willelmo agnomine
Maletto concessit, non matri pro corpore dilectæ prolis auri par pondus
offerenti.” So Orderic (502 C); “Mœsta igitur mater Guillelmo Duci pro
corpore Heraldi par auri pondus obtulit.”
He afterwards (Il. xxiv. 578) receives the gifts of Priam; that is, he does
not refuse them; but they seem to have no share in bringing about his
change of purpose.
1483. Will. Pict. 138. “Scivit non decere tali commercio aurum accipi.
Æstimavit indignum fore ad matris libitum sepeliri, cujus ob nimiam cupiditatem
insepulti remanerent innumerabiles. Dictum est illudendo, oportere
situm esse custodem littoris et pelagi, quæ cum armis ante vesanus insedit.”
So directly after “in littoreo tumulo jaces.”
1485. De Inv. 21. “Fratres ... currunt ad cadavera, et vertentes ea huc
et illuc, Domini Regis corpus agnoscere non valentes.” It will be easily
seen that I am blending two stories. See Appendix MM.
1487. De Inv. c. 21. “Secretiora in eo signa noverat ceteris ampliùs, ad
ulteriora intima secretorum admissa, quatinus ipsius notitiâ certificarentur
secretis indiciis qui exterioribus non poterant.” So Will. Pict. 138. “Ipse,
carens omni decore, quibusdam signis, nequaquam facie, recognitus est.”
Compare the finding of Tostig, p. 373. A story of the same sort is told by
Rudolf Glaber (lib. iii. c. 9; Duchèsne, iv. 38) of Odo of Champagne.
1492. This tale is the main subject of the Vita Haroldi in the Chroniques
Anglo-Normandes, vol. ii. See especially pp. 173–184, 194–222.
1493. Vit. Har. 173. “A duobus, ut fertur, mediocribus viris, quos francalanos
sive agricolas vocant, agnitus et callidè occultatus.”
1494. Ib. 174. “Transfretavit igitur in Germaniam, generis sui genitricem
aditurus Saxoniam ... cognatos ad ferenda propriæ stirpi suffragia
instanter sollicitat.” He goes to Denmark in p. 175.
1496. A false—Matthew Paris thinks a true—Baldwin, was hanged in
Flanders in 1224. See Mat. Par. 322 Wats. On the false Sebastians, see
the work of M. d’Antas, “Les Faux Don Sébastien,” Paris, 1866.
1497. Fuller, History of Waltham Abbey, p. 259. Cf. Knighton, 2343.
1498. There was a twofold translation of Waltheof (see Ord. Vit. 537 A,
543 A), and seemingly of Harold also.
1499. De Inv. c. 21. “Cujus corporis translationi, quum sic se habebat
status ecclesiæ fabricandi, vel devotio fratrum reverentiam corpori exhibentium,
nunc extremè memini me tertiò adfuisse, et sicut vulgò celebre est,
et attestationes antiquorum audivimus, plagas ipsis ossibus impressas oculis
corporeis et vidisse et manibus contrectâsse.” He could probably just
remember the translation in the dim way that a child remembers things,
but his recollection was strengthened by hearing the story from older
members of the house.
1501. Walt. Hem. ii. 266–267. “Ordinaverunt de corpore Regis quod ...
maneret in ecclesiâ religiosorum de Waltham, donec ... vacaret eis intendere
sepulturæ; factumque est ita.”
1502. The wonderful analogy between the two great Edwards, the son of
Ælfred and the son of Henry the Third, strikes us at every stage of the
history of the two. See above, p. 38.
1503. The authorities for this Chapter are the same as for the last, except
that the Bayeux Tapestry now fails us.
1504. Guy of Amiens (595) says, after mentioning Harold’s burial,
“Nomine postposito Ducis, et sic Rege locato,
Hinc regale sibi nomen adeptus abit.”
1505. Will. Malms. ii. 228. “Quasi cum Haroldo omne robur deciderit
Angliæ.”
1506. Chron. Wig. 1066. “And Wyllelm eorl for eft ongean to Hæstingan,
and geanbidode þær hwæðer man him to bugan wolde.”
1507. Ib. “Ac þa he ongeat þæt man him to cuman nolde.”
1508. Will. Pict. 141. “Erat videlicet eorum voti summa non habere dominum
quem non habuere compatriotam.”
Transcriber’s Note: This footnote was cut short in the original printing,
at “Will. Pict. 141. “Erat videlicet eorum voti summa non habere domi-”;
the rest of the sentence has been completed by comparison with another
edition of the book.
1511. Flor. Wig. 1066. “Cujus [Haroldi] morte auditâ, Comites Edwinus et
Morkarus ... Londoniam venere.” William of Malmesbury, less probably
(iii. 247), makes them hear the news in London, “apud Londoniam
audito interitûs Haroldi nuntio.”
1513. Will. Pict. 141. “Tum verò confluxerat ad ipsam hospes turba propugnatorum,
quam, licet ambitu nimis ampla, non facilè capiebat.” So
Guy of Amiens, 641;
“Hanc bello superata petit gens improba, sperans
Vivere per longum libera tempus in hâc.”
1514. Flor. Wig. “Aldredus autem Eboracensis Archiepiscopus, et iidem
Comites [Edwinus et Morkarus], cum civibus Lundoniensibus et butsecarlis,
Clitonem Eadgarum, Eadmundi Ferrei Lateris nepotem, in Regem
levare voluere.”
1516. Guy of Amiens (645) has here a very singular statement;
“Unà, postremùm rectores atque potentes
Tali consilio consuluere sibi:
Scilicet ut puerum natum de traduce Regis
Hi Regem sacrent, ne sine Rege forent.”
“Tradux Regis” must mean either Godwine or Harold. In an earlier
passage (472) it means Godwine. The passage then implies that either
a brother or a son of Harold was chosen. I do not however take this as
showing that there really was any movement in favour of one of Harold’s
sons, but rather that Guy fancied that Eadgar was a son or brother of
Harold.
1517. As I before said, there is no trustworthy evidence as to Waltheof’s
presence or absence at Senlac. A priori, it is about equally strange if he
stayed away and if, being there, he came back alive. Snorro, who still
calls Waltheof Harold’s brother, unhesitatingly takes him to the battle;
“Þar voró þá med Haralldi brædor hans Sveinn (!) oc Gyrdir oc Valþiófr
Jarl.” (Johnstone, p. 218; Laing, iii. 95.) But he goes on to give an
account of an exploit of Waltheof after the battle, the burning of a
hundred Normans who had taken shelter in a wood, which seems to
be transferred from Waltheof’s doings at York in 1068. See above,
p. 372.
1518. Will. Malms, iii. 247. “Edwinus et Morcardus, amplæ spei fratres,
... urbanos sollicitaverant ut alterutrum in regnum sublevarent.”
1519. See the quotation from Florence in p. 526. So Will. Pict. 140.
“Regem statuerant Edgarum Athelinum, ex Edwardi Regis nobilitate,
annis puerum.” Ord. Vit. 502 D. “Interemto Heraldo, Stigandus
Cantuariensis Archiepiscopus, et præclari Comites Eduinus et Morcarus,
aliique primates Anglorum qui Senlacio bello non interfuerunt, Edgarum
Clitonem filium Eduardi Regis Hunorum [see vol. ii. p. 622], filii Edmundi
Irnesidæ, id est Ferrei-Lateris, Regem statuerunt.” Benoît (37742),
translating William of Poitiers (see above, p. 525), says;
“Esleu unt e fait seignor
D’un chevalier mult jent meschin
Qui ert apelé Addelin,
De la lignée au bon Ewart;
Fust od dutance ou à regart,
En firent rei: kar por morir
Ne porreient-il-ce soffrir
Qu’eussent rei en Engleterre
Qu’estraiz e nez fut d’autre terre.”
Yet young Eadgar was hardly more than an Englishman by courtesy.
1520. This is implied in the quotation from Florence in p. 526.
1521. Will. Malms. iii. 247. “Cæteri proceres Edgarum eligerent, si Episcopos
assertores haberent.” The “cæteri proceres” are opposed to Eadwine
and Morkere. “Sed proximo urgente periculo et domesticæ litis dissidio,
nec illud quidem effectum.” The apparent discrepancies in the several
accounts may, I think, be reconciled by assuming the course of events to
have been as I have given it in the text. Men hardly knew how to
describe an election which was followed by an abdication of the King-elect
before the day of coronation came.
1522. Ealdred, as we have seen, is mentioned by Florence, who, as a
Worcester man, traces his career with special interest; the Norman
writers mention Stigand, naturally the more prominent of the two Primates
in their eyes. So Will. Pict. 140 (followed by Benoît, 37731); “Interea
Stigandus Cantuariensis Archipræsul, qui, sicut excellebat opibus atque
dignitate, ita consultis plurimùm apud Anglos poterat, cum filiis Algardi
aliisque præpotentibus, prœlium minantur.”
1523. They are mentioned a little later by Florence among the Bishops and
others who submitted to William at Berkhampstead.
1524. The Worcester Chronicler, after describing the submission of Berkhampstead,
adds; “And þæt wæs micel unræd þæt man æror swa ne dyde,
þa hit God betan nolde for urum synnum.”
1526. Chron. Petrib. 1066. “Da cusan þa, munecas to abbot Brand prouost,
forðan þæt he wæs swiðe god man, and swiðe wis; and senden him þa to
Ædgar Aðeling, forðan þet þe landfolc wendon þœt he sceolde cyng wurðen.”
These words certainly seem to me to imply that Eadgar was not “full
King,” that he was not crowned. Thierry places the story of Brand later,
after William’s coronation, perhaps because the Chronicler goes on to speak
of “cyng Willelm.” But that entry was evidently made later than 1066,
perhaps after the sad events of 1070.
1527. Ib. “And se Æðeling hit him geatte þa bliþolice.”
1528. Flor. Wig. 1066. “Ad pugnam descendere multi se paravere.” He
had just before spoken of the citizens and the “butsecarls.” Cf. Guy of
Amiens, 653;
1530. Flor. Wig. 1066. “Iidem Comites ... cum eo se pugnam inituros promisere,
sed ... suum auxilium ab eis retraxere et cum suo exercitu domum
redierunt.” So William of Malmesbury, iii. 247; “Quod [their own election]
frustra conati, Northanhimbriam discesserant, ex suo conjectantes ingenio
numquam illuc Willelmum esse venturum.” The two accounts fill up gaps
in each other, but there is no essential contradiction.
1531. Will. Malms. u. s. “Ita Angli, qui, in unum coëuntes sententiam,
potuissent patriæ reformare ruinam, dum nullum ex suis volunt, alienum
induxerunt.” This distinct assertion of the possibility of successful resistance
after Senlac should be noted.
1534. Chron. Wig. 1066. “He fór upp mid eallon his here þe him to lafe
wæs, and him syððan fram ofer sǽ cóm.” See above, p. 433. The words in
Italics mark William’s loss as more serious than might have been gathered
from the run of the story.
1535. Domesday, 4 b. “Rex habet omne servitium ab eis, et ipsi habent
omnes consuetudines et alias forisfactas pro servitio maris, et sunt in manu
regis.”
1537. Chron. Wig. 1066. “He fór upp mid eallon his here ... and hergode
ealne þone ende þe he oferferde.” So Florence; “Interea Comes Willelmus
Suth-Saxoniam, Cantiam, Suthamtunensem provinciam, Suthregiam,
Middel-Saxoniam, Heortfordensem provinciam devastabat, et villas cremare
hominesque interficere non cessabat.” This quite upsets the contrary
description in William of Malmesbury (iii. 247); “Sensim ergo Willelmus,
ut triumphatorem decebat, cum exercitu, non hostili sed regali modo progrediens,
urbem regni maximam Londoniam petit.” The notion of a
peaceful progress was probably suggested by the quiet surrender of so
many towns; but then it was simply through the terror of William’s
ravages that they surrendered. Compare the surrender of London to
Swend in 1013. See vol. i. p. 397.
1539. Will. Pict. 139. “Humatis autem suis, dispositâque custodiâ Hastingas
eum strenuo præfecto, Romanærium accedens, quam placuit pœnam exegit
pro clade suorum,” The affair of Romney seems to be mentioned by no
other writer, except Benoît, who follows William of Poitiers, and thus
(37686) translates the last words;
“Por c’en ert mult vers eus irié,
Laidement lor fist comparer.”
1540. See vol. ii. p. 140. The same remark on the absence of castles in England
is made by Wace (6454) when describing the conquest of England by
Swend;
“N’i aveit gaires fortelesce,
Ne tur de pierre ne bretesce,
Se n’esteit en vieille cité,
Ki close fust d’antiquité;
Maiz li Barunz de Normendie,
Quant il orent la Seignorie,
Tirent chastels è fermetez
Turs de pierre, murs è fossez.”
1541. The history of the church in Dover Castle is discussed at length by
Mr. Puckle in his work on the Church and Castle of Dover (Oxford, 1864),
but his argument is somewhat obscured by dreams about the ancient British
Church. I have little doubt that the existing building dates from the time
of Eadbald, an opinion in which I am confirmed by Mr. G. G. Scott.
“Est ibi mons altus, strictum mare, littus opacum;
Hinc hostes citiùs Anglica Regna petunt.
Sed castrum Doveræ pendens a vertice montis,
Hostes rejiciens, littora tuta facit.”
William of Poitiers also (140) enlarges on the strength of the position;
“Situm est id castellum in rupe mari contiguâ, quæ naturaliter acuta
undique ad hoc ferramentis elaborata incisa, in speciem muri directissimâ
altitudine, quantum sagittæ jactus permetiri potest, consurgit, quo in
latere undâ marinâ alluitur.”
1543. That the castle which William found was the work of Harold seems
implied in the demand of William as described by William of Poitiers (108)
that Harold should give up to him “Castrum Doveram, studio atque sumptu
suo communitum.” The castle already fortified by Harold seems to be
opposed to the other castles which were to be built “ubi voluntas Ducis
ea firmari juberet.”
1545. Will. Pict. 139. “Hinc Doveram contendit, ubi populum innumerabilem
congregatum acceperat, quod locus ille inexpugnabilis videbatur.”
1546. Will. Pict. 139. “Ejus propinquitate Angli perculsi, neque naturæ
vel operis munimento neque multitudini virorum confidunt.”
1547. See Lappenberg, Anglo-Norman Kings, 103, ed. Thorpe.
1548. Guy of Amiens (599) makes the men of Dover meet William while
still on his march from Romney;
“Nec medium complêrat iter, quum territus illi
Occurrit populus partus in obsequio,
Obtulit et claves castri portasque reclusas:
Testatur simulans velle subesse sibi.”
But William of Poitiers (140) merely says that the fire took place “quum
castellani supplices deditionem pararent.” It is possible that a distinction
may be drawn between the town and the castle, and that the castle did not
surrender till William entered the town. “Simulans,” in Guy, must simply
mean that the submission was forced, and contrary to the real wishes of
those who made it; he clearly does not mean to imply any treachery.
1550. Will. Pict. 140. “Armigeri exercitûs nostri prædæ cupidine ignem injecerunt.
Flamma levitate suâ volitans pleraque corripuit.” Guy does not
mention the fire, but William’s account is confirmed by Domesday, 1; “In
ipso primo adventu ejus [Regis Willelmi] in Angliam fuit ipsa villa combusta.”
1551. Will. Pict. u. s. “Dux, nolens incommoda eorum qui secum deditionaliter
agere cœperant, pretium dedit restituendarum ædium, aliaque
amissa recompensavit.” Guy, on the other hand (607), uses words which
might be understood as meaning that William expelled the English inhabitants
and planted a Norman colony;
“Clavibus acceptis, Rex intrans mœnia castri,
Præcipit Angligenis evacuare domos.
Hos introduxit per quos sibi regna subegit,
Unumquemque suum misit ad hospitium.”
Certainly Domesday shows singularly few English owners at Dover, but
this is more likely to be owing to the severe administration of Odo than to
any acts of William at this time. And Guy perhaps only meant that
William quartered his sick soldiers on the inhabitants.
1552. Will. Pict. u. s. “Severiùs animadverti præcepisset in auctores incendii,
ni vilitas et numerositas ipsorum occultavisset eos.”
1553. Ib. “Recepto castro, quæ minùs erant per dies octo addidit firmamenta.”
1554. Ib. “Custodiam inibi relinquens et dysenteriâ languentes.” He had
just before said, “Milites illic recentibus carnibus et aquâ utentes, multi
proluvio ventris exstincti sunt, plurimi in extremum vitæ debilitati discrimen.”
Then William “ad perdomandum quos devicit proficiscitur.”
Every one knows the legend, followed by Thierry and, hesitatingly, also by
Lappenberg (105), about the Kentish men coming with boughs in their
hands and extorting from William a confirmation of their rights. It comes
from William Thorn, X Scriptt. 1786, and it has, as far as I know, no better
authority. The tale describes the Kentishmen as led by Stigand, who
was then undoubtedly in London. There is nothing to show that Kent
was better treated than the rest of England; as it was put under Odo, it
was perhaps treated a little worse. William no doubt promised to the
Kentishmen the preservation of their ancient laws, but this he did to
Englishmen everywhere.
1556. Will. Pict. 140. “Contremuit etiam potens metropolis metu, et ne funditus
caderet ullatenus resistendo, maturavit impetrare statum obediendo.”
1557. Ib. “Occurrunt ultro Cantuarii hand procul à Doverâ, jurant fidelitatem,
dant obsides.” So Guy, 613;
1560. Will. Pict. 140. “Veniens postero die ad Fractam Turrim castra
metatus est, quo in loco gravissimâ sui corporis valetudine animos familiarium
pari contulerit ægritudine.”
1561. William of Poitiers goes on, “Volens autem publicum bonum, ne
exercitus egestate rerum necessariarum laboraret, noluit indulgere sibi moras
ibi agendo.” But that he did not go far from Canterbury is plain from
Guy, 623;
“Per spatium mensis cum gente perendinat illic,
Post aliò vadit castra locare sibi.”
Guy does not mention William’s illness, but his mention of the month’s
delay quite agrees with it.
1568. The expressions of Guy (663 et seqq.) seem distinctly to assert a siege.
We read, for instance,
“Densatis castris a lævâ mœnia cinxit.”
And again,
“Ædificat moles, vervecis cornua ferro,
Fabricat et talpas urbis ad excidium.”
Yet it is impossible to reconcile this with the account in William of Poitiers.
Guy’s description of Westminster (665) is worth notice;
“Dimidiæ leugæ spatio distabat ab urbe
Regia regalis, ante decora nimis,
Fertur ab antiquis quæ Guest vocitata colonis,
Post Petri nomen duxit ab ecclesiâ.
Providus hanc sedem sibi Rex elegit ad ædem,
Quæ sibi complacuit jure nec immeritò:
Nam, veluti patrum testantur gesta priorum,
Ex solito Reges hic diadema ferunt.”
Guy has a little exaggerated the antiquity of Westminster as a royal dwelling-place.
1569. Will. Pict. 141. “Præmissi illo equites Normanni quingenti egressam
contra se aciem refugere intra mœnia impigrè compellunt, terga cædentes.
Multæ stragi addunt incendium, cremantes quidquid ædificiorum citra
flumen invenere.” On Southwark as a dwelling-place of Godwine, see
vol. ii. pp. 147, 329, 579.
1570. Will. Pict. 141. “Ut malo duplici superba ferocia contundatur.”
1571. Ib. “Dux, progrediens dein quoquoversùm placuit, transmeato
flumine Tamesi, vado simul atque ponte ad oppidum Warengefort pervenit.”
Yet Wallingford is on the West-Saxon side of the river.
1572. Domesday, 56. “In Burgo de Walingeford ... Rex Edwardus habuit
xv. acras in quibus manebant huscarles.” The customs of Wallingford are
given at great length. On Wigod of Wallingford, see Appendix PP.
1576. Chron. Wig. 1066. “He hergode ... [see above, p. 534, note 3] oð
þæt he com to Beorhhamstede.” So Florence; “Devastabat ... donec ad
villam quæ Beorcham nominatur veniret.”
1580. The story is told at length by Guy of Amiens, 687 et seqq. I confess
that these stories of secret messages always strike me as somewhat suspicious,
to say nothing of the misconception of the state of things involved
in the description of London as a besieged town. But it is not likely that
Guy should have invented the name and the whole story of his “Ansgardus,”
and, as I before said (see above, p. 424), I do not see who he
can be except the Staller and Sheriff Esegar. About the siege, Guy, as
before (see above, p. 542), is explicit. Esegar is made to say (699),
The “natu majores” may of course be simply the “yldestan þegnas”
(see vol. i. p. 78), but here in London we cannot help thinking of Aldermen
in the later sense.
I doubted for some time whether the Bishop of Amiens had not severed
“Carolus Magnus” into two distinct heroes; but by “Magnus” we are
most likely to understand Cnæus Pompeius Magnus. He then goes on to
state William’s claim to the Crown (737);
“Contulit Eguardus quod Rex donum sibi regni
Monstrat et affirmat, vosque probâsse refert.”
This is of course the Norman tale of the consent of the Witan being given
to Eadward’s devise of the Crown. See Appendix R. and vol. ii. p. 302.
This passage is worthy of notice by any one who is studying the municipal
antiquities of London. At the same time we must remember that it is not
merely London which is concerned. So far as the passage proves anything,
I should rather take it as a witness to the popular character of the Witenagemót.
See vol. i. p. 112.
1590. Chron. Wig. 1066. “And þær [at Berkhampstead] him com ongean
Ealdred arcebisceop and Eadgar cild and Eadwine eorl and Morkere eorl
and ealle þa betstan men of Lundene.” Florence’s list is, “Aldredus
Archiepiscopus, Wulstanus Wigornensis Episcopus, Walterus Herefordensis
Episcopus, Clito Eadgarus, Comites Edwinus et Morkarus, et de Lundoniâ
quique nobiliores, cum multis aliis.” It is clear from this passage that
Florence understood the doubtful word cild as, sometimes at least, equivalent
to Æðeling.
As to the list itself, and the presence of Stigand, Eadwine, and Morkere,
see Appendix PP.
1591. Chron. Wig. 1066. “And bugon þa for neode, þa mæst wæs to harme
gedón.”
So Ord. Vit. 503 A. “Ipsi ab eo benigniter suscepti, pristinas dignitates
et honores receperunt.... Edgarus Adelinus, qui Rex fuerat constitutus
ab Anglis, resistere diffidens humiliter Guillelmo se regnumque contulit.
Ille verò, quia idem puer mitis et sincerus erat, et consobrinus Eduardi
Magni[!] Regis, filius scilicet nepotis ejus, erat, amicabiliter eum amplexatus
est, et omni vitâ suâ inter filios suos honorabiliter veneratus est.”
1595. Chron. Wig. 1066. “And he heom behet þæt he wolde heom hold
hlaford beon.” Flor. Wig. “Cum quibus et ipse fœdus pepigit.”
1597. Will. Pict. 141. “Orant post hæc ut coronam sumat unà, Pontifices
atque cæteri summates; ‘Se quidem solitos esse Regi servire, Regem dominum
habere velle.’” Ord. Vit. 503 B. “Cuncti Præsules regnique proceres
cum Guillelmo concordiam fecerunt, ac ut diadema regium sumeret, sicut
mos Anglici principatûs exigit, oraverunt.... Hoc divino nutu subacti
optabant indigenæ regni, qui [non] nisi coronato Regi servire hactenus
erant soliti.”
1599. Will. Pict. 141. “Consulens ille comitatos e Normanniâ, quorum non
minùs prudentiam quam fidem spectatam habebat.”
1600. Ib. “Patefecit eis quid maximè sibi dissuaderet quod Angli orabant;
res adhuc turbidas esse, rebellare nonnullos, se potiùs regni quietem quam
coronam cupere.... Denique non oportere nimium properare, dum in
altum culmen ascenditur.” The Archdeacon adds, “Profectò non illi
dominabatur regnandi libido.” Cæsar, we know, was not ambitious;
neither, it seems, was William.
1601. Will. Pict. 141. “Præterea, si Deus ipsi hunc concedit honorem, secum
velle conjugem suam coronari.” The panegyrist again comments—this
time with truth—“Sanctum esse intellexerat, sanctèque diligebat conjugii
pignus.”
1602. Ib. 142. “Haimerius Aquitanus, Præses Toarcensis, linguâ non ignobilior
quam dextrâ.” Mark the wide sense of “Aquitanus.” The name
still stretches to the Loire.
1604. Will. Pict. 142. “Non est diu trahendum nostrâ deliberatione quod
desideramus fieri quam ocissimè.” The Archdeacon had just before said,
“Familiares suasere ut totius exercitûs unanimi desiderio optari sciebant.”
1605. Ord. Vit. 503 B. “Hoc summopere flagitabant Normanni, qui pro
fasce regali nanciscendo suo Principi subierunt ingens discrimen maris ac
prœlii.”
1606. Will. Pict. u. s. “At prudentissimi et optimi viri nequaquam ita
cuperent in alto hujus monarchiæ illum locari, nisi præcipuè idoneum
perviderent, licet ipsorum commoda et honores per exaltationem ejus
augeri volentes.”
1607. Ib. “Præsertim sperans, ubi regnare cœperit, rebellem quemque
minus ausurum in se, faciliùs conterendum esse.”
1608. Will. Pict. 142. “Præmisit ergo Lundoniam, qui munitionem in ipsâ
construerent urbe, et pleraque competentia regiæ magnificentiæ præpararent.”
1611. Will. Pict. 142. “Adversitas omnis procul fuit adeò ut venatui et
avium ludo, si fortè libuit, securè vacaret.” Cf. vol. ii. p. 284.
1612. Chron. Wig. 1066. “And þeah onmang þisan hi hergedan eall þæt hi
oferforon.” So Florence; “Nihilominus exercitui suo villas cremare et
rapinas agere permisit.”
1615. Thierry has a story how Frithric, Abbot of Saint Alban’s, cut down
trees and put them in the way to block William’s march. For this tale
he refers to no ancient authority whatever, but only to Speed! It is not
even found in the sufficiently legendary life of Frithric in the Lives of the
Abbots of Saint Alban’s.
1616. Will. Malms. Gest. Pont. Scriptt. p. Bed. 134. “Nec minùs sed multò
etiam magis Rex Willelmus extulit locum magnis reditibus prædiorum, quod
ibi regni susceperit insignia. Consuetudo igitur apud posteros evaluit ut,
propter Edwardi inibi sepulti memoriam, regiam regnaturi accipiant coronam.”
How closely these ideas were connected in William’s mind appears
from a letter of his to John Abbot of Fécamp (see above, p. 100), in which
he says, “Abbatiam Sancti Petri de Westmonasterio ... in maximâ veneratione
et habeo, et ex debito habere debeo. Ibi enim jacet vir beatæ
memoriæ dominus meus [see above, p. 249] Rex Ethwardus, ibi etiam
tumulata est Regina Etgith uxor ejus inclita; ego etiam ibidem, Dei
clementiâ providente, sceptrum et coronam totius regni Anglici suscepi.”
Mabillon, Vet. An. i. 219.
1617. Will. Neubrig. i. 1. “Quum, peractâ victoriâ, tyranni nomen exhorrescens
et legitimi principis personam induere gestiens, a Stigando, tunc
temporis Cantuariensi archiepiscopo, in regem solemniter consecrari deposceret;
ille, viro, ut aiebat, cruento et alieni juris invasori, manus imponere
nullatenus acquievit.” He is followed by Walter of Hemingburgh
(vol. i. p. 9).
1620. Will. Pict. 143. “Repudiavit consecrari a Stigando Cantuariensi,
quem per Apostolici justum zelum anathemate reprobatum didicerat.” Ord.
Vit. 503 B. “Stigandus Cantuariensis sæcularibus curis et actibus nimis
intentus erat, et pro quibusdam reatibus ab Alexandro Papâ interdictus
fuerat.” Eadmer, 6. “Quam consecrationem licet ipse Rex et omnes alii
optimè nôssent deberi specialiter fieri et propriè a Pontifice Cantuariensi,
tamen quia multa mala et horrenda crimina prædicabantur de Stigando
qui eo tempore ibi Pontifex erat, voluit [noluit?] eam ab ipso suscipere,
ne maledictionem videretur induere pro benedictione.” On the ecclesiastical
position of Stigand see above, pp. 16, 29, 42, and vol. ii. pp.
342, 605.
1621. William of Newburgh, i. 2, remarks, “Aldredus verò Eboracensis
Archiepiscopus, vir bonus et prudens, hoc munus implevit, acutiùs intelligens,
cedendum esse tempori, et divinæ nequaquam resistendum ordinationi.”
He is again followed by Walter of Hemingburgh. William of
Poitiers (142) takes this opportunity to praise Ealdred as “æquitatem valdè
amans, ævo maturus, sapiens, bonus, eloquens.” In Guy of Amiens too
(791), though his name is not mentioned, he appears as
“Præsul celeberrimus unus,
Moribus insignis et probitate cluens.”
“Probitas” generally refers to warlike prowess; but Ealdred’s Welsh
campaign (see vol. ii. p. 110) was not specially glorious.
1622. William of Poitiers (142) speaks casually of those “qui circa monasterium
in armis et equis præsidio dispositi fuerunt.” Orderic (503 C) is
more explicit; “Normannorum turmæ circa monasterium in armis et equis,
ne quid doli et seditionis oriretur, præsidio dispositæ fuerunt.” Presently
after he speaks of “armati milites qui extrinsecus erant pro suorum
tuitione.”
1623. That it was a new crown appears from Guy of Amiens (757);
“Auro vel gemmis jubet ut sibi nobile stemma
Illud quo deceat fiat ab artifice.”
He then goes on to devote twenty-four lines to a description of the jewels
which adorned it.
1624. The procession is described at length by Guy, 787 et seqq.;
There can therefore be no doubt as to the share taken by Stigand in
William’s coronation. He acted as a Bishop, but not as an Archbishop.
It is however somewhat strange that Guy should put him so completely
on a level with Ealdred, without any hint as to his uncanonical position.
On the two Bishops who led the King, see Appendix E.
1627. Will. Pict. 142. “Eloquutus ad Anglos ... Eboracensis Archiepiscopus
... an consentirent eum sibi Dominum coronari inquisivit. Protestati
sunt hilarem consensum universi minimè hæsitantes, ac si cœlitùs
unâ mente datâ unâque voce. Anglorum voluntati quam facillimè Normanni
consonuerunt, sermocinato ad eos ac sententiam percunctato
Constantini Præsule.” Ord. Vit. 503 C. “Dum Adelredus Præsul alloqueretur
Anglos, et Goisfredus Constantiniensis Normannos, an concederent
Guillermum regnare super se, et universi consensum hilarem
protestarentur, unâ voce, non unius linguæ loquutione.” Guy of Amiens
(811) is very emphatic;
“Normannus quidam præsul mox pulpita scandens,
Famosis Gallis talia verba dedit;
‘Oblatus vobis si Rex placet, edite nobis;
Arbitrio vestri nam decet hoc fieri.’
Concessit populus, clerus favet atque senatus;
Quod sermone nequit innuit et manibus.
Sermo peroratur post illum metropolitæ:
Hac eadem linguâ protulit Angligenâ.
Spirat utrimque manus, laudat, spondet famulari,
Annuit ex toto corde subesse sibi.”
William of Poitiers distinctly counts this as an election; “Sic electum consecravit
idem Archiepiscopus,” &c. And he presently (143) makes William’s
right threefold, by bequest or hereditary succession, by conquest, and by
election; “Quam [Anglicam terram] et hæreditariâ delegatione sacramentis
Anglorum firmatâ, et jure belli ipse possedit, coronatus tali eorumdem
consensu vel potiùs appetitu ejusdem gentis primatum.”
1628. William of Poitiers (142, 143) tells us how the horsemen who surrounded
the church (see above, p. 557) “ignotæ [linguæ?] nimio strepitu
accepto, rem sinistram arbitrati, prope civitati imprudentiâ flammam
injecerunt.” Orderic (503 C) is clearer, “flammam ædibus imprudenter
injecerunt.” Guy does not mention the fire.
1629. Ord. Vit. u. s. “Currente festinanter per domos incendio, plebs quæ
in ecclesiâ lætabatur perturbata, et multitudo virorum ac mulierum diversæ
dignitatis et qualitatis, infortunio perurgente, celeriter basilicam egressa
est.... Penè omnes ad ignem nimis furentem cucurrerunt, quidam ut
vim foci viriliter occarent, et plures ut in tantâ perturbatione sibi prædas
diriperent.” Mark the use of “focus” retained in the Romance languages.
1630. Ord. Vit. 503 D. “Soli Præsules, et pauci clerici cum monachis,
nimium trepidantes ante aram perstiterunt, et officium consecrationis
super Regem vehementer trementem vix peregerunt.”
1631. The Worcester Chronicler is emphatic on the oath; “Ða on midwintres
dæg hine halgode to Kynge Ealdred arcebisceop on Westmynstre,
and he sealde him on hand mid Christes béc, and eac swór, ærþan þe he
wolde þa corona him on heafode settan, þæt he wolde þisne þeodscype swa
wel haldan swa ænig kynge ætforan him betst dyde, gif hi him holde beon
woldon.” So Florence; “Quia Stigandus, primas totius Angliæ, ab
Apostolico Papâ calumniatus est pallium non suscepisse canonicè, ipsâ
Nativitatis die, quæ illo anno feriâ secundâ evenit, ab Aldredo Eboracensium
Archiepiscopo in Westmonasterio consecratus est honorificè [the
words which he uses of Harold’s coronation], priùs ut idem Archipræsul
ab eo exigebat, ante altare Sancti Petri Apostoli, coram clero et populo
jurejurando promittens, se velle sanctas Dei ecclesias et rectores illarum
defendere, necnon et cunctum populum sibi subjectum justè et regali providentiâ
regere, rectam legem statuere et tenere, rapinas injustaque judicia
penitùs interdicere.” William of Poitiers and Guy are silent about the
oath.
TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES
Typos fixed; non-standard spelling and dialect retained.
Used numbers for footnotes, placing them all at the end of the last chapter.
Read History of the Norman Conquest, Vol 3 (1867) by Edward A. Freeman — Full Text Online Free | Open Old Books